The Baha'i World: Volume 17 (1976-1979)

THE BAHA'I WORLD VOLUME XVII 133, 134 and 135 OF THE BAHA'I ERA 1976- 1979 Da wn over th e Uppe r Chamber of th e Ho use of th e Bab in Shlraz where He declared His mission. THE BAHA'I WORLD AN INTERNATIONAL RECORD

Prepared under the supervision of The Universal House of Justice

VOLUME XVII

133, 134 and 135 OF THE BAHA'I ERA 1976-1979

World Rights Reserved

NOTE: The spelling of the Oriental words and proper names used in this volume of The Baha'i World is according to the system of transliteration established at one of the International Oriental Congresses .

ISBN 0-85398-130-2

Printed in Great Britain by Mackays of Chatham Ltd PREFACE THE successive volumes of The Baha'i World have come to be anticipated hy Baha'ls as the record of their own collective endeavours on behalf of their Faith, of the establishment and development of its administrative order throughout the world and as the source of data, both historical and statistical, relating to the rise of that Faith during its formative age. By librarians and students The Baha'i World is becoming ever more widely known as a source of authentic information about the aims, tenets, history, activities, organization and growth of the Baha'i Faith. The editors therefore have always in mind the preservation of an even balance between the presentation of material of supreme interest to believers and of a fair and objective picture to enquirers. In this they are guided by the policy of Shoghi Effendi, Guardian of the Baha'i Faith, who directed the compilation of the successive volumes from I to XII covering the years 1925 to 1954. The first volume, known as Baha'i Year Book , was in fact a one-year survey; the next seven volumes were biennial, terminating in 1940; volume IX recorded the four years from 1940 to 1944; volume X was again biennial and volumes XI and XII presented the periods 1946 to 1950 and 1950 to 1954 respectively. All these volumes were published in the United States under the aegis of the National Spiritual Assembly, volume I being compiled by an editorial committee of American Baha'ls, and the remainder by an international board of editors, all under the supervision of the Guardian of the Faith. Volume XIII, which recorded the passing of the Guardian and the course and completion of his Ten Year Crusade, covered the entire period from 1954 to 1963 and was produced under the supervision of the Universal House of Justice , which thenceforth assumed responsibility for publication. Volumes XIV, XV and XVI covered the years 1963 to 1968, 1968 to 1973 and 1973 to 1976 respectively. This volume, XVII, relating to the years 1976 to 1979, records the centenary observation in the Holy Land in June 1977 of the termination of Baha'u'llah's confinement in the prison-city of 'Akka; progress made towards restoration of the House of 'Abdu'llah Pasha and towards construction of the permanent Seat of the Universal House of Justice; the holding in the Holy Land in May 1978 of the fourth International Convention; the laying of the cornerstones for Baha'i Houses of Worship in India and Samoa; the holding of eight International Teaching Conferences; the initiation in December 1977 of the first Baha'i full-time radio station in the world at Otavalo, Ecuador; the successful completion of the Five Year Plan launched at Ri<;lvan 1974; the announcement in December 1978 of the inauguration at Ri<;lvan 1979 of a Seven Year global teaching plan constituting yet another stage in the unfoldment of 'Abdu'l-Baha's Divine Plan, and the resumption in Iran on a scale unprecedented in recent history of persecutions and hardships directed against the Persian Baha'i community and the holy places of the Faith. CONTENTS

* Introduction Page AIMS AND PURPOSES OF THE BAHA'I FAITH, by David Hofman . . 1

PART ONE

THE BAHA'I REVELATION

I. EXCERPTS FROM THE BAHA'I SACRED WRITINGS 1. Baha'u'llah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2. The Bab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 3. 'Abdu'l-Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

II. EXCERPTS FROM THE WRITINGS OF SHOGHI EFFENDI 1. A Wider Loyalty-Excerpts from Call to the Nations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

PART TWO THE COMMEMORATION OF HISTORIC ANNIVERSARIES

I. THE CENTENARY OF THE TERMINATION OF BAHA'U'LLAH'S CONFINEMENT IN' AKKA 1. The Significance of Baha'u'llah's Incarceration in 'Akka-Excerpts from God Passes By, by Shoghi Effendi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 2. Excerpt from the Message of the Universal House of Justice to the Annual Conventions of all National Spiritual Assemblies-24 March 1977 . . . . . . . . 63 3. The Commemoration at the World Centre of the Centenary of the Termination of Baha'u'llah's Confinement in 'Akka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

PART THREE

INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES

I. THE FIRST VISIT BY A BAHA'f REIGNING MONARCH TO THE RESTING PLACE OF SHOGHI EFFENDI 69

II. THE FIVE YEAR INTERNATIONAL TEACHING PLAN 1974-1979 1. The Completion of the Five Year International Teaching Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Vlll CONTENTS

Page 2. The World Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 3. Summary of National Goals and Accomplishments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 4. Summary of Other Accomplishments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 5. Expansion and Consolidation of the Baha'i Faith including the period of the Five Year Plan- Information Statistical and Comparative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 A. Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 B. The Americas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 c. Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 o. Australasia and the Pacific Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 E . Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

III. EIGHT INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCES 1. Arise!-A Pictorial Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 2. Messages of the Universal House of Justice to the Eight International Teaching Conferences ...... : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 A. To the International Teaching Conference in He lsinki, Finland 5-8 July 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 B. To the International Teaching Conference in Anchorage, Alaska 23 - 25 July 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 c. To the International Teaching Conference in Paris 3-6 August 1976 . 131 o. To the International Teaching Conference in Nairobi, Kenya 15-17 October 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 E. To the International Teaching Conference in Hong Kong27-30 November 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 F. To the International Teaching Conference in Auckland, New Zealand 19-22 January 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 G. To the International Teaching Conference in Bahia, Brazil 27-30 January 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 H. To the International Teaching Conference in Merida, Mexico 4-6 February 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 3. Message of Mr. Kurt Waldheim , Secretary-General of the United Nations, to the International Baha'i Conference, Paris, 3-6 August 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . 140

IV. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 1976-1979 1. Survey by Continents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 A. Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 B. The Americas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 c. Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 o. Australasia and the Pacific Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 E. Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 2. The Challenge and Promise of Baha'i Scholarship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 3. The Canadian Association for Studies on the Baha'i Faith 1975-1979 . . . . . 197 Appendix I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Appendix II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Appendix III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 4. Survey of Activities of Baha'i Women in the Five Year Plan by R. Collins . . 202 5. Survey of the expanded use of Radio and Television in the Five Year Plan . . 215 6. The New Era Baha'i School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 7. Rural Development in India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 V. THE BAHA'I FAITH AND THE UNITED NATIONS 1. SummaryoftheYears1947-1976 .......... . ...... . ... . . ........ .. ... 229 CONTENTS ~

Page 2. The Baha'i International Community and the United Nations 1976-1979 233 Annex I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Annex II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Annex III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

VI. RECOGNITION OF THE BAHA'I FAITH 1. Incorporation of National Spiritual Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 2. Incorporation of Local Spiritual Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 3. A Selection of other Documents Recording Official recognition of the Baha'i Faith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

PART FOUR

THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA 'U'LLAH

I. THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE 1. The Constitution of the Universal House of Justice 285 2. The Fourth International Convention for the Election of the Universal House of Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 3. The Historic Significance of the Erection of the Seat of the Universal House of Justice, by Paul Haney . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 4. The Construction of the Building for the Seat of the Universal House of Justice-A Pictorial Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 5. A Tribute by Chiampo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

II. THE HANDS OF THE CAUSE OF GOD 1. The Hands of the Cause of God and the Extension of their Functions into the F uture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 A. The Rulers and the Learned .................................... 317 B. The Hands of the Cause of God . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 c. The Continental Boards of Counsellors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 o . The International Teaching Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 2. The Work and Travels of the Hands of the Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 3. Hands of the Cause who Represented the Universal House of Justice at Inaugural Conventions for the election of National Spiritual Assemb lies 1976- 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

III. THE NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY 1. Introduction, by Horace Holley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 2. A Model Declaration of Trust and By-Laws for a National Spiritual Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 3. A Procedure for the Conduct of the Annual Baha'i Convention . . . . . . . . . . . 346

IV. THE LOCAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY 1. The Institution and its Significance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 2. By-Laws of a Local Spiritual Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

V. THE INSTITUTION OF THE MASHRIQU ' L - ADHKAR 1. Foreword, by Horace Holley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 2. The Spiritual Significance of the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 3. The Laying of the Foundation Stone of the Mother Temple of the Indian Subcontinent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 x CONTENTS

Page 4. The Laying of the Foundation Stone of the First Mashriqu'l-Adhkar of the Pacific Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 A. Text of Address delivered by His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II . . . 372 B. Excerpts from the Address of the Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha Rul)iyyih Khanum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 5. The Designation of the Mother Temple of the West as a National Historic Place by the United States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 VI. THE NON-POLITICAL CHARACTER OF THE BAHA'I FAITH 1. The Non-Political Character of the Baha'i Faith-Excerpts from the Writings of Shoghi Effendi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 VII. RELATIONSHIP TO GOVERNMENT 1. Loyalty to Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 2. The Baha'i View of Pacifism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 3. Summary of the Guardian's Instructions on the Obligations of Baha'is in Connection with Military Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 VIII. BAHA'I CALENDAR, FESTIVALS AND DATES OF HISTORICAL SIGNIFICANCE 1. Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 2. Baha'i Feasts, Anniversaries and Days of Fasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 3. Baha'i Holy Days on which work should be suspended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 4. Additional material gleaned from Nabil's Narrative regarding the Baha'i Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 5. Historical Data gleaned from Nabil's Narrative regarding Baha'u'llah . . . . . . 390 6. Dates of Historical Significance in the Rise of the Baha'i Faith . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

PART FIVE

IN MEMORIAM Page Page

Anderson, Angela Annette . . . 'Azzavi, Siyyid Mu9ammad . . . Battrick, Jeannette Hilda . . . . . Blackwell, Ellsworth . . . . . . . . . Blundell, Hugh K. . . . . . . . . . . . Boon, Choo Yeok . . . . . . . . . . . Bowman, Amelia . . . . . . . . . . . . Brown, Ramona Allen Bray . . . Busey, Garreta Helen . . . . . . . . Derozhinsky, Pamela . . . . . . . . . Ebo, Antonio Francisco . . . . . . Enongene Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . Fananapadhir, 'Inayatu'llah . . . Fat9-'A~am, Ru9angiz . . . . . . . Franchino, Leticia . . . . . . . . . . . Fujita, Saichiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gomez, Luisa Mapa . . . . . . . . . Gregory, Ernest . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grossmann, Elsa Maria . . . . . . . Giiney, Muzaffer . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTENTS Page Richardson, Doris . . . . . . . . . . . Safrang, Gulbanu . . . . . . . . . . . . Salazar, Anguel Maria . . . . . . . . ~amimi, AJ:tmad . . . . . . . . . . . . . Senne, Dorothy Kedibone . . . . Sharp, Adelaide . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steffes, Marian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taymuri-Muqadam, RuJ:t'u'llah Thomas, Wilma . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Gupta, Nathulal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 425 Gutos, Javan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 4 70 Hafner, Otto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 473 452 Hornell (Kathleen, Lady 421 Hornell) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 404 Huffman, Evelyn and Vern . . . 466 409 'Ilmi, Siyyid Ma9f~u'l-l:laq . . . . 446 399 Irizarry, Maria T. . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 422 Iverson, Clarence John . . . . . . . 47 4 465 JOrgensen, Else . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 428 432 el Khemiri, 'Abdu'l-I:Iamid . . . 427 412 Kurlawala, Ghulam-'Ali . . . . . . 460 453 Laite, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 467 Laws, Elizabeth S. . . . . . . . . . . . 459 413 Linfoot, Charlotte M. . . . . . . . . 423 406 Maxwell, Marion Lord . . . . . . . 429 441 Meymoun, Ismail Hiwari . . . . . 4 72 454 Miessler, Edmund . . . . . . . . . . . 430 440 Moffett, Ruth J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 445 Mohapi, Chadwick and Mary . . 449 xi Page 410 Tijssen-Hartmann, Emma 416 Margaret . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 74 420 Tobey, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 411 Trigg, Martha 'Nakiya' 434 Noyakuk..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 418 VanSombeek, Georgette . . . . . 475 458 Wayenece, Emma . . . . . . . . . . . 414 433 Yazdani, AJ:tmad . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 436

PART SIX DIRECTORY, BIBLIOGRAPHY, GLOSSARY I. BAHA'I DIRECTORY 1. The Universal House of Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 2. The Hands of the Cause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 3. The International Teaching Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 4. Continental Boards of Counsellors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 5. Baha'i International Community . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 6. National Spiritual Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482 7. Baha'i Publishing Trusts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482

II. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 1. Baha'u' llah's Best-Known Works 484 2. The Bab's Best-Known Works ..................................... .. . 485 3. 'Abdu' l-Baha's Best-Known Works ...................... . . . ... .... . . . 486 4. Some Compilations from the Writings of Baha'u'llah, the Bab and' Abdu'l-Baha 487 5. Shoghi Effendi's Best-Known Works . .. . . ... ... ....... .. ............ . . 487 6. Language and Literature Achievements of the Five Year Plan- Ric:Ivan 1974-1979 ................... .. .. . .......... . .. . ................. . 489 A. Africa ....................... . . .. . . ....... ......... . . . .. ... . . . 489 B. The Americas ......... . ..... . ................... . ..... . . . . . .. . 491 c. Asia ............ . ... .. . . ... . ...... . . . . ..... ... . .. . ... . .... . . . 493 D. Australasia ...... . ............ . .. . .................... . ...... . 494 E. Europe .. . ............ . ..... . ............... . ..... . ... . .. .... . 494 F. Invented Languages ............................ . ....... . ...... . 495 G. Total by Continents ................ . ..... . .................... . 495 7. The Short Obligatory Prayer in 391 Languages, Dialects or Scripts ... . ... . 496 A. Africa ....................................................... . 497 B. The Americas . . .... .. ......... . .......... . ................... . 510 c. Asia .. . ........................... . .................... . .... . 519 D. Australasia and the Pacific Islands ................ . ............. . 533 E. Europe .................... . ....... . ..... . . . ................. . 536 F. Invented Languages .. .... ......... ....... ... ................ . . . 540 8. Major Works and Partial List of Languages in which they are available ... . . 542 A. Works of Baha'u'llah . . .............. . ......................... . 542 B. Works of the Bab ............ . .. . ..................... . .... . .. . 542 c. Works of 'Abdu'l-B aha . ........... ..... ... . ................... . 542 o. Works Compiled from the Writings of Baha'u'llah, The Bab and 'Abd u'l-Baha ....... . .............. ............. ....... . ..... . 542 E. Works of Shoghi Effendi ..... . ..... . ........... . .............. . 542 XU CONTENTS

Page 9. A Selection of Introductory and Expository Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543 A. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543 B. For Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544 c. Periodicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544 D. International Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 10. The Publication and Disseminatio n of Baha'f Literature in English, by William P. Collins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546 11. Bibliographies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554 A . A Bibliography of Baha'f Books and Booklets in the English Language, by Robert E. Cadwalader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554 (i) The Writings of Baha' u' llah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554 (ii) The Writings of the Bab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555 (iii) The Writings of 'Abdu'l-Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555 (iv) Works compiled from the Writings of Baha'u'llah and 'Abdu'l-B a ha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558 (v) The writings of Shoghi Effendi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 (vi) Messages and compilations of the Universal House of Justice . . 562 (vii) Writings on the Baha'f Faith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562 B. An Alphabetical Listing of Authors, Compilers and Translators of Baha'f Books and Booklets in the English Language, by Robert E. Cadwalader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 c. A Bibliography of Baha'f Children's Literature in the English Language, 1917-1979, by Robert E. Cadwalader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 D. A Partial Bibliography of English-language Books by non-Baha'fs in which Mention is Made of the Baha'f Faith, by Maureen Thur . . . . . . . 577 E. A Partial Bibliography of English-language items by Baha'fs in which Mention is Made of the Baha'f Faith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593 F. A Partial Bibliography of Theses Relating to the Baha'f Faith 593

III. ORIENTAL TERMS 1. Transliteration of Oriental Words Frequently used in Baha'f Literature 595 2. Guide to Transliteration and Pronunciation of the Persian Alphabet . . . . . . . 597 3. Notes on the Pronunciation of Persian Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597 4 . Definitions of Some of the Oriental Terms Used in Baha'f Literature . . . . . . 599

PART SEVEN LITERARY AND MUSICAL WORKS

I. ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 1. The Unity of Re ligion and Science, by William S. Hatcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607 2. Can There Be a Baha'f Poetry?, by Geoffrey P. Nash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 3. Highlights in the Life of Mfrza Abu'l-Fa<;ll, by R. Mehrabkhani . . . . . . . . . . . 625 4. A Portion of Radiance: A Reminiscence, by Berthalin Allien . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630 5. Fragments from a Diary, by Jonathan Rishworth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632 6. Reginald Turvey: An Appreciation of the Man and His Art, by Lowell Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634

II. VERSE 639

III. MUSIC 653 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Frontispiece: Dawn over the Upper Chamber of the House of the Bab in Shiraz where He declared His mission (photo courtesy of Mihdi ~amfmi)

Part One: The Baha'i Revelation Page The Mansion of Bahji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Entrance from an adjoining dwelling which gives access to the courtyard of the House of the Bab in Shiraz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Courtyard of the House of the Bab in Shiraz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 View of the garden in the courtyard of the House of the Bab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Upper chamber of the House of the Bab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 'Abdu'l-Baha-photograph taken in 1912 during His visit to the United States . . . . . . 34 'Abdu'l-Baha-photograph taken in Philadelphia; 1912 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 A glimpse of 'Abdu'l-Baha in the Holy Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 'Abdu'l-Baha-photograph taken in Paris; 1911 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 A selection of the Writings of' Abdu'l-Baha translated into English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 The resting place of Shoghi Effendi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Entrance of the Baha'i International Archives building on Mount Carmel . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Part Two: The Commemoration of Historic Anniversaries

Two views of 'Akka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 View of 'Akka looking north-west . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Partial view of sea wall and fortifications, 'Akka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Two views of Baha'u'llah's room in the prison of 'Akka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Inn of the Pillars (Khan-i-'Avamfd), 'Akka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 The Mansion of Bahji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 The Shrine of the Bab, Mount Carmel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Aerial view of Mazra'ih . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Hands of the Cause, members of the Universal House of Justice and Counsellor members of the International Teaching Centre gathered at the House of 'Abbud . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Mount Carmel: view of the Shrine of the Bab and the Baha'i International Archives building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 The Shrine of Baha'u'llah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Part Three: International Survey of Current Baha'i Activities

His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II of Western Samoa and others visiting the resting place of Shoghi Effendi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Graph illustrating growth of the Baha'i Faith 1953-1 979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Three volumes of Sacred Text produced during the Five Year Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Three volumes of The Baha'( World produced during the Five Year Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 First shipment of marble for Permanent Seat of the Universal House of Justice . . . . . . 73 Aerial view of the Shrine of Baha'u'llah showing newly-developed gardens . . . . . . . . . . 74 View of the gardens at Mazra'ih . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 United Nations Seminar on Participation of Women in Development, Kathmandu, Nepal; 15- 22 February 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 XIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Page A Baha'i worker preparing to read microfilmed documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 The House of 'Abdu'l-Baha in ' Akka, known as the house of 'Abdu'llah Pasha . . . . . . 84 Asian Baha'i Women's Conference, New Delhi , India; 13-16 October 1977 . . . . . . . . . 91 Third annual Baha'i Children's Conference, Guyana; March 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 The Hand of the Cause Amatu' l-Baha Rul:llyyih Khanum with Maori and Polynesian Baha'is of New Zealand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Some students of the Ideal Baha'i Primary School, Dharmanager, North Tripura , India . 96 Some students of the Baha'i Primary School, Tadung, Gangtok, Sikkim . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 'Erena Roe', a catamaran used for teaching in Kiribati and Tuvalu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Xhosa translation of Baha' u'llah 's Kitab-i-lqan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 His Majesty Sobhuza II, King of Swaziland, accepting an illuminated Baha'i prayer for unity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Mrs. Dorothy Francis, recipient of the Order of Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Mr. and Mrs. Eric Bowes at dedication of a library named in honour of Mr. Bowes . . . 104 Mr. Viiino Rissanen, the first Baha'i of Finland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 The first Baha'i group of Paris, circa 1902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Mr. Robert Turner, 'disciple of 'Abdu'l-B aha' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 The Hands of the Cause John Henry Hyde Dunn and Clara Dunn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Mrs . Leonora Holsapple Armstrong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 ' Abdu'l-Baha in Paris; 1912 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Conference of Counsellors and Auxiliary Board members for Central and East Africa 142 First Baha'i Summer School of Rhodesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Baha'i Booth, Trade Fair, Gaborone, Botswana ; July 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Conference of Counsellors, Auxiliary Board members and assistants for Western African zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Baha'i Women's Conference , Niger; January 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 First Baha'i Summer School of Sierra Leone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Baha'is and guests, Rosso, Mauritania . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Baha'is of Kumba , Cameroon Republic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 The Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone at dedication of a Regional Baha'i Centre, Ghana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Baha'is and guests, Illie-Etche, River State, Nigeria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Baha'i Children's Class, Chad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Site of the future Mashriqu' l-Adhkar, Lome, Togo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Baha'i Children's Class, Ikot Uba Village, Cross River State, Nigeria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Teaching Conference, Martinique, French Antilles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Guaymi and Cuna Indian Baha'is who participated in satellite teaching conference, Magisterio Panameno Unidas, Panama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 International Baha'i Youth Conference , San Jose, Costa Rica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 National f:Ia:(':fratu'l-Quds, Nassau, Bahamas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 First Canadian Baha'i Native Council, Tyendinaga, Ontario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Baha'i exhibit 'Symposium of Philosophies and Religions'-Montreal, Quebec . . . . . . . 163 Public information advertisement placed in Canadian publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Baha'i Children's Class, San Jose, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Facsimile of bronze plaque marking entry of the Baha'i House of Worship, Wilmette in U .S. Government National Register of Historic Places . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Baha'i Centre, San Francisco, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 'Baha'i Week' proclamation materials, Los Angeles, California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Baha'i exhibit, Dulles International Airport, Washington, D .C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Some participants in third All-Quechua Conference, Otavalo, Ecuador . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Street poster, Brazil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Students of the Baha'i School of La Cisterna, Chile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS XV

Page Mr. Victor Raul Haya de la Torre of Peru with delegation of Baha'is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Baha'i Children's Class, Ecuador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 National Teaching Conference, Ponape, Caroline Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 The Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone and other Baha'is at the first National Convention of the Baha'is of the Marshall Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Hawaiian Baha'i float entered in 'Aloha Week' parade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Some participants in Baha'i Summer School, Taiwan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Baha'is of the Lama tribe, Winter School, Bangladesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Participants in third Western Asian Youth Conference, Lucknow, India . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Participants in a nine-day Spiritual Institute, Malaysia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Participants in World Religon Day meeting, Hong Kong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Students and faculty of the Rabbani Baha'i School, Gwalior, India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Siyyid Shah Mul)ammad, pioneer (Luristan, Iran) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Baha'i Children's Class, Daglanlu Village, Adhirbayjan, fran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Conference of Auxiliary Board members and assistants, Tonga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Baha'i Children's Conference, Samoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Baha'i singing group of New Ireland, Papua New Guinea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Baha'i Youth Conference, Port Vila, New Hebrides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Participants in programme commemorating the International Year of the Child, Sydney, Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Baha'i exhibition and tent, Jokkmokk Winter Market, Sweden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Exhibit on 'Six World Religions', Cambridge, England . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Baha'i information counter, Orebro, Sweden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 First Baha'i Winter School of Malta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 First Baha'i Winter School of Cyprus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Participants in the annual meeting of the Canadian Association for Studies on the Baha'i Faith; January 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Five publications produced by the Canadian Association for Studies on the Baha'i Faith 200 Amatu'l-Baha Rujtiyyih Khanum at the formal welcome to the Maori Meeting House, New Zealand; January 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Mrs. Mehrangiz Munsiff with Girl Guides, New Hebrides; 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Dr. Jane Faily with participants in a Teacher Training Institute, Nigeria; 1979 . . . . . . . 206 His Excellency James R. Mancham, President of Seychelles, in interview with Mrs. Lea Nys ; November 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Participants in National Baha'i Women's Conference, El Salvador; March 1977 . . . . . . 208 Participants in National Baha'i Women's Conference, Senegal; April 1978 . . . . . . . . . . 208 Participants in first National Baha'i Women's Conference, Bangladesh; January 1977 . 208 Four participants in the National Teaching Conference, Umgababa, South Africa; October 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Participants in the first International Conference of Baha'i Women of South America- Peru ; December 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Some participants in the first National Baha'i Children's Conference of Samoa; April 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Some participants in the Asian Baha'i Women's Conference, India; October 1977 . . . . 212 Marion Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Site of a new short-wave broadcasting facility for Radio Baha'i, O tavalo, Ecuador . . . . 216 Radio personnel preparing a tape for broadcasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Silhouette of the antenna and broadcasting studio, Cajas, Ecuador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Participants in National Teaching Conference, Cajas, Ecuador; August 1978 . . . . . . . . 218 Representative sampling of references to the Baha'i Faith from newspapers and journals . 218 Participants in the international television and radio workshop, Otavalo, Ecuador; December 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 xvi LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Page Inauguration of the New Era Rural Development Project, Chikli, India; October 1975 . 228 United Nations Day observance, Porto Alegre, Brazil; October 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 United Nations Day observance, San Salvador, El Salvador; October 1976 . . . . . . . . . . 237 International Year of the Child observance, Karachi, Pakistan; December 1979 . . . . . . 241 United Nations Day display, Moen, Truk Islands; December 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Mrs. Nancy B. Mondschein and Mrs. T. Memet Tanumidjaja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Governor George R. Ariyoshi of Hawaii signing the document proclaiming 18 September 1977 as World Peace Day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Baha'fs who participated in the dedication of the local J:Ia~fratu' l-Qud s , Annandale , Demerara, Guyana; 27 June 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Certificate of Incorporation in American Samoa of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Samoa; 23 April 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of South and West Africa; 13 August 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Singapore; 4 October 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Act of Parliament incorporating the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Guyana, passed on 9 December 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 Receipt for Declaration of Association of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Gabon; 8 April 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Letter from the Ministry of Justice and Ecclesiastical Affairs confirming registration of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Iceland as a religious society of Iceland, 29 April 1977, with translation into English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Certificate of Registration of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Suriname and French Guiana; 16 January 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Extract from the Official Journal of New Caledonia for 3 November 1978, relating to the Declaration of Association of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of the New Hebrides; receipt dated 19 October 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Extract from the Official Journal of the French Republic relating to the registration of the National Spiritual Assembly of the French Antilles; 5 January 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Certificate oflncorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Caroline Islands; 29 January 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Mariana Islands; 2 April 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Certificates of Incorporation of the Local Spiritua l Assemblies of the Baha'fs of Ufwenuka and Mwiika Villages, Zambia, both dated 3 May 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Perseverance Village (Couva), Trinidad and Tobago; 9 July 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Tauranga City , New Zealand; 12 July 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Extracts from articles of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Willemstad, Curac;ao, signed 6 December 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Portland Cottage, Jamaica; 29 September 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Lipan, Papua New Guinea; 11 January 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Presidential Decree approving By-Laws and conferring Juridical Personality on the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Palomita, Paraguay; 3 July 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Extract from the Official Journal of French Polynesia of 15 July 1978, rela ting to the registration of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Tahiti; receipt dated 22 June 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Extract from the Official Journal of New Caledonia for 1 December 1978, relating to the LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS XVll

Page Declaration of Association of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of Fila Island, New Hebrides; receipt dated 23 November 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of Galway, Ireland; 20 February 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Document signed by primary school authorities in Wetzikon, Switzerland, permitting Baha'i students to be absent from school on Baha'i Holy Days ; 19 April 1977 . . . . . 270 Letter dated 15 October 1977 from Ministry of Lands and Settlements, exempting the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of Kenya from payment of rates . . . . . . . 271 Letter dated 28 October 1977 from the office of the Minister of Home Affairs and Health , approving the appointment of Mr. Eric Wilson as Marriage Officer of Belize for the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of Belize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Letter dated 16 June 1978 from the National Register Coordinator, Division of Historic Sites, Illinois Department of Conservation , giving notice that the Baha'i House of Worship in Wilmette, Illinois was on 23 May 1978 entered in the National Register of Historic Places . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Certificate of Registration of the Baha'i Faith as a religious body in Tuvalu ; 8 August 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Certificates of Registration of Baha'i symbols with the African Office of Industrial Property on behalf of the National Spiritual Assemblies of the Central African Empire, the Cameroon Republic, and the Ivory Coast; 18 August 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Extract from the Gazette of India for 9 September 1978, relating to exemption from income tax of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of India, with translation into English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Letter dated 8 November 1978 from Ministry of Churches, legalizing Baha'i marriage in Denmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Certificates of Approval of Religious Organization authorizing establishment of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of the Cook Islands; 20 December 1978, with cover letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Letter dated 3 February 1979 addressed to Court of Personal Status for Non-Muslims by the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of the Sudan, designating representative to appear before the Court in matters of Baha'i personal status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Letter dated 9 March 1979 from the Procurer General of the Republic, confirming that the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of Zaire obtained civil personality by ordinance on 9 June 1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Resolution adopted 15 March 1979 by the House of Representatives of the Eighty-First General Assembly, State of Illinois, calling upon the President of the United States to urge the Government of Iran to recognize the religious character of the Baha'i Faith, and to assure the rights of all religious minorities including the Baha'ls . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Letter dated 28 March 1979 signed by 22 members of the United States Senate, addressed to the Prime Minister of Iran, expressing concern for the rights of religous minorities, including the Baha'ls, under the new Provisional Revolutionary Islamic Government of Iran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Part Four: The World Order of Baha'u'llah

Facsimile of signatures on the Constitution of the Universal House of Justice; 26 November 1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 The Hands of the Cause Amatu' l-Baha RuJ:ilyyih Khan um and Paul Haney with members of the Universal House of Justice elected at Ric;lvan 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Counsellor Thelma Khelgati with delegates from Niger who participated in the fourth International Convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 xviii LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Page Mr. Anthony Providence addressing the delegates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Partial view of the exhibit on display during the fourth International Convention . . . . . 295 Delegates from Japan who participated in the fourth International Convention . . . . . . . 295 Delegates from Ghana who participated in the fourth International Convention . . . . . . 297 Mr. Kawku Negble Attigah of Togo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Mr. Adrien Zanou Gnambode of Benin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Silver box holding containers of Dust from the Shrines of Baha'u'llah and the Bab . . . 298 The Hands of the Cause and Counsellors, Mazra'ih; May 1978 · .................... 299 Amatu'l-Baha RuQ.iyyih Khanum in conversation with Mr. Alibe Mimba of Surinam . . 300 The construction of the building for the Seat of the Universal House of Justice: a photographic report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Booklet published by the town of Chiampo, Italy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 The Continental Board of Counsellors for Australasia; January 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 The Continental Board of Counsell ors for Central America; March 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . 320 The Continental Board of Counse llors for North America; October 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . 320 The Hand of the Cause Abu'l-Qasim Faizi during his visit to Fiji; March 1977 . . . . . . . 325 The Hand of the Cause' Ali-Akbar Furutan paying a courtesy call on Mr. Krishan Chand, Lieutenant Governor of India; November 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 The Hand of the Cause' Ali-Mul)ammad Varga during his visit to French Guiana; Spring 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 The Hand of the Cause John Robarts visiting the Irish Baha'i Summer School; August 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 The Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone visiting the Baha'is of Sagafau, Savai'i, Western Samoa; 12 April 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 The Hands of the Cause who participated in the International Teaching Conference in Paris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 The Hand of the Cause Ral)matu' llah Muhajir and Mr. Mazco Kucel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 The Hand of the Cause Ugo Giachery and some participants in the Teaching Conference held in San Zano, Italy; May 1976 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Some newly-formed National Spiritual Assemblies 1977-1978 Page Page Greece(1977) ..... . ............ 336 Burundi (re-established 1978) 347 The French Antilles (1977) . . . . . . . 336 The Bahamas (1978) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 The Marshall Islands ( 1977) . . . . . . 336 Cyprus (1978) Inaugural Convention 348 The New Hebrides (1977) . . . . . . . . 341 The Mariana Islands (1978) . . . . . . . 348 Surinam and French Guiana (1977) 341 Mauritania (1978) Inaugural Upper Volta (1977) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341 Convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 The Spiritual Assembly of Ocean Island (Banaba); Ric;lvfo 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Some newly-formed Local Spiritual Assemblies 1976-1979 Page Page Nuuk , Greenland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Emmen, the Netherlands . . . . . . . . . 360 Imphal, Manipur, India . . . . . . . . . . . 360 The first incorporated Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Hamilton Township, New Jersey, U.S.A.; October 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 The Mother Temple of the West, Wilmette, Illinois, U.S.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Model of the Mother Temple of the Indian Sub-continent, New Delhi, India . . . . . . . . . 368 LIST OF ILL UST RA TIO NS XlX

Page Amatu'l-Baha Rulµyyih Khanum at the ceremony for laying the foundation stone of the House of Worship of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 Amatu'l-Baha Rulµyyih Khan um laying the foundation stone of the House of Worship of India . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Architect's impression of the first Mashriqu'l-Adhkar of the Pacific Islands . . . . . . . . . . 371 His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II addressing those gathered to witness the laying of the foundation stone of the first Mashriqu'l-Adhkar of the Pacific Islands . . . . . . . . . . 372 Amatu'l-Baha Rulµyyih Khanum at the ceremony for laying the foundation stone of the first Mashriqu'l-Adhkar of the Pacific Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II laying the foundation stone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Amatu'l-Baha Rulµyyih Khanum laying the foundation stone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Casket containing Dust from the Shrines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Two views of 'Abdu'l-Baha taken on 1 May 1912 at the dedication of the site of the Baha'i House of Worship, Wilmette, Illinois, U.S.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Partial view of the Baha'i cemetery, Mount Carmel, Haifa, Israel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Part Five: In Memorian Page Page Brown, Ramona Allen Bray . . . . . . . 400 Yazdani, AJ:imad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Tobey, Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Grossmann, Elsa Maria . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Boon, Choo Yeok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Gomez, Luisa Mapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Fujita, Saichiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 Hornell (Kathleen, Lady Hornell) . 443 Bowman, Amelia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Gupta, Nathulal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 Richardson, Doris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 Giiney, Muzaffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 $amfmf, AJ:imad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 'Ilmf, Siyyid MaJ:iflizu'l-I:Iaq . . . . . . . 447 Enongene, Joseph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Trigg, Martha 'Nakiya' Noyakuk . . . 448 Franchino, Leticia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Mohapi, Chadwick and Mary ... . 449, 451 Wayenece, Emma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Blackwell, Ellsworth . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Safrang, Gulbanu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Fananapadhfr, 'Inayatu'llah . . . . . . . 453 Anderson, Angela Annette . . . . . . . 41 7 Gregory, Ernest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 Sharp, Adelaide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Gutos, Javan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 Salazar, Anguel Marfa . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Laite, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457 Blundell, Hugh K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Steffes, Marian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 Busey, Garreta H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Laws, Elizabeth S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459 Linfoot, Charlotte M. . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Kurlawala, Ghulam-'Ali . . . . . . . . . . 461 'Azzavf, Siyyid MuJ:iammad . . . . . . . 425 Moffett, Ruth J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 el Khemfrf, 'Abdu' l-I:Iamfd . . . . . . . 427 Derozhinsky, Pamela . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 Ji:irgensen, Else . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428 Huffman, Evelyn and Vern . . . . . . . 467 Maxwell, Marion Lord . . . . . . . . . . . 430 FatJ:i-A''.?am, RuJ:iangfz . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Miessler, Edmund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Battrick, Jeannette Hilda . . . . . . . . . 471 Ebo, Antonio Francisco . . . . . . . . . . 432 Meymoun, Ismail Hiwari . . . . . . . . . 472 Taymlirf- Muqadam, RuJ:i'u'llah . . . . 434 Hafner, Otto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 Senne, Dorothy Kedibone . . . . . . . . 435 Tijssen-Hartmann, Emma Margaret 474 Thomas, Wilma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 VanSombeek, Georgette . . . . . . . . . 475 Irizarry, Maria T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 One of the ornamental urns which grace the gardens surrounding the Shrine of the Bab 4 78

Part Six: Directory, Bibliography, Glossary

Facsimile of the Short Obligatory Prayer in Braille (English) Grade II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541 Baha'i literature display sponsored by the Baha'i Publishing Trust of Taiwan . . . . . . . . 541 xx LIST OF ILLUSTRATIO NS

Page Some current Baha'i periodicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 Examp les of Baha'i literature in English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551 Baha'i literature display , Belo Horizonte, Brazil; October 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552 Baha 'i literat ure display sponsored by the Baha'i Publishing Trust of Italy, Milan Trade Fair, April 1978 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571 Ca ll igraphic arrangement of part of the opening sentence of the Will and Testament of 'Abdu' l-Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598 Calligra phic arrangement by Mishkin-Qalam of the invocation: 'Praise be to God, the Exalted, the Beloved!' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604

Part Seven: Literary and Musical Works

Mirza Ab u'l-Fa<;ll (1844-1914) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626 Reginald Turvey (1882- 1968) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 Untitled painting by Reginald Turvey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637 INTRODUCTION

AIMS AND PURPOSES OF THE BAHA'I FAITH DAVID HOFMAN

RELIGION has two objectives, the regen- human relationships, and establish once for all eration of men and the advancement of man- the machinery that can best incarnate this funkind. All men have been created to carry for- damental principle of its life.' 1 ward an ever advancing civilization proclaims Religion sees the course of history as an Baha'u'llah, and The purpose of the one true organic process, moving towards the full real- God, exalted be His glory, in revealing Himself ization of all the potentialities implanted in unto men is to lay bare those gems that lie hid- man . The vicissitudes, the great advances, the den within the mine of their true and inmost hiatuses it regards as the natural unfoldment of selves. that process just as the succession of bud, leaf, These aims of religion, universal and eternal, flower and fruit is the natural unfoldment in the nevertheless have been conditioned to the life of a tree; or infancy, childhood, youth and capacities of each age or dispensation and the maturity in that of a man. Indeed, Baha'i scripgreat religions of the past have developed their ture explains, the process is the same. The sun social orders within generally definable times is the effective agent in the organic life of the and areas . Judaism, for instance, attained its earth; religion in that of humanity. The Sun of peak under Solomon and was confined, before Truth is the Word of God upon which depends the dispersion, to the Near East; Zoroastrian- the education ofthose who are endowed with the ism remained Persian until the Arab conquest power of understanding and of utterance. 2 The and the settlement of a remnant in Western creative Word, revealed in each stage of India; Christianity became the religion of human progress by a Manifestation of God, European civilization; the building of the and conditioned to the requirements of the nation state undertaken by Islam remained a time, is the effective agent in the long, single Muslim experiment until feudal Europe process of humanity's development from learned the lesson and its city states gave way infancy to World Order. This truth is enshrined to and adopted the more advanced order. It has in all revealed religion although it needs the remained for the Baha'i religion to declare and illumination of Baha'u'llah's revelation to promote the cause of world order-the sine enable men to perceive it. 'The first picture qua non of its existence-and to disclose the presented in the Bible is that of human unity in concomitant unities of religion, of mankind its simplest form; that of a single family. The and of historical purpose. 'Unity of family, of last picture is that of a unity manifold and tribe, of city-state, and nation have been suc- universal in which all kindreds and tongues and cessively attempted and fully established. peoples and nations are gathered into one and World unity is the goal towards which a har- unified in the enjoyment of a common worship, assed humanity is striving. Nation-building has a common happiness, a common glory. come to an end. The anarchy inherent in state 'The great problem which, according to the sovereignty is moving towards a climax. A 1 Shoghi Effendi, Guardian of the Baha'i Faith, The world, growing to maturity, must abandon this Unfoldment of World Civilization. fetish, recognize the oneness and wholeness of 2 BaM'u'llah, Daryay-i-Danim. 2 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Bible, confronts the human race in its progress tion of mankind which must turn again to God is that of advancing from the barest, baldest and recognize His purpose . The two aims of unity through a long experience of multiplying religion are, therefore, interacting and diversities till ultimately a balance between the interdependent. two principles is struck, poise is gained and the Such a world-shaking transformation cannot two forces of variety and unity are blended in a be brought about by any movement of reform, multiple, highly developed world fellowship, however disinterested, nor by any unaided the perfection of whose union was hardly sug- human effort. Modern man has turned away gested in the primitive simplicity of early from God, and bereft of his traditional sancman.'' tions, has inevitably wrecked his old order This spiritual view of evolution is the con- which, in truth, is lamentably inadequate to stant theme of religion. Each revelation refers modern conditions and is not susceptible of to the past, looks forward to the future and repair. Soon, is Baha' u'llah's prophetic view of concentrates upon the immediate need for our day, will the present-day order be rolled up, spiritual regeneration and enlightenment. The and a new one spread out in its stead. Likewise, Prophet evokes in human hearts a sacrificial The signs of impending convulsions and chaos love which transcends self-interest and causes can now be discerned, inasmuch as the prevailthe early believers to dedicate themselves ing order appears to be lamentably defective. entirely to the practice and diffusion of the new The current aim of religion, embodied in the message . As it spreads it works like leaven in aims and purposes of the Baha'i Faith, is the society, reforming its morals, uplifting its vi- promotion of the next stage in the organic prosion and promoting a greater diffusion of love cess of human evolution-the coming of age of in social action . the human race . The achievement of this 'World history at its core and in its essence is maturity will be attested by the unification of the story of the spiritual evolution of mankind. mankind and the federation of the world in a From this all other activities of man proceed single, all-embracing world society of human and round it all other activities revolve.' 2 brotherhood. But great objectives are reached Unlike the revelations of the past, the Baha'i by dedicated pursuit of the preliminary and revelation releases not only the creative Word intermediate stages of the task, without ever necessary to the renewal of spiritual vitality in losing sight of the ultimate goal, and this has the human spirit, but embodies that divine been and is now the occupation of the Baha'i energy in an administrative order capable of world community-the completion within bringing within its shade all the diversified specified times of specified goals. These teachethnic groups and myriad types of the human ing plans to which the Baha'is eagerly devote race, who may find within its wide embrace a their lives do far more than simply increase the full, happy and purposeful life. Baha'i activity size and consolidation of that world commutherefore is directed not only, as in the past, to nity. They are devised and launched by the the spreading of the Word, but to the estab- head of the Faith- the Guardian and now the lishment of the fabric of that Order which, Universal House of Justice-and are therefore enshrined within the creative Word itself, conceived from a global view, directed to the becomes the chief instrument for the further immediate needs of the great objective, condiffusion and social application of the Divine servative of the community's resources, Message. This World Order, which the Baha'i world-wide in scale permitting the organic Faith exists to establish, is none other than that development of each part according to its stage long-promised Kingdom in which peace, jus- of growth but with due regard for the needs of tice and brotherhood shall prevail universally the whole, fostering intensively the unity, the and 'the earth shall be filled with the knowl- international co-operation, the diversification edge of the glory of the Lord, as the waters of the ethnic, religious and social backgrounds cover the sea.' 3 The establishment of this of its increasing membership and developing World Order is dependent upon the regenera- new resources for the next step forward . It should be noted that none of these plans is George Townshend, The Heart of the Gospel , 1939. ibid. isolated in aim or conception but all are Habakkuk 2: 14. directed towards the implementation of three INTRODUCTION 3

great charters, enshrined in Baha'i sacred Writ- implementing these three charters and it is ings, which authorize and guide the expansion incontrovertibly apparent that never in any of the Faith and the development of its institu- preceding Dispensation has the command to tions. In past Dispensations the command to spread the Word of God been given, in the 'spread the Gospel' has been general and sacred text, such explicit guidance and detailed unspecified. It was the inspired guidance of the objectives. beloved Guardian of the Baha'i Faith which As the Faith of Baha'u'llah increases in size disclosed to a spiritually delighted and grateful and influence other aims and objectives community yet another of the unique features become apparent and possible of pursuit. The of this Dispensation in the specific guidance relationship with agencies, institutions and given in these three charters for the implemen- authorities of the non-Baha'i world becomes tation of this eternal command. an important consideration once the commu- Baha'u'llah's Tablet of Carmel is the charter nity emerges from obscurity, and has led to for the development of the Baha'i World public relations programmes and the develop- Centre in the twin cities of 'Akka and Haifa, ment of closer association with the United the site of its most sacred Shrines-the tombs Nations. The Baha'i International Community of the twin Prophets and of' Abdu'l-Baha, the is accredited as a non-governmental agency Centre of the Covenant-its monuments and with consultative status to the United Nations gardens, and of its 'world-shaking, world- Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) and embracing, world-directing administrative in various ways to other agencies of the United institutions'. 1 Nations. The fostering of this relationship has The Will and Testament of 'Abdu'l-Baha is been the goal of all international plans so far, the charter for the development of the adminis- and is visualized as a continuing process. There trative order of the Faith. In this majestic are other objectives related to the special document, the child of 'that mystic intercourse characteristics of Baha'i life which become between Him Who communicated the generat- more and more important as the Faith grows ing influence of His divine Purpose and the and engages greater and greater public atten- One Who was its vehicle and chosen recip- tion. They affect Baha'i individuals, comient,'2 are delineated the structure of the munities and institutions alike. These objecadministrative order, its modus operandi, its tives fall into two groups-those concerned main institutions, the chain of authority, the specifically with standards of conduct and source of guidance and the position of every those which relate to special Baha'i practices. believer vis-a-vis the Covenant. It has been The standards of conduct enjoined by the well called the 'Charter of the New World Prophet are invariably different from and Order of Baha'u'llah'. sometimes diametrically opposed to the gener- The Tablets of the Divine Plan, a series of ally accepted ones of His day. High standards fourteen letters written by' Abdu'l-Baha to the of conduct are, throughout Baha'i scripture, believers of the United States and Canada, constantly upheld and urged upon the believsome addressed to the entire company of ers, but the Guardian of the Faith in an essay believers in the North American continent and written in 1938 addressed to the believers in others to those in named geographical areas of the United States and Canada laid great stress that continent, constitute the charter for teach- upon the 'spiritual prerequisites ... which coning the Faith throughout the world. 'Abdu'l- stitute the bedrock on which ... all teaching Baha names the places, the people to whom plans ... must ultimately rest ... ' 3 He writes of teachers must go, the conditions under which ' . . . a high sense of moral rectitude in their they must travel and settle and He reveals sev- social and administrative activities, absolute eral prayers for those who undertake this all- chastity in their individual lives, and complete important task. freedom from prejudice in their dealings with All the international plans of the Faith peoples of a different race, class, creed or collaunched so far have set specific goals aimed at our.'4 In his expansion of this theme he Shoghi Effendi, The Spiritual Potencies of That Consedeclared that 'This rectitude of conduct, with crated Spot . Shoghi Effendi, The Advent of Divine Justice . Shoghi Effendi, The Dispensation of Baha'u'l/ah. 'ibid. 4 THE BAHA'I WORLD

its implications of justice, equity, truthfulness, intensely dynamic and highly responsible body honesty, fairmindedness, reliability, and trust- of the elected national representatives of every worthiness, must distinguish every phase of the Baha'f community, which constitutes the suslife of the Baha'i community.'' ' A chaste and taining pillar, and the sole instrument for the holy life must be made the controlling principle election in every community, of that Universal in the behaviour and conduct of all Baha'is, House whose very name and title, as ordained both in their social relationships with the by Baha'u'llah, symbolizes that rectitude of members of their own community, and in their conduct which is its highest mission to contacts with the world at large.' 2 'It requires safeguard and enforce.' 6 total abstinence from all alcoholic drinks, from The attitudes deriving from such standards, opium, and from similar habit-forming drugs. and from all the varied teachings of Baha'- It condemns the prostitution of art and of liter- u'llah, must pervade all Baha'i communities ature, the practices of nudism and of com- and imbue them with distinctive characteristics panionate marriage, infidelity in marital rel a- which can be recognized, amid the welter of tionships, and all manner of promiscuity, of opposing or mutually uninterested groups and easy familiarity , and of sexual vices.' 3 'As to factions into which modern society is disinteracial prejudice, the corrosion of which, for grating, as easily as the features of an indiwell nigh a century, has bitten into the fibre , vidual in a crowd. and attacked the whole social structure of Those special Baha'f practices which will American society, it should be regarded as inevitably characterize the Baha'i community, constituting the most vital and challenging are the regular observances of its Holy Days issue confronting the Baha'i community [of and Festivals, the abstention from work on that country] at the present stage of its evolu- nine such days during the year, the observances tion.'4 by all members of the community of the annual The regeneration of men-the first objective fast , of the laws governing marriage and of religion mentioned in this essay-is there- divorce, of daily prayer, of the invariable pracfore seen as the prime objective of the Bah a'i tice of consultation in all affairs of life, and Faith. Membership in the Faith is drawn from particularly by the regular observance of the that society which permits and indulges itself in Nineteen Day Feast. The habitual practice of all those corrupt, immoral and prejudiced such laws and ordinances is an objective puractivities which Baha'is are required to sued by all Baha'fs and Baha'i families. renounce, and since the Faith is steadily but It is seen that the aims and purposes of the persistently growing in numbers there is reason Baha'i Faith may be stated as the raising up of a to hope that slowly but surely a regeneration world-wide community recruited from every will take place. race , nation , colour, religious and social back- Further, these Baha'f standards of conduct ground known on the planet, inspired, united are not for individuals alone. They must be the and regenerated by the spiritual teachings and hallmark of Baha'i institutions and com- love of Baha'u'llah, dedicated to the building munities. 'Such a rectitude of conduct,' wrote of that New World Order which 'may well be the Guardian, 'must manifest itself, with ever- regarded a~ the brightest emanation' 7 of His increasing potency , in every verdict which the mind and is none other than the long hoped for, elected representatives of the Baha'i commu- Christ-promised Kingdom of God on earth. To nity, in whatever capacity they may find them- prepare men for the gifts of that Kingselves, may be called upon to pronounce. It dom-peace , brotherhood , spirituality-and must be constantly reflected in the business to raise its very fabric in the world , are the dealings of all its members, in their domestic immediate and long-time objectives of the lives, in all manner of employment, and in any Baha'i Faith. service they may , in the future , render their The energies of the Baha'is therefore, in government or people.' 5 'It must be made the pursuance of these aims, flow in three major hallmark of that numerically small , yet channels: individual spiritual development, Shoghi Effendi , Th e Advent of Divine Justice. l ibid. ibid. 3 ibi d. ' ibid. , ibid. Shoghi Effendi , God Passes By , p. 213 . INTRODUCTION 5 conveying the message of Baha'u'llah to conserved to the service of human welfare by others, and developing the pattern of world the agencies of Baha'u'llah's World Order will society embodied in the Baha'i administrative result in the proliferation of new arts and sciorder. All these activities derive from the sac- ences, new social and economic relationships, red text and it is the unique feature of the new educational methods and a general acces- Baha'i revelation that whereas the first two are sion of well-being and felicity. The vision of the common to all revealed religions it is only Baha'i Faith, though glorious, is a practical Baha'u'llah Who creates the institutions and one, and the number of its dedicated promotreveals the laws, delineates the social order and ers grows with increasing speed. It is summaestablishes the principles of the civilization to rized in the following words by the Guardian of which His revelation will give rise. Neither the Baha'i Faith in his essay The Unfoldment of Moses nor Christ, MuJ:iammad, Buddha, World Civilization: Zoroaster or Krishna did this, although They 'The unity of the human race, as envisaged all foretold that it would be done by Him Who by Baha'u'Ilah, implies the establishment of a would take the government upon His shoul- world commonwealth in which all nations, ders and establish the Kingdom in peace and races, creeds and classes are closely and perrighteousness. manently united, and in which the autonomy of None of the traditional motives operates to its state members and the personal freedom create the Baha'i community, neither former and initiative of the individuals that compose associations, political or economic identity of them are definitely and completely safeinterest, racial or patriotic grouping. Only the guarded. This commonwealth must, as far as recognition and love of Baha'u'llah brings into we can visualize it, consist of a world legislaclose relatedness and co-operative action peo- ture, whose members will, as the trustees of the ple from every human background, of all types whole of mankind, ultimately control the of character and personality, divergent and entire resources of all the component nations, diversified interest. Through their brother- and will enact such laws as shall be required to hood in Baha'u'llah the old crystallized forms regulate the life, satisfy the needs and adjust of human divisiveness to which they formerly the relationships of all races and peoples. A belonged, whether of class, race, religion, world executive, backed by an intern ational occupation, temperament or degree of civiliza- Force, will carry out the decisions arrived at, tion lose their rigidity and eventually disinte- and apply the laws enacted by, this world legisgrate. The growing Baha'i community on the lature, and will safeguard the organic unity of other hand is essentially based on love, is a the whole commonwealth. A world tribunal brotherhood, a family, each member delight- will adjudicate and deliver its compu lsory and ing in the diversity of its membership, welcom- final verdict in all and any disputes that may ing the former pariah or outcast as a new flower arise between the various elements constitutin the garden, each as proud of his humanity as ing this universal system. A mechanism of was ever the former chauvinist of his country. world inter-communication will be devised, Within such a community the sun of Baha'- embracing the whole planet, freed from u'llah's revelation can evoke new morals, new national hindrances and restrictions, and funcattitudes, new conventions, new hopes and vi- tioning with marvellous swiftness and perfect sions, all enshrined within the text of the revela- regularity . A world metropolis will act as the tion itself and which provide the spiritual nerve centre of a world civilization, the focus atmosphere and distinctive culture of the new towards which the unifying forces of life will day. Such a community, as it grows, becomes converge and from which its energizing more and more a true social order, providing a influences will radiate. A world language will soil to human life, a climate for its best either be invented or chosen frbm among the development , an arena for the practice of its existing languages and will be taught in the highest aspirations, and a beacon light to schools of all the federated nations as an auxilattract and guide the disillusioned, spiritually iary to their mother tongue. A world script, a impoverished, frenetic and frustrated peoples world literature, a uniform and universal sysof the earth. tem of currency, of weights and measures, will The energies of this new culture, guided and simplify and facilitate intercourse and under- 6 THE BAHA'I WORLD

standing among the nations and races of man- economic or political. will be consecrated to kind. In such a world society, science and relig- such ends as will extend the range of human ion, the two most potent forces in human life, inventions and technical development, to the will be reconciled, will co-operate , and will increase of the productivity of mankind, to the harmoniously develop. The press will, under extermination of disease, to the extension of such a system, while giving full scope to the scientific research, to the raising of the stanexpression of the diversified views and convic- dard of physical health, to the sharpening and tions of mankind, cease to be mischievously refinement of the human brain, to the exploitamanipulated by vested interests, whether pri- tion of the unused and unsuspected resources vate or public, and will be liberated from the of the planet, to the prolongation of human influence of contending governments and peo- life, and to the furtherance of any other agency ples. The economic resources of the world will that can stimulate the intellectual, the moral , be organized, its sources of raw materials will and spiritual life of the entire human race. be tapped and fully utilized, its markets will be 'A world federal system, ruling the whole co-ordinated and developed, and the distribu- earth and exercising unchallengeable authority tion of its products will be equitably regulated. over its unimaginably vast resources, blending 'National rivalries, hatred, and intrigues will and embodying the ideals of both the East and cease , and racial animosity and prejudice will the West, liberated from the curse of war and be replaced by racial amity, understanding and its miseries, and bent on the exploitation of all co-operation. The causes of religious strife will the available sources of energy on the surface be permanently removed, economic barriers of the planet, a system in which Force is made and restrictions will be completely abolished, the servant of Justice, whose life is sustained by and the inordinate distinction between classes its universal recognition of one God and by its will be obliterated. Destitution on the one allegiance to one common Revelation -such hand, and gross accumulation of ownership on is the goal towards which humanity, impelled the other, will disappear. The enormous by the unifying forces of life, is moving .' energy dissipated and wasted on war, whether PART ONE

THE BAHA'I REVELATION I EXCERPTS FROM THE BAHA'I SACRED WRITINGS

1. BAHA'U'LLAH

Excerpts from Tablets of Baha'u'llah revealed after the Kitab-i-Aqdas 1

ALL glory be to this Day , the Day in which exalted Spot than We made reply: 'Render the fragrances of mercy have been wafted over thanks unto Thy Lord , 0 Carmel. The fire of all created things, a Day so blest that past ages thy separation from Me was fast consuming and centuries can never hope to rival it, a Day thee , when the ocean of My presence surged in which the countenance of the Ancient of before thy face, cheering thine eyes and those Days hath turned towards His holy seat. of all creation, and filling with delight all things Thereupon the voices of all created things, and visible and invisible . Rejoice, for God hath in beyond them those of the Concourse on High , this Day established upon thee His throne, were heard calling aloud: 'Haste thee, 0 Car- hath made thee the dawning-place of His signs mel, for lo, the light of the countenance of God, and the dayspring of the evidences of His Revethe Ruler of the Kingdom of Names and lation. Well is it with him that circleth around Fashioner of the heavens, hath been lifted thee , that proclaimeth the revelation of thy upon thee.' glory, and recounteth that which the bounty of Seized with transports of joy, and raising the Lord thy God hath showered upon thee. high her voice, she thus exclaimed: 'May my Seize thou the Chalice of Immortality in the life be a sacrifice to Thee, inasmuch as Thou name of thy Lord, the All-Glorious, and give hast fixed Thy gaze upon me, hast bestowed thanks unto Him, inasmuch as He, in token of upon me Thy bounty, and hast directed His mercy unto thee, hath turned thy sorrow towards me Thy steps. Separation from Thee , into gladness, and transmuted thy grief into 0 Thou Source of everlasting life, hath well blissful joy. He, verily, loveth the spot which nigh consumed me, and my remoteness from had been made the seat of His throne, which Thy presence hath burned away my soul. All His footsteps have trodden, which hath been praise be to Thee for having enabled me to honoured by His presence, from which He hearken to Thy call, for having honoured me raised His call, and upon which He shed His with Thy footsteps, and for having quickened tears. my soul through the vitalizing fragrance of Thy 'Call out to Zion, 0 Carmel, and announce Day and the shrilling voice of Thy Pen, a voice the joyful tidings: He that was hidden from Thou didst ordain as Thy trumpet-call amidst mortal eyes is come! His all-conquering Thy people. And when the hour at which Thy sovereignty is manifest; His all-encompassing resistless Faith was to be made manifest did splendour is revealed. Beware lest thou hesistrike, Thou didst breathe a breath of Thy spirit tate or halt. Hasten forth and circumambulate into Thy Pen, and lo, the entire creation shook the City of God that hath descended from to its very foundations, unveiling to mankind heaven, the celestial Kaaba round which have such mysteries as lay hidden within the circled in adoration the favoured of God, the treasuries of Him Who is the Possessor of all pure in heart, and the company of the most created things.' exalted angels. Oh, how I long to announce No sooner had her voice reached that most unto every spot on the surface of the earth, and Baha'i World Centre, Haifa, 1978. to carry to each one of its cities, the glad-tidings 10 THE BAHA'I WORLD

of this Revelation-a Revelation to which the are the exponents of power and the daysprings heart of Sinai hath been attracted, and in of glory, to enforce His laws and ordinances. whose name the Burning Bush is calling: He is in truth the Omnipotent, the All- "Unto God, the Lord of Lords, belong the Powerful, He Who is wont to answer the call of kingdoms of earth and heaven." Verily this is me n. the Day in which both land and sea rejoice at this announcement, the Day for which have been laid up those things which God, through a bounty beyond the ken of mortal mind or Praise and glory beseem the Lord of Names heart, hath destined for revelation. Ere long and the Creator of the heavens, He, the waves will God sail His Ark upon thee , and will man- of Whose ocean of Revelation surge before the ifest the people of Baha who have been men- eyes of the peoples of the world. The Day-Star tioned in the Book of Names.' of His Cause shineth through every veil and Sanctified be the Lord of all mankind, at the His Word of affirmation standeth beyond the mention of Whose name all the atoms of the reach of negation. Neither the ascendancy of earth have been made to vibrate, and the the oppressor nor the tyranny of the wicked Tongue of Grandeur hath been moved to dis- hath been able to thwart His Purpose. How close that which had been wrapt in His knowl- glorified is His sovereignty, how exalted His edge and lay concealed within the treasury of dominion! His might. He, verily, through the potency of Great God! Although His signs have His name , the Mighty, the All-Powerful, the encompassed the world and His proofs and Most High, is the ruler of all that is in the testimonies are shining forth and manifest as heavens and all that is on earth. the light, yet the ignorant appear heedless, nay rather, rebellious. Would that they had been content with opposition. But at all times they are plotting to cut down the sacred Lote-Tree. Since the dawn of this Revelation the embodi- In former religions such ordinances as holy ments of selfishness have, by resorting to war, destruction of books, the ban on associa- cruelty and oppression, striven to extinguish tion and companionship with other peoples or the Light of divine manifestation. But God, on reading certain books had been laid down having stayed their hands, revealed this Light and affirmed according to the exigencies of the through His sovereign authority and protected time; however, in this mighty Revelation, in it through the power of His might until earth this momentous Announcement, the manifold and heaven were illumined by its radiance and bestowals and favours of God have over- brightness. Praise be unto Him under all condishadowed all men, and from the horizon of the tions. Will of the Ever-Abiding Lord, His infallible Glory be unto Thee , 0 Lord of the world and decree hath prescribed that which We have set Desire of the nations, 0 Thou Who hast forth ... become manifest in the Greatest Name We yield praise unto God-hallowed and whereby the pearls of wisdom and utterance glorified be He-for whatsoever He hath have appeared from the shells of the great sea graciously revealed in this blessed, this glorious of Thy knowledge, and the heavens of divine and incomparable Day. Indeed if everyone on revelation have been adorned with the light of earth were endowed with a myriad tongues and the appearance of the Sun of Thy countenance. were to continually praise God and magnify I beg of Thee, by that Word through which His Name to the end that knoweth no end, Thy proof was perfected among Thy creatures their thanksgiving would not prove adequate and Thy testimony was fulfilled among Thy for even one of the gracious favours We have servants to strengthen Thy people in that mentioned in this Tablet. Unto this beareth whereby the face of the Cause will radiate in witness every man of wisdom and discernment, Thy dominion, the standards of Thy power will of understanding and knowledge. be planted among Thy servants, and the ban- We earnestly beseech God-exalted be His ners of Thy guidance will be raised throughout glory-to aid the rulers and sovereigns , who Thy dominions. THE BAHA'I REVELATION 11 0 my Lord! Thou beholdest them clinging to It beseemeth you to fix your gaze under all the rope of Thy grace and holding fast unto the conditions upon justice and fairness. In the hem of the mantle of Thy beneficence. Ordain Hidden Words this exalted utterance hath for them that which may draw them nearer been revealed from Our Most August Pen: 'O unto Thee , and withhold them from all else Son of Spirit! The best beloved of all things in save Thee. I beg of Thee, 0 Thou King of My sight is Justice; turn not away therefrom if existence and Protector of the seen and the thou desirest Me, and neglect it not that I may unseen, to make whosoever ariseth to serve confide in thee. By its aid thou shalt see with Thy Cause as a sea moving by Thy desire, as thine own eyes and not through the eyes of one ablaze with the fire of Thy Sacred Tree, others, and shalt know of thine own knowledge shining from the horizon of the heaven of Thy and not through the knowledge of thy neighwill. Verily Thou art the mighty One Whom bour. Ponder this in thy heart; how it behoveth neither the power of all the world nor the thee to tie. Verily justice is My gift to thee and strength of nations can weaken. There is no the sign of My loving kindness. Set it then God but Thee, the One, the Incomparable, the before thine eyes.' Protector, the Self-Subsistent. They that are just and fair-minded in their judgement occupy a sublime station and hold an exalted rank. The light of piety and uprightness shineth resplendent from these souls. We earnestly hope that the peoples and countries They that are endued with sincerity and of the world may not be deprived of the splenfaithfulness should associate with all the peodours of these two luminaries . ples and kindreds of the earth with joy and radiance, inasmuch as consorting with people hath promoted and will continue to promote unity and concord, which in turn are conducive to the maintenance of order in the world and to God testifieth that there is none other God the regeneration of nations. Blessed are such as but Him and that He Who hath appeared is the hold fast to the cord of kindliness and tender Hidden Mystery, the Treasured Symbol, the mercy and are free from animosity and hatred. Most Great Book for all peoples, and the This Wronged One exhorteth the peoples of Heaven of bounty for the whole world. He is the world to observe tolerance and righteousthe Most Mighty Sign amongst men and the ness, which are two lights amidst the darkness Dayspring of the most august attributes in the of the world and two educators for the realm of creation. Through Him hath appeared edification of mankind. Happy are they who that which had been hidden from time have attained thereto and woe betide the heedimmemorial and been veiled from the eyes of less. men. He is the One Whose Manifestation was announced by the heavenly Scriptures, in former times and more recently. Whoso acknowledgeth belief in Him and in His signs and A good character is, verily, the best mantle testimonies hath in truth acknowledged that for men from God. With it He adorneth the which the Tongue of Grandeur uttered ere the temples of His loved ones. By My life! The light creation of earth and heaven and the revelation of a good character surpasseth the light of the of the Kingdom of Names. Through Him the sun and the radiance thereof. Whoso attaineth ocean of knowledge hath surged amidst manunto it is accounted as a jewel among men. The kind and the river of divine wisdom hath glory and the upliftment of the world must gushed out at the behest of God, the Lord of needs depend upon it. A goodly character is a Days. means whereby men are guided to the Straight Well is it with the man of discernment who Path and are led to the Great Announcement. hath recognized and perceived the Truth, and Well is it with him who is adorned with the the one possessed of a hearing ear who hath saintly attributes and character of the Con- hearkened unto His sweet Voice, and the hand course on High. that hath received His Book with such resolve 12 THE BAHA'I WORLD

as is born of God, the Lord of this world and of twin principles. Exalted is the Lord of Wisdom, the next, and the earnest wayfarer who hath the Possessor of Great Bounty. hastened unto His glorious Horizon, and the one endued with strength whom neither the overpowering might of the rulers, nor the tumult raised by the leaders of religion hath The light of men is justice. Quench it not been able to shake. And woe betide him who with the contrary winds of oppression and hath rejected the grace of God and His bounty, tyranny. The purpose of justice is the appearand hath denied His tender mercy and authorance of unity among men. The ocean of divine ity; such a man is indeed reckoned with those wisdom surgeth within this exalted word, while who have throughout eternity repudiated the the books of the world cannot contain its inner testimony of God and His proof. significance. Were mankind to be adorned with Great is the blessedness of him who hath in this raiment, they would behold the day-star of this Day cast away the things current amongst the utterance, 'On that day God will satisfy men and hath clung unto that which is ordained everyone out of His abundance,' 1 shining resby God, the Lord of Names and the Fashioner plendent above the horizon of the world. of all created things, He Who is come from the Appreciate ye the value of this utterance; it is a heaven of eternity through the power of the noble fruit that the Tree of the Pen of Glory Most Great Name, invested with so invincible hath yielded. Happy is the man that giveth ear an authority that all the powers of the earth are unto it and observeth its precepts. Verily I say, unable to withstand Him. Unto this beareth whatever is sent down from the heaven of the witness the Mother Book, calling from the Will of God is the means for the establishment Most Sublime Station. of order in the world and the instrument for promoting unity and fellowship among its peoples. Thus hath the Tongue of this Wronged One spoken from His Most Great Prison. Above all else , the grea test gift and the most wondrous blessing hath ever been and will continue to be wisdom. It is man's unfailing protec- 0 ye men of wisdom among nations! Shut tor. It aideth him and strengtheneth him. Wis- your eyes to estrangement, then fix your gaze dom is God's emissary and the revealer of His upon unity. Cleave tenaciously unto that which Name the Omniscient. Through it the loftiness will lead to the wellbeing and tranquillity of all of man's station is made manifest and evident. mankind. This span of earth is but one home- It is all-knowi ng and the foremost teacher in land and one habitation. It behoveth you to the schoo l of existence. It is the guide and is abandon vainglory which causeth alienation invested with high distinction. Thanks to its and to set your hearts on whatever will ensure educating influence earthly beings have harmony. In the estimation of the people of become imbued with a gem-like spirit which Baha man's glory lieth in his knowledge, his outshineth the heavens. In the city of justice it upright conduct, his praiseworthy character, is the unrivalled Speaker Who, in the year nine, his wisdom , and not in his nationality or rank. illumined the world with the joyful tidings of 0 people of the earth! Appreciate the value of this Revelation. And it was this peerless Source this heavenly word. Indeed it may be likened of wisdom that at the beginning of the founda- unto a sh ip for the ocean of knowledge and a tion of the world ascended the stair of inner shining luminary for the realm of perception. meaning and when enthroned upon the pulpit of utterance, through the operation of the divine Will , proclaimed two words. The first heralded the promise of reward, while the second voiced the ominous warning of punish- In all matters moderation is desirable. If a ment. The promise gave rise to hope and the thing is carried to excess, it will prove a source warning begat fear. Thus th e basis of world of evil. Consider the civilization of the West, order hath been firmly established upon these 1 cf. Qur' an 4: 129. THE BAHA'I REVELATION 13 how it hath agitated and alarmed the peoples of Being. God grant that all men may turn unto the world. An infernal engine hath been the treasuries latent within their own beings. devised, and hath proved so cruel a weapon of destruction that its like none hath ever witnessed or heard. The purging of such deeplyrooted and overwhelming corruptions cannot be effected unless the peoples of the world Justice is in this day bewailing its plight, and unite in pursuit of one common aim and Equity groaneth beneath the yoke of oppresembrace one universal faith . Incline your ears sion. The thick clouds of tyranny have darkunto the Call of this Wronged One and adhere ened the face of the earth , and enveloped its firmly to the Lesser Peace. peoples. Through the movement of Our Pen of Strange and astonishing things exist in the glory We have , at the bidding of the omnipoearth but they are hidden from the minds and tent Ordainer, breathed a new life into every the understanding of men. These things are human frame , and instilled into every word a capable of changing the whole atmosphere of fresh potency. All created things proclaim the the earth and their contamination would prove evidences of this world-wide regeneration. lethal. Great God! We have observed an amaz- This is the most great, the most joyful tidings ing thing. Lightning or a force similar to it is imparted by the Pen of this Wronged One to controlled by an operator and moveth at his mankind. Wherefore fear ye, 0 My wellcommand. Immeasurably exalted is the Lord beloved ones? Who is it that can dismay you? of Power Who hath laid bare that which He A touch of moisture sufficeth to dissolve the purposed through the potency of His weighty hardened clay out of which this perverse genand invincible command . eration is moulded . The mere act of your gathering together is enough to scatter the forces of these vain and worthless people. Strife and conflict befit the beasts of the wild. It was through the grace of God and with the We enjoin upon them that are the emblems aid of seemly words and praiseworthy deeds of His names and attributes to firmly adhere that the unsheathed swords of the Babi comhenceforth unto that which hath been set forth munity were returned to their scabbards. in this Most Great Revelation , not to allow Indeed through the power of good words, the themselves to become the cause of strife , and, righteous have always succeeded in winning until the end that knoweth no end , to keep command over the meads of the hearts of men. their eyes directed towards the dayspring of Say , 0 ye loved ones! Do not forsake pruthese resplendent words which have been dence . Incline your hearts to the counsels given recorded in this Tablet. Strife leads to by the Most Exalted Pen and beware lest your bloodshed and provokes commotion amongst hands or tongues cause harm unto anyone people. Hearken ye unto the Voice of this among mankind. Wronged One and deviate not therefrom. Were anyone to ponder in his heart that which hath, in this Revelation, streamed forth from the Pen of Glory, he would be assured that whatever this Wronged One hath affirmed It is incumbent upon every man , in this Day , He hath had no intention of establishing any to hold fast unto whatsoever will promote the position or distinction for Himself. The pur- interests, and exalt the station , of all nations pose hath rather been to attract the souls , and just governments. Through each and every through the sublimity of His words, unto the one of the verses which the Pen of the Most summit of transcendent glory and to endow High hath revealed, the doors of love and unity them with the capacity of perceiving that which have been unlocked and flung open to the face will purge and purify the peoples of the world of men. We have erewhile declared-and Our from the strife and dissension which religious Word is the truth-: 'Consort with the followdifferences provoke. Unto this bear witness ers of all religions in a spirit of friendliness and My heart, My Pen, My inner and My outer fellowship.' Whatsoever hath led the children 14 THE BAHA'I WORLD

of men to shun one another, and hath caused fire that blazed in the Burning Bush. The dissensions and divisions amongst them, hath, brightness of the fire of your love will no doubt through the revelation of these words, been fuse and unify the contending peoples and kinnullified and abolished. From the heaven of dreds of the earth, whilst the fierceness of the God's Will, and for the purpose of ennobling flame of enmity and hatred cannot but result in the world of being and of elevating the minds strife and ruin. We beseech God that He may and souls of men, hath been sent down that shield His creatures from the evil designs of His which is the most effective instrument for the enemies. He verily hath power over a ll things. education of the whole human race. The high- All praise be to the one true God-exalted est essence and most perfect expression of be His glory-inasmuch as He hath , through whatsoever the peoples of old have either said the Pen of the Most High , unlocked the doors or written hath , through this most potent Reve- of men's hearts. Every verse which this Pen lation, been sent down from the heaven of the hath revealed is a bright and shining portal that Will of the All-Possessing, the Ever-Abiding discloseth the glories of a saintly and pious life , God . Of old it hath been revealed: ' Love of of pure and stainless deeds. The summons and one's country is an element of the Faith of the message which We gave were never God.' The Tongue of Grandeur hath, however, intended to reach one land or one people only . in the day of His manifestation proclaimed: 'It Mankind in its entirety must firmly adhere to is not his to boast who loveth his country, but it whatsoever hath been revealed and vouchis his who loveth the world.' Through the safed unto it. Then and only then will it attain power released by these exalted words He hath unto true liberty. The whole earth is illumilent a fresh impulse and set a new direction to nated with the resplendent glory of God's the birds of men's hearts, and hath obliterated Revelation. In the year sixty He Who heralded every trace of restriction and limitation from the light of Divine Guidance-may all creation God's holy Book. be sacrificed unto Him-arose to announce a This Wronged One hath forbidden the peo- fresh revelation of the Divine Spirit and was ple of God to engage in contention or conflict followed, twenty years later, by Him through and hath ex horted them to righteous deeds and Whose coming the world was made the recippraiseworthy character. In this day the hosts ient of this promised glory, this wondrous that can ensure the victory of the Cause are favour. Behold how the generality of mankind those of goodly conduct and saintly character. hath been endued with the capacity to hearken Blessed are they who firmly adhere unto them unto God's most exalted Word-the Word and woe betide such as turn away therefrom. upon which must depend the gathering together and spiritual resurrection of all men.

0 people of God! I admon ish you to observe courtesy . For above all else it is the prince of Incline your hearts, 0 people of God , unto virtues. Well is it with him who is illumined the counse ls of your true, your incomparable with the light of courtesy and is attired with the Friend. The Word of God may be likened unto vesture of uprightness . Whoso is endued with a sap lin g, whose roots have been impl anted in courtesy hath indeed attained a sublime sta- the hearts of men. It is in cumbent upon you to tion. It is hoped that this Wronged One and foster its growth through the living waters of everyone e lse may be enabled to acquire it, wisdom , of sanctified and holy words, so that its hold fast unto it, observe it, and fix our gaze root may become firmly fixed and its branches upon it. This is a binding command which hath may spread out as high as the heavens and streamed forth from the Pen of the Most Great beyond . Name. 0 ye that dwell on earth! The distinguishing This is the day when the gems of constancy feature that marketh the pre-eminent characthat lie hid in the mine of men's inner selves ter of this Supreme Revelation consisteth in should be made manifest. 0 people of Justice! that We have , on the one hand , blotted out Be as brilliant as the light and as splendid as the from the pages of God's holy Book whatsoever THE BAHA'I REVELATION 15 hath been the cause of strife, of malice and under His rule, and He is the supreme Ruler, mischief amongst the children of men, and the Ordainer, the All-Knowing, the Allhave, on the other, laid down the essential Informed. prerequisites of concord, of understanding, of complete and enduring unity. Well is it with them that keep My statutes. Time and again We have admonished Our We have enjoined upon all mankind to beloved ones to avoid, nay to flee from, any- establish the Lesser Peace-the surest of all thing whatsoever from which the odour of mis- means for the protection of humanity. The chief can be detected. The world is in great sovereigns of the world should, with one turmoil, and the minds of its people are in a accord, hold fast thereunto, for this is the state of utter confusion. We entreat the supreme instrument that can ensure the se- Almighty that He may graciously illuminate curity and welfare of all peoples and nations. them with the glory of His justice, and enable They, verily, are the manifestations of the them to discover that which will be profitable power of God and the daysprings of His unto them at all times and under all conditions. authority. We beseech the Almighty that He He, verily is the All-Possessing, the Most High. may graciously assist them in that which is conducive to the well-being of their subjects. A full explanation regarding this matter hath been previously set forth by the Pen of Glory; well is it with them that act accordingly. 0 thou who hast fixed thy gaze upon the Dawning-Place of the Cause of God! Know thou for a certainty that the Will of God is not limited by the standards of the people, and God doth not tread in their ways. Rather is it It is incumbent upon everyone to observe incumbent upon everyone to firmly adhere to God's holy commandments, inasmuch as they God's straight Path. Were He to pronounce the are the wellspring of life unto the world. The right to be the left or the south to be the north, heaven of divine wisdom is illumined with the He speaketh the truth and there is no doubt of two luminaries of consultation and compassion it. Verily He is to be praised in His acts and to and the canopy of world order is upraised upon be obeyed in His behests. He hath no associate the two pillars of reward and punishment. in His judgement nor any helper in His sovereignty. He doeth whatsoever He willeth and ordaineth whatsoever He pleaseth. Know thou moreover that all else besides Him have been created through the potency of a word In this Revelation the hosts that can render it from His presence , while of themselves they victorious are the hosts of praiseworthy deeds have no motion nor stillness, except at His and upright character. The leader and combidding and by His leave . mander of these hosts hath ever been the fear 0 thou who soarest in the atmosphere of of God, a fear that encompasseth all things and love and fellowship and hast fixed thy gaze reigneth over all things. upon the light of the countenance of thy Lord, the King of creation! Render thanks unto God, inasmuch as He hath unravelled for thee that which was hidden and enshrined in His knowledge so that everyone may become aware that 0 peoples of the world! Forsake all evil , hold within His realm of supreme infallibility He fast that which is good. Strive to be shining hath not taken a partner nor a counsellor unto examples unto all mankind, and true reminders Himself. He is in truth the Dayspring of divine of the virtues of God amidst men. He that precepts and commandments and the Foun- riseth to serve My Cause should manifest My tainhead of knowledge and wisdom , while all wisdom , and bend every effort to banish ignorelse besides Him are but His subjects and ance from the earth. Be united in counsel , be 16 THE BAHA'I WORLD

one in thought . Let each morn be better than heart to the Beloved One , and sever himself its eve and each morrow richer than its yester- from all else but Him , and desire naught save day. Man 's merit lieth in service and virtue and that which is the desire of his Lord. not in the pageantry of wealth and riches. Take True remembrance is to make mention of heed that your words be purged from idle fan - the Lord , the All-Praised , and forget aught else cies and worldly desires and your deeds be beside Him . cleansed from craftiness and suspicion. Dissi- True reliance is for the servant to pursue his pate not the wealth of your precious lives in the profession and calling in this world, to hold fast pursuit of evil and corrupt affection, nor let unto the Lord, to seek naught but His grace , your endeavours be spent in promoting your inasmuch as in His Hands is the destiny of all personal interest. Be generous in your days of His servants. plenty, and be patient in the hour of loss. The essence of detachment is for man to turn Adversity is followed by success and rejoicings his face towards the courts of the Lord, to enter follow woe . Guard against idleness and sloth, His Presence, behold His Countenance, and and cling unto that which profiteth mankind, stand as witness before Him. whether young or old, whether high or low. The essence of understanding is to testify to Beware lest ye sow tares of dissension among one's poverty, and submit to the Will of the men or plant thorns of doubt in pure and Lord, the Sovereign, the Gracious, the Allradiant hearts. Powerful. 0 ye beloved of the Lord! Commit not that The source of courage and power is the which defileth the limpid steam of love or de- promotion of the Word of God , and steadfaststroyeth the sweet fragrance of friendship. By ness in His love. the righteousness of the Lord! Ye were created The essence of charity is for the servant to to show love one to another and not perversity recount the blessings of His Lord , and to renand rancour. Take pride not in love for your- der thanks unto Him at all times and under all selves but in love for your fellow-creatures. conditions. Glory not in love for your country but in love The essence of faith is fewness of words and for all mankind. Let your eye be chaste, your abundance of deeds; he whose words exceed hand faithful, your tongue truthful and your his deeds, know verily his death is better than heart enlightened. Abase not the station of the his life. learned in Baha and belittle not the rank of The essence of true safety is to observe sisuch rulers as administer justice amidst you. lence, to look at the end of things and to Set your reliance on the army of justice, put on renounce the world. the armour of wisdom, let your adorning be The beginning of magnanimity is when man forgiveness and mercy and that which cheereth expendeth his wealth on himself, on his family the hearts of the well-favoured of God. and on the poor among his brethren in his Faith. The essence of wealth is love for Me; whoso loveth Me is the possessor of all things, and he that loveth Me not is indeed of the poor and The source of all good is trust in God , sub- needy. This is that which the Finger of Glory mission unto His command, and contentment and Splendour hath revealed. with His holy will and pleasure. The source of all evil is for man to turn away The essence of wisdom is the fear of God, the from his Lord and set his heart on things dread of His scourge and punishment, and the ungodly. apprehension of His justice and decree. The most burning fire is to question the signs The essence of religion is to testify unto that of God, to dispute idly that which He hath which the Lord hath revealed, and follow that revealed, to deny Him and carry one's self which He hath ordained in His mighty Book. proudly before Him . The source of all glory is acceptance of what- The source of all learning is the knowledge soever the Lord hath bestowed, and content- of God, exalted be His Glory , and this cannot ment with that which God hath ordained. be attained save through the knowledge of His The essence of love is for man to turn his Divine Manifestation. THE BAHA'I REVELATION 17

The essence of abasement is to pass out from posure. Were the earth to attain this station under the shadow of the Merciful and seek the and be illumined with its light it could then be shelter of the Evil One. truly said of it: 'Thou shall see in it no hollows The source of error is to disbelieve in the or rising hills .' ' One true God , rely upon aught else but Him, a nd flee from His Decree. True loss is for him whose days have been spent in utter ignorance of his self. The essence of all that We have revealed for The Great Being, wishing to reveal the prethee is Justice, is for man to free himself from requisites of the peace and tranquillity of the idle fancy and imitation , discern with the eye of world and the advancement of its peoples , hath oneness His glorious handiwork, a nd look into written: The time must come when the imperaall things with a searching eye. tive necessity for the holding of a vast, an all- Thus have We instructed thee , manifested embracing assemblage of men will be univerunto thee Words of Wisdom , that thou mayest sally realized . The rulers and kings of the earth be thankful unto the Lord , thy God , and glory must needs attend it, and, participating in its the rein amidst all peoples. deliberations , must consider such ways and means as will lay the foundations of the world's Great Peace amongst men. Such a peace demandeth that the Great Powers should resolve, for the sake of the tranquillity of the Man is the supre me Ta lisma n. Lack of a peoples of the earth, to be fully reconciled proper education hath , howeve r, deprived him among themselves. Should any king take up of that which he do th inhere ntl y possess. arms against another, all should unitedly arise Through a word proceeding o ut of the mouth and prevent him. If this be done, the nations of of God he was ca ll ed into bein g; by one word the world will no longer require any armamore he was guided to recognize the Source of ments, except for the purpose of preserving the his ed ucatio n; by ye t a nother wo rd his station security of their realms and of maintaining and destiny were safeguarded. The Great internal order within their territories. This will Being saith: Regard man as a mine rich in gems ensure the peace and composure of every of inestimable value . Education ca n, alone, people, government and nation. We fain would cause it to reveal its treasures, a nd enable hope that the kings and rulers of the earth, the mankind to benefit therefrom. If any man were mirrors of the gracious and almighty name of to meditate on that which the Scriptures, sent God, may attain unto this station , and shield down from the heaven of God's holy Will , have mankind from the onslaught of tyranny. revealed , he would readily recognize that their purpose is that all men shall be regarded as one soul, so that the seal bearing the words 'The Kingdom shall be God's' may be stamped on every heart, and the light of Divine bounty, of The Great Being saith: The man of congrace, and mercy may envelop all mankind. summate learning and the sage endowed with The One true God , exalted be His glory, hath penetrating wisdom are the two eyes to the wished nothing for Himself. The allegiance of body of mankind. God willing, the earth shall mankind profiteth Him not, neither doth its never be deprived of these two greatest gifts. perversity harm Him. The Bird of the Realm of That which hath been set forth and will be Utterance voiceth continually this call: 'All revealed in the future is but a token of this things have I willed for thee, and thee, too, for Servant's ardent desire to dedicate Himself to thine own sake.' If the learned and worldly- the service of all the kindreds of the earth . wise men of this age were to allow mankind to 0 my friend! In all circumstances one should inhale the fragrance of fellowship and love, seize upon every means which will promote every understanding heart would apprehend security and tranquillity among the peoples of the meaning of true liberty, and discover the secret of undisturbed peace and absolute com- 1 Qur'an 20: 106. 18 THE BAHA'i WORLD

The Mansion of Bahjf where Baha'u'llah spent the last twelve years of His life. Here the distinguished orientalist, Prof £. G. Browne of Cambridge, was granted his four successive interviews with Baha'u'lldh, during the five days he was His guest; 15-20 April 1890.

the world . The Great Being sai th: In this glori- convulsions and chaos can now be discerned, ous Day whatever will purge yo u from corrup- inasmuch as the prevailing order appea reth to tion and will lead yo u towards peace and com- be lamentably defective. I beseech God, posure , is indeed the Straight Path. exa lted be His glory, that He may graciously Please God, the peoples of the world may be awaken the peoples of the earth , may grant led , as the result of the high e ndeavours that the end of their conduct may be profitable exerted by their rulers and the wise and learned unto them, and aid them to accomplish that a mongst me n, to recognize their best interests. which beseemeth their station. How long will humanity persist in its wayward- Were man to appreciate the greatness of his ness? How long will injustice continue? How station and the loftiness of his destiny he would long is chaos and confusion to reign amongst manifest naught save goodly character, pure men? How long will discord agitate the face of deeds, and a seemly and praiseworthy conduct. society? If the learned and wise men of goodwill were to This humble servant is filled with wonder, impart guidance unto the people, the whole inas much as all men are endowed with the earth would be regarded as one country. Verily capacity to see and hear, yet we find them this is the undoubted truth. This servant deprived of the privilege of usi ng these facul - appealeth to every diligent and enterprising ties . This servant hath been prompted to pen soul to exert his utmost endeavour and arise to these lines by virtue of the tender love he rehabi li tate the conditions in all regions and to cherisheth for thee. The winds of despair are , quicken the dead with the living waters of wisalas, blowing from every direction, and the dom and utterance, by virtue of the love he strife that divideth and afflicteth the human cherisheth for God, the One, the Peerless, the race is daily increasing. The signs of impending Almighty, the Beneficent. THE BAHA'f REVELATION 19 No man of wisdom can demonstrate his effulgent splendour shone forth upon the mirknowledge save by means of words. This ror of love than the blessed word 'I am the showeth the significance of the Word as is Best-Beloved' was reflected therein. It is an affirmed in al l the Scriptures, whether of ocean inexhaustible in riches, comprehending former times or more recently. For it is through all things. Every thing which can be perceived its potency and animating spirit that the people is but an emanation therefrom. High, of the world have attained so eminent a posi- immeasurably high is this sublime station, in tion. Moreover words and utterances should be whose shadow moveth the essence of loftiness both impressive and penetrating. However, no and splendour, wrapt in praise and adoration . word will be infused with these two qualities Methinks people's sense of taste hath, alas unless it be uttered wholly for the sake of God been sorely affected by the fever of negligence and with due regard unto the exigencies of the and folly, for they are found to be wholly occasion and the people. unconscious and deprived of the sweetness of The Great Being saith: Human utterance is His utterance. How regrettable indeed. that an essence which aspireth to exert its influence man should debar himself from the fruits of the and needeth moderation. As to its influence, tree of wisdom while his days and hours pass this is conditional upon refinement which in swiftly away . Please God, the hand of divine turn is dependent upon hearts which are power may safeguard all mankind and direct detached and pure. As to its moderation, this their steps towards the horizon of true underhath to be combined with tact and wisdom as standing. prescribed in the Holy Scriptures and Tablets. Verily our Lord of Mercy is the Helper, the Every word is endowed with a spirit, there- Knowing, the Wise. fore the speaker or expounder should carefully deliver his words at the appropriate time and place, for the impression which each word maketh is clearly evident and perceptible. The Although the Realm of Glory hath none of Great Being saith: One word may be likened the vanities of the world, yet within the treasunto fire, another unto light, and the influence ury of trust and resignation We have which both exert is manifest in the world. bequeathed to Our heirs an excellent and Therefore an enlightened man of wisdom priceless heritage. Earthly treasures We have should primarily speak with words as mild as not bequeathed, nor have We added such cares milk, that the children of men may be nurtured as they entail. By God! In earthly riches fear is and edified thereby and may attain the ultimate hidden and peril is concealed. Consider ye and goal of human existence which is the station of call to mind that which the All-Merciful hath true understanding and nobility. And likewise revealed in the Qur'an: 'Woe betide every He saith: One word is like unto springtime slanderer and defamer, him that layeth up causing the tender saplings of the rose-garden riches and counteth them.' 1 Fleeting are the of knowledge to become verdant and flourish- riches of the world; all that perisheth and ing, while another word is even as a deadly changeth is not, and hath never been, worthy of poison. It behoveth a prudent man of wisdom attention, except to a recognized measure. to speak with utmost leniency and forbearance The aim of this Wronged One in sustaining so that the sweetness of his words may induce woes and tribulations, in revealing the Holy everyone to attain that which befitteth man's Verses and in demonstrating proofs hath been station. naught but to quench the flame of hate and 0 friend of mine! The Word of God is the enmity, that the horizon of the hearts of men king of words and its pervasive influence is may be illumined with the light of concord and incalculable. It hath ever dominated and will attain real peace and tranquillity. From the continue to dominate the realm of being. The dawning-place of the divine Tablet the day-star Great Being saith: The Word is the master key of this utterance shineth resplendent, and it for the whole world, inasmuch as through its behoveth everyone to fix his gaze upon it: We potency the doors of the hearts of men, which exhort you, 0 peoples of the world, to observe in reality are the doors of heaven, are unlocked. No sooner had but a glimmer of its 1 Qur'an 104:1-2. 20 THE BAHA'l WORLD

that which will elevate your station. Hold fast Him with the splendour of His confirmation. to the fear of God and firmly adhere to what is Verily He is the All-Knowing, the All-Wise. right. Verily I say, the tongue is for mentioning what is good, defile it not with unseemly talk. God hath forgiven what is past. Henceforward everyone should utter that which is meet and Blessed is the wayfarer who hath recognized seemly, and should refrain from slander, abuse the Desired One, and the seeker who hath and whatever causeth sadness in men. Lofty is heeded the Call of Him Who is the intended the station of man! Not long ago this exalted Aim of all mankind, and the learned one who Word streamed forth from the treasury of Our hath believed in God, the Help in Peril , the Pen of Glory: Great and blessed is this Self-Subsisting. Day-the Day in which all that lay latent in How vast the number of the learned who man hath been and will be made manifest. have turned aside from the way of God and Lofty is the station of man, were he to hold fast how numerous the men devoid of learning who to righteousness and truth and to remain firm have apprehended the truth and hastened unto and steadfast in the Cause . In the eyes of the Him , saying, 'Praised be Thou, 0 Lord of all All-Mercifu l a true man appeareth even as a things, vis ible and invisible.' firmament; its sun and moon are his sight and By the righteousness of God! The world's hearing, and his shining and resplendent horizon is resplendent with the light of the character its stars. His is the loftiest station, Most Great Luminary , yet the genera lity of and his influence educateth the world of being . mankind perceive it not. Verily He Who is the Every receptive soul who hath in this Day Sovereign Truth moveth before the eyes of all inhaled the fragrance of His garment and hath, men . Unto this beareth witness the One Who is with a pure heart, set his face towards the allproclaiming in the midmost heart of the world , glorious Horizon is reckoned among the peo- 'In truth no God is there but Me, Omnipotent ple of Baha in the Crimson Book. Grasp ye, in over all things, whether of the past or the My Name, the chalice of My loving-kindness, future.' drink then your fill in My glorious and won- Great is the blessedness of the believer who drous remembrance. hath directed himself towards Him and hath 0 ye that dwell on earth! The religion of God gained admittance into His presence, and woe is for love and unity; make it not the cause of betide every disbeliever who hath turned away enmity or dissension. In the eyes of men of from God and followed the wayward and the insight and the beholders of the Most Sublime outcast. Vision , whatsoever are the effective means for safeguarding and promoting the happiness and welfare of the children of men hath already been revealed by the Pen of Glory. But the foolish ones of the earth , being nurtured in evil Man is like unto a tree. If he be adorned with passions and desires, have remained heedless fruit, he hath been and will ever be worthy of of the consummate wisdom of Him Who is, in praise and commendation. Otherwise a fruittruth , the All- Wise, while their words and less tree is but fit for fire . The fru its of the deeds are prompted by idle fancies and vain human tree are exquisite, highly desired and imaginings. dearly cherished. Among them are upright 0 ye the loved ones and the trustees of God! character, virtuous deeds and a goodly utter- Kings are the manifestations of the power, and ance. The springtime for earthly trees occurthe daysprings of the might and riches, of God. reth once every year, while the one for human Pray ye on their behalf. He hath invested them trees appeareth in the D ays of God-exalted with the rulership of the earth and hath singled be His glory. Were the trees of men 's lives to be out the hearts of men as His Own domain. adorned in this divine Springtime with the Conflict and contention are categorically fruits that have been mentioned, the efful gence forbidden in His Book. This is a decree of God of the light of Justice wou ld, of a certainty, in this Most Great Revelation. It is divinely illumine all the dwellers of the earth a nd preserved from annulment and is invested by everyone would abide in tranquill ity and con- THE BAHA ' I REVELATION 21 tentment beneath the sheltering shadow of carry them away to the place ordained for Him Who is the Objeci of all mankind. The them. Ignorant did they arrive, ignorant did Water for these trees is the living water of the they linger and ignorant did they retire to their sacred Words uttered by the Beloved of the abodes. world. In one instant are such trees planted and The world is continually proclaiming these in the next their branches shall, through the words: Beware, I am evanescent, and so are all outpourings of the showers of divine mercy, my outward appearances and colours. Take ye have reached the skies. A dried-up tree, how- heed of the changes and chances contrived ever, hath never been nor will be worthy of any within me and be ye roused from your slumber. mention. Nevertheless there is no discerning eye to see, Happy is the faithful one who is attired with nor is there a hearing ear to hearken. the vesture of high endeavour and hath arisen In this Day the inner ear exclaimeth and to serve this Cause. Such a soul hath truly saith: Indeed well is it with me, today is my day, attained the desired Goal and hath inasmuch as the Voice of God is calling aloud. apprehended the Object for which it hath been And the essence of vision crieth out: Blessed created . But a myriad times alas for the way- am I, this is my day, for the Ancient Beauty is ward who are like unto dried-up leaves fallen shining resplendent from the most exalted upon the dust. Ere long mortal blasts shall Horizon. 22 THE BAHA'i WORLD

2. THE BAB

Excerp1s from Selections from the Writings of the Bab'

SAY, verily God hath caused all created 0 concourse of light! By the righteousness of things to enter beneath the shade of the tree of God, We speak not according to selfish desire, affirmation, except those who are endowed nor hath a single letter of this Book been with the facu lty of und erstanding. Theirs is the revealed save by the leave of God, the choice either to believe in God their Lord, and Sovereign Truth. Fear ye God and entertain no put their whole trust in Him, or to shut them- doubts regarding His Cause, for verily, the selves out from Him and refuse to believe with Mystery of this Gate is shrouded in the mystic certitude in His sign s. These two groups sail utterances of His Writ and hath been written upon two seas: the sea of affirmation and the beyond the impenetrable veil of concealment sea of negation . by the hand of God, the Lord of the visible and They that truly believe in God and in His the invisible. signs, and who in every Dispensation faithfully Indeed God hath created everywhere obey that which hath been revealed in the around this Gate oceans of divine e lixir, tinged Book-such are indeed the ones whom God crimson with the essence of existence and vitalhath created from the fruits of the Paradise of ized through the animating power of the His good-pleasure, and who are of the blissful. desired fruit; and for them God hath provided But they who turn away from God and His Arks of ruby, tender, crimson -coloured, sign s in each Dispensation, those are the ones wherein none shall sail but the people of Bahii, who sai l upon the sea of negation. by the leave of God , the Most Exalted; and God hath, through the potency of His verily He is the All-Glorious, the All-Wise. behest, ordained for Himself the task of ensuring the asce ndancy of the sea of affirmation and of bringing to naught the sea of negation through the power of His might. He is in truth potent over all things. Verily it is incumbent upon you to recognize Rid thou thyself of all attachments to aught your Lord at the time of His manifestation, that except God , enrich thyself in God by dispenshaply ye may not enter into negation, and that, ing with all e lse besides Him, and recite this ere a prophet is raised by God, ye may find prayer: yourselves secure ly establ ished upon the sea of Say: God sufficeth all things above all affirmation. For if a prophet cometh to you things, and nothing in the heavens or in from God and ye fail to walk in His Way, God the earth or in whatever lieth between will, thereupon, transform yo ur light into fire. them but God, thy Lord, sufficeth. Verily, Take heed then that perchance ye may, He is in Himself the Knower, the Susthrough the grace of God and His signs, be tainer, the Omnipotent. e nabled to redeem your souls. Regard not the all-sufficing power of God as an idle fancy. It is that genuine faith which thou cherishest for the Manifestation of God in every Dispensation. It is such faith which By My glory! I will make the infidels to taste, sufficeth above all the things that exist on the with the hands of My power, retributions earth, whereas no created thing on earth unknown of any one except Me, and will waft besides faith would suffice thee. If thou art not over the faithful those musk-scented breaths a believer, the Tree of divine Truth would conwhich I have nursed in the midmost heart of demn thee to extinction. If thou art a believer, My throne; and verily the knowledge of God thy faith sha ll be sufficient for thee above all embraceth all things. things that exist on earth, even though thou ' Baha'i World Centre , Haifa , I 976. possess nothing. THE BAHA'f REVELATION 23

Entrance from an adjoining dwelling which gives access to the courtyard of the House of the Bab in Shira z.

Courtyard of the House of the Bab in Shiraz, showing the orange tree and reflecting pool and, on the left, a well. 24 THE BAHA'i WORLD

View of the garden in the courtyard of the House of the Bab in Sh{raz. On 1he righl is seen 1he entrance from an adjoining dwelling.

Upperchamberof1he House ofthe Bab where He announced His Mission lo Mulla f:lusayn in 1844. THE BAHA'I REVELATION 25 0 people of the Qur'an! Ye are as nothing I am aware, 0 Lord, that my trespasses unless ye submit unto the Remembrance of have covered my face with shame in Thy pres- God and unto this Book. Ifye follow the Cause ence , and have burdened my back before Thee, of God, We will forgive you your sins, and if ye have intervened between me and Thy beauturn aside from Our command, We will, in teous countenance, have compassed me from truth, condemn your souls in Our Book, unto every direction and have hindered me on all the Most Great Fire . We, verily , do not deal sides from gaining access unto the revelations unjustly with men, even to the extent ofa speck of T hy celestial power. on a date-stone. 0 Lord! If Thou forgivest me not, who is there then to grant pardon , and if Thou hast no mercy upon me, who is capable of showing compassion? Glory be unto Thee, Thou didst create me when I was non-existent and Thou didst nourish me while I was devoid of any 0 my God! There is no one but Thee to allay understanding. Praise be unto Thee , every evithe anguish of my soul, and Thou art my high- dence of bounty proceedeth from Thee and est asp irat ion, 0 my God . My heart is wedded every token of grace emanateth from the to none save Th'e e and such as Thou dost love. I treasuries of Thy decree. solemnly declare that my life and death are both for Thee. Verily Thou art incomparable and hast no partner. 0 my Lord! I beg Thee to forgive me for I beg Thee to forgive me , 0 my Lord, for shutting myself out from Thee. By Thy glory every mention but the mention of Thee, and and majesty, I have failed to befittingly recog- for every praise but the praise of Thee, and for nize Thee and to worship Thee, while Thou every delight but delight in Thy nearness, and dost make Thyself known unto me and callest for every pleasure but the pleasure of communme to remembrance as beseemeth Thy station. ion with Thee, and for every joy but the joy of Grievous woe would betide me, 0 my Lord, Thy love and of Thy good-pleasure, and for all wert Thou to take hold of me by reason of my things pertaining unto me which bear no relamisdeeds and trespasses. No helper do I know tionship unto Thee, 0 Thou Who art the Lord of other than Thee. No refuge do I have to flee of lords, He Who provideth the means and to save Thee. None among Thy creatures can unlocketh the doors. dare to intercede with Thyself without Thy leave. I hold fast to Thy love before Thy court, and, according to Thy bidding, I earnestly pray unto Thee as befitteth Thy glory. I beg Thee to 0 God our Lord! Protect us through Thy heed my call as Thou hast promised me. Verily grace from whatsoever may be repugnant unto Thou art God; no God is there but Thee. Alone Thee and vouchsafe unto us that which well and unaided, Thou art independent of all cre- beseemeth Thee. Give us more out of Thy ated things. Neither can the devotion of Thy bounty and bless us. Pardon us for the things lovers profit Thee, nor the evil doings of the we have done and wash away our sins and faithless harm Thee. Verily Thou art my God, forgive us with Thy gracious forgiveness. Ver- He Who will never fail in His promise. ily Thou art the Most Exalted, the Self- 0 my God! I beseech Thee by the evidences Subsisting. of Thy favour , to let me draw nigh to the sub- Thy loving providence hath encompassed all lime heights of Thy holy presence, and protect created things in the heavens and on the earth, me from inclining myself toward the subtle and Thy forgiveness hath surpassed the whole allusions of aught else but Thee. Guide my creation. Thine is sovereignty; in Thy hand are steps, 0 my God, unto that which is acceptable the Kingdoms of Creation and Revelation; in and pleasing to Thee. Shield me, through Thy Thy right hand Thou holdest all created things might, from the fury of Thy wrath and chas- and within Thy grasp are the assigned meastisement, and hold me back from entering ures of forgiveness. Thou forgivest whomhabitations not desired by Thee. soever among Thy servants Thou pleasest. 26 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Verily Thou art the Ever-Forgiving, the All- It is seemly that the servant· should, after Loving. Nothing whatsoever escapeth Thy each prayer, supplicate God to bestow mercy knowledge, and naught is there which is hidden and forgiveness upon his parents. Thereupon from Thee. God's call will be raised: 'Thousand upon 0 God our Lord! Protect us through the thousand of what thou hast asked for thy parpotency of Thy might, enable us to enter Thy ents shall be thy recompense!' Blessed is he wondrous surging ocean, and grant us that who remembereth his parents when communwhich well befitteth Thee . ing with God. There is, verily, no God but Him, Thou art the Sovereign Ruler, the Mighty the Mighty, the Well-Beloved. Doer, the Exalted, the All-loving.

Glory be unto Thee, 0 God . How can I Vouchsafe unto me, 0 my God, the full make mention of Thee while Thou art measure of Thy love and Thy good-pleasure, sanctified from the praise of all mankind. and through the attractions of Thy resplendent Magnified be Thy Name, 0 God, Thou art the light enrapture our hearts, 0 Thou Who art the King, the Etenial Truth; Thou knowest what is Supreme Evidence and the All-Glorified. Send in the heavens and on the earth , and unto Thee down upon me, as a token of Thy grace, Thy must all return. Thou hast sent down Thy vitalizing breezes, throughout the day-time divinely-ordained Revelation according to a and in the night season, 0 Lord of bounty. clear measure. Praised art Thou , 0 Lord! At No deed have I done, 0 my God, to merit Thy behest Thou dost render victorious whombeholding Thy face, and I know of a certainty soever Thou wiliest, through the hosts of that were I to live as long as the world lasts I heaven and earth and whatsoever existeth would fa il to accomplish any deed such as to between them. Thou art the Sovereign, the deserve this favour , inasmuch as the station of Eternal Truth, the Lord of invincible might. a servant shall ever fall short of access to Thy Glorified art Thou, 0 Lord, Thou forgivest holy precincts, unless Thy bounty should reach at all times the sins of such among Thy servants me and Thy tender mercy pervade me and Thy as implore Thy pardon. Wash away my sins and loving-kindness encompass me. the sins of those who seek Thy forgiveness at dawn, who pray to Thee in the day-time and in the night season, who yearn after naught save God, who offer up whatsoever God hath graciously bestowed upon them, who celebrate Thy I beg Thy forgiveness, 0 my God, and praise at morn and eventide, and who are not implore pardon after the manner Thou wishest remiss in their duties. Thy servants to direct themselves to Thee. I beg of Thee to wash away our sins as befitteth Thy Lordship, and to forgive me, my parents, and those who in Thy estimation have entered the abode of Thy love in a manner which is Verily I am Thy servant, 0 my God, and Thy worthy of Thy transcendent sovereignty and poor one and Thy suppliant and Thy wretched well beseemeth the glory of Thy celestial creature. I have arrived at Thy gate, seeking power. Thy shelter. I have found no contentment save 0 my God! Thou hast inspired my soul to in Thy love, no exultation except in Thy offer its supplication to Thee, and but for Thee, remembrance, no eagerness but in obedience I would not call upon Thee. Lauded and to Thee, no joy save in Thy nearness, and no glorified art Thou; I yield Thee praise inas- tranquillity except in reunion with Thee, notmuch as Thou didst reveal Thyself unto me, withstanding that I am conscious that all creand I beg Thee to forgive me, since I have ated things are debarred from Thy sublime fallen short in my duty to know Thee and have Essence and the entire creation is denied failed to walk in the path of Thy love. access to Thine inmost Being. Whenever I THE BAHA'i REVELATION 27 attempt to approach Thee, I perceive nothing Glory be to Thee, 0 God! Thou art the God in myself but the tokens of Thy grace and Who hath existed before all things, Who will behold naught in my being but the revelations exist after all things and will last beyond all of Thy loving-kindness. How can one who is things. Thou art the God Who knoweth all but Thy creature seek reunion with Thee and things, and is supreme over all things . Thou art attain unto Thy presence, whereas no created the God Who dealeth mercifully with all things, thing can ever be associated with Thee, nor can Who judgeth between all things and Whose aught comprehend Thee? How is it possible for vision embraceth all things. Thou art God my a lowly se rvant to recognize Thee and to extol Lord, Thou art aware of my position, Thou Thy praise , notwithstanding that Thou hast dost witness my inner and outer being. destined for him the revelations of Thy domin- Grant Thy forgiveness unto me and unto the ion and the wondrous testimonies of Thy believers who responded to T hy Call. Be Thou sovereignty? Thus every created thing beareth my sufficing helper against the mischief of witness that it is debarred from the sanctuary of whosoever may desire to inflict sorrow upon Thy presence by reason of the limitations me or wish me ill. Verily Tho u art the Lord of imposed upon its inner reality. It is undisputed, all created things. Thou dost suffice everyone, however, that the influence of Thine attraction while no one can be self-sufficient without hath everlastingly been inherent in the realities Thee. of Thy handiwork, although that which beseemeth the hallowed court of Thy providence is exalted beyond the attainment of the entire creation. This indicateth, 0 my God, my utter powerlessness to praise Thee and 0 Lord! Thou art the Remover of every revealeth my utmost impotence in yielding anguish and the Dispeller of every affl iction. thanks unto Thee; and how much more to Thou art He Who banisheth every sorrow and attain the recognition of Thy divine unity or to setteth free every slave , the Redeemer of every succeed in reaching the clear tokens of Thy soul. 0 Lord! Grant deliverance through Thy praise, Thy sanctity and Thy glory . Nay, by Thy mercy and reckon me among such servants of might, I yearn for naught but Thine Own Self Thine as have gained salvation . and seek no one other than Thee.

0 Lord! Unto Thee I repair for refuge and toward all Thy signs I set my heart. 0 Lord! Whether travelling or at home, and in my occupation or in my work, I place my whole trust in Thee. Grant me then Thy sufficing help so as to 0 my God, 0 my Lord, 0 my Master! I beg make me independent of all things, 0 Thou Thee to forg ive me for seeking any pleasure Who art unsurpassed in Thy mercy! save Thy love, or any comfort except Thy Bestow upon me my portion, 0 Lord, as nearness, or any delight besides Thy good- Thou pleasest, and cause me to be satisfied pleasure, or any existence other than commun- with whatsoever Thou hast ordained for me . ion with Thee. Thine is the absolute authority to command. 28 THE BAHA'f WORLD

3. 'ABDU'L-BAHA Excerpts from Selections from the Writings of 'Abdu'l-Baha 1

0 peo ples of the world! The Sun of Truth 0 ye dear friends! T he world is at war and hath rise n to illumine the whole earth, a nd to the huma n race is in travail and mortal combat. spiritualize the community of ma n. Laudable T he dark night of hate hat h taken over, and th e are the res ults and the fruits thereof, abunda nt light of good faith is blotted out. The peoples the hol y evidences deriving from this grace. and kindreds of the ea rth have sharpened th eir This is mercy unalloyed and purest bounty; it is claws, and are hu rling themselves one again st light for the world and all its peoples; it is the other. It is the very fo undatio n of the harmony and fellowship, and love and solidar- human race that is being destro yed . It is ity ; indee d it is compassion and unit y, and the thousands of ho useho lds that are vagrant and end of fo re ignness; it is the being at one , in dispossessed , and every year seeth thousands complete dignity and freedom , with all on upon th ousa nds of hum an beings weltering in earth. their life-blood on dusty battlefields. The te nts The B lessed Beauty saith: 'Ye are all the of life and joy are down. The generals practi se fruits of one tree , the leaves of one branch. ' their ge nera lship , boasting of the blood they Thus hath He likened this world of be ing to a shed, competing one with the next in inciting to single tree, and all its peopl es to the leaves violence . ' With this sword ,' saith one of them, thereof, and the blossoms and fruits. It is need- 'I beheaded a people!' A nd another: ' I toppled ful for the bough to blossom, a nd leaf a nd fruit a nation to the gro und! ' And ye t anot her: 'I to fl o urish, and upon the interco nn ection of all brought a government down!' On such thin gs parts of the world-tree , dependeth the flourish- do men pride themselves, in such do they glory! ing of leaf and blossom , and the sweetness of Love-righteousness-these are everywhere the fruit. censured , while despised are ha rmony , and For this reaso n must a ll huma n beings pow- devotion to the truth. e rfully sustai n one another and seek for ever- The Faith of the Blessed Beauty is summonlasting life; and for this reason must the lovers in g mankind to safety and love, to amity and of God in this contingent world become the peace; it hath raised up its tabernacle on the me rcies a nd the blessings se nt fo rth by that heights of the earth , and directeth its call to all clement King of the see n and unseen realms. nations. Wherefore , 0 ye who are God's lov- Let them purify the ir sight a nd behold all ers, know ye the value of thi s precious Faith , hum ankind as leaves and blosso ms and fruits of obey its teachings, walk in this road that is the tree of being. Let the m at a ll times concern drawn straig ht, and show ye this way to the themselves with doing a kindly thing for one of people. Lift up yo ur vo ices and sing o ut the their fe ll ows. offering to someone love, consid- song of the Kingdom. Spread far a nd wide the era tion , tho ughtful help. Let th e m see no o ne precepts a nd counsels of th e loving Lord, so as the ir e ne my , or as wishing the m ill , but think that this world will change into another world, of all hum a nkind as their friend s; regarding the and this darksome earth will be fl ooded with alie n as a n intimate, the stran ger as a compan- light, and the dead body of mankind will arise ion, stayin g free of prejudice, drawing no lin es . and li ve; so th at eve ry soul will ask fo r imm o r- In this day, the one favo ured at the tality , through the ho ly breaths of God. Threshold of the Lord is he who ha ndeth ro un d Soon will yo ur swiftly-passing days be over, the cup of fa ithfulness; who bestoweth, even and the fame and riches , the comforts, the joys upon his e nemies, the jewe l of bounty, and provided by this rubbish-heap, the world, will lendeth, eve n to his fa lle n oppressor, a he lping be gone without a trace. Summo n ye, the~, the hand ; it is he who will , eve n to th e fiercest of his people to God, and invite hum a nity to follow foes , be a loving friend. These a re th e Teach- the exa mple of the Co mpany o n high. Be ye ings of the Blessed Beauty , these the co un sels loving fathers to the orph an, and a refuge to the of the Most Great Na me . helpless, and a treasury for the poor, and a cure Baha'i Wo rld Ce ntre , Haifa, 197 8. for the ailin g. Be ye the he lpers of eve ry victim THE BAHA'I REVELATION 29 of oppression, the patrons of the disadvan- Service to the friends is service to the Kingtaged. Think ye at all times of rendering some dom of God , and consideration shown to the service to every member of the human race. poor is one of the greatest teachings of God. Pay ye no heed to aversion and rejection, to disdain, hostility , injustice: act ye in the opposite way. Be ye sincerely kind, not in appearance only. Let each one of God's loved ones O ye illumined loved ones and ye handmaids centre his attention on this: to be the Lord's of the Merciful! At a time when the sombre mercy to man; to be the Lord's grace . Let him night of ignorance , of neglect of the divine do some good to every person whose path he world, of being veiled from God , had overcrosseth, and be of some benefit to him. Let spread the earth , a bright morning dawned and him improve the character of each and all , and a rising light lit up the eastern sky. Then rose reorient the minds of men. In this way, the light the Sun of Truth and the splendours of the of divine guidance wi ll shine forth , and the Kingdom were shed over east and west. Those blessings of God will cradle all mankind: for who had eyes to see rejoiced at the glad tidings love is light, no matter in what abode it dwell- and cried out: 'O blessed, blessed are we! ', and eth; and hate is darkness, no matter where it they witnessed the inner reality of all things, may make its nest. 0 friends of God! That the and uncovered the mysteries of the Kingdom. hidden Mystery may stand revealed, and the Delivered then from their fancies and their secret essence of all things may be disc losed , doubts, they beheld the light of truth, and so strive ye to banish that darkness for ever and exhilarated did they become from draining the ever. cha lice of God's love, that they utterly forgot the world and their own selves. Dancing for joy they hastened to the place of their own martyrdom and there, where men die for love, they Aung away their heads and hearts. But those with unseeing eyes were astonished at this tumult, and they cried , 0 ye peoples of the Kingdom! How many a 'Where is the light?' and again, 'We see no soul expended all its span of life in worship, light! We see no rising sun! Here is no truth. endured the mortification of the Aesh , longed This is but fantasy and nothing more. ' Bat-like to gain an entry into the Kingdom, and yet they Aed into the underground dark , and there, failed, while ye, with neither toil nor pain nor to their way of thinking, they found a measure self-denial, have won the prize and entered in. of security and peace. It is even as in the time of the Messiah , when This, however, is but the beginning of the the Pharisees and the pious were left without a dawn , and the heat of the rising Orb of Truth is portion , while Peter, John and Andrew, given not yet at the fullness of its power. Once the neither to pious worship nor ascetic practice , sun hath mounted to high noon, its fires will won the day. Wherefore , thank ye God for burn so hot as to stir even the creeping things setting upon your heads the crown of glory beneath the earth; and although it is not for everlasting, for granting unto you this them to behold the light, yet will they all be set immeasurable grace. in frenzied motion by the impact of the heat. The time hath come when as a thank- Wherefore , 0 ye beloved of God , offer up offering for this bestowa l, ye should grow in thanks that ye have, in the day of the dawning, fa ith and constancy as day followeth day , and turned your faces unto the Light of the World should draw ever nearer to the Lord , your and beheld its splendours. Ye have received a God, becom ing magnetized to such a degree, share of the light of truth , ye have enjoyed a and so aAame, that your holy melodies in praise portion of those blessings that endure forever; of the Beloved will reach upward to the Com- and therefore, as a returning of thanks for this pany on high; and that each one of you , even as bounty , rest ye not for a moment , sit ye not a nightingale in this rose garden of God, will si lent , carry to men's ears the glad tidings of the glorify the Lord of Hosts, and become the Kingdom, spread far and wide the Word of teacher of all who dwell on earth. God. 30 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Act in accordance with the counsels of the come out of Nazareth? The second sign is that Lord: that is, rise up in such wise, and with such He shall rule with a rod of iron, that is, He must qualities, as to endow the body of this world act with the sword, but this Messiah has not with a living soul, and to bring this young child, even a wooden staff. Another of the conditions humanity , to the stage of adulthood. So far as and signs is this: He must sit upon the throne of ye are able , ignite a candle of love in every David and establish David's sovereignty. Now, meeting, and with tenderness rejoice and cheer far from being enthroned, this man has not ye every heart. Care for the stranger as for one even a mat to sit on. Another of the conditions of your own; show to alien souls the same is this: the promulgation of all the laws of the loving kindness ye bestow upon your faithful Torah; yet this man has abrogated these laws, friends. Should any come to blows with you, and has even broken the sabbath day, although seek to be friends with him; should any stab it is the clear text of the Torah that whosoever you to the heart, be ye a healing salve unto his layeth claim to prophethood and revealeth sores; should any taunt and mock at you , meet miracles and breaketh the sabbath day, must him with love. Should any heap his blame upon be put to death. Another of the signs is this, you , praise ye him; should he offer you a that in His reign justice will be so advanced that dead ly poison, give him the choicest honey in righteousness and well-doing will extend from exchange; and should he threaten your life , the human even to the animal world-the grant him a remedy that will heal him ever- snake and the mouse will share one hole, and more. Should he be pain itself, be ye his the eagle and the partridge one nest, the lion medicine; should he be thorns, be ye his roses and the gazelle shall dwell in one pasture, and and sweet herbs. Perchance such ways and the wolf and the kid shall drink from one founwords from you will make this darksome world tain. Yet now, injustice and tyranny have turn bright at last; will make this dusty earth waxed so great in his time that they have turn heavenly, this devilish prison place crucified him! Another of the conditions is this, become a royal palace of the Lord-so that war that in the days of the Messiah the Jews will and strife will pass and be no more , and love prosper and triumph over all the peoples of the and trust will pitch their tents on the summits of world , but now they are living in the utmost the world. Such is the essence of God's admo- abasement and servitude in the empire of the nitions; such in sum are the teachings for the Romans. Then how can this be the Messiah Dispensation of Baba. promised in the Torah?' In this wise did they object to that Sun of Truth , although that Spirit of God was indeed the One promised in the Torah. But as they did not understand the meaning of these signs, When Christ appeared, twenty centuries they crucified the Word of God. Now the ago, although the Jews were eagerly awaiting Baha'fs hold that the recorded signs did come His Coming, and prayed every day, with tears, to pass in the Manifestation of Christ, although saying: 'O God, hasten the Revelation of the not in the sense which the Jews understood, the Messiah ,' yet when the Sun of Truth dawned, description in the Torah being allegorical. For they denied Him and rose against Him with the instance, among the signs is that of sovereignty. greatest enmity, and eventually crucified that For Baha'fs say that the sovereignty of Christ divine Spirit, the Word of God, and named was a heavenly, divine, everlasting sover- Him Beelzebub, the evil one, as is recorded in eignty, not a Napoleonic sovereignty that vanthe Gospel. The reason for this was that they isheth in a short time. For well nigh two said: 'The Revelation of Christ, according to thousand years this sovereignty of Christ hath the clear text of the Torah, will be attested by been established, and until now it endureth, certain signs, and so long as these signs have and to all eternity that Holy Being will be not appeared, whoso layeth claim to be a Mes- exalted upon an everlasting throne. siah is an impostor. Among these signs is this, In like manner all the other signs have been that the Messiah should come from an made manifest, but the Jews did not underunknown place , yet we all know this man's stand . Although nearly twenty centuries have house in Nazareth, and can any good thing elapsed since Christ appeared with divine THE BAHA ' I REVELATION 31 splendour, yet the Jews are still awaiting the proved superior to the men, and surpassed the coming of the Messiah and regard themselves famous of the earth. as true and Christ as false. The House of Justice, however, according to the explicit text of the Law of God, is confined to men; this for a wisdom of the Lord God's, which will ere long be made manifest as clearly 0 leaf upon the Tree of Life! The Tree of as the sun at high noon. Life, of which mention is made in the Bible, is As to you, 0 ye other handmaids who are Baha'u'llah, and the daughters of the Kingdom enamoured of the heavenly fragrances, are the leaves upon that blessed Tree. Then arrange ye holy gatherings, and found ye thank thou God that thou hast become related Spiritual Assemblies, for these are the basis for to that Tree, and that thou art flourishing, ten- spreading the sweet savours of God, exalting der and fresh. His Word, uplifting the lamp of His grace, The gates of the Kingdom are opened wide, promulgating His religion and promoting His and every favoured soul is seated at the ban- Teachings, and what bounty is there greater quet table of the Lord, receiving his portion of than this? These Spiritual Assemblies are that heavenly feast. Praised be God, thou too aided by the Spirit of God. Their defender is art present at this table, taking thy share of the ' Abdu'l-Baha'. Over them He spreadeth His bountiful food of heaven. Thou art serving the wings. What bounty is there greater than this? Kingdom, and art well acquainted with the These Spiritual Assemblies are shining lamps sweet savours of the Abha Paradise. and heavenly gardens, from which the fra- Then strive thou with all thy might to guide grances of holiness are diffused over all regthe people , and eat thou of the bread that hath ions, and the lights of knowledge are shed come down from heaven. For this is the mean- abroad over all created things. From them the ing of Christ's words: 'I am the living bread spirit of life streameth in every direction. They , which came down from heaven ... he that indeed, are the potent sources of the progress eateth of this bread shall live forever." of man, at all times and under all conditions . What bounty is there greater than this?

0 handmaid of God, who tremblest even as a fresh and tender branch in the winds of the love The prime requisites for them that take of God! I have read thy letter, which telleth of counsel together are purity of motive, radiance thine abundant love, thine intense devotion, of spirit, detachment from all else save God, and of thy being occupied with the remem- attraction to His Divine Fragrances, humility brance of thy Lord. and lowliness amongst His loved ones, pa- Depend thou upon God. Forsake thine own tience and long-suffering in difficulties and serwill and cling to His, set aside thine own desires vitude to His exalted Threshold . Should they and lay hold of His, that thou mayest become be graciously aided to acquire these attributes, an example, holy, spiritual, and of the King- victory from the unseen Kingdom of Baha dom, unto His handmaids. shall be vouchsafed to them. Know thou, 0 handmaid, that in the sight of Baha, women are accounted the same as men, and God hath created all humankind in His own image , and after His own likeness. That is, The members thereof must take counsel men and women alike are the revealers of His together in such wise that no occasion for illnames and attributes , and from the spiritual feeling or discord may arise. This can be viewpoint there is no difference between them. attained when every member expresseth with Whosoever draweth nearer to God, that one is absolute freedom his own opinion and setteth the most favoured, whether man or woman. forth his argument. Should anyone oppose, he How many a handmaid, ardent and devoted, must on no account feel hurt for not until mathath, within the sheltering shade of Baha, ters are fully discussed can the right way be 'John 6:51, 58. ' Of a Spiritual A ssembly . 32 THE BAHA'I WORLD

revealed. The shining spark of truth cometh Baha'i world wherein distinction of colour forth only after the clash of differing opinions . findeth no place , but where hearts only are If after discussion, a decision be carried considered. Praise be to God , the hearts of the unanimously well and good; but if, the Lord friends are united and linked together, whether forbid , differences of opinion should arise, a they be from the east or the west, from north or majority of voices must prevail. from south, whether they be German, French, Japanese , American, and whether they pertain to the white , the black , the red , the yellow or Yo u have asked as to the feast in every the brown race. Variations of colour, of land Bah[1'i month. This feast is held to foster com- and of race are of no importance in the Baha'i rad eship a nd love , to call God to mind and Faith; on the contrary, Baha'i unity oversupplicate Him with contrite hearts, and to cometh them all and doeth away with all these encourage benevolent pursuits. fancies and imaginations. That is, the friends should there dwell upon God and glorify Him , read the prayers and holy ve rse s, and treat one another with the utmost affection and love. 0 thou who hast an illumined heart! Thou art even as the pupil of the eye, the very wellspring of the light , for God's love hath cast As to the Nineteen Day Feast, it rejoiceth its rays upon thine inmost being and thou hast mind and heart. lf this feast be held in the turned thy face toward the Kingdom of thy prope r fashion, the friends will , once in nine- Lord. teen da ys, find themselves spiritually restored , Intense is the hatred , in America, between and endued with a power that is not of this black and white, but my hope is that the power wo rld. of the Kingdom will bind these two in friendship , and serve them as a healing balm. Let them look not upon a man's colour but 0 bird that singeth sweetly of the Abha upon his heart. If the heart be filled with light, Beauty! In this new and wondrous dispensa- that man is nigh unto the threshold of his tion the veils of superstition have been torn Lord; but if not, that man is careless of his asunder a nd the prejudices of eastern peoples Lord, be he white or be he black. sta nd conde mned. Among certain nations of the E ast, music was considered reprehensible, but in this new age the Manifest Light hath , in His ho ly Tablets, specifically proclaimed that 0 thou dear handmaid of God! Thy letter music, sung or played , is spiritual food for soul hath been received , and its contents were and heart. noted. The musician's art is among those arts Marriage, among the mass of the people, is a worthy of the highest praise, and it moveth the physical bond , and this union can on ly be temhearts of all who grieve . Wherefore, 0 thou porary, since it is foredoomed to a physical Sh ahnaz, 1 play and sing out the holy words of separation at the close. Go d with wondrous tones in the gatherings of Among the people of Baha , however, marthe friends , that the listener may be freed from riage must be a union of the body and of the chains of care and sorrow , and his soul may spirit as well , for here both husband and wife leap for joy and humble itself in prayer to the are aglow with the same wine, both are rea lm of Glory. enamoured of the same matchless Face, both live and move through the same spirit, both are illumined by the same glory. This connection Strive with heart and soul in order to bring between them is a spiritual one, hence it is a about union and harmony among the white and bond that will abide forever. Likewise do they the black and prove thereby the unity of the enjoy strong and lasting ties in the physical ' Sh ahnaz, the name given to the recipient of this Tablet, is world as well, for if the marriage is based both also the name of a musical mode. on the spirit and the body, that union is a true THE BAHA'i REVELATION 33 one, hence it will endure . If, however, the bond 0 handm a ids of the Lord! The spiritual is physical and nothing more, it is sure to be asse mblage that ye established in that only temporary, and must inexorably end in illumined city is most propitious . Ye have separation. made great strides ; ye have surpassed the When, therefore, the people of Baha under- others, have arise n to serve the Holy take to marry, the union must be a true rela- Threshold, and have won heavenly bestowals. tionship, a spiritua l coming together as well as Now with all spiritual zeal must ye gather in a physical one, so that throughout every phase that enlightened assemblage and recite the of life, and in all the worlds of God, their union Holy Writings and engage in remembering the will endure; for this real oneness is a gleaming Lord . Set ye forth His arguments and proofs. out of the love of God. Work ye for the guidance of the women in that In the same way, when any souls grow to be land, teach the young girls and the children, so true believers, they will attain a spiritual relation- that the mothers may educate their little ones ship with one another, and show forth a ten- from their earliest days, thoroughly train them, derness which is not of this world. They will, all rear them to have a goodly character and good of them, become elated from a draught of morals, guide them to all the virt ues of humandivine love, and that union of theirs, that con- kind, prevent the development of any nection, will also abide forever. Souls, that is, behaviour that would be worthy of blame , and who will consign their own selves to oblivion, foster them in the embrace of Baha'i educastrip from .themselves the defects of human- tion. Thus shall these tender infants be nurkind, and unchain themselves from human tured at the breast of the knowledge of God bondage, will beyond any doubt be illumined and His love. Thus shall they grow and flourish, with the heavenly splendours of oneness, and and be taught righteousness and the dignity of will all attain unto real union in the world that humankind, resolution and the will to strive dieth not. and to endure. Thus shall they learn perseverance in all things, the will to advance, high mindedness and high resolve, chastity and purity of life . Thus shall they be enabled to carry to a successful As for the question regarding marriage conclusion whatsoever they undertake. under the Law of God: first thou must choose one who is pleasing to thee , and then the matter is subject to the consent of father and Let the mothers consider that whatever conmother. Before thou makest thy choice , they cerneth the education of children is of the first have no right to interfere. importance. Let them put forth every effort in this regard, for when the bough is green and tender it will grow in whatever way ye train it. Therefore is it incumbent upon the mothers to Baha'i marriage is the commitment of the rear their little ones even as a gardener tendeth two parties one to the other, and their mutual his young plants. Let them strive by day and by attachment of mind and heart. Each must, night to establish within their children faith and however, exercise the utmost care to become certitude, the fear of God, the love of the thoroughly acquainted with the character of Beloved of the worlds, and all good qualities the other, that the binding covenant between and traits. Whensoever a mother seeth that her them may be a tie that will endure forever. child hath done well, let her praise and applaud Their purpose must be this: to become loving him and cheer his heart; and if the slightest companions and comrades and at one with undesirable trait should manifest itself, let her each other for time and eternity ... . counsel the child and punish him, and use The true marriage of Baha'is is this, that means based on reason, even a slight verbal husband and wife should be united both physi- chastisement should this be necessary. It is not, cally and spiritually, that they may ever however, permissible to strike a child, or vilify improve the spiritual life of each other, and him, for the child's character will be totally may enjoy everlasting unity throughout all the perverted if he be subjected to blows or verbal worlds of God. This is Baha'i marriage. abuse. 34 THE BAHA'I WORLD

'Abdu'l-Baha Photograph taken in 1912 during 'Abdu'l-Bahti's visit to the United States. THE BAHA'I REVELATION 35 As to the difference between that material Baha'i young people, each and all, are known civilization now prevailing, and the divine civil- throughout the world for their intellectual ization which will be one of the benefits to attainments . There is no question but that they derive from the House of Justice, it is this: will exert all their efforts, their energies, their material civi lization, through the power of sense of pride, to acquire the sciences and arts. punitive and retaliatory laws, restraineth the people from criminal acts; and notwithstanding this, while laws to retaliate against and punish a man are continually proliferating, as 0 Friends of the Pure and Omnipotent God! ye can see, no laws exist to reward him . In all To be pure and holy in all things is an attribute the cities of Europe and America, vast build- of the consecrated soul and a necessary characings have been erected to serve as jails for the teristic of the unenslaved mind. The best of criminals . perfections is immaculacy and the freeing of Divine civilization, however, so traineth oneself from every defect . Once the individual every member of society that no one, with the is, in every respect, cleansed and purified, then exception of a negligible few, will undertake to will he become a focal centre reflecting the commit a crime. There is thus a great differ- Manifest Light. ence between the prevention of crime through First in a human being's way of life must be measures that are violent and retaliatory, and purity, then freshness , cleanliness, and indeso training the people, and enlightening them, pendence of spirit. First must the stream bed be and spiritualizing them, that without any fear cleansed, then may the sweet river waters be of punishment or vengeance to come, they will led into it. Chaste eyes enjoy the beatific vision shun all criminal acts. They will, indeed, look of the Lord and know what this encounter upon the very commission of a crime as a great meaneth; a pure sense inhaleth the fragrances disgrace and in itself the harshest of punish- that blow from the rose gardens of His grace; a ments. They will become enamoured of human burnished heart will mirror forth the comely perfections, and will consecrate their lives to face of truth. whatever will bring light to the world and will This is why, in Holy Scriptures, the counsels further those qualities which are acceptable at of heaven are likened to water, even as the the Holy Threshold of God. Qur'an saith: 'And pure water send We down See then how wide is the difference between from Heaven,' 1 and the Gospel: 'Except a man material civilization and divine. With force and be baptized of water and of the spirit, he cannot punishments, material civilization seeketh to enter into the Kingdom of God.' 2 Thus is it restrain the people from mischief, from inflict- clear that the Teachings which come from God ing harm on society and committing crimes. are heavenly outpourings of grace; they are But in a divine civilization, the individual is so rain-showers of divine mercy, and they cleanse conditioned that with no fear of punishment, the human heart. he shunneth the perpetration of crimes, seeth My meaning is this, that in every aspect of the crime itself as the severest of torments, and life, purity and holiness, cleanliness and with alacrity and joy, setteth himself to acquir- refinement, exalt the human condition and ing the virtues of humankind, to furthering further the development of man's inner reality. human progress, and to spreading light across Even in the physical realm, cleanliness will the world. conduce to spirituality, as the Holy Writings clearly state. And although bodily cleanliness is a physical thing, it hath, nevertheless, a powerful influence on the life of the spirit. It is ·e ven It is incumbent upon Baha'i children to sur- as a voice wondrously sweet, or a melody pass other children in the acquisition of sci- played: although sounds are but vibrations in ences and arts, for they have been cradled in the air which affect the ear's auditory nerve, the grace of God. and these vibrations are but chance Whatever other children learn in a year, let phenomena carried along through the air, even Baha'i children learn in a month . The heart of 1 Qur'an 25: 50. 'Abdu'l-Bahli longeth, in its love, to find that 2 cf. John 3:5. 36 THE BAHA'f WORLD

'Abdu'l-Baha Photograph of'Abdu'/-Bahd taken during His visit to Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; 1912.

so, see how they move the heart. A wondrous Text, but their avoidance is necessary to purity , melody is wings for the spirit, and maketh the cleanliness , the preservation of health, and soul to tremble for joy. The purport is that freedom from addiction. physical cleanliness doth also exert its effect Among these latter is smoking tobacco, upon the human soul. which is dirty , smelly , offensive-an evil habit, Observe how pleasing is cleanliness in the and one the harmfulness of which gradually sight of God, and how specifically it is empha- becometh apparent to all . Every qualified sized in the Holy Books of the Prophets; for the physician hath ruled-and this hath also been Scriptures forbid the eating or the use of any proven by tests-that one of the components unclean thing. Some of these prohibitions were of tobacco is a deadly poison, and that the absolute, and binding upon a ll , and whoso smoker is vulnerable to many and various distransgressed the give n law was abhorred of eases. This is why smok ing hath been plainly God and anathematized by the believers. Such , set forth as repugnant from the standpo int of for example, were things categorically forbid - hygiene. den , the perpetration of which was accounted a The Bab , at the outset of His mission , most grievous sin, among them actions so explicitly prohibited tobacco , and the friends loathsome that it is shameful even to speak one and all abandoned its use. But since those their name. were times when dissimulation was permitted , But there are other forbidden things which and every individual who abstained from do not cause immediate harm , and the injuri- smoking was exposed to harassment, abuse ous effects of which are only gradually pro- and even death-the friends , in order not to duced: such acts are also repugnant to the advertise their beliefs, would smoke . Later on , Lord , and blameworthy in His sight, and repel- the Book of Aqdas was revealed, and since le nt. The abso lute un lawfu lness of these, how- smoking tobacco was not specifically forbidden ever, hath not been expressly set forth in the there, the believers did not give it up. The THE BA H A'I R EVE L ATION 37 B lessed B eauty, however, always expressed O Divin e Providence ! Bestow Tho u in all re pugnance fo r it, and altho ugh, in the earl y thin gs puri ty and cleanl iness upon th e peop le days, the re were reasons why He wo uld smo ke of B aha. Gra nt that they be freed fro m all a little tobacco, in time He complete ly defi le me nt, and re leased from a ll addictions. re no unced it, and those sanctifi e d souls who Save the m fro m commi tting any re pugnant act, fo llowed H im in all things also aba ndoned its un bind th em fro m th e chain s of eve ry evil use. habit, that th ey may live pure and fr ee, who le- My mea ni ng is that in the sigh t of God , so me and cleanly, wo rth y to serve at T hy Sasmo kin g tobacco is de precate d , abho rre nt, cred Thres hold and fit to be related to th eir fi lthy in the extreme; and, albeit by degrees, Lo rd. D eliver the m fro m intox icating drin ks highl y injurious to health. It is a lso a waste of and tobacco , save them , rescue the m, fro m thi s money and time, and make th the user a prey to opium that bringet h o n mad ness, suffe r the m a noxio us addi ctio n. To th ose who stand firm in to enj oy the sweet savo urs of ho liness, that the Cove nant, this habit is therefo re censured they may drink deep of the mystic cup of both by reason and experience, and re no unc- heavenl y love and know the ra pture of be ing in g it will b ring relief a nd peace of mind to all draw n eve r closer un to the Rea lm of the A llme n. Furthermore , this will make it possible to G lo ri ous. Fo r it is even as T ho u has t said: 'A ll have a fresh mo uth and unstaine d fin ge rs, and that tho u hast in thy ce ll a r will not appease th e hair th at is free of a fo ul and repell ent sme ll. thirst of my love-bring me, 0 cup-bea re r, of O n receipt of this missive , the friends will the wine of the spirit a cup full as the sea !' sure ly, by whatever mea ns and even over a 0 ye, God's loved ones! Experie nce hat h period of time, fo rsake th is pe rn icious hab it. show n how greatl y the re no un cing of smokin g, Such is my hope . of intoxicatin g drink , and of opium , co ndu ce th As to opium , it is fo ul and accursed . God to health a nd vigo ur, to the ex pansio n and protect us fro m the punishme nt He inflicteth kee nn ess of the mi nd and to bodil y strengt h. on the use r. Acco rd ing to the explicit Text of There is today a peop le 2 who strictly avo id the Most Ho ly Boo k, it is for bi dd en, and its use tobacco, in tox icating liquor and opium . T his is utterl y co nde mne d. Reaso n showeth th at peo ple is fa r and away supe ri or to the others , smo kin g o pium is a kind of insa nity, and fo r stre ngth and physica l courage, fo r hea lth, ex pe rience attesteth that the user is complete ly beauty a nd co meliness. A single o ne of their cut off fro m the huma n kingdo m. May God men ca n sta nd up to ten me n of anothe r tri be. protect all against the perpetrati on of an act so T hi s hath proved true of th e entire peo ple : th at hideo us as this, an act which laye th in ruins th e is, membe r fo r member, each ind ivid ua l of thi s ve ry fo undatio n of what it is to be hum an, and community is in every respect superior to the whi ch ca useth the user to be di spossessed fo r in dividuals of other communities . ever and eve r. Fo r opium fas teneth o n the soul , Make ye the n a might y effo rt, tha t the purity so that the user's conscience die th , his mind is and sa ncti ty which , above all e lse, a re blo tted away, his perceptio ns are eroded . It cherished by ' Abd u'l- Baha, shall disti nguish turneth the livi ng into the dead. It quencheth the peo ple of Ba ha; that in eve ry kin d of exce lthe na tu ra l heat. No greater harm can be co n- le nce the peo pl e of God sha ll surpass a ll o th er ce ived th a n that which o pium inflicte th. Fortu- human be ings; th at bo th outwardl y and nate are they who never even speak the name in wa rdl y they shall prove supe ri o r to the res t; of it; the n thin k how wretched is t he user. that fo r purity, immaculacy, refi ne men t, and 0 ye lovers of God! I n this, the cycle of the preservation of health, they shall be leaders A lmighty God, vio le nce and fo rce , constra int in the va nguard of those who know . A nd that a nd oppressio n, are o ne and a ll co nde mned. It by their freedom fro m e nslave ment, th e ir is, howeve r, mandato ry that the use of opium knowledge, the ir self-co ntro l, they sha ll be fi rst be preve nted by any means whatsoever, that a mong the pure, the free and the wise . percha nce th e hu man race may be de li ve red fro m thi s most powerful of pl ag ues . A nd o therwise, woe and misery to whoso fall eth T here are two ways of healing sickness, masho rt of his duty to hi s Lord . 1 te rial means and spiritual means. The first is by cf. Qur'an 39:57. ' The Sik hs. 38 THE BAHA'l WORLD

A glimpse of'Abdu'l-Bahti in the Holy Land. the treatment of physicians; the second consis- answer to a previous letter, that feelings of teth in prayers offered by the spiritual o nes to affection were being established between thy- God and in turning to Him . Both means shou ld self and the friends. be used and practised. One must see in every hum an being on ly that Illnesses which occur by reason of physical which is worthy of praise. When this is done, causes should be treated by doctors with medi- one can be a friend to the whole human race. If, cal remedies ; those which are due to spiritu al however, we look at people from the standcauses disappear through spiritual means. point of their faults, then being a friend to them Thus an illness caused by affliction, fear, nerv- is a formidable task. ous impressions, will be healed more effec- It happened one day in the time of tive ly by spiritual rather than by physical Christ-may the life of the world be a sacrifice treatment. Hence, both kinds of treatment unto Him-that He passed by the dead body of shou ld be followed; they are not contradictory . a dog, a carcass reeking, hideous, the limbs Therefore thou shouldst also accept physical rotting away. One of those present said: 'How remedies inasmuch as these too have come foul its stench!' And another said: 'How sickfrom the mercy and favour of God, Who hath ening! How loathsome!' To be brief, each one revealed and made manifest med ical science so of them had something to add to the list. that His servants may profit from this kind of But then Christ Himself spoke, and He told treatment a lso. Thou shouldst give equal atten- them: 'Look at that dog's teeth! How gleami ng tion to spiritu al treatments, for they produce white!' marvellous effects . The Messiah' s sin-coverin g gaze did not for a Now, if thou wishest to know the true moment dwell upon the repulsiveness of that remedy which will heal man from all sickness carrion. The one element of that dead dog's and will give him the hea lth of the divine king- carcass which was not abomination was the dom, know that it is the precepts and teachings teeth: and Jesus looked upon their brightness. of God. Focus thine attention upon them . Thus is it incumbent upon us, when we direct our gaze toward other people , to see where they excel, not where they fail. Praise be to God , thy goal is to promote the 0 lover of humankind! Thy letter hath been well-being of humankind and to help the souls received, and it telleth, God be praised, of thy to overcome their fau lts. This good intention health and well-being. It appea reth , from thine will produce laudable results. THE BAHA'I REVELATION 39 As to thy question, doth every soul without and hardships, then his nature will recoil and exception achieve life everlasting? Know thou he will desire the eternal realm-a realm which that immortality belongeth to those souls in is sanctified from all afflictions and calamities. whom hath been breathed the spirit of life from Such is the case with the man who is wise. He God. All save these are lifeless-they are the shall never drink from a cup which is at the end dead, even as Christ hath explained in the distasteful, but, on the contrary, he will seek Gospel text. He whose eyes the Lord hath the cup of pure and limpid water. He will not opened will see the souls of men in the stations taste of the honey that is mixed with poison. they will occupy after their release from the Praise thou God, that thou hast been tried body. He will find the living ones thriving and hast experienced such a test. Be patient within the precincts of their Lord , and the dead and grateful. Turn thy face to the divine Kingsunk down in the lowest abyss of perdition. dom and strive that thou mayest acquire merci- Know thou that every soul is fashioned after ful characteristics, mayest become illumined the nature of God , each being pure and holy at and acquire the attributes of the Kingdom and his birth. Afterwards, however, the individuals of the Lord. Endeavour to become indifferent will vary according to what they acquire of to the pleasures of this world and to its comfort, virtues or vices in this world. Although all exis- to remain firm and steadfast in the Covenant tent beings are in their very nature created in and to promulgate the Cause of God . ranks or degrees, for capacities are various, This is the cause of the exaltation of man, the nevertheless every individual is born holy and cause of his glory and of his salvation. pure, and only thereafter may he become defiled. And further, although the degrees of being Follow thou the way of thy Lord, and say not are various, yet all are good. Observe the that which the ears cannot bear to hear, for human body, its limbs, its members, the eye , such speech is like luscious food given to small the ear, the organs of smell, of taste, the hands, children. However palatable , rare and rich the the fingernails. Notwithstanding the differ- food may be, it cannot be assimilated by the ences among all these parts, each one within digestive organs of a suckling child. Therefore the limitations of its own being participateth in unto every one who hath a right, let his settled a coherent whole. If one of them faileth it must measure be given. be healed, and should no remedy avail, that 'Not everything that a man knoweth can be part must be removed. disclosed, nor can everything that he can disclose be regarded as timely, nor can every timely utterance be considered as suited to the capacity of those who hear it.' Such is the con- Those souls that, in this day, enter the divine summate wisdom to be observed in thy purkingdom and attain everlasting life, although suits. Be not oblivious thereof, if thou wishest materially dwelling on earth, yet in reality soar to be a man of action under all conditions. First in the realm of heaven . Their bodies may linger diagnose the disease and identify the malady, on earth but their spirits travel in the immen- then prescribe the remedy, for such is the persity of space. For as thoughts widen and fect method of the skilful physician. become illumined, they acquire the power of flight and transport man to the kingdom of God. The teacher, when teaching, must be himself fully enkindled, so that his utterance, like unto a flame of fire, may exert influence and con- 0 thou servant of God! Do not grieve at the sume the veil of self and passion. He must also afflictions and calamities that have befallen be utterly humble and lowly so that others may thee. All calamities and afflictions have been be edified, and be totally self-effaced and evacreated for man so that he may spurn this mor- nescent so that he may teach with the melody tal world-a world to which he is much of the Concourse on high-otherwise his attached. When he experienceth severe trials teaching will have no effect. 40 THE BAHA'I WORLD

'Abdu'l-Baha Phowgraph taken in Paris; 19 I I .

Whoso reciteth this prayer with lowlin ess and fervour will bring gladness and joy to the heart ofthis Servant; it will be even as meeting Him face to face. He is the All-Glorious!

0 God, my God! Lowly and tearful , I raise me to be selfless at the heavenly entrance of my suppliant hands to Thee and cover my face Thy ga te , and aid me to be detached from all in the dust of that Threshold of Thine, exalted things within Thy holy precincts. Lord! Give above the knowledge of the learned , and the me to drink from the chalice of selflessness; praise of all th at glorify Thee. Graciously look with its robe clothe me, a nd in its ocean upon Thy servant, humble and lowly at Thy immerse me. Make me as dust in the pathway door, with the glances of the eye of Thy mercy, of Thy loved ones, and grant that I may offer up and immerse him in the Ocean of Thine eternal rny soul for the earth ennobled by the footsteps grace. of Thy chosen ones in Thy path, 0 Lord of Lord! He is a poor and lowly se rvant of Glory in the Highest. Thine, enthralled and imploring Thee, captive With this prayer doth Thy servant call Thee, in Thy hand, praying fervently to Thee, trust- at dawntide and in the night-season . Fulfil his ing in Thee, in tears before Thy face, calling to heart's desire, 0 Lord! Illumine his heart, Thee and beseeching Thee, saying: gladden his bosom, kindle his light, that he may 0 Lord, my God! Give me Thy grace to serve Thy Cause and Thy serva nts . serve Thy loved ones, strengthen me in my Thou art the Bestower, the Pitiful, the Most servitude to Thee, illumine my brow with the Bountiful, the Gracious, the Merciful, the light of adoration in Thy court of holiness, and Compassionate. of prayer to Thy Kingdom of grandeur. Help THE BAHA'i REVELATION 41 42 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

~ ~ 0-0 -s::s v:i ;< :<::"' h ~ "' ~ E "' \..) >:: "i::! >:: ....J ....>:: .s::"' t'. :<:: ~ "'.... (.)

-s"' .s -s· ~ ~- '<::: .s:: <::s ~

-s"-.,"' >:: <::s ' 'ij .... <::s ::s (.) 'ij- ' ~>:: kl ~ 0-0 .s:: v:i "-.,

"' ~ <.J

c:.. 0-0 .so:; "'.... ~"' II EXCERPTS FROM THE WRITINGS OF SHOGHI EFFENDI A WIDER LOY AL TY Excerpts concerning the oneness of mankind from Call to the Nations 1

MYSTERIOUSLY, slowly, a nd resist- ephemeral manifestations of returning proslessly God accompli shes His design, though the perity which at times appear to be capable of sight that meets our eyes in this day be the checking the disruptive influence of the chronic spectacle of a world hopelessly entangled in its ills affl icting the institutions of a decaying age . own meshes, utterly careless of the Voice T he sign s of the times are too numerous and which, for a century, has been callin g it to God, compelling to all ow him to mistake their and miserably subservient to the siren voices character or to belittle their significance. He which are atte mpting to lure it into the vast can, if he be fair in his judgement, recognize in abyss. the chain of events which proclaim on the one God's purpose is none other than to usher in , hand the irresistible march of the institutions in ways He alone can bring abo ut, and the full directly associated with the Revelation ofBaha'- significance of which He alone can fat hom, the u'llah and foreshadow on the other the down- Great, the Golden Age of a long-divided, a fa ll of those powers and principalities that ha ve long-afflicted humanity. Its present state, either ignored or opposed it-he can recognize indeed even its immediate future, is dark, dis- in them a ll evidences of the operation of God's tressingly dark. Its distant future, however, is a ll-pervasive Will, the shaping of His perfectly rad iant, gloriously radiant-so radiant that no ordered and world-e mb racing Plan .. . . eye can visualize it.

The Revelation of Baha' u' llah , whose sup- T he contrast between the accumulating evi- reme mission is none other but the achievedences of steady consolidation that accompany ment of this organic and spiritua l unity of the the rise of the Admi nistrative Order of the whole body of nations, should, if we be fa ithful Faith of God, and the forces of disintegration to its implications, be regarded as signa lizing which batter at the fabric of a travailing society, through its advent the coming of age of the is as clear as it is arresting. Both within and entire human race. It should be viewed not outside the Baha'i world the signs and tokens merely as ye t another spiritual revival in the which , in a mysterious manner, are heralding everchanging fortunes of mankind , not only as the birth of that World Order, the establish- a further stage in a chain of progressive Revelament of which must signalize the Golden Age tions, no r even as the culmination of one of a of the Cause of God, are growing and multiply- series of recurrent prophetic cycles, but rather ing day by day. No fair-mi nded observer can as marking the last a nd highest stage in the any longer fail to discern them. He can not be stupendous evolution of man's collective life misled by the painful slowness characterizing on this pla net. The emergence of a world comthe unfoldment of the civilization which the munity, the consciousness of world citizenship, followers of Baha' u'llah are labouring to the founding of a world civilization and culestablish. Nor can he be deluded by the ture- all of which must synchronize with the 'Baha'i World Centre, Haifa, 1977. initial stages in the unfoldment of the Golden 44 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Age of the Baha'i Era-should, by their very ve nture to asse rt, would the ve ry act of devising nature, be rega rded, as far as this pla ne tary life the mach inery required for the political and is co ncerned, as the furthermo st limits in th e eco nomic unificatio n of th e world- a principle organ ization of huma n society, though ma n, as that has been increasingly advoca ted in rece nt an individual, will, nay must indeed as a result times-provide in itself the antidote against of such a consummation , continue indefinite ly the poison that is steadily und e rminin g the vigto progress a nd develop . our of organ ized peo ples and nation s. T ha t mystic, all-pervasive, ye t in definab le What e lse, mi ght we not confide ntl y affirm , change, which we associate with th e stage of but the unrese rved acce ptance of the Divine mat urity inevita ble in the life of the individual Programme e nunci a ted, with such simplicity a nd the deve lopment of the fruit mu st, if we and force as fa r back as sixty years ago, 1 by wou ld correctly apprehend th e utte rances of Baha' u' ll a h , e mbodyi ng in its esse ntia ls God's Baha' u' ll a h, have its co unterpart in the evo lu- divine ly appo inted sche me fo r the unifica ti o n tio n of th e orga nization of huma n society. A of mankin d in this age, co upled with a n simi la r stage must sooner or later be a tt ain ed in in domitab le co nvi cti o n in th e unfailin g effic acy the co ll ective life of ma nkind , producing a n of each and all of its provisio ns, is eventua ll y eve n more striking phenomenon in world re la- capab le of wit hstandin g the forces of intern al ti ons, a nd e nd owing th e whole hum a n race disintegrat ion which , if unch ecked, must nee ds with such potentialit ies of well-being as shall continue to eat into th e vitals of a despairing provide, throughout th e succeeding ages, the society. It is tow a rds this goa l-the goa l of a ch ief incentive required for th e eve ntual new Wor ld Orde r, D ivine in origin , a llfu lfilme nt of its high destiny .... e mbracin g in scope, equita ble in principle, challenging in its fe a tures- that a harassed humanity mu st stri ve. To claim to have grasped a ll the implicat ions Hum a nity, whether viewed in th e light of of Ba ha' u' ll a h's prodigious scheme for ma n's ind ivid ual cond uct o r in th e ex istin g rela- world-wide human solida rity, or to have tionships betwee n orga ni zed communities a nd fatho med its import , wo ul d be presumptuous natio ns, has, alas, strayed too far a nd suffe red on the pa rt of eve n th e declared supporters of to o grea t a decline to be redeem ed throu gh the His Faith. To a ttempt to visualize it in all its un aided efforts of the best among its recognized possibiliti es, to estima te its future be nefits, to rul e rs a nd states men-howeve r disinte rested picture its glory, wou ld be pre mature a t eve n so th e ir motives, howeve r conce rted their act io n, adva nced a stage in the evo lution of mankind. howeve r un sparing in their zea l a nd devotion All we can reasonably venture to attempt is to its ca use. No scheme whi ch th e calcu la tion s to strive to obtain a glim pse of the first streaks of th e hi ghest statesma nship ma y ye t devise ; no of the promised D awn that must, in the fullness doctrine wh ich the most distin g uished expo- of time, chase away the gloom that has encirne nts of eco nomic th eo ry may ho pe to cled hum a nity. A ll we ca n do is to point out, in adv a nce; no princip le which th e most a rde nt of their broadest o utlines, what appear to us to be mora li sts may strive to in cul cate, ca n provide, the guiding principles underlying the World in th e last reso rt, adeq ua te fo und a tion s upo n Order of Ba ha' u' ll a h .... whi ch the fut ure of a distracted world can be built. No a ppea l for mutu a l to lera nce wh ich th e worldly-wise might ra ise , however compe lling .. . Is it not a fac t-and this is the centra l and insiste nt, can calm its passio ns o r he lp idea I des ire to e mphas ize- th a t th e fundarestore its vigo ur. Nor would a ny ge ne ral me ntal cause of this world unrest is attrib utsche me of me re orga ni zed inte rn ation a l co- a ble, not so much to the conseq uences of what ope ra ti o n, in whatever sphere of hum a n activ- must sooner or late r come to be regarded as a it y, howeve r in ge nious in conceptio n , or exten- transitory dis location in the affairs of a consive in scope , succeed in re movi ng th e root tinually cha nging world , but rather to th e fa ilcause of the ev il th a t has so rud e ly upset th e ure of th ose into whose ha nds the immedi ate equilibrium o f p resent-day society. Not eve n , I 1 Written in 1931. THE BAHA'f REVELATION 45

Entrance of the Bahli'( International Archives building on Mount Carmel. The columns chosen by Shoghi Effendi are a copy of the noblest ever erected in the Ionic order, those ofthe temple of Athena Nike. The exterior of the building was completed in 1957. 46 THE BAHA'I WORLD

destinies of peoples and nations have been • impose taxation and all rights to maintain committed, to adjust their systems of economic armaments, except for purposes of maintaining and political institutions to the imperative internal order within their respective dominneeds of a rapidly evolving age? Are not these ions. Such a state will have to include within its intermittent crises that convulse present-day orbit an International Executive adequate to society due primarily to the lamentable inabil- enforce supreme and unchallengeable authority of the world's recognized leaders to read ity on every recalcitrant member of the comaright the signs of the times, to rid themselves monwealth; a World Parliament whose memonce for all of their preconceived ideas and bers shall be elected by the people in their fettering creeds, and to reshape the machinery respective countries and whose election shall of their respective governments according to be confirmed by their respective governments; those standards that are implicit in Baha'- and a Supreme Tribunal whose judgement will u'llah's supreme declaration of the Oneness of have a binding effect even in such cases where Mankind-the chief and distinguishing feature the parties concerned did not voluntarily agree of the Faith He proclaimed? For the principle to submit their case to its consideration. A of the Oneness of Mankind, the corner-stone world community in which all economic barof Baha'u'llah 's world-embracing dominion, riers will have been permanently demolished implies nothing more nor less than the and the interdependence of Capital and enforcement of His scheme for the unification Labour definitely recognized; in which the of the world-the scheme to which we have clamour of religious fanaticism and strife will already referred. 'In every Dispensation,' have been forever stilled; in which the flame of writes 'Abdu'l-Baha, 'the light of Divine Gui- racial animosity will have been finally extindance has been focussed upon one central guished; in which a single code of international theme . ... In this wondrous Revelation, this law- the product of the considered judgement glorious century, the foundation of the Faith of of the world's federated representatives-shall God and the distinguishing feature of His Law have as its sanction the instant and coercive is the consciousness of the Oneness of Man- intervention of the combined forces of the fedkind.' erated units; and finally a world community in How pathetic indeed are the efforts of those which the fury of a capricious and militant leaders of human institutions who, in utter dis- nationalism will have been transmuted into an regard of the spirit of the age, are striving to abiding consciousness of world c1t1zenadjust national processes, suited to the ancient ship-such indeed appears, in its broadest outdays of self-contained nations, to an age which line, the Order anticipated by Baha'u'llah, an must either achieve the unity of the world, as Order that shall come to be regarded as the adumbrated by Baha'u'llah, or perish. At so fairest fruit of a slowly maturing age. critical an hour in the history of civilization it 'The Tabernacle of Unity,' Baha'u'llah probehoves the leaders of all the nations of the claims in His message to all mankind, 'has been world, great and small, whether in the East or raised; regard ye not one another as stranin the West, whether victors or vanquished, to gers . .. . Of one tree are all ye the fruit and of give heed to the clarion call of Baha'u'llah and, one bough the leaves . ... The world is but one thoroughly imbued with a sense of world sol- country and mankind its citizens . ... Let not a idarity, the sine qua non of loyalty to His man glory in that he loves his country; let him Cause, arise manfully to carry out in its entirety rather glory in this, that he loves his kind.' the one remedial scheme He, the Divine Physi- Let there be no misgivings as to the animatcian , has prescribed for an ail ing humanity . ... ing purpose of the world-wide Law of Baha'- u'llah. Far from aiming at the subversion of the existing foundations of society, it seeks to broaden its basis, to remould its institutions in a matter consonant with the needs of an ever- . . . Some form of a world super-state must changing world. It can conflict with no legitineeds be evolved, in whose favour all the mate allegiances, nor can it undermine essennations of the world will have willingly ceded tial loyalties. Its purpose is neither to stifle the every claim to make war, certain rights to flame of a sane and intelligent patriotism in THE BAHA'I REVELATION 47 men's hearts, nor to abolish the system of nature of those essential relationships that national autonomy so essential if the evils of must bind all the states and nations as members excessive centralization are to be avoided. It of one human family. It does not constitute does not ignore, nor does it attempt to sup- merely the enunciation of an ideal, but stands press, the diversity of ethnical origins, of cli- inseparably associated with an institution ademate, of history, of language and tradition, of quate to embody its truth, demonstrate its vathought and habit , that differentiate the peo- lidity, and perpetuate its influence. It implies ples and nations of the world. It calls for a an organic change in the structure of presentwider loyalty , for a larger aspiration than any day society, a change such as the world has not that has animated the human race. It insists yet experienced. It constitutes a challenge, at upon the subordination of natio nal impulses once bold and universal , to outworn shiband interests to the imperative claims of a boleths of national creeds-creeds that have unified world. It repudiates excessive central- had their day and which must, in the ordinary ization on one hand, and disclaims all attempts course of events as shaped and controlled by at uniformity on the other. Its watchword is Providence, give way to a new gospel, fundaunity in diversity .... mentally different from, and infinitely superior to, what the world has already conceived. It calls for no less than the reconstruction and the demilitarization of the whole civilized world-a world organically unified in all the The call of Baha' u'llah is primarily directed essential aspects of its life, its political machinagain st all forms of provincialism , all ery, its spiritual aspiration, its trade and ins ul arities and prejudices . If long-cherished finance, its script and language, and yet infinite ideals and time-honoured institutions, if cer- in the diversity of the national characteristics of tain socia l assumptions and religious formulae its federated units . have ceased to promote the welfare of the gen- It represents the consummation of hum an erality of mankind, if they no longer minister to evolution-an evolution that has had its earthe needs of a continually evolving humanity, liest beginnings in the birth of family life, its let them be swept away and relegated to the subsequent development in the achievement of limbo of obsolescent and forgotten doctrines. tribal solidarity, leading in turn to the constitu- Why should these, in a world subject to the tion of the city-state, and expanding later into immutable law of change and decay , be exempt the institution of independent and sovereign from the deterioration that must needs over- nations. take every human institution? For legal stan - The principle of the Oneness of Mankind, as dards, political and economic theories are sole- proclaimed by Baha'u'llah, carries with it no ly designed to safeguard the interests of more and no less than a solemn assertion that humanity as a whole, and not humanity to be attainment to this final stage in this stupendous crucified for the preservation of the integrity of evolution is not only necessary but inevitable , any particular law or doctrine. that its realization is fast approaching, and that Let there be no mistake. The principle of the nothing short of a power that is born of God Oneness of Mankin d-the pivot round which can succeed in establishing it. .. . all the teachings of Baha'u'll a h revolve-is no Who knows that for so exalted a conception mere outburst of ignorant emotionalism or an to take shape a suffering more intense than any expression of vague and pious hope. Its appeal it has yet experienced will have to be inflicted is not to be merely identified with a reawaken- upon hum anity? Co uld anything less than the ing of the spirit of brotherhood and good-will fire of a civil war with all its violence and vicisamong men, nor does it aim solely at the foster- situdes-a war that nearly rent the great ing of harmonious co-operation among indi- American Republic-have welded the states, vidual peoples and nations. Its implications are not only into a Union of independent units , but deeper, its claims greater than any which the into a Nation, in spite of all the ethnic differ- Prophets of old were allowed to advance. Its ences that characterized its component parts? message is applicable not only to the indi- That so fundamental a revolution, involving vidual, but concerns itself primarily with the such far-reaching changes in the structure of 48 THE BAHA'f WORLD

society, can be achieved through the ordinary compared with such expressions of pious hope processes of diplomacy and education seems as have been uttered in the past. His is not highly improbable. We have but to turn our merely a call which He raised, alone and gaze to humanity's blood-stai ned history to unaided, in the face of the relentless and comrealize that nothing short of intense mental as bined opposition of two of the most powerful well as physical agony has been able to precipi- Oriental potentates of His day-while Himself tate those epoch-making changes that consti- an exile and prisoner in their hands. It implies tute the greatest landmarks in the history of at o nce a warning and a promise- a warning human civilization. that in it lies the sole means for the salvation of Great and far-reaching as have been those a greatly suffering world, a promise that its changes in the past, they cannot appear, when realization is at hand. viewed in their proper pe rspecti ve, except as Uttered at a time when its possibility had not subsidiary adjustments preluding that trans- yet been seriously envisaged in any part of the formation of unparalleled majesty and scope world, it has, by virtue of that celestial potency which humanity is in this age bound to which the Spirit of Baha'u'llah has breathed undergo. That the forces of a world catas- into it, come at last to be regarded, by an trophe can alone precipitate such a new phase increasing number of thoughtful men, not only of human thought is, alas, becoming increas- as an approaching possibility, but as the necesingly apparent. That nothing short of the fire of sary outcome of the forces now operating in the a severe ordeal, unparalleled in its intensity, world. can fuse a nd weld the discordant entities that Surely the world, contracted and transconstitute the elements of present-day civiliza- formed into a single highly complex organism tion, into the integral components of the world by the marvellous progress achieved in the commonwealth of the future, is a truth which realm of physical science, by the world-wide future events will increasingly demonstrate. expansion of commerce and industry, and The prophetic voice of Baha'u'llah warning, struggling, under the pressure of world in the concluding passages of The Hidden economic forces, amidst the pitfalls of a Words, the peoples of the world that an materialistic civilization, stands in dire need of unforeseen calamity is following them and that a restatement of the Truth underlying all the grievous retribution awaiteth them throws Revelations of the past in a language suited to indeed a lurid light upon the immediate for- its essential requirements. And what voice tunes of sorrowing humanity. Nothing but a other than that of Baha' u'llah-the Mouthfiery ordeal, out of which humanity will piece of God for this age- is capable of effectemerge, chastened and prepared, can succeed ing a transformation of society as radical as that in implanting that sense of responsibility which which He has already accomplished in the the leaders of a new-born age must arise to hearts of those men and women, so diversified shoulder. and seemingly irreconcilable, who constitute I would again direct yo ur atte ntion to those the body of His declared followers throughout ominous words of Baha'u'llah which I have the world? already quoted: 'A nd when the appointed hour That such a mighty conception is fast budis come, there shall suddenly appea r that which ding out in the minds of men, that voices are shall cause the limbs of mankind to quake.' . .. being raised in its support, that its salient features must fast crystallize in the consciousness of those who are in authority, few indeed can doubt. That its modest beginnings have already taken shape in the world-wide Administration One word more in conclusion. The procla- with which the adherents of the Faith of Ba ha' - mation of the Oneness of Mankind-the head u'llah stand associated only those whose hearts corner-stone of Baha'u'llah's all-embracing are tainted by prejudice can fail to perdominion- can under no circumstances be ceive . ... PART TWO

THE COMMEMORATION OF HISTORIC ANNIVERSARIES I THE CENTENARY OF THE TERMINATION OF BAHA'U'LLAH'S CONFINEMENT IN 'AKKA 1. THE SIGNIFICANCE OF BAHA'U'LLAH'S INCARCERATION IN 'AKKA Excerpts from God Passes By, by Shoghi Effendi

THE arrival of Baha' u'llah in 'A kka marks had been actually prophesied 'through the the opening of the last phase of His forty-year tongue of the Prophets two or three thousand long ministry, the final stage , and indeed the years before. ' God, 'faithful to His promise,' climax, of the banishment in which the whole had, 'to some of the Prophets' 'revealed and of that ministry was spent. A banishment that given the good news that the "Lord of Hosts had, at first, brought Him to the immediate should be manifested in the Holy Land."' vicinity of the strongholds of Shi' ah orthodoxy Isaiah had, in this connection, announced in his and into contact with its outstanding expo- Book: 'Get thee up into the high mountain, 0 nents, and which, at a later period, had carried Zion that bringest good tidings; lift up thy voice Him to the capital of the Ottoman empire, and with strength, 0 Jerusalem, that bringest good led Him to address His epoch-making pro- tidings. Lift it up, be not afraid; say unto the nouncements to the Sultan, to his ministers and cities of Judah: " Behold your God! Behold the to the ecclesiastical leaders of Sunnf Islam, had Lord God will come with strong hand, and His now been instrumental in landing Him upon arm shall rule for Him."' David, in his Psalms, the shores of the Holy Land-the Land prom- had predicted: 'Lift up your heads, 0 ye gates; ised by God to Abraham, sanctified by the even lift them up, ye everlasting doors; and the Revelation of Moses, honored by the lives and King of Glory shall come in. Who is this King of labors of the Hebrew patriarchs, judges, kings Glory? The Lord of Hosts, He is the King of and prophets, revered as the cradie of Chris- Glory.' 'Out of Zion, the perfection of beauty, tianity, and as the place where Zoroaster, God hath shined. Our God shall come, and according to 'Abdu'l-Baha's testimony, had shall not keep silence.' Amos had, likewise, 'held converse with some of the Prophets of foretold His coming: 'The Lord will roar from Israel,' and associated by Islam with the Apos- Zion , and utter His voice from Jerusalem; and tle's night-journey, through the seven heavens, the habitations of the shepherds shall mourn, to the throne of the Almighty. Within the and the top of Carmel shall wither.' confines of this holy and enviable country, 'the 'Akka, itself, flanked by the 'glory of Lebanest of all the Prophets of God,' 'the Va le of non,' and lying in full view of the 'sp lendor of God's unsearchable Decree, the snow-white Carmel,' at the foot of the hills which enclose Spot, the Land of unfading splendor' was the the home of Jesus Christ Himself, had been Exile of Bag!!dad, of Constantinople and described by David as 'the Strong City,' desig- Adrianople condemned to spend no less than a nated by Hosea as 'a door ofhope,' and alluded third of the allotted span of His life, and over to by Ezekiel as 'the gate that looketh towards half of the total period of His Mission. 'It is the East,' whereunto 'the glory of the God of difficult,' declares 'Abdu'l-Baha, 'to under- Israel came from the way of the East,' His voice stand how Bahti'u'lltih could have been obliged 'like a noise of many waters.' To it the Arabian to leave Persia, and to pitch His tent in this Holy Prophet had referred as 'a city in Syria to which Land, but for the persecution of His enemies, God hath shown His special mercy,' situated His banishment and exile.' 'betwixt two mountains ... in the middle of a Indeed such a consummation, He assures us, meadow,' 'by the shore of the sea . .. suspended 52 THE BAHA'I WORLD

beneath the Throne,' 'white, whose whiteness is of water within its gates; was flea-infested, pleasing unto God.' 'Blessed the man,' He, damp and honey-combed with gloomy, filthy moreover, as confirmed by Baha'u'llah, had and tortuous lanes. 'According to what they declared, 'that hath visited 'Akkd, and blessed say,' the Supreme Pen has recorded in the he that hath visited the visitor of 'Akkd.' Fur- LawJ:i-i-Sultan, 'it is the most desolate of the thermore, 'He that raiseth therein the call to cities of the world, the most unsightly of them in prayer, his voice will be lifted up unto Paradise.' appearance, the most detestable in climate, and And again: 'The poor of 'Akkd are the kings of the foulest in water. It is as though it were the Paradise and the princes thereof A month in metropolis ofthe owl.' So putrid was its air that, 'Akkd is better than a thousand years else- according to a proverb, a bird when flying over where.' Moreover, in a remarkable tradition, it would drop dead. ... which is recognized as an authentic utter- Explicit orders had been issued by the Sultan ance of MuJ:iammad, .. . this significant predic- and his ministers to subject the exiles, who tion has been made: 'All of them (the compan- were accused of having grievously erred and ions of the Qa'im) shall be slain except One led others far astray, to the strictest Who shall reach the plain of 'Akkd, the confinement. Hopes were confidently expres- Banquet-Hall of God.' sed that the sentence of life-long imprisonment Baha'u'llah Himself, as attested by Nabfl in pronounced against them would lead to their his narrative, had, as far back as the first years eventual extermination. The farman of Sultan of His banishment to Adrianople, alluded to 'Abdu'l-' Aziz, dated the fifth of Rabf'u'ththat same city in His LawJ:i-i-SayyaJ:i, designat- Thanf 1285 A.H. (July 26, 1868), not only ing it as the 'Vale of Nabfl,' the word Nabfl condemned them to perpetual banishment, but being equal in numerical value to that of stipulated their strict incarceration , and for- 'Akka. 'Upon Our arrival,' that Tablet had bade them to associate either with each other predicted, 'We were welcomed with banners of or with the local inhabitants. The text of the light, whereupon the Voice ofthe Spirit cried out farman itself was read publicly, soon after the saying: "Soon will all that dwell on earth be arrival of the exiles, in the principal mosque of enlisted under these banners."' the city as a warning to the population . .. . The banishment, lasting no less than Having, after a miserable voyage, disemtwenty-four years, to which two Oriental barked at 'Akka, all the exiles, men, women despots had, in their implacable enmity and and children, were, under the eyes of a curious short-sightedness, combined to condemn and callous population that had assembled at Baha'u'llah, will go down in history as a period the port to behold the 'God of the Persians,' which witnessed a miraculous and truly conducted to the army barracks, where they revolutionizing change in the circumstances were locked in, and sentinels detailed to guard attending the life and activities of the Exile them. 'The first night,' Baha'u'llah testifies in Himself, will be chiefly remembered for the the LawJ:i-i-Ra'is, 'all were deprived of either widespread recrudescence of persecution, food or drink ... They even begged for water, intermittent but singularly cruel, throughout and were refused.' So filthy and brackish was His native country and the simultaneous the water in the pool of the courtyard that no increase in the number of His followers, and, one could drink it. Three loaves of black and lastly, for an enormous extension in the range salty bread were assigned to each, which they and volume of His writings .... were later permitted to exchange, when 'Akka, the ancient Ptolemais, the St. Jean escorted by guards to the market, for two of d' Acre of the Crusaders, that had successfully better quality . Subsequently they were allowed defied the siege of Napoleon, had sunk, under a mere pittance as substitute for the allotted the Turks, to the level of a penal colony to dole of bread. All fell sick, except two, shortly which murderers, highway robbers and politi- after their arrival. Malaria, dysentery, comcal agitators were consigned from all parts bined with the sultry heat, added to their misof the Turkish empire. It was girt about by a eries. Three succumbed, among them two double system of ramparts; was inhabited by a brothers, who died the same night, 'locked,' as people whom Baha'u'ullah stigmatized as 'the testified by Baha'u'Uah, 'in each other's arms.' generation of vipers'; was devoid of any source The carpet used by Him He gave to be sold in THE COMMEMORATION OF HISTORIC ANNIVERSARIES 53

Two views of'Akka, described by David as 'the Strong City,' designated by Hosea as 'a door of hope,' alluded co by Ezekiel as the place whereunto 'the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the East,' and referred to by Muf:iammad as being 'by the shore of the sea ... suspended beneath the Throne,' 'whose whiteness is pleasing unto God.' 54 THE BAHA'i WORLD

order to provide for their winding-sheets and Nor was this the full measure of the burial. The paltry sum obtained after it had afflictions endured by the Prisoner of 'Akka been auctioned was delivered to the guards, and His fellow-exiles. Four months after this who had refused to bury them without first tragic event a mobilization of Turkish troops being paid the necessary expenses. Later, it necessitated the removal of Baha'u'llah and all was learned that, unwashed and unshrouded, who bore Him company from the barracks. He they had buried them, without coffins, in the and His family were accordingly assigned the clothes they wore, though, as affirmed by house of Malik, in the western quarter of the Baha'u'llah, they were given twice the amount city, whence, after a brief stay of three months, required for their burial. 'None,' He Himself they were moved by the authorities to the has written, 'knoweth what befell Us, except house of Khavvam which faced it , and from God, the Almighty, the All-Knowing . .. From which, after a few months, they were again the foundation of the world until the present day obliged to take up new quarters in the house of a cruelty such as this hath neither been seen nor Rabi'ih, being finally transferred, four months heard of' 'He hath, during the greater part of later, to the house of 'Udf Khammar, which His life,' He, referring to Himself, has, was so insufficient to their needs that in one of moreover, recorded, 'been sore-tried in the its rooms no less than thirteen persons of both clutches of His enemies. His sufferings have sexes had to accommodate themselves. Some now reached their culmination in this afflictive of the companions had to take up their resi- Prison, into which His oppressors have so dence in other houses, while the remainder unjustly thrown Him.' were consigned to a caravanserai named the The few pilgrims who, despite the ban that Khiin-i-' Aviimfd . had been so rigidly imposed, managed to reach Their strict confinement had hardly been the gates of the Prison-some of whom had mitigated, and the guards who had kept watch journeyed the entire distance from Persi a on over them been dismissed, when an internal foot-had to content themselves with a fleeting crisis , which had been brewing in the midst of glimpse of the face of the Prisoner, as they the community, was brought to a sudden and stood, beyond the second moat, facing the catastrophic climax .... Though [Baha' u'lliih] window of His Prison. The very few who suc- Himself had stringently forbidden His followceeded in penetrating into the city had, to their ers . . . any retaliatory acts against their great distress, to retrace their steps without tormentors . . . seven of the companions even beholding His countenance .... clandestinely sought out and slew three of To the galling weight of these tribulations their persecutors ... was now added the bitter grief of a sudden The consternation that seized an already tragedy-the premature loss of the noble, the oppressed community was indescribable. pious Mirza Mihdf, the Purest Branch , Baha'u'llah's indignation knew no bounds. 'Abdu'l-Baha's twenty-two year old brother, 'Were We,' He thus voices His emotions, in a an amanuensis of Baha'u'llah and a companion Tablet revealed shortly after this act had been of His exile from the days when, as a child, he committed, 'to make mention of what befell Us, was brought from Tihriin to Ba_gbdad to join the heavens would be rent asunder and the his Father after His return from Sulay- mountains would crumble.' 'My captivity,' He maniyyih. He was pacing the roof of the bar- wrote on another occasion, 'cannot harm Me. racks in the twilight, one evening, wrapped in That which can harm Me is the conduct of those his customary devotions, when he fell through who love Me, who claim to be related to Me, and the unguarded skylight onto a wooden crate, yet perpetrate what causeth My heart and My standing on the floor beneath , which pierced pen to groan.' And again: 'My captivity can his ribs, and caused, twenty-two hours later, his bring on Me no shame. Nay, by My life, it death, on the 23rd of Rabf'u'l-Avval 1287 conferreth on Me glory. That which can make A.H. (June 23, 1870). His dying supplication Me ashamed is the conduct of such of My folto a grieving Father was that his life might be lowers as profess to love Me, yet in fact follow accepted as a ransom for those who were pre- the Evil One.' vented from attaining the presence of their He was dictating His Tablets to His Beloved . .. . amanuensis when the governor, at the head of THE COMMEMORATION OF HISTORIC ANNIVERSARIES 55

Bahti'u'lltih's banishment to 'Akkti extended over a period of twenty-four years, from 31 August 1868 to 29May1892. This view, looking north-west, shows the Most Great Prison on the right and the citadel on the left. Jn June 1877 Bahti'u'lltih took up residence in Mazra 'ih ending His confinement within the walls of the prison city.

his troops, with drawn swords, surrounded His place?' When interrogated, He was asked to house . The entire populace, as well as the state His name and that of the country from military authorities, were in a state of great which He came. 'It is more manifest than the agitation. The shouts and clamor of the people sun,' He answered. The same question was put could be heard on all sides. Baha'u'llah was to Him again, to which He gave the following peremptorily summoned to the Governorate, reply: '/deem it not proper to mention it. Refer interrogated, kept in custody the first night, lo thefarmtin ofthe government which is in your with one of His sons, in a chamber in the possession.' Once agai n they, with marked Khan-i-Shavirdf, transferred for the following deference , reiterated their request, whereupon two nights to better quarters in that neighbor- Baha'u'llah spoke with majesty and power hood , and allowed only after the lapse of these words: 'My name is Bahti'u'lltih (Light of seventy hours to regain His home. ' Abdu'l- God), and My country is Nur (Light). Be ye Baha was thrown into prison and chained apprized of it.' Turning then, to the Mufti, He during the first night, after which He was addressed him words of veiled rebuke, after permitted to join His Father. Twenty-five which He spoke to the entire gathering, in such of the companions were cast into another vehement and exalted language that none prison and shackled, all of whom, except those made bold to answer Him. Having quoted responsible for that odious deed , whose verses from the Suriy-i-Muluk, He , afterwards, imprisonment lasted several years, were, afte r arose and left the gathering. The Governor, six days, moved to the Khan-i-Shavirdf, soon after, sent word that He was at liberty to and there placed, for six months, under return to His home , and apologized for what confinement. had occurred. 'Is it proper,' the Commandant of the city, A population, already ill-disposed towards turning to Baha'u'llah , after He had arrived at the exiles, was, after such an incident, fired the Governorate, boldly inquired , ' that some with uncontrollahle animosity for all those who of your followers should act in such a manner?' bore the name of the Faith which those exiles 'If one ofyour soldiers,' was the swift rejoinder, professed. The charges of impiety, atheism, 'were to commit a reprehensible act, would you terrorism and heresy were openly and without be held responsible, and be punished in his restraint flung into their faces. 'Abbud, who 56 THE BAHA'I WORLD

A partial view of the sea wall and fortifications of'Akka. lived next door to Baha'u'llah, reinforced the was now setting in, a reaction with which the partition that separated his house from the period of Baha'u'llah's banishment to 'Akka dwelling of his now much-feared and suspected will ever remain indissolubly associated. Neighbor. Even the children of the imprisoned Such was the devotion gradually kindled in exiles, whenever they ventured to show them- the heart of that governor, through his associaselves in the streets during those days, would tion with 'Abdu'l-Baha, and later through his be pursued, vilified and pelted with stones. perusal of the literature of the Faith, which The cup of Baha'u'llah's tribulations was mischief-makers, in the hope of angering him, now filled to overflowing. A situation, greatly had submitted for his consideration, that he humiliating, full of anxieties and even perilous, invariably refused to enter His presence withcontinued to face the exiles, until the time, set out first removing his shoes, as a token of his by an inscrutable Will, at which the tide of respect for Him. It was even bruited about that misery and abasement began to ebb, signaliz- his favoured counselors were those very exiles ing a transformation in the fortunes of the who were the followers of the Prisoner in his Faith even more conspicuous than the custody. His own son he was wont to send to revolutionary change effected during the latter 'Abdu'l-Baha for instruction and enlightenyears of Baha'u'llah's sojourn in Baghdad. ment. It was on the occasion of a long-sought The gradual recognition by all elements of audience with Baha'u'llah that, in response to a the population of Baha' u'llah 's complete inno- request for permission to render Him some cence; the slow penetration of the true spirit of service, the suggestion was made to him to His teachings through the hard crust of their restore the aqueduct which for thirty years had indifference and bigotry; the substitution of been allowed to fall into disuse-a suggestion the sagacious and humane governor, AJ:imad which he immediately arose to carry out. To Big Tawfiq, for one whose mind had been the inflow of pilgrims, ... he offered scarcely hopelessly poisoned against the Faith and its any opposition, though the text of the imperial followers; the unremitting labors of 'Abdu'l- farman forbade their admission into the city. Baha, now in the full flower of His manhood, Mu~tafa .Qiya Pasha, who became governor a Who, through His contacts with the rank and few years later, had even gone so far as to file of the population, was increasingly demon- intimate that his Prisoner was free to pass strating His capacity to act as the shield of His through its gates whenever He pleased, a sug- Father; the providential dismissal of the offi- gestion which Baha'u'llah declined. Even the cials who had been instrumental in prolonging Mufti of 'Akka, Shaykh MaJ:imud, a man the confinement of the innocent compan- notorious for his bigotry, had been converted ions-all paved the way for the reaction that to the Faith, and, fired by his newborn THE COMMEMORATION OF HISTORIC ANNIVERSARIES 57

Baha'u'llah's incarceration in the prison of'Akka, Nab{[ attests, extended from 31 August 1868to13 October 1870, a period oftwo years, two months and five days. After nine years He was permitted to move beyond the walls of the city. On the left, above, is seen the entrance to Baha'u' /!ah' s room in the prison; below is a view of its interior. 58 THE BAHA'I WORLD

enthusiasm, made a compilation of the mar, on the construction of which so much MuJ:iammadan traditions related to' Akka. Nor wealth had been lavished , while Bahii'u'llah were the occasionally unsympathetic gover- lay imprisoned in the barracks, and which its nors, despatched to that city, able, despite the owner had precipitately abandoned with his arbitrary power they wielded, to check the family owing to the outbreak of an epidemic forces which were carrying the Author of disease , was rented and later purchased for the Faith towards His virtual emancipation Him-a dwelling-place which He characterand the ultimate accomplishment of His pur- ized as the 'lofty mansion,' the spot which 'God pose. Men of letters, and even ' ulamas residing hath ordained as the most sublime vision of in Syria, were moved, as the years rolled by, to mankind.' ... voice their recognition of Baha'u ' llah's rising The drastic farman of Sultan 'Abdu' l-'Aziz, greatness and power. 'Aziz Pasha, who, in though officially unrepealed, had by now Adrianople, had evinced a profound attach- become a dead letter. Though Baha'u'llah was ment to 'Abdu'l-Baha, and had in the mean- still nominally a prisoner, 'the doors of majesty time been promoted to the rank of Vali, twice and true sovereignty were,' in the words of visited' Akka for the express purpose of paying 'Abdu'l-Baha' 'flung wide open.' 'The rulers of his respects to Baha'u'llah, and to renew his Palestine,' He moreover has written, 'envied friendship with One Whom he had learned to His influence and power. Governors and admire and revere. muti~arrifs, generals and local officials, would Though Baha'u'llah Himself practically humbly request the honor of attaining His presnever granted personal interviews, as He had ence-a request to which He seldom acceded.' been used to do in Ba~dad , yet such was the It was in that same mansion that the distininfluence He now wielded that the inhabitants guished Orientalist, Prof. E . G. Browne of openly asserted that the noticeable improve- Cambridge, was granted his four successive ment in the climate and water of their city was interviews with Baha'u'llah, during the five directly attributable to His continued presence days he was His guest at Bahji (April 15-20, in their midst. The very designations by which 1890), interviews immortalized by the Exile's they chose to refer to him, such as the 'august historic declaration that 'these fruitless strifes, leader,' and 'his highness' bespoke the rever- these ruinous wars shall pass away and the ence with which He inspired them. On one "Most Great Peace" shall come.' ... occasion, a European general who, together In that same year Baha'u'llah's tent, the with the governor, was granted an audience by 'Tabernacle of Glory,' was raised on Mt. Car- Him, was so impressed that he ' remained mel, 'the Hill of God and His Vineyard,' the kneeling on the ground near the door.' Shaykh home of Elijah, extolled by Isaiah as the 'Aliy-i-Miri, the Mufti of' Akka, had even, at 'mountain of the Lord,' to which 'all nations the suggestion of' Abdu'l-Baha, to plead insis- shall flow.' Four times He visited Haifa, His tently that He might permit the termination of last visit being no less than three months long . His nine-year confinement within the walls of In the course of one of these visits, when His the prison-city, before He would consent to tent was pitched in the vicinity of the Carmelite leave its gates. The garden ofNa'mayn, a small Monastery, He, the 'Lord of the Vineyard,' island, situated in the middle of a river to the revealed the Tablet of Carmel, remarkable for east of the city, honored with the appellation of its allusions and prophecies. On another occa- Ric;lviin, and designated by Him the 'New sion He pointed out Himself to 'Abdu'l-Baha, Jerusalem' and 'Our Verdant Isle,' had, as He stood on the slopes of that mountain, the together with the residence of 'Abdu'llah site which was to serve as the permanent Pasha,-rented and prepared for Him by resting-place of the Bab, and on which a 'Abdu'l-Baha, and situated a few miles north befitting mausoleum was later to be erected . of 'Akka- become by now the favorite ... 'Su/fan 'Abdu'l-'A z fz,' Baha'u'llah is retreats of One Who, for almost a decade, had reported by one of His fellow-exiles to have not set foot beyond the city walls, and Whose stated, 'banished Us to this country in the greatsole exercise had been to pace, in monotonous est abasement, and since his object was to derepetition, the floor of His bed-chamber. stroy Us and humble Us, whenever the means of Two years later the palace of '0di Kham- glory and ease presented themselves, We did not THE COMMEMORATION OF HISTORIC ANNIVERSARIES 59

Many of Baha'u'llah's companions were, for a time, consigned to a caravansarai in 'Akka named the Khan-i- 'A vam(d (Inn of the Pillars), a structure built in 1785. The Baha'(s lived mostly in the western and southern wings on the top floor. One of the rooms was occupied by 'Abdu'l-Baha. The caravansarai became the first Bahri'( pilgrim house of the Holy Land.

reject them .' 'Now, praise be to God,' He, embrace, seem to fall into three distinct moreover, as reported by Nabfl in his narra- categories. The first comprises those writings tive, once remarked, 'it has reached the point which constitute the sequel to the proclamawhen all the people of these regions are mani- tion of His mission in Adrianople. The second festing their submissiveness unto Us.' ... includes the laws and ordinances of His Dis- 'His enemies,' 'Abdu' l-Baha, referring to pensation, which, for the most part, have been this same theme, has written, 'intended that His recorded in the Kitab-i-Aqdas, His Most Holy imprisonment should completely destroy and Book. To the third must be assigned those annihilate the blessed Cause, but this prison Tablets which partly enunciate and partly was, in reality, of the greatest assistance, and reaffirm the fundamental tenets and principles became the means of its development. ' '. .. This underlying that Dispensation. illustrious Being,' He, moreover has affirmed, The Proclamation of His Mission had been, 'uplifted His Cause in the Most Great Prison. as already observed, directed particularly to From this Prison His light was shed abroad; His the kings of the earth, who, by virtue of the fame conquered the world, and the proclama- power and authority they wielded, were intion of His glory reached the East and the West.' vested with a peculiar and inescapable respon- 'His light at first had been a star; now it became a sibility for the destinies of their subjects. It was mighty sun. ' 'Until our time,' He, morever has to these kings, as well as to the world's religious affirmed, 'no such thing has ever occurred.' leaders, who exercised a no less pervasive Little wonder that, in view of so remarkable influence on the mass of their followers, that a reversal in the circumstances attending the the Prisoner of 'Akka directed His appeals, twenty-four years of His banishment to 'Akka, warnings, and exhortations during the first Baha'u'llah Himself should have penned these years of His incarceration in that city. ' Upon weighty words: 'The Almighty . .. hath trans- Our arrival at this Prison, ' He Himself affirms, formed this Prison-House into the Most Exalted 'We purposed to transmit to the kings the mes- Paradise, the Heaven of Heavens.' ... sages of their Lord, the Mighty, the All-Praised. The writings of Baha'u'llah during this Though We have transmitted to them, in several period, as we survey the vast field which they Tablets, that which We were commanded, yet 60 THE BAHA'f WORLD

We do it once again, as a token of God's grace.' the prison-fortress of 'Akka. Kings and To the kings of the earth, both in the East emperors, severally and collectively; the chief and in the West, both Christian and Muslim, magistrates of the Republics of the American who had already been collectively admonished continent; ministers and ambassadors; the and warned in the Suriy-i-Muluk revealed in Sovereign Pontiff himself; the Vicar of the Adrianople, and had been so vehemently Prophet of Islam; the royal Trustee of the summoned by the Bab, in the opening chapter Kingdom of the Hidden Imam; the monarchs of the Qayyumu'l-Asma', on the very night of of Christendom, its patriarchs, archbishops, the Declaration of His Mission, Baha' u'llah, bishops, priests and monks; the recognized during the darkest days of His confinement in leaders of both the Sunni and Shi' ah sacerdotal 'Akka, addressed some of the noblest passages orders; the high priests of the Zoroastrian of His Most Holy Book . In these passages He religion; the philosophers, the ecclesiastical called upon them to take fast hold of the' Most leaders, the wise men and the inhabitants of Great Law'; proclaimed Himself to be 'the Constantinople-that proud seat of both the King of Kings' and 'the Desire of all Nations'; Sultanate and the Caliphate; the entire comdeclared them to be His 'vassals' and 'emblems pany of the professed adherents of the Zoroasof His sovereignty'; disclaimed any intention of trian, the Jewish, the Christian and Muslim laying hands on their kingdoms; bade them Faiths; the people of the Bayan; the wise men forsake their palaces, and hasten to gain admit- of the world, its men of letters, its poets, its tance into His Kingdom; extolled the king who mystics, its tradesmen, the elected representawould arise to aid His Cause as 'the very eye of tives of its peoples; His own countrymen-all mankind'; and finally arraigned them for the have , at one time or another, in books, Episthings which had befallen Him at their tles, and Tablets, been brought directly within hands .... the purview of the exhortations, the warnings, Such in sum are the salient features of the the appeals, the declarations and the concluding utterances of that historic Procla- prophecies which constitute the theme of His mation, the opening notes of which were momentous summons to the leaders of mansounded during the latter part of Baha' u'llah's kind-a summons which stands unparalleled in banishment to Adrianople, and which closed the annals of any previous religion, and to during the early years of His incarceration in which the messages directed by the Prophet of

The Mansion of Bahj(, construcred by 'Ud( Khammar circa 1870, was characterized by Bah<i'u'//lih as the 'lofty mansion,' the spot which 'God hath ordained as the most sublime vision of mankind.' Bahj( literally means 'Delight.' THE COMMEMORATION OF HISTORIC ANNIVERSARIES 61

The Shrine of the Bab on Mount Carmel, the site of which Bahti'u'lltih pointed out to 'Abdu'l-Bahti during the course of one of His visits to Haifa.

Islam to some of the rulers among His contem- will embrace the entire planet, may well be poraries alone offer a faint resemblance. regarded as the brightest emanation of the 'Never since the beginning of the world,' mind of Baha ' u'llah, as the Mother Book of Baha'u'llah Himself affirms, 'hath the Message His Dispensation, and the Charter of His New been so openly proclaimed.' ... World Order. Unique and stupendous as was this Procla- Revealed soon after Baha'u'llah had been mation, it proved to be but a prelude to a still transferred to the house of 'Udf Khammar mightier revelation of the creative power of its (circa 1873) , at a time when He was still Author, and to what may well rank as the most encompassed by the tribulations that had signal act of His ministry-the promulgation of afflicted Him, through the acts committed by the Kitab-i-Aqdas. Alluded to in the Kitab-i- His enemies and the professed adherents of iqan; the principal repository of that Law His Faith, this Book, this treasury enshrining which the Prophet Isaiah had anticipated, and the priceless gems of His Revelation, stands which the writer of the Apocalypse had out, by virtue of the principles it inculcates, the described as the 'new heaven' and the 'new administrative institutions it ordains and the earth,' as 'the Tabernacle of Cod,' as the 'Holy function with which it invests the appointed City,' as the 'Bride,' the ' New Jerusalem com- Successor of its Author, unique and incompaing down from Cod,' this 'Most Holy Book,' rable among the world's sacred Scriptures .... whose provisions must remain inviolate for no In this Charter of the future world civilizaless than a thousand years, and whose system tion its Author-at once the Judge, the Law- 62 THE BAHA'I WORLD

giver, the Unifier and Redeemer of man- ishment of subsidiary ordinances designed to kind-announces to the kings of the earth the supplement the provisions of His Most Holy promulgation of the 'Most Great Law'; pro- Book. These were recorded in unnumbered nounces them to be His vassals; proclaims Tablets, which He continued to reveal until the Himself the ' King of Kings'; disclaims any last days of His earthly life, among which the intention of laying hands on their kingdoms ; 'Ishraqat' (Splendors), the 'Bisharat' (Glad reserves for Himself the right to 'seize and pos- Tidings), the 'Tarazat' (Ornaments), the sess the hearts of men'; warns the world's 'Tajalliyat' (Effulgences) , the 'Kalimat-iecclesiastical leaders not to weigh the 'Book of Firdawsfyyih' (Words of Paradise) , the God' with such standards as are current 'Law!)-i-Aqdas' (Most Holy Tablet), the a mongst them; and affirms that the Book itself 'Law!)-i-Dunya' (Tablet of the World), the is the 'Unerring Balance' established amongst ' Law!)-i-Maqsud' (Tablet of Maqsud), are the men . In it He formally ordains the institution of most noteworthy. These Tablets-mighty and the 'House of Justice, ' defines its functions, final effusions of His indefatigable pen-must fixes its revenues, and designates its members rank among the choicest fruits which His mind as the 'Men of Justice,' the 'Deputies of God,' has yielded, and mark the consummation of the 'Trustees of the All-Merciful,' alludes to the His forty -year-long ministry . .. future Center of His Covenant, and invests Nor should a review of the outstanding fea - Him with the right of interpreti ng His holy tures of Baha' u'llah 's writings during the latter Writ; anticipates by implication the institution part of His banishment to ' Akka fail to include of Guardianship; bears witness to the a reference to the Law!)-i-J:Iikmat (Tablet of revolutionizing effect of His World Order; Wisdom), in which He sets forth the fundaenunci ates the doctrine of the 'Most Great mentals of true philosophy, or to the Tablet of infallibility' of the Manifestation of God; Visitation revealed in honor of the Imam asserts th is infallibility to be the inherent and J:Iusayn, whose praises He celebrates in glowexclusive right of the Prophet; and rules out the ing language; or to the 'Questions and Anpossibi lity of the appearance of another Man- swers' which elucidates the laws and ordiifes tation ere the lapse of at least one thousand nances of the Kitab-i-Aqdas; or to the 'Law!)- years . ... i-Burhan' (Tablet of the Proof) in which the The laws and ordinances that constitute the acts perpetrated by Shaykh Mu!)ammadmajor theme of this Book, Baha'u'llah, Baqir, surnamed 'Dhi'b' (Wolf), and Mfr moreover , has specifically characterized as 'the Mu!)ammad-l;lusayn, the Imam-Jum' ih of breath of life unto all created things,' as 'the I~fahan, surnamed' Raqsha' (She-Serpent) , are mightiest stronghold,' as the 'fruits' of H is severely condemned; or to the Law!)-i-Karmil ' Tree,' as 'the highest means for the main- (Tablet of Carmel) in which the Author tenance of order in the world and the security of significantly makes mention of 'the City of God its peoples,' as 'the lamps of His wisdom and that hath descended from heaven,' and loving-providence,' as 'the sweet smelling savor prophesies that 'erelong will God sail His Ark' of His garment,' as the 'keys' of His 'm ercy' to upon that mountain , and 'will manifest the peo- His creatures. 'This Book,' He Himself ple of Ba ha.' Finally, mention must be made of testifies, 'is a heaven which We have adorned His Epistle to Shaykh Mu!)ammad-Taqf, surwith the stars of Our commandments and pro- named 'Ibn-i-Dhi' b' (Son of the Wolf) , the last hibitions.' . .. outstanding Tablet revealed by the pen of The formulation by Baha'u ' llah , in His Baha'u'llah, in which He calls upon that Kitab- i- Aqdas, of the fundam ental laws of His rapacious priest to repent of his acts, quotes Dispensation was fo llowed, as His Mission some of the most characteristic and celebrated drew to a close, by the enunciation of certain passages of His own writings, and adduces precepts and principles which lie at the very proofs establishing the validity of His Cause . core of His Faith, by the reaffirmation of truths With this book , revealed about one year He had previously procl aimed, by the elabora- prior to His ascension, the prodigious tion and elucid ation of some of the laws He had achievement as author of a hundred volumes, a lready laid dow n, by the revelation of further repositories of the priceless pearls of His Reveprophecies and warni ngs, and by the establ- lation, may be said to have practically termi- THE COMMEMORATION OF HISTORIC ANNIVERSARIES 63 nated- volumes replete with unnumbered and humanitarian spheres of human activity. exhortations, revolutionizing principles, ' We, verily,' wrote Baha'u'llah, surveying, in world-shaping laws and ordinances, dire warn- the evening of His life, from His Most Great ings and portentous prophecies, with soul- Prison, the entire range of this vast and weighty uplifting prayers and meditations, illuminating Revelation , 'have not fallen short of Our duty to commentaries and interpretations, impas- exhort men, and to deliver that whereunto I was sioned discourses and homilies, all inter- bidden by God, the Almighty, the All-Praised.' spersed with either addresses or references to 'Is there any excuse,' He further has stated, 'left kings, to emperors and to ministers, of both the for any one in this Revelation? No, by God, the East and the West, to ecclesiastics of divers Lord of th e Mighty Throne! My signs have denominations, and to leaders in the intellec- encompassed the earth, and my power tual, political, literary, mystical, commercial enveloped all mankind.'

2. EXCERPT FROM THE MESSAGE OF THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE TO THE ANNUAL CONVENTIONS OF ALL NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLIES

IN EARLY DAYS OF JUNE 1877 BAHA'U 'LLAH LEFT CITY ' AKKA AND TOOK UP RESIDENCE IN MAZRA'IH. TO MARK CENTENARY THIS TERMINATION CONFINEMENT ANCIENT BEAUTY WITHIN WALLS PRISON CITY WE CALL UPON HIS FOLLOWERS ALL LANDS DEVOTE NINE- TEEN DAY FEAST OF NOR COMMEMORATION HISTORIC EVENT, REDEDICATING THEM- SELVES URGENT TASKS BEFORE THEM, SO THAT PENT-UP ENERGIES HIS PRECIOUS FAITH MAY BE RELEASED TO REACH EVER GREATER NUMBER SEEKING SOULS IN EVER WIDER CIRCLE THEIR FELLOW MEN.

(24 March 1977)

Aerial view of Mazra 'ih where Bahd'u'llah lived for two years, from June 1877 to September 1879. In the foreground may be seen recently developed gardens and plantings of citrus and ornamental trees; April 1979. 64 THE BAHA'I WORLD

3. THE COMMEMORATION AT THE WORLD CENTRE OF THE CENTENARY OF THE TERMINATION OF BAHA'U'LLAH'S CONFINEMENT IN 'AKKA

'The remembrance of God and His praise, and the glory of God and His splendour, rest upon Thee, 0 Thou who art His Beauty! I bear witness that the eye of creation hath never gazed upon one wronged like Thee. Thou wast immersed all the days of Thy life beneath an ocean oftribulations. At one time Thou wast in chains and fetters; at another Thou wast threatened by the sword of Thine enemies. Yet, despite all this, Thou didst enjoin upon all men to observe what had been prescribed unto Thee by Him Who is the All-Knowing, the All-Wise.' BAHA'u'LLAH

In the early afternoon of Saturday, 11 June 1977 the pilgrims and the friends serving at the World Centre made their way to Mazra'ih to visit the Mansion which' Abdu'l-Baha had rented a century ago for the use of Baha'u'llah, His first residence after leaving the prison-city of' Akka. While there, each was privileged to visit and offer prayers in the very room occupied by the Blessed Beauty; later they repaired to the gardens at Bahjf. Meanwhile the Hands of the Cause present in the Holy Land, the members of the Universal House of Justice and the Counsellor members of the International Teaching Centre were paying their respects to the memory of Baha'u'llah at the House of' Ab bud in' Akka and at the Garden of Ric;lvan. The rooms Baha'u'llah had occupied were visited and prayers of thanksgiving for His release from confinement were offered in these Holy Places. They then journeyed north to Mazra'ih for prayers at that Holy Spot, and afterwards joined the other friends in the J:Iaram-i- Aqdas at Bahjf for the formal programme of the commemoration of this great event in the history of the Heroic Age of the Cause. Prayers were recited; 'Abdu'l-Baha's account of the end of Baha'u'llah's confinement and Shoghi Effendi's narrative from God Passes By were read; and finally, just as the sun was casting its last light over the Mediterranean, the friends made their way in the utmost reverence to the Most Holy Shrine for the chanting of the Tablet of Visitation.

Hands of the Cause, the members of the Universal House ofJustice and Counsellor members of the International Teaching Centre, photographed at the House of'Abbud in 'Akka where they gathered on 1 I June 1977 to commemorate the centenary of the termination of Baha'u' llah' s confinement in the prison city. Amatu' I-Bahri Rul]fyyih Khdnum is seen seated in the centre of the first row. THE COMMEMORATION OF HISTORIC ANNIVERSARIES 65 66 THE BAHA, ' i WORLD PART THREE

INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 1976-1979 I THE FIRST VISIT BY A BAHA'I REIGNING MONARCH TO THE RESTING PLACE OF SHOGHI EFFENDI

Cablegram of the Universal House of Justice to all National Spiritual Assemblies, dated 10 October 1976

WITH FEELINGS IMMENSE ELATION ANNOUNCE BAHAI COMMUNITIES ALL CONTINENTS JOYFUL NEWS FIRST VISIT BY BAHAI REIGNING MONARCH TO RESTING PLACE BELOVED SHOGHI EFFENDI WELL NIGH NINETEEN YEARS FOLLOWING HIS PASSING STOP HIS HIGHNESS MALIETOA TANUMAFILI II OF WESTERN SAMOA COURSE HIS RECENT VISIT LONDON ATTAINED THIS INESTIMABLE BOUNTY STOP HIS HIGHNESS ACCOMPANIED BY SMALL DELEGATION FRIENDS HEADED BY HANDCAUSE GIACHERY INCLUDING HANDS CAUSE KHADEM VARQA AND FIVE' MEMBERS NATIONAL ASSEMBLY UNITED KINGDOM PROCEEDED CEMETERY PARTICIPATED DEEPLY MOVING HIGHLY DIGNIFIED VISITA- TION RESTING PLACE SIGN GOD ON EARTH WHOSE LIFELONG HEROIC LABOURS ACHIEVED WORLDWIDE SPREAD GLORIOUS CAUSE BAHAULLAH STOP FOLLOWING PRAYERS DEVOTIONS AND EXPRESSIONS APPRECIATION GRATITUDE BY HIS HIGHNESS HE MET WITH RADIANT SPIRIT LARGE GATHERING BELIEVERS ASSEMBLED PRECINCTS GRAVE TO WELCOME HIM AND TO WHOM HE CONVEYED GREETINGS HIS FELLOW SAMOAN BAHAIS AND HIS HOPE GROWTH FAITH FROM STRENGTH TO STRENGTH ALL OVER WORLD STOP IN HOLY LAND SYNCHRONIZING WITH THESE EVENTS HANDS CAUSE OTHER MEMBERS INTERN A TJONAL TEACHING CENTRE JOINED MEMBERS HOUSE JUS- TICE SPECIAL VISIT BAHJI WHERE FERVENT PRAYERS WERE OFFERED SACRED THRESHOLD MOST HOLY SHRINE JN THANKSGIVING HIGHLY SIGNIFICANT DEVELOP- MENT WHICH REPRESENTS PRELUDE TO FULFILMENT LONG CHERISHED DESIRE ABDUL- BAHA AND SHOGHI EFFENDI WITNESS PILGRIM KINGS PAY THEIR HUMBLE TRIBUTE AT HOLY SHRINES FOUNDERS OUR FAITH IN SPIRITUAL HEART PLANET STOP FERVENTLY PRAYING THIS JOYOUS NEWS WILL STRENGTHEN RESOLVE SUPPORTERS MOST GREAT NAME EVERY LAND REDOUBLE THEIR EFFORTS TO FORGE AHEAD HOWEVER ARDUOUS THE TASKS HOWEVER SEEMINGLY INSURMOUNTABLE THE OBSTACLES UNTIL EVERY GOAL WORLDWIDE PLAN IS SPEEDILY AND FULLY CONSUMMATED.

UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE

His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II of Western Samoa; the Hands of the Cause Ugo Giachery, Dhikrul!ah Khadem and 'Alf Muf:tammad Varqa; representatives of the National Sp iritual Assembly of the United Kingdom and others of the delegation who visited the resting place of Shoghi Effendi on 12 September 1976. Later information confirms that there were six. The visit took place on 12 September 1976. 70 THE BAHA'i WORLD

THE GROWTH OF THE BAHA'i FAITH 1953-1979

11 0.000~----------------------~-----------------

103,323 100.0001----------------+-+-------+--------+---ll--------·

80,000 NATION AL SPIRITU AL ASSEMBLIES

1953 . .............. ... .. 12 1963. 56 1973 .. 113 70,000 1979 .. . 130

60,0001-----------------+-+--------------<--+---I----------<

so . 0001----------------+-+------+---~J----+----i----------j

A0,0001-----------------+--+------+-~L_-----+---+-------~

30,00 0 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + - - + - - - -- - -i-- - - - - - - + - - - + - - - - - - - - - j

25,5 11

'63 ' 64 ' 68 '73 '74 '79 TEN-Y EA R CR USADE NI N E-YEAR PLAN FIVE-YEAR PLA N 1 953- 1 963 1964-1973 19 74- 197 9 II THE FIVE YEAR INTERNATIONAL TEACHING PLAN 1974-1979

1. THE COMPLETION OF THE FIVE YEAR INTERNATIONAL TEACHING PLAN

IN its Naw-Ruz message to the Baha'fs of the world the Universal Ho use of Justice stated: 'The teaching victories in that Plan have been truly prodigious; the points of li ght, those localities where the Promised One is recognized, have increased from sixty-nine thousand five hundred to over ninety-six thousand; 1 the number of Local Spiritual Assemb lies has grown from seventee n thousand to over twenty-five thousand; 1 e ighteen new National Spiritua l Assemblies have been formed. 'Beyond the expansion of the community, vi tal as it is, the Five Year Plan wit nessed great progress in the spiritual development of the friends, the growing maturity and wisdom of Local and National Asse mblies, and in the degree to which Baha'i communities e mbody the distinguishing characteristics of Baha'i life and att ract, by their unity , their steadfast ness, their radiance and good reputation, the interest and eventual wholehearted support of their fe llow citizens. This is the magnet which will attract the masses to the Cause of God, and the leaven that will transform human society.' In that sa me message the House of Justice pointed out that during the first two yea rs of the newly-launched Seven Year Plan efforts should be exerted by Natio nal Spiritual Asse mblies ' to attai n, where circumstances permit, any goals that may have had to remain un accomplished at the e nd of the Five Year Plan.' This rep ort of the achieveme nts of the Five Year Plan, both at the World Ce ntre and throughout the Baha'i world , has been compiled by the Department of Statistics at the World Centre.

2. THE WORLD CENTRE

I. Continued Collation and Classification of the Sacred Texts

The original Tablets of Baha' u' ll ah a nd of ' Abd u'l-B aha, and 12,076 letters of Shoghi 'Abdu'l-B a ha, to gethe r with the o ri gin al let- Effendi, to talling some 48 ,727 documents. ters of Shoghi Effe ndi, now at the World These documents ha ve bee n studied and Centre number so me 13 ,629 , of which nearly important passages from them have been 3,335 are Tablets of Baha'u 'llah, 7,198 Tablets extracted and classified . of 'Abd u'l-B aha , and 3,096 lette rs of Shoghi During the period under review, nine major Effendi. Moreover, authenticated copies compilations from the Writings of th e Faith availab le at the World Ce ntre, for which no have been prepared an d circulated to Nation al o riginals have yet been received, numbe r Sp iritua l Asse mblies . 6,390 Tablets of Baha' u' ll ah, 16,632 Ta blets At 20 April 1979, the total number of localities is 103,323 and the number of Loca l Spiritual Assembl ies is 25,5 11. 72 THE BAHA'i WORLD

2. The Preparation and Publication of Author- passages translated by Shoghi Effendi and ized Translations of Three Compilations of quoted in his various works a re included in the Scripture: compilation which was published in December 1976. (a) Tablets of B a ha' u' llah revealed after Selections from the Writings of 'A bdu'lthe Kitab-i-Aqdas Baha, published in D ece mber 1978 in both (b) Prayers and extracts fr o m the Writings cased a nd paper editions, contains passages of the Bab translated by the G uardian and translations or ( c) Selections from the works of retranslations made by Marzieh Gail or a 'Abd u' l-Ba ha committee at the World Centre appointed by Tab lets of Baha'u'llcih revealed after the the House of Justice. Kitcib-i-Aqdas was publi shed in June 1978. In 1977 the Universal House of Justice felt The Universa l House of Justice appo inted its moved to call for the production of a compila- Research Department to prepare the compila- tion of the writings of Shoghi Effendi. Pubtio n, and Mr. Habib Taherzadeh , with the lished under the title Ca ll to the Nations, the assistance of a committee at the World Centre , compilat ion was avai lab le for distribution in was res ponsible for the translation of those August of th at yea r, in cased and paper ed i- Tablets and passages from Tablets not trans- tions. lated by Shoghi Effendi. Three volumes of the international record, Selections from the Writings of the Bab, the The Baha'i World, published under the supermost comprehensive selection of His Writings vision of the Universal House of Justice , were yet produced in English, was also compiled by produced in the period under review, vol. XIV th e R esearch Department and translated by (1963-1968) in February 1975 , vol. XV Mr. Habib Taherzadeh with the ass istance of a (1968-1973) in August 1976 and vol. XVI co mmittee at th e World Centre . A number of (1973-1976) in February 1979.

Three volumes of Sacred Text produced Three volumes of The Baha'i World (XIV, under the supervision of the Universal XV and XVI) produced under the supervi- House of Justice during the Five Year Plan. sion ofthe Universal House ofJustice during A selection of the writings of Shoghi Effendi the Five Year Plan. was also published under the title Call to the Nations. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 73

Arrival offirst shipment of marble at the site of the Permanent Seat of the Universal House of Justice; 28 December 1976. Commencement of the excavation was announced on 17 June 1975.

3. Initiation of the Construction of the Building January 1977, and he entered into a contract to on Mount Carmel to Serve as the Seat of the be responsible for the reinforced concrete con- Universal House of Justice struction as well as to do the general supervision and coordination of the sub-contractors T his project, which ranks as the greatest for the mechanical, e lectrica l and finishing single undertaking of the Five Year Plan , was works. Excavations for the foundations cominitiated in February 197 4 with the acceptance menced immediately thereafter. of the design conceived by I:Iusayn Amfoat, At March 1978 construction had reached who was named as architect for the building. A the level of the floor immediately above the site office was established in the old Archives council chamber, with related mechanical, Building, and a Baha'i resident engineer was e lectrical and finishing work well under way. chosen by the architect to supervise on his Over 2,200 tons of fin ished carved marble had behalf the construction of the building. Exca- already been delivered to the site. A contract vation of earth and stone amounting to over had been signed with a French firm to install 65,000 cubic metres began in June 1975. In the marble on the building after the completion April 1976 a contract was signed with a firm in of the concrete shell. Italy, for the supply of over 3.000 tons of Pen- Participants in the International Convention telicon marble from Greece, to be carved and at Ric;lvan 1978 assembled at the construction dressed in Italy at a cost of approximately six site for a ceremony in which a casket containmillion dollars. This includes fac ing materia l ing Dust from the Shrines of the Bab and Baha'- for the exterior of the building and fifty-eight u'llah was placed by Amatu'l-Baha Rul:if yyi h flut ed columns with Corinthian capitals. Khanum in a small niche which had been pre- In December 1976 the first shipment of pared in the building, high above the main finished marble was delivered to the building entrance. site. The major plans of the building were sup- At April 1979 exterior concrete construcplied by the architect in October 1976, and tion had been completed except for the enwere submitted with specifications to a number tablature, main staircase, and the annex to the of local contractin g firms for bids. A general lower basement. The placing of all marble contractor residing in Haifa was chosen in cladding on the main structure and erection of 74 THE BAHA'i WORLD

all columns and capitals has been completed 4. Further Extension and Beautification of the and the placing of the entablature marble has Gardens and Lands Surrounding the Holy commenced. Interior finishing work has begun Places and fabrication of doors and windows in Italian walnut as well as the plaster elements for cor- The extension and beautification of the garnices, mouldings and domed ceilings is pro- dens surrounding the Holy Places has been one ceeding at suppliers' factories in Italy. of the World Centre goals in both the Nine and Retaining walls for the terraces behind the Five Year Plans, and it has been constantly main building have been designed and drilling pursued. for , and placing, rock anchors to retain the Two new gardens outside the J:laram-iupper terraces has begun. It is foreseen that Aqdas and north of the Collins gate are in the these terraces will be landscaped as a fitting initial stages of development: one immediately background for the Seat of the Universal adjacent to the little house of the beloved House of Justice. Plans for a separate building Guardian which he used when planning and which will house the air-conditioning and heat- creating the gardens of the J:Iaram-i-Aqdas, ing equipment, the electrical transformers and and the other on the opposite side of the path main control panels, as well as a parking garage leading to the northern gate of the property. for 44 cars, both to be built into the slope of In Haifa, the informal gardens on the upper Mount Carmel, earth-covered and landscaped, slopes of the mountain facing the Shrine of the have now been finalized and work on these Bab have been further extended and auxiliary buildings should commence shortly. beautified. It is intended that the utilities building men- The pastoral setting of Mazra'ih has been tioned above will also service the other build- beautified through the planting of a flower garings to be built on the Arc. den on the eastern side of the Mansion and the It is hoped that the interior finishing of the creation of an extensive orchard of various Seat, the terrace walls and the auxiliary build- kinds of citrus trees, an avocado grove and ings will all be completed by Ric;lvan 1980. other decorative fruit trees. A pathway divid-

'I• I 1 , ' ' ,'

Aerial view of the Shrine of Bahti'u'llah at Bahji illustrating the development of the gardens surrounding it. In the foreground may be seen the new plantings in the areas on either side of the long drive from the northern entrance to the Collins gate; April 1979. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 75 76 THE BAHA'f WORLD

ing the orchard has been bordered with ticipated in thirty-four United Nations conferaraucaria trees, and the fences defining the ences, congresses, and seminars, in seventyland blaze with plantings of colourful bougain- two regular sessions of the Economic and villaea. Social Council or its commissions , committees and other associated or related bodies, and in the special session of the United Nations Gen- 5. Continued Strengthening of the Relationship eral Assembly devoted to disarmament. About between the Baha'i International Communfifty statements, pamphlets, or reports were ity and the United Nations prepared and presented to the United Nations The Baha'i International Community has between 197 4 and 1979. The following are continued to furnish pertinent information on some of the conferences and other meetings the Baha'i Faith to various permanent delega- sponsored by the United Nations in which the tions to the United Nations, particularly to Baha'i International Community participated: those of countries in which official recognition of the Faith was being sought, and found many -Regional Consultation for Asia and the opportunities to explain to the delegates, as Far East on the Integration of Women in well as to members of the United Nations Sec- Development with Special Reference to Popuretariat, how its interest in the goals of the lation Factors; Bangkok, Thailand; 13-17 United Nations Charter was rooted in the May 1974. Baha'i teachings, principles and laws , and how - Regional Seminar for Africa on the Intethese present a lasting solution of the world's gration of Women in Development with Speproblems. In fact, through a series of public cial Reference to Population Factors; Addis meetings and mailings of key statements, in Ababa, Ethiopia; 3-7 June 1974. addition to a widely circulated article on the -Seminar on the Promotion and Protection Baha'i Faith and its activities at the United of the Human Rights of National, Ethnic and Nations appearing in the United Nations Sec- Other Minorities; Ohrid, Yugoslavia; 25 retariat News, some 10,000 members of the June-8 July 1974. United Nations Secretariat, the United - World Population Conference; Buchar- Nations Missions, and non-governmental est, Rumania; 19-30 August 1974. organizations associated with the United -Interregional Seminar on National Nations heard directly about the Faith. Machinery to Accelerate the Integration of Increasingly the Baha'i International Com- Women in Development and to Eliminate Dismunity was able to point to the way of life crimination on Grounds of Sex; Ottawa, evolving in Baha'i communities aro und the Canada; 4-17 September 1974. world as an embodiment of the Baha'i teach- - World Food Conference; Rome, Italy; ings . 6-16 November 1974. Since 1974 the Baha'i International Com- -Regional Seminar for Latin America on munity added to its existing consultative status the Integration of Women in Development with the United Nations Economic and Social with Special Reference to Population Factors; Council (ECOSOC), and its association with Caracas, Venezuela; 28 April-2 May 1975. the United Nations Department of Public -Regional Conference of Non-Govern- Information , two new relationships-an mental Organizations organized by the Office association with the United Nations Environ- of Public Information of the United Nations in ment Programme (UNEP) , with headquarters Cooperation with the Economic and Social in Nairobi, begun in 1974 which resulted in the Commission for Asia and the Pacific; Bangappointment of al'! accredited representative in kok, Thailand; 27-29 May 1975. Nairobi to serve as liaison with UNEP; and, on -Regional Preparatory Conference on 8 March 1976, consultative status with the Human Settlements for Asia, the Pacific, and United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF), Western Asia; Tihran, fran; 14-19 June 1975. an affiliation which promises to offer many - World Conference of the International opportunities for closer ties between the Baha'i Women's Year; Mexico City, Mexico; 19 world community and the United Nations. June-2 July 1975 . The Baha'i International Community par- - Regional Preparatory Conference on INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 77

United Nations Seminar on Participation of Women in Development, Kathmandu, Nepal; 15-22 February 1977. Counsellor Zena Sorabjee (centre), and Dr. Penelope Walker (right), represented the Bah{/{ International Community.

Human Settlements for Africa; Cairo , Egypt; - United Nations Conference on 21-26 June 1975. Desertification; Nairobi , Kenya; 29 August-9 -Latin American Regional Preparatory September 1977. Conference for Habitat: the United Nations -Regional Conference on the Implementa- Conference on Human Settlements; Caracas, tion of National, Regional, and World Plans of Venezuela; 30 June-4 July 1975. Action for the Integration of Women in -Fifth United Nations Congress on the Development; Nouakchott, Mauritania; 27 Prevention of Crime and Treatment of September- 2 October 1977. Offenders; Geneva, Switzerland; 1-15 Sep- - World Conference to Combat Racism and tember 1975 . Racial Discrimination; Geneva, Switzerland; -Seminar on the Participation of Women in 14-25 August 1978. Econom ic, Social and Political Development: - United Nations Conference on Technical Obstacles that Hinder their Integration; Cooperation among Developing Countries; Buenos Aires, Argentina; 22-30 March 1976. Buenos Aires, Argentina; 30 August-1 2 Sep- - Th ird Conference of the Econom ic Com- tember 1978. mission for Europe on Urban and Regional -International Conference on Primary Research; Warsaw , Poland; 5-13 May 1976. Health Care; Alma Ata, U.S.S.R.; 6-1 2 Sep- -Habitat: United Nations Conference on tember 1978. Human Settlements; Vancouver, Canada; 31 -Seminar on National and Local Institu- May-11June1976. tions for the Promotion and Protection of -Regional Seminar on Participation of Human Rights; Geneva, Switzerland; 18-29 Women in Political, Economic, and Socia l September 1978. Development with Specia l Emphasis on Machinery to Accelerate the Integration of Women in Development; Kathmandu, Nepa l; A detailed report of the act1v1t1es of the 15-22 February 1977. Baha'i International Commun ity appears in - United Nations Water Conference; Mar Part Three, section V, subsections 1 and 2 of del Plata, Argentin a; 14-25 March 1977. this volume. 78 THE BAHA'I WORLD

6. Constant Efforts to Protect the Faith from upon Baha'i actlVltles. The Baha'is became Persecution and to Free It from the Re- free in principle to resume their activities, but straints Imposed by Religious Orthodoxy provincial and local officials had discretionary Arab Boycott powers which required the Baha'is to obtain Early in February 1975, through a mis- from the Ministry of the Interior specifi c understanding as to the true nature and pur- confirmation of the lifting of the ban before pose of the Faith of Baha'u'llah, the Arab permitting the resumption of Baha'i activities. Boycott Office at its meeting in Cairo In provinces where the local authorities did not announced that the Baha'i Faith had been object, Local Spiritual Assemblies were replaced on its black list. The decision of the established and Baha'i work was quietly pur- Arab Boycott Office was subsequently mod- sued. In other areas, however, which included ified to state that only the businesses of indi- Bujumbura itself, the activities of the friends vidual Baha'is and companies owned by them continued to be restr icted. When approached, would be boycotted. the Minister of the Interior promised that the A statement was immediately released dur- requested permission would soon be issued. ing the same month, through the Baha'i Inter- We are glad to report that this was done, and national Community in New York, explaining normal Baha'i activities have been resumed in the position of the Faith on politics and the that country. historical reasons why the World Centre of the Congo Faith is in the Holy Land. It is hoped that these With the exception offive religious organizaexplanations have been helpful, and that the tions, all other religious minorities, including authorities in all Arab lands will increasingly the Baha'i Faith, were banned in this country appreciate the Teachings of our Faith which lay during February 1978. Dr. 'Aziz Navidi is cursuch stress on non-involvement in subversive rently in Brazzaville endeavouring to have the activities and on loyalty and obedience to gov- ban removed from the Baha'is, whose activities ernment. can in no way constitute a threat to the security of the State. Algeria The Faith remains banned in Algeria , and no Egypt Baha'i institu tions exist there. Ever since the Decree of the former President of the United Arab Republic in 1960 Burundi banning all Baha'i activities, the friends in The Faith was recognized in Burundi in the Egypt have been subjected to a series of interconclud ing months of the Nine Year Plan. In rogations, arrests, imprisonments and fines, as 1974 a reversal was experienced in the for- well as abuse in the mass media of the country. tunes of the Faith in that country when the During the period under review , evidences Egyptian charge d'affaires made inaccurate of adverse as well as favourab le developments statements about the Faith to the newly- have been witnessed . On the one hand, after appointed Minister of Justice of Burundi, the Arab Boycott Office, at its meeting in Cairo recommending that he seek authority from the during February 197 5, resolved to blacklist the President to repeal the former decree. This was Baha'is in Arab lands, the Supreme Constituobtained, and the new decision was announced tional Court of Egypt was summarily convened on the radio and released as a news item in a and announced its dec ision that the 1960 semi-official bulletin . The same bulletin also Decree of President Nasser banning all Baha'i published a harshly abusive article vilifying the activities in Egypt was entirely constitutional, Faith as a dangerous political movement, the and therefore the application of the Baha'is for text of the article being provided by the staff of annulment of the Decree was dismissed. On the Egyptian Embassy in Burundi. the other hand, four other cases, long pending At the request of the Universal House of before the local courts, either have been drop- Justice and through the able intervention of ped or are being allowed to reach their statu- Dr. 'Aziz Na vi di, several representations were tory period of limitation and thus set aside , made to the Government. In 1975 the Presi- although the major court case against the dent withdrew the ban that had been placed Baha'is, which was opened in Tanta, is still INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 79 unresolved. Efforts have repeatedly been preparation for the implementation of a town made, so far through appeals to President planning scheme. Steps were taken immedi- Sadat and to several Ministers of State, to ately to register with the authorities the indigexplain the position of the Baha'is and to nation of the Baha'is that two of their most request that the 1960 Decree be repealed , or at holy places in Shiraz had been unjustly and least that its effect on the Baha'is be lessened , peremptorily demolished, despite prior subso that the the civil rights of the believers, as mission to the authorities for protection of law-abiding citizens of the country , may be these properties. It is hoped that it will be restored and protected. It is hoped that the possible in the future to rebuild these struca uthorities will soon realize the true aims and tures on the same sites and with much of the purposes ofthe Faith and be sympathetic to the original material , including exquisite fittings appeals of the friends . and ornamentation which fortunately have been salvaged through the devoted efforts of Indonesia the local believers. Although the ban imposed upon Baha' i In June 1977, ne ar Gurgan, one of the activity in Indonesia remains in force, it prodevoted friends, Mr. Ruhu'llah Taymurfhibits only the operation of administrative Muqaddam , was cruelly martyred, and his sisinstitutions; teaching has continued quietly on ter seriously injured. A court case was opened an indiv idual basis and Baha'i publications in aga inst the perpetrators, and the National Indonesian languages have steadily increased . Assembly hoped that the sense of justice of the A number of enthusiastic and zealous new authorities would not allow such an odious act believers of Muslim background , knowledgeto remain unpunished. able in the Qur'an and in Arabic literature , On 15 December 1978 , a cabled message have entered the Faith; several are members of was sent to ninety-three National Spiritual prominent fam ilies. Fanatical elements reacted Assemblies advising that the friends in Iran unfavourably and, at their instigation , ten of and most of the Holy Places in Tihran and the new be lievers were condemned to five Shiraz were in great peril, that homes were years' imprisonment. While confined, they being burned and looted, and that some of the became much loved by other prisoners as well Baha'fs were threatened with death and /or as by their jailers. Some were sent to distant forcibly made to recant their Faith. The islands and were pleased that, by this forced National Assemblies were requested to cable move, the Message of God was carried to new appeals to the Prime Minister of Iran expresplaces. Most of them have now been released, sing their concern and asking him to take having completed their prison terms. measures to safeguard the lives of the Baha'fs Three believers from Indonesia embarked and protect the Baha 'i Holy Places . Subseupon an interna tional travel-teaching trip to quent reports indicated that the persecutions New Caledonia, where a large number of were increasing ; that a total of 200 houses in Indonesians reside , and this project was highly Shiraz were burned; that famil ies were driven successful. from their homes and threats made to their At the present time the friends are hoping lives. Some of the Baha'fs were beaten , and, that the authorities will recognize the position tragically, so me lost their lives. At one time of the Baha'fs and will remove the restrictions 700 Baha'fs were homeless and their means of imposed upon the operation of Baha'i adminislivelihood destroyed , and therefore a special trative activities. fund was established to aid our stricken breth- Iran ren in Iran. The Faith is still unrecognized in the land of The wave of persecutions continues, and the its birth , and fanatical elements continue to beloved friends and Holy Places in the Cradle instigate severe attacks against Baha'fs and of the Faith are still in great danger. Armed their properties. In November 1975, the house men of the revolutionary committees have of the maternal uncle of the Bab and the adja- confiscated documents, and seized and cent house where the Bab was born were de- occupied the House of the Bab in Shiraz, the stroyed on the pretext that the sites and the Sfyah-Chal , the Houses of Baha' u'llah in adjoining area had to be cleared of buildings in Tihran and Takur, the Houses of Quddus and 80 THE BAHA'l WORLD

Hujjat, as well as many Local I:Ia'.?iratu'l-Quds. to ten years, and Baha'i properties, as well as The Nawnahalan Company, which has been in properties of individual believers, were operation for about sixty years, is likewise confiscated. occupied , its accounts fro zen and its operations In July 197 5, a parti al amnesty reducing the stopped. The National Spiritual Assembly of terms of imprisonment by fifteen per cent was Iran has frequently appealed to the new granted on the occasion of one of 'Iraq 's authorities after the change of government, but national events, to all those in 'Iraqi prisons, the results are still unknown. including the Baha'is. The friends incarcerated are still in custody, although some improve- 'Iraq ment is reported in the conditions under which In May 1970, the 'Iraqi Government issued they are being held. a Decree disbanding all Baha'i institutions and In December 1977, all properties belonging banning all Baha'i activities. The attempts of to individual believers were returned to them , the local friends to explain the Baha'i position but Baha'i properties and funds were turned to the authorities were of no avail. For nearly over to the Ministry of the Interior for disposal. three years, although the authorities carefully During the period under review, several watched the conduct of the Baha'is, nothing attempts have been made and are still under apparently gave cause for interference in their way to clear away any misunderstanding the personal lives and the imposition of fresh re- authorities may have acquired abo ut the Faith. strictions. It is hoped that the Government of 'Iraq will be In mid-December 1973, an incident occur- assured of the innocence of the Baha'is, and red which sparked a fire of persecution and will appreciate the true position of the Faith in adversity in whose flames many of the dedi- its recognition of the divine origin of Islam and cated Baha'is of 'Iraq were engulfed, and its injunction upon the believers to be loyal to whose future course seems unpredictable. A government and to avoid any involvement in teenage Shi'ih Muslim girl learned of the Faith political or subversive activity. from one of her Baha'i classmates and, with her older sister, became seriously interested in the Jordan teachings. When the Baha'i Faith was referred The National Spiritual Assembly here , in to during a discussion of religion in class in one protracted negotiations with the authorities of the Government schools in Ba~dad, the girl has clearly set forth the independent character rose to her feet in defence of the Cause. When of the laws and ordinances of the Faith and the questioned by the teacher, she announced her need for the believers to register themselves belief in Baha'u'llah, an assertion which cre- and their children as Baha'is, and for their ated a stir in the class. The students spoke of institutions to conduct the Baha'i marriage the incident the same day to their parents, ceremony. among whom was the Minister of Education, Kampuchea (Cambodia) who, the following day, ordered an investiga- Owing to the political situation here, all tion to be made, himself went to the school, Baha'i activities had to be suspended, and dismissed the headm as ter, and, following the there is no contact with the friends. intervention of the Minister of the Interior, ordered the arrest of the girl and three Baha'i Laos girls studying at that school. A chain of arrests, The uncertain political situation in Laos has totalling almost fifty , followed in the course of brought pressure upon the friends, and upon the next few months. The trial began on 4 the pioneers in particular, who as foreigners March 197 4 and, although the hearings of the are conspicuous; all but two have been forced court were postponed several times, its verdict to leave the country. Activities of the urban exonerated the Baha'is. Dissatisfied with the Baha'is do not seem to be restricted, and the verdict, the Revolutionary Council ordered the borders remain open to travellers, but comcase of the Baha'is reopened in a military munications between the Baha'is in rural areas court. Twenty-nine Baha'is, both men and and those in the city are restricted. In Vienwomen, were eventually sentenced by this tiane, the Baha'is have sustained their court to terms varying from life imprisonment activities, and are conducting children's classes INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 81 on a regular basis. A local J::Ia?iratu'l-Quds is which had been banned, the Baha'is evinced presently being constructed adjoining the exemplary steadfastness and constancy. Temple site. Upon the request of the authorities, a list of It is hoped that the authorities, who are now all Baha'i properties in the country was made reviewing the application of the Baha'is to be and subm itted to them. regarded as a religious community , will give a The recent change in the Ugandan governfavourable response. ment bids fair to allow the Baha'is to resume Mali their activities in the heart of Africa. Although recognition of the Faith had been Vietnam granted in Mali, the authorities decided in May After the change of government, the 1976 to impose restrictions on Baha'i activities National Spiritual Assembly was functioning and suspended the decree of recognition. Dr. for some time, though in a very limited way. 'Aziz Navidi is in contact with the authorities to However, this situation was short-lived. The dispel the misgivings of high government offi- authorities soon detained two members of the cials about the Faith, and it is anticipated that, National Spiritual Assembly, confiscated the once again, the Faith will be recognized. National J::Ia?iratu'l-Quds and changed it into Uganda an orphanage, and prevented the functioning In September 1977 , twenty-seven religious of the Baha'i Administration. Appeals have been made to the authorities through the organizations were banned in this country. Baha'i International Community and other Among them was the Baha'i Faith . The National Spiritual Assembly and all the Local channels. It is hoped that these appeals will bring forth favourable results and that the Assemblies had to suspend all their activities, beloved friends in Vietnam will again obtain while in the capital the resident Hand of the their freedom of worship, a freedom which is Ca use and other representatives of the Faith met with government officials to determine the guaranteed in the Vietnamese Constitution. extent of the implications of this ban . There are other countries where the Faith is Although abused in many localities by their restricted , but about which it is unwise to fellow-countrymen for belonging to a Faith report.

7. The Holding of Eight International Teaching Conferences-From July 1976 to February 1977 These eight International Teaching Conferences were attended by a total of approximately 15,000 believers from all parts of the world. The Hand of the Cause of God Number Place and Date representing the Universal House of Justice Attending

Helsinki, Finland Ugo Giachery 950 5- 8 July 1976 Anchorage, Alaska H. Collis Featherstone 1,005 23-25 July 1976 Paris, France Amatu'l-Baha Ruf:i.[yyih Khdnum 5,700 3 - 6 August 1976 Nairobi, Kenya William Sears 1,363 15-17 Oct. 1976 Hong Kong 'Alf-Akbar Furutan 506 27-30 Nov. 1976 Auckland, N. Z. Abu'l-Qasim Faiz( 1,195 19-22 Jan. 1977 Bahia, Brazil Enoch Olinga 1,300 27-30 Jan . 1977 Merida, Mexico Paul Haney 2,000 plus 4 - 6 Feb. 1977 82 THE BAH A' f WORLD

During the Helsinki Conference Dr. Justice by the National Spiritual Assembly of Giachery paid a courtesy call on Mr. T. Aura, the Baha'is of the United Kingdom. the Mayor of Helsinki . The Governor of Alaska sent a message of House of'Abdu'llah Pasha greeting to the Anchorage Conference which The announcement by the Universal House was read on his behalf by Lieutenant- of Justice of the acquisition of the House of Governor Lowell Thomas, Jr. ' Abdu'llah Pasha , in which 'Abdu'l-Baha lived Mr. Kurt Waldheim, Secretary-General of for twelve years, was made on 14 January the United Nations, sent a message to the Paris 1975. The purchase of this House, which Conference which was read on his behalf by derives its name from the Governor of 'Akka Mr. Luc Van Bellinghen , Director of the who completed the House during the early United Nations Information Centre in Paris; decades of the last century, is a supplementary this was the first occasion on which the United achievement of the Five Year Plan. Nations through a high-ranking officer sent a In September 1977 , the Universal House of message of goodwill to an international Baha'i Justice approved the plans for restoration preconference. pared by Mr. Ric;lvanu'llah Ashraf, a young The Hon. N. W. Munoko, the Minister for Persian Baha'i architect, and the actual work Works, addressed the Nairobi Conference. was started in December 1977 by a team of The Auckland Conference was opened by Persian Baha'is with experience of reconstruct- His Excellency the Right Hon. Robert D. Mul- ing certain of the Holy Places in friin. Certain doon, Prime Minister of New Zealand , and Sir aspects of the project have been contracted Dove-Myer Robinson , the Mayor of Auck- and the work is progressing. land. His Excellency Roberto Santos, Gove rnor Preservation and Microfilming of Documents of the State of Bahia, opened that Conference. Preservation of the Sacred Texts involves The Hon . Dr. Francisco Luna Kan, Gover- protecting them from acids from within as well nor of Yucatan, himself a Mayan , opened the as without the paper, and from the more usual Merida Conference. deterioration factors . Accordingly, extensive As the Baha'i world entered the second half tests of the acidity of the Tablets and of their of the Five Year Plan, these Conferences pro- surroundings were made and the decision vided an opportunity for examination of its taken to remove them from the translucent and achievements and appraisal of its unaccom- transparent folders and albums, which had plished tasks. developed dangerous acidity, and to place A pictorial report of these Conferences them in acid-free folders within acid-free storappears elsewhere in this volume. age boxes in which air could circulate freely. All available Tablets have been transferred, after microfilming, and are being stored in 8. Supplementary Achievements dehumidified rooms. In all, some 10,500 Protection of the Resting-Place of Shoghi documents from the Central Figures are now in Effendi acid-free storage. Additional Tablets still being A further supplementary accomplishment received are placed in acid-free storage even during the first half of the Five Year Plan was before microfilming. announced by the Universal House of Justice More than 2,000 of the Guardian's original in its cablegram of 5 February 197 5 to all letters having postscripts in his own hand have National Spiritual Assemblies: been similarly preserved, as well as his cables and draft manuscripts of his general letters and ANNOUNCE PURCHASE STRIP LAND GREAT NORTHERN LONDON CEMETERY FACING books. BELOVED GUARDIAN'S RESTING-PLACE Other historical documents similarly treated ENSURING PROTECTION SACRED PLOT. include handwritten manuscripts of several of PRAYERS GRATITUDE OFFERED DIVINE Baha'u'llah's books, Nabfl's original notes, THRESHOLD. receipts written by 'Abdu'l-Baha, autographed The negotiations for this purchase were con- photographs, notes by early amanuenses, ducted on behalf of the Universal House of copies of Tablets, and examples of calligraphy. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 83 At present, the letters received by the Guar- these letters have been indexed for Universal dian and already microfilmed are being trans- House of Justice retrieval on microfilm. The ferred to acid-free storage. Other material will Master Subject Index and its related Names be treated when adequate storage space Index used for this purpose have been designed becomes available. to provide a unified indexing system for use Microfilming of all available originals or ver- throughout the World Centre when all materified copies of the Tablets of the Central Fig- ial is on microfilm . ures of the Faith has been completed. Letters and papers received by ' Abdu'l- Great progress has been made with Baha are in process of being filmed. microfilming of the letters of the beloved Filming of letters received by the Guardian Guardian. As all such items arrive at the World is proceeding. Centre they will be microfilmed. Available All original film rolls are stored in a documents associated with the history of the maximum-security depository and a copy of Faith are also on film. each roll has been stored in a depository in Microfilming of the permanent letters and each of five different countries of the world for statements of the Universal House of Justice is safekeeping. up to date, and more than fourteen years of

A Baha'i worker prepares to read microfilmed documents. The preservation and microfilming of historical material is a continuing concern of the Baha'i World Centre.

"""

..., ::r: tT1 Ill ;:... ::r: > ...;_ :i:: :;<l r a

The House of'Abdu'l-Bahli in 'A kka, which was His official residence from 1897 to 1908, was acquired in 1975. The building, known locally as the house of'Abdu'llah Pasha, was the birthplace of Shoghi Effendi. Restoration of the house began in December 1977. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 85

3. SUMMARY OF NATIONAL GOALS AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS

1. National Spiritual Assemblies which were to approved a design prepared by Farfburz make Plans to Accommodate the Interna- ~ahba , who has been retained as architect for tional Conferences of 1976/1977 this Temple . Working drawings are being prepared by Mr. ~ahba and the structural Each of the National Spiritual Assemblies engineers in England. which served as host had a major and decisive On 27 February 1979 a cable was received role in making these Conferences successful. A stating that the necessary permit for the condetailed summary appears in section 7 under struction of the House of Worship had been 'World Centre Goals'. See also the pictorial issued by the authorities and that excavation of report, 'Arise!', elsewhere in this volume. the area had begun. In addition , many countries held 'Satellite' A fuller report appears in Part Four, section teaching conferences or summer or winter V of this volume. schools before or after the International Conferences, which were attended by many of Samoa those travelling to attend the latter. These In November 1975 , the National Spiritual 'Satellite' events included two summer schools, Assembly of Samoa purchased a twelve-acre an International Youth Conference, twentylot at an elevation of 1,800 feet, overlooking three National Teaching Conferences and one the city of Apia and not far from Vailima, the Regional Teaching Conference in Africa; four official residence of His Highness Malietoa summer schools, one Native Council, and six- Tanumafili II. His Highness visited the land teen National Teaching Conferences in the and was delighted with its location . Most of the Americas; one winter school and ten National city of Apia can be seen from the site, and when Teaching Conferences in Asia and the Pacific; the Temple has been erected it should be one summer school and seven National Teachclearly visible from a wide area below. ing Conferences in Australasia; and ten sum- Mr. I:Iusayn Amanat was appointed as mer schools, two winter schools, and fifteen architect for the Temple at Ri<;ivan 1978. His National Teaching Conferences in Europe. design was submitted to the Universal House of Justice in September of that year and to His 2. Countries where the Construction of Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II shortly there- Mashriqu'l-Adhkars is to be Initiated after. When the design had been approved, India plans were made for the laying of the founda- During the Ten Year Crusade, twenty-two tion stone. This ceremony took place on the acres of land in New Delhi were acquired for Temple site on 27 January 1979 with His the Mashriqu'I-Adhkar, but this property was Highness laying the stone. Amatu'l-Baha requisitioned by the Government for a green RuJ:ifyyih Khanum , the representative of the belt area. After several years of constant Universal House of Justice, participated by negotiation by the National Assembly, and placing in a niche in the stone a small casket of upon viewing the beautiful design for the Tem- dust from the Most Holy Shrine. More than ple, the Government agreed to release the 500 Baha'fs attended the ceremony and the entire twenty-two acres, as reported on 1 Feb- Conference which was held concurrently. Sixruary 1978. teen national communities from all parts of the On the occasion of the All-Asia Baha'f Pacific area were represented. Women's Conference in New Delhi , and at a In February 1979 an additional one acre of special ceremony on 17 October 1977 at the land was acquired adjacent to the Temple site Temple site , the Hand of the Cause Amatu'l- to the east to provide an approach to the Tem- Baha RuJ:ifyyih Khanum laid the foundation ple from the main road. stone for this important edifice. A fuller report appears in Part Four, section The Universal House of Justice has V of this volume. 86 THE BAHA'I WORLD

iran blies of Equatorial Guinea, Indonesia, and Preliminary steps were to be adopted to pave Nepal had to be disbanded; and those of Mali the way for the eventual construction of the and Somalia, which were goals of the Plan, Mawriqu'l-Adhkar in Tihran, circumstances could not be formed. However, it has been permitting. possible to form in 1977 and 1978 the National Although difficulties have prevented the Spiritual Assemblies of the Marshall Islands Baha'is in that country from actively engaging and the Mariana Islands, respectively, and in in this important project, a special committee the latter year two new National Spiritual has completed all drawings and details for the Assemblies in the zone of Western Asia, makconstruction. The plans have been checked and ing a total of eighteen National Spiritual made ready by an engineering firm in the Assemblies. United Kingdom, thus enabling immediate 4. National Spiritual Assemblies to be Incorpoinitiation of construction when circumstances rated permit. FIVE YEAR PLAN INCORPORATION 3. National Spiritual Assemblies to be Estab- GOALS Central and East Africa lished Ethiopia In Process In 1974 the number of National Spiritual Southern Africa Assemblies was 115 Reunion Goal Achieved The Five Year Plan goal was to form 16 South and West

Thus calling for a total of 131 Africa Goal Achieved Western Africa Total National Spiritual Assemblies , The Gambia Goal Achieved Ric;lvan 1979 130 Mali Circumstances Permitting GOALS ACHIEVED Mauritania Circumstances Permitting Central and East Africa Senegal Goal Achieved 1. Burundi 1 1978 Sierra Leone In Process Western Africa Upper Volta Goal Achieved 2. Mauritania 1978 Central America 3. Niger 1975 French Antilles Goal Achieved 4 . Senegal 1975 South America 5. Sierra Leone 1975 Surinam and 6. Togo 1975 French Guiana Goal Achieved 7. Upper Volta 1977 North-eastern Asia Central America Mariana Islands Goal Achieved 8. French Antilles 1977 South-eastern Asia Nonh America Hong Kong Goal Achieved 9. The Bahamas 1978 Nepa!2 Circumstances Permitting South America Singapore Goal Achieved 10. Surinam and French Guiana 1977 Western Asia Western Asia Turkey Circumstances Permitting 11. Jordan 1975 Auslralasia Australasia New Hebrides Goal Achieved 12. The New Hebrides 1977 Europe Europe Austria Circumstances Permitting 13. Cyprus 1978 Cyprus In Process 14. Greece 1977 Portugal Goal Achieved SUPPLEMENTARY ACHIEVEMENTS SUPPLEMENTARY ACHIEVEMENTS American Samoa Guyana In the course of the Plan , because of local Caroline Islands Nicaragua circumstances, the National Spiritual Assem- Central African 1 First established in 1969, dissolved in 1972; re-established Empire Tuvalu 1978. Goal achieved but recognition withdrawn in 1975. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 87 5. Baha'i Publishing Trusts to be Formed when they are taken into account approximately fifty of the language achievements rep- In 1974 the number of Baha'i Publishing resent supplemental language achievements of Trusts was 16 The Five Year Plan goal was to form an the Plan not covered by any goal. Ten additional languages were reported 'in process' and additional 6 no reports have yet reached the World Centre Thus calling for a total of 22 concerning progress in respect of eight of the Present number of Baha'i Publishing named language goals. Trusts 23 Because the purpose of these language goals TRUSTS ESTABLISHED PRIOR TO THE was to increase the availability of Baha'i litera- FIVE YEAR PLAN ture to friends and seekers, we have counted as Argentina Netherlands 'Publication ' circulation through newsletters Belgium Pakistan or mimeographed sheets, as well as publication Brazil Spain in book form. We have also listed languages Germany Sweden reported available on tape , as the specific goal India Taiwan was assigned to many countries of supplying Iran Uganda prayers and short excerpts from the Holy Texts Italy United Kingdom on tape for the friends to memorize in their Near East United States own languages. A detailed list of language and literature TO BE FORMED DURING THE FIVE achievements of the Five Year Plan appears in YEAR PLAN the bibliographic section of this volume, Part Australia Achieved October 197 5 Six, section II , subsections 6 to 9. Fiji Islands Achieved March 1975 Japan Achieved June 1975 7. Properties to be Acquired Korea Achieved February 1976 A. National lja;iratu'l-Quds Malaysia Achieved February 1976 FIVE YEAR PLAN GOALS ASSIGNED Philippine Islands Achieved April 1979 Central and East Africa SUPPLEMENTARY ACHIEVEMENT Burundi In Process Norway Achieved February 1976 Somalia Circumstances Permitting Western Africa 6. Languages into which Baha'i Literature is to Equatorial Guinea Circumstances be Translated and Published and Those in which Additional Publications are to be Permitting Mali Achieved made Mauritania Achieved (See also ' Publication & Dissemination of Niger Achieved Baha'i Literature,' section 4 of 'S ummary of Senegal Achieved Accomplishments in Other Areas'.) Sierra Leone Achieved Named Goal s Achieved Togo Achieved Africa 42 137 Upper Volta Achieved Americas 15 76 Central America Asia 38 62 Barbados Achieved Australasia 4 42 French Antilles Achieved Europe 30 40 North America Invented Bahamas Achieved Languages 1 South America 129 358 Surinam Achieved In addition to the languages named as goals, North-eastern Asia many countries were assigned to translate and Eastern Carolina Is. publish or record on tape Baha'i literature in (Ponape) In Process unspecified local languages used in their coun- Mariana Is. tries. These are not shown in the table above; (Guam) Achieved 88 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

Marshall ls. North-eastern Asia (Majuro) Achieved Eastern Caroline ls. Western Caro line Is. (Ponape) Achieved (Yap) In Process Mariana Is. South-eastern Asia (Guam) Achieved Hong Kong Achieved Marshall ls . Western Asia (Majuro) Achieved Jordan Achieved Western Caroline Is. Australasia (Yap) In Process New Hebrides Achieved South Central Asia New Zealand Bangladesh Achieved Cook Is. In Process South-eastern Asia Europe Hong Kong Achieved Cyprus Achieved Australasia Greece Achieved New Hebrides (Efate) Achieved SUPPLEMENTARY ACHIEVEMENTS New Zealand French Guiana Puerto Rico Cook Is. Achieved The Gambia Tonga In Process Europe B. National Temple Sites Cyprus Achieved Greece Achieved FIVE YEAR PLAN GOALS ASSIGNED Central and East Africa SUPPLEMENTARY ACHIEVEMENTS Burundi In Process Burma Soma lia Circumstances Permitting Zaire Achieved C. National Endowments Southern Africa Seychelles Achieved FIVE YEAR PLAN GOALS ASSIGNED Western Africa Central and East Africa Chad In Process Burundi In Process Equatorial Guinea Circumstances Somalia Achieved Permitting Zaire Achieved Gambia, The Achieved Southern Africa Mali Achieved Seychelles Achieved Mauritania Achieved Western Africa Niger Circumstances Equatorial Guinea Circumstances Permitting Permitting Nigeria Achieved Gambia, The Achieved Senegal Achieved Mali Achieved Sierra Leone Achieved Mauritania Achieved Togo Achieved Niger Achieved Upper Volta Achieved Senegal Achieved Central America Sierra Leone Achieved Barbados Achieved Togo Achieved French Upper Volta In Process Antilles In Process Central America Puerto Rico Achieved Barbados In Process North America French Antilles In Process Bahamas Achieved Puerto Rico Achieved South America North America Surinam Achieved Bahamas Achieved INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 89 South America F. Local lfa'{.iratu'l-Quds Surinam Achieved Goal Achieved

Nonh-eastern Asia Africa 799 998 Eastern Caroline ls. Americas 294 258 (Truk) Achieved Asia 140 152 Mariana ls. Australasia 52 58 (Guam) Achieved Europe 6 11 Marshall Is. 1,291 1,477 (Majuro) Achieved G. Local Endowments Western Caroline Is. Goal Achieved (Yap) In Process Africa 1,195 1,211 South Central Asia Americas 354 370 Bangladesh Achieved Asia 47 110 South-eastern Asia Australasia 0 1 Singapore Achieved Europe 2 3 Western Asia 1,598 1,695 Jordan Achieved H. Specific Property Goals A ustra/asia At least one local I:Ia~fratu'l-Quds in each New Hebrides Province: (Efate) Achieved Costa Rica Achieved in 4 of 7 New Zealand Provinces Cook Is. Achieved Korea Goal postponed Papua New Guinea Achieved At least one local I:Ia~fratu ' l-Quds on each of 5 Tonga In Process named islands: Europe Hawaiian Is. Achieved on 2 of 5 Cyprus Achieved named islands Greece Achieved At least one local I:Ia~fratu ' l-Quds on each of 3 SUPPLEMENTARY ACHIEVEMENTS named and 2 other major islands: Philippine Is. Achieved on 3 named Nigeria islands; 4 completed and in D. Summer Schools use. FIVE YEAR PLAN GOALS ASSIGNED At least one local I:Ia~fratu'l-Quds in each of 4 named regions: Central and East Africa United Kingdom Achieved in 3 of 4 Ethiopia Achieved regions; 1 region has 2 North-eastern Asia At least one local Endowment in each Prov- Hawaiian Islands In Process ince: South-eastern Asia Costa Rica Achieved in 4 of 7 Burma Achieved Provinces SUPPLEMENTARY ACHIEVEMENTS 8. Local Incorporations to be Achieved Guatemala Zambia Goal Achieved Malaysia Africa 78 Americas 892 906 E. District lfa'{.iratu'l-Quds and Institutes Asia 874 733 Australasia 139 130 Goal Achieved Europe 183 252 Africa 73 51 2,088 2,099 Americas 14 13 • While no Local Spiritual Assembly incorporation goals Asia 73 69 were assigned to Africa as Five Year Plan goals, the Australasia 0 0 following African countries were asked to continue efforts towards completion of unfulfilled local incorpora- Europe 1 1 tion goals of the Nine Year Plan. (The achievements 161 134 shown have been included in the total shown above.) 90 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Goal Achieved as pioneers. A special assignment to iran was Central African Empire 3 1 to send thirty-four pioneers "with special ca- Ghana 10 4 pacity and training in the establishment and Kenya 50 1 conducting of classes for Baha'i children to Malawi 5 Nigeria IO twenty-one countries in Africa; by 1975, Swaziland 5 5 twenty-nine such pioneers were reported to Zambia 11 11 have reached their posts. 95 23

9. Inter-Assembly Collaboration Projects INTERNATIONAL TRAVELLING TEACHERS At the outset of the Plan in 1974, ninety- Number Sent eight National Spiritual Assemblies were AFRICA More than 200 assigned to receive assistance through 444 pro- THE AMERICAS More than 3,200 ASIA More than 800 jects assigned to eighty-one National Spiritual AUSTRALASIA More than 300 Assemblies; and, as new National Spiritual EUROPE More than 500 Assemblies were formed during the course of More than 5,000 the Plan, additional projects were assigned. Number Received These projects included such efforts as acquisi- AFRICA More than 700 tion of properties; provision of literature; THE AMERICAS More than 1,700 teaching and consolidation projects , including ASIA More than 900 AUSTRALASIA More than 400 teaching of minorities ; supplying pioneers EUROPE More than 1,300 and travelling teachers, including pioneers More than 5,000 specializing in training of children's teachers; teaching conferences; opening of new ter- 10. Miscellaneous Untabulated Goals ritories; establishment of first Local Spiritual A. National Spiritual Assemblies to Select One Assemblies, and re-establishing lost Assembor More Believers from Local Comlies in goal countries. munities, and to Train Them to Help in In a few instances, due to local circum- Deepening Their Fellow Believers and in stances , only token assistance was possible; in Consolidating Their Local Communities most cases the collaboration extended was substantial and effective. For example , inter- This goal was assigned to fifty-two National Assembly collaboration made possible the Spiritual Assemblies; 102 National Spiritual purchase of twenty-two National f:la~fratu ' l Assemblies report various approaches to Quds and twenty-six Temple sites during the fulfilling it. Some have interpreted the goal Plan, and 2,605 pioneers and more than 5,000 broadly , reporting deepening sessions for both travelling teachers left their homes during the old and new believers, members of new Local course of the Five Year Plan to serve the Faith Spiritual Assemblies, women or youth; sumin other countries. These latter achievements mer school programs; youth and women's conare detailed below. ferences; and, especially, teacher-training PIONEERS Number Sent From institutes. One National Spiritual Assembly in AFRICA 57 17 countries of particular chose to focus on this goal, consider- THE AMERICAS 1,050 22 countries of ing it the key to fulfillment of all other goals, ASIA 1.189 18 countries of and developed an extensive program which AUSTRALASIA 78 7 countries of included visiting localities, training teachers, EUROPE --11.!. !l countries of 2,605 81 countries training a deepening cadre, and the establishment of twenty-seven five-week courses in var- Number Received By ious subjects, after which participants were AFRICA 521 41 countries expected to return to their homes to share what THE AMERICAS 728 37 countries ASIA 729 34 countries they had learned before being permitted to AUSTRALASIA 163 10 countries enroll for further courses. This program has EUROPE 464 _l!! countries had great success, resulting not only in 2,605 140 countries increased expansion, but also in deepening, Of special interest among the pioneer goals consolidation, and strengthening of Baha'i were several requiring native believers to arise family and community life . INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA ' I ACTIVITIES 91 In addition , Continental Boards of Counsel- localities in Guatemala, and from Panama lors, by training Auxiliary Board members and embarked on a three-nation travel-teaching by encouraging the appointment and training trip. The National Spiritual Assemblies of of assistants to the Auxiliary Boards, have Benin, the Solomon Islands, and the South assisted hundreds of believers on each conti- West Pacific Ocean have reported the first nent to play a major role in strengthening the native women elected to their National administrative institutions of the Faith and in Spiritual Assemblies. stimulating the friends to greater achievements More than 1,000 Baha'i women from all in all fields of Baha'i activity. over Asia, with observers and speakers from Europe and America , gathered in New Delhi , B. National Spiritual Assemblies which are to India, 13-16 October 1977, for the Asian Organize Baha'i Activities for Women Baha'i Women's Conference. The presence of Although this goal was originally assigned to the Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha Ru~iyyih only eighty National Spiritual Assemblies, Khanum as the most distinguished guest and activities toward its achievement have been principal speaker was a source of great joy and reported by 115 National Assemblies in many happiness for the believers. Before the Conparts of the world. Baha'i activities by and for ference opened and while it was in progress, women have included greater participation in a Ru~fyyih Khanum met five ministers of the wide range of endeavours to further the prog- Government of India, which served to strengthress of the Cause: women's conferences; fam- en cordial and personal relationships with ily life conferences; classes in child care, read- these high dignitaries. The Conference ing, nutrition and hygiene, arts and crafts; and received wide coverage in the news media in many others. Particularly significant has been a India, and many of the participants also travelgreat increase in regular children's classes, led to other parts of the country in a postmany of them taught by women's groups, and conference teaching plan. the formation of women's teaching teams. Another significant international women 's Some of these latter have visited islands in the conference was the West African Baha'i New Hebrides following a women's conference Women's Conference held in Monrovia 28-31 there, spent four months opening new December 1978, on the theme of 'Spiritual

a ASIAN BAHAl WOMEN·s ' , CONFERENCE

Asian Baha'i Women's Conference, New Delhi, India; 13-16 October 1977. The photograph shows a few of the more than 1,000 representatives who attended. The Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha Ruf:iiyyih Khanum is seen seated in the centre. 92 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Education of Women: Foundation for a New in western Europe and Australasia, many Human Society'. It was attended by 150 opportunities to gain radio and TV time have women from fourteen different countries, and been seized upon. In the United States the Jeff opened by the Liberian Minister of Informa- Reynolds' Show, Fireside Playhouse, and Divine tion and a woman Senator. Again, extensive Art of Living (Spanish) radio series have been radio, television and press coverage brought widely used, as well as radio specials and series the Faith to the attention of thousands of of public service announcements. In India the Liberians from every stratum of society. government has authorized announcements of Many smaller local, regional, national and Baha'i events and festivals. Radio Sri Lanka international conferences took place, and it has repeatedly broadcast a series of programs was especially significant that in many of the prepared in India, and mini-dramas from developing countries, where such behavior on Japan have been widely utilized. In total, some the part of men is almost unknown, the Baha'i thirty-five countries have reported radio promen would prepare the food and care for the gramming for varied lengths of time, not children in order to enable their wives to par- including the scattered reports from every ticipate in the conference sessions. corner of the world of radio and television interviews of Baha'i travelling teachers, of spot See 'Survey of Activities of Baha'i Women announcements of Baha'i activities, etc. In St. in the Five Year Plan ,' Part Three, section IV, Martin, French Antilles, TV programs have subsection 4 of this volume. almost continuously been on the air since 197 5. C. National Spiritual Assemblies which are The first Baha'i radio station, Radio Baha'i, Specifically Called upon to Expand the use of Cajas and Otavalo, Ecuador, began regular of Radio and/or Television broadcasting in December 1977, and it is Thirty-nine National Spiritual Assemblies hoped a shortwave unit will be added shortly at were assigned the specific task of expanding Lake Cuicocha. the use of radio and television for proclamation In Canada a weekly cablevision telecast entiand teaching of the Faith. Developments have tled Baha'f News was under way for many been impressive , notably in Latin America. months in the Toronto area, the videotapes Audio recording studios have been estab- being used in other Canadian cities. In the lished in some twenty-one countries. A centre United States videotapes were produced and for distribution of radio scripts, tapes and used for a highly successful training program information-Centro para lntercambio for Local Assembly members . The National Radiof6nico Baha'i de America Latina (CIR- Spiritual Assembly of Hawaii , collaborating BAL)-was established in E l Salvador and is with the Hand of the Cause William Sears, in now based in Trinidad; it publishes a periodic 1975 completed thirteen color TV programs news bulletin entitled Ondas Baha'fs. Three entitled The New World; the series was telecast international radio and television conferences several times in Hawaii, in Alaska and the have been held, and radio-television work- United States, and individual videotapes have shops and seminars have been conducted in had wide usage. The Green Light Expedition many countries in Latin America, from which film has been extensively shown on TV chanderived the booklet Transmit Thy Knowledge nels in many parts of the world. The crisis in on Baha'i radio methods. Extensive radio Persia has brought extraordinary opportunities programs have been in use in Ecuador, Peru, for proclamation of the Faith by television and Paraguay, Bolivia and the French Antill es, and radio in the western countries. there are intermittent but continuing radio A fuller report appears in the survey appearprograms in Puerto Rico, Jamaica, Belize, ing in Part Three, section IV, subsection 5 of Trinidad and Tobago , Guyana , the Leeward this volume. and Virgin Islands, Colombia , Liberia and other countries. In Africa the Central African D. National Spiritual Assemblies which are Empire holds the record with its more than Specifically Called upon to hold National three years of twice-weekly radio broadcasts; Teaching Conferences earlier it was able to produce many TV pro- The holding of annual National Teaching grams. In Samoa, Hawaii, A laska and Canada, Conferences was a goal assigned to eighty INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 93

The third annual Baha'( Children's Conference of Guyana, Georgetown, Guyana; March 1977. More than 1, 100 national and regional teaching conferences were held throughout the Baha'( world during the Five Year Plan in addition to numerous children's conferences.

National Spiritual Assemblies. Reports ~y 117 correspondence courses in four languages; National Assemblies indicate that more than India reports about 1,000 new believers en- 1,100 National and Regional Teaching Con- rolled annually through correspondence courses ferences were held during the course of the in nine languages. Five Year Plan. F. National Spiritual Assemblies Called upon The spiritual stimulus imparted at such conto Increasingly Teach and Enrol People ferences has impelled the believers to greater from Specific Minorities and Other Groups efforts to achieve the goals of the Plan. Many countries have held conferences twice each Enrolment of minorities has been extensive year, or added a series of regional conferences in many parts of the world, whether or not and deepening institutes for further enrich- specifically assigned as a goal. Examples ment and development of the distinctive include Pygmies in Zaire , African refugees in character of Baha'i life. Portugal, Poles in Switzerland, and Cypriots in the United Kingdom, Koreans in Samoa , E. National Spiritual Assemblies which are to Chinese and ' Bush Pagans' in the Solomons, as Develop and Conduct Correspondence well as native tribes in many countries. Espe- Courses cially successful in reaching many different Development of correspondence courses for minorities in their countries have been teaching and deepening was a goal assigned to Australia, Benin, Chad, the Cameroon fifteen National Spiritual Assemblies; they are Republic, Guyana, Surinam and French also in use in a number of other countries, some Guiana, and Venezuela . Members of several of which have been using them for many years. minorities have been enrolled in Afghanistan. During the Five Year Plan thirty-seven Chile has enrolled nine members of the vanish- National Spiritual Assemblies have reported ing Alacaluf tribe at the southernmost tip of on the use of correspondence courses for teach- South America; Fiji reports mass e nrolm ents ing and/or deepening, for children , youth , in areas of large populations from India, of adults and families. Seven countries in Latin both Sikh and Hindu backgrounds. Several America are making good use of a variety of Latin American countries are reaching remote courses, including some for literacy training. areas through extensive use of radio program- Pakistan is using a correspondence course for ming in Quechua and Guajira. youth; Italy has courses for parents and chil- An example of the great value of such minordren. Malaysia and the Philippines each report ity enrolments to the future of the Faith is the 94 THE BAHA'I WORLD

report received that Yugoslavs of A lbanian The practice has been stimulated in Samoa background, who enrolled in th e Faith in Lux- by the early morning devotional radio broadembourg, have returned to Yugoslavia, so me casts sponsored by the Faith. Early morning for holidays and some to live. Their homes in prayers are also broadcast by Radio Baha'i Yugoslavia lie near the border with Albania, Ecuador and some other nationa l comwhich is still a virgin territory for the Faith. munities. Also among the fundamentally importa nt H. Miscellaneous achievements of the Five Year Plan has been the increasing participation in all as pects of the a. Transfer of the remains of members of the work of the Cause by native believers around Holy Family of the Bab (assigned to iran) th e world . Increasingly they are being elected Special circumstances prevailing in the counto adm inistrative bodies; arising as travel- tries of the Middle East have held up the purte achers a nd pioneers, both internationall y suit of this goa l. a nd on the homefront; represen ting the Faith b. Acquire Ho ly Sites in !ran and 'Iraq (iran) in proclam ation efforts; contributing in cash, Altho ugh the fo rtress Chihrfq came into the kind and effort to the Funds of the Faith and to possession of the National Spiritual Assembly the achieve ment of property goals; and of Iran in 1972, the necessary legal procedures fulfilling unsung but necessary committee and documents were completed during the work, translation work, organization of con- Five Year Plan. ferences, and the like . Their efforts and The title deed fo r that portion of the fort ress accomplishments have brought great joy to the of Mah-Ku which served as the Bab's prison Universal House of Justice, and give great has been obtain ed, and this Ho ly Place is now promise for the futur e of the Faith in their owned by the Baha'i Faith. countries. c. Establish an Institute of Higher Studies ofthe In all , 168 minorities are listed as enro ll ed in Fa ith (iran) Africa during the Plan, seventy-seven in the Americas, sixty-two in Asia , sixty-seven in Th is project was inaugurated at Ric;lvan 1975. Its purpose is to prepare a number of Australasia, and fifteen in E urope, for a total of selected believers to pursue adva nced and 389 . detailed studies about the history , teachings G. Encourage the Friends to Gather for Early and principles of the Faith and its relationship Morning Prayers in Their Local Com- with other religions and va rious schoo ls of munities in Localities Where Such Gather- philosophy and thought. It is intended to be a n ings Would Fit into the Pattern of the Institute for both study and research. Accord- Friends' Lives ing to a previous report, the Writings in Persian, Arabic and E ngli sh are being studied in This goa l was assigned to seventy-two Nationa l Spiritual Assemblies: thirty-six in this Institute, and there are five instructors and twenty stude nts. It is hoped that this nucleus Africa, thirtee n in the A mericas, eight in will grow in to a very useful Institute which will Australasia and the Pacific, and fifteen in Asia . meet the needs of th e Faith in the years to In all , eighty-eight National Spiritu al come . Asse mblies have reported community ga therings for early morning prayers. Reports d. With a view to attracting great numbers to the received indicate increasing frequency of this Cause, develop intensive teaching and conin spiring and unifying practice in increasing solidation plans in at least three of the States numbers of local communities, including some visited by 'Abdu'l-Bahd (United States) in Europe and in other countries which had not In response to the call to develop intensive been assigned this goa l. Some gatherings are teaching and consol idation pl a ns in at least sporadic, but the most usual frequency seems three of the States visited by' Abdu' l-Baha durto be weekly, although some communities ing His stay in the United States, the National re port daily gatherings. In additio n to loca l Spiritual Assembly of that country selected meetings, some co untries report regular meet- California , praised by the Master for its natural ings at the National I;Ia~fratu'l-Quds or Tem- splendours and about which He expressed the ple sites. hope that it would 'earn an ideal similarity with z ..., tTl :<l z ...,> z > r "'c:: :<l < tTl -<: .,, (') c:: :<l :<l tTl ...,z tD > :r: » > (') ..., - < j tTl "'

Maori and Polynesian Baha'(s of New Zealand ga 1hered at the Orakei Marae Meeting House; January, 1979. The Hand of the Cause Amatu'l- Baha Ruf:ifyyih Khdnum is seen in the centre holding an infant. '° Ul 96 THE BAHA'I WORLD

the Holy Land'; Illinois, the first place in development of this School at Panchgani, as America where the Name of Baha' u'llah was follows: publicly mentioned , and where 'Abdu'l-Baha 1. A multi-purpose building was inauguplaced the foundation stone on the lakefront rated at Naw-ruz 1978. site where today stands the holiest House of 2. Land has been acquired and approval Worship in the Baha'i world; and New York, given by the House of Justice on 2 Februon whose great metropolis the Master be- ary 1979 to establish a diploma course for stowed the title 'City of the Covenant', for it was training teachers at the pre-primary level there that He explained for the first time in the in the near future. West the implications of His unique office as 3. A Rural Development Project, financed Centre of the Covenant of Baha'u'llah. by an individual and designed to improve To the friends in these three States, the the standard of living of the people in National Spiritual Assembly gave a high por- villages near the New Era School, was tion of the numerical goals assigned to the established, and plans are being made in American Baha'i community-twenty-one per consultation with the donor to further cent of the 7,000 localities to be raised, thirty expand this project into the appropriate per cent of the 1,400 Local Spiritual Assem- technology and cottage industries area of blies to be formed, and forty per cent of the rural development. Assembly incorporations to be achieved. 4. Children of pioneers from other areas, e. Assume a major role in promoting the spread particularly the Arabian countries, were of the Faith in the Far East (Japan) provided with the opportunity to attend Nine travelling teachers from Japan visited this School. several areas in Korea during the months of A fuller report appears in Part Three, sec- December 1975 and January 1976. tion IV, subsections 6 and 7 of this volume. f Greatly intensify the teaching work along the Black Sea coast (Turkey) Rabbani School There are now at least five Local Spiritual This School was re-established in July 1977, Assemblies and five groups along the Black and is designed to be vocational in atmosphere Sea coast and the route ofBaha'u'llah's travels . with emphasis placed on agricultural sciences useful to village development. An academic g. Develop the New Era and Rabbani Schools and Baha'i curriculum has been developed , and increase the number of village tutorial poultry and fishery operations have begun, and schools (India) extensive landscaping and construction of new New Era School facilities are planned so that an eventual Great strides have been made in the enrolment of 300 students will be realized.

Some students of the Ideal Baha'i Primary School, Dharmanager, North Tripura, India, with the rickshaw which transports them to their classes. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 97

Some students of the Bahti'( Primary School, Tadung, Gangtock, Sikkim. Counsellor Shirin Boman is seen in the centre, back row, with two members of the staff

Tutorial Schools Commission published World Religions: A The development of tutorial schools has Handbook for Teachers, a work compiled by played a great role in the teaching and consoli- the SHAP Working Party on World Religions dation activities of the Baha'i communities in in Education. This book, in large format, con- India. At present there are forty-nine such tains six full pages under 'The Baha'i Faith', schools in operation in that country. comprising an excellent statement prepared by h. Develop the Baha'i Education Trust recently the National Spiritual Assembly and a list of established (Iran) Baha'i literature categorized as Primary This Trust was established in 197 4. Its pur- Sources-the Sacred Writings and works of pose is to provide earmarked capital, the inter- the Guardian; Secondary Sources-histories, est of which is to be used in providing scholar- lives of the Founders, exegesis; and Periodicals ships to deserving students, enabling them to and Leaflets. It is available to all teachers in the pursue their studies in goal countries. The United Kingdom and at present some 500 amount of capital in this Trust has been gradu- copies have been taken up. The Baha'i friends ally increasing, and it is hoped that in the near are calling it to the attention of teachers in their future there will be sufficient funds to satisfac- localities. torily carry out the purpose for which the Trust k. Cultivate opportunities for courses on the was created. Faith in Canadian institutions ofhigher learni. Develop the existing Baha'i schools (Sikkim) ing (Canada) There are two tutorial schools operating in The National Spiritual Assembly of Canada different parts of the country, both of which formed the Canadian Association for Studies have brought prestige to the Faith in that land. on the Baha'i Faith as the principal instrumen- There is also a school located in the capital city tality for meeting this goal. Four national of Gangtok, which has become very popular annual meetings of the Association have been and is considered one of the best schools in held, six bilingual Bulletins have been circu- Sikkim. At present, this school has around 300 lated, and five popular volumes of Baha'i students. Studies have been issued. The Association has j. Study and implement as far as possible the use announced the forthcoming publication of a in schools and colleges of specially prepared new work, under the auspices of the Universite textbooks on the Faith (United Kingdom) de Montreal , designed to provide an authorita- This goal, although a continuing one with no tive textbook for studies on the Baha'i Faith in finality, has got away to a good start and may universities and colleges; the book will appear certainly be counted as accomplished for the in both French and English. Significant pro- Five Year Plan . The National Spiritual Assem- gress has been made in introducing formal prebly is represented on a number of government sentations of the Faith in Canadian instituand other agencies dealing with the problem of tions of higher learning. religious education in schools, and in See also the report appearing in Part Three, December 1976 the Community Relations section IV, subsection 3 of this volume . 98 THE BAHA'I WORLD

4. SUMMARY OF OTHER ACCOMPLISHMENTS 1. Increase the Number of Believers, Local Spiritual Assemblies and Localities where Bahli'is Reside A major objective of the Five Year Plan was to achieve a 'vast and widespread expansion of the Baha'i community'. The following tables show the extent to which this goal was achieved. The number of believers increased by 43 per cent worldwide from June 1974, at the beginning of the Plan, to April 1979. Increase In crease Africa 53% Australasi a 117% The Americas 27 % Europe 25% Asia 44% Local Spiritual Assemblies increased during the same period by 79 per cent, from a total of 14,228 to 25 ,511. June 1974 April 1979 ln crease Africa 4,113 5,376 31% The Americas 3,193 5,752 80% Asia 6,265 13,163 110% Australasia 278 583 110% Europe 379 637 68% The number of localities increased during the same period by 67 per cent, from 61,815 to 103,323. June 1974 April 1979 Increase Africa 13,363 26,111 95% The Americas 15 ,835 22,577 43% Asia 29 ,198 49,794 71% Australasia 1,445 2,376 64% Europe 1,974 2,465 25% Many National Spiritual Assemblies were Spiritual Assemblies in Europe have at least specifically called upon to 'grea tly increase the doubled the number of Local Spiritual number of believers' from all strata of society. Assemblies. In addition, thirty-six National A comparison of the figures shown in the tables Assemblies have achieved increases of double of thi.s report with the first reports received at or more in the number of localities, several by the beginning of the Five Year Plan show that as much as five-fold. Twenty-seven National sixty-three National Spiritual Assemblies have Spiritual Assemblies have increased the at least doubled the number of Local Spiritual number of believers under their jurisdiction by Assemblies in the territories under their juris- double or more. Nineteen National Spiritual diction and many of these have achieved much Assemblies have at least doubled their numlarger increases: one National Spiritual bers in all three sets of statistics: eleven in Assembly has achieved a nine-fold increase, Africa, three in the Americas, two in Asia, two one a seven-fold increase, one a six-fold in Australasia, and one in Europe (Cyprus). increase, five have quintupled, six quadrupled, The greatest growth of all has been in Upper eight tripled, seventeen achieved a two-and- Volta, which has multiplied the number of its a-half-fold increase, and twenty-four have Local Spiritual Assemblies by nine times, the doubled the numbers of Local Spiritual number of its localities by twelve times, and the Assemblies under their jurisdiction. Of these, number of believers by more than eighteen all but three of the National Spiritual Assem- times. The National Spiritual Assembly of the blies in Africa, half of the National Spiritual Hawaiian Islands entered the Plan with Local Assemblies in the Americas and more than Spiritual Assemblies in every possible locality; one-third of the National Assemblies of Asia, during the Plan Singapore also reached the all but two of the National Spiritual Assemblies maximum number of Local Spiritual Assemin Australasia, and two of the National blies possible within its area of jurisdiction. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 99 BAHA'fS IN THE GENERAL Partially Achieved: Austria, 8 of 9 Prov- POPULATION inces; Guatemala, 19 of 22 Departments; Netherlands, 10 of 11 Provinces; Philippine The following percentages have been calcu- Islands , 49 of 74 Provinces; Sweden, 21 of lated using the number of believers reported to 24 Lan the World Centre as of 20 April 1979 in each country's final Five Year Plan report, and the -Establish a Local Spiritual Assembly in the most recent population statistics avai lable to capital city of each Province: the Statistics Department. Where no report of Partially Achieved: Costa Rica, 6 of 7 Provnumber of believers was sent, the last availab le inces figure has been used. Ten countries or ter- -Establish at least 4 Local Spiritual Assemritories, as listed below, have a Baha'i popula- blies in Cantons previously without any: tion exceeding one per cent of the genera l Achieved: Switzerland population. In addition, Alaska shows more -Establish Local Spiritual Assemblies in than 0.99 per cent and Bolivia 0.95 per cent. tribal areas: Gi lbert Islands & Tuvalu Nationa l Assembly Specific Goal Achieved 8.77% Sikkim 2.98% Australia 3 in aboriginal areas 7 Marshall Is. 2.58% Botswana 3 in Bushman areas 8 + Solomon Is. 2.05 o/o U nited States 25 on Indian Belize 2.03% Reservations 31 Tonga 1.86% Zaire 5 amo ng Pygmies 21+ Falkland Is. 1.37% -Establish Local Spiritual Assemblies in Caroline Is. 1.37% specified places: Samoa 1.20% National Assembly Specific Goal Achieved Swaziland 1.03 o/o Denmark 1 in Bornholm 1 group Ecuador 1 in Galapagos 2. Strive to have the Baha'i Community repre- Islands 2 sented broadly across the geographical areas Finland 1 in Lappland 1 of national jurisdiction France 6 in named areas 2 SPECIFIC TEACHING GOALS Spain 1 each in 5 named areas 4 -Establish at least 10 Local Spiritual Assem- Venezuela 4 on Isla Margarita 4 blies in each Province: 1 each on Aruba & Achieved: Zaire Bona ire 1 Partially Achieved: Kenya, 6 of 7 Provinces -Establish groups in towns and major villages -Establish at least 4 Local Spiritual Assem- visited by Baha'u'llah (Turkey): blies in each State: Partially Achieved: 5 Local Spiritual Partially Achieved: Germany, 9 of 11 States Assemblies and 5 groups established among 18 towns and villages - Establish at least 2 Local Spiritual Assem- -Open all localities: blies in each major ad ministrative unit of the Achieved: United Kingdom country: Partially Achieved: Mauritius, 175 of 237 Achieved: Belize and Jamaica localities Partially Achieved: Colombia, 31 of 32 -Establish from one to three localities in each administrative units Province, Department, County or other -Establish at least one Local Spiritual national administrative unit: Assembly in each major administrative unit of Achieved: Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, the country: Rwanda. Uganda reported achievement in Achieved: Argentina, Belgium, Central 1977 before disruption of local conditions. African Empire, Chile, Ecuador, Fiji, Mex- No recent report has been received. ico, Nicaragua, Nigeria, Paraguay, Peru, Partially Achieved: Denmark, 10 of 14 Singapore, United Kingdom, Uruguay, Counties; France, 53 of 96 Departments; Venezuela, Rwanda Norway, 18of19 Counties 100 THE BAHA'f WORLD

'Erena Roe', a 40-foot catamaran built in Kiribati and Tuvalu for use in teaching the Bahd'{ Faith throughout the islands. The vessel, launched in April 1977, was named for Elena and Roy Fernie, Knights of Bahd'u'llah for the Gilbert Islands. Jn the foreground are seen John Thurston (left) and Terimwi Tonga (right) who operate the vessel.

-Open all populated islands to the Faith: report that the number of believers in Achieved: Mariana Islands; Tonga; Marshall Tuvalu is more than doubled. Islands Switzerland opened four specified Can- Partially Achieved: Caroline Islands, 35 of tons, two of which now have more than 43 islands; Solomon Islands reports efforts, fifteen localities. but no specific report has been received; Samoa has not reported. 3. Provide for the efficient and rapid dissemination of news and messages -Raise number of major islands opened to the Faith to 9: During the course of the Five Year Plan, Achieved: Fiji Islands, with 11 reported publication of various kinds of newsletters and opened bulletins increased from 149 published by -Many National Spiritual Assemblies were ninety-three National Spiritual Assemblies in requested to open or increase the number of 1974 to 176 published by 101 National localities in a variety of tribal, minority, or Spiritual Assemblies in 1979. These include other specified areas. Among achievements special bulletins for women, children and reported are these: youth, as well as multiple editions in more than Chad established several new localities in one language of the country. Some National northern and desert region tribal areas. Spiritual Assemblies also report publication of Kenya established the Faith on at least Nineteen Day Feast letters or newsletters, two islands in Lake Victoria. sometimes including readings prepared for the Norway established a Local Assembly in Feast, in four or five languages. the Lofoten Islands and increased their In addition, some National Spiritual localities to 40 , including Spitzbergen. Assemblies have been able to disseminate India reports the establishment of many news of meetings, elections, special visitors, new localities and increased teaching and the like through the use of spot announceactivities in 11 specified areas. ments on local or national radio stations. A full Papua New Guinea increased the level of report of the use of radio and television during teaching activity in the Highlands of New the Five Year Plan is included elsewhere in this Guinea. There are now 22 Assemblies and report. 135 localities in the area. See also Part Three, section IV, subsection 5 The Gilbert Islands (Kiribati) and Tuvalu of this volume. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 101 4. Increase the Publication and Dissemination Some National Spiritual Assemblies are also of Baha'i Literature beginning to prepare materials for literacy training, in such languages as Guajiro During the course of the Five Year Plan, (Ecuador) and Sidamigna (Ethiopia). literature has been published in more than 185 A detailed listing of language accomplishlanguages, approximately thirty of them for the ments will be found in the bibliographic section first time, including the production of such of this volume. materials as pamphlets and books for use in Where necessary, National Spiritual teaching activities, in deepening and in chil- Assemblies were assisted from the Literature dren's classes; selected prayers and short selec- Subvention Fund for the purchase or publications for memorization, and scholarly works tion of essential literature and its distribuand compilations of the Sacred Texts. The tion-often at prices below cost-to reinforce World Centre library reports that it has a total their teaching, consolidation, and deepening inventory of 1,380 titles in 279 languages other objectives. than English, of which 937 titles in 135 languages were received at the World Centre dur- 5. Baha'i Communities at present dependent ing the Five Year Plan. on outside help to aim at becoming financi- In addition, translations have been made but ally self-supporting not yet published in more than 150 languages, of which at least sixty are first translations in In 197 4, 64 per cent of all National Spiritual that language . Translations into nearly sixty Assemblies received all or part of their languages have been recorded on tape in pre- national budgets from international Baha'i paration for dissemination in areas where funds (74 of 115 National Spiritual Assemmany of the friends cannot read, or in lan- blies). By the 1978-9 budget year, this figure guages which as yet have no writing system. was reduced to 52 per cent of all National

I K l ' i -AB- 1 - i Q_.\N

l l , l , ' · 1 . 1 __, , ,

A handsome edition of Baha'u'llah's Kitab-i-fqan, translated from Shoghi Effendi's English into Xhosa by Robert Mazibuko, was produced by the National Spiritual Assembly of South and West Africa in the closing months of the Five Year Plan. More than 900 titles, in 135 languages, were received at the World Centre during the Plan. 102 THE BAHA'f WORLD

In Africa, twenty-eight National Spiritual Assemblies report extension teaching by Local Spiritual Assemblies, including over 200 Local Assemblies in Kenya, and fifty or more in South and West Africa. In the Americas, twenty-one National Spiritual Assemblies report such extension teaching, including more than thirty Local Spiritual Assemblies in Brazil, twenty-seven in Ecuador, and twenty-five in Honduras. In Asia, such extension teaching is reported by sixteen National Spiritual Assemblies, including 139 Local Spiritual Assemblies in Korea . In Australasia, nine of ten National Spiritual Assemblies report extension teaching goals adopted, including all Local Spiritual Assemblies in Australia and fifteen in the Solomon Islands. In Europe, ten National Spiritual Assemblies report extension teaching by Local His Majesty Sobhuza II, King of Swaziland, Assemblies under their jurisdiction, including accepts from Dr. M. Ahmadi of lnin an twelve Local Spiritual Assemblies in Switzerilluminated Baha'f prayer for unity. Dr. land . Ahmadi was a principal speaker at the dedication on 15 April 1979 of a new interdenominational church at Lobamba, Swazi- 7. Foster cordial relations with people of promland. More than 10,000 people attended the inence and those in authority. event, sponsored by His Majesty as one Seize opportunites to increase the recognimeans of encouraging unity among the tion of the Faith through the incorporation of people in his country. Spiritual Assemblies and the recognition of Baha'i Marriage Certificates and of Baha'i Spiritual Assemblies (66 of 126 National Holy Days Spiritual Assemblies). To assist National Spiritual Assemblies The boundary between these two types of whose goals required funds exceeding their activity is not clear-cut, and many activities resources, the Universal House of Justice allo- reported from around the world involve both cated special amounts to facilitate construction 'fostering cordial relations' and various kinds of J:la'.?iratu' l- Quds, to finance special teaching of recognition, both legal and otherwise, some projects, and for use in subvention of literature of which result directly from these efforts. and audio-visual materials. In addition, Meetings of various kinds with the authorities, through inter-Assembly collaboration assign- and with prominent persons in other fields, ments, eighty-one National Spiritual Assem- which have been reported to the World Centre, blies provided financial assistance to their sister range from meetings with village chiefs, some- Assemblies throughout the world for major times to obtain permission for teaching in their achievements of the Plan . localities, to meetings by travelling international dignitaries of the Faith with ruling sovereigns, other heads of government, and 6. Extension teaching goals to be adopted by or members of their immediate families. Innumassigned to an increasing number of Local erable interviews are reported from almost Spiritual Assemblies every national community, and they are Reports received indicate increasing under- increasing rapidly as the Faith comes more and standing throughout the Baha'i world of the more to public notice. Only the highlights can importance of such extension teaching goals. be reported here. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 103 Of particular interest in this regard is the systematic five-phase program organized in Australia, in each phase of which groups contact certain types of authorities, the press, and other influential persons at national, regional and local levels. The response to these interviews has generally been very favourable, with such remarks reported as 'Our country needs these principles', and invitations to share them as widely as possible. Legal incorporations, both national and local, have been reported elsewhere in this report. Tax exemption has been granted to the Faith during the Plan in Kenya, India, Fiji, New Zealand, Madagascar, Argentina, Costa Rica, and Malaysia, and an import licence was granted to the Faith in Ghana. In the Sudan, permission has been granted to the National Spiritual Assembly to appoint a representative for dealing with the courts in matters of Baha'i inheritance. Recognition of the Baha'i marriage ceremony as fulfilling legal marriage requirements has been achieved in Belize, Denmark, Italy, Scotland, and New Hebrides. Mrs . Dorothy Francis, a Salteaux Indian In Canada the Baha'i Shrine in Montreal has Bahd'{, was awarded the Order of Canada in received official government designation as a April 1978 for her services to Canadian Sanctuaire, and in the United States the Baha'i Indians and her efforts to preserve their culture. House of Worship has been entered in the official Register of Historic Sites. In Pakistan, Turkey, and the Solomon Islands the Faith has Association); Leo Reano Memorial Award been recognized as a separate minority relig- (National Education Association) ion; in Turkey, Baha'ls may have their Faith Canada listed in their identity cards; and in the Sol- Mrs. Dorothy Francis: Order of Canada (for omons, the Faith was listed as a separate entry services to Canadian Indians) in the 1977 national census. Baha'i Holy Days El Salvador have been gazetted in Malaysia, and in Tonga Baha'i Community of El Salvador: United the National Spiritual Assembly has been Nations Peace Medal certified as a permanent member of the Hospi- Papua New Guinea tal Board of Visitors-a certification limited to Mrs. El ti Kunak: British Empire Medal (for the heads of various faiths. Baha'i symbols work with women's clubs) have been registered as official trademarks in United Kingdom the Cameroons , the Central African Empire, Mr. Bernard Leach: Companion of Honour and in Iceland. Mr. Norman Bailey: Commander of the An increasing number of individual Baha'is Order of the British Empire around the world are receiving official honours Dr. Richard St. Barbe Baker: Order of the from national and local governments and pro- British Empire (for lifelong service to the cause fessional organizations, in recognition of their of conservation) outstanding contributions in many fields. United States Among those which have been reported to the Mr. Robert Hayden: Appointed Consultant World Centre are included the following: in Poetry to the Library of Congress Alaska Dr. Dorothy Nelson: Pax Orbis Ex Jure Mr. Raymond Hudson: Willard Bowman Medallion Award (Centre Associates , World Award for Human Rights (Alaska Education Peace Through Law Centre) 104 THE BAHA'I WORLD

In a few instances, authorities are beginning ous countries, and the Faith has figured in symto turn to the institutions of the Faith-for posia at universities in Canada and Sweden. example, in Zaire the National Spiritual Germany: Dr. Udo Schaefer's The Light Assembly, among other bodies, was invited to Shineth in Darkness (George Ronald, Pubcomment on proposed changes in the educa- lisher) was enthusiastically reviewed in Choice, tional system. a publication of the Association of College and Especially interesting is the number of edu- Research Libraries (a division of the American cational institutions which have granted per- Library Association) as an 'exceptionally mission and even invited the Baha'is to offer informative ... well expressed, scholarly preregular classes on the Baha'i Faith, at elemen- sentation' of the Baha'i Faith and recomtary, high school, and university levels. mended as 'a valuable holding for a wide range Reports have been received from Jamaica, of libraries.' where the official curriculum calls upon stu- United States: Mr. John Huddleston's This dents in government high schools and teacher- Earth is But One Country (Baha'i Publishing training colleges to investigate the Faith; from Trust of the United Kingdom) was selected by Nigeria, where the Faith has been added to the Choice magazine as one of the outstanding curriculum of the Department for Religious academic books of 1979. The reviewer found it Studies at the University of Ife; and from the to be 'an unsurpassed ... presentation of the United States, where credit courses on the Faith for general adult reading ... a superbly Faith have been offered at prestigious Prince- written account.' Choice is published monthly ton University. Similar reports have also been and reaches 'virtually every two-year, fourreceived from the Gilbert Islands, New Zea- year and university academic library in the land, the Seychelles, Swaziland, Tanzania, and United States and Canada, as well as many Tonga. Special studies and theses on the Faith foreign subscribers and non-academic lihave been accepted by six universities in vari- braries.'

Mr. Eric Bowes (centre), while Mrs. Bowes lo9ks on, receives congratulations from the Hon. David Tonkin, Opposition Leader of Australia's Parliament, on the dedication of a library named in honour of Mr. Bowes, at Urrbrae Agricultural High School near Adelaide. Mr. Bowes, for years a member of the National Spiritual Assembly of Australia, and now an Auxiliary Board member, served the school for over 30 years. He was cited for his energy, devotion and humility. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 105 8. Special Achievements travel teachers from Sweden. LIECHTENSTEIN: 'We joyfully announce Reported July 1977 the declaration of the first native Liechtenstein (The opening of Lithuania to the Faith was a Baha'i, Miss Edith Sprenger .. .' goal assigned to Sweden.) Reported by the National Spiritual FIJI: ' ... the village elders visited the Confer- Assembly of Switzerland, 4 July 1974 ence and, during a formal Fijian ceremony, CHILE: 'We are very happy to announce that announced that, following a village meeting, in June, one of our pioneers ... travelled to the Baha'i Faith was to be included as one of Port Eden . . . in the extreme south of the official permitted religions on the island. Chile .... This is the only place where there The elders were aware of the Baha'i teachings are Alacalufe Indians, a tribe that has been and were very happy with the tremendous driven into isolation and near extinction, and interest being shown in the Faith by the villaout of the 25 persons of this race who are left, gers. A momentous event.' nine became Baha'is .. .' Reported August 1977 Reported September 1974 ECUADOR: 'During a travel-teaching trip (Enrolment ofthis tribe and translation oflitera- last fall, two believers from Ecuador estabture into their language were goals assigned to lished the first two Local Spiritual Assemblies Chile.) in the Galapagos Islands, a small archipelago off the western coast of South America and a ALASKA: 'Happy report Local Spiritual possession of Ecuador. Several other localities Assembly formed in Barro~, northernmost vil- were also opened to the Faith during their lage in Alaska.' stay.' Reported 13January1976 Reported 25 March 1978 MALAYSIA: 'Grateful Blessed Beauty com- INDIA: 'Happy inform all villages Dang tnbal pleted goals Assemblies total 404 localities district have Local Assemblies, numbering 1,600 I:Ia'.?fratu'l-Quds East Malaysia ex- 312.' ceeded, few West, two finalized three in Reported 16 May 1978 process, new believers during six months 4,000, 'Happy inform progress since Ric;lvan over consultation Hands Counsellors launching new 65,000 believers, over 2,500 localities includfive months plan , submitting international ing 161 Assemblies ... .' travel-teaching possibilities, beseeching Reported 6 December 1978 prayers. Deepest love.' ZAIRE: 'A total of 1,528 Baha'is from 206 Reported 18 November 1976 different Local Assembly areas attended a (This National Spiritual Assembly was the first Regional Teaching Conference held 23-25 to report completion of all Five Year Plan December in Kivu Province ... One delegagoals.) tion of over a dozen Baha'fs walked to the SWEDEN: Sweden reports the opening of Conference from their home village, a journey Lithuania to the Faith by the declaration of a of 14 days in each direction.' Lithuanian believer through the efforts of Reported 28 January 1979 106 THE BAHA'f WORLD

5. EXP ANSI ON AND CONSOLIDATION OF THE BAHA'I FAITH INCLUDING THE PERIOD OF THE FIVE YEAR PLAN INFORMATION STATISTICAL AND COMPARATIVE Ri{lvtin 1973 Ri(ivtin 1979 Countries, significant territories and islands where the Ba ha'i Faith is established ................. . ... . 335 360 National Spiritual Assemblies .. .. . ............... . 113 130 Incorporated National Spiritual Assemb lies ... .. .. . . 90 106 Nationa l I:J a'.?iratu' l- Quds (headquarters of national Baha'i administrative activity) ........ . .... ..... . 112 129 National Endowments ....................... . .. . 104 156 Baha'i Temples (Mafil}riqu ' l- Adhkar) ......... . ... . 5 5 Sites for fut ure Ba ha'i Temples ... . ...... . .. . ... . . . 98 123 Baha'i P ublishing Trusts ... ....... ....... ..... . .. . 15 23 Languages into which Baha'i li terature has been translated . .. .... .. ............. .. .. ..... ......... . 530 640 Indigenous tribes, races, and e thnic groups represented in the Baha'i Faith (estimated) ................. . 1,607 1,8 20 Countries recognizing Baha'i Holy Days ... . .... . . . . 64 64 1 Countries recognizing Baha'i marriage ... . . .. . .. .. . 40 40 1 Locali ties where Baha'is reside ........ ... .... .... . 69,541 103 ,323 Isolate d centres or groups . . . . .. . ... ..... . . . . . . .. . 52,133 77,812 Local Spiritua l Assembl ies ......... . . .... . . . . . . .. . 17,037 25,511 Incorporated Local Spiritual Assemblies .. ... . ..... . 1,556 2,099 A. AFRICA Ri(ivtin 1973 Ri(ivtin 1979 Countries, significant territories and islands where the Baha'i Faith is established . . ... ..... ...... ..... . 66 70 National Spiritual Assemblies . . . .. . .. . ... ... .. ... . 30 37 Incorporated National Spiritual Assemblies .. . . .... . 25 31 National I:Ja'.?iratu'l-Quds (headquarters of national Baha'i admin istrative activity) . .. .. . .... . ... . .. . . 31 35 Nationa l Endowments ..... . ...... . .. . .. ... ... .. . 29 40 Baha'i Temples (Mafil}riqu'l-Adhkar) .. . . . . . .. .. .. . 1 1 Sites for future Baha'i Temples . . ..... .... ....... . . 26 32 Baha'i Publishing Trusts . . ............ . . .. ....... . 1 1 Lang uages into wh ich Baha'i literature has been translated ..... . . .. ...... . .......... . .... .. . . ..... . 160 212 Indigeno us tribes, races and ethnic gro ups represented in the Baha'i Faith ...... . .... . ....... .... . . ... . 1,012 1,120 Countries recognizing Baha'i Holy Days .......... . . 11 11 1 Countries recogni zing Baha'i marriage . . ......... . . 7 71 Localities where Baha'is reside . . ..... . .. ... .. . . .. . 15 ,245 26,111 Isolated centres or groups ... .. .... . .. . ...... ·. . .. . 10,047 20,735 Local Spiritual Assemblies ............ . .. .. .. . ... . 4,990 5,376 Incorporated Local Spiritual Assemblies . . .. . . . . .. . . 142 C urrentl y under review. ' In view of the events in a few countries in Africa during the period under review, such as Uganda and the Congo Rep ublic, a nd the uncertainty created by these difficulties for the followers of the Faith, exact figure s for this entry are not avai lable. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 107 B. THE AMERICAS

Rit;lvan 1973 Rit;ivan 1979 Countries, significant territories and islands where the Baha'i Faith is established . . . . . . .... . . ......... . 97 100 National Spiritual Assemblies .. . . . .. ... . . . ...... . . 30 33 Incorporated National Spiritual Assemblies ..... ... . 29 30 National I:Ia?iratu' l-Quds (headquarters of national Baha'i administrative activity) ... . .. .. . . . ..... . . . 29 34 National Endowments .... . . .. . . .... . .. . ....... . . 28 31 Baha'i Temples (Mashriqu'l-Adhkar) ...... . ...... . 2 2 Sites for future Baha'i Temples ........ . ... . .. . ... . 26 30 Baha'i Publishing Trusts . . . . .. . . ...... . .......... . 3 3 Languages into which Baha'i literature has been translated .. .... ....... . . . .. . . ... .. . . .. . .. ........ . 91 123 Indigenous tribes, races and ethnic groups represented in the Baha'i Faith ....... . . ................... . 234 275 Countries recognizing Baha'f Holy Days .......... . . 23 23 1 Countries recognizing Baha'i marriage ..... .. .... . . 10 10 1 Localities where Baha'is reside ........ . ... . ..... . . 15,860 22,577 Isolated centres or groups . . . . . . ................. . 12,548 16,8 25 Local Spiritu al Assemblies . . . ... .. .. . . . . ... .. . ... . 3,234 5,752 Incorporated Local Spiritual Assembli es ........... . 522 906

c. ASIA Rit;ivan 1973 Rit;lvan 1979 Countries, significant territories and islands where the Baha'i Faith is established .................. . .. . 70 75 National Spiritual Assemblies ......... ... .. . ..... . 25 27 Incorporated National Spiritual Assemblies .. . ..... . 13 15 National I:Ia?fratu'l-Quds (headquarters of national Baha'i administrative activity) ..... . ........ . ... . 25 26 National Endowments ........... .. .... ......... . 22 53 Baha'i Temples (Mashriqu'l-Adhkar) ............. . Sites for future Baha'i Temples .......... . .. .. ... . . 21 26 Baha'i Publishing Trusts ... . ..................... . 5 9 Languages into wh ich Baha'i literature has been translated . .. .... .... ..................... .. · · · · · · · 160 171 Indigenous tribes, races and ethnic groups represented in the Baha'i Faith ............ .... .. .. . ....... . 261 300 Countries recognizing Baha'i Holy Days .... . ...... . 10 10 1 Countries recognizing Baha'i marriage ........ .. . . . 9 91 Localities where Baha'is reside ................... . 34 ,892 49 ,597 Isolated centres or groups .... . ......... ... . . .... . 28,816 36,511 Local Spiritual Assemblies ................. . .. . .. . 8,029 13,086 Incorporated Local Spiritual Assemblies ........ . . . . 689 712

Currently under review. 108 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

D. AUSTRALASIA AND THE PACIFIC ISLANDS Rit;lvan 1973 Rifivan 1979 Countries, significant territories and islands where the Baha'i Faith is established ..... . . .. .. ....... .. . . 33 40 National Spiritual Assemblies ........ .. .. .. ...... . 11 14 Incorporated National Spiritual Assemblies . ... ... . . 9 14 National I:Ia~ratu'l-Quds (headquarters of national Baha'i administrative activity) . .. .. . . ... . .. ... . . . 10 15 National Endowments .... .. . . .. . .. . . .... ....... . 8 13 Baha'i Temples (Mashriqu'l-Adhkar) . . . . . . . ... . . . . 1 1 Sites for future Baha'i Temples . ..... . . . ..... . . . .. . 9 12 Baha'i Publishing Trusts .. . . .. . . .. .. . . ... ..... . .. . 2 Languages into which Baha'i literature has been translated .. . ... . .. .. .. ........... . .... .. .. .. ..... . 66 77 Indigenous tribes, races and ethnic groups represented in the Baha'i Faith .... . ........ . .... . . . ... .. .. . 78 108 Countries recognizing Baha'i Holy Days . . . . ... .... . 10 10 1 Countries recognizing Baha'i marriage . .. ...... . .. . 10 10 1 Localities where Baha'is reside . ... . .......... . ... . 1,456 2,573 Isolated centres or groups ... . . .. .. ..... . . . .. ... . . 1,049 1,913 Local Spiritual Assemblies .... . . .. ...... . . . . . . . . . . 379 660 Incorporated Local Spiritual Assemblies . ........ . . . 76 151

E. EUROPE

Riff van 1973 Riff van 1979 Countries, significant territories and islands where the Baha'i Faith is established ... . ......... . ... . ... . 69 75 National Spiritual Assemblies .. .. . .. ... . ... . . . . . . . 17 19 Incorporated National Spiritual Assemblies . .. ... . . . 15 16 National I:Ia~fratu'l-Quds (headquarters of national Baha'i administrative activity) . . . . . .... . . .. .... . . 17 19 National Endowments ... . . . . ... . . . ... . . .. . ..... . 17 19 Baha'i Temples (Mashriqu'l-Adhkar) .... . . . ... . . . . 1 1 Sites for future Baha'i Temples .. . ...... ... .. . . .. . . 16 18 Baha'i Publishing Trusts .. . . . ... . ...... ....... . . . . 6 8 Languages into which Baha'i literature has been translated ........ . ..... . . . ...... .. . . .. .. .. .. . . .. . . 53 57 Indigenous tribes, races and ethnic groups represented in the Baha'i Faith ... . ... . . . . ... . . ... ......... . 22 22 Countries recognizing Baha'i Holy Days . . . . . ...... . 10 10 1 Countries recognizing Baha'i marriage ... .. .. . . . . . . 4 41 Localities where Baha'is reside . ... . .. .. .......... . 2,088 2,465 Isolated centres or groups ........ . . ... .......... . 1,673 1,828 Local Spiritual Assemblies .. .. . .. . . .. .. .. . .. . .. . . . 405 637 Incorporated Local Spiritual Assemblies . .. . . . ... . . . 127 252

Currently under re view. III EIGHT INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCES 1. ARISE!-A PICTORIAL REPORT 1

The urgent need for Baha'(s to arise to teach the Cause of Bahd'u'llah was th e theme of the eight international teaching conferences called by the Universal House of Justice. The acrostic 'A rise-Reach-lndividual-Souls- Everywhere' provides the title of this report. More than 14,500 Bahd'fs from all parts of the world attended the conferences.

The purposes of the conferences, as stated by the Universal House of Justice, were to familiarize the Baha'[s with the general progress of the Five Year Plan, to bring to their attention what remained to be achieved and to present the Baha'i world community with opportunities for proclamation and teaching which would lend impetus to the progress of the Plan.

Eight Hands of the Cause were chosen to represent the Universal House of Justice at these conferences. In view of the association of her distinguished mother, May Maxwell, with the very early history of the Faith in Paris, it was particularly fitting that Amatu'l-Bahd Rufifyyih Khanum was the representative at the conference in that city.

Dr. Ugo Giachery was the representative in Helsinki.

Adapted from a programme for slides and filmstrip prepared under the direction of the Audio-Vis ual Department of the Baha'i World Centre and released through the International Bahii'f Audio-Visual Centre, Victor, New York . Copyright © 1977 National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahii'fs of the United States. 110 THE BAHA'i WORLD

At Hong Kong the representative was 'AU-Akbar Furutan.

Paul Haney and Enoch Olinga attended the Bahia and Merida conferences. Mr. Haney was the representative at Merida and Mr. Olinga at Bahia.

William Sears represented the Universal House of Justice at the conference held in Nairobi.

Collis Featherstone was the representative at Anchorage ... INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 111

... and at Auckland, Abu'l-Qasim Faizi, seen here with some of the youth, was the representative of the Universal House of Justice.

Most members of the Continental Boards of Counsellors attended one or more of the conferences. Seen here is Yan Kee Leong, a member of the Continental Board of Counsellors in South-east Asia, who was present at the Hong Kong conference.

There were many long-time pioneers at the various conferences, including Zylpha Mapp and Claire Cung, shown here at Nairobi.

There were also young pioneers including Hakan and Mas Britt Cullsberg, who pioneered from Sweden to Chad. 112 THE BAHA'I WORLD

There were distinguished Bahti'{s who have achieved world recognition in their chosen fields, including 'the man of the trees', Dr. Richard St. Barbe Baker, seen here in attendance at the Nairobi conference . ..

. . . and the renowned artisl John Birks 'Dizzy' Gillespie who performed at the Helsinki conference and made a video tape which was played later on Finnish television.

Representatives of many races and tribes came from all over the world to attend these great assemblages. Seen here are Navajo and Oneida Indians from North America who attended the Helsinki conference.

To the various conferences were drawn Maya Indians from the Yucatan . .. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 113

.. . Indians from the Altiplano of Bolivia . ..

. .. tribesmen from Swaziland ...

. . . Chinese believers from South-east Asia.

. .. and Eskimo Baha'[s from Alaska. 114 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Large numbers of those attending the conferences came from iriin, the cradle of the Baha'[ Faith. The Paris conference held during the first week of August 1976 attracted an attendance of 6,230 Baha'fs and was the largest international conference since the World Congress held in 1963 in London to commemorate the formal assumption by Baha'u'llah of His Prophetic Office one hundred years earlier and the victorious consummation of the Ten Year Crusade.

During the first week of July 1976 Baha'fs from many nations gathered in Finlandia Hall in Helsinki for the first of two Arctic conferences.

The Hand of the Cause Dr. Ugo Giachery presented Mayor Teuvo Aura of Helsinki with an inscribed copy of The Baha'i World. Mayor Aura cordially welcomed the Baha'fs to Helsinki.

Dr. Giachery was interviewed by a radio reporter and the programme was aired throughout Finland. The conference was reported and publicized, as well, in the press and national magazines. Shown here are some of the Bahti'[s who were present at the conference. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 115

On the morning of 6 July the conference was formally opened and Dr. Giachery read the message of the Universal House of Justice in which the Baha'fs were reminded that the northern regions of the world had been alluded to by Bahti'u'lldh in the Kitab-i-Aqdas, the 'mother book' of the Baha'i revelation ...

. .. and their names recorded in the Tablets of the Divine Plan by 'Abdu'l-Baha, Who, in one of His other Tablets, supplicated God to raise up sanctified, pure and spiritual souls in the countries of the West and the territories of the North, and make them signs of (Divine) guidance ...

The first of many speakers was Adib Taherzadeh of the Continental Board of Counsellors in Europe who spoke about the devotion and self-sacrifice of some of the early teachers of the Faith. The faith that animated these heroes animates the present-day followers of Bahti'u'lltih who truly love Him, he said.

Dr. and Mrs. Giachery paid a visit to the children's classes during the conference. The visit was a source of immense mutual happiness. A concert was provided by Rouhanieh Golmohammadi, a soprano of exquisite voice, who presented prayers of Bahti'u'llah set to music by her gifted accompanist, Mr. Lasse Thoresen . On another occasion the North Star singing group performed. 116 THE BAHA't WORLD

Three weeks later more than 1,000 Bahti'{s assembled in the second Arctic conference which was held in Anchorage, Alaska situated almost directly across the North Pole from Helsinki.

The symbol adopted for the conference, consisting of the words 'Alaska Bahti'(' superimposed on a map of Alaska backed by a nine-pointed star, served as the backdrop and also appeared on programmes, posters, folios and flight bags. The theme of the conference was 'From Strength to Strength'.

The Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone read the message of the Universal House of Justice which reminded the assembled Bahti'(s that sixty years earlier 'Abdu'l-Bahti had summoned the North American believers to open the remote and inhospitable regions which form the climatic frontiers of the Arctic and the sub-Arctic.

The Hand of the Cause William Sears made it clear that divine bounties and bestowals are the reward of those who arise to serve. Other speakers included the Hand of the Cause John Robarts; Edna True and Velma Sherrill of the Continental Board of Counsellors in North America; and Hideya Suzuki of Japan, a member of the Continental Board of Counsellors in North-east Asia. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 117

On the lighter side there was an abundance of good entertainment including native Indian and Eskimo dancing and songs by the Windflower group and the Jin-ai singers.

England Dan and John Ford Coley, internationally known popular entertainers, also performed and lovely songs were presented by the Shfraz group.

Afterwards, native believers, filled with the happy spirit generated by the conference, convened as the Bahti'( Native Council and expressed their wish to assume responsibility for teaching their own peoples, the Indians and Eskimos.

Paris, a city thrice visited by 'Abdu'l-Bahti, and one rich in memories of the early days of the Faith in the West, was the venue for the third conference. 118 THE BAHA 'f WORLD

Early in August 1976 Bahti'{s from all o'ver the world gathered at the official headquarters across the street from the Palais de Congres where the conference sessions were held.

The main auditorium proved not large enough to accommodate the Baha'fs who attended the conference. Arrangements had been made, however, for the believers who could not find seating in the main hall to watch the proceedings over closed-circuit television in adjacent rooms.

Amatu'l-Baha Ruf:ityyih Khtinum held a press conference at Hotel Meridien. Representatives of several newspapers and news services were present.

The conference officially opened on 4 August with the reading, by Amatu'l-Bahti Ruf:iiyyih Khanum, of the message of the Universal House of Justice. The message recalled the visits of'Abdu'l-Baha which 'alone outshine in historical importance anything in the long history of France'. The Secretary-General of the United Nations, Mr. Kurt Waldheim, sent a special message of greeting to the Bahti'ts assembled in Paris. 1

' See p. 140 for text . INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 119

At one session members of the National Spiritual Assemblies represented at the conference were asked to come to the platform. A total offifty-five National Spiritual Assemblies-almost half the world total-were represented.

Classes were held each morning for children between the ages of six and twelve and a nursery was provided for younger children.

The Kenyatta Centre in Nairobi was the site of the fourth of the eight conferences; it was held in October 1976.

As the friends assembled they were informed by the Hand of the Cause William Sears that at that very moment the Universal House of Justice was linked with them in prayer at the Holy Shrines. 120 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Mr. Sears then read the message of the Universal House of Justice which reminded the friends that the privileged continent of Africa, 'rich in cherished associations, has reached its present stage of growth through countless feats of heroism and dedication'.

The Hand of the Cause John Robarts, who returned to African soil to travel and teach after many years of service in the western hemisphere, spoke of the need to develop Baha'{ characteristics in our lives and to demonstrate unity in our communities.

The Hand of the Cause Enoch Oligna and Mrs. Olinga are seen talking with Mrs . Valerie Allen and Miss Loava Carter during an intermission.

As in all conferences, entertainment was provided in abundance. A singing group from Swaziland is seen here. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 121

There are many different colours in Bahci'u'llcih's human flower garden as this view of the friends illustrates.

The fifth conference was held in October 1976 in Hong Kong. Present were Bahci'is from thirty-nine countries. Among those in attendance were three Hands of the Cause and representatives of twenty-one National Spiritual Assemblies.

The Hand of the Cause 'A li-Akbar Furutan read the message of the Universal House of Justice: ' What an imperishable glory has been bestowed upon the people of Asia, the first to be illumined by the rays of God's Faith, the first recipients of His Call and the first promoters of His Cause ...

. .. This great continent contains within its boundaries the heart of the Faith and its Cradle, the lands wherein its Founders toiled and suffered, and not only the great majority of the human race, but the great majority of the followers of Bahci'u' llcih .. . ' 122 THE BAHA'f WORLD

The Hand of the Cause Raf:zmatu'llah Muhtijir pointed out that it was especially fitting that this meeting be held in Hong Kong; approximately a century ago Mirza Muf:zammad 'A[{ Afnan, a cousin of the blessed Bab, arrived in Hong Kong, the first Baha'i to reside in China.

Children's classes were held each day and the children presented a programme at one of the conference sessions.

Although it was a relatively small conference it was truly, as one delegate described it, 'a spiritual banquet'.

Prior to the opening of the conference in Auckland in January 1977 the Baha'fs were given a tradional Maori welcome at the Orakei Marae. The Maoris paid homage to God and expressed the belief that the rain which commenced half-way through the ceremony was a good omen, assuring all of God's presence. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 123

The conference was held in the Auckland Town Hall. Between four and five hundred guests attended the public meeting at which the guest speaker was Dr. Peter Khan of the Continental Board of Counsellors in Australasia.

The Prime Minister of New Zealand, the Hon. Robert D. Muldoon (left), welcomed the Bahd'is to his country and expressed his appreciation and respect for the principles of the Faith.

A choir, sixty-strong, charmed the audience with a presentation of excerpts from The Seven Valleys which had been set to music by Mr. Russ Garcia.

The Hand of the Cause Abu'l-Qtisim Faizi, as the representative of the Universal House of Justice, read its message which was addressed to the 'spiritual heirs' of the Hands of the Cause Hyde and Clara Dunn 'who in direct response to the Tablets of the Divine Plan forsook their home and went to pioneer in Australia .. .' 124 THE BAHA'f WORLD

The Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone made a stirring call for pioneers. By the end of the conference forty-nine pioneers and fifty -six travelling teachers had arisen.

Teatro Castro Alves was the scene of the seventh conference; it was held in Salvador, Bahia, Brazil during the last week of January 1977. In attendance were 1,300 Bahd'fs representing five continents, thirty-seven countries and seventeen indigenous tribes.

The first session was opened by the Governor of the State of Bahia, Professor Roberto Santos (right), shown here with a delegation of Bahd'(s: Mrs. Margot Worley, Counsellor Mas'ud Khams{, the Hand of the Cause Enoch Olinga, Mrs. Olinga and Mr. Enayatollah Vahdat.

Mr. Olinga read the message of the Universal House of Justice: 'How truly fitting ... that this auspicious conference have its venue in the city of Bahia, singled out for special mention by 'Abdu'l-Bahd in His Tablets of the Divine Plan . . .' INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 125

The assembled friends were reminded that Leonora Holsapple Armstrong of the Continental Board of Counsellors in South America had settled in Bahia just two years after the indomitable Martha Root visited many important centres in South America in 1919.

One of the highlights of the conference was the address by the Hand of the Cause Paul Haney who spoke about the spiritual meaning of the erection of the Seat of the Universal House of Justice. Mr. Habib Taherzadeh described the progress made toward its construction.

Mr. Haney and Mr. Olinga participated in the news conference together with Dr. Victor de Araujo, representative of the Bahd'{ International Community at the United Nations. Excellent publicity was obtained, with coverage by nine television and seven radio programmes in addition to articles in the press.

The Bahia conference which brought together in unity people of many nations and races will surely exert a beneficial effect upon the Bahd'is of the great continent of South America. 126 THE BAHA't WORLD

The conference held in February 1977" in Merida, Yucatan, Mexico was held in an outdoor setting under a canopy in Carta Clara gardens. It was the second largest conference of the series with more than 2,000 in attendance.

Bahd'(s from forty-four countries assembled under the canopy for the opening of the programme.

Among those in attendance were representatives of thirty-two indigenous tribes of North, South and Central America and the Caribbean.

The Hon. Dr. Francisco Luna Kan, Governor of Yucatan, was introduced to the conference by the Hand of the Cause Paul Haney . Dr. Kan, a Mayan, welcomed the Bahti'fs to Merida. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 127

Mr. Haney then read the message of the Universal House of Justice. It said, in part: 'The convening of this conference ... in the capital city of a state that was once an important part of a great Indian empire, provides a unique opportunity to initiate what may well become the widespread reawakening of a people whose ancestors more than 1,200 years ago developed one of the most brilliant pre-Columbian civilizations known to modern man ...

The Hands of the Cause Enoch Olinga and Raf:zmatu'lltih Muhtijir addressed the conference as did Mrs. Florence V. Mayberry, a member of the International Teaching Centre.

Close by, in a thatched pavilion, a book and audio-visual display was maintained throughout the conference.

More than two hundred Bahti'[s arose to pioneer and to travel and to teach. 128 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Helsinki, Anchorage, Paris, Nairobi, Hong Kong, Auckland, Bahia, Merida-names, places and associations to be cherished in the memories of the thousands who attended these conferences.

How vast is the tabernacle of the Cause of God! Bahti'u'llah has revealed. It hath overshadowed all the peoples and kindreds of the earth, and will, erelong, gather together the whole of mankind beneath its shelter . ..

. . . Thy day of service is now come. Countless Tablets bear the testimony of the bounties vouchsafed unto thee ...

. .. Arise for the triumph of My Cause, and, through the power of thine utterance, subdue the hearts of men. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 129

2. MESSAGES OF THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE TO THE EIGHT INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCES

A . TO THE INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCE IN HELSINKI, FINLAND 5-8 July 1976

WITH eager hearts we hail the convocation growth was reached with the Nine Year Plan of this first of the twin Arctic conferences inau- and the convocation of the North Atlantic congurating the series of eight international Baha'i ference in Reykjavik, which marked the openconferences to be held during the middle part ing of a new phase in the collaboration between of the Five Year Plan. The northern regions of the northern communities on both sides of that the world were alluded to by Baha'u'llah in the ocean. Kitab-i-Aqdas, the Mother Book of this Reve- Only thirty-eight years have passed since lation. Their names were recorded in the Tab- Viiino Rissanen , the first Baha'i in Finland, lets of the Divine Plan by the pen of 'Abdu'l- accepted with radiant heart the life-giving mes- Baha, Who, in one of His other Tablets, suppli- sage brought to him by Josephine Kruka , the cated God to 'raise up sanctified, pure and 'Mother of Finland' , in July 1938, and now the spiritual souls in the countries of the West and city of Helsinki, the seat of the National the territories of the North, and make them signs Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Finland, is of His guidance, ensigns of the Concourse on the scene of an international Baha'i conference High and angels of the Abhli Kingdom.' These whose deliberations are focused on the diffulands received the constant attention of Shoghi sion of the light of God's Faith throughout the Effendi, who repeatedly urged the friends to entire Arctic and sub-Arctic regions of the carry the Faith to their uttermost inhabited world. areas, and who joyfully announced every advance of the Baha'fs that established a centre closer to the North Pole. Already touched by the morning light of God's Cause by the nineteen-twenties, the lands of the North were blessed by visits from the indomitable Martha Root, whose love warmed and encouraged the hearts of the handful of believers then labouring in a few scattered centres in Scandinavia and illumined the soul of H6lmfrfour Arnad6ttir, Iceland's first Baha'i. Bursting into blossom under the impact of the rays of the second Seven Year Plan, these communities received a major impetus from the Ten Year Crusade, of which the European campaign was launched at the never-to-be-forgotten conference in Stockholm in 1953, and which established centres as far north as Thule in Greenland and Sassen in Mr. Viiin6 Rissanen (1909-1973), the first the islands of Spitzbergen. Yet another stage of in Finland to become a Baha'i. 130 THE B A HA'I WORLD

The followers of the Blessed Perfection Baha'u'llah of increasing numbers of the gathered in H elsinki must direct their attention Eskimo, Lapp and Gipsy people.s ; and the purto the urgent tasks of the second half of the suit of the vital and challenging objectives of Five Year Plan: to the re-opening of Spitz- the Plan beyond the frontiers of their homebergen; the winning of the thirty-four Local lands . Spiritual Assemblies still to be formed in It is our fervent prayer at the Threshold of Greenland, Iceland, Norway, Swede n, Baha'u'llah that this conference will produce Denmark and Finland; the acceleration of the an upsurge of Baha'i activity throughout the translation and publication of Baha'i litera- northern lands and in the islands of the North ture; the forging of still closer links of collab- Sea and the Baltic that will outshine every oration with the Baha' i communities of achievement made in those promising regions, Alaska, Canada and in the continent of and be an inspiration to your fellow-believers Europe; the enlistment under the banner of in every country of the world.

B. TO THE INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCE IN ANCHORAGE, ALASKA 23-25 July 1976

Sixty years ago 'Abdu'l-Baha summoned the divine rose garden and a heavenly paradise'. valiant North American believers to open the Iceland, specifically mentioned by 'Abdu'lremote and inhospitable regions which form Baha in the Tablets of the Divine Plan, was the climatic frontiers of the Arctic and the opened and consolidated, and has, through the sub-Arctic. The full implementation of His warm response of its inhabitants to the Call of wish had to be postponed for some years, until , God, undoubtedly become one of the shining under the leadership of His beloved grandson, beacons of the 'lights of the Most Great Guidwell-grounded administrative bases were estab- ance' in the North. lished from which Baha'i crusaders could set As a result of these movements and orgaout in conquest of these prized and virgin lands. nized activities, the call of the Kingdom reached As early as 1915, however, we see a first 'the ears of the Eskimos', and the divine spark wave of itinerant teachers and short-time set- was struck in their lands. Praise be to God, tlers directing their steps towards Alaska in an today there are many who justly belong to the attempt to open it to the light of Baha'u'llah. rank of heroes from among that noble race, This was followed by a second wave of deter- and whose hearts are burning with His love. mined pioneers and spiritual conquerors who, Upon the zeal and endurance of these enkinever since the first Seven Year Plan, demon- dled believers will depend the early fulfilment strated their exemplary enthusiasm and caused of the Master's glowing promises. The teaching 'the breezes of the love of God' to 'perfume the work among the Indians of the northern lands nostrils ofthe inhabitants' of that 'vast country' . of the Western Hemisphere has likewise borne In Canada, in response to the Master's call , a rich fruit, as tribe upon tribe has been enlisted succession of homefront pioneers settled and under the banner of Baha'u'llah. Whether in opened the length and breadth of their land, so Alaska's south-eastern islands and rugged rich in promise 'whether from a material or mountains, or in Canada's huge Indian spiritual standpoint', and whose destiny is to reserves from the west to the east, many 'become the object ofthe glance of Providence'. Amerindian believers have arisen to serve the To the fringes of Greenland North American Cause, and through their joint efforts, their and European pioneers brought the light of sacrificial endeavours and distinctive talents God's Faith, and provided the means for the they bid fair to accelerate the dawn of the day fire of His love to be kindled in that land, in when they will be so 'enlightened that the whole anticipation of the day when it will become 'a earth will be illumined'. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA ' f ACTIVITIES 131 Many are the goals which now challenge the promised glories of the future, is a mightier peoples of the North under the Five Year Plan: effort by every supporter of the Most Great encouraging and educating the children and Name in those climes to increasingly deepen stimulating and guiding the youth; a wider par- themselves in the teachings, to pour forth their ticipation of women in Baha'i services; a grea- substance in the path of His love, to resolve to ter assumption by the indigenous inhabitants conform their personal lives to the high stanof these regions of responsibilities in the lead- dards set in His teachings, and to undertake ership and administration of the community; a more daring tasks however great the sacrifice, bolder proclamation of the Faith by radio and and more extensive travels however .arduous television ; and a more far-flung and intensified the voyage. In this wise will they draw nearer to campaign of teaching, audaciously conceived the Spirit of Baha'u'llah and become true and by National Spiritual Assemblies and their radiant signs of His Most Great Guidance. agencies and vigorously executed by Local These are the tasks! This is the work! Spiritual Assemblies and individual believers, We pray at the Sacred Threshold that the aiming at a vast increase in the number of Baha'ls of the North may in the not-too-distant adherents to the Faith from every segment of future transform the Arctic into that spiritual society, a multiplication of Baha'i administra- rose garden and heavenly paradise longed and tive instututions, and a richer and more diverse yearned for by' Abdu'l-Baha, and that its peorange of publications in all media. What will set ples may be bountifully blessed and lovingly the seal on the success of the Plan and pave the guided in their selfless services to promote the way for the long-awaited and divinely- Faith of Baha'u'llah.

c. TO THE INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCE IN PARIS 3-6 August 1976

The brilliance of Paris in the story of Euro- which has contributed so richly to the unfoldpean civilization bids fair to be renewed with ment of American civilization; the fountaineven greater splendour during the Day of the head of American culture; the mother of Chris- Lord of Hosts and the establishment of God's tendom, and the scene of the greatest exploits Kingdom on earth. The annals of Paris in this of the followers of Jesus Christ', and experienc- Day have already acquired eternal lustre from ing 'the first stirrings of that spiritual revoluevents of mightier import, of greater universal tion' which must culminate in the permanent significance and more sacred character than establishment throughout its diversified lands any which its past history has witnessed. The of the divinely ordained Order of Baha'u'llah. visits of 'Abdu'l-Baha, the Centre of God's This first centre was rapidly reinforced by the inviolable Covenant, alone outshine in histori- conversion of the first English believer and of cal importance anything in the long history of the first Frenchman to accept the Faith-the France, and are immortalized in the greatly- distinguished Hippolyte Dreyfus, whose 'preloved collection of His discourses given in that eminent role' it was to kindle 'the torch which capital city. Beyond this, we recall with awe is destined to shed eternal illumination upon and pride that it was at 'Abdu'l-Baha's instruc- his native land and its people'-and by Laura tion that the illustrious May Maxwell suc- Barney, whose 'imperishable service' was to ceeded in establishing in Paris the first Baha'i transmit to posterity Some Answered Quescentre on the European continent, a continent tions. The steadfastness and devotion of the described by Shoghi Effendi as 'the cradle of a Paris Baha'i community during the dark and civilization to some of whose beneficent fea- sombre days of the Second World War earned tures the Pen of Baha'u'llah has paid significant great praise from the beloved Guardian of the tribute; on whose soil both the Greek and Faith, while the recent signs of widespread and Roman civilizations were born and flourished; effective teaching work throughout France 132 THE BAHA'I WORLD

The first Baha'i group of Paris, circa 1902. Standing, left to right: Mlle. Bignardi, Herbert W. Hooper, Florence Robinson, Hippolyte Drefus, Bertha/in Luxow, C. M. Remey, an unidentified believer, Mme. MacKaye, Mme. Bignardi, Mlle. Stephanie Hanvais, Sydney Sprague. Seated, left to right: Miss Edith MacKaye, Miss Holzbecker, Miss Edith Sanderson, Sigurd Russell, Thomas Breakwell, May Ellis Bolles, Mme. Hanel, Miss Marie Watson.

lend wings to the hope that this veteran, far and wide. It is my hope that this soul-stirring sorely-tested and steadfast community is about melody of the Abhd Kingdom may also be to gather the harvest of those potent seeds raised high in Paris, for Paris is tumultuous in sown and nourished so lovingly by 'Abdu'l- all things. I pray the Almighty that the music and Baha. singing of the beloved of God will be so loud It is highly propitious that this city, thrice that the vibrations thereof may cause the limbs blessed by the presence of the Master, should of Paris to quake. I await very joyful tidings be the scene of the first international Baha'i from the friends in Paris. Unquestionably the conference in France and one of the eight divine melody will in the future be raised in that international conferences to be held around city, but I long that this may happen in these the world during the Five Year Plan. You are days of the Covenant, and that you will be the gathered in this historic spot to deliberate on enchanting songsters and the sweet-singing the fortunes of that Plan, to derive inspiration nightingales of that land.' from the deeds performed there in the heroic Our hopes are high and we pray at the Saage of our Faith and from your association cred Threshold that from this conference will together, to rededicate yourselves to the ser- surge throughout Europe a wave of such vice of Baha'u'llah and to determine each and sacrificial teaching as will impel large numbers every one, how best you can promote the vic- of its diverse and highly-talented peoples to tory of the Five Year Plan. We call to your embrace the Faith of God and dedicate themattention 'Abdu'l-Baha's words: selves to the redemption of mankind under the 'The call of Ya Bahd'u'l-Abhd can be heard glorious banner of the Prince of Peace. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 133

D. TO THE INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCE IN NAIROBI, KENYA 15-17October1976

The flames of enthusiasm which ignited the hearts of the followers and lovers of the Most Great Name in Helsinki, in Anchorage and in Paris are now being kindled in a city which occupies a central and envied position at the very cross-roads of the vast African mainland and are destined to illumine its horizons. This conference marking the imminent approach of the mid-way point of the Five Year Plan which coincides with the anniversary of the birth of the Blessed Bab, will no doubt go down in Baha'i history as a further landmark in the irresistible march of events which have characterized the impact of the Faith of God upon that continent. We recall that in addition to Quddus the only other companion of the Bab on His pilgrimage to Mecca was an Ethiopian , and that he and his wife were intimately associated with Him and His household in Shiraz. During the Ministry of BaM'u'llah a few of His stalwart disciples reached the north-eastern shores of Africa, and under His direct guidance, announced the Mr. Robert Turner, 'disciple of 'Abdu'lglad tidings of the New Day to the people of the Bahti', the first member of the black race in Nile, thus opening to the Faith two countries of the West to embrace the Baha'i Faith. the African mainland. Soon afterwards, His blessed person approached those shores in the Prior to the conclusion of the first Baha'i cencourse of His exile to the Holy Land. Still later tury the number of countries opened to the He voiced His significant utterance in which Faith had been raised to seven, and the teach- He.'compared the coloured people to the black ing work among the black race in North pupil of the eye', through which 'the light of the America had entered a new phase of developspirit shineth forth.' Just over six years after His ment through the continuous guidance flowing ascension, the first member of the black race to from the pen of Shoghi Effendi , who himself embrace His Cause in the West, who was des- traversed the African continent twice from tined to become a disciple of 'Abdu'l-Baha, a south to north , and who , in the course of his herald of the Kingdom, and the door through ministry, elevated two members of the black which numberless members of his race were to race to the rank of Hand of the Cause, enter that Kingdom, came on pilgrimage to the appointed three more believers residing in Holy Land with the first group of Western Africa to that high office, and there raised up friends who arrived in' Akka to visit the Centre four National Spiritual Assemblies. of the Covenant. This was followed by a steady At the beginning of the Ten Year Crusade extension of the teaching work among the the number of countries opened to the Faith black people of North America, and the open- had reached twenty-four, including those ing to the Faith , by the end of the Heroic Age, opened under the aegis of the Two Year Afriof two more countries in Africa, under the can Campaign co-ordinated by the British watchful care of the Master, Whose three visits National Spiritual Assembly. The Ten Year to Egypt have blessed the soil of that continent. Plan opened the rest of Africa to the light of 134 THE BAHA'f WORLD

God's Faith, and today we see with joy and and of the spiritual life of its individual believpride in that vast continent and its neighbour- ers must gather greater momentum; the founing islands the establishment of four Boards of dations of its existing Local Spiritual Assem- Counsellors, thirty-four National Spiritual blies must be more speedily consolidated; the Assemblies-firm pillars of God's Administra- number of local l:Ja~fratu'l-Quds and of local tive Order-and over 2,800 Local Spiritual endowments called for in the Plan must be Assemblies, nuclei of a growing Baha'i society. soon acquired; the Baha'i activities of women Africa, a privileged continent with a past rich and of youth must be systematically stimuin cherished associations, has reached its pres- lated; the Baha'i education of the children of ent stage of growth through countless feats of the believers must continuously be encourheroism and dedication. Before us unfolds the aged; the basis of the recognition that the vision of the future. 'Africa', the beloved institutions of the Faith have succeeded in Guardian assures us in one of the letters writ- obtaining from the authorities must steadily be ten on his behalf, 'is truly awakening and broadened; mass communication facilities finding herself, and she undoubtedly has a must be used far more frequently to teach and great message to give, and a great contribution proclaim the Faith; and the publication and to make to the advancement of world civiliza- dissemination of the essential literature of the tion. To the degree to which her peoples accept Faith must be given much greater importance. Baha'u'llah will they be blessed, strengthened Above all it is imperative that in ever greater and protected.' measure each individual believer should real- The realization of this glorious destiny ize the vital need to subordinate his personal requires that the immediate tasks be worthily advantages to the over-all welfare of the discharged, and the pressing challenges and Cause, to awaken and reinforce his sense of urgent requirements of the Five Year Plan be responsibility before God to promote and prowholeheartedly and effectively met and tect its vital interests at all costs, and to renew satisfied. As the forces of darkness in that part his total consecration and dedication to His of the world wax fiercer , and the problems glorious Faith, so that, himself enkindled with facing its peoples and tribes become more criti- the flames of its holy fire, he may, in concert cal, the believers in that continent must evince with his fellow-believers, ignite the light of greater cohesion, scale loftier heights of hero- faith and certitude in the hearts of his family, ism and self-sacrifice and demonstrate higher his tribe, his countrymen and all the peoples of standards of concerted effort and harmonious that mighty continent, in preparation for the development. day when Africa's major contribution to world During the brief thirty months separating us civilization will become fully consummated. from the end of the Plan, Africa must once We fervently pray at the Holy Shrines that again distinguish itself among its sister conti- these hopes and aspirations may soon come nents through a vast increase in the number of true, and that the ' pure-hearted' and 'spirituits believers, its Local Spiritual Assemblies and ally receptive' people of Africa may draw ever its localities opened to the Faith, and by nearer to the spirit of Baha'u'llah, and may accelerating the process of entry by troops become shining examples of self-abnegation, throughout its length and breadth . The of courage and of love to the supporters of the deepening of the faith, of the understanding Most Great Name in every land . INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 135 E. TO THE INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCE IN HONG KONG 27-30 November 1976

With grateful and joyous hearts we extend that continent to the life-giving, all-embracing our warmest greetings and express our highest Message of Baha'u'llah. Such plans must prohopes to the followers of Baha'u'llah gathered, vide opportunities for those thousands who in at this critical point of the Five Year Plan, in recent years have swelled the rank and file, as this conference on Asia's eastern shore. This well as for those veterans who have, for so great continent has nourished mighty civiliza- many years, striven in the path of service to the tions; above its horizons the suns of major Cause. It is through active participation of Revelations of God have risen; on its soil many more and more new believers in both teaching of the heroes of this New Age have shed their and administration that the consolidation of blood and offered their lives in token of their the Baha'i community can best be achieved. love for Him Who is the Beloved of the World In a continent so richly endowed, so greatly and the Desire of the Nations. blessed, new generations of Baha'is must con- What an imperishable glory has been be- tinually be raised up, trained from childhood in stowed upon the people of Asia, the first to be the school of the love of God, and nurtured illumined by the rays of God's Faith, the first under the shadow of His Cause. Baha'is in recipients of His Call and the first promoters of every country must be constantly urged and, His Cause. Their spiritual capacity is extolled wherever necessary, assisted to pass on to their and the great role they are destined to play in children as their most cherished legacy, the the strengthening of the foundation of the New precious Faith they themselves have World Order of Baha'u'llah unhesitatingly embraced. Those new generations of Baha'is affirmed by' Abdu'l-Baha in His Tablets of the will have a vital role in consolidating the Cause Divine Plan . of God on a firm foundation. This great continent contains within its The establishment of Local Assemblies as boundaries the heart of the Faith and its Cra- the basic administrative unit of the World dle, the lands wherein its Founders toiled and Order of Baha'u'llah and as rallying points for suffered, and not only the great majority of the the Baha'is of every community should, in human race but the great majority of the fol- accordance with the objectives of the Five lowers of Baha'u'llah. The potentiality of such Year Plan, be multiplied no matter at what cost a situation cannot be underestimated, nor must of effort and endurance. The process of the great force latent within so large a propor- invigorating the Local Assemblies requires, tion of the Army of Light be neglected. They during the Five Year Plan, the consultation of must be mobilized to accelerate the expansion all the institutions of the Cause. of the beloved Cause, to consolidate its vic- Publication of literature in many languages tories, to enhance its prestige and to augment as part of a determined campaign to win its influence. We appeal to every participant in thousands upon thousands of diverse peoples this historic conference to become conscious of in all spheres of life must be vigorously purthese tremendous but hidden potentialities sued. Participation of all believers in supportwhich, if properly tapped and directed, can ing the Baha'i funds, the life-blood of the hasten the process of the spiritualization of the Cause, must be given adequate attention, and nations of Asia, the influence of which will the blessings which reward the act of voluntary extend far beyond the confines of that conti- giving for the promotion of the Faith, no matnent-even to the entire planet. ter how small the amount may be, must be We eagerly await news that from this confer- lovingly and wisely explained. ence will surge throughout Asia a wave of vig- May this conference become a landmark in orous activity devoted to the execution on the the process of attracting vast numbers of the individual, local and national levels of system- great Chinese race scattered throughout the atic plans designed to attract the great masses of world. May it be a prelude to the unpre- 136 THE BAHA'I WORLD

cedented expansion of the Faith in all the coun- the Cause of God itself, the believers will not tries of Asia. May it become a source of waver or become diverted from their course, strength to the supporters of the Most Great but be ever more confirmed in their determina- Name so that despite the rising tide of trials and tion to raise the edifice of the Faith of God as upheavals afflicting the world, and whatever the last bastion of hope to a lost and wayward forces of opposition may be mounted against humanity.

F. TO THE INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCE IN AUCKLAND, NEW ZEALAND 19-22 January 1977

With hearts full of love and admiration for and the number of localities where Baha'is the followers of the Most Great Name in reside in this vast oceanic area covering well- Australasia we send our warmest greetings to nigh one-eighth of the earth's surface is more all assembled in this historic gathering in the than 1,800. These accomplishments doubtheart of the Antipodes. less have been a source of great joy to the How great is your place in Baha'i history! immortal soul of Shoghi Effendi, whose esteem How bright are the prospects for the future of and affection for the followers of Baha' u'llah the Cause so lovingly nurtured for more than labouring for His Cause in the Antipodes was half a century by hundreds of stalwart steadfast frequently expressed in glowing terms in his believers, spiritual heirs of Hyde and Clara letters to the Assemblies and friends in Dunn, who in direct response to the Tablets of Australasia. the Divine Plan forsook their home and went Dear friends , we have now passed the midto pioneer in Australia, and whose names point of the Five Year Plan. You are met in the Shoghi Effendi wrote, were 'graven in letters of beautiful city of Auckland to take stock and to gold' upon his heart. In March 1951, when in make plans for attaining the victories which the entire Pacific area there was but one will surely be yours . National Spiritual Assembly, the beloved The National Spiritual Assemblies of the Guardian predicted that 'The prizes destined New Hebrides and of the Marshall Islands are for the heroic warriors, battling for the Cause to be raised up next Ric;lvan; plans for the of Baha'u'llah throughout the Southern soon-to-be-erected Mashriqu' l- Adhkar of Hemisphere, and particularly Australasia, are Samoa are in process; but although the goal of glorious beyond compare . The assistance to be establishing Baha'i centres totalling 2,188 is vouchsafed to them from on high in their strug- within easy reach, the Local Assembly goals gle for its establishment, its recognition and assigned to each national community, totalling triumph is ready to be poured forth in astonish- 613, need prompt and decisive attention . The ing abundance.' divine assistance spoken of by the beloved Now, twenty-five years later, the achieve- Guardian in 1951 has ever been available, and ments are truly astounding . Begif!ning with the is still ' ready to be poured forth in astonishing establishment of the National Spiritual abundance ' . It is within your power during the Assembly of the Baha'fs of New Zealand at coming year to win all assigned teaching goals, Ric;lvan 1957, the number of National Assem- leaving the final year of the Plan for consolidablies has increased elevenfold; the Mashriqu'l- tion and the winning of supplementary vic- Adhkar of the Antipodes has been erected tories. near Sydney; His Highness Malietoa This will be achieved, not by resting on Tanumafili II of Western Samoa has become laurels , but by manifesting those qualities of the first reigning monarch to embrace the faith, judgment, vision, loyalty, courage and Cause of Baha'u'llah; the number of Local self-sacrifice which earned the Guardian's Spiritual Assemblies now stands at over 360; praise so frequently in past decades. Let the INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 137

John Henry Hyde Dunn and Clara Dunn who established the Bahd'{ Faith in Australia in 1920. Mr. and Mrs. Dunn were appointed Hands of the Cause in 1952.

valiant Australasian Baha'i communities vie South Pacific. Let those who can offer their once more with their sister communities valued services to the teaching work arise throughout the world for the palm of victory without delay; let those who cannot travel or and maintain their position in the vanguard of pioneer deputize those who can go in their the Army of Light. stead. Pioneers, travelling teachers a nd a fresh We cherish the highest hopes for the success outpouring of funds are essential ingredients to of your endeavours and it is our constant the onward march of the Cause throughout prayer that Baha'u'llah will shower His richest Australia, New Zealand and the islands of the blessings and confirmations upon you.

G. TO THE INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCE IN BAHIA, BRAZIL 27-30 January 1977

With joyous hearts we hail the convocation tant cities in South America. Two years later of this first of the twin Latin American confer- Leonora Holsapple Armstrong, mother of the ences closing the series of eight international Baha'ls of Brazil, settled in Bahia. The teach- Baha'i conferences held during the midway ing work in the continent progressed steadily to period of the Five Year Plan. the point where, in 1937, the beloved Guar- The ringing call of Baha'u'llah in His Most dian launched his first Seven Year Plan paving Holy Book to the Rulers of America and the the way for the raising in subsequent Plans of Presidents of the Republics therein was fol- the institutions ofBaha'u'llah's Administrative lowed after an interval of more than four Order in every one of its republics and in its decades by the revelation of 'Abdu' l-Baha's islands. It was in the course of that first Seven Tablets of the Divine Plan in which the beloved Year Plan that 'Abdu'l-Baha's beloved hand- Master stressed the importance of the Repub- maid, May Maxwell , in 1940 won a martyr's lics of the South American Continent. crown when she laid down her life in Argen- The first believer to respond to 'Abdu'l- tina, thereby adding further lustre to the Baha's divine call was that star-servant of the spiritual history of South America. Cause of Baha'u'llah, valiant, indomitable How truly fitting, then, that this auspicious Martha Root, who in 1919 visited many impor- conference have its venue in the city of Bahia, 138 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Mrs. Leonora Holsapple Armstrong, mother of the teaching work in South America.

singled out for special mention by 'Abdu'l- accompanied by a continuous programme of Baha in His Tablets of the Divine Plan. And translation of the Sacred Text into the major how timely it is at this crucial point in the Five indigenous languages of the continent. Year Plan that the friends gathered in Bahia The continental goals for South America of from many lands prayerfully consider, and 8,670 centres and 2,293 Local Spiritual arise to prosecute expeditiously, all measures Assemblies must be won, and may even be aimed at achieving glorious victory in all goals surpassed, for every country must achieve the of the Plan. goals assigned to it. This calls for the dedicated Noteworthy progress has been achieved in effort of every National Spiritual Assembly, many fields of service throughout the South every Local Spiritual Assembly and indeed American Baha'i community, particularly in every believer. All the divinely ordained attracting to the Cause large numbers of its instruments of the Administrative Order of indigenous peoples. But myriads of pure- Baha'u'llah must now unite in executing a hearted souls have not yet heard the clarion symphony of victory in all the unfinished goals call of Baha'u'llah and hungrily await the of the Five Year Plan , winning thereby the spiritual nourishment that only His followers good-pleasure of the Blessed Beauty. can give them. Beloved friends, go forward with complete Steps must be taken to attract members of assurance that a continent so rich in spiritual every stratum of society to the divine circle of promise, so diverse in its peoples and races, so the Faith through effective proclamation and fertile for the planting of the seeds of Baha'- teaching. Greater utilization of radio broad- u' llah's Faith will yield a brilliant harvest for casts is necessary, not only to reach all levels of all who labour in that Divine Vineyard. society but also to deepen the believers them- It is our fervent loving prayer at the Sacred selves. The valuable and dynamic services of Threshold that Baha'u'llah's bountiful confirm- Baha'i youth must be multiplied in the fields of ations and richest blessings may be showered pioneering and travel teaching. A far wider upon you. dissemination of Baha'i literature must be INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i A C TIVITIES 139

H. TO THE INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CONFERENCE IN MERIDA , MEXICO 4-6 February 1977

With joyous hearts and eager anticipation Praiseworthy indeed were these achievewe send warmest greetings to you the partici- ments but the Baha'i communities of Central pants in the last of the eight great international America and the West Indies must not be conteaching conferences marking the half-way tent to rest on these laurels. The beloved point of the Five Year Plan . Guardian during the last months of his pre- The convening of this conference in the cious life continually urged the friends of Latin Republic of Mexico , in the capital city of a state America to pursue what he described as 'the that was once an important part of a g;eat paramount task', the teaching work. How Indian empire, provides a unique opportunity much more does that injunction apply today! to initiate what may well become the wide- In less than thirty months, approximately 900 spread reawakening of a people whose ances- groups and isolated centres and over 400 Local tors more than 1,200 years ago developed one Spiritual Assemblies must be added to those of the most brilliant pre-Columbian civiliza- already existing in the mainland and island tions known to modern man. These present- nations of Middle America! day descendants, many of whom have already To accomplish this challenging task, intenembraced the Faith of Baha'u'llah and who sive effort to attract new believers, be they consider the Yucatan Peninsula and the sea- black, brown , red or white, from all strata of coast lowlands and rugged spine of mountains society , must be exerted. Hand in hand with joining North and South America to be their this endeavour, particularly in local comhomeland, are among the very people men- munities, goes the development of the distinctioned by 'Abdu'l-Baha in His Tablets of the tive character of Baha'i life. Prompt attention Divine Plan as having a great destiny once they must also be given to the acquisition of local have accepted His Father's Cause . Here too, I:Ia'.?iratu'l-Quds and endowments; and the and throughout Middle America, are those translation and publication of Baha'i literawhose forefathers came from the Iberian ture, especially in indigenous languages, must Peninsula, Africa and the Far East linking the be accelerated . Old with the New World . Dear friends, if at the close of the Five Year Conscious of 'Abdu'l-Baha's impassioned Plan we are to witness the ensigns of victory plea to promulgate the oneness of mankind to a lifted high, the wholehearted support of the spiritually impoverished humanity, a handful followers of Baha'u'llah must be enlisted now of itinerant Baha'i teachers set forth four and their energies systematically channelled decades ago, traversed the land bridge con- into areas most in need. We cherish the hope necting the two continents of the Western that at this final conference the friends will Hemisphere and carried the healing Message arise with enthusiasm and determination not of Baha'u'llah to the Spanish American only to win the remaining goals of the Plan but Republics. Their dedicated efforts were to carry out Shoghi Effendi's injunction to win rewarded when, in 1938, the first Local the allegiance of members of the various tribes Spiritual Assembly in Latin America was of American Indians to the Cause, thereby hasformed in Mexico City. This initial triumph at tening the period prophesied by the Master the inception of the first of the teaching plans when the Indian peoples of America would formulated by Shoghi Effendi spearheaded become a source of spiritual illumination to the other victories leading to the formation of two, world. then of four, Regional Spiritual Assemblies; Our hearts, our hopes and our prayers will and ultimately to the establishment of National be with you during all the days of your deliber- Spiritual Assemblies in each of the republics of ations. May Baha'u'llah inspire each and every Latin America and in the islands of the Carib- one of you. bean. 140 THE BAHA'I WORLD

3. MESSAGE 1 OF MR. KURT WALDHEIM, SECRETARY-GENERAL OF THE UNITED NATIONS, TO THE INTERNATIONAL BAHA'I CONFERENCE, PARIS, 3-6 AUGUST 1976

I AM pleased to have this opportunity to wish environment and employment, the United the International Baha'i Conference and all Nations must be able to rely on the support of those participating in it every success in their the peoples of the world, who are the cornerwork. Non-governmental organizations such stone of its Charter. This implies an important as yours, by dealing comprehensively with the responsibility for those organizations who, like major problems confronting the international you, work hard to support the United Nations community and striving to find solutions which and the principles and objectives laid down in will serve the interests of all nations, make a the Charter. very substantial and most important contribu- In recent years the United Nations has tion to the United Nations and its work. embarked upon an unprecedented collective We live in a world which is undergoing a endeavour to create global strategies to meet transformation in its attitude towards finding problems that are beyond the power of any solutions to the great global challenges of the single nation to resolve. Our task is now to day. We must strive to ensure, therefore, that implement the decisions taken at the sixth and effective solutions come about, not in anger seventh special sessions of the General and anarchy, but through the reasoned and Assembly on the establishment of a new interconcerted determination of all. Whether the national economic order, as well as at the world object is to complete the great task of conferences on trade and development, envidevelopment, to secure respect for the rights ronment, population, food, the role of women and dignity of all men, to halt the disastrous in society, industrialization and human settlearms race, to solve such diverse and complex ments. In this respect, your own contribution problems as those of food, population, the as a non-governmental organization, in consul- 'The message was read in English and in French by Mr. Luc tative status with ECOSOC, is important and I Van Bellinghen, Director of the United Nations Informa- wish you every success in your deliberations. tion Centre in Paris, at the opening session on August 4.

' IV INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 1976-1979 I. SURVEY BY CONTINENTS BASED ON REPORTS OF THE CONTINENTAL BOARDS OF COUNSELLORS A. AFRICA A TOT AL of eight new National Spiritual During the period 1976 to 1979, which Assemblies were to be formed in Africa during witnessed the closing phase of the global Five the Five Year Plan . Niger, Sierra Leone, Togo Year Plan significant changes took place in and Upper West Africa were formed at Ric;lvan Central and East Africa, both within the Faith 1975. At Ric;lvan 1977 Upper Volta was and in the life of the component nations, which formed with its seat in Ouagadougou, and at deeply affected the Faith. Many of the coun- Ric;lvan 1978 Mauritania was formed with its tries of Africa have been passing through a seat in Nouakchott. The National Spiritual period of intense social, political, and Assembly of Burundi, first established in 1969, economic change with consequent transitions, was dissolved in 1972 and re-established in upheavals and repercussions. 1978. In Uganda, in October 1977, the Amin For the purposes of the work of the Conti- regime finally banned the activities of the nental Boards of Counsellors the continent of Faith, causing the dissolution of the National Africa is divided into four zones: Spiritual Assembly and its 1,550 Local Central and East Africa Spiritual Assemblies. After almost exactly Northern Africa nineteen months, the ban was lifted in April, Southern Africa 1979. The community has now begun the slow Western Africa process of emergence, in circumstances still considerably adverse. Central and East Africa In Congo, also, the Faith has been banned The National Baha'i communities of Central since February 1978 by the authority in power, and East Africa can be divided into three gen- the Assemblies dissolved and the properties eral categories: (1) Those where the peoples confiscated. In both Uganda and Congo these were spiritually very receptive, where mass actions against the Faith were part of sweeping teaching began in the village areas some moves against all religious communities except twenty-five years ago, and where such teaching a tiny handful of the older, long-established has been sustained to a greater or lesser extent Faiths. ever since; i.e., Uganda, Zaire, Kenya and The larger Baha'i communities, some of Tanzania. (2) Those countries where mass which had earlier suffered heavy loss of Local teaching began in later years and has so far Spiritual Assemblies through their inability to developed to a relatively lesser extent: consolidate the victories ofthe Nine Year Plan Ethiopia, Rwanda, Central African Republic rapidly enough, pulled themselves together and Congo. (3) Those places where circum- towards the close of the Five Year Plan and stances within the country have for some years surged forward again, so that at the end of the not permitted the necessary freedom for mass Plan the teaching and property goals for the teaching: Burundi, Djibouti, Gabon, Somalia zone had been substantially exceeded and litand Sudan. erature and other numerical goals achieved . 142 THE BAHA'f WORLD

However, the strains and problems which con- cially important matter when the Baha'i Pubsolidation imposes on large and rapidly grow- lishing Trust of Uganda was forced to cease ing Baha'i communities in developing coun- operations. Likewise the acquisition and erectries prevented these communities from fully tion, in those countries where freedom existed, achieving their vital consolidation goals. At the of numerous local J:l~iratu'l-Quds and time this report is being written the national endowments, has paved the way for improving communities are facing the considerable chal- the life and activities of the local communities. lenge of rescuing their lost Assemblies. It will perhaps be useful here to pinpoint indi- There are certain very positive signs of the vidually the more outstanding achievements of over-all advance of the Baha'i community in some of the national communities. Central and East Africa. Probably the most The Burundi Community, despite two significant of these has been the expansion and periods in recent years when official recogniconsolidation of the institution of the Auxiliary tion of the Faith was temporarily withdrawn Board and the development by the Board and the exodus from the country of over 90 per members of their use of assistants. This has cent of the believers (Zalreois refugee Baha'is resulted in a fairly large number of believers returning to their homes), has managed to working with concern, knowledge and growing retain its recognition and to begin now the real experience at the 'grass roots' level of the process of bringing the Burundian people to Cause. A parallel growth in strength has occur- the Faith. The new National Spiritual Assemred in the Regional Teaching Committees with bly was elected in 1978. Although little progwhom the Board members are in close collab- ress could be made in fulfilling the property oration . Although the continuing problem of goals of the Five Year Plan, the translation and lapsed Assemblies indicates that there is still publication of literature in the Kirundi lanmuch to be done to assist the local com- guage has been a noteworthy accomplishment. munities, it is clear that a definite start has been In Central African Republic the Faith has made in the right direction. continued to make very steady progress. All Two other aspects of Baha'i activity showed goals of the Five Year Plan were accomplished. strong development during this three-year As in so many countries of this zone transporperiod. The first is the translation, publication tation to and communication with the comand dissemination of much more literature in munities in the interior are difficult and slow, the major vernacular languages of each coun- and this has had a quite detrimental effect on try by the increasingly strong and able National the consolidation and follow-up process. Literature Committees. This became an espe- Although mass teaching is potentially quite

Conference of Counsellors and Auxiliary Board members.for Central and Easl Africa; 19-24 October 1976. Front row, left to right: Anselme Nkouka, Selemani bin Kimbulu, Paul Hanbury, Ola Pawlowska, Javon Gutosi. Back Row, left lO righl: Counsellor Hushang Ahdieh, Counsellor Oloro Epyeru, Festus Shayo, E. Fananapazir, Festus Sunguti, Sadegh Eghtessadi, Louis Kalombo, H. Khodadad, Counsellor Kolonario Oule, Chowghi Rouhani, Counsellor Isobel Sabri. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA't ACTIVITIES 143 possible, actual progress is relatively less in local communities. relation to other countries. However, the Tanzania is a land rich in spiritual potential. believers are growing in maturity and experi- During the closing years of the Five Year Plan ence. it became clear that the teaching work could The Ethiopian Baha'i community has long flourish and the community grow in size and been a shining light in this zone. For some time strength. There had long been a problem crenow there have been no pioneers whatever in ated by the fact that few pioneers were settled the country. The Ethiopian believers them- in the interior of the country, but in the past selves are deep in knowledge and faith, few years this pattern has been altered and devoted and sincere in service, mature and there are now very helpful nuclei of pioneers capable in experience. They shoulder with living in some of the provincial capitals. exemplary zeal and results the entire affairs of Through their help and that of the Regional their community, including all of the financial Teaching Committees, Auxiliary Board memrequirements. Mass teaching areas have been bers and assistants, the grass roots of the comopened in several parts of the country and are munity are coming to life . The community being developed with characteristic wisdom, achieved all of its teaching, property and literaconsistency and practical common sense. ture goals. A helpful contribution to this Despite the recent severe political upheavals accomplishment was made by the numerous across the land, the community pursued the Zafreois refugee Baha'is living along the Five Year Plan goals to success. shores of Lake Tanganyika, also by the believ- In Kenya there has been very reasonable ers on the islands of Lake Victoria. progress in some aspects of the Plan: the teach- In Zaire the Faith continues to grow and ing goals; acquisition of properties; publication develop with remarkable speed and ease. The of vernacu lar literature; the deepening of indi- believers of the Zaire Community have long vidual believers. This is a very large commun- shown themselves to be self-reli ant, indepenity, however, where there is a perennial prob- dent and capable. Their local community life is lem of lapsing Assemblies and where there is well developed , with men , women , youth and critical need of strengthening at the grass roots . children all taking a very active part. Many Opportunities exist for extensive public rela- Local Spiritual Assemblies have e rected their tions activities both with the government and own local .f:la~iratu'l-Quds and there are now, with the various United Nations Agencies rep- in Kivu Province, sixty Baha'i schools, includresented there. During the International ing many primary and some secondary. All Teaching Conference held in Nairobi in 1976 numerical goals of the Five Year Plan were there was good use made of the press, well accomplished and in some cases surpasradio and television , as well as extensive con- sed. The acute transportation and communicatact with responsible individuals in this and tion problems in Zaire make it essential that other fields of public life. the Regional Teaching Committees and the Rwanda is a country whose people have Auxiliary Board members in every province be responded very well to the message of Baha'u- in very clost: and effective collaboration, which 'llah. The teaching work has been quite suc- they are. Zaire is a vast country where opporcessful and has resulted in entry to the Faith by tunities for the growth of the Faith at this many family groups; so much so that the chi ld period are almost limitless. and youth population of the Faith exceeds that The crises that have deeply afflicted the of the adu lts. The National Spiritua l Assembly Baha'i community in some countries of the and the pioneers have been exemplary in their zone have served well to stimulate the believefforts for the translation a nd publication of ers in other places to greater efforts, deeper Baha'i literature in the Kinyarwanda language. devotion and more effective service. Though Deepening and consolidation is also being the inevitable opposition is steadily mounting accomplished through the active services of the and the problems impeding activity increasing, Auxiliary Board members and their assistants. as living conditions spira l down a nd infl atio n The property goa ls of the Five Year Plan were accelerates, the steadfastness of the sincere accomplished a nd the numerous Baha'i believers is daily being tested and abundantly Centres are being of considerable value to the demonstra ted . 144 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Northern Africa of three to nine months and encouraged the believers to accomplish them. Another tried to The Baha'f communities of the countries encourage universal participation and instil bordering the southern shores of the Mediter- fresh spirit into the body of the believers by ranean Sea comprise the zone of the Continen- organizing Love-and-Fellowship Picnics where tal Board of Counsellors in Northern Africa. the Baha'fs and their friends gathered together The circumstances obtaining in some of these and enjoyed a day of social fe llowship and territories is described under 'Constant Efforts prayers. Teaching teams were sent out to Protect the Faith from Persecution and to weekends, public holidays and some evenings Free it from the Restraints Imposed by Religi- in many parts of Southern Africa . The idea of ous Orthodoxy' in the section relating to World teaching in groups was favoured by a few reg- Centre goals on pp. 78-81. ions and this resulted in outstanding success for those who used the method. It not only Southern Africa increased the number of believers and Local Assemblies but provided vital opportunities Although day by day, in the period under for local believers to participate in the actual review, new obstacles seemed to present the m- teaching. selves until the point was reached, midway Various National Spiritual Assemblies held through the Five Year Plan, when it seemed unity feasts on a regional basis to encourage impossible in the two and-a-half years remaining community development and to increase before its expiry to accomplish the remaining teaching activities. 'Each one teach one' was two-thirds of the goals assigned to the believers emphasized in one national community, resultin Southern Africa, the tide was yet turned, and ing in an increase in the number of believers the Baha'fs with greater force than ever placed and Local Assemblies. As an aid to developing their reliance in the power of Baha'u'llah and Local Assemblies, visits of deepened believers the infallible guidance of the Universal House were arranged. These visiting teachers, called of Justice. The doors of guidance and confirma- 'walkers', greatly aided the progress of the tion began to open one after another and Cause in their assigned areas. restored hope, light, and promise of success to There was a significant circulation of both all who were labouring in service to the Faith. international and national travelling teachers Thereafter new victories were witnessed during the period, crowned by the bounty of almost every day, causing the believers to the visits of three Hands of the Cause of God, rejoice and redouble their efforts until the Dr. RaJ:imatu'llah Muhajir, Mr. John Robarts goals were won. Invigorated by the encour- and Mr. Collis Featherstone whose presence agement they received from the World Centre lent impetus to the work of the Faith and lifted of their Faith and the guidance of their the morale of the believers. Programmes of National Spiritual Assemblies, and aided by one kind and another were arranged for each the splendid efforts of the Auxiliary Board travelling teacher whose visits to the friends , members and their assistants, the friends per- especially in the rural areas, warmed the hearts formed such outstanding services toward the of the friends and helped advance the work. accomplishment of the goals that a renewed Southern Africa was blessed not only with spirit appeared in the body of the believers in a receiving an abundant number of travelling greater measure than was ever seen before. teachers from Europe, America and Asia but This spirit manifested itself in countless differ- produced its own travelling teachers as well. ent forms to further the Cause of God. Malawi, Swaziland, Rhodesia and South In some localities intensive teaching cam- Africa sent teachers to their neighbouring sispaigns were organized during which Baha'f ter communities. The efforts of the teachers of youth and others would remain in an area for a African descent were especially successful. week or two. This method was used with par- The Southern African zone has made conticular success in Reunion. Its use always siderable progress in consolidation of its comresulted in greater participation by local Baba' - munities, the deepening of individual believers fs in teaching and giving talks at meeting and and in fostering active participation in adminisconferences. Some regions set short-term goals trative activities. The deepening of believers is INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 145

Friends attending the first Bahd'{ Summer School of Rhodesia; 28 August-I September 1977. a result of many wonderful and persistent BUILT it! But we have no grass for the roof . . . efforts made in consolidation programmes by we need help ... ' the various national communities. This has And again, the chairman of a Local Assembeen achieved through the holding of national , bly in Lesotho, writing to his National Spiritual regional, and local conferences; study classes, Assembly, states: and institutes; correspondence courses (which have been a going thing for some time); use of 'We are happy to find this opportunity of writ- Baha'i cassettes; the showing of Baha'i films; ing this letter to you to inform you about things regular visits of National Assembly members taking place in our village. It is with deepest and Auxiliary Board members to the com- sorrow that we Baha'ls of Liphaleng have to munities and friends; an increase in translation tell you about the death of one member of ours and the production of Baha'i literature; youth, who died on the 30th December, 1977 and was women and children' s conferences; and the buried on the 31st. holding of winter and summer schools. Indeed 'The deceased was a true Baha'i member the holding of these schools has gradually because even during his last days of illness caught on and contributes much toward heart- although he was questioned a lot about this ening the believers not only through the knowl- Faith and was advised to agree to be baptized edge gained but through the provision of fel- ... he refused, pledging his support to the lowship in a Baha'i atmosphere. Baha'i Faith until the last day. It is difficult to measure the quality of 'Thus we also inform you that he was buried by deepening that has occurred to a lesser or grea- the Baha'i members and only Baha'i prayers ter degree in various parts of the zone but were said ... He was the first man here to be perhaps the following two quotations from buried the Baha'i way. His name was Mokete reports of Assembly secretaries will illustrate Morai.' the progress that has been made. In a report Other activities which took place during this from the Local Spiritual Assembly of Chitengu period and which met with some measure of we find: success were in the fields of proclamation and 'We are thinking to build our own Centre. We publicity: interviews on the radio and in televihave already collected stones, we have already sion; radio programs, especially in Seychelles; made bricks for the walls, we have already cut newspaper articles and advertisements; the down trees for the roof, we have already holding of United Nations Day programmes in bought frames for the doors, we have already Mauritius, Swaziland, Seychelles and Zambia; bought nails for the roof, we have already and exhibitions of Baha'i books, posters and 146 THE BAHA'f WORLD

materials at various trade and agricultu ral fairs and a foundation is laid upon which, through in Seychelles, Botswana, Zambia and Swazi- the infallible guidance of the Universal House land . In April 1979 during the Easter period of Justice and the love and sacrifices of the the Faith was proclaimed to over 10,000 peo- present believers, the Faith of Baha'u'llah wi ll ple at the dedication of the Interdenomina- be firmly established and will surely go from tional Church in Swaziland. The King, gov- strength to strength. e rnment officials and many diplomats were also in attendance and heard the message of Western Africa Baha'u'llah. This record would be incomplete without the The continental zone of West Africa is commention of prayers that have been said prised of twenty-two countries, islands and terth rougho ut the zo ne for the success of the ritories: Mauritania , Senegal, the Gambia, goals. Almost every national community Guinea-Bissau, the Cape Verde Islands, arranged several days when believers espe- Guinea, Mali, Sierra Leone, Liberia , Ivory cially united in prayer and meditation. Also, Coast, Upper Volta, Niger, Ghana , Togo, many communities in each region began to Benin, Nigeria, Chad, Cameroon, Equatorial gather at least one earl y mo rning a week for Guinea, Gabon, Sao Tome and Principe. praye rs . In addition , the Continenta l Board of When this zone was first created in 1975, the Counsellors, toward the latter part of the Five Universal House of Justice spoke of 'the Year Plan , requested through the National mighty potentialities for growth and expansion Assemblies that all believers in their zone in the western regio ns of Africa.' Progress durrecite the Tablet of AQmad on Mondays. ing these three years clearly indicated the vast The Baha'i Faith in Southern Africa during possibilities of the region and the receptivity the past three yea rs has made tremendous and spirituality of its peoples. progress. Not only are there thousands ofBaha' - is everywhere throughout the zone but there Formation of New National Assemblies are man y silent teache rs in the form of local During this period, two new National and national I:Ia?fratu'l-Quds which stand as a Spiritual Assemblies joined the twelve existing living proof of the solidarity and strength of the National Assemblies: the National Spiritual Faith a nd, indeed, are known as symbols of Assembly of the Baha'fs of U pper Volta with unity all over the regions. Although we have its seat in Ouagadougou in 1977 and the not achieved the strength toward which we National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of strive, a ve ry humble beginning has been made Mauritania with its seat in Nouakchott in 1978.

Baha'( Booth, Trade Fair, Gaborone, Botswana; July 1976. Mrs. Cynthia Komanyane, Auxiliary Board assistant, served as one of the hostesses for visitors to the booth. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 147

Both national conventions were blessed by the and Cameroon, counselled National Assempresence of Hands of the Cause of God, sent as blies, addressed gatherings of the friends, dedispecial representatives of the Universal House cated local centres, spoke at public meetings of Justice: Mr. Enoch Olinga to Upper Volta and met with Auxiliary Board members and and Dr. 'Alf-MuJ:iammad Varga to Mauritania. their assistants. He particularly stressed the Unfortunately, the National Spiritual importance of contacting authorities and peo- Assembly of the Baha'fs of Niger was lost dur- ple of influence in each country. ing this same period, when in 197 8 all The visits of each of these Hands of the administrative activities ceased through cir- Cause furthered the proclamation of the Faith, cumstances beyond our control. since radio interviews were often secured for them and a number of courtesy visits made to Recognition of the Faith in Gabon officials. Through the untiring efforts of Dr. 'Azfz N avfdi working under the guidance of the Uni- Teaching versal House of Justice, the Faith was officially Already by Ric;lv:l.n 1976 a marvellous recognized by the government of Gabon in momentum toward achieving the teaching April 1978. goals had been generated. Inspired by a suggestion from Dr. Muhajir on an earlier visit, Visits of Hands of the Cause of God many of the National Assemblies in the zone In addition to the presence of Mr. Olinga had committed themselves to win their teachand Dr. Varga at the inaugural conventions of ing goals by the Nairobi Conference in October Upper Volta and Mauritania, Mr. Olinga 1976. Though only the Ivory Coast was able to travelled briefly in Senegal and Mauritania achieve its teaching goals by that date, Ric;lvan before attending the International Youth Con- 1977 saw six more countries, Benin, Chad, the ference in Abidjan in July 1976; and Dr. Gambia, Sierra Leone, Togo and Upper Volta Muhajir in 1976 and 1978, and Mr. Feather- not only achieve their teaching goals but adopt stone in 1979, travelled extensively in the supplementary goals. By the end of the Plan zone. As always, these visits by the Hands of almost all of these same countries had nearly the Cause 'diffused the divine fragrances' and doubled the assigned goals and in the case of were a source of great joy and inspiration to the Chad, more than doubled. friends. Not every country found such quick and easy Prior to the Nairobi International Teaching success. Cameroon, Ghana, and Nigeria had all Conference, the Hand of the Cause lost large numbers of Assemblies in the early RaJ:imatu'llah Muhajir visited, in August and years of the Plan and they struggled to regain September 1976, Senegal, the Gambia, Sierra their original positions before advancing to win Leone, Liberia, Ivory Coast, Ghana, Benin, the assigned goals. In a number of countries, Togo, Nigeria and Cameroon. During the wisdom necessitated that the teaching work course of his visit, he encouraged National should proceed at a slower pace, and in still Assemblies to collaborate on border teaching others, circumstances prevented achievement projects and to strive for entry by troops. In of the assigned goals. addition to consulting with the institutions of Throughout these years intensive teaching the Faith and the friends, Dr. Muhajir travelled projects were organized, generally during the in each of these countries, visiting villages and long vacation periods and often utilizing youth. demonstrating how to teach. In January 1978 One such project in Togo resulted in the for- Dr. Muhajir was again able to visit Cameroon mation of eight new Assemblies and the openwhere he consulted with the institutions of the ing of thirty-three new localities in a six-week Faith and assisted in teaching, deepening and period. proclamation activities in several localities. Highly receptive areas were found in almost The Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone every country of the zone, and in Cameroon, accompanied by his wife travelled in West Chad, Ghana, the Gambia, Ivory Coast, Africa for the first time in January and Febru- Nigeria, Togo and Upper Volta, the comary of 1979. Mr. Featherstone visited many munities moved closer to the stage of entry by localities in Ghana, the Ivory Coast, Nigeria troops. This was most evident when in a given 148 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Conference of Counsellors for Western Africa, members ofthe National Spiritual Assembly of the Cameroon Republic, members of the Auxiliary Board and assistants; Buea, Cameroon; 9 May 1976. Standing on the extreme left is Counsellor H. Ardekanf; fourth from the left, back row, Counsellor Z. Kazemi. Seated on the extreme left is Counsellor Mihd{ Samandari; third from right, Counsellor Thelma Kelghati; on the exteme right, Counsellor Friday Ekpe. area, new believers arose to carry the Faith to were formed, eight the result of extension nearby villages, and the process again repeated teaching. itself. For example, in the Ife and Port Harcourt areas in Nigeria the Faith spread rapidly Consolidation by this method in a relatively short period of Two important goals of the Plan were to time. In Chad at one point, the growth was so develop the distinctive character of Baha'i rapid that from month to month ten new community life and to consolidate the victories Assemblies would be formed. already won. Efforts were made to fulfil these During this period the Baha'i community goals, but on the whole, progress was slow and became more diversified through the entry of much remains to be done. new tribal groups and was spread more widely The most commonly used method of workthroughout each country . In Nigeria, at least ing with communities was for individual one Local Assembly was formed in each State. believers to visit nearby villages on a regular During the last year of the Plan in a number basis. These visits often included general meetof countries, full-time teachers, Auxiliary ings of the friends, meetings with the Local Board members and assistants were used to Assembly , assisting with children's classes or insure fulfilment of all the goals. Nineteen Day Feasts, etc. Usually these efforts The Plan had called for Local Spiritual were co-ordinated by the National Teaching Assemblies to assume a greater share in the Committee and in the case of Benin, Chad, teaching work. As such, Local Assemblies Liberia, Nigeria and Togo, by Regional Teachwere assigned extension teaching goals by the ing Committees as well. National Spiritual Assembly or in the case of In addition to these regular visits, an increasstronger Assemblies spontaneously adopted ing number of regional and local institutes them. However, the percentage of Assemblies were held, often in collaboration with Auxiliwhich actually carried out a programme of ary Board members. Generally lasting one or extension teaching remained quite small. two days, these institutes deepened the knowl- Where efforts were made, the results were edge of the friends and kindled their love for truly heartening. For example, in February the Faith. During the summer of 1978, a par- 1977 Ghana was so far behind in its goals that ticularly successful series of four regional instithe situation seemed hopeless. The National tutes was held in Ghana as a joint effort of the Assembly embarked on an intensive teaching National Spiritual Assembly and the Auxiliary campaign enlisting the help of Local Assem- Board. These institutes were conducted comblies. That Ric;lvan, fourteen new Assemblies pletely in the vernacular and used translations INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 149 of the sacred Writings as a basis. International Travelling Teachers A number of seven- to nine-day institutes Throughout these years, but especially durwere held in Benin, Cameroon, Ghana, Ivory ing the final year of the Plan, a host of interna- Coast, Togo and Upper Volta where the tional travelling teachers lent invaluable assisfriends immersed themselves in the Writings of tance to the teaching and consolidation work in the Faith and emerged with a deep commit- every country of the zone. Many of these ment to serve. teachers were able to stay in the same area for On the whole, the condition of Local several months, and thus not only open new Spiritual Assemblies remained weak. The localities and form new Assemblies, but leave efforts of the National Spiritual Assemblies to behind functioning Baha'i communities. train at least one believer in every community Special mention should be made of the and of the Auxiliary Board members to train marathon voyage of Mohsen and Felicity their assistants brought some improvement, Enayat, travelling teachers from Canada, who but not nearly enough. for nearly two years travelled across the length There was a slight increase in the number of and breadth of West Africa, touching almost communities regularly holding Nineteen Day every country in the zone. Their love, devotion Feasts and Holy Day observances. In and humility coupled with their deep knowl- Cameroon, Senegal and Niger, the publication edge and creative methods of teaching and and distribution of programmes for the Feasts deepening, made them especially effective and Holy Days greatly encouraged the com- wherever they went. munities to observe these events. In addition to travelling teachers from Where practised, the gathering of the friends abroad, Benin, Cameroon, Chad, the Gambia, for early morning prayers deeply enriched the Ghana, Ivory Coast, Niger, Senegal, Sierra spiritual life of the community. Far more vil- Leone and Togo, all sent travelling teachers to lage than town communities managed to neighboring countries at some point during this achieve this goal on a regular basis, and where period. not done on a community basis, often families adopted the practice of early morning Pioneers prayers. As always, the settlement of foreign pioneers For some years regular summer schools had reinforced the efforts of the friends in every been held in Liberia, and during this period, land. A number of native believers in Benin, Ghana, Ivory Coast, Sierra Leone and Cameroon, Chad and Togo also arose as Togo began holding them as well. homefront pioneers to open new localities and A new approach to consolidation used with strengthen weak or new areas. great success in Cameroon was a mobile institute, a Volkswagen bus equipped with litera- Border Teaching ture, films, etc. and manned by a pioneer. The Many National Assemblies found great sucmobile institute in this three-year period visited cess by acting on Dr. Muhajir's suggestion to literally hundreds of communities. collaborate in teaching along common borders Another method of deepening were the where the same tribal group lived on both sides introductory correspondence courses devel- of the border. In the Casamance area of oped by Chad and Togo. Senegal near the Gambia border, the Gambian The national bulletins of each country con- friends were able to form a number of Assemtinued to serve as a major link between the blies among the Jola tribe, thus greatly aiding National Assembly and local communities. the friends in Senegal to achieve their goals. A The quality of the national bulletin in Liberia joint Ghana-Togo teaching project among the should be especially mentioned . In addition, Ewe tribe in the Volta region of Ghana the National Assembly of Ghana wrote regular resulted in the formation of seven new Feast letters to the communities sharing news Assemblies and many new localities. Other and encouraging the friends, and the National border areas between Liberia and Ivory Coast, Assembly of Nigeria published a bulletin after Ivory Coast and Ghana, Ghana and Upper each of its meetings informing the friends of Volta, Upper Volta and Togo, and Cameroon new decisions, and sharing information. with her neighbors in Nigeria, Chad and the 150 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Central African Empire, all proved highly appeared in the national paper the Daily receptive. Times, and in a number of State papers. A committee was appointed to systematically use National Teaching Conferences the media for the proclamation of the Faith. The practice of holding annual National After Dr. Muhajir's visit in 1976 and at his Teaching Conferences begun early in the Plan encouragement, the Baha'is of Liberia secured grew to become a major event in the life of the a fifteen-minute weekly radio programme community. The situation of the goals was forcwhich continued throughout the remainder of ibly brought to the attention of the friends and the Plan. In addition, the Baha'is regularly often individual pledges were made to work for appeared on the devotional closing progachievement of the goals. These conferences ramme on television. In 1978, the Baha'is of brought the friends together in love and unity Cameroon also broadcast for six months a and generated enthusiasm to work harder for fifteen-minute weekly English language progthe Plan. ramme on the Faith. Usually these conferences were held in the national I:Ia'.?fratu'l-Quds, but Cameroon made Contact with Authorities a practice of varying the location in order to Systematic attempts were made to proclaim allow maximum participation from various the Faith, its aims, history and present stature, areas. to leaders of thought and government officials A number of the friends from the zone were in every country, both nationally and locally. also able to attend the International Teaching Directed by the National Assembly itself, and Conferences in Paris and Nairobi, and a young in Cameroon, by a committee, this activity Ghanaian singer, Miss Ranzie Mensah, par- became one of the most vital in every national ticipated in the program of the Paris Confer- community. ence, and travelled to teach in several Euro- As in expanding the use of media, the visits pean countries. of Hands of the Cause and international travelling teachers enabled a number of courtesy Use of Media visits to be made to high government officials, The expanded use of media during this especially in Cameroon, the Gambia, Ghana, period gave an added boost to the proclama- Ivory Coast, Liberia, Nigeria, Sierra Leone tion of the Faith. In Cameroon, Chad, the and Togo. Gambia, Ghana, Ivory Coast, Liberia, Nigeria, A number of communities held United Sierra Leone, Togo and Upper Volta, the visits Nations Day observances which again aided of Hands of the Cause and international travelthe proclamation of the Faith. A delegation ling teachers enabled the friends to secure representing the Baha'i International Comperiodic interviews on radio and television munity attended the Economic Commission and, occasionally, newspaper coverage. In for Africa's Conference on the Integration of addition to the publicity secured by the Hands Women in Development, held in October of the Cause, these teachers were all tremend- 1977 in Nouakchott, Mauritania. ously successful in attracting coverage: Mr. Andre Bruguiroux, author of La terre n'est International Conferences qu'un seul pays who visited francophone coun- The efforts of the friends to teach and protries in West Africa in 197 8; Dr. Jane Faily, a claim the Faith were greatly assisted by a series clinical psychologist who travelled in West of International Youth Conferences sponsored Africa for one year on behalf of the Iranian by the Continental Board of Counsellors in Teaching Training Committee for Africa and collaboration with designated National as a Consultant on Women and Children's Spiritual Assemblies. Held respectively in the affairs in Africa for the Baha'i International Ivory Coast in 1976, Nigeria in 1977, and Community; Dorothy Hansen, a poet and Cameroon in 1978, these conferences, in addiformer journalist; and Shamsi Sadeghat, tion to stimulating the teaching work and Director of a Maternity Clinic and member of deepening the knowledge of the friends, prothe National Assembly of Trinidad and vided an occasion for the Baha'is of varied Tobago. racial , national and religious backgrounds to In Nigeria especially, articles about the Faith experience that unity which is the pivot of our INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 151

Some who attended the Women's Conference sponsored by the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahti'(s of Niger; January 1978.

First Baha'i Summer School of Sierra Leone, held in Magburaka; 27-30 December 1977. In attendance was Counsellor Friday Ekpe (centre, back row) and other Bahti'(s from 12 African communities and two foreign countries.

Baha'i community of Rosso, Mauritania, with their guests; 1977. 152 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Some Baha'fs of Kumba , Cameroon Republic, photographed at their newly-acquired f:/a'r,fratu'l-Quds; May 1977.

The Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone (back, extreme left), Mrs. Featherstone, and other Bahd'fs who attended the dedication of one of the Regional Centres acquired by the Baha'fs of Ghana during the Plan; 30 January 1979.

Some Bahd'(s of lllie-Etche, River State, Nigeria with their guests, photographed during the visit of a travelling teacher from Ghana, Mrs. D. Hansen (back row); 10 March 1979. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 153 Faith. In all three gatherings, large delegations high-ranking officials were contacted as a from fran added greatly to the spirit and effec- result of the conference. tiveness of the conferences. Translation The conference in Ivory Coast, held 9-11 The expansion of the Faith into new areas July 1976, attracted nearly 200 participants. necessitated first translations into a number of Blessed by the presence of the Hand of the tribal languages. In addition the number of Cause of God Enoch Olinga, the conference translations of the Writings into existing tribal resulted in unprecedented publicity for the languages was increased. For example, Chad Faith. On his arrival in Abidjan, Mr. Olinga published a series of prayerbooks in the major was interviewed in the VIP lounge of the air- tribal languages of the country. Ghana transport along with Dr. Mihdi Samandari, one of lated and Togo published a prayerbook in Ewe. the Counsellors in West Africa, who was rep- Senegal published a prayerbook in Wolof. resenting the Baha'i International Community Several countries recorded translations of the at a United Nations Economic and Social sacred Writings on cassettes, and in Niger a Council Conference being held in Abidjan at series of deepening talks in Hausa and Djerma the same time. A number of radio and televi- were recorded. Just prior to the International sion interviews were broadcast, and for three Youth Conference in Nigeria, a pamphlet was successive days, articles appeared in the major printed in Efik, Hausa, Ibo and Yoruba, to newspaper, twice with front page coverage. assist with the teaching work. Multi-national delegations visited various gov- Though most literature continued to be ernment officials including a number of minis- ordered from publishing trusts abroad, a large ters. After the conference, many of the par- quantity of the pamphlet, Basic Facts of the ticipants assisted in teaching projects in the Baha'i Faith was printed in Ca meroon in both Ivory Coast and nearby countries. French and English for use throughout the Over 250 Baha'is from nineteen countries, zone. Most countries also began developing gathered in Enugu, Nigeria from 12-14 teaching and deepening materials more suited August 1977. Inspired by a message of the to their local needs. In Cameroon , a number of Universal House of Justice to the conference, deepening booklets on various subjects were the friends consulted on ways and means to prepared along with an introductory booklet to achieve the goals of the Plan, shared experi- be sent to all new Baha'is. Chad likewise proences from their various countries and made duced a number of deepening sheets for use in individual pledges to assist the work of the their community. Plan. Again, the conference opened the way The use of audio-visual materials also for widespread publicity, both newspaper and became more widespread. In addition to the television. slides, filmstrips and postcards available from For Cameroon, the conference held in the International Audio-Visual Centre, new Yaounde in August 1978 became a turning materials, slide shows, etc. were developed point for achieving the goals of the Plan. The locally. A young Ghanaian artist developed a intensive teaching activities both prior to and series of drawings illustrating various aspects after the conference provided the momentum of Baha'i life. which carried the country through to victory in Women's Activities the final year of the Plan. Of the over 380 Prior to the Five Year Plan, few conscious participants from nineteen countries, a virtual efforts were made to involve women in the army arose with eighteen offers for interna- activities of the Faith. During the years 1976 to tional pioneering, five for homefront pioneers, 1979 the numbers of women increased and and 112 offers for travelling teaching. In women took an increasingly active role in Cameroon alone, twenty-three teaching teams Baha'i community life. In five national comwent out from the conference. In addition to munities, Benin, Cameroon, Chad, Liberia, consecrating their time and efforts, the par- Sierra Leone and Togo, African women were ticipants made generous contributions in both elected to the National Spiritual Assembly, cash and kind to be used for the work of the and an increasing number of women served on Plan in West Africa and in achieving other Local Spiritual Assemblies. African women international goals. A number of ministers and were sent as travelling teachers from 154 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

Cameroon to the Central African Empire, One of the most touch ing moments of the from Ghana to Togo, and from Togo to Benin, conference came when African women, many and played an increasingly important role in of them from villages, began to speak about the teaching work of their own countries. what the Baha'i Faith and their participation in During this period Benin, Ghana, Chad , the conference meant to them . Ivory Coast, Niger, Sierra Leone , Upper Volta Children 's Classes and Upper West Africa, all organized National Progress toward the goal of regularly estab- Women's Conferences. In addition, a number lished children's classes was sporadic a nd of these same countries plus Cameroon , uneven . The Baha 'is of Chad achieved out- Nigeria and Togo organized regional and local standing success where by the year 1977 over women's institutes and conferences. These 2,000 Chadian children, both Baha'i and nonconferences gave Baha'i women the opportu- Baha'i, were enrolled in regular classes. A nity to learn more about the Faith, its teachings series of twelve lesson plans entitled ' Step by on the equality of men and women and the Step' were developed as an aid to teachers and education of children. In some instances, pracregular institutes were held for the training of tical training was given regarding health care, teachers. nutrition, sewing, etc. Many other countnes, Cameroon, the Most countries appointed National Gambia, Ghana, Ivory Coast, Liberia, Niger, Women's Committees, so that the goal of Nigeria, Togo and Senegal likewise developed increasing the participation of women would lesson plans and conducted training courses. receive constant attention. The National Almost every country at one time or another had Committees in Chad and Niger were especially a number of children's classes in operation, but it effective. In Niger, the Home Life Committee proved difficult to maintain the classes over a regularly reproduced articles, often translalong period of time. tions of articles by the Hand of the Cause In the last year of the Plan, the training of 'Ali-Akbar Furutan concerning such topics as teachers for children's classes received a helpthe education of children , husband and wife ing hand from the Teacher Training Commitrelations, family life, etc. Bi-monthly the tee for Africa in fran. This Committee sent a friends would gather to discuss the articles, and number of Persian believers who held teacher they were also distributed to local communities training courses and assisted with children's throughout the country. classes in Cameroon , Liberia, Ghana, Sierra In Liberia, a women's page was included in Leone and Nigeria. Special mention should be the national bulletin. made of the extensive travels of Dr. Jane Faily who assisted with child education in all of the West African Bahti'{ Women's Conference above countries and the Ivory Coast and Togo. These various women's activities in each A number of countries included children's country culminated in the West African Baha'i pages in their national bulletins, and in Women's Conference held 28-30 December Cameroon , a quarterly magazine for children, 1978 in Monrovia, Liberia. The President of Anfs, was published in French and English. Liberia, the Honorable W. R. Tolbert sent a message of greeting to the conference which Youth Activities was officially opened by the Minister of Post Overall , the West African Baha'i community and Telecommunications. A number of other is young and youth are intricately involved in messages were received including one from all aspects of the work of the Faith. However as Helva Sipila, Assistant Secretary General of the Plan called for specific youth activities a the United Nations Centre for Social number of developments took place . Development and Humanitarian Affairs. National Youth Committees were appointed Extensive coverage was given the conference in Cameroon and Chad; and in Chad and by radio, television and the press. For a public Benin, local youth committees as well. A meeting held in conjunction with the confer- number of Local Assemblies, Accra, Ghana; ence, the Minister of Information shared a Calabar, Nigeria; and Lome, Togo appointed platform with Dr. Jane Faily, Consultant for local youth committees. the Baha'i International Community. In increasing numbers youth arose as travel- INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 155

Baha'i Children's Class, Chad.

Site of the future Mashriqu'l-Adhktir, Lome, Togo.

Bahti'[ Children's Class of Jkot Uba Village, Cross River State, Nigeria, taught by Mr. 0. E. Njang. 156 THE BAHA'I WORLD

ling teachers and homefront pioneers and Collaboration of Institutions committed their vacation time for special Overall, the bonds of love and cooperation teaching projects. between the institutions of the Continental University clubs continued to function at the Boards of Counsellors and their Auxiliary University of Cameroon in Yaounde and the Boards and the National Spiritual Assemblies University of Science and Technology at and Local Assemblies grew stronger. The fre- Kumasi, Ghana. In addition, informal youth quency of consultations between the Counselgroups were formed on university campuses in lors and National Assemblies greatly Ivory Coast, Niger, Nigeria, Senegal, Togo and increased. Periodic consultations between the Upper Volta. Auxiliary Board members and National Teach- Niger continued publication of its excellent ing Committees for the purpose of planning youth journal Bad{' and Chad and Cameroon and sharing information were held in almost began publishing similar youth bulletins. every country of the zone . Parallel with the In addition to participation in the Interna- growth of the community , the number of Auxtional Youth Conferences, Chad and a few iliary Board members increased from eleven at other countries held National Youth confer- Ri<;lvan 1976 to forty at Ri<;lvan 1979 and over ences, and Cameroon started the practice of 250 assistants were appointed. devoting one night of the national convention to a youth conference. International Convention West Africa was blessed to have each Property Goals National Spiritual Assembly represented at the With the exception of the Gambia, which had International Convention in 1978. For Benin, acquired all of its local centres and endow- Cameroon, Ghana, Togo and Niger, it was the ments by the end of 1976, property goals first time an indigenous believer had ever set proved a real challenge to most national com- foot in the Holy Shrines. The accounts and munities. Lack of experience, inflationary memories of this precious spiritual experience, costs, difficulties in acquiring land, all combined which were carried back by the participants, to make progress distressingly slow, and most greatly enriched each community. goals were achieved only during the last year Overall, these were years of growing maturof the Plan. ity for the communities of West Africa. One The challenge proved well worth the effort evident sign of this maturity was the fact that for wherever local centres were built, they over half of the National Spiritual Assemblies became a source of unity and pride for the in the zone became self-supporting during this community, a symbol of their love and devo- period, and the remaining few greatly reduced tion to the Faith. Interestingly enough , often the amount of assistance received from abroad. new communities arose with great enthusiasm African believers increasingly played a leading to build local centres. For example in the north role in the teaching and administration of the of Togo after a teaching project in which a Faith. Growing numbers of individual Baha'fs number of Assemblies were formed and new arose to serve the Faith with devotion, perselocalities opened, six new centres were built in verance and sacrifice. One touching example of a short period with minimal assistance from the this spirit was shown in Niger, where a number National Assembly. In southern Upper Volta, of believers had saved enough money to attend after a similar project, three centres were built, the Paris Conference in 1976, but as Niger was one completely on the initiative of the friends . far behind in its teaching goals, decided to The regional centres served to enhance the sacrifice their desire and the money, using it to prestige of the Faith and were successfully used finance a travel-teaching safari throughout the as a site for conferences and institutes. country. Among the national properties acquired Much remains to be done in all areas. The during this time, Mauritania acquired its tem- potential is great, and the corresponding ple site and national Centre, Ivory Coast new responsibilities are great. However there is a land for a national Centre , Senegal its temple growing awareness among the friends, and site, Sierra Leone its national endowment and faith, that with continued effort our hopes will Upper Volta its temple land. be realized. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 157

B. THE AMERICAS

The Five Year Plan called for the formation of organize such activities. Also, three successful one new National Spiritual Assembly in Cen- international youth conferences took place tral, North and South America. At Ric_ivan under the sponsorship of the Continental 1977 the National Spiritual Assembly of the Board of Counsellors and the respective French Antilles came into being, with its seat in National Spiritual Assembly: in San Jose, Guadeloupe. Surinam and French Guiana Costa Rica, for the entire zone, in December formed at Ric_ivan 1977 with its seat in Para- 1977; in Santa Tecla, El Salvador, for the maribo, Surinam; and at Ric_lvan the following northern part of Central America and Mexico, year the Bahamas formed their National in December 1978; and in David , Panama, for Assembly with its seat in Nassau. The progress the southern part of Central America and of the Faith in the thirty-three National Panama, in January 1979. Spiritual Assemblies whose territories lie Three principal objectives of the Five Year within the Americas are assisted by the Conti- Plan are, by their very nature, continuing nental Boards of Counsellors whose spheres of goals: the preservation and consolidation of service are divided into three zones, each with past accomplishments; the broad and vast its own Board: expansion of the Baha'i community; and the Central America development of the distinctive character of North America Baha'i life, especially in the local communities. South America All three were embarked upon throughout the zone with varying degrees of intensity and Central America some success was noted. The training and In the area comprising Panama, Central encouragement of Local Spiritual Assemblies, America, Mexico and the Antilles, the years another aspect of the Five Year Plan which from 1976 to 1979 witnessed considerable demands constant and continuing attention, social and political unrest which in some was pursued in an effort to assist the Baha'is to instances disrupted the teaching activities of achieve a fuller understanding of the administhe Baha'i communities and required the trative order and to increase the number of forced departure of Baha'i pioneers; neverthe- effectively functioning Local Assemblies. less, many thrilling victories were recorded. Special events and highlights in the period Practically all areas with National Spiritual under review included: Assemblies established the required number of (1) Teams of five believers participated in Local Spiritual Assemblies and opened to the two successful teaching projects of less than Faith the assigned number of new localities. one month each along the north coast of Hon- Despite heroic efforts during the final year of duras. As a result of the second project alone, the Plan it was not possible to acquire all local 1,009 people accepted the Faith, nineteen new and regional Centres nor to secure all endow- Local Spiritual Assemblies were elected and ments. Much progress was made, however, in thirty-four new localities were opened. The publishing new literature for children, and in population among whom the projects took training teachers for newly-established classes place comprises Carib and Mesquite Indians, for children. Special activities for women, and Latins and people of African descent. William the increase of their participation in all phases Stover, the Auxiliary Board member who was of Baha'i activities, received much attention, the moving spirit in both projects, wrote: ' I and a successful international conference for have been using "e ntrance in troops" and women was held in El Salvador under the " mass conversion " in my reports and that is auspices of the Continental Board of Counsel- exactly what we are now engaged in ... we lors and the National Spiritual Assembly. In have whole villages which are either all Baha'fs addition , regional and national women's con- or have a Baha'i population of well over fifty ferences were held in other countries. per cent . . . every trip we make we witness Regional and national youth conferences more and more Baha'is teaching the Cause and took place in those countries having a National trying to deepen their knowledge of it and Youth Committee sufficiently developed to abide by its laws.' 158 THE BAHA'f WORLD

(2) In Panama, a continuous proclamation stige and recognition of the Faith. The director and teaching campaign in areas around the and teachers will be Baha'ls. House of Worship resulted in 3,000 people (4) Another significant event in the Caribaccepting the Faith, approximately 800 of bean zone was the formation at Ri<;lvan 1977 of whom embraced it during the years 1976- the first National Spiritual Assembly of the 1979. A large number of believers participated French Antilles comprising the major Frenchin this activity. Recently a Teaching Centre was speaking islands, other than Haiti, and includestablished at the House of Worship making ing Desirade, Guadeloupe, Iles des Saintes, possible a programme of continuous consolida- Marie-Galante, Martinique, St. Barthelemy tion of these new communities. The National and St. Martin. Spiritual Assembly reported that classes and (5) In the area under the jurisdiction of the other activities are carried on at the Teaching National Spiritual Assembly of the Leeward Centre with a considerable economy of human and Virgin Islands and the National Spiritual and financial resources and draw attendance Assembly of Barbados and the Windward from the outlying communities. Various youth Islands, large-scale proclamation, teaching from these communities serve as teachers in and expansion has taken place in preparation regularly-scheduled classes to train adults, for the coming into being, at some future time, youth and children. of a National Spiritual Assembly on each In December 1978 an inspiring conference major island. took place attended by Baha'ls from all parts of (6) At Ri<;lvan 1979 the National Spiritual the Ame ricas who gathered to study all aspects Assembly of Mexico-another great republic of radio and television production and the writ- mentioned by name in the Tablets of the ing of scripts . 1 The workshops and lectures Divine Plan-approved and inaugurated the were led by Baha'ls who are highly-skilled pro- Jaguar Plan designed to establish the Faith fessionals in their various fields. among each of the sixty-four indigenous The inauguration of the newly-constructed groups composing the population. Already first Regional Teaching Institute of Bocade representatives of thirty-one groups in Mexico Soloy in the Guaymi area was attended by have embraced the Faith. almost 500 Baha'ls and their friends from all parts of the country. (3) In Haiti, one of the two 'black republics' 2 North America mentioned by 'Abdu'l-Baha in His Tablets of the Divine Plrzn , an important event was the ALASKA inauguration of construction of the Anis July 1976 brought a glimpse of the Baha'i Zanuzi School , located at Lilavoix, a short world to Alaska when more than 1,000 friends distance from the capital, Port-au-Prince. from twenty-two countries arrived in Anchor- According to the National Spiritual Assem- age to atte nd the International Teaching Conbly's report, this school which is being financed ference called by the Universal House of Jusby a Baha'i, 'will house a pre-school class, six tice. Alaskan believers had worked hard to elementary grades, and a technical school. arrange the Conference and to utilize the occa- Craft classes, agricultural projects and even- sion to publicize the Faith throughout the ing classes for th e local community are being State, but it was the presence of the friends planned.' A curriculum is being developed from other countries which provided the with a view to training children in Baha'i stan- crowning touch to the occasion. The Universal dards of moral and spiritual conduct, as well as House of Justice was represented by the Hand meeting national academic requirements. In of the Cause of God Collis Featherstone. He Haiti, whe re there is much illiteracy and where was joined by his fellow Hands of the Cause, government schools are not available, this pro- John Robarts and William Sears. ject assumes enormous importance for the pre- Immediately following the Conference a ' See 'Expansion of the Use of Radio and Television', p. Native Council was held to focus on specific 92, 215. aspects of teaching and establishment of the In His Tablets of the Divine l'/an, p. 33, 'Abd u' l-Bahii refers to 't he two black republics, Haiti and Santo Faith among the A leuts, Eskimos, and Indians Domingo'. of North America. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 159 Apart from the International Teaching Con- Endeavours, became available just prior to the ference the Hands of the Cause of God John International Teaching Conference. Robarts, William Sears and 'Ali-Akbar Fun'.i- The National Spiritual Assembly conducted tan made individual trips to Alaska. Counsel- several 'concept conferences' tliat involved lor Florence Mayberry of the International believers from various sections of the State Teaching Centre came again to visit Alaska. sharing ideas on such individual topics as the The breaths from the World Centre brought by Nineteen-Day Feast, youth planning for their these friends served to invigorate and inspire futures, family unity, and child raising. Each the Alaska friends. year, as part of the Five Year Plan, a National The Continental Board of Counsellors in Teaching Conference was held. In collabora- North America continued to encourage the tion with the Continental Counsellors the individual believers and the institutions of the National Spiritual Assembly provided seminars Faith. A regular feature relating to Auxiliary on the art of Baha'i consultation; and encourboards, inaugurated by the Continental Board aged the continued translation of Baha'i Writof Counsellors, was published in Alaska Bahli'f ings into Alaskan native languages. The Alaska News. It was felt that direct consultation be- Bahti'[ News ran a sixteen part series on tween the Continental Board of Counsellors 'Opposition and the Power of the Covenant' . and the National Spiritual Assembly benefi- The Baha'i Information Office, ·a National cially influenced many projects thoughout the Committee, took major steps in utilization of State. mass media . A thirty-minute video tape was Among activities undertaken by the produced in Pt. Barrow, the most northern National Spiritual Assembly one closest to the community in Alaska. Performances by the hearts of all Alaskan believers was the publica- singer Karen Gibbs were sponsored in sevention of the letters written to Alaska by the teen communities and brought much favorable beloved Guardian. This book, High publicity to the Faith.

Participants in teaching conference, Martinique, French Antilles, sponsored by the Continental Board of Counsellors for Central America; 20 August 1978. Seen on the extreme left, back row, is Mr. Hooper Dunbar of the International Teaching Centre. Four members of the Central American Board of Counsellors attended: Mr. Artemus La~b, fourth from left, back row; Mr. Alfred Osborne, third from right, back row; Dr. H. Af:zmadfyyih, third from left, third row; and Mrs. Carmen de Burafato, fourth from left, second row. 160 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Guay mi and Cuna Indian Baha'{s who participated in the satellite teaching conference held at the Magisterio Panameno Unidas, Panama; 10-13 February 1977.

Participants in the International Bahd'( Youth Conference held in San Jose, Costa Rica; 6-9 January 1978. The conference, sponsored by the Continental Board of Counsellors for Central America and the National Spiritual Assembly of Costa Rica, attracted more than 150 Baha'( youth from every country of Central America and from Puerto Rico, Venezuela and the United States. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 161

The national /jar.fratu'l-Quds of the Bahamas, situated in Nassau.

The National Child Education Committee of the State. This was finally completed in the continued to publish their bulletin, Northern summer of 1978 when visiting teaching teams Lights. A 'Dawn Patrol', for youth aged ten to went to the Pribilof Islands, to Sand Point on fifteen, sprang up in several towns. These the Alaska Peninsula, and to Atka in the Aleuyouth groups inaugurated a variety of tian Islands. activities. Nine-day Institute programmes, so At the heart of all teaching work was the effective in Alaska, were held on several occa- effort put forth by local Spiritual Assemblies. sions and there were many weekend deepening Large Assemblies, such as Anchorage and classes as well as spiritually invigorating Oceanview, made extensive use of the mass Winter and Summer Schools in southern and media. The Local Spiritual Assembly of northern Alaska. Teaching activities included Nenana, a small, predominately native comvisits to villages, settlement of pioneers, fair munity, inspired the entire State with the way it booths, public meetings, prayer vigils, adver- assisted other communities. The National tisements, correspondence with believers in Assembly assigned to some Local Assemblies a remote areas, trained and organized home 'sister Assembly' with whom projects could be teaching teams, travel teachers, and firesides. shared and help exchanged. Nenana was able It was noted with interest that one resource- to help the teaching efforts of its sister comful and imaginative Baha'i community in a munity at Pt. Barrow and assisted several local northern village donated, for the use of travel- Spiritual Assemblies in the purchase of local ling teachers, caribou, seal oil, muktuk, sal- Baha'i Centres. mon, and white fish. Alaskans assisted the teaching work in forty-six countries. The sponsoring by Alaska THE BAHAMAS of a Continental Indigenous Council resulted The acquisition of a national I:Ia~fratu'l in a well-attended Council on the White Swan Quds in Nassau, Bahamas during the first year Reservation in the State of Washington. of the Plan and the election of the first National Teaching teams supported by Auxiliary Board Spiritual Assembly of the Bahamas in 1978 members from Alaska were able to assist the fulfilled an important goal of the Five Year Canadian friends in their final goals of the Five Plan. A wave of travel teachers, settlement of Year Plan. pioneers, and frequent and long-term visits of In 1971 Alaska began a systematic effort to the Auxiliary Board member assigned to sercarry the message of Baha'u'llah to every part vice the Bahamas were contributing factors. A 162 THE BAHA'f WORLD

national endowment was also acquired during The Continental Board of Counsellors in the first two years of the Plan. North America met with the National Spiritual When the Universal House of Justice called Assembly in July 1978 to assist in formulating for the election of the Nationa l Spiritual plans to win the remainder of their goals. A Assembly of the Bahamas by Ric;lvan 1978, the great victory was achieved when twenty-six Baha'i Teaching Committee of the Bahamas, radio programs on the Faith were broadcast under the direction of the National Spiritual throughout the Islands. By Ric;lvan 1979 a ll the Assembly of the United States, redoubled all goals of the Five Year Plan had been won, efforts. During this momentous year eleven including the election of the eighth Local pioneers were settled; three additional Local Spiritual Assembly, and the new pillar of the Spiritual Assemblies were elected, bringing the Universal House of Justice ended its first year total to seven; five teaching institutes were in triumph. held; and twenty-two youth from the United States participated in a teaching project. BERMUDA The first National Convention of the The friends in Bermuda experienced an Bahamas was held in Nassau on the weekend exciting year in 1976-1977 when the Hand of of 20 May 1978 and was blessed by the pres- the Cause Amatu'l-Baha RuJ:llyyih Khanum ence of the Hand of the Cause William Sears, visited the islands for a period of one hundred the representative of the Universal House of days. Justice. Counsellor Lloyd Gardner and Auxil- The dedication of the local J:Ia'.?iratu'l-Quds iary Board member Dr. William Tucker also occurred in February 1976. The Centre has attended, as well as Mr. Glenford Mitchell who proven to be a real asset to the proclamation of represented the National Spiritual Assembly the Faith. It is located in the busiest part of the of the United States. While the delegates were island, downtown Hamilton, and presents a praying at the J:Ia'.?fratu'l-Quds before casting lovely appearance. The friends are able to keep their ballots, the friends attendin g the conven- the Centre open most of the time, with protion were also praying at the Temple site. grammes which include children's classes, Holy The newly elected National Spiritual Day celebrations, teaching and deepening Assembly immediately arose to fulfil the institutes, and other events. request of the Universal House of Justice to Auxiliary Board members Mrs Katherine open five new islands by going themselves to McLaughlin and Dr. Adrienne Reeves are four and sending travel teachers to the fifth. In providing continuing assistance to the friends. addition it sent one of its members to each This service, together with support in teaching Baha'i community to conduct an institute on activities provided by the National Spiritual teaching and consultation. Assembly of the United States and frequent

_--;~;"':•.";~ i ~ Participants in the first Canadian Bah{l'f Native Council held in Tyendinaga, Ontario; 6-7 November 1976. Mrs . Melba Loft, a Chippewa Indian, who pioneered to Tyendinaga in 1949, is seen seated on the extreme left. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CU RRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIE S 163

I.'Ho111111esem/op/!Lrf!l71111/er/t((}true1terlel'kmn11e. L'Age au cours duquel nous txplo- problftnel humalns Mpend de cette rions dn ttm:s et des mrrs inconnues &~ d«isive. est be! et bif'tl revolu. Crpendant, il Une acceptlltioil consciente de la

:i:!1:/~~:!':~~~de ::ut!~~.:=~ penpicadtf et d'esprit d'aventure. n'~lt le pouvoiratattw rel!cM Le defi nit beauoou.p plus gnnd d.ms WW: lme qui dkouvre runiti de au;ourd'hui, puisque nou' devons l'hurnanitE. La vie prrnd tout son sens etendre nos conq~es au-dell de nee mte dtoouverte qui laisse rn· cettr fron~rt' ullime que ronstitue trevoir un monde nouveau de rebinotre proprt natUJe humalne. I.ions hum.a Ines; rtvelant d es c•padtb; Dy a plus de 120 ans, tntiettment insoup-

~~:!~;dateur de "Urqtn It P'ld ~on~~~a:=~ laFoiBahi'fe,affinNi pwissmitordotlnl,.rlt senuinifesttr. que la prise de con· Sfrigntur com~ Guidk par Its enscimce dt l'uniti de JOWOmrinrrmldr.tla seignementsde rh umanit~ scrait la~ ""'1odi.edu mondt: BaM'u'W.h, des millions quiouvrirai1 un nouvel a.°/!a~;:;Jf.r;,~, de per.ionnesi travers Jc ~t~!:O~~=;t: J'uniondtlOUIStS dn":'!t:;:~~~~ de cette virilt fonda- fKUpltS m unr o:iu:;t ture. Ce sont les Baha'fs. men tale entrainera dans unioersrltt, unt foi PeuH!t~ aimeriez-vous son sillon \'unification de rutrimuru:." en savolr un peu plussur la planete. La solution de l'objet de leur tousles autres decouverte. La Foi Baha':l.e - - - - - Une promesse accomplie.- - - - - L"un dM pnnci~ dt Nw de 11 Foi &ha"~ nt qllll' rsnvrmptlOll de 11 Wntt nt k droll et Partial view of the Baha'i display and in for- ~~ d~~~~"t~~N- ::Hf.j,P;:il~~~n~~~~n~t(~~~~~~ T't:lUll681·~ ,QW~;l.5J'l•~.Montftil mation booth during the 'Symposium of NOM - - - - - - - - - - - - · - - - -- - - Philosophies and Religions,' held at the ADRESSI::: - - - · V I LLE ---·--·-·~·----·- CODF. rt.~TAL_ _ _ __ Windsor Hotel, Montreal, Quebec, 6- 9 April 1978. The booth was arranged by the An example of the advertisements placed in Local Spiritual Assembly of LaSalle, Canadian publications which resulted in Quebec, and included a display of Bahli'( hundreds of requests from the public for literature. information about the Baha'i Faith.

v1s1ts from travel teachers, inspires the hope A uxiliary Board members Lauretta King and that the seventh Local Spiritual Assembly will Fletcher Bennett from A laska. A pproximately be established by Ric;lvan 1980 thus providing a sixty Assemblies were formed on Canadian good found ation for the election in the future Indian reservatio ns. French Canadian believof the first National Spiritual Assembly of ers played an increasingly important role in the Bermuda. teaching work, and grew in numbers, while in CANADA British Columbia the fi rst Sikh Baha'fs were From Ric;lvan 1976 to Ric.Ivan 1979, the enrolled, adding further to the diversity of the Canadian Baha'i community increased steadily National community. in numbers of believers and in the number of During 1978 and 1979 especially, Baha'fs all diverse people represented. During this across the vast Dominion launched new and period, 138 new Local Spiritual Assemblies vigorous campaigns of teaching. Collaboration were formed and 825 localities opened to the between the institutions was an important key Faith, bringing the total achievement to 315 to success. The leadership of the National Local Spiritual Assemblies and 1,675 Spiritual Assembly was reinforced by the vislocalities, thus exceeding the m1mmum ion and encouragement and services of the requirements of the Five Year Plan, under Hands of the Cause residing in North America, which the number of Assem blies was to be John Robarts, William Sears and Dhikru'llah raised to 300 and the number of localities Khadem. The Board of Counsellors, their Auxwhere Baha'fs reside to 1,500. iliary Board members and assistants collabo- Many of these victories were won by teach- rated closely with the friends in many new and ing teams which included Indian believers from audacious teaching projects. Alaska, the United States and Canada, and The recognition of the Faith was furthe r 164 THE BAHA'f WORLD

advanced with the increase of incorporated The Canadian Association for Studies on the Assemblies from eighty-six to 168, during the Baha'i Faith 1 was further developed to Five Year Plan . Through bold proclamation increase contacts with universities and academcampaigns launched for the first time on a ics in Canada. More Baha'fs responded to national scale in media across the entire coun- requests for scholarly papers on the Faith and try, the Faith became better known, resulting several volumes of Baha'i Studies have been in hundreds of requests for information about printed. it from members of the public. Following the success of the film 'Invitation' Canada's international mission called for the in 1975, which featured interviews with the provision of a total of 112 pioneers in all parts Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha Rul:llyyih of the world. By Ric;lvan 1979 there were 223 Khanum, the National Spiritual Assembly crepioneers serving in seventy countries on six ated a second successful film entitled 'Retrocontinents. Many of the pioneers became spective', featuring reminiscences of the Hand members of National Spiritual Assemblies, of the Cause John Robarts. national committees, or Auxiliary Board The institution of the Continental Board of members in their new homelands. Counsellors was expanded during the Travel teachers visited all of the regions 1976- 1979 period through the appointment as assigned. These · included Latin America, Counsellor of Mr. Angus Cowan of Canada. Greenland, Africa, Europe and the islands of Two additional Auxiliary Board members the Caribbean. In Greenland, Canada gave col- were appointed to serve in Canada, raising the laborative support to the National Spiritual total number serving Canada to thirteen and by Assembly of Denmark to assist in the acquisi- Ric;lvan 1979 there were approximately 115 tion of a I:Ia?.iratu'l-Quds, the opening of four assistants to the Auxiliary Board members localities and the establishment of a Local serving in the Dominion. Spiritual Assembly in the capital city of Nuuk 1 See 'History of the Canadian Association for Studies on (Godthaab). the Baha'i Faith, p. 197 .

.i; ' II Baha'i Children's Class, San Jose, California. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 165 THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA The visits of members of the Universal The period of Ricjvan 1976 to Ricjvan 1979 House of Justice brought inspiration and reaswitnessed significant expansion in the Ameri- surance to the American believers who were can Baha'i Community. privileged to be in their presence as they The number of Local Spiritual Assem,blies addressed the friends at the Mother Temple of showed an increase of eighty-one per cent the West in Wilmette or in other cities where (from 822 to 1,489); Assemblies on Indian they met with the believers. The American reservations reflected a nineteen per cent Baha'i Community drew encouragement from increase (from 12 to 31); localities where Baha' - the enlightening presentations given by Dr. is reside increased by thirty-three per cent David Ruhe, Mr. H . Borrah Kavelin, Mr. (from 5,301to7,041); and counties opened to Charles Wolcott, Mr. Hugh Chance, Mr. Amoz the Faith marked a nine per cent increase Gibson, Mr. Ian Semple and Mr. Hushmand (from 1,753 to 1,911). Some states witnessed a Fathea'zam. net increase in Assemblies in excess of one Counsellors Hooper Dunbar, Florence hundred per cent during the Five Year Plan. Mayberry and 'Aziz Yazdi also illumined the Enrolments showed a marked increase dur- hearts and brought fresh inspiration from the ing the final year of the Plan. This activity was World Centre during their brief visits in the sparked by the presence and dynamic leader- United States. ship of Counsellor Hidayatu'llah Al)madiyyih In 1977 the forty-five day visit of the Hand of of Belize, who brought system to the street the Cause' Ali-Akbar Furutan and Mrs. Furuteaching techniques by the introduction of a tan enriched and enlivened the sessions of varpractical teaching tool, the illustrated and col- ious Baha'i Schools. Also, the third National ourful booklet, The Bahti'( Faith . Supplement- Baha'i Youth Conference was blessed with the ing this concerted effort were the services of presence of the Hands of the Cause 'Ali-Akbar the Auxiliary Board members and their assis- Furt'.ttan, William Sears, and Dhikru'llah tants and the continuing leadership of the Khadem. Each, in turn, addressed the 3,000 National Spiritual Assembly in the directing of Baha'i youth gathered on that occasion. its chief auxiliary teaching agencies. The increase from eighteen to twenty-eight -~~--

Facsimile of the bronze plaque mounted in the display area of foundation hall in the Mother Temple of the West in Wilmette, marking the recognition of the Bahti'( House of Worship as a national historic place by the United States government and its entry in the national Register of Historic Places on 23 May 1978. 166 THE BAHA'f WORLD

in the number of Auxiliary Board members DELIGHTED ACTION BY FEDERAL AUTHORITIES serving in the United States, and the concomit- TO INCLUDE MOTHER TEMPLE OF THE WEST IN NATIONAL REGISTER OF HISTORIC PLACES ant increase in the number of assistants to STOP FRUITION YOUR EFFORTS ON 134TH Board members, brought significant strength ANNIVERSARY OF DECLARATION HIS MISSION and effectiveness to the services provided BY BLESSED BAB OBTAIN THIS SIGNIFICANT under the direction of the Continental Board RECOGNITION DESERVES WARM COMMENDA- TIONS AND IS AN OUTSTANDING ACHIEVE- of Counsellors in North America, in close col- MENT. laboration with the National Spiritual Assembly. At Ri<;lvan 1976 during the National Baha'i With a view to achieving the much desired Convention, the National Spiritual Assembly phase in the development of the teaching prog- celebrated its fiftieth anniversary. rammes, described as ' initiating process entry by troops,' the National Spiritual Assembly staged some twenty-seven conferences entitled South America 'Each One Teach One', utilizing the compilation of the Universal House of Justice, The ARGENTINA Individual and Teaching: Raising the Divine Argentina succeeded in establishing fifty- Call. These events were followed by support- seven Local Spiritual Assemblies by Ri<;lvan ing projects and services initiated by the Hands 1979, with Baha'fs residing in 252 localities. of the Cause William Sears and Dhikru'llah The major accomplishment of the Five Year Khadem, in co-operation with the National Plan was a vigorous programme of teaching con- Spiritual Assembly . ducted in all twenty-two Provinces of the country In 1976 an historic occasion was celebrated and in the Territory of Tierra de! Fuego. Chile with the gift from the American Baha'i com- and Uruguay also adopted teaching projects munity to the Cherokee Nation of a statue of designed to reach all Provinces or Depart- Sequoyah by the internationally renowned ments. Another important objective was sculptor and sandpainter, David Villasenor. reached in all three countries with the forma- The Five Year Plan property goals in the tion of at least one Local Assembly in each international field were achieved with the major jurisdiction. acquisition, in the first year of the Plan, of a Editorial Bahri'{ Indo-Latinoamericana pronational J:Ia~fratu'l-Quds in Nassau, Bahamas; duced fifteen new books in the period, includand, in the period under review, of a local ing the Spanish edition of Epistle to the Son of J:I~ratu'l-Quds in Bermuda and a district the Wolf, and issued a considerable number of Centre in Fort-de-France, Martinique. In addi- reprints of existing titles. tion, the United States community assisted A further achievement was the purchase or with the acquisition of Temple sites in Bar- construction of a local J:Ia~ratu'l-Quds in bados, Togo and Puerto Rico, a local Centre in twelve localities including Cordoba, Mendoza, the Cook Islands and a national J:Ia~ratu'l Rosario, Burzaco, General Roca, Resistencia Quds in Sierra Leone. Another aspect of the and Miraflores. international contribution of the American The Argentinian Summer School acquired community involved sending more than 700 increasing importance and attracted many vispioneers to more than fifty designated coun- itors from neighbouring countries. tries, plus numerous pioneers to assist in filling goals assigned to other national communities. BOLIVIA Twenty-five years after the opening to the Bolivia continued to make firm progress public of the doors of the House of Worship in which resulted in an expansion of the Faith in Wilmette, the United States government all Departments and Provinces, an increase in announced that the Temple was being entered the number of believers and the formation of in the National Register of Historic Places on 1,050 Local Assemblies. Effective measures of 23 May 1978, the 134th anniversary of the proclamation of the Faith were undertaken Declaration of the Bab. The following cable employing the mass media and increased conwas addressed by the Universal House of Jus- tact was made with government figures and tice to the National Spiritual Assembly: other public officials. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 167

Bahti'{ Centre, San Francisco, California; opened November 1976. San Francisco was one of the first Bahti'{ communities in the United States. New York Bahti'fs also acquired a centre during the Five Year Plan.

'Baha'i Week' proclamation materials, designed by the Bahti'(s of Los Angeles, California. Bahti'( week was observed in November 1977 in that community.

Baha'( exhibit, Dulles International Airport, Washington, D.C.; February 1976. Similar exhibits and dioramas were placed in airports across the United States and in Penn Central Station, New York. The exhibits honour the Bicentennial of the United States. 168 THE BAHA'I WORLD

The period witnessed a marked develop- National Visual Committee was formed. ment in the participation by women in teaching Book Fairs were held in various centres and activities both in urban and rural areas. the Publishing Trust, Editora Baha'i-Brasil, Another notable accomplishment was the enriched its list of titles by publishing translatranslation and publication of The Hidden tions of Call to the Nations and other works, Words of Bahti'u'llah in the Quechua lan- thanks in large part to the untiring efforts of the guage. Counsellor resident in Brazil, Mrs. Leonora Armstrong, who devotes herself to the task of BRAZIL translating. The visit of the Hand of the Cause Amatu'l- A number of very successful Women's Con- Baha Rul)iyyih Khanum and members ferences were held on both the regional and of the extraordinary 'Green Light Expedi- national levels commemorating International tion'1 to Brazil in 1975 opened many doors for Women's Year. An outstanding symposium teaching throughout the area. The first Baha'i was held in Vitoria to mark the United Nations conference in the Amazon area was inaugu- International Year of the Child. Baha'i specialrated and dozens of Assemblies and groups ists in the education of children participated were established. An Amazon teaching project effectively. was launched along the border between Col- The Teaching Institutes for the north and ombia and Peru, extending from Para to south of Brazil, under the supervision of mem- Marco. There were valuable offers of pioneers, bers of the Auxiliary Board, are making progtravelling teachers, funds and boats for the ress. In Gravatai there is a school for children transportation of teachers. Today in the Ama- ranging in age from four to six and government zon area there is a group of teachers who reside recognition has been obtained for Baha'i Holy on a boat and conduct classes for children and Days. The institute in Salvador trains travelling adults. teachers and produces valuable audio-visual The Hand of the Cause Enoch Olinga visited material including a book entitled Course for Brazil in November 1976 inspiring the friends Pioneers which is offered by the National with unforgettable addresses, and was cor- Pioneer Committee. dially interviewed by the press and on televi- A National Radio Committee was sion. The International Conference 2 held in developed in Belo Horizonte and devotes itself Salvador, Bahia in January 1977 was a glorious to recording radio programmes on cassettes. A experience. Mr. Olinga was the official rep- National Music Congress was held which resentative of the Universal House of Justice at heightened recognition among the friends of this gathering which attracted 1,300 believers the value of music in teaching. including representatives from forty-six The National Spiritual Assembly appointed National Spiritual Assemblies and Indian Ba ha' - highly effective national committees which lent is from seventeen tribes . Also in attendance a great impetus to the achievement of various were the Hands of the Cause Paul Haney and aspects of the consolidation work including the Dr. Ral).matu'llah Muhajir and all Counsellors acquisition of Baha'i Centres which now from the South American zone. number thirty. The innovative efforts of the Teaching conferences and winter and sum- national treasurer in dramatizing the needs of mer schools held twice a year prepared the the Fund led to a series of study classes on the youth for participation in teaching and deepen- subject and resulted in a greater understanding ing activities. One result was the opening to the and maturity on the part of individuals and Faith of the islands of Maraj6 and Isla Grande. communities as they strove to achieve univer- The creation of 'Baha'i Week' in Sao Paulo sal participation. resulted in closer relationships being estab- From north to south the Counsellors give lished between the Baha'is and various relig- strong encouragement to the Baha'is in all ious and cultural organizations. Artistic talents aspects of their activities and seek to collabowere revealed among the Baha'is and a rate in every way with the National Spiritual Assembly in its projects designed to fulfil the See The Bahti'f World, vol. XVI, pp. 419-448 . goals set for it by the Universal House of Jus- See 'Eight International Teaching Conferences', p. 109. tice. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 169 CHILE Baha'u'llah, a Prayer Book, a literacy manual Great progress was made in Chile during the and other works; the success of a number of Five Year Plan. It doubled the number of two-week teaching projects which were held believers and surpassed its goal calling for the throughout the country with a view to proformation of seventy-five Local Assemblies by claiming the Faith and consolidating the knowlestablishing 133 in the last year of the Plan. edge of believers; and the establishment of a Baha'is now reside in 325 localities. Chile radio recording studio in Bogota and a recordaccomplished its goal of acquiring nine local ing studio in Cali which produces deepening J:I~iratu'l-Quds and nineteen endowments, materials on cassettes. Both studios have promade great strides in teaching among the vided the community with useful materials. Mapuches and elected seven Local Assemblies This was the first Plan in which Colombia within the metropolitan area of Santiago, thus was given the goal of sending pioneers abroad. augmenting the strength of the Baha'is in the At Ric;lvan 1979 Colombia had five pioneers central zone of the country. Literature in Span- serving in Venezuela; two in the United ish was enriched through the publication in Republic of Cameroon; two in Costa Rica; and Chile of Los cielos estan rendidos (The one in the countries of Ecuador, Nicaragua and Heavens are Cleft Asunder) and Tahirih, Poet- Uruguay. Of the pioneers which Colombia isa y Martir def Iran (a study of the life of received during the Plan, only seven remained Tahirih). at Ric;lvan 1979, including two on San Andres 'School Nur' was established in the munici- Island. pal district of Las Cisternas, within the city of Santiago. Maintained by a group of self- ECUADOR sacrificing Baha'i school teachers, this primary Without doubt one of Ecuador's greatest regular school, which offers two years of sec- blessings has been the establishment of Radio ondary level training, follows a curriculum that Baha'i, the first Baha'i radio station in the includes the teaching of religion, a presenta- world, 1 which facilitates regular communication of progressive revelation and basic Baha'i tion with believers even in the most remote and history. The Baha'is now seek to have the inaccessible areas. On 19 July 1977 the appropriate authorities accord 'School Nur' National Spiritual Assembly was granted perofficial status as a co-operative school within mission to operate a station in Otavalo (frethe Chilean system of education. quency 1420 KHz). The strategic Mojanda Pass was chosen as the site for the transmitter, COLOMBIA from which transmission could be made into Colombia surpassed its goal of 175 Local the valleys of Otavalo and Cayambe. The first Spiritual Assemblies by forming 213 and historic test broadcast was made on 12 October exceeded the 750 localities where Baha'isreside 1977 using a thirty-watt home-built transby achieving 885. There are at least two Local mitter and a single tape recorder. More sophis- Assemblies in each State and forty of these are ticated equipment was installed over the next incorporated. two years enabling transmission with 1,000 Several achievements during the last three watts of power and programming adequate for years of the Five Year Plan deserve special the needs of the region was developed. The mention. Among these are the strength and view was to achieve, by December 1979, solid foundation achieved in the States of Valle broadcasts extending over twelve hours each and Cauca; the constant flow from the National day providing listeners, including 133 Local Audio-Visual Committee and 'Editorial Nur' Spiritual Assemblies, with the life-giving mesof audio-visual and deepening materials which sage of Baha'u'llah as well as programmes for are being used in many countries of Latin cultural enrichment. A second phase of America; the establishment of a tutorial teach- development was the raising of a shortwave ing institute (Rul).i) in Puerto Tejada where facility at a site on Mount Cuicocha which was teachers from all parts of the country were visited by the Hand of the Cause Enoch Olinga prepared in a month-long course; the enrich- in August 1976. The first test broadcast was ment of literature in Guajira through the pub- scheduled for 12 November 1979 (beyond the lication of translations of The Hidden Words of ' See 'Expansion of the Use of Radio and Television', p. 215. 170 THE BAHA'I WORLD

period covered by this report). The plan is to then the Cuenca Summer School has become a have Radio Baha'i shortwave serve the entire popular annual event providing opportunity country, and possibly beyond its borders, and for deepening and fellowship: In October 1979 to provide extensive deepening programming. the first Summer School for Quechua-speaking Radio Baha'i AM, it is expected, will continue believers was held in Cachaco, lmbabura, with to serve northern Ecuador with programmes of promising results. proclamation and the presentation of introduc- During the Five Year Plan Baha'i Prayers tory and basic outlines of the Baha'i teachings. and The Hidden Words of Baha'u'llah were The Five Year Plan called for the formation translated into several local languages. The of at least one Local Spiritual Assembly in monumental task of translating into Quechua every County in Ecuador. Several Provinces Baha'u'llah and the New Era was completed by had not yet been opened to the Faith. The Sra. Clementina de Pavon shortly before her Baha'is of Cuenca in the south began to visit passing. the goal areas regularly. In the north, helped by The Continental Board of Counsellors of Radio Baha'i, more and more Indian believers South America compiled beautiful recordings arose to participate. The friends in Esmeraldas of songs with Baha'i themes from all parts of on the coast opened up promising new mass the continent. The National Spiritual Assemteaching areas. The Amazon basin , remote and bly, in close collaboration with the Counseluncertain, proved to be a tremendous chal- lors, undertook the distribution of cassettes lenge. A few hardy souls made the adventurous of the Baha'i recordings through Radio journey in precarious boats and even on foot to Baha'i. establish the Faith of Baha'u'llah in the few The third International Quechua Confervillages of the area. The teaching in central ence, or 'Tantanakuy ', was held in Otavalo in Ecuador seemed destined to decline and August 1977 , having as its aim the bringing perhaps fail. Teaching campaigns were vigor- together of the Quechua-speaking friends of ously carried out. Travelling teachers from Bolivia, Peru and Ecuador so that they could neighbouring countries came to lend assis- consult on teaching. Each country speaks a tance. Members of the Auxiliary Board went to different dialect of Quechua so another goal the goal areas and stayed there . Finally, was to give the friends the opportunity to through the combined efforts of all, the wall of familiarize themselves with the other dialects defeat crumbled. Results of the formation of and thus more readily understand the Quechua Local Assemblies began trickling into the literature published in the three countries. An national office during the last months of the enormous nine-sided thatched auditorium to Plan. At Ric;lvan 1979 the heartening news was house the conference was built by the friends in proclaimed: Ecuador had won her goals, elect- volunteer work groups on the property of the ing 315 Local Assemblies, with at least one in Baha'i Institute named for the Hand of the every County. Cause Amatu'J-Baha Rul)iyyih Khanum. The Another major goal was the acquisition of result was the 'Choza', a building built in the nineteen local I:I~fratu'J-Quds. Most of these style of the villagers, though on a larger scale, were secured in the Esmeraldas area where the and both pleasing to the eye and low in cost . friends from each community helped to For the inauguration of Radio Baha'i a large acquire the land and building materials, and picture map of the Province was painted and then to raise the buildings. Teaching Institutes placed as a backdrop for the stage. It gives the were constructed in Riobamba, in the central impression of viewing the entire Province from Andean region, and in Esmeraldas, on the afar. The building is crowned with the Greatest northern coast. In the city of Cuenca, in the Name, placed in the skylight. southern Andes, a regional l:l~fratu'l-Quds Since its construction the 'Choza' has been was begun. used for many activities including the Folk In July 1977 Ecuador's first Summer School Music Festival 'Nucanchi Tono' (literally, 'our was held in Cuenca. The sessions served as a music') sponsored by Radio Baha'i, and a satellite conference of the International Teach- Children's Festival. Every Sunday the Baha'fs ing Conference held in Bahia, Brazil. 1 Since of the area meet there for morning prayers. 1 See ' Eight International Teaching Conferences', p. 109. The 'Choza' is also the site of the National INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 171

Some participants in the third All-Quechua Conference held in Otavalo, Ecuador; August 1977. Seen standing on the left are Andres Jachakollo and Sabino Ortega, Auxiliary Board members from Bolivia; Mario Le6n (back, centre), a member of the National Spiritual Assembly of Peru; and Rufino Gual<ivisi, standing second from the right, an Auxiliary Board member from Ecuador.

Street poster, Brazil. Thirty of these large posters announced meetings to be held during November 1978. While the posters were on display the Bahti'is of Sao Paulo observed 'Baha'i Week' .

Students of the Baha'i School of La Cisterna, Chile; 1976. 172 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Convention and of the National Teaching Con- south. In the southern Department Qf Puno, ference held annually in December. 180 Local Assemblies were formed. In all, 272 In December 1976 Otavalo was host to the Local Assemblies came into being, a consider- International Radio-Television Workshop able increase over the 150 assigned to the when friends from Central and South America country as a goal. In addition, Baha'is were met to discuss the use of mass media in the established as residents in 924 localities at the teaching work. end of the period under review. The goal for the acquisition of local I:I~ratu'l-Quds was GUYANA surpassed by two bringing the total to twenty- The processes of expanding and consolida- nine, and although assigned forty-five endowting the Baha'i community moved forward ments in the Plan, forty-seven were acquired. rapidly during this period. Through their con- Representatives of various jungle tribes stant efforts the Baha'is of this richly varied embraced the Faith in the period as a result of society increased their numbers and raised the teaching activities in their home areas and satotal of Local Spiritual Assemblies and the cred Writings were translated into the various total of localities where Baha'is reside to fifty- tongues spoken by these believers. In March three and 153 respectively, both figures rep- 1978 it was reported that a team of teachers, resenting achievements far above the assigned one of whom purchased a boat named Luz goals of the Five Year Plan. Large numbers of Verde Maiden, were travelling in the Amazon believers including youth enthusiastically par- area, introducing the Faith to people in villages ticipated in the annual summer teaching proj- along the river system. ects, and in addition numerous local youth 'Women's Role in the Progress of Humanity' activities were held as well as an outstanding was the theme of the first International Conannual Youth Camp. ference of Baha'i women in South America A great increase in the number of local chil- held during the last week of December 1977. dren's classes was complemented by the hold- In attendance were 200 women from twelve ing of several successful national children's countries. The First Lady of Peru, the wife of conferences. National teaching conferences the President, sent a cordial and significant and national conferences for women were also message to the conference, and good publicity held regularly. was obtained. The prestige of the Cause was There was excellent progress in the work of enhanced through the extensive use of radio consolidating Local Assemblies and training broadcasting. A considerable increase in the them to function effectively. Many of these number of Baha'is was recorded as well as a bodies began contributing regularly to the growth in the number of localities where Bah a' - National Fund thus playing a part in enabling is reside. In Peru, as well as in Bolivia and this national community to achieve financial Paraguay, the contribution of the capable and independence. There were also successful dedicated Baha'i youth was outstanding. efforts made to expand the use of radio for the proclamation of the Faith. SURINAM AND FRENCH GUIANA Teaching act1v1t1es during the year PARAGUAY 1976-1977 focused on extending geographi- Paraguay surpassed its goals with the formacally the foundations of the Faith and winning tion of thirty-seven Local Assemblies, and 114 to its ranks a greater representation of the peolocalities were opened to the Faith. Extraorple of many races who comprise the populadinary progress was made in the Five Year Plan tion, in preparation for the formation of the by the believers of Paraguay who were able to first National Spiritual Assembly of Surinam p!,'oclaim the Faith through the use of radio and and French Guiana at Ric;lvan 1977. 1 The who succeeded in translating and publishing in Hand of the Cause Dhikru'ullah Khadem replocal languages a number of sacred Writings resented the Universal House of Justice at the including The Hidden Words of Baha'u'llah. The National Spiritual Assembly of Guyana, Surinam and PERU French Guiana was formed at Ric;Ivan l 970 with its seat in Georgetown, Guyana. The seat of the National Spiritual Substantial progress was noted in various Assembly of Surinam and French Guiana is in Paramaribo, parts of the country and particularly in the Surinam. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 173

inaugural convention which was held in an Faith and the individual believers made susatmosphere of joy and excitement. tained efforts to spread the teachings of Bah a' - Under the guidance of the newly-elected u'llah throughout every quarter of this nation National Spiritual Assembly the work of and among the people of different religious expansion and consolidation was carried for- and racial backgrounds who comprise its popuward and the friends were inspired to action by lation. The number of Baha'fs, localities and their attendance at several national and re- Local Spiritual Assemblies increased steadily. gional teaching conferences. Although it is a Baha'fs now reside in 323 localities and there young community the number of believers are 138 Local Assemblies. increased, localities where Baha'fs reside grew Several successful national teaching conferto seventy-six and forty-seven Local Spiritual ences were held, some of which w·ere blessed Assemblies were formed. The community also by the presence of a Hand of the Cause. A achieved financial independence and acquired number of conferences for children and for several properties for local or national use. women took place; and the youth were stimu- Outstanding progress was made in establishing lated to further service by their attendance at the Faith among the Bush Negroes of the two Youth Camps. Financial independence was Surinam River area which was visited by the also achieved by the community. Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha RuJ:ifyyih Excellent publicity was obtained in radio Khan um and her team of photographers dur- and television broadcasts with the result that ing the Green Light Expedition in 1975. 1 There nearly all inhabitants of Trinidad and Tobago ·were expressions of thanksgiving at Ric;lvan are aware of the existence of the Baha'i Faith. 1979 that all goals of the Five Year Plan had Concerted activity in 1978 and 1979 enabled been achieved. the community to acquire ten local I:la-?-fratu'l-Quds and ten local endowments. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO Thus, at Ric;lvan 1979, the believers of During this period the institutions of the Trinidad and Tobago could•celebrate victori- ' See 'The Green Light Expedition of Rul)iyyih Khanum', ous achievement of all goals of the Five Year The Baha'i World, vol. XVI, pp. 419-448. Plan.

The President of Peru's National Constituent Assembly, Mr. Victor Raul Haya de la Torre, receiving a delegation of Peruvian Baha'is who had requested an opportunity to present the Baha'i concept ofadministration and justice to those charged with drafting a new Constitution. 174 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Bahd'( Children's Class, Ecuador; 1976.

URUGUAY twenty-seven local endowments in Venezuela Thirty-eight Local Assemblies were formed were secured in the Guajira Indian areas of the and seventy-nine localities were opened to the State of Zulia during the last year of the Plan; Faith during the Five Year Plan. Within the the opening to the Faith of Delta Amacuro nineteen Departments teaching activities were (Federal Territory) and the establishment of the undertaken and a Local Assembly was estab- first three Local Spiritual Assemblies in this lished in each. area among the Warao tribe; the broadened expansion of the Faith in the State of Falcon VENEZUELA and the formation of five Local Spiritual At the end of the Five Year Plan Venezuela Assemblies among the very receptive people had surpassed by seven its assigned goal of 250 who live there, many of whom arose to teach Local Spiritual Assemblies and Baha'fs resided others; increased evidence that the Faith has in 830 localities. There is at least one Local become solidly established among a growing Assembly in each State. An all-out effort on number of youth throughout the country and the part of the entire community during the last especially in Eastern Venezuela; and the months of the Plan brought ultimate victory. development in many areas of the country of Among the achievements of this three-year more deepened communities, demonstrating period there are several deserving of special the effects of a programme of consolidation mention: the fact that all nineteen local which had as its hallmark constancy, patience }.la~fratu'l-Quds and all but four of the and perseverance.

c. ASIA Two new National Spiritual Assemblies were Spiritual Assembly of the Marshall Islands formed in Asia as supplementary achieve- with its seat in Majuro, at Ric;lvan 1977, and the ments of the Five Year Plan, the National National Spiritual Assembly of the Mariana INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 175 Islands with its seat in Guam, at Ric:Ivan 1978. 1 been supported by the holding of Summer The National Spiritual Assembly of Jordan, Schools, Teaching Institutes, conferences, spewith its seat in Amman, was established at cial teaching trips and the efforts of visiting Ric:Ivan 1975, fulfilling a goal of the Five Year Baha'ls from many parts of the world. Plan. Two effective banquets were held at which For the purposes of the functioning of the awards were presented to two prominent Continental Boards of Counsellors, Asia is non-Baha'i women in recognition of their serdivided into four zones: vice to their community. These provided excel- North-eastern Asia lent publicity for the Faith. The award pre- South Central Asia sented on each occasion is named for the Hand South-eastern Asia of the Cause Agnes Alexander,2 and the event Western Asia becomes increasingly well known as the Agnes A number of the national communities Baldwin Alexander Awards Banquet. within these zones function under external difficulties inimical to the Faith. Although this JAPAN circumstance renders it impossible to report in The visits of several of the beloved Hands of any detail on the development of the Baha'i the Cause of God provided great impetus to community in various countries, the situation the development of the Baha'i community in some of these territories is described under between 1976 and 1979. The National Teach- 'Efforts to Protect the Faith from Persecution ing Conference in December 1976 was graced and to Free it from the Restraints Imposed by by the presence of the Hands of the Cause Religious Orthodoxy' on pages 78 to 81 of this 'Ali-Akbar Furutan and Dr. Ra9matu'llah survey. Muhajir. Mr. Furutan returned the following year for a second visit. The Japanese communtiy also received encouragement and guidance North-eastern Asia from the Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone who stressed the need for widespread THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS proclamation of the Faith. Mr. Hushmand The National Spiritual Assembly of the Fathea 'zam of the Universal House of Justice Baha'ls of the Hawaiian Islands excelled in the also visited and discussed with the friends the area of proclamation of the Faith through the spiritual aspects of the Baha'i teachings, a topic creation and use of visual aids, displays, of particular interest to the Japanese believers. prize-winning floats, abundant radio coverage The Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha and programmes, advertising and television. Ru91yyih Khanum planned to travel through- Particularly successful was the television series out Japan to encourage the friends, but produced in collaboration with the Hand of the because of illness she was forced to leave soon Cause William Sears. This series, and other after arriving in October 1977. In the same audio-visual aids, was generously shared with month of the following year she returned and other national communities. was joyously welcomed. During her stay which Most goals of the Five Year Plan were extended over a period of two months she achieved but considerable difficulty was stimulated activity in each area she visited. All experienced in acquiring property due to the who met her were encouraged to arise in serunusual zoning laws obtaining in Hawaii as vice to the Cause and experienced an increase well as the great number of large privately- in confidence. Ru9fyyih Khan um was cordially owned estates. received by a large number of prominent indi- The work of teaching the Faith and con- viduals during her travels in Japan. solidating the gains has been constant and has Very significant to the development of the Faith in Japan during this period was the 'The National Spiritual Assembly of the North West Pacific Ocean came into being in 1972 with its seat in Ponape . appointment, in 1976, of Mr. Hideya Suzuki of Caroline Islands. The Caroline, Mariana and Marsha ll Hokkaido to the Continental Board of Co unse l- Islands came within its jurisdiction. With the forma tion of lors for North-eastern Asia. these two National Spiritual Assemblies at Ri<;lvan 1977 the parent Assembly was renamed the National Spiritual Assembly of the Caroline Islands. See "In Memoriam ', Th e Bah(/ { World , vol. XV, p. 423. 176 THE BAHA'i WORLD

A teaching team from the Philippines came Koreans, a large number of whom engage in to Japan in 1978 and remained until the end of farming, and therefore the winter months are the Plan. Their devoted and selfless efforts fruitful for teaching. Assisted and co-ordinated encouraged many of the Japanese friends to by the Auxiliary Board members, in large part, join them to achieve the unfulfilled goals of the many teaching trips were undertaken and these Plan . During this period and particularly served as an extremely effective means of toward the end of the Plan a wave of pioneers establishing and deepening Local Assemblies and travelling teachers from the United States, as well as drawing people to embrace the Faith. Canada, Alaska and Iran co-operated with the Japanese community in winning the goals. One THE MARIANA, MARSHALL AND indication of the growth of the Baha'i commun- CAROLINE ISLANDS ity in this country is that the National Assembly The most significant administrative steps was able to send travelling teachers to assist taken during this period were the formation of other national communities in their teaching the National Assemblies of the Marshall Islands work. The gradual strengthening of the Japan- in 1977, and of the Marianas in 1978. Their ese community created conditions which parent body, the National Spiritual Assembly enabled the National Assembly, in 1979, to of the North West Pacific Ocean, was renamed become financially independent. the National Assembly of the Caroline Islands. A large quantity of Baha'i literature was The Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone translated and published in the period under represented the Universal House of Justice at review, thus creating for the Japanese- the inaugural convention for the election of the speaking friends an opportunity to enrich their first National Spiritual Assembly of the Marunderstanding of the verities of the Faith. shall Islands. He visited the entire area of the Marshalls, the Marianas and the Carolines, KOREA greatly assisting and inspiring the friends. Stimulated and nurtured by the frequent and At the formation of the first National inspiring visits to Korea of the much-loved Spiritual Assembly of the Marianas, the Hand Hand of the Cause Dr. Ral).matu'llah Muhajir, of the Cause Dr. Ral).matu'llah Muhajir was the Korean community developed well- the representative of the Universal House of organized plans for teaching and consolidating, Justice and during the same Ri<;lvan period he and achieved most of the goals assigned to attended the National Convention of the them in the Five Year Plan. The efforts made Baha'is of the Caroline Islands. to acquire one I:Ia'.?iratu'l-Quds in each Prov- In the Marshall Islands the indigenous ince unfortunately met with difficulties which believers were largely responsible for opening prevented the achievement of this goal, every major island to the Faith as called for in although progress m other areas was the Five Year Plan, and the considerable significant. number of believers who arose to serve as Teaching Institutes, conferences, Summer travelling teachers was outstanding. One and Winter Schools and visits from travelling native believer of the Caroline Islands deputeachers from Japan and the Philippines all tized others to travel to districts other than his served to strengthen the fabric of Baha'i com- own in order that they might spread the mesmunity life. A Women's Institute was held for sage of Baha'u'llah; his gesture demonstrated the study of Baha'i education and the Baha'i how the Faith has eliminated the barriers family; and classes for children, and youth which have traditionally existed between disactivities, were particularly emphasized and tricts. developed. Local believers in the Mariana Islands by the Plans were undertaken for a more wide- use of effective teaching teams doubled the spread proclamation of the Faith throughout numbers enrolled in the Cause. Korea as a result of the visit of the Hand of the The friends in the Mariana and Marshall Cause Collis Featherstone and although a Islands fulfilled all the goals assigned them in beginning has been made toward this goal the Five Year Plan. A National Centre was much more remains to be done. acquired in the Marshall Islands and is fre- The winter season is not busy for many quently used. Located in a densely populated INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 177

Participants in the National Teaching Conference held at Kinakopw, Ponape, Caroline Islands; 5-6 November 1977.

The Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone (extreme right), Counsellor Richard Benson (second from left), members of the Auxiliary Board and their assistants who attended the first National Convention of the Bah<i'[s of the Marshall Islands; April 1977. (Left to right: Juliana Korean, Richard Benson, Ertin Eliu, Virginia Breaks, Betra Laipen, Edwin Pedro, Mr. Featherstone.)

Hawaiian Baha'lfloat, 'Aloha Week' parade, Honolulu; 14October1978. 'One World - One People' was the theme of the float which included a 15-foot statue of King Kamehameha, a globe of the world and the Hawaiian flag. The float was honoured by being chosen to close the parade. 178 THE BAHA'I WORLD

area where many Baha'fs reside it is easily the Five Year Plan . Pio neers have settled in accessible. The Local Centre situated on goal towns so that many distric;ts of the co untry Ebeye in the Marshall Islands is very attractive now have a pio neer in reside nce. Representain appeara nce. It was built with the consent of tives of the Chakma , Mongh , T uria, Morung the gove rnme nt authorities and the traditional and Santa i tribes have embraced the Faith and lea ders. are deepening their knowledge of its verities in TAIWAN order to teach th eir fe ll ow tribesmen. A steady fl ow of travelling teachers and Women 's activities have steadily increased pioneers to Taiwa n had a great effect upon the and Baha'i women are being encouraged to teaching work. Through the consistent, well- participate more fully in the work of the Faith . plann ed and devoted efforts of a team of travel- A conference for wome n was he ld in Dacca, ling teachers made up of Baha'ls from and women took part in the Nation a l Teaching Malaysia, H ong Kong, the Philippines, and the Conference as well as the Wi nter Schools. Speenthusiastic co-operation of the Baha'ls of cial study classes for wo men were also organ- Taiwan, all the goals of the Five Year Plan ized. T he correspondence course is conducted were won. The spirit of sacrifi ce a nd determi- by women. nation rose to new heights as the end of the A sma ll number of ch ildren's tutorial classes Plan drew near and in the final three month s of have been started and a re carried on satisfacthe Plan more than seventy people enro lled as torily. Baha'ls. The Natio nal Spiritual Assembly of Bang- An hi storic moment occurred with the first lades h had the distinction of being the first in mention of the Faith on rad io in Taiwan and the South Central zone to complete its teaching the use of bus posters to proclaim the Faith was goals . In addition , the Baha'ls of Bangladesh found to be effective. The appearance of the acquired a Temple site and a national endowposters resulted in almost daily calls from ment. enquirers seeking information about the Faith. INDIA The Faith was brought to the atten tion of gov- One-third of the world's total numberofLocal ernment officials a nd use was made of news- Spiritual Assemblies and localities where paper advertisements. A visit from the Hand of Baha'ls reside are to be found in India. During the Cause Collis Featherstone in the opening the Five Year Plan there was witnessed an upphase of the Plan stimul ated the development su rge of participation by local believers. The of these means of proclamation. Nation al Spiritu al Asse mbl y and the Continen- Four regiona l conferences were he ld on the tal Board of Counsellors, in res ponse to the Covenant, a nd there were other conferences instructio ns of the Universal House of Justice devoted to o th e r topics. An increased receptiv- to utilize local ma npower, ap pealed very ity and inte rest amo ng children a nd youth was strongly fo r pioneers and trave lling teachers, noted during these years. and those who responded were directed to Toward th e end of the Plan the Baha'i com- concentrate o n areas of greatest need. T hese munity of Taiwan was ho no ured by a visit from efforts, combined with those of the friends who Amatu'l-Baha Rul:llyyih Khanum. Her visit have pio neered to India from abroad, resulte d deeply affected the community and the spirit of in India's surpassing the goals of the Five Yea r her service encouraged the friends to move Plan. Although 7,000 Local Assemblies were forward more rapidly to complete the goals of assigned, a total of 10,377 were formed. Baha'- the Plan. H er statement that 'consolidation' ls now reside in 34,873 localities, exceeding may be summed up in two words, 'Go back!', the assigned goal by 4 ,873. inspired man y of the Baha'ls in Taiwan to Although the work of consolidating the devote themselves to preserving the goals won . Local Spiritual Assemblies is hampered by illiteracy in the rural areas a solution is found in confirming and deepening th e village school- South Central Asia mas te r who is then able to train the local BANGLADESH believers in administrative practice . The mem- Systematically and surely the Baha'ls of bers of the Auxiliary Board rendered valuable Bangladesh have striven to fulfill the goals of service in appointing assistants who through INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 179 personal contact or correspondence deepened these go a long way to inspire the believers. the knowledge of these key believers who were Members of the Santhal and Majhi tribes have thus ab le to strengthen their own Local accepted the Faith and in some of these States a Assemblies and in some instances others in State Teaching Committee has been formed. nearby areas. The East-West Project organized by the The National Teaching Committee organ- National Youth Committee in Kera la during ized regular deepening classes which were held the early years of the Five Yea r Plan was a in various centres. In the very centre of mass great success. A number of be lievers from the teaching, in Gwalior and Indore, the classes United States of America, the United Kingwere held at the Rabbani School and the Faizi dom and other countries came to Kerala and Institute, and in the State of Uttar Pradesh , joined with the Indian Baha'i youth in promotwhich has the second largest number of Local ing the Cause in south India. Assemblies, they were held in the Malhousie Special teaching projects have been organ- Institute. Elsewhere a central village would be ized in most parts of India including the eleven the host for such gatherings. The result of these States specifically mentioned a mong the goals classes was the raising of a cadre of local friends of the Five Year Plan. who were ready to serve in any capacity, and The period under survey also witnessed the creation of an increased awareness of the unimagined victories in the remote Andaman significance of the Cause. and Nicobar Islands. Within a short time after The South India Teaching Project-a brain- the arrival of devoted pioneers, including a child of the Hand of the Cause Dr. Ra~matu'llah member of the Auxiliary Board , eleven Local Muhajir and one which had the blessing of the Spiritual Assemblies were formed, and despite Universal House of Justice-was the most the distance separating the many islands important project undertaken in the period reports arrived describing the strengthening of under review. Collaborating in the scheme Local Assemblies and their wish to become, so were the National Spiritual Assemblies of far as possible, self-supporting in their activities. India and Malaysia. The devotion and sincerity Very recently a conference was held in the capital of the Malaysian friends who came to take part city of Andaman, Port Blair, which drew the inspired enthusiastic support from the local elite and the intellectuals to hear of the Faith. believers. The project set up its base at Sulur in Another area deserving of special mention is Tamil Nadu and from there the participants the tribal district of Dangs which is common to systematically visited all surrounding areas, the States of Maharashtra and Gujarat. forming Local Spiritual Assemblies and then Through the combined efforts of friends from moving outward. At the time of writing this Bombay and nearby towns in Maharashtra, report a number of bases have been established this district which consists of 313 villages, has a and more than 1,000 Local Spiritual Assem- Local Assembly in each village-the first disblies have been formed. trict to achieve this distinction . The rate of The success achieved in this project encour- illiteracy is high in the area and consequently aged the National Assembly to inaugurate the the Faith is taught through songs to some East India Project. A lthough conceived on a extent, the words of which are memorized and smaller scale the participants have succeeded repeated. It is heartwarming to hear the tribal in opening to the Faith various States in people singing songs of their own composition, north-east India and pioneers have settled in accompanying themselves on their unsophisti- Arunachal Pradesh, Tripura, Nagaland, cated instruments. The songs tell the history of Assam and Meghalaya, areas fortunate enough the Faith and describe its principles and teachto have been visited by Dr. Muhajir. In the ings. district of Burdwan almost the total population Summer and Winter Schools are regularly of two villages have embraced the Faith as a held and these make their own valuable conresult of the efforts of teachers taking part in tribution to the development of the Cause in the project and the Auxiliary Board member of this country. The youth take leadership roles in West Bengal. A number of songs celebrating many of these projects either under the the three Central Figures of the Faith have National Youth Committee or the Local Youth been composed and are sung in Bengali and Committees. 180 THE BAHA'f WORLD

There has been in recent years a break- blies and the National Spiritual Assembly; but through in the awareness of the media regard- due to the efforts of the administrative commiting the Baha'i Faith. The radio authorities have tee based in Kathmandu, some progress has been approached and for the first time have no been made. Several local administrative comhesitation in mentioning Baha'i events and mittees have been formed and have been acticelebrations on various stations throughout the vated and encouraged by the committee based country. Radio talks prepared in advance for in Kathmandu. Children's classes are being special Holy Days are now broadcast in the held and deepening conferences were held in local languages on local stations of All-India some towns attended by friends from nearby Radio. The press has shown a greater willing- villages. A bilingual Nineteen Day Feast Newsness to publish Baha'i articles and the believers letter in Nepali and English is distributed and a have developed an increased recognition of Nepali translation of The Hidden Words of how to establish good relations with represen- Baha'u'lltih was produced in collaboration tatives of the media. with the Baha'i Publishing Trust of India. The The relationship between the various National Administrative Committee achieved Institutions of the Faith has been one of con- another outstanding success in forming a stant co-operation and love and harmony, the Baha'i Trust for the safeguarding of Baha'i proelective and appointive agencies working hand perties. in hand toward fulfilment of the goals assigned SIKKIM by the Universal House of Justice. Progress of the Cause in the State of Sikkim More than 1,000 Baha'i women from all is made difficult because of the mountainous across Asia, with observers and speakers from terrain and during the winter months especially Europe and America, gathered at Vigyan Bha- many parts are not easily accessible to pioneers van Auditorium in New Delhi from October who must travel from the plains. 13th to 16th, 1977 for the Asian Baha'i The Baha'i Primary School at Tadong has Women's Conference. 1 The presence of the acquired a good reputation throughout the Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha Rul)iyyih State. Recently there has been an increase in Khanum, the most distinguished guest and the number of pioneers some of whom have principal speaker for the event, was a source of come to serve at the school. A devoted Baha'i great joy and happiness to the believers. The who is an experienced teacher and who forgathering was the occasion for an unpre- merly served at the New Era School, Panchcedented degree of publicity through the news gani, is now Principal. Fresh enthusiasm has media. Interviews appeared in many publica- been infused into the community and several tions. All-India Radio broadcast the news in deepening conferences have been held under Malayalam, the language of Kerala, and the joint aegis of the National Spiritual covered both the opening and conclusion of the Assembly and the Auxiliary Board members. conference in both domestic and foreign A district l;la?'.fratu'l-Quds is under construcbroadcasts. The inauguration was also covered tion at Singtham, the second largest town of by United Press International for foreign dis- Sikkim. The location is very prominent and the tribution. The highlight of the conference was existence of the l;la?'.fratu'l-Quds will itself the laying of the foundation stone of the proclaim the Faith in that region. Mother Temple of India by Rul)lyyih A successful Himalayan Conference was Khanum. 2 At the time of this report the work held in May 1977 in Gangtok, Sikkim's capital, of levelling the land has been completed in fulfilling one of the goals of the Five Year Plan. preparation for construction of the Present at the gathering were members of the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar. Continental Board of Counsellors, members of NEPAL the Auxiliary Board, representatives of the Due to the present circumstances it has not National Spiritual Assembly of India and other been possible to elect Local Spiritual Assem- believers from as far away as Ireland, Belgium, 1 The first Asian Women's Conference was held in Malaysia, iran and India. The Governor of December I 930 . A joint cable was sent to the assembled Sikkim, the Speaker of the Legislative Assemfriends by Shoghi Effendi and the Greatest Holy Leaf. ' See 'The Mother Temple of the Indian Subcontinent', p. bly of Sikkim and other state ministers and 368. heads of government departments honoured INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 181

Some participants in the Baha'i Summer School, Taiwan; 9-12 July 1976.

Bahti'(s of the Lama tribe who participated in the Winter School, Bangladesh; 1977.

Participants in the third Western Asian Youth Conference held in Lucknow, India; August 1976. Seen are Baha'(s from Thailand, Sikkim, iran, India, Ireland and the United States. 182 THE BAHA'I WORLD

the Baha'fs by attending the inaugural session. where reference is made, under point No. 6, to Joint consultation between the representatives the efforts that have been made to protect the of the National Assemblies oflndia and Sikkim Faith from persecution and to free it from the resulted in facilitating greater co-operation restraints imposed by religious orthodoxy. The between the two institutions in fulfilling the Faith is not officially banned in Brunei, another goals in that area. country within this zone, but the activities of the Baha'ls there are restricted. SRI LANKA All countries in the zone where the Baha'ls The Faith in Sri Lanka experienced steady enjoy freedom achieved all the major goals of progress during this period, a notable accom- the Five Year Plan. This significant accomplishment being the settling of pioneers in the plishment required inter-Assembly co-opera- Maldive Islands. The fortunate situation geo- tion and the full support of all the Institutions graphically of Sri Lanka made it possible for of the Faith. Baha'i travelling teachers from different parts Pioneers and travelling teachers, particuof the world to visit briefly and lend assistance larly from Malaysia and the Philippines, arose to the work. in large numbers to aid the work in this region, The National Youth Committee has held as well as in Taiwan, the Pacific Islands and a various conferences as well as Summer number of other countries. In many cases their Schools. efforts and sacrifices enabled the goals to be A correspondence course in the Tamil lan- met. Rural-born Tamil-speaking believers of guage has been inaugurated by a special com- Malaysia have provided the main thrust in the mittee and in collaboration with the Baha'i South India Teaching Project. The success of Publishing Trust of India a large number of these believers and their effectiveness as Baha'i books have been made available to the teachers illustrates that nothing is impossible Tamil-speaking people of the country. Transla- to those whose hearts are filled with a love of tions into Singhalese of a corresponding Baha'u'llah. number of books is now under way . The achievement of property goals has been Public lectures were sponsored by the Baha'- due in most instances to a growing desire on the ls to coincide with various United Nations part of the local friends to shoulder the finandays with participation by representatives of cial burdens of the Cause. the United Nations organization. In the field of publication there has been Deepening classes were conducted regularly great progress. In the past, translation, reviewin the Baha'i Centres which have been ing and printing were time-consuming and the acquired in the years under survey. output was limited. The past years have witnes- The committees appointed by the National sed the publication of a number of books in Spiritua l Assembly functioned responsibly and Chinese, Tamil and other local languages the teaching conferences organized on a which have aided the friends in deepening their national level by these committees evoked understanding of the Faith. The sacrifice made good response . by the friends who devoted themselves to producing these books which so greatly aid the teaching work must be appreciated. South-eastern Asia Deepening classes, conferences, Summer and Winter Schools have all contributed to This zone comprises one of the most densely strengthening the fabric of Baha'i community populated areas in the world and its population life and increased spiritual maturity. is representative of diverse cultural and all The International Conference in Hong Kong major religious backgrounds. Owing to various in November 1976, 1 the regional conferences external circumstances the Baha'i com- in Port Dickson and Kuching, the conferences munities within the zone enjoy freedom in in Manila and Bangkok have played a major varying degrees. A brief comment about the part in revitalizing the enthusiasm of the situation in Kampuchea (Cambodia), Laos, believers, releasing in them a spirit that promp- Indonesia and Vietnam will be found under the ted them to serve as pioneers and travelling survey of'World Centre Goals' on pages 80--81, ' See 'Eight International Teaching Conferences', p. 109. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 183

Participants in a nine-day Spiritual Institute, Malaysia; May 1977.

Participants in World Religion Day meeting, Hong Kong; 21January1978. Left to right: Dr. Paul Clasper, an Anglican clergyman; Mr. Chester Lee, Mr. H. A zizi, members of the National Spiritual Assembly of Hong Kong.

Students and fa culty of th e Rabbani Bahli'f School, Gwalior, India; 1977. 184 THE BAHA'I WORLD

teachers, enabling plans to be formulated for various teaching projects for which the funds were forthcoming. The visits of the Hands of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha Rul)iyyih Khanum , Collis Featherstone, Dr. Ra~matu'llah Muhajir, Abu'l-Qasim Faizi and member of the International Teaching Centre, Mrs . Florence Mayberry, played a decisive role in guiding the National Spiritual Assemblies, the Board of Counsellors and the friends in this zone. Their timely visits broadened our perspective , raised our sometimes sagging spirits, inspired us to an awareness of the loftiness of the Faith, encouraged the launching of realistic projects and plans and generally propelled us to achieve our goals. The members of the Auxiliary Board and their assistants contributed a great deal to the successful completion of the Five Year Plan goals. In many countries they were invited to spearhead teaching projects and increasingly as they grow in their understanding of their Siyyid Shah Muf:iammad, a Bahti'[ of the role and their services command the respect of Lur Tribe of Buyr Af:imad, who at 105 years the communities they serve, they organize of age is serving as a pioneer in a village training sessions for assistants, supervise their in Luristtin, lrtin. work, and initiate teaching plans . In many countries where local communities are young or weak the presence and work of the Auxiliary Board member is indispensable. Western Asia The youth in this region have played a key role in the development of the Cause and many Western Asia, during the latter part of the serve effectively on committees. Women in this Five Year Plan, was repeatedly engulfed in zone are emerging as a force in the Cause and political unrest and upheavals. The events of larger numbers of them have arisen to take an these tumultuous years remind us of the warnactive part in various fields of service. There is ings, prophecies and exhortations of the Founa growing need for classes devoted to the edu- ders of the Baha'i Faith, so forcefully called to cation of Baha'i children, the systematizing of our attention by Shoghi Effendi in The Promsuch classes and the provision of appropriate ised Day is Come. The calamities and persematerials. cutions which, as the result of the turbulence, Special attention is being paid to the ques- descended upon the Baha'ls in the cradle of the tion of teaching Chinese-speaking people with Faith inevitably caused interruptions and setresults that appear to be encouraging. backs in the final accomplishment of some of The growing number of believers, the the goals of the Plan. increase in the number of Local Spiritual In spite of political unrest and the conse- Assemblies and the proliferation of commit- quent interruptions of the steady progress in tees serve to draw attention to a need for the impleme[ltation of the Five Year Plan, improved organization; but in firm belief that most of the goals assigned to the Pakistan the solution to these problems lies within the Baha'i community were accomplished. These teachings of Baha'u'llah, a growing number of included the acquisition of properties for local friends with administrative skills are emerging l::la?-frat'ul-Quds; establishing local endowto meet the need in the communities of this ments; translation of Baha'i literature into sevzone . eral regional languages; the publication and INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 185 distribution of new and important titles by the sive and helpful ro le in the success of these Baha'i Publishing T rust; holding well-pub- programmes. The Teaching Institute in licized public meetings; and sponsoring Thataha, the first of its kind in Pakistan , was conferences and activities aimed at deepening completed and put into operation. The rural the friends, thus helping them to bring their school established in Tharparker received a lives into closer conformity with Baha'i teach- special welcome and the support of the local ings. authorities. Finally there was the inauguration Although the total number of localities of the 'New Day' Montessori School in a where Baha'is reside reached 301 , this was befitting location adjacent to the national short of the assigned goa l of 350. The number I;Ia~rat'ul-Quds. The school has attracted a of Local Spiritual Assemblies, however, rose to large number of children from non-Baha'i 177 , greatly exceeding the goa l of 150. The fami lies in Karach i and has already become a geographical distribution of the new Assem- prestigious institution. blies was less uniform than planned. In some The community of the Most Great Name in areas such as Sind there were unexpected vic- Turkey, in the face of the restrictions and tories while in Baluchistan the number of func- uncertainty caused by the political unrest tioning Assemblies fe ll below the required redoubled their efforts and won the crown of number in the Plan. victory. In the course of the successful comple- The most promising and appreciated vic- tion of the goals of the Five Year Plan, they tories of the Plan occurred in the field of educa- managed to exceed the assigned goals on a tion . The regular, well-attended and properly number of occasions. They formed thirty-three managed Summer and Winter Schools drew Local Spiritual Assemblies-one more than large numbers of friends from far and near ca lled for-and exceeded by twenty-eight the including participants from other countries in assigned number of localities where Baha'is Western Asia. The youth played a very deci- reside , bringing the total to 103.

Baha'i Children's Class, Daglanlu Village, Adhirbtiyjan, iran; May 1977. The teacher is Mr. A. Ashjarf. 186 THE BAHA'I WORLD

In addition to intensified teaching and pro- The sufferings which engulfed the friends in pagation activities, Baha'i literature in Turkish Iran during the concluding months of the Five received special attention and was enriched Year Plan galvanized their brethren in the substantia lly. The Summer School program- neighbouring countries in an unprecedented mes attracted a significant number of partici- manner and impelled them to rise to new pants from countries in Western Asia where heights of dedication and service. As the Five such activities are not yet feasible. The youth Year Plan was drawing to a close the continued to be active in teaching the Faith and emergence of a new spiritual environment was in conducting classes. They regularly produced fully evident in the Baha'i communities of well-prepared periodicals. Western Asia.

o. AUSTRALASIA AND THE PACIFIC ISLANDS With the formation of the Na tional Spiritual leaving their home in the United States to plant Assembly of the New Hebrides at Ric,lvan the banner of the Faith in the Pacific. They 1977 , with its seat in Port Vila, a major goal of were affectionately known as Father and the Five Year Plan was accomplished and the Mother Dunn and later were named Hands of number of National Assemblies in this zone the Cause of God. They set out by steamer, was raised to ten . The responsibility for the stopping at Pago Pago, Eastern Samoa, where establishment of this new pillar of the Univer- they raised the cry Ya Bahci'u'l-Abhci! and sal House of Justice rested with the National offered prayers before continuing on their way Spiritual Assembly of the South West Pacific to Australia . It was many of their spiritual Ocean whose territory now comprises New descendants who answered the call of the Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands. At Ric,lvan Guardian in the World Crusade (1953-1963) 1979 it was renamed the National Spiritual and opened to the Faith a number of the islands Assembly of New Caledonia and the Loyalty of the South Pacific. Today the Australasian Islands; its seat is Noumea, New Caledonia. zone, with its many diversified activities, This vast area of the world occupies a unique administers its affairs through ten National place in the community of the Greatest Name . Spiritual Assemblies: Papua New Guinea, The ready support and encouragement of His Australia, Solomon Islands, New Caledonia Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II of Western and Loyalty Islands, New Zealand, New Heb- Samoa, the first reigning monarch to embrace rides, Kiribati and Tuvalu (formerly the Gilthe Faith of Baha'u'llah, 1 has been a source of bert Islands) , Fiji, Samoa and Tonga. The joy and inspiration not only to the Baha'is of majority of the members of these Assemblies Samoa but to many who have come to know are people indigenous to the Pacific who have him. responded to the message of Baha'u'llah with The Australasian area, mostly covered by heart and soul and laboured mightily to estabthe waters of the South Pacific ocean, com- lish His Faith among their people. prises 2,300 communities scattered among The period from 1976 to 1979 was one of the thousands of tiny islands . Its inhabitants are greatest in the history of the Faith in from diverse races, Polynesian , Melanesian , Australasia in terms of expanding and con- Micronesian, Caucasian and Aborigine, who solidating its foundations. By Ric,lvan 1979 the are becoming increasingly attracted to the National Assemblies had accomplished almost Faith. all their goals. Nine National Assemblies To the shores of the largest land mass, exceeded locality goals by almost 400, raising Australia, in 1919, came two wonderful the total to 2,376 in the zone . Six National pioneers, Mr. and Mrs. John Henry Hyde Assemblies exceeded Local Assembly goals, Dunn,2 who, although advanced in years, bringing the zonal total to 583 . More than half responded to the Tablets of the Divine Plan by the countries of the Baha'i world that have a See 'First Head of State Embraces the Cause of Baha'- Baha'i population of one per cent or more are u'llah', The Baha'i World, vol. XV, p. 180. in Australasia. The islands of Kiribati and John Henry Hyde Dunn, see 'In Memoriam', The Baha'f World, vol. IX , p. 593; Clara Hyde Dunn, ' In Memoriam', Tuvalu have the highest per capita Baha'i The Baha'f World , vol. XIII, p. 859. population in the world, almost nine per cent, INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 187

Conference of Auxiliary Board members and their assistants, held in Vavan, Tonga; June 1977.

Participants in Bahti'f Children's Conference, Samoa; April 1977. 188 THE BAHA'f WORLD

an eloquent testimony to the heroism of the Tanumafili II, is an event that will never be early pioneers to the area and the sincere and forgotten in Samoa. The historic and colourful unprecedented response of the people. The ceremony was attended by many leading govnumber of believers in Australasia has grown ernment officials and hundreds of believers by leaps and bounds. Kiribati and Fiji almost from the villages together with delegates and doubled their numbers. By Ri<;tvan 1979 friends from overseas. Several other islands of Australasia had an increase of well over one the Pacific had the privilege of welcoming hundred per cent. Ru~yyih Khanum. In New Zealand she spent The Hands of the Cause who visited the area much of her time among the Maoris. Throughin this period inspired many victories through out her extended visit to the Pacific islands she their love and encouragement, and the devo- participated in many meetings with the friends, tion of many local believers, the sacrifices of met government officials, was interviewed in the pioneers as well as travelling teachers who the press, on radio and television, and greatly laboured in the villages, brought the Five Year aided in enhancing the prestige of the Faith and Plan to a glorious conclusion. It is difficult in a its recognition by island governments. All who short survey to report the manifold activities in met her were inspired by her indomitable detail, but several important events stand out spirit. as vivid highlights. The year 1979 also marked the twenty-fifth The International Teaching Conference anniversary of the establishment of the Faith in held in Auckland, New Zealand in January many islands of the Pacific when the first 1977 1 attracted more than one thousand Baha'- pioneers answered the call of the beloved is from all over the Pacific and from other Guardian in 1953-1954. The celebrations that parts of the world. The meeting was blessed by took place in many of the islands commemoratthe presence of the representative of the Uni- ing this event added greatly to the proclamaversal House of Justice, the Hand of the Cause tion of the Faith. The zealous and hardworking Abu'J-Qasim Faizi, as well as the beloved National Assembly of Fiji arranged a series of Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone. The well-planned events for the visits of the Hands Prime Minister of New Zealand, the Hon. R. of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha Ru~iyyih Muldoon, attended the opening of the confer- Khanum, Dr. Ra~matu'llah Muhajir and Collis ence and gave an inspiring speech praising the Featherstone; for Dr. Victor de Araujo, the tenets of the Faith. After the conference, in representative of the Baha'i International spite of ill health, Mr. Faizi travelled to many Community at the United Nations; and others. islands of the Pacific pouring out his heart in Through their efforts many government, diplove and encouragement to the believers, par- lomatic, business and other leading people in ticipating in many interviews on radio and tele- the country learned of the Faith and of its aims vision and being received cordially by highly- and purposes. placed government officials. The two Publishing Trusts in the zone-in The Hand of the Cause Dr. Ra~matu'llah Fiji and Australia-were further developed. Muhajir visited a number of areas including The Publishing Trust in Fiji began printing litsome of the more remote islands. His vision erature in a number of island languages. and inspiration resulted in the friends in many In 1978 and 1979 the Baha'i International localities undertaking ambitious teaching Community was invited to send observers to programmes which, in some areas, Jed to mass the annual South Pacific Commission Conferconversion. ences on social and economic development of The laying of the foundation stone of the Pacific island nations, attended by high- Temple in Samoa 2 at the end of January 1979 ranking officials of Pacific island governments, by the representative of the Universal House and those of Australia, the United States, of Justice, the Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha France, Great Britain and New Zealand. On Ru~iyyih Khanum, in a ceremony graced by both occasions the Baha'i International Comthe presence of His Highness Malietoa munity was able to present papers on topics being discussed. See 'Eight International Teaching Conferences', p. 109. See 'The First Mafil!riqu'l-Af!hkar of the Pacific Islands', p. A vivid demonstration of co-operation and 371. assistance was the movement through the INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 189

'The Medina Dawn-Breakers', a Baha'i singing group of New Ireland, Papua New Guinea. Left to right: Wilson Elias; Josephine, Jennifer and Michael Homerang.

Baha'i Youth Conference, Port Vila, New Hebrides.

Participants in programme commemorating the International Year of the Child. The observance was held on 1 April 1979 in the Baha'i House of Worship, Sydney, Australia. Approximately 500 people attended. 190 THE BAHA'I WORLD

islands of a dedicated group of travelling of Aborigines some of whom embraced the teachers from Australia, North America, New Faith. The use of the House of Worship for Zealand, the Philippines, Iran and the Pacific special proclamation events also bore results. islands. They were of many races and back- This survey would not be complete without grounds, young and old. Particular mention mention of the continuing strengthening of the should be made of an American team and one ties between the Board of Counsellors and the from the Philippines, some members of which National Assemblies. The wholehearted, dedistill continue their services in Australasia. Mr. cated and valiant services of a band of some A. K. Forudi of India was responsible for forty-five Auxiliary Board members scattered unprecedented victories amongst the Indians throughout the zone are recorded with in Fiji where his untiring efforts brought great gratitude and appreciation. Without their tireresults. As a consequence of his activities many less efforts, close association with local comother islands experienced a considerable munities and support of the plans of National increase in the number of believers. Assemblies , teaching and consolidation work The use of media gathered momentum. of the magnitude witnessed in the period would There was an increase in articles in the press, not have been possible . Their equally dediprogrammes on radio and television. A cated and committed assistants grew in number of National Assemblies undertook number to 300. The collaboration of the two continuous radio programmes and a weekly arms of the Administrative Order grew in half-hour television programme, later bi- dimension, and new formulas and ideas for weekly, was established in American Samoa. closer collaboration were developed. The Another interesting development was the cohesiveness and exemplary co-operation of erection in the islands of almost sixty buildings the two Institutions was very evident in for use as local Centres. These were estab- Australia, to name but one country. lished primarily through the hard labour, love A signal victory won through the constant and sacrifice of village believe rs who prepared efforts of the National Assembly of New Zeamost of the material from local sources and land and the patience and fortitude of the local constructed the buildings. They were aided in believers was the lifting of government restricthis by individual believers who lovingly tions imposed on the Faith in the Cook Islands, financed a portion of the cost of many of these an example of the assistance of the Concourse projects. on High which unfailingly attends the sincere Australia saw much development when its efforts of the friends. Local Assemblies grew by fifty per cent. At Ri<;lvan 1979 the ten National Conven- Through close collaboration between the tions throughout the zone celebrated the vic- Institutions of the Faith, a series of institutes on torious conclusion of the Five Year Plan firm in the Covenant and the Local Assembly were their conviction that the communities of the conducted throughout the country . There was Australasian zone could shoulder any future a great emphasis in every State on the teaching responsibility placed upon them.

E. EUROPE Seventeen National Spiritual Assemblies was the responsibility of the National Spiritual existed in Europe at the beginning of the Five Assemblies of Germany and the United King- Year Plan.' This total was increased by two with dom respectively. the formation of the National Spiritual Assem- The years from 1976 to 1979 covered the bly of Greece, at Ri<;lvan 1977, with its seat in larger part of the Five Year Plan and although Athens, and the formation at Ri<;lvan1978 of considerabl e planning and preparatory work the National Spiritual A ssembly of Cyprus had already been undertaken in Europe by with its seat in Nicosia. The establishment of Ri<;lva n 1976, there remained to be done a National Assemblies in Greece and in Cyprus significant degree of consolidation of the achieve ments recorded in the Nine Year Plan Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland , Fra nce, Germany, (1964- 1973). The bulk of the goals of the Five Iceland, the Republic of Ireland , Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal , Spain , Swede n, Switzer- Year Plan therefore remained to be won at land , the United Kingdom. Ri<;lvan 1976. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 191

Baha'i exhibition and tent, Jokkmokk Winter Market, Sweden. Finnish, Norwegian and Swedish Baha'is participate in arranging the Baha'i exhibit annually. The city of Jokkmokk is north of the Arctic Circle.

Exhibit on 'Six World Religions', sponsored by the Local Spiritual Assembly of Cambridge, England and held in the central library; January 1978. At the request of the Chief Librarian the exhibit was held over for an additional period.

Baha'i information counter, Orebro, Sweden; June 1978. 192 THE BAHA'I WORLD

The pattern of response to the Cause of genuinely sacrificial homefront pioneering on Baha'u'llah in Europe varies from country to the part of local believers, and the assistance of country and is not in every case as heartening pioneers from abroad. Although in many cases as that witnessed in southern Europe and in the national communities had to stretch their Republic of Ireland-due to factors which it is manpower to severe limits, it may be said that beyond the scope of this report to comment on the whole the European Baha'i community upon-and it was gratifying to note that achieved a greater degree of stability by the towards the end of the Plan improved results end of the Plan. were observed as a result of patient, devoted It is difficult to compare achievements in a and often sacrificial effort. The last year, continent which comprises nineteen national 1978/1979, was especially encouraging. The Baha'i communities in countries varying in size National Spiritual Assemblies, not yet having from Iceland (population 224,000) and Luxin each case seized the palm of victory, evinced embourg (355 ,000) to the United Kingdom great resolution and determination as the Plan with a population of approximately fifty-six drew to a close. Placing themselves firmly million and Western Germany with sixty-one behind all efforts and projects designed to win million. It is, however, worth noting that the the goals, they achieved complete success in a total number of Local Assemblies in each of number of countries. Those countries where the two smallest countries is in fact higher in total accomplishment was not achieved will proportion to the total population than in any devote continued efforts to fulfilling the out- of the other European countries. standing goals during the opening phase of the The National Spiritual Assemblies of next Plan . The last few months of the Five Year Greece and Cyprus were formed despite the Plan were charged with a heightened excite- necessity of triumphing over the difficult condiment as the formation of new Local Assemb- tions obtaining in those countries. Once lies all across Europe was reported with formed, the National Spiritual Assembly of increasing rapidity. This broadening of the Greece has built up a strong community, estabfoundation of the Faith in Europe, so ardently lished Summer and Winter Schools, initiated longed for, involving an observable increase in conferences and inaugurated youth activities. the number of believers, came about through Particular problems are posed in Cyprus by

Participants in the first Bahli'( Winter School bf Malta; December 1978. Counsellor Anneliese Bopp of the Continental Board of Counsellors for Europe is seen in the centre of the second row. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 193

Participants in the first Bahfi'{ Winter School of Cyprus held in Nicosia; December 1976. The Hand of the Cause Adelbert Miihlschlegel is seen standing in the centre of the first row; to the right of him is seen Counsellor Hooper Dunbar of the International Teaching Centre.

circumstances external to the Faith but some Paris gathering, received wide coverage in the progress has been noted and successful Summer press. Dr. Kurt Waldheim, Secretary General and Winter Schools have attracted good atten- of the United Nations, sent a message which dance by local Baha'fs and friends abroad. was read to the friends assembled in Paris by Two International Teaching Conferences Mr. Luc Van Bellinghen, Director of the were held in 1976. 1 In July approximately 950 United Nations Information Centre in that believers gathered in Helsinki, Finland where city. This was the first occasion on which the the Hand of the Cause Dr. Ugo Giachery rep- United Nations, through a high-ranking resented the Universal House of Justice. The officer, sent a message of goodwill to an interfollowing month the Hand of the Cause national Baha'i conference. 2 The great impetus Amatu'l-Baha RuJ:iiyyih Khanum represented given to the progress of the work by these the Universal House of Justice at the confer- conferences was reinforced by a message of the ence in Paris where nearly 6,000 believers Universal House of Justice to the conference of gathered. Both conferences, but notably the European Institutions of the Faith held in 'See 'Eight International Teaching Conferences', p. 109. See p. 140 for text of the message . 194 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Langenhain in November 1978. The message A special venture was the holding in June was read by the Hand of the Cause Paul Haney , 1977, at the behest of the Universal House of the representative of the Universal House of Justice, of two conferences ·specially for the Justice. Persian-speaking Baha'is resident in E urope, On 12 September 1976 a historic event one held in Germany and one in England. Both occurred when His Highness Malietoa were well attended, aroused much enthusiasm Tanumafili II visited the resting place of Shoghi and resulted in generous contributions to the Effendi in the Great Northern London teaching funds. Cemetery, New Southgate-the first such visit An increasing number of young Baha'i by a reigning monarch.' A small delegation of families are now numbered among the Eurofriends accompanied him, headed by the Hand pean Baha'i communities. Special provisions of the Cause Dr.Ugo Giachery and including the are made for the larger number of children who Hands of the Cause Dhikru'llah Khadem and attend Baha'i functions , and special classes are 'Ali-Mul)ammad Varqa and six members of provided in addition to the regular sessions. the National Spiritual Assembly of the United Germany , which has for many years held an Kingdom. annual children's Summer School, has also ' Seep. 69. initiated children's conferences. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 195

2. THE CHALLENGE AND PROMISE OF BAHA'I SCHOLARSHIP A Statement by the Universal House of Justice BAH A' f scholarship is of great importance of rational investigation, confirmed by actual in the development and consolidation of the experience, that true religion, far from being Baha'i community. Historical research, orien- the product solely of human striving after talism and Islamic studies are obvious fields in truth, is the fruit of the creative Word of God which Baha'ls can render great service to the which, with divine power, transforms human Faith; there are many others. Indeed, it is not thought and action. difficult to visualize the House of Justice, as A Baha'i, through this faith in, this 'conscious Baha'u'llah's World Order unfolds , requiring knowledge' of, the reality of divine Revelation, the services of distinguished Baha'i scientists in can distinguish, for instance , between Chrisall fields. tianity, which is the divine message given by Inevitably a number of problems will con- Jesus of Nazareth, and the development of front Baha'i scholars, who will themselves have Christendom, which is the history of what men to discover the solutions, both empirically and did with that message in subsequent centuries; otherwise. Nonetheless it may be useful to a distinction which has become blurred if not offer at this early stage of the development of entirely obscured in current Christian theol- Baha'i scholarship a few thoughts on these ogy. A Baha'i scholar conscious of this distincmatters. tion will not make the mistake of regarding the It has become customary in the West to think sayings and beliefs of certain Baha'is at any one of science and religion as occupying two dis- time as being the Baha'i Faith. The Baha'i tinct-and even opposed-areas of human Faith is the Revelation of Baha' u'llah: His thought and activity. This dichotomy can be Own Words as interpreted by 'Abdu' l-Baha characterized in the pairs of antitheses: faith and the Guardian. It is a revelation of such and reason; value and fact. It is a dichotomy staggering magnitude that no Baha'i at this which is foreign to Baha'i thought and should early stage in Baha'f history can rightly claim to be regarded with suspicion by Baha'i scho lars have more than a partial and imperfect underin every field. The principle of the harmony of standing of it. Thus, Baha'i historians would science and religion means not only that relig- see the overcoming of early misconceptions ious teachings should be studied in the light of held by the Baha'f community, or by parts of reason and evidence as well as of faith and the Baha'i community, not as ' developments of inspiration , but also that everything in crea- the Baha'f Faith'-as a non-Baha'i historian tion, all aspects of human life and knowledge, might well regard them-but as growth of that should be studied in the light of revelation as community's understanding of the Baha'i well as in that of purely rational investigation. Revelation. In scientific investigation, when In other words, a Baha'i scholar, when study- searching after the facts of any matter, a Baha'i ing a subject, should not lock out of his mind must, of course, be entirely open-minded, but any aspect of truth that is known to him. in his interpretation of the facts and his evalua- It has, for example , become commonplace to tion of evidence we do not see by what logic he regard religion as the product of human striv- can ignore the truth of the Baha'i Revelation ing after truth , as the outcome of certain cli- which he has already accepted; to do so would , mates of thought and conditions of society. we feel, be both hypocritical and unscholarly. This has been taken, by many non-Baha'i think- Undoubtedly the fact that Baha'i scholars of ers, to the extreme of denying altogether the the history and teachings of the Faith, believe reality or even the possibility of a specific reve- in the Faith, will be a grave flaw in the eyes of lation of the Will of God to mankind through a many non-Baha'i academics whose own doghuman Mouthpiece. A Baha'i who has studied matic materialism passes without comment the Teachings of Baha'u'llah, who has because it is fashionable; but this difficulty is accepted His claim to be the Manifestation of one that Baha'i scholars share with their fellow God for this Age, and who has seen His Teach- believers in many fields of human endeavour, ings at work in his daily life, knows as the result and the Baha'i principle of the harmony of 196 THE BAHA'f WORLD

religion and science compels all Baha'is to pro- should not transgress the bounds of tact and tect themselves from the prevalent diseases wisdom, and in the words used there should resulting from the divorce of faith and reason. lie hid the property of milk, so that the chil- The sundering of science and religion is but dren of the world may be nurtured therewith, one example of the tendency of the human and attain maturity. We have said in the past mind (which is necessarily limited in its capac- that one word hath the influence ofspring and ity) to concentrate on one virtue, one aspect of causeth hearts to become fresh and verdant, truth, one goal, to the exclusion of others. This while another is like unto blight which leads, in extreme cases, to fanaticism and the causeth the blossoms and flowers to wither. distortion of truth, and in all cases to some God grant that authors among the friends will degree of imbalance and inaccuracy. A scholar write in such a way as would be acceptable to who is imbued with an understanding of the fair-minded souls, and not lead to cavilling by broad teachings of the Faith will always the people.' remember that being a scholar does not Elsewhere He has written: exempt him from the primal duties and pur- 'Consort with all men, 0 people of Baha, in a poses for which all human beings are created. spirit of friendliness and fellowship. If ye be Not scholars alone, but all men are exhorted to aware of a certain truth, if ye possess a jewel, seek out and uphold the truth, no matter how of which others are deprived, share it with uncomfortable it may be. But they are also them in a language of utmost kindliness and exhorted to be wise in their utterance, to be good will. If it be accepted, if it fulfil its purtolerant of the views of others, to be courteous pose, your object is attained. If any one in their behaviour and speech, not to sow the should refuse it, leave him unto himself, and seeds of doubt in faithful hearts, to look at the beseech God to guide him. Beware lest ye deal good rather than at the bad, to avoid conflict unkindly with him. A kindly tongue is the and contention, to be reverent, to be faithful to lodestone of the hearts of men. It is the bread the Covenant of God, to promote His Faith of the spirit, it clotheth the words with meanand safeguard its honour, and to educate their ing, it is the fountain of the light of wisdom fellow-men, giving milk to babes and meat to and understanding ... ' (Gleanings from the those who are stronger. Writings of Bahli'u'llah: CXXXII) Scholarship has a high station in the Baha'i And again: teachings, and Baha'i scholars have a great responsibility to a growing, divinely-guided 'Should any one among you be incapable of world society. The ascertainment of truth and grasping a certain truth, or be striving to the acquisition of a fuller understanding of the comprehend it, show forth, when conversing subjects of their scholarship are worthy and with him, a spirit of extreme kindliness and high endeavours. But Baha'u'llah has seen fit good will. Help him to see and recognize the to dwell at some length on the way to offer the truth, without esteeming yourself to be, in the fruits of scholarship and expose error: least, superior to him, or to be possessed of greater endowments.' (Gleanings from the 'Thou hast written that one of the friends hath Writings of Baha'u'llah: V) composed a treatise. This was mentioned in As more and more Baha'fs enter the world of the Holy Presence, and this is what was higher learning they will have opportunities of revealed in response: Great care should be exerting great influence in bringing about in exercised that whatever is written in these days human consciousness and outlook that hardoth not cause dissension, and invite the mony of religion and science which is so great a objection of the people. Whatever the friends principle of their Faith. The distinction desired of the One true God say in these days is by' Abdu'l-Baha for all Baha'fs Is certainly for listened to by the people of the world. It hath attainment by Baha'i scholars, who by followbeen revealed in the Lawf:i-i-ljikmat: "The ing the exhortations of Baha'u'llah to moderaunbelievers have inclined their ears towards tion, kindliness, tact and wisdom, may restore us in order to hear that which might enable scholarship to that high station of dignity and them to cavil against God, the Help in Peril, admiration which it formerly held and which is the Self Subsisting." Whatever is written confirmed by the utterances of Baha'u'llfih. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 197

3. THE CANADIAN ASSOCIATION FOR STUDIES ON THE BAHA'I FAITH 1975-1979

AT NA W-ROZ 1974, the Universal House Assembly which would appoint the memberof Justice called upon the Canadian Baha'i ship of the Executive Committee. This recomcommunity as one of their goals in the Five mendation was approved by the National Year Plan to: Spiritual Assembly at their meeting of 21 - 24 'Cultivate opportunities for formal presenta- February, 1975. The newly appoin.ted Executions, courses and lectureships on the Baha'i tive Committee met for the first time in May Faith in Canadian universities and other 1975, and during this and subsequent meetinstitutions of higher learning.' ings, decided that initially the Association In January, 1975, the National Spiritual should direct all its attention to cultivation of Assembly of the Baha'is of Canada invited opportunities for the formal presentation of some thirty individuals to a 'policy conference', the Faith at Canadian institutions of higher a device which the Assembly had frequently learning, as directed by the Universal House of and successfully used to find a way of meeting Justice. ~arious new challenges. The participants were In the Committee's opinion, the choice of from various backgrounds and from all parts of the word 'cultivate' encouraged careful atten- Canada, and were selected because it was felt tion to the preparatory stages of a program they might contribute effectively to an exami- designed to awaken the Canadian academic nation of this particular subject. The confer- community to the existence of the Faith, to ence, which was held at the University of make them aware of its intellectual and Ottawa, had two distinct functions: (a) consul- spiritual integrity~ and to acquaint them with tation on the above-mentioned Five Year Plan the quality of the academic resources which it goal and (b) holding a one-day conference with offers. scientific, academic and artistic presentations The Committee therefore felt that the on themes related to or inspired by the Baha'i emphasis during the initial phase of work Faith and its Writings. A total of five presenta- should be on the development of the Associations related to various scholarly disciplines, tion's resources; and with this in mind, it was artistic expressions, and the history of the decided to embark upon the objectives of (a) Baha'i Faith were given. As well, a piece by the increasing membership and contribution in the Ballet Shayda,' a dance company of Baha'i Baha'i community, (b) publication of Associaartists, was presented. tion Proceedings and various monographs The result of the consultation of the policy (Bahli'f Studies), (c) publication of a textbook conference was a recommendation that the on the Baha'i Faith, as the basis for the National Spiritual Assembly establish a 'Cana- development of course outlines, ( d) convening dian Association for Studies on the Baha'i annual meetings, and ( e) formal presentations Faith'. The conference believed that such a n at Canadian universities and other institutions association represented a traditional mode of of higher learning. The membership of the relating to the university system and one which Association has been increasing steadily, and would be most likely to find easy acceptance by in a most encouraging trend, many Baha'is the academic community. It would at once from outside Canada have become members. relieve the administrative agencies of the Faith The membership by 1979 had grown to 507. of a heavy load of largely extraneous tasks, a nd Thus far, six volumes of Baha'i Studies have open up a new field of service for qualified been published . The titles of the series are: believers. The Association would, in accord- Vol. I-Proceedings of th e First Annual Meetance with Baha'i administrative principle, ing of the Canadian Association for take its basic direction from the National Studies on the Bahli'f Faith, Dr. H. 'See The Baha'( World, vol. XVI, p. 696. Danesh, Luc Dion, Dr. A. M. Ghadirian, 198 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Dr. Wm. S. Hatcher, Douglas Martin, hundred and fifty . Four regional annual con- 0. D. Rogers; November 1976. ferences are scheduled to be held simulta- Vol. 2-The Science of Religion, Dr. Wm. S. neously from 28-30December1979 in Surrey, Hatcher; September 1977; revised British Columbia; Saskatoon, Saskatchewan; edition March 1980. Bolton, Ontario and Dartmouth, Nova Scotia. Vol. 3-The Metaphorical Nature of Physical The fifth annual meeting will be held in Ottawa Reality , Dr. John S. Hatcher; in June 1980 and will be followed immediately November 1977. by an International Baha'i Conference on Vol. 4-Three Studies on Baha'i History, Health and Healing. Douglas Martin , Jan T . Jasion, Dr. A. During the first four years of its existence M. Ghadirian; December 1978. (1976-1979) the Association has been able to Vol. 5-The Baha'i Faith in Russia: Two hold the following formal presentations and Early Instances, A. A. Lee, Dr. A. M. lectures, details of which are set out in Appen- Ghadiriaa; January 1979. dix III. Vol. 6-The Violence-Free Society: A Gift for Our Children, Dr. H. Danesh; April 1. Five lectures on the topic of Women in the 1979; revised edition October 1979. Baha'i Faith at Laurentian University in Sudbury, Ontario. In 1976, the Executive Committee 2. Lectures on the topic of Science and approached a group of scholars at the Univer- Religion at the University of New Brunssite de Montreal who were collaborating with wick and the University of Alberta at Editions Fides on a series of volumes on major Edmonton. religions. The aim was to assure that the Faith 3. Two presentations on the topic of Women was correctly treated in the series. After in the Baha'i Faith at Carleton University, further consultations, the group agreed to Ottawa. publish a separate volume in the series on the 4. A presentation on the topic of the Funcsubject of the Faith under the title La Foi tion of Revelation in Artistic Expression Baha'ie. Editions Fides also approved the at the Banff Centre School of Fine Arts. project. The Association sought the advice of the House of Justice on suitable authors and At the time of preparation of this report, approached several whom the House nomi- plans have been approved for a non-credit nated. Eventually, two of these were commis- extension course on the Baha'i Faith at the sioned and took up the task. The manuscript is University of British Columbia. Also, negotianow in its final stages preparatory to publica- tions are under way for a similar course at the tion . The Committee decided to go ahead University of Toronto . simultaneously with an English language ver- The significance of the activities and work of sion (The Baha'i Faith), also through a com- the Association was recognized by the Univermercial publisher. sal House of Justice in a letter of 19 March, The first and second annual meetings were 1979: held at Cedar Glen in Bolton, Ontario from 'The Efflorescence of the Canadian Association 2-4 January 1976 and 31 December 1976-2 for Baha'i Studies has been, in the eyes of the January 1977 respectively, and each was House of Justice, one of the very favourable attended by more than one hundred individu- outcomes of the Five Year Plan and bodes well als. The third annual meeting took place in for the maturation and eminence of the Cana- Surrey, British Columbia from 30 December dian community.' 1977-1 January 1978 and the fourth at the The work of the Association was crowned by Ontario Institute for Studies in Education in the following goal given to Canada as part of Toronto from 26-27 January 1979. This latter the Seven Year Plan by the Supreme Body: meeting was open to the public and had as one of its speakers Professor W. G. Oxtoby, the ' Expand the opportunities for teaching in head of the Department of Religious Studies at Canadian institutions of higher learning and the University of Toronto. The attendance at further develop the Canadian Association for the third and fourth meetings exceeded one Studies on the Baha'i Faith.' INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 199 APPEND IX I

TERMSOFREFERENCE- CANADIAN ASSOCIATION FOR STUDIES ON THE BAHA'I FAITH Name: The Canadian Association for Studies on the Ba ha'i reference sources, recommendations for credits, etc. Non- Faith credit courses will also be developed for the use of Extension Departments. All such courses will be submitted to the Membership: Membership is open to all Bah a'is . National Assembly for approval before being offered to Membership fees: Individuals -$15.00 non-Baha'i institutions. The lecturers will receive the regu- Couples - $25.00 lar fees which universities normally pay (this latter, in order Students -$ 10.00 to place the operation on an academic footing, and avoid any Senior -$ 10.00 suggestion th at it represented merely a public information Outside North America -$1 0.00 agency of the Baha'i community); Canadian Pioneers - free To encourage university students to work on the Baha'i Executive Committee: The executive committee has full Faith as part of their regular academic activities; to collect responsibility for the direction of the affairs of the Associa- and assess theses, papers, etc. , which are produced by Baha'i tion , in line with the consti tution and the directives of the students; to provide a listing of these resources for the use of National Spiritual Assembly. The executive committee the Centre and the Baha'i community; members are appointed annually by the National Spiritual To undertake a study of holdings on the Bah a'i Faith at Assembly. Canadian university libraries, and provide advice to these same libraries on available so urce materi als; Administration: The Association will function on the basis of To serve as a forum for the sharing of ideas among memguidelines established by the National Spiritual Assembly, bers and for th e service of the deepening programs of the a nd all further steps to establish or amend the constitution Canadian Baha'i community; will require the Assembly's approval; To encourage the production of literature including scho- Direction of the Association would be through its Execu- larly books on the Faith, articles, etc. It is intended that such tive Committee, which will have the responsibility of report- material be published commercially, so as to stand on the ing regularl y to the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bah- same footing with reference materials on other subjects ; a'is of Canada; To organize formal conferences for members and other All financing through fees charged for membership, interested persons, in addition to the annual meeting of the revenue from special events, and charges for services per- Association; formed (sale of literature, training courses, etc.) sup- To publish th e proceedings of the Association's annual plemented by a grant from the National Assembly based on meeting; consultation with the Executive Committee; To cultivate re lationships with university administrations, Personnel, eq uipment, materials, and space paid for out of and to acquaint them with the nature and aims of the Baha'i the in come of the Association; Faith ; Co-operation with Baha'i Campus Clubs across the coun- To provide a schola rship (or scholarships) for Ba ha'i stutry, but no direct administrative relationship between these dents; two types of operation. To develop a bibliography on the Baha'i Faith , and to keep it updated ; Objecti ves: To work toward the creation of a 'Canadian To propose research projects to Baha'i scholars. Centre fo r Studies on the Baha'i Faith' ; To establish a lecture bureau to offer qualified Baha'i Co ntact with Universities: It will be the responsibility of the lecturers to Canadian universities and other institutions of Association , on behalf of its members and on behalf of the higher learning. Such lecturers wi ll be avail able to speak on Canadian Baha'i community, to undertake all formal conboth the Baha'i Faith itself and on subjects that fall within tact with universities, colleges, institu tes of arts and technoltheir own academic disciplines . The Association will estab- ogy, semin aries, nursing and teachers colleges, etc., as lish the criteria of lectureship, guide the lecture rs, a nd institutions. In this connection, a method will have to be ha ndle all contact with the universities and other institutions developed to ass ure that Local Spiritual Assemblies are fu lly to whom their services we re offered; informed, and are in a position to take appropriate adva n- To develop formal courses on the Baha'i Faith including tage of the work of the Association.

Participants in th e annual m eeting ofthe Canadian Association for Studies on the Baha'( Faith held in Bolton, Ontario; January 1976. Mr. Douglas Martin is seen standing on the extreme left. 200 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Five publications produced by the Canadian Association for Studies on the Baha'i Faith.

APPENDIX II

MEMBERS OF THE FIRST EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE CANADIAN ASSOCIATION FOR STUDIES ON THE BAHA'I FAITH:

Hossa in Danesh (ch airm an) Douglas Martin (secretary) G le n Eyford Michael Rochester (treas urer) William Hatche r 0. Don Rogers E lizabeth Larin

MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF THE CANADIAN ASSOCIATION FOR STUDIES ON THE BAHA'I FAITH FOR 1979-80:

Louis Brunet Will iam Hatcher Alan Coupe Douglas Martin Hossain Danesh (chairman) Peter Morgan (secretary) G len Eyford Christine Zerbinis (treasurer) Jane Goldstone

APPENDIX III

/ st Annual Conference: Bolton, Ontario; 2-4 January 1976 John Taylor, 'T he Baha'i Fa ith as an Agent of Social Don Rogers, 'The Function of Revelation in A rtistic Change' Expression' Dr. D. Smith, 'The Ba ha'i Community and the Group Dr. A . M. Ghadirian, 'A uguste Fore!: His Life and Identity' Enlightenment' Dr. J. Faily, 'The Group Phenomenon' Douglas Martin, 'The Baha'i Faith and Its Critics' Dr. W. Hatcher, ' Healing: Physical and Spiritual' Dr. W. Hatcher, ' Science a nd Religion' Dr. N. Rasekh, ' Man, Ti me and Space' Glen Eyford, 'Spiritual Education' Douglas Martin, 'History of Green Acre and Sarah Michele Danesh, 'Woman' performed by the Ballet Farmer' Shayda Michele Danesh , 'Journey' performed by the Ballet Luc Dion , 'La realite du monde et !'existence de Dieu' Shayda Dr. H. Danesh, 'Violence and Apathy' Dr. H. Danesh , 'In Search of a Violence-Free Community' 2nd Annual Conference: Bolton, Ontario; 31 Dec. 1976-2 Dr. J. Hatcher, 'The Metaphorical Nature of Physical Jan. 1977 Reality' Dr. P. Morgan, ' A Review of Reshaping of the Intern a- Heidi Lakshman, 'The Covenant of Judaism' tional Order' William Gossen, 'Recent History and the Future of Ideas, Dr. G. Eyford, 'The United Nations University' Unitary Science and Baha'i Philosophy' INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACT IVITIES 201 3rd A nnual Conference: Surrey, British Columbi a; 30 Dec. Dr. H. D anesh , ' Emotional Satisfaction and Spiritual 1977-1 Jan . 1978 Enrichment' Kay Balser, 'Towards a Universal Auxiliary Language' Jim Desson, 'Consider the Flowers of a Garden' Mr. K. Bloodworth , 'In Search of a New Visual Myth' Dr. W. Hatcher, 'Economics and H uman Values' Ch ristopher Buck, 'Nazoraean/Ebionaean Christia nity ' Rivann e Sandler, 'The Poetic Artistry of Qurratu ' I- ' Ay n: and the Emergence of Historical Theology' A Babl Heroine' Alan Coupe, 'Zarathustra and the Baha'i Faith' Akouete Akakpo-Vidah , ' Pour une etude scientifique de Dr. H. Danesh, ' Health and Healing' l'apport de la foi baha'le a la science de !'education' Ken Goldstone, 'The World Centre of the Baha'i Faith : Jacobe Philippe, 'D ramatic Arts as a Catalyst for the An Analysis of the Sacred Landscape' Development of a Spiritual Civilization' Richard Heiser, 'The Legal Personality of Baha'i Assem- David Bowie, ' By Their Fruits Ye Shall Know Them' blies' Formal Presentations: A nthony Lee , 'The Rise a nd Fall of the Russian Ba ha'i Carol Bowie;- T horneloe College, Laurentian U niver- Community: An Historical Sketch' sity, Sudbury, O nt. 'Women and Religion-the Baha'i Jane Nishi-Goldstone, 'A Review of Maitrya-Amitabha Viewpoint' 29 July 1977 Has Appeared by Jamshed Fozdar' Laurentian U niversity, Extension class, Espanola Dr. Anne Schoonmaker, 'Erikson and the Worldwide Ontario, 6 Feb. 1978 Crisis of Identity' Laurentian University, Sudbury, 13 June 1978 4th Annual Conference: Toronto, Ontario; 26-27 Jan. 1979 Laurentian Universi ty , Sault Ste. Marie, 14 June 1978 'W. G. Oxtoby, 'The Participant, the Observer and the Laurentian U niversity , North Bay, 5 February 1979 Study of Religion' Laurentian U niversity, Sudbury, 6 February 1979 P. W. Conway, 'The Psychology and Techniques of Trans- Laurentian University, Sudbury, 7 February 1980 cendence' Dr. H. B. Danesh; -Simon Fraser University, Dept. of Dr. H. Danesh , 'The Violence-Free Society: A Gift for Criminology , British Columbia, Canada. A presenta- Our Children' tion based on The Violence-Free Society: A Gift for Our Dr. W. Hatcher, 'The Baha'i Concept of Spirituality' Children , January 1980. Dr. P. Mo rgan, 'Values a nd Spiritual Education' T he United Nations, a joi nt project between the Baha'i Paul Simpson, ' Folktoys and Their History' International Community and the Canadian Association for Studies on the Baha'i Faith , a presentation I st Regional Conferences based on The Violence-Free Society: A Gift for Our Surrey: Children , November, L979. Six hundred copies of vol. 6 Ch ristopher Buck , 'The Lost Christianity of Peter' of Baha'i Studies were distributed. Celena Benndorf, 'T he Door-to-Door Method: A 'The Governor's Confe rence on Child Abuse', Reno, Sociological Study' Nevada, U.S.A . Keynote speaker and workshop leader, Herbert Lee , ' Business in a Global Village ' 22-24 April 1980. Dr. Patrick Conway, 'Tra nscendental Psychology' 'World Congress on Menta l Health', Salzburg, Austria, Andrew Pemberton-Pigott , 'M usic as Therapy' a joint project of the Baha'i International Community 'Joy Marompon , 'Joyo usness in Ed ucation Through and the Canadian Associati on for Studies on the Baha'i Music' Faith , Dr. Danesh, R epresentative, Bah a'i Interna- Glen Eyford , 'A Search for Community' tion al Community, 8- 15 July 1979. Five hundred Caroline Pemberton-Pigott, 'The Purpose of Education' copies of The Violence-Free Society: A Gift for Our Robert Wilson, 'The Inmost Self Children were distributed to all the participants of the Saskatoon: congress. Jane Nishi-Goldstone, 'Buddhist Eschatology and the Glen Eyford;- University of Alberta, Dept. of Religious Baha'i Faith' Studies, Edmonton , Alberta, Canada. Two lectures Dr. G. Hanks, 'St. John the Baptist' February 1977: 'Oneness of Religion' and 'The Social Peter Rempel and 'Dr. Shigeru Kounosu , ' Is a Science of Teachings of the Baha'i Fait h' . Peace Possible?' William Hatcher;-Mount All ison University, Sackville, Ron Silver, 'Educati on ' New Brunswick, Canada. 10 February 1978. 'Science Helen Marshall, 'Prejudice' and Religion' and 'Economics and Human Values' . Acadia U niversity, Wolfville, Nova Scotia, 9 March Dartmouth: 1977. 'Ethical Concepts'. Thaya Batdorf, 'The Baha'i Faith and th e Artist' University of Moncton, New Brunswick, Canada, Feb- 'Dr. A. P. Johnstone, ' Worldwide Development' ruary 1978. Presentation on the Baha'i Faith to Com- Bob Donnelly, 'Doris MacKay : a Biographical Sketch of an E arly Pioneer' parative Religions class. Jan Jas ion, 'Mario n Jack' Saint-Louis-Maillet College, Edmundston, New Brunswick, January 1978. 'La science de la religion' et John T. Moore, 'A Theological Consideration of ' Principes spirituels et principes economiques' Baha' u' llah's Long Obligatory Prayer' Saint-Louis-Maillet College, Edmundston, New Dr. Peter Morgan, 'A Study of Baha'i Values' Brunswick, Canada, Jan uary 1979. 'Valeurs morales et Bolton: valeurs technologiques' Keith C. Jensen, 'The Covenant and the O riginal Position' Concordia University Montreal, Quebec, Canada, Feb- Bob Morrison,' A Mayan Manifestation' ruary 1978. 'Science a nd Religion' Jack McLean , 'St. Paul and the Deification of Jesus' Universite du Quebec at Trois-Rivieres to a class in Todd Lawson , 'The Crucifixion and the Qur'an' Political Economics, Spring, 1978. 'Les principes Mark Keedwell, 'The Concept of Prophethood in the economiques de la fo i baha'le' Baha'i Faith and in Islam' Elizabeth Kerr-Wilson;-Carleton University, Dept. of 'Velma Andrade, ' An Ethnographic St udy of a Winnipeg Religious Studies, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 28 March Area Baha'i Group' 1978. 'Women in the Baha'i Faith'. George Armogan, 'A Comparison between the Ba ha'i 0. Don Rogers; -Banff School of Fine Arts, Alberta, Faith and the Saint Simon Movement' Canada, 26 November 1976. 'The Function of Revela- ' Denotes non-Baha'i participant tion in Artistic Expression' . 202 THE BAHA'I WORLD

4. SURVEY OF ACTIVITIES OF BAHA'I WOMEN IN THE FIVE YEAR PLAN RACHEL COLLINS

PARTICULARLY CALL UPON BAHA' I WOMEN WHOSE CAPACITIES IN MANY LANDS STILL LARGELY UNUSED AND WHOSE POTENTIAL FOR SERVICE CA USE SO GREAT TO ARISE AND DEMONSTRATE IMPORTANT PART THEY ARE TO PLAY IN ALL FIELDS SERVICE FAITH.

TH ESE words of the Universal House of ial education. This education is particularly Justice from its cabled message of 24 March important when one considers that the future 1977 enunciated a special challenge to the expansion of the Baha'i Faith is to a large Baha'i world in the Five Year Plan to bring into extent dependent upon spiritually-deepened reality one of the cardinal principles of the mothers passing along their knowledge and Baha'i Faith: the equality of men and women. conviction to their children. This task was not given to women alone; eighty What is perhaps the strongest reason for National Spiritual Assemblies were assigned a encouraging the participation of women in the specific goal of organizing Baha'i activities for work of the Cause was best explained by women. The full accomplishment of this goal ' Abdu'l-Baha: will touch the lives of all members of the Baha'i 'It is well established in history that where community: men, women, and children. woman has not participated in human affairs Why did the Universal House of Justice issue the outcomes have never attained a state of this call and set these goals for the first time completion and perfection.' 4 during the Five Year Plan? The answer to this question is several fold. In singling out for Thus growth in the level of women's activity encouragement and development the role of in the Baha'i Faith could be viewed as a prerewomen in the Baha'i community, the House of quisite for the success of the Five Year Plan , Justice has set an example for National and even as women's full participation in the life of Local Spiritual Assemblies, who, according to the Cause will be essential to the future growth 'Abdu'l-Baha, 'must give unlimited encour- and expansion of the Faith , to the abolition of agement to women.'' war, and the evolution of a world civilization A second reason lies in the obvious discre- rooted in the divine teachings proclaimed by pancy between the Baha'i standard of the Baha'u'llah. equality of men and women and the status of The history of the first 135 years of the women in most societies in the world. The Baha'i Cause gives ample evidence of the Baha'i standard is based on a divine teaching capacity of women for teaching and sacrifice. enunciated for the first time in religious history Indeed, as 'Abdu'l-Baha in viewing the work of by Baha'u'llah and stressed repeatedly by women during His lifetime pointed out , 'Abdu'l-Baha: ' ... as all are created in the 'among the miracles which distinguish this sacimage and likeness of the one God, there is no red Dispensation is this, that women have distinction as to sex in the estimation of God.' 2 evinced a greater boldness than men when And again, women and men are entitled to enlisted in the ranks of the Faith.' 5 Pre-eminent 'equal rights and prerogatives in all things among early Baha'i heroines is the poetess appertaining to humanity.' 3 As more people whose courage and eloquence were instrumenfrom every possible background and culture tal in proclaiming the independent nature of enter under the shelter of Baha'u'llah's laws the new Revelation. In an age and country and teachings, both women and men must where giving women even the rudiments of grow to an understanding of the spiritual education was considered unnecessary, even potential inherent in women, and the necessity harmful , Tahirih acquired a grasp of Muslim of its development through spiritual and mater- theology extraordinary among men, to say ' Tablets of'Abdu'l-Bahd, vol. II, p. 336. nothing of women. She was one of the first 2 4 The Promulgation of Universal Peace, vol. II , p . 388. ibid . vol. I, p. 129. l ibid. p . 277. ' The Advent of Divine Justice , p. 57. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i A C TIVITIES 203 eighteen people to recognize the truth of the walks of life , from kings and queens , ministers Bab's mission and taught her new-found Faith and statesmen to private individuals of all through her actions and her poetry with a fer- creeds, color and classes. Crowning her efforts vor that astonished both friends and enemies. was the acceptance of the Faith by Queen From the moment she cast aside her veil at the Marie of Ruma nia on whom she called many conference of Badasht, announcing 'the day on times and whose respect and admiration she which the fetters of the past are burst a- won. sunder', 1 until she proclaimed to her execu- Other women have continued the work tioners at her martydom in 1852 , 'You can kill begun by these remarkable teachers, each me as soon as you like, but you cannot stop the adding her own gifts to the effort to bring the emancipation of women ', 2 she did not hesitate message of the Baha'i Faith to an everto challenge all people to cast aside the outworn widening and increasingly diversified circle of traditions that obscure the light of spiritual waiting souls. Very nearly one-half of the Truth. pioneers who in the Guardian's Ten Year Tahirih's legacy of courage and spiritual Crusade from 1953 to 1963 earned the title understanding was passed on to many of the 'Kn ight of Baha' u' llah' by settling in a country early Baha'f women in the West. Such was the or territory previously unopened to the Baha'i fervor of women such as Lua Getsinger, enti- Faith have been women. Sometimes alone , tled by ' Abdu'l-Baha 'Herald of the Coven- sometimes with family, they settled in such ant', May Maxwell, Helen Goodall, Ethel far-flung posts as Dutch New Guinea, the Rosenberg, Agnes Alexander, Marion Jack, Galapagos Islands, Spanish Guinea, and the and many others, that 'Abdu'l-Baha stated: Nicobar Islands . The same pioneering spirit 'Today the women in the West lead the men in has inspired many women to take up the chalthe service of the Cause, summon the people lenge of international travel teaching for the under th e shade of the Blessed Perfection, Faith. The efforts of some of these women and loosen their tongues in eloquent lectures, constitute perhaps the most dramatic examples delivery of wonderful proofs and the elucida- of women serving the Faith during the Five tion of new arguments. ' 3 Year Plan. The travels of Amatu'l-Baha Ruryfyyih One woman of the East was called upon to Khan um, the widow of the Guardian, throughshoulder a burden unlike that of any other. out India and Africa during the Nine Year Plan After the passing of' Abdu'l-Baha in 1921, the are becoming legendary. During the past five daughter of Baha' u'llah , Bahfyyih Khanum,4 years, she has represented the Baha'i Faith and the Greatest Holy Leaf, directed the affairs of the Universal House of Justice throughout the the Baha'i Cause for many months while world on many occasions, including the laying Shoghi Effendi recovered from the deep grief of the foundation stones of two new Baha'i which he suffered as a result of the passing of Houses of Worship , one in India, one in 'Abdu'l-Baha and the shock of knowing him- Samoa. She has met, challenged, and inspired self nominated Guardian of the Cause of God . with her message heads of state and govern- She alone among the members of the Holy ment, religious leaders, and men and women in Family during the time of the Guardian many other walks of life . But in particular remained exemplary in the steadfastness of her Ruryfyyih Khan um has sought out , and encourlove and devotion to the Centre of the Cause . aged other Baha'is to seek out for teach ing, Among the teachers of the Baha'i Faith durthose peoples whose lives have not been ing its first century one stands unsurpassed: tainted by the soul-consuming materialism that Martha Root. This woman , defying social and dominates the thinking of so much of the world material barriers, meager resources, often today. It was for this reason that she embarked perilous circumstances and ill-health , jourupon the 'Green Light Expedition'. 5 This neyed four times around the world, carrying the five-month journey took her with six others to message of the new Revelation to people in all the Amazon river basin to make a film docu- The Dawn-breakers , p. 296. menting the lives of numerous Indian and Bush God Passes By , p. 76. Star of the West , vol. l , no. 9 , p. 11. Negro tribes in the river area, demonstrating ' Bah:i'iyyih KMnum. ' See The Bahli'f World, vol. XVI, p. 419. 204 THE BAHA'i WORLD

Amatu'l-Baha Ru(tfyyih Khanum at the formal welcome accorded during her visit to the Maori Meeting House (Orakei Marae) near Auckland, New Zealand; January 1979. Seen with her are Mr. Ephraim Te Paa and Mrs. Ani Pihema.

the tremendous opportunities for teaching the tion then visited three cities in the Amazon Faith of Baha'u'llah among these peoples, and region of Brazil, meeting the governors of two the urgency of the need for pioneers and states, lecturing at universities and schools, and teachers to reach them before outside speaking with the Baha'is, exhorting them to materialistic values rapidly encroaching on arise in service to the Cause. This proclamation their way of life have cut them off from their was climaxed by the first Baha'i conference of spiritual roots. The expedition travelled to vil- the Amazon region, held in Manaus during lages on the Orinoco River in the Amazonas Ru!]iyyih Khanum's visit. The expedition then territory deep inside Venezuela, then up the proceeded to the Peruvian Amazon region, Ventuari River as far as their boat would go. where further documentary work was done. The second part of the trip involved travel by The five-month journey ended high in the plane'and canoe into the jungles of the Guiana Bolivian Andes with the filming of a Baha'i plateau in Surinam, seeking out the villages of conference graced by the presence of many Bush Negroes, resulting in the acceptance of Bolivian Indian believers, both men and the Faith by a number of villagers and the women. election of the first Bush Negro Local Spiritual The film of the 'Green Light Expedition' has Assembly. Rul]iyyih Khanum with the expedi- been and is still being shown around the world, INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 205 accomplishing Rul)iyyih Khanum's goal of Mrs. Munsiff's first journey in 1975 took her demonstrating the potential for spiritual vic- from Spain and Portugal throughout west and tories among villagers in remote areas. It also part of central Africa . She visited Baha'i comtestifies to Rul)iyyih Khanum's great love for munities in Senegal, the Gambia, Sierra these people , a love which gave her the Leone, Liberia, Ivory Coast, Ghana, Togo , strength to accomplish what she did, so that she Dahomey (now Benin), Central African could truthfully say, 'If I at the age of sixty-four Republic, and Chad, then back home to Engcan undertake such a trip, then surely the land through France. Throughout her travels, younger generation of believers can do as she met with government officials, from heads much.'' of state to vill age chiefs, and addressed public Rul)iyyih Khanum took the opportunity meetings and gatherings of Baha'is. Among many .times during her travels to speak of the the Baha'is she helped the believers to deepen important role of women in teaching the Faith. their understanding, love, and faith in the At the Asian Baha'i Women 's Conference Revelation of Baha'u'llah, encouraged the more than 1,000 Baha'i women from all over pioneers in their work for the Faith, and, by Asia heard her outline the state of emergency words and actions, ever stressed the unity and in the world that calls for a special effort by all love between divers peoples that wholehearted Baha'is to spread the Word of God. She allegiance to the Cause of God can and must pointed out that men should actively encour- bring about. In October 1976, Mrs. Munsiff age and assist their women in service to the headed to the western hemisphere, visiting Faith, for if they do not, it will be doubly Guyana, Surinam, French Guiana, Trinidad difficult for women to fulfill their respon- and Tobago, Barbados, the Windward Islands, sibilities to the Cause. 'One of the failings of the French Antilles, Puerto Rico, Haiti , men in Asia and Africa is that they do not teach Jamaica, and Mexico, returning to England in the Faith to their wives, mothers , and sisters,' February 1977. Later that year, she taught the she stated. Faith on the European continent, before leav- Prominent among women consecrating their ing in October for the Asian Baha'i Women's energies and talents to the field of international Conference in India . From India Mrs. Munsiff travel teaching during the Five Year Plan was travelled to Australia, visiting Perth in the west Mehrangiz Munsiff. Born into the Zoroastrian and Sydney in the east. Then she embarked on community of Bombay, Mrs. Munsiff the journey to the islands of the Pacific which embraced the Baha'i Faith at an early age , enabled her to finish encircling the world in earned the title of Knight of Ba ha'u' llah by service to the Faith. She visited communities in pioneering to French Cameroon in 1954, and New Caledonia, the New Hebrides, the Solhas energetically served the Cause at home in omon Islands, Fiji , Tonga, Samoa, Tahiti, the England and abroad for many years. The Five Tuamotu Archipelago, the Marquesa Islands Year Plan has seen the fulfilment of her and the Cook Islands . Mrs . Munsiff completed lifelong desire to be able to travel teach in all this extraordinary tour in Hawaii, where she parts of the world. When the Universal House visited and prayed at the graves of Martha Root, of Justice asked her to undertake a journey to her early mentor, and Agnes Alexander, the Australasia and the Pacific islands in 1977, she first Baha'i in the Hawaiian Islands. After rest wrote in reply, thanking them for granting this and recuperation made necessary by her arduwish by sending her to the one area of the world ous efforts, Mrs. Munsiff travelled through she had not yet visited, saying: Italy, Germany and Luxembourg, returning to London in late July 1978. Her final travel 'When I was fourteen I looked after Miss teaching tour of the Five Year Plan took her Martha Root during her visit to Bombay and back to Africa, this time to Ghana, Nigeria, then traveled with her to Ajmer . . . (She J Zaire, South Africa, South West Africa, Reunlcvingly told me that she would pray that I ion, Mauritius, Madagascar and Kenya. may teach the Faith all over the world. How Throughout her travels, Mrs. Munsiffs actions little one believes in the statements of such and words attracted considerable attention and holy souls till they come true!' coverage from the news media in the countries Baha'( News (USA), May 1975, v. 52, no. 5, p. 3. she visited. When questioned about the princi- 206 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Mrs. Menhrangiz Munsiff(last row, second from the right) with a group of Girl Guides, Santo, Espiritu Santo Island, New Hebrides; 177.

Dr. Jan e Faily (last row, extrem e left) with participants in a Teacher Training In stitute, Elele-Etchi, Nigeria; 1979. Dr. Faily travelled extensively in Africa during the year she spent there as a consultant for the Baha'i lniernational Community.

His Excellency James R. Mancham , President of Seychelles, (left) in cordial interview with Mrs . Lea Nys who is seen describing the route of Baha'u'llah's successive exiles. The visit took place on 11 November 1976. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 207

pies of the Faith , she never lost an opportunity French-speaking areas of the West Indies durfor stressing the significance of Baha'u'llah's ing the Five Year Plan, once early in 1977 and Revelation for the progress of humanity in this once in 1978. Mrs . Nys also actively taught the day. She often spoke about the Baha'i principle Faith for two months throughout Quebec, of the equality of men and women to Baha 'is Canada in 1977, as well as in her native Beland to those inquiring about the Faith , and gium and other French-speaking areas in often encouraged the women in communities Europe, whenever she was not engaged in to arise to travel teach. The dramatic example work in other parts of the world . Mrs . Nys's of Mrs. Munsiffs fearlessness and energy, work has been particularly significant as she is however, has undoubtedly served more than among the very first native French speakers to mere words to inspire both the women and the arise to assist in the teaching and deepening of men she met throughout the world to under- the many spiritually receptive peoples take a fuller service to the Cause of God. throughout the world for whom French is Among the Baha'is of French-speaking either the first or second language. countries throughout the world , the name of Many other women as well have travelled to one travel teacher is particularly well-known: the next town, province, country, or halfway Mrs. Lea Nys. Mrs. Nys was the first Belgian to around the world in service to their Faith . Miss embrace the Baha'i Faith , and has taught the Shamsi Sadeghat, from Trinidad and Tobago, Faith throughout Europe and the West Indies. devoted much time to teaching throughout the Her repeated trips to Haiti, Guadeloupe, and West Indies, and travelled to the northeast Martinique in particular have been instrumen- United States as well. Shirin Boman and Zena tal to the growth of the Baha'i communities Sorabjee, both serving on the Continental there. At the beginning of the Five Year Plan, Board of Counsellors for South Central Asia, Mrs. Nys travelled for four months in French- have been active throughout Asia, giving spespeaking Canada , the West Indies and the cial efforts to the needs of Baha'i women. Mrs. United States. In July 1975 she left for Africa, Boman travelled as well to the western hemistravelling alone for fifteen weeks to over sixty phere to teach. In some cases, travel teachers cities and villages in Ghana , Zaire, Burundi, from the more developed countries, because Tanzania , Madagascar, Reunion , Maruritius, they were women, were able to reach women in the Seychelles and Kenya, by truck, taxi, or any certain villlages for the first time in less techother available vehicle, often on foot in remote nologically advanced societies. It is interesting areas. She visited officials and chiefs on the to note too that the first travel teaching team national and local levels in every country, and to go from Papua New Guinea to Australia received wide newspaper and radio publicity. was made up entirely of women, girls and She returned to Martinique, Guadeloupe and children. Haiti in January and February 1976, and then Baha'i women are being recognized by the headed west to the Pacific Islands on a round- world outside the Baha'i community as well for the-world teaching trip. Although she eventu- their untiring and often sacrificial efforts ally had to discontinue this trip because of towards better human understanding. Mrs. El ti illness, Mrs. Nys was able to visit all of the Kunak, a Baha'i of Papua New Guinea, major French-speaking islands in the Pacific received a British Empire medal for her work as well as several others, meeting with Baha'is, in establishing women's clubs throughout the speaking at public meetings, visiting officials, island of New Ireland in the Bismarck and giving press and radio interviews. From Archipelago, having been named to the Tahiti she visited American and Western Queen's Birthday Honours List in June 1975 . Samoa, where she met His Highness Malietoa Mrs. Kunak and her husband were among the Tanumafili II, the first Baha'i reigning first Baha'is to enrol in the Faith after the monarch . From there she went to Fiji, the New Faith was introduced to New Ireland in 1957, Hebrides, the Loyalty Islands and New and in 1974 she was the first native Papua New Caledonia. By October Mrs. Nys was Guinean woman to be elected to the National sufficiently recovered from her illness to return Spiritual Assembly of that country. Although to Kenya, Mauritius, Reunion, and the Mrs Kunak never went to school, she has Seychelles. She made two more trips to the travelled extensively to lecture, organize 208 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Participants in National Baha'i Women's Conference held in San Salvador, El Salvador; March 1977. Counsellor Artemus Lamb is seen on the extreme right, back row.

Participants in National Bah{i'{ Women's Conference, Senegal; April 1978.

Participants in first National Baha'i Women's Conference held in Dacca, Bangladesh; January 1977. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 209 women's clubs and represent the women of 'The dearth of speakers available from this her country as the National President of part of the world who might be attending the Women's Clubs. She often emphasized that the Conference, to take charge of certain substrength to fulfill these tasks is derived from her jects, was extraordinary. We had enough faith in Baha'u'llah, and that His teachings good Baha'i women speakers to cover the enable women to break the bonds of tradi- subjects but we should have had a choice tional life, to stand up straight and strong and from a hundred speakers, and we didn't have create a good life for themselves and their chil- it partly because they weren't coming here dren. and partly because the women are not com- In 1978, Mrs. Dorothy Francis, a Salteaux ing forward enough to bear this aspect of Indian and a Baha'i since 1960, was awarded Baha'i service and there is no earthly reason the Order of Canada by the Canadian govern- why they should not ... Why are they not ment for her outstanding services to Canadian coming forward? Why are they not bearing Indians in British Columbia and the Prairie this type of burden of service for the Faith of provinces. Mrs. Francis founded several Indian Baha'u'llah?'' Friendship Centres, which assist Indians to Despite the example of numerous early and adapt to urban life and employment, and modern-day Baha'i heroines, the potential of Indian Cultural Clubs, which seek to preserve women for understanding, enthusiasm, perseand enrich Indian culture and tradition in verance and sacrifice is a spiritual resource Canada. She also helped create the Winnithat has remained virtually untapped in many peg Arts and Crafts Centre, through which national communities. In many of the less many native Canadians market arts and developed countries where tradition has crafts. confined most women to a subordinate role in Another Baha'i woman whose work has all social, political and religious affairs, the been signally recognized is Dr. Dorothy Nelnumber of women believers enrolled in the son, treasurer of the National Spiritual Assem- Faith remains but a small fraction of the total bly of the United States and Dean of the Uninumber of Baha'ls. In India, for example, the versity of Southern California Law Centre. secretary of the National Spiritual Assembly in The Associates of the World Peace Through 1976 estimated that although many outstand- Law Centre awarded her the Pax Orbis Ex Jure ing Indian women have performed exceptional medal for her service as a lawyer in the cause of service to the Cause in their home country and world peace. around the world, only 0.5% of the total The work of these women and many other number of registered believers in India were individuals throughout the world dramatically women. 2 demonstrates the capacity of Baha'i women to The major obstacle to the equal participaharmonize the different facets of their lives, as tion of women, as with the exemplification of mothers, as Baha'i teachers and adminisany Baha'i principle, lies in certain prevailing trators, as contributors to society through craft customs and traditions of the divers societies of and profession, and as the strongest promoters which the believers are a part; customs and of the cause of peace in the world. Their practices to which the Baha'i standards proaccomplishments during the Five Year Plan claim a marked and often startling contrast. This add lustre to the history of the Baha'i women. contrast exists in both under-developed and But why are there not yet many more Baha'i technologically advanced countries. The story women distinguishing themselves in all fields of of one Canadian pioneer in the Central African endeavor, indisputably demonstrating their Republic illustrates one of the main difficulties capacity and spiritual gifts to men, women and in bringing women into the Faith in many children both within and outside the Baha'i societies: community? Amatu'l-Baha Rul).iyyih Khanum frankly asked this question of more than a 'There are very, very few women Baha'ls in thousand women assembled at the largest the Central African Republic ... I decided gathering of women during the Five Year Plan, 1 Baha'( News (India), no. 29. Sept.-Dec. 1977, pp. 13- 14. the Asian Baha'i Women's Conference held in 2 Extract from a report by Counsellor Hooper Dunbar, New Delhi in October 1977: Bulletin Baha'( d'Haiti, April 1976, p. 12. 210 THE BAHA'I WORLD

to go out to the fields with them to dig ma n- cases these conferences were the first region al ioc. I soon found out why few of them have or national Baha'i activity in ·which women time to come at night to listen to us! I went from the more remote villages participated , with three village women and walking a fast and often they we re the first occasion on which clip, it took us exactly one hour to reach their native women arose to speak publicly. The daily work. Once there, they spread a nice largest women 's conference, the Asian Conferclean cloth on a big pan and motioned me to ence, was probably the first conference of its sit, but I refused and began to help them dig type to take place anywhere in India. It, like and collect the tubers . . . I kept up to them many of the other Baha'i conferences around all day, and when they hoisted great loads of the world during the Five Year Plan, provided tubers on their heads, I put as many as I an unusual opportunity for the proclamation of could in an old cloth and hoisted them on the Faith, and in particular its principle of the mine ... We had four declarations from equality of men and women , to leading officials women! When they arrive home, the y have and to thousands of others through the news to walk sometimes as far as two or three kms. media. Women travelling to and from the Conto get water, and carry it home on their heads ference often took advantage of their journey to begin supper. For supper they had to chop to teach the Faith to those they met, and many and make peanut butter, and spend an hour were able to initiate or assist organized travel "pillering" the manioc and then cook it all. teaching projects . They are just too exhausted to come to meet- Other international women's conferences ings. Of course, the men of the village are all were held in El Salvador, Peru and Liberia. fresh . . . because most of their day has been More than one thousand believers from 122 spent on a straw mat in the shade of a tree.' 1 Local Spiritual Assembly jurisdictions in Zaire gathered in September 1977 for a women's In many societies the kinds of activities in conference in Lueba , Kibundu in the Kivu rewhich women may participate are narrowly gion of the country , the largest of nine confercircumscribed by social convention, and meetences held in that area. In all, over 150 internaings in which both men and women are present tional, national and regional Baha'i Women 's and contribute are unheard of. Conferences sponsored by the Continental It is in an effort to develop the potential and Boards of Counsellors and National Spiritual engage the participation of all women who Assemblies were held between 1974 and 1979. believe in the truth of Baha.'u'llah's mission, Particularly noteworthy is the fact that many of and not just those women with education, that these conferences were held not in large cities but the Universal House of Justice has called for in villages and towns in remote areas , the home the development of women's activities. The territory of indigenous Baha'ls. Often the trip road to fulfilling 'Abdu'l-Baha's standard of to and from the conference was an important full and equal participation of women in all step in bringing the Baha'i women together as affairs is a long and difficult one. Important sisters. An account of the trip by participants first steps in this direction were taken by many in the first Baha'i Women's Conference of national communities through holding interna- Malaysia by launches and on foot to Kampong tional , national and regional women's confer- Temiang where the conference was held, tells ences and institutes to educate the believers in of the friendly spirit as women gathered from the standards set by Baha'u'llah and 'Abdu'leleven jungle communities: Baha. These conferences focused attention on the statements of 'Abdu'l-Baha on women's 'It was a happy journey with news being role in the progress of humanity, both within exchanged and the Baha'ls getting to know the family and outside the home; on the history each other as the launch proceeded through of Baha'i women such as the Greatest Holy the afternoon heat of the equatorial jungle Leaf, Tahirih, and Martha Root; on the impor- ... eventually we had to take to our feet and tance of the education of women who are the walk the last hour of our journey balancing first trainers of children; and on the vital role of on tree trunks neatly felled so that one can women in teaching the Cause of God. In many step from one to the other-a great deal ' Pulse of the Pioneer , no. 29, January 1979, pp . 14-15. easier than walking through swampy land INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 211

Four participants in the National Teaching Conference held al Umgababa, South Africa; October 1978. Judging entries in the arts and crafts exhibit are (left to right) Mrs. Anisa Cumberbatch, Mrs. Tabitha Tombisa, Mrs. Cecilia Nodada and Miss Dawn Jensen.

Participants in the first International Conference of Baha'i Women of South America held in Lima, Peru; December 1977. More than 200 women from 12 countries attended the conference which had as its theme 'Women's Role in the Progress of Humanity.'

Some participants in the first National Baha'i Children's Conference of Samoa; April 1977. The Hand of the Cause Abu'l-Qasim Faizi was present at this gathering which drew an attendance of approximately 100 children, parents and teachers. 212 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Some participants in the Asian Baha'i Women's Conference held in New Delhi, India; October 1977. More than 1,000 women from Asia, Europe and America attended. Amatu'l-Baha Rul;zfyyih Khanum is seen in the centre.

. . . we were tired but so happy to arrive.' 1 ment of entire families in the Faith, and for raising up Local Spiritual Assemblies. Often Baha'i villagers from the Bouake, Man, and the women examined their local customs and Danane regions of the Ivory Coast walked dishabits in an effort to bring their lives more tances up to 400 miles overland to attend the closely in line with the principles of their Faith International Baha'i Women's Conference in and more consonant with their dignity as Monrovia, Liberia. Village women such as Baha'i women . these contributed actively to the success of Most important perhaps has been the fosterthese conferences throughout the world, ing of a new spirit among the Baha'i women speaking often for the first time before large who participated in the conferences, as their gatherings and translating addresses into the perception of their role in the progress of the native languages. Men as well as women con- Faith and of humanity in general was transtributed in a variety of ways to making these formed by learning of 'Abdu'l-Baha's meetings a success: in many cases the men revolutionizing statements on the importance attending the conference prepared the food, of women to the progress of all humankind. A washed the dishes, and cared for the children, Bolivian Indian woman who attended the first in order to allow the women to concentrate on International Conference of Baha'i Women in the discussion of their responsibilities and South America expressed well this change and development within the Faith and the imporits effect on her life: tance of their role as the first educators of the next generation of Baha'is. Such active and 'I really could not understand why my huscheerful co-operation and service to the women band was so anxious to participate in the by the men is particularly interesting as in most teaching work. I wanted him to stay home cases it was offered in marked contrast to social with the family. Now I understand .. . in the customs prevailing in the world around them. future we will go out together for teaching, The enthusiasm created by these gatherings because I want to learn more and also want often resulted in women setting goals for them- to teach my people this unity, love, and selves for their own deepening and the deepen- peace.' 2 ing of their families in the essential verities of the Faith, for the establishment of local classes The exposition of the Baha'i view on the for women and children, for teaching the Faith responsibilities and privileges inherent in locally and as travel teachers, for the enroll- womanhood has not been limited to Baha'i ' Baha'f International News Service, no. 76, 17 November Bahd'( International News Service, no. 91, 15 March 1978, 1975, pp. 11 - 12. p. 7. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 213

gatherings. The Baha'i principles of the equality of men and women and the importance of women to the spiritual and material progress of humanity have been clearly enunciated to many national, regional and local government officials around the world through personal interviews and written statements, and to the public at large through newspapers, radio and television. Public meetings, exhibitions and seminars in cities, towns, and universities have explored the subject in greater depth. Particularly significant has been the participation of the Baha'i International Community as a nongovernmental organization in United Nations conferences and seminars on women's participation in development held during and after International Women's Year. At each United Nations conference and seminar the women representing the Baha'i International Community took the opportunity to acquaint delegates of governments and other organizations from around the world with the Baha'i position, submitting statements challenging all people to recognize the spiritual equality of Marion Jack (1866-1954) whose courwomen with men that must be firmly estab- ageous exploits in service to the Baha'i Faith lished as the foundation for all other forms of inspired Shoghi Effendi to describe her as an equality, whether legal, social, educational, 'immortal heroine' and a 'shining example economic or political. The world-wide Baha'i ... to present and future generations.' community's contribution to the United Nations goal of the development of women so munity is playing its part throughout the that they may more fully contribute to the world in bringing about this change.' 1 development of the societies in which they live was clearly stated by Mrs. Shantha Sundram of What is inevitably needed, then, in order for Malaysia, representing the Baha'i Interna- the realization of the Baha'i standard of equaltional Community at a United Nations regional ity of rights and opportunities for both women seminar for Asia and the Far East in May 1974: and men is for local Baha'i communities throughout the world to shoulder the responsi- 'It is inevitable at this time in the history of bility of introducing this principle and bringing the Baha'i world community that there are it into practice. The Five Year Plan has seen wide differences in the understanding, as the inception of this in a number of areas. well as the application of these (Baha'i] prin- Perseverance is needed, as is care and underciples ... Although the problems which dif- standing, for the fullest expression of this prinferent local and national communities face ciple must reflect the richness of the diversity of are different, the direction is determined and the women and men throughout the world. The the growth and achievement already evident most effective teachers of women are undoub- ... Man and woman alike are to search inde- tedly other women. In many cultures the only pendently for truth. In attempting to put this people able to approach women in the more principle into practice, we have found that traditional villages, other than members of the cultural and religious prejudices are slowly immediate family, are women. Because of this, being abandoned, and as women are usually Baha'i teachers, who in these same cultures the upholders of tradition in the community, 1 Statement of Mrs. Shantha Sundram at UN Regional Conthis brings about some important changes in sultation for Asia and the Far East, Bangkok, 13-17 May attitude ... The Baha'i International Com- 1974, p. 2. 214 THE BAHA'i WORLD

have usually been men , have found it nearly theBahti'i News of Cameroon for the benefit of impossible to attract women to meetings to all the Baha'is in the country. hear about the Faith. Individual women and As more Spiritual Assemblies take up the women in teams who have made a special task of giving 'unlimited encouragement to effort to share the Faith with village women women', and encouragement to the men to have almost always found these women assist the women in their families to participate spiritually receptive. In India and several other fully in the life of the Cause, the foundation will countries there have been a number of be laid for the growth of succeeding generainstances of nine women being the first people tions of deepened and enthusiastic Baha'is. As in their village to accept the Baha'i Faith and to more women prove their capacity to contribute form the first Local Spiritual Assembly. The on the local level , they will also be given more story related by Mrs. Nasrin Fawbush, Auxili- opportunity and responsibilities for serving on ary Board member in India, illustrates the pos- the national and international levels. During sibilities for teaching among village women: the Five Year Plan more women, and in particular indigenous women, have been elected 'During the remaining two days as I went to National Spiritual Assemblies than ever from house to house, the ladies welcomed before. The first Papua New Guinean woman, the Faith as though they were waiting for it. Elti Kunak, was elected to the National Fifteen of them accepted the Faith and more Spiritual Assembly of that country in 1974. In would have accepted had I stayed longer. 1976 Miss Beatrice Camara, a member of the Among them were educated girls of eighteen Temne tribe, was the first indigenous woman and married women, old and young. Four elected to the National Spiritua l Assembly of ladies whose husbands are working in Sierra Leone. The same year saw native Gauhati, Kanpur and Bhagalpur accepted women elected for the first time to the National the Cause. All asked for books and pam- Assemblies of the Solomon Islands and the phlets to send to their husbands. Now it is the South West Pacific Ocean. The Baha'is of ladies who are going to teach their hus- Benin elected the first native woman to their bands.'1 National Assembly in 1977. On the international level , a total of seventeen women are Other people instrumental in bringing knowpresently serving as members of the Contiledge of the Baha'i Faith to women are Baha'i nental Boards of Counsellors, and the Internahusbands, brothers and sons. As was pointed tional Teaching Centre has two women memout by RuJ:iiyyih Khanum at the Asian Baha'i bers: the Hand of the Cause of God Amatu'l- Women's Conference, not enough has yet been Baha RuJ:if yyih Khanum and Counsellor Flordone by men in teaching the Baha'i Faith to ence Mayberry. their wives . The Local Spiritual Assembly of Such growth in the participation by women Tiko, a coastal town in Cameroon, recognized in all levels of service to the Faith is a necessary this same difficulty, and addressed a letter to its step in the fulfillment of' Abdu'l-Baha's words: community 'as a challenge to the married male Baha'is whose wives are non-Baha'i' to ' ... the new age will be an age less masculine demonstrate the principle of equality of the and more permeated with the feminine ideals, sexes and thereby win the wholehearted or to speak more exactly, will be an age in allegiance of their wives and children to the which the masculine and feminine elements of Faith. This letter was subsequently printed in civilization will be more properly balanced. ' 2 ' BahcJ'( News (India), no. 24, July-August 1976, p. 19. Star of th e West, vol. 9, no. 7, p. 87. INTERNATION A L SURV E Y OF C URRENT BAHA'I A C TIVITIES 215

5. SURVEY OF THE EXPANDED USE OF RADIO AND TELEVISION IN THE FIVE YEAR PLAN As THE twentieth century began to unfold, nine , have begun to use radio in their teaching the immense progress in the many forms of programmes. And fortunately for all coninformation transmission evoked fr om ' Abdu' l- cerned, the goal has caught the vision of indi- Bah a the observation that ' ... m eans of com- vidual Baha'fs who have, through munificent munication have multiplied, and th e fi ve conti- gifts, made possible much of the advancement nents of th e earth have virtually m erged into here reported. one.' In 1946 Shoghi Effendi encouraged the Many of the events recorded as achieveuse of radio and television , challenging the ments of the Plan a re truly historic: the first Baha'i community to action by saying: 'The international Ba ha'i Radio and Television Con- Baha'is should not always be the last to take up fe rence in 1975 , the first centre for exchange of new and obviously excellent methods, but radio materials established in 1976, and the rather the first, as this agrees with the dynamic first broadcast from the first Baha'i radio stanature of the Faith which is not only progres- tion in December 1977 . sive, but holds within itself the seeds of a new The countries of Latin America and the culture and civilization.' By 1969, the Univer- Caribbean were given the lion's share of goals sal House of Justice stated that: 'In country in this field, and have ably achieved them. At after country the Cause has been featured for both the Bahia and Merida Conferences in the first time in modern mass communications January and February 1977 great attention media . The volume of this call to the people of was given to the opportunities for use of the the world is increasing day by day and must so mass media throughout the hemisphere. Councontinue , penetrating every stratum of society try after country has taken up the challenge and the cumulative results have been most At Naw-Ruz 1974 the House of Justice gratifying. assigned goals for the use of radio to thirty-nine countries and of television to twelve countries Ecuador for procla mation, teaching and deepening of The most notable effort has been the radio the believers. The Baha'i world generally was activity in Ecuador, spurred by the vision of directed to vigorously pursue 'the proclama- Counsellor Raul Pavon, the zeal of its National tion of the Faith , following established plans Spiritual Assembly and special Radio Comand aiming to use , on an increasing scale, the mission, and the technical and organizational facilities of mass communication.' Confirming skills of K. Dean Stephens. Beginning in March the significance of this goal, the House of Jus- 1973 with time purchased on various local tice in May 1975 issued to National Assemblies radio stations throughout Ecuador, the a compilation of references on the use of radio. National Assembly developed plans for its own With these directions and impetus the Baha 'i station whose studio was to be located in the community the world over set itself to obtain RuJ:!fyyih Khanum Teaching Institute in access to the electronic media, an effort which Otavalo. Surmounting great obstacles in securhas aided in lifting the Faith from obscurity. ing the allocation of a medium wave frequency Radio in particular has been widely used as a in early 1977, and thereafter in construction of means of deepening and teaching the friends , a an effective working studio in the Institute, wide range of programmes has been devised to plus a second studio and uniquely designed answer specific needs. Of the thirty-nine goal transmitter in the hamlet of Cajas above the countries, eleven have been distinguished for town, Radio Baha'f had its inaugural broadcast their activities beyond any expectations of the on 12 December 1977 . This first Baha'f educa- Plan, while almost all others have met their tional and cultural radio station, operating at commitments. In addition, very many Baha'f 1,000 watts, reaches Baha'fs and non-Baha'fs national communities, other than the thirty- over a radius of approximately 50 kilometres. 216 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

Site of a new short-wave broadcasting facility for Radio Baha'i, Otavalo, Ecuador. The new facility will expand the radio's signal to all of Ecuador and other areas of South and Central America.

Radio personnel preparing a tap e for broadcas1ing through the facilities of Radio Balui'f, Otavalo, Ecuador.

Silhouette of the antenna and the broadcasting studio, Cajas, from which on 12 December 1977 Radio Baha'i of Ecuador made its inaugural broadcast. INTERNATIO NAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 217 Beginning with a programme consisting reaching into Panama. Shortwave broadcastprimarily of local a nd regional music, inter- ing is to begin on 12 November 1979. Frespersed with Baha'i cunas-selected quota- quency: 2,340 KHz (120 metre band). tions, Hidden Words, passages from the Writ- Bolivia ings-from the outset the station has broadcast On behalf of its large rural Baha'i populaheavily in Quechua for the predominantly tion, the National Spiritual Assembly of Indian local population, but without neglecting Bolivia has for some years broadcast in Span- Spanish. Steadily diversifying its programmes, ish, Quechua and Aymara from stations in the station now broadcasts dawn prayers in La Paz, Orum, Tarija and Santa Cruz, both both languages beginning at 4 a.m., has a con- during free and purchased time in support of stantly expanding schedule of Baha'i teaching teaching and deepening programmes . In 1976 units, features a local newscast which has been an operational radio production studio made very successful in its 'lost-and-found' service possible a systematic preparation of continufor retrieving children and animals, and is in ous programmes. Feasibility surveys have been process of developing programmes in agricul- undertaken in the La Paz, Sucre and Potosi reture, health and nutrition, home economics gions to consider possible establishment of a and literacy. It has been invited to be the first full-time station for the Indian populations station to participate in classroom radio cur- within signal range of each centre. ricula efforts of the National Department of Education. It has always maintained a large Brazil schedule of local and national music with inter- A production centre is reported in Salvador, vals of Baha'i messages. The station has spon- with frequent but sporadic radio broadcasts sored public service events including music fes- throughout the country. tivals for local bands, a children's festival for Chile the International Year of the Child, and a Small production units are functioning in rehabilitative child educational project housed Punta Arenas and Temuco, and much free in the institute auxiliary building. It has radio time has been secured, particularly by become the local station of the area, listened to their musical groups. in preference to all others, the Baha'i prayers Colombia and songs being learned by children and adults, Three active centres of radio production Baha'i and non-Baha'i alike. have been established, in Bogota, Leticia and The staff has steadily expanded, and consists Cali. The radio building at Riohacha in the of fourteen full-time and part-time workers, Guajira has temporarily been unusable because most of whom are local Quechua-speaking oflocal disorders, but programmes recognized by volunteers teamed with a cadre of devoted the Ministry of Communications continue in the pioneers . Not only does the staff work at the Guajiro language. station, but also undertakes a strong role in the teaching work in the Cayambe and Otavalo Paraguay valleys among the many thousands of Indian In 1977- 1978 systematic national probelievers. The radio takes an increasing gramming was begun, with a year of national responsibility for encouraging observances, in proclamation undertaken through extensive the region, of Feasts and Holy Days and for time purchased on radio stations throughout election of Local Assemblies: 135 at Ricjvan the country, thus achieving a uniquely effective 1979, up from 90 in 1978. coverage for teaching of the Faith. A second International Radio-TV Confer- Peru ence was held in Ecuador in December 1976 A strong National Radio Committee has for attended by thirty-seven Baha'is from ten several years succeeded in achieving countrycountries. A lso present were two Counsellors wide decentralized radio efforts which have and several Auxiliary Board members. been very effective in the teaching work; a Scheduled for 1979-1980 is the installation number of radio production workshops have of a shortwave broadcast unit at Lake been conducted. The House of Justice in 1977 Cuicocha, whose programmes will range more called for a feasibility study of a possible full - widely than with the medium wave coverage, time radio station in Puno Province, on the 218 TH E BAHA'I WORLD

Participants in National Teaching Conference inaugurating the facilities of Radio Bahd'(, Cajas, Ecuado r; A ugust 1978.

~ ----· llES 21 ET 2t l•V

-~......... -=-

A representative sampling of references to the Baha'i Faith which appeared in newspapers and journals between Ri(f,vdn 1976 and Ri(f,vdn 1979. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 219 shores of Lake Titicaca, with extensive coverage Guatemala of Baha'i communities in both Peru and There have been intermittent programmes, Bolivia.' and Robert Porter's sound studio has produced Baha'i musical materials. Beginning in April Venezuela 1978 spot broadcasting, three to six times daily A production centre has been equipped in on a radio chain , has taken place. the national I:Ia~fratu'l-Quds. Honduras Curai:;ao A recording studio was put into operation in This island goal of Venezuela has used radio 1977, and from 1978 there have been intermitfor Jong periods, broadcasting in Papiamento, tent programmes from Siguatapeque, reaching English and Dutch. Indian areas. Early in the Plan there was inten- Guyana sive activity in the La Ceiba area. In 1976 Guyana gained ten minutes of free Mexico time weekly, on Sundays, on the national radio In addition to coverage during the Merida channel, and has continued with these regular Conference, spots have been used in Chiapas, programmes, but has also added paid spots. and interviews have originated in several cities. The Local Spiritual Assembly of Georgetown Nicaragua for some time has sponsored a ten-minute paid Baha'i programmes have been broadcast on programme every Baha'i Holy Day. Counsellor the national station, and also recurrent pro- Peter McLaren and twenty-six other Baha'ls grammes from a local station in Bluefields up to from seven countries attended a Caribbean the time of the national disorder. Radio-TV Workshop held in December 1976. Panama Surinam A radio production centre in the lodge of the Effective access to the radio has been se- House of Worship, an active Radio Commitcured in the capital and other cities; broadcasts tee, and the needs of a large indigenous rural in Hindi from Nickerie have been well Baha'i population have motivated the producreceived. tion of local programmes, both free and paid, Belize via stations in Panama City (national chain), in After a lengthy series of weekly programmes Chiriqui and Herrera Provinces, and elseover the single radio station in the country, where. The Hemispheric Baha'i Radio and there was a two-year hiatus, but the Faith is Television Conference was held in Panama in back on the air in both English and Spanish. A 1977, with 125 participants from twenty-four production centre is now being developed in National Assemblies. A feasibility study for a Belmopan. full-time station has been conducted. The Bahama Islands Costa Rica In 1978, twenty-one weeks of island-wide Weekly Sunday morning programmes have broadcasts were run, followed by spots each been aired from Radio Golfit6, another series two weeks for six months. has gone out from Radio Cristal and still another from Limon. Barbados and the Windward Islands Weekly free programmes ran for two years El Salvador on Barbados's Caribbean Broadcasting Com- The National Spiritual Assembly of El Sal- pany. Programme series have been run in Grevador sponsored CI RB AL (Centro para Inter- nada and in St. Lucia. cambio Radiof6nico Baha'i de America Dominican Republic Latina) on behalf of the World Centre, and Beginning tardily, the Dominican Republic through its production centre broadcasts emitran thirty-six fifteen-minute programmes in ting from Radio Chalatenango and Radio 1978- 1979. La Paz. Excellent mini-programmes for its own teaching and for sharing abroad have been French Antilles produced. From 1973 onward, Barbara Joyce and the The station was authorized by the Universal House of French Antilles Media Committee have had Justice in July 1979. weekly Baha'i radio shows broadcast from the 220 THE BAHA'I WORLD

island of St. Maarten, with a listening audience stations. The British Broadcasting Corporaon at least twelve islands, drawing content tion's programme ' Report on Religion' has from Baha'i literature inducting The New Gar- referred to the Faith more than once and at den, Fire on the Mountaintop, and God's Great Ric;lvan 1979 extended 'Happy Ric;lvan' greet- Plan. Free programmes have been augmented ings to Baha'is everywhere. by the purchase of spots. The United States Jamaica The National Assembly and its Public Beginning with the February 1973 presenta- Information Office have concentrated on radio tion of a series of programmes on Radio productions to be used by Local Spiritual Jamaica, the National Spiritual Assembly has Assemblies on their local stations. These committed itself to radio as an effective way to include 'The Jeff Reynolds Show' of thirteen reach everyone on the island and has spon- half-hour programmes; twelve fifteen-minute sored a radio production centre, producing a programmes based on talks given at the House continuing local programme, with broadcasts of Worship; a series of fifteen five-minute also in the Cayman Islands. 'fireside chats' in Spanish; ten five-minute Leeward and Virgin Islands spots on basic Baha'i themes; two radio specials Intermittent programmes from its produc- featuring Linda Brown, England Dan and John tion centre in St. Thomas have utilized the Ford Coley, and Archie Bell and the Drells; media professionals of the community. From eight 'Fireside Playhouse' fictional dramatiza- Saba, pioneer Pauline Paul has been broad- tions of Baha'i principles; thirty- and sixtycasting Baha'i messages for some five years, second 'direct message' spots devised as comnow fifteen minutes bi-weekly. Many broad- mercial announcements; and thirteen Race casts have emanated at intervals from Montser- Unity Day spots. Local station utilizations rat, Antigua, St. Croix, Anguilla, St. Kitts and have been reported as numerous and success- Tortola. ful, often with minority groups being effectively reached. Puerto Rico Three 'firsts' are to the credit of Puerto Hawaii Rico: the first Latin American Baha'i radio The Hawaiian community is rich in persons production centre, in Mayaguez; 1 the first trained in the mass media, hence radio prointernational radio and television conference grammes have been regularly and frequently (the Caribbean Radio and Television Work- aired; this has included many interviews, regushop in 1975); 2 and the first 'saturation' prog- lar announcements of Special Event Days, etc. ramme of radio spots run simultaneously on Particular effort has been expended to reach fifty stations throughout the country for one the Filipino community through its station. A week in July 1977. Other activities have notable achievement initiating the ongoing included use of the island's production facility programme was the August 1974 show which to record songs for the albums 'Canci6nes de was well advertised by radio and brought some Fe' and 'Flight'. 10,000 persons to the Waikiki Shell to enjoy a free concert by Seals and Crofts, and by Eng- Trinidad and Tobago land Dan and John Ford Coley, followed by a With its radio production unit at the gigantic fireside meeting. National Centre, Trinidad has had frequent programmes, many by its radio professional, Canada Lillian Fraser. Weekly free programmes are Apart from individual community promatched with daily paid spots, and there are grammes, in 1978- 1979 two radio spots were frequent Baha'i appearances on the pro- produced by the National Office for commungramme 'Meditations'. ity use.

In the northern countries of the hemisphere Spain and in Europe with their intense media A strong National Radio Committee has development, many interviews and discussion co-ordinated broadcasts from Fuengirolaprogrammes have been presented over local Marbella, also received in Morocco; from Cor- See The Baha'i World, vol. XVI, p. 195. doba the airing of a series of half-hour progibid. rammes featuring Baha'i singer Pancho; from INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 221 Radio Bilbao spots of Hidden Words each New Zealand morning; and other programmes from Six to eight Baha'i communities have broad- Tarragona-Rens, Madrid, Cartagena, Tenerife cast the mini-dramas and also there have been and Valencia. Some twenty persons serve as interviews and special programmes . 'radio collaborators' and the committee issues Samoa a national newsletter. From 1977 to 1979 early morning devotion- In Africa, Asia and the Pacific sporadic activ- als and fifteen -minute Sunday programmes ity in radio has been reported, and it is clear have been broadcast in Samoan. that much more has occurred than has been Tonga recorded. A fifteen-minute Sunday evening pro- Cameroon gramme m Tongan was aired during In 1978 a half-hour Sunday afternoon 1978- 1979. shortwave programme entitled 'New Horizons' ran for six months; scripts are now being Among countries reporting radio activities widely shared. some three or four have ready access to professional facilities , and about twenty have estab- Central African Republic' lished simple radio production centres. Beginning in 1973 the Committee for Radio It should be noted that travelling teachers has conducted a marathon programme of and their Baha'i hosts in very many countries thirty-minute bi-weekly broadcasts in English have become adept at telling of the Faith via and Sango. Programmes have been broadcast interview shows; of such interviews unnumfor more than five years on an essentially conbered programmes have been reported, many tinuous basis. The scripts in French have been featuring the Hands of the Cause, Counsellors, widely disseminated to other francophone and many others. communities. Liberia and Guinea Special Radio Contributions In January 1979 a fifteen-minute weekly Among the independent contributions to the radio programme of prayers began in English radio efforts were a number worthy of menand local languages, called 'All Things Made tion: (1) Produced in 1977 in India by Gloria New'. Faizi, thirty half-hour programmes were Seychelles broadcast in 1978 by shortwave Radio Sri Intermittent broadcasts have occurred since Lanka, a station heard widely throughout 1967, but in 1979 a free ten-minute programme south-eastern Asia; in 1979-1980 a repeat run was broadcast every two weeks over the single was scheduled from the same station. The station of the islands. programmes have evoked many questions on the Faith, responded to by a committee in Eastern Malaysia India, often by means of correspondence For some ten years the Baha'is have had courses. The scripts and tapes have been fifteen-minute devotional programmes every widely circulated. (2) Early in the 1970s Orpha fifth Sunday. In addition, a five-minute devo- Daugherty , then in the Philippines, wrote thirtional period every fifth morning is conducted teen mini-dramas; these have been widely disin the Iban language. seminated and used in a number of languages. India In 1978, teamed with Jack Davis in Japan, Mrs. In 1977 India won official permission to Daugherty produced forty-five tapes of a secmake announcements of Baha'i religious ond series of mini-dramas, in English and events on All-India Radio; Baha'i Holy Days, Japanese, each a lively sixty-second spot. (3) programmes of public functions , and inter- Numerous radio interviews by the musician views of guests all have become possible. team of Jimmy Seals and Dash Crofts and also Australia countless broadcasts of their songs with Baha'i Weekly half-hour to full-hour programmes themes have widely spread the name of the have been aired from several small local sta- Faith in the United States and throughout the tions. western hemisphere. ( 4) More recently, musi- See also The Baha'i World , vol. XVI, p. 141. cal entertainers England Dan and John Ford 222 THE BAHA'i WORLD

Coley have give n much prominence to the was produced by Barbara Joyce in St. Maarten, Faith in the United States and abroad through Netherlands Antilles. Of the more than 200 radio pe rformances. The fame ach ieved in the programmes so far produced, and widely music world by America's jazz trumpeter John shared as video-cassettes, thirteen videotapes Birks 'Dizzy' Gillespie, by England's promi- were made at the Merida Confe rence in 1977. nent opera singer Norm an Bailey and by Italy's (3) In Ca nada, beginning in 1976, a thirtynoted pianist Alfredo Speranza has been used minute cablevision programme series called by them in media interviews and concerts for 'Baha'i News' was produced for a Toronto area wide-spread proclamation of the Faith. cable syste m, a nd was continued to 1979, changing its name to 'Baha'i World' at that Television time. Subscriptio ns to the programme were As in radio, television-mediated interviews undertaken in some sixteen other Canadian have become a stock-in-trade of Baha'i trave l- cities . ling teache rs, and many of the distinguished (4) In Samoa, from 1977 through 1979, a membe rs of the Faith have used the ir access to number of Sunday programmes have been television for proclaiming the Cause. The telecast in both Engli sh and Samoan, including young French author Andre Brugiroux (La the Hawaiian se ries and tapes from St. Maarterre n'esL qu'un seul pays) has been extremely ten. successful in televisio n inte rviews in the (5) T he National Assembly of the Central French-speaking countries; so, too, Lea Nys, African Republic has produced several TV Shamsi Sedaghat and Meherangiz Munsiff dur- series, and e nj oys free access to national televiing their extensive travel teaching for the sion. Cause. The United Nations Yea r of the Ch ild (6) The United States National Assembly was the occasion for a number of well-received produced a series of fifteen videotapes for the television programmes, including one in the enthusiast ically received Local Spiritual Central African Republic. The Faith was Asse mbl y training progra mmes conducted increasingly mentioned on television in nation-wide in 1976 . Europe. In October 1976 a Baha'i conference (7) In the United States the musicians Seals held in Rimini , Italy in observance of Interna- and Crofts had numerous TV appearances in tional Women's Year received television which the Faith was mentio ned . coverage. Two wee ks later the compiler of the (8) Puerto Rico telecast six monthly prog- National Television talk programme 'O re rammes from November 1978 to April 1979 . Venti' approached the National Spiritual (9) In Liberia and Guinea, each Tuesday Assembly and obtained permission to devote evening for five years the TV programme in an entire programme to the Baha'i Faith. Monrovia has closed with a free five-minute French te levision gave excellent coverage of spot. the Inte rnational Conference he ld in Paris in (10) In Ca nada, in 1978-1979, an extensive August 1976 and in July 1978 the national proclamation programme centred about a netwo rk carried a programme illustrating single spot which was shown everywhere in the French workmen installing marble o n the Uni- country on paid time. versal House of Justice building on Mt. Carmel. Ten te levision achievements stand out The extraordi nary leve l of radio and televiamong the many single programmes reported. sion activity throughout Latin America largely ( 1) In 197 5 there were released thirteen half- stems from the indefatigable and expert work ho ur programmes produced in Hawaii , written of radio and television engineer K. Dean by and featuring the Hand of the Cause Wil- Stephens of Utah and Puerto Rico. His ceaseliam Sears, assisted by Robert Quigley and a less travels and correspondence, his expertise supporting group. These programmes were in virtually all aspects of radio and television , repeated widely in Alaska, Canada , the United have been of immense service . States and Samoa. Individual tapes have been The Green LighL Expedition, 1 Step by Step shown elsewhere. (Paso a Paso) and a ll other Baha'i films now in (2) Beginning in 197 4 a weekly fifteen- distribution have found wide use on television. minute colour TV 'Baha'i Faith Programme' 1 See The Baha'f World, vol. XVI, pp. 419-448. INTERN AT IONAL SU RVEY OF CU RRENT BAHA ' I ACTIVITIES 223

Participants in the international television and radio worksh op held al the 'A matu'l-Baha Ruf:ifyyih Khanum National Institute, Otavalo, Ecuador; December 1976. In attendance were represen1mives of ih e Continental Board of Counsellors for South America and other Baha'[s from ten countries.

Television spots and spot series have bee n Motion Pictures produced by Canada, the United States, Canada has sponso red a motion picture pro- Puerto Rico and the Bahamas, among many duction unit named Cine Baha'f which in 1976 others. produced a 16 mm. sixty-minute film on the Hand of the Cause A matu 'l-Baha Rul)fyyih Cl R BAL ( Cenrro para lntercambio Khanum, entitled lnvitaiion. In 1978 Cine Radiof6n ico Baha'i de America Laiina) Baha'i completed a seco nd interview film of In December 197 5 a clearing house for rad io fifty minutes with the H and of the Ca use John and TV materials for Latin America was pro- Robarts, entitled Retrospective. Both have posed at the Caribbean Radio and Te levision been widely used th roughout the Baha'i wo rld. Workshop . In June 1976 CIRBAL was author- Of motion pictures produce d during the Plan ized by the World Centre, with the Nationa l certainly the Green Light Expedition film was Assembly of El Salvador as host and Susa n the most significant. T his 16 mm . travelogue of Leich as director. A catalogue was published in Rui)fyyih Khanum 's South American teaching 1977; scripts and tapes were collected a nd distrip in 1976 along the Orinoco and Amazon seminated ; a nd Miss Leich actively travelled Rivers and in the A ndes, among the Indian throughout Latin America stim ul ating and peoples who have been so receptive to the developing local radio activities, conductin g Faith, was produced in English, Spanish and radio production workshops, often with K. Persian versions, and super-8 prints were also Dean Stephens. A Spanish-language newsletrun. Slide series and filmstrips of four parts ter, Ondas Baha'fs, has had six issues. CIR- each were available, deriving from the still BAL participated in the publication of a bookphotographic coverage. The film enj oyed let on mass media entitled Transmit Thy Knowlextensive use not only as a motion picture, but edge, in the distribution of the recording Canalso frequently on television. ciones de Fe, and has actively contributed to virtually every radio development in Latin International Baha'{ Audio-Visual Cen tre America and world wide. CIRBAL moved to Established in 1967 as an arm of the World Trinidad at the time of Miss Leich's marriage Centre for distribution of audio-visual materito Counsellor Peter McLaren. als, the IBA VC in Victor, New York continued 224 THE BAHA'I WORLD

throughout the Plan to be a major distribution slides and fi lmstrips, a co-operative prochannel for a range of subjects in support of the gramme was undertaken to modify and supply teaching and deepening work. Among its pro- at low cost the excellent, small, battery- or ducts developed during the Plan were illumi- line-operated projector, the Bikoh , now nated prayers and quotations in English and renamed the Glory. Distributed from Kobe, Spanish , a new series of twenty-nine colour Japan, with the assistance of Counsellor postcards of Baha'i subjects, a series of nine RuJ:iu'llah Mumtazf and his staff, about 800 six-slide sets of Baha'i Holy Places, Temples projectors have thus far been placed in the and Baha'fs around the world, a series of eight hands of travelling teachers, pioneers and Baha'{ Heritage notecards, two new filmstrips others; this total excludes sales of the same entitled Pilgrimage to the House of the Bab and projector by the United States. Arise. 1 Distribution of Baha'i identity jewel- At the date of going to press, the IBA VC has lery, rings, ringstones, and other items con- been transferred to Toronto , Canada, with tinued to be a staple service. The Centre han- changed functions which exclude distribution dled the sale and distribution of the Green Light of audio-visual material. Expedition motion pictures, slides and film- In sum , the Plan has evoked a remarkably strips. universal exploitation of mas~ media on behalf In order to make possible the field use of of the Faith, creating thereby numerous bridgeheads which remain to be expanded and con- An adaptation appears on p. 109. solidated as the Cause grows in every land. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 225

6. THE NEW ERA BAHA'I SCHOOL 1

IND I A, a land of more than half a billion The school already enjoys some internapeople, is known for its diverse geography, its tional renown. Its student population represtradition of religious tolerance , and its social ents more than twenty nations with less than caste system. About 200 kilometres (125 half the total students coming from Baha'i miles) south-east of Bombay is the town of families. The remainder are from Buddhist, Panchgani, a Hindu word meaning five moun- Christian, Hindu, Muslim and other backtain tops. Three-fourths of the way up one of grounds. Many of the parents, Mr. White the five mountainsides, overlooking the explained, are prevented by tradition and Krishna River 457 metres (1,500 feet) below , other factors from openly declaring the beauty is the New Era Ba ha 'i School which accommo- and validity of the Faith and from acknowledgdates 400 students from twenty-three coun- ing how successfully it is able to deal with tries. The mountain summits are flat and human behaviour, but others among them recovered with lakes. cognize its value to the moral and intellectual The New Era School had its beginnings on 1 development of their children. The students August 1945 when Mrs. Rezwan Mobedzadeh are united , largely because of an Eastern culand Mrs. Salisa Kermani left Poona, the Indian ture that dictates submissiveness by students to town to which they had pioneered, and began a their environment and to adults and teachers . Baha'i children's hostel at the request of the There are, of course, many things tradition National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of continues to carry forward that are not conduc- India and Burma. For the first six months the ive to unity among the students . school served only as a hostel offering spiritual One such tradition is the inequality of men instruction to the children in the morning and and women. Mr. White said that striving for evening. Gradually classes were added and in equality 'definitely produces conflict. But the 1948 the school was given the name 'New Era'. Guardian says truth goes through three stages: In 1953 a large property, 'Woodland', was pur- conflict, questioning, and finally the selfchased. For the first time academic and physi- manifestation of truth. Until educational cal education were offered. institutions provide an environment where the Over the years the Guardian wrote many initial psychological and spiritual conflicts can statements and letters about the school, all of take place, we will not proceed to the second them pointing to its future. In an early letter to stage, that of questioning the validity of our the Spiritual Assembly of Panchgani he said he own concepts of truth.' would 'pray for the growth and progress of the Cultural ties serve as a unifying force among Baha'i children's hostel so that it may become students, Mr. White said. Over the years, the perfect and distinguished in every respect.' He school curriculum has taken on many new later expressed the hope that it would someday aspects, and today there is offered a full range become a Baha'i university. of academic subjects and extracurricular Mr. Truitt White, acting vice-principal of the activities. Inter-school events, including a sports school, said in an interview in the autumn of day, drama and school festival, are held each 1977, 'One of the things the Guardian men- year. tioned which the Universal House of Justice New Era is an accredited member of the re-emphasized in the Five Year Plan is the Maharashtra State Government educational need to develop the "distinctive characteristics system and has proven itself a source of pride of Baha'i life." The more distinctive the school and inspiration to both its local community and becomes, the more visible it will be. It will be a the world community of Baha'is. The school is subject of criticism but it will become more co-educational, has both boarders and day sturenowned and appreciated at the same time.' dents, and offers instruction from kindergarten Adapted from Bahfz' ( News, a publication of the National through the higher secondary level. The Spiritual Assembly of the United States, September 1977. present-day functioning of New Era is the 226 THE BAHA 'I WORLD

result of continual guidance from the Universal engineering works, strive in conju nctio n with House of Justice, the National Spiritual the students to ra ise the standard of living in Asse mbl y of India and its appointed school the villages. Students at the high school leve l committees. who participate in the programme do not focus One reason the New Era School is growing is on one field, as students at the junior college because it is one of the few E nglish-language level might do, but are encouraged to gain as schools in th e area . Also, approximately one- comprehensive a n education as possible . T hi s third of the students receive some form of scho- course is compatible with the statement of larship for their tuition , room and board, which 'Abdu'l-Baha that true education is comis a re markable situation in India. These st u- prehensive, and it fo llows the principle that dents would otherwise be unable to afford any one should know something about everything English medium school in India, because a ll and everything about something. A lthough it is other such schools charge tuition , even at the independent of the school, the programme is e lementary level. integrated into it through the students' partici- In the past ten years the government has pation and it thus acts as an educationa l prostarted to subsidize village schools for up to cess for them. seven years of education but the students are The school co mpound consists of seventytaught in the local dialect which can isolate nine hectares (thirty-two acres) and contai ns them educationally for the rest of their lives. six dormitories, a large classroom building, 'People may live ten kilometres apart and not kitchen and dining facil ities, a medical dispenbe able to communicate, and the cultures of sary, a workshop and staff quarters. There is villages may be different enough to cause strife also a large recreation area with facilities for should intermarri age betwee n the vill agers many sports, including an indoor squash court. occur,' said Mr. White . There are many beautiful gardens . Surround- The Indian government encourages every ing the buildings are agricultural lands where school to adopt a social service programme, whea t and various fruits and vegetables are but few do as much as New Era. The older grown fo r school use. students help to clean the school compound, The first major structure to be built was a assist at school functions, make greeting cards spacious classroo m building co mpleted in 197 5 for hospitals, visit orphanages, assist local doc- in time for the thirtieth an niversary of the tors, perform first aid, assist village people to school. The cornerstone of this structure was plant trees and build roads, and take part in laid by the late Hand of the Cause Tarazu' llah many other activities in a spirit of service. The Samandari. It contains twenty-four classschool stresses the importance of social service rooms, a science laboratory , art and music not only for the benefits it extends to the disad- rooms, offices and a spacious library. A new vantaged, but also because it offers a needed kitchen , dining hall and sports cen tre were conbalance in the education of the students. One structed in 1977 . A t the present time ninety of the social service proj ects is the Rural per cent of the teachers at the school are not Development Programme launched in Baha'is. Mr. White said the administratio n October 197 5 and funded by do nations from plans to increase the number of Baha'i teachers the Mottahedeh Foundation in New York. T he as the school expands in the next few yea rs students assist the villagers in the valley below from 400 to 600 or 700 students. Ninety per the school by helping to build roads, pull weeds cent of the administrative staff members are or carry rocks. The studen ts may spend as Baha'is, but this percentage will also increase . many as two or three days in a village, but The aim of the school is to become a fullusually return to school each day as the villages ftedged unive rsity where students may earn are only half an hour's walk down the moun- doctorates, or degrees in medicine or law. T he tainside . An international tea m of Baha'is New Era School is indeed unique in India, and trained in agriculture, anim al husbandry, seems destined to grow in its distinctiveness. public health, hygiene, economi cs a nd INTERNATIONAL SURV E Y OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 227

7. RURAL DEVELOPMENT IN INDIA 1

A TE AM of a dozen Baha'fs with expertise in agricultural tour offered by a local university. agriculture, education and medicine is working The New Era Project also has its own bullock to build better living standards in villages team and driver, as well as a van. around Panchgani in India, thus exemplifying Numerous improvements have been made in Baha'u'llah's command to serve one's fellow health care. The New Era Project is shifting its men. The team forms the core of the New Era emphasis from curative medicine to preventive Rural Development Project, begun in October medicine which is believed to be necessary for 197 5. It is the first project of its kind in the long-term betterment of village health stan- Baha'i world. Donations from the Mottahedeh dards. Cholera injections and inoculations Foundation (established by Rafi and Mildred against other diseases have been given to a Mottahedeh) and individual believers have large percentage of the villagers. A plan for a enabled the team to provide education and sanitary closed-water system has been organizational guidance so that villagers may developed. Meanwhile, the team secures the be led to develop their own capacities. villagers' permission to chlorinate the wells The site of the project is the village of Chikli. from which drinking water is taken. Surrounding it is a network of smaller villages Arrangements have been made with the called wadis, within a walking distance of nearby Wai Mission Hospital for a doctor to fifteen or twenty minutes. The project site was visit Chikli monthly. He treats the ill and selected in consultation with the Universal ensures that serious cases are admitted to the House of Justice. It serves as a pilot project for hospital. The Wai Mission Hospital has agreed similar undertakings in underdeveloped vil- to send a woman doctor to the villages to train lages in other parts of the world. The Universal selected women in the rudiments of health House of Justice, the National Spiritual care, particularly in child delivery and child Assembly of India and the project team con- care. Information about health care is circusult on decisions to be made regarding the lated by the New Era team by means of a New Era Project. At the time of writing this village bulletin and displayed on posters. Clasreport, in 1977, seven of the team members are ses on the subject are taught at the community from India, while others are from Australia, centre, where a clinic has been established. the Gilbert Islands and Tuvalu,2 New Zealand Moral education classes are taught at the and the United States. Two of them are village school. women. As part of their training, students from the As a result of the project, a number of villag- nearby New Era Junior College regularly proers have begun poultry farming; a new breed of vide social services for the villagers and assist dairy cow with high milk production has been with the New Era Rural Development Project. introduced; and mango, papaya, seedless lime The school and the project are separate, although and silver-oak saplings have been planted . they bear the same name. These are just a few of the many developments Various short- and medium-range plans are completed or under way. Other agricultural in progress in the fields of agriculture, animal projects have included planting demonstration husbandry, cottage industries, education and fields with rice that yields more grain than the medicine. Chalk-making moulds and two tons usual type; developing a hybrid crop plan with of gypsum were provided to two villagers in villagers financing eighty per cent of the cost; 1977 in order that they might establish themteaching the villagers to save for specific pur- selves in this industry. poses, such as buying farm machinery; and Headway in the various components of the sponsoring two villagers to participate in an project has not been as rapid as was hoped, Adapted from Baha'f News, a publication of the National largely because co-operation from the villagers Spiritual Assembly of the United States, November 1977. came more slowly than expected. This has ' Until 1976, known as Ellice Islands. caused team members to develop a standard of 228 THE BAHA'f WORLD

success for the project based on attitude whenever possible, and co-operation with govchange among villagers rather than on ernment officials is sought by the team in all its economic transformation. The team members undertakings. Numerous state and local offifeel that changing the villagers' economic self- cials have made visits to the project sites. The interest to concern for others is the key to team recently expanded its contact with other bringing about sustained and enlightened rural agencies involved in similar projects by attenddevelopment. Team members strive to exem- ing a meeting at which eminent and experiplify Baha 'f virtues in the hope of in ft uencing the enced persons of India and other countries who attitudes of the people in a positive way . In are participants in rural development projects keeping with the instructions of the Universal explained their successes and examined their House of Justice, no proclamation or teaching failures . activities are held but several villagers have Giving the villagers material goods is not the inquired about the Baha'i Faith, as time has purpose of the New Era Rural Development passed and trust has been established. Project; rather, its aim is to provide education The New Era Rural Development Project and organizational guidance so that permanent team has co-ordinated its activities with gov- improvements can be made . ernment rural development programmes

Inauguration of the New Era Rural Development Project, Chikli Village, India; October I975. On the right, seen performing the traditonal ceremony, is Mr. Vasant Rao Patil, the Minister of Irrigation and Power. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 229

v THE BAHA'I FAITH AND THE UNITED NATIONS 1. SUMMARY OF THE YEARS 1947-1976 IN the spring of 1947 the National Spiritual With this communication the Guardian Assembly of the Baha'is of the United States enclosed a summary of the history and teachand Canada was accredited to the United ings of the Baha'i Faith which the National Nations Office of Public Information as a Spiritual Assembly of the United States and national non-governmental organization Canada reprinted and distributed widely. qualified to be represented through an The period 1954 to 1963 was a highly eventobserver. A year later the eight National ful one, making an increase of strength through Spiritual Assemblies then existing were recog- the participation of the newly elected National nized collectively as an international non- and Regional Assemblies. These years witnesgovernmental organization under the title sed, as well, the desperate appeal to the United 'Baha'i International Community'. These eight Nations to save the lives of the Persian Assemblies were those of the United States Baha'is. 1 As in previous years, the Baha'i and Canada; the British Isles; Germany and International Community sent delegates to Austria; Egypt and Sudan; 'Iraq; Iran (Persia); many international, regional and state confer- India, Pakistan and Burma; and Australia and ences. New Zealand. Each National Spiritual Assem- In 1956 Shoghi Effendi appointed a special bly in its application established the National committee to be called into action for matters Assembly of the United States as its represen- of international importance. tative in relation to the United Nations. During the period of the Ten Year Crusade A significant action was taken in July 1947 the Baha'i observers accredited to the United when the United Nations Special Palestine Nations were the Hand of the Cause Ugo R. Committee addressed a letter to Shoghi Giachery, Europe; Mrs. 0. H . Blackwell, Effendi Rabbanf, Head of the Baha'i Faith, United States; and Mrs. Mildred R . Motresident at the Baha'i World Centre in Haifa, tahedeh, International. requesting an expression of the Baha'i attitude When the United Nations wrote its Charter to the future of Palestine. In his reply, Shoghi in 1945 in San Francisco, the member nations Effendi made it clear that 'Our aim is the realized that changing world conditions might establishment of universal peace in the world necessitate changes in its Charter. It therefore and our desire to see justice prevail in every arranged for a Charter Revision Conference to domain of human society, including the be convened in 1955. In anticipation of this domain of politics.' The Guardian also pointed significant event each Baha'i National Spiritu~I out his concern that 'the fact be recognized by Assembly was solicited for suggestions which whoever exercises sovereignty over Haifa and might be incorporated in Baha'i proposals for 'Akka, that within this area exists the spiritual Charter revision .2 Bearing these suggestions in and administrative centre of a world Faith, and mind, a carefully conceived pamphlet reprethat the independence of that Faith, its right to senting the first united effort of all the National manage its international affairs from this Spiritual Assemblies in a non-Baha'i field was source, the rights of Baha'is from any and prepared. Entitled 'Proposals for Charter every country of the globe to visit it as pilgrims Revision Submitted to the United Nations by (enjoying the same privilege in this respect as 1 For a detailed account of this action see The Baha'( World, Jews, Muslims and Christians do in regard to vol. XIII, p. 329. The full text of the Baha'i International Community provisiting Jerusalem) be acknowledged and per- posals for charter revision appears in The Baha'( World, manently safeguarded.' vol. XV, pp. 376-377 and in other earlier volumes. 230 THE BAHA'I WORLD

the Baha'i International Community', a copy Days; active promotion of Human Rights and of this pamphlet, together with a covering let- the equality of men and women . ter written by the executive secretary, Mr. In 1962 persecution of Baha'is made it Horace Holley, was sent to each of the dele- necessary to appeal again to the United gates at the Conference. In addition , copies Nations for redress. On 12 April 1962 a were presented to officials of many univer- number of the Baha'is of Morocco were sities, to librari ans, and newspaper men. arrested and imprisoned and were not finally In May 1955 there broke loose a sudden , arraigned before the Regional Court of Nador violent storm of persecutions against the Baha'i until 31 October. On 10 December they were community in Iran, threatening its very exis- tried in the Criminal Court of Nador. Death tence. Cables to the Shah and the Prime Minis- sentences were imposed upon three, five were ter from Baha'is all over the world brought no sentenced to life imprisonment, and one was cessation of the hostility and the widespread sentenced to imprisonment for fifteen years. 2 massacre of Persian Baha'is, threatened in the An important step occurred in the developpress and in public meetings, became a real ment of the Baha'i relationship to the United danger. Nations in the period 1963-1973 when , under In July 1955 Shoghi Effendi cabled the Baha'i the guidance of the Universal House of Justice, International Community to lodge with the the Baha'i International Community sought United Nations an appeal for immediate assis- and obtained, on 27 May 1970, consultative tance. A committee consisting of five Baha'is, status, category II ,3 with the United Nations each from a different country, proceeded Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC). within thirty-six hours to Geneva where the In 1967 , the Universal House of Justice had Economic and Social Council of the United assumed the direction of the work of the Baha'i Nations was then meeting and engaged in International Community with the United ceaseless efforts to have their case presented. Nations, a responsibility shouldered for so A competent lawyer was retained to frame the many years, with great distinction, by the appeal. 1 National Spiritual Assembly of the United On 10 April 1959 representatives of the States; and, in view of the volume and scope of Baha'i International Community presented to these activities, decided to appoint a full-time the president of the Human Rights Commis- representative of the Baha'i International sion, Ambassador Ratnakirti Gunewardene of Community to the United Nations . Mrs . Ceylon (Sri Lanka), a statement endorsing the Mildred Mottahedeh, who had performed Genocide Convention. devoted and distinguished part-time service in The United Nations Office of Public Infor- that office for nearly twenty years, asked to be mation, in co-operation with the executive relieved of the heavy responsibility, and Dr. committee of the non-governmental organiza- Victor de Araujo was appointed in her place. tions, called a meeting at United Nations As a result of its consultative status and its headquarters in May 1960 to discuss problems known concern for human rights, the Baha'i of co-operation 'with the United Nations fam- International Community was invited to send ily in so far as its programme affects the new representatives to two special United Nations nations'. seminars for member-states in observance of The statement submitted on behalf of the International Year for Action to Combat Rac- Baha'i International Community was com- ism and Racial Discrimination, 1971. At the prehensive and noted 'vigorous assistance' to first one, held in Yaounde, from 16 to 29 June, primitive peoples to help them integrate into the Baha'i International Community prethe more developed societies surrounding sented two statements explaining the Baha'i them; educational programmes for adults and point of view towards race and emphasizing the children; encouragement of a world point of 2 For a full account see Th e Baha'( World , vol. XIII , pp. view serving to eliminate traditional prejudices 288-289. of nation, race and religion; annual obser- 3 Consultative status, category II, is given to 'organizations which have a special competence in, and are concerned vances of United Nations and Human Rights specifically with, only a few of the fields of activity covered 1 For a full account see The Baha'( World, vol. XIII, pp. by the Council, and which are known internationally within 789-791. the fields for which they have or seek consultative status'. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 231 general principles concerning the oneness of organized by that conference in the areas of mankind . The second special seminar was held human rights, status of women and development. in Nice, from 24 August to 6 September, 1971. One new area of Baha'i-United Nations The Baha'i participants were twice given the co-operation concerned youth. In 1970, the opportunity to present the Baha'i viewpoint on Baha'i International Community participated specific subjects being discussed, drawing a in the World Youth Assembly, a conference great deal of attention and favourable com- convened under United Nations auspices, at ments from many government delegates. UN headquarters, as part of the observance of Again, as an outcome of its consultative status, the twenty-fifth anniversary of the United the Baha'i International Community was Nations, to explore issues of common concern invited to participate in the United Nations to youth and the UN. Later, the Baha'i Inter- Conference on the Human Environment, held national Community worked closely with the in Stockholm, during the first two weeks of UN headquarters Youth Caucus, a group of June 1972. A Baha'i statement presented representatives and observers designated by a before one conference session resulted in the number of international non-governmental improvement of some conference recommen- youth and youth-related organizations and dations . The Baha'i delegation also contri- co-sponsored a statement submitted to the buted to a joint statement submitted to the Economic and Social Council recommending conference by the representatives of many the establishment of an international university. non-governmental organizations. A special The relationship of the Baha'i world to the pamphlet, The Environment and Human Val- United Nations Office of Public Information ues-A Baha'i View, was prepared for the (OPI), begun in 1948, continued to expand occasion and distributed to the 1,500 govern- during this period, as did participation of the ment delegates and 600 observers in atten- Baha'i world in United Nations Day and dance. The Baha'i International Community Human Rights Day programmes assisted each was also actively represented at the Environ- year by new National Spiritual Assemblies and mental Forum held in conjunction with that their communities. United Nations conference, where many non- Baha'i International Community cogovernmental groups came together to present operation with the Office of Public Informatheir views and discuss environmental issues. tion was further recognized through the elec- Since the sessions of the Economic and tion of Dr. Victor de Araujo to membership on Social Council and its commissions and com- the Executive Committee of Nonmittees take place both at UN headquarters in Governmental Organizations with OPI. He New York and at the Palais des Nations in served as vice-chairman during 1969 and as Geneva, Mrs. Janet Lindstrom and Dr. Marco ch~rmanduring1971 and1972. G. Kappen berger were appointed respectively The Baha'i International Community found representative and alternate representative for many opportunities to explain to UN delethe Baha'i International Community in gates, representing by 1976 more than 140 Geneva . In addition, Dr. 'Aziz Navidl was independent countries and over ninety per cent named Baha'i International Community rep- of the peoples of the planet, as well as to memresentative for the continent of Africa. bers of the UN Secretariat, how its interest in In July 1972 Mrs. Mary Sawicki was the goals of the United Nations Charappointed full-time executive assistant to Dr. ter- world peace, universal human rights, and de Araujo . A larger headquarters was also the full social and economic development of ~ought and found, across from the United the peoples of the planet- was rooted in the Nations, at 345 East 46th Street, New York. Baha'i teachings, principles and laws, and how Soon after obtaining consultative status, the these Baha'i guidelines were relevant to a last- Baha'i International Community became a ing solution of the world's problems. In addimember of the Conference of Non- tion, the Baha'i International Community was Governmental Organizations in Consultative able to point to the way of life evolving in Status with the Economic and Social Council, Baha'i communities around the world as an and participated actively, both in New York embodiment of the Baha'i teachings. and in Geneva, in the work of committees During this period, the Baha'i International 232 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Community added to its existing consultative Community office in New York assisted with status with ECOSOC and its affiliation with the matters of protection and recognition of the UN Office of Public Information, two new rela- Baha'i world community. One of the important tionships: an affiliation with the United assignments given by the Universal House of Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), Justice to its representative was the presentaheadquartered in Nairobi; and consultative tion on behalf of the Universal House of Jusstatus with the United Nations Children's Fund tice of The Proclamation of Bahti'u'lltih to (UNICEF). The association with UNEP, fifty-six Heads of State via their ambassadors begun in 1974, marks a continuation of the to the United Nations. With but few excep- Baha'i concern for the environment, expressed tions, for reasons beyond control, all the fiftyearlier through participation of the Baha'i six ambassadors received this historic docu- International Community in the Stockholm ment. In addition, under the direction and gui- Conference on the Human Environment dance of the Universal House of Justice, con- (1972). To act as liaison with UNEP in tacts were made on many occasions with the Nairobi, the Baha'i International Community United Nations Missions and Secretariat. Here appointed as its representative Mr. Bonaven- again a growing understanding of the nonture Wafula, and as alternate representatives political and constructive nature of the Baha'i Mrs. Ruth Vuyiya and Dr. H. Tim Rost. International Community in the work of the The Baha'i International Community UN, aided by its consultative status, made received consultative status with UNICEF, a access to key United Nations officials easier member of the UN family concerned for over when a clear presentation of the Baha'i posithirty years with the well-being of the world's tion was called for to foster the official recognichildren, on 8 March 1976. This accreditation tion of the Faith or to prevent discrimination was most welcome, and promises to offer many against a Baha'i community. opportunities for closer ties of the Baha'i world Strengthening of the relationship between with the United Nations. the Baha'i International Community and the In the autumn of 1975, Mr. Will. C. van den United Nations continued during 1973-1976 Hoonaard, a member of the Baha'i community with a noticeable increase in the range and of Canada, joined the Baha'i International depth of Baha'i co-operation. The Baha'i Community United Nations Office serving as International Community explored new alternate representative to Dr. Victor de avenues of participation in United Nations Araujo. This addition brought the staff of the areas of social and economic development, as it Baha'i International Community in New York, worked closely with the Economic and Social by Ri<;ivan of 1976, to six persons, four serving Council (ECOSOC) , its functional commisfull-time and two part-time. When Mrs. Janet sions, committees and associated bodies. Not Lindstrom found it necessary to resign as rep- only was it represented at sessions of UN resentative of the Baha'i International Com- bodies concerned with issues of human rights, munity to the United Nations in Geneva, Dr. social development, status of women, envi- Marco G. Kappenberger was appointed to ronment, human settlements, world food, scireplace her. Mrs. Mahshid Fatio was then ence and technology, population, law of the named alternate representative. sea, crime prevention, narcotic drugs, youth, The world-wide results of Baha'i-UN co- the family and the United Nations University, operation during International Women's Year but it also furnished information, submitted were most gratifying. Over sixty National statements and published brochures on most of Spiritual Assemblies reported activities during these subjects. In addition, the Baha'i internathat year, and already the Baha'i world com- tional Community participated in United munity is engaged in continuing the impetus of Nations Years, in world conferences and conthis contribution of Baha'i men and women to gresses, in regional conferences and in semithe equality of the sexes in a variety of activities nars concerned with the socio-economic probduring United Nations Decade for Women. lems of our planet, as well as in preparatory This Decade was proclaimed by the UN Gen- and follow-up meetings and activities.' eral Assembly at its 30th session (1975). 1 For a full account of these activities see The Bah1ff World, As in the past, the Baha'i International vol. XVI. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 233

2. THE BAHA'I INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY AND THE UNITED NATIONS 1976-1979 VICTOR DE ARAUJO

BETWEEN Ri<;lvan 1976 and Ri<;lvan 1979, social and economic issues of serious concern the Baha'i International Community con- to the United Nations-extending now its tinued the steady growth of its consultative cooperation to additional issues of deep U.N. relationship with the United Nations interest, such as disarmament and the well- Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) and being of children-as it took part in worldwide with the United Nations Children's Fund U.N. conferences and seminars, and in the reg- (UNICEF), and its association with the United ular periodic meetings of the Economic and Nations Environment Program (UNEP) and Social Council, its functional commissions and the U.N. Office of Public Information committees, and other U.N. bodies. (OPI)-which became the Department of Most gratifying was the increased awareness Public Information (DPI) on 1January1979. and participation of national Baha'i com- During this period, the Baha'i International munities, through their National Spiritual Community took part in the 1977, 1978 and Assemblies, U.N. representatives and commit- 1979 sessions of the Committee on Non- tees, in fostering the ties of the Baha'i world governmental Organizations, the functional with the United Nations, not only through committee of ECOSOC in charge of fostering national and local Baha'i U.N. activities, but the U.N. relationship with non-governmental also by providing the assistance of knowledgeorganizations in the economic and social fields. able Baha'is who helped to prepare statements The 1978 session of this committee was espe- and pamphlets examining the implications of cially significant, since it reviewed the work of the Baha'i teachings for the solution of specific non-governmental organizations in consulta- world issues, as well as representing the Baha'i tive status with the Economic and Social Coun- International Community at conferences. In cil for the previous four years. The Baha'i addition, the involvement of National Spiritual International Community report, covering the Assemblies in countries where U.N. conferperiod from May 1973 through September ences or meetings took place by furnishing 1977, was fully approved. It showed an impres- Baha'i personnel and services to ensure more sive roster of activities undertaken in the spirit effective Baha'i participation, brought a of cooperation with the U.N.: participation in clearer understanding of how each Baha'i U.N. conferences, seminars, and regular meet- community shares in the Baha'i International ings; preparation and publication of informa- Community's consultative status relationship tion, reports, statements, and brochures; as with ECOSOC and UNICEF. well as dissemination of information on the Baha'i communities continued during this U.N. through a variety of programs in obser- period to plan programs for special United vance of special U.N. days and years, and Nations days, years, and decades- such as through the media, both Baha'i and non- United Nations/World Development Informa- Baha'i. tion Day, Human Rights Day, Universal Chil- The Baha'i International Community kept dren's Day, World Environment Day, the working closely, through personal contact by International Year of the Child (1979), the its representatives, with U.N. offices and offi- Decade for Action to Combat Racism and cials at U.N. Headquarters in New York-as Racial Discrimination (1973-1983), and the well as with the U.N. offices in Geneva and U.N. Decade for Women: Equality, Develop- Nairobi-and, with the assistance of represen- ment, and Peace ( 197 6-1985). Yearly reports tatives of its member Baha'i communities, with surveying the worldwide contribution of the U.N. field offices around the world. It con- Baha'i world community to the observance of tinued to offer the Baha'i viewpoint on global such occasions, in addition to the substantive 234 THE BAHA'I WORLD

contributions being made by the Baha'f Inter- the total worldwide co-operation of individunational Community in its consultative status als, groups and governments. ' with ECOSOC and with UNICEF, as well as in In greeting the participants at both conferits association with UNEP, were submitted to ences, Mrs. Sipila also expressed her awareness the United Nations during this period , and of the Baha 'i work on behalf of women. She were gratefully acknowledged. even concluded her message to the West As government delegates and United African Conference by saying: 'I know that the Nations personnel increasingly witnessed the Baha'i community supports fully the goals of Baha'f presence, through the diversity ofBaha'f the United Nations Decade for Women. Many delegates, as well as the Baha'f statements of your communities are striving to achieve the (almost always circulated as U.N . documents) , objectives of the World Plan because they they were becoming aware not only of the closely parallel the goals of your own commuworldwide spread of the Baha'f community, nity . This West African Women's Conference but also of the total Baha'i view-one resting is an historic event. I take this opportunity to on a new spiritual and moral foundation-so salute the West African Baha'i Women's Conessential for a lasting solution of the world's ference and Baha'i communities everywhere.' problems and the building of a world civiliza- In addition, a number of letters from United tion. Nations officials acknowledging reports, In fact, several expressions of recognition information, statements, and brochures mailed and appreciation of the Baha'i role in its by the Baha'i International Community indiassociation with the United Nations were regis- cated the appreciation with which the efforts of tered during this period. For instance, the the Baha'i world to assist the U.N. in its aims Secretary-General of the United Nations, Mr. and activities were being regarded. One official Kurt Waldheim , sent a message to the Interna- remarked that the report of worldwide Baha'i tional Baha'i Conference in Paris, of 3 August activities was 'an impressive testament to the 1976, wishing the Baha'ls success in their work of the Baha'i International Community'; deliberations and commenting that 'Non- another, that 'the activities of the Baha'f Intergovernmental organizations such as yours, by national Community on behalf of the United dealing comprehensively with the major prob- Nations are worthy of special commendation .' lems confronting the international community One other report was greeted with the acknowland striving to find solutions which will serve edgement that it 'eloquently attests the serious the interests of all nations, make a very sub- and effective work the Baha'ls undertake to stantial and most important contribution to the redisseminate information about the many United Nations and its work'. 1 facets of the work of the United Nations' and in turn, Mrs. Helvi Sipila, Assistant that 'we count a great deal on the Baha'i Inter- Secretary-General, Centre for Social national Community's support of the United Development and Humanitarian Affairs, sent Nations.' A newsletter, sent by the Baha'i special messages to the 1977 Asian Baha'i International Community to stimulate Baha'f Women's Conference in New Delhi, India, and co-operation with UNICEF, drew this comto the 1978 West African Baha'i Women's ment: 'If the response is as efficient and as Conference in Monrovia, Liberia. While out- warm as seems to be typical of Baha'i Comlining to the conferences the direction of the munities, I am afraid we will be inundated with work of the United Nations in fostering the requests for information! ! ! ' advancement of women, Mrs. Sipilii. spoke Attracted by the words of 'Abdu'l-Baha in warmly of the Baha'i contribution to this effort. The Reality of Man, one high U.N. official, Mr. To the Asian Conference, she wrote that 'When Robert G. Millier, Director and Deputy to the the Baha'i International Community sends a Assistant Secretary-General, Office for representative to the United Nations, when a Inter-Agency Affairs and Coordination, Baha'i Community anywhere in the world observed in his book, Most ofAll, They Taught focuses its attention on the UN and the Decade Me Happiness, that his experience in prison for Women, when a single Baha'f does what he reminded him of the testimony of a religious or she can do to help, it has a ripple effect on leader,' Abdu'I-Baha, who spent many years in ' The full text of the message appears on p. 140. prison. He then quoted a passage from INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 235

Some participants in United Nations Day observance, Porto Alegre, Brazil; October 1977. Left to right: Mr. R. Taetz; Counsellor Mas'ud Khamsf; Mrs. Nylza Taetz; Mrs. Dercy Furtado, State Congresswoman; Professor Maria J. P. Motta.

'Abdu'J-Baha's talk on 'Joy and Pain': the world. Secretariat News is read by some fourteen thousand United Nations staff mem- 'I myself was in prison forty years-one year bers in New York and abroad. alone would have been impossible to The sections that follow offer some details of bear-nobody survived that imprisonment the intensive and expanding work of the Baha'i more than a year! But, thank God, during all International Community with the United those forty years 1 was supremely happy! Nations. Every day, on waking, it was like hearing good tidings, and every night infinite joy was Human Rights mine. Spirituality was my comfort, and turn- The Baha'i International Community coning to God was my greatest joy. If this had not tinued during this period to participate in the been so, do you think it possible that 1 could yearly sessions of the Commission on Human have lived through those forty years in Rights and its Sub-commission on the Prevenprison?' 1 tion of Discrimination and the Protection of One striking instance of U.N. awareness of Minorities, as well as to encourage its member the Baha'i presence appeared in the United communities to observe Human Rights Day, Nations Headquarters house organ, Secretariat 10 December, as an occasion for programs to News, which ran a full article on 'The Baha'is' educate the public on the rights and responin its issue of 31 October 1978 . Describing the sibilities of all peoples living on one planet and nature and range of the activities of the Baha'i in a global society. It kept the UN Division of International Community, this piece included Human Rights informed of such worldwide photographs of Baha'i-U.N. activities around Baha'i activities through yearly reports. It also Robert Muller, Most of All, They Taught Me Happiness advised the Division of the overall contribution (Garden City, New York: Doubleday & Company, Inc., which the Baha'i International Community 1978), p. 55. The words of 'Abdu'l-Baha are taken from The Reality of Man (Wilmette, Illinois: Baha'i Publishing was making to the UN Decade for Action to Trust, 1962 ed.), p. 17. Combat Racism and Racial Discrimination 236 THE BAHA'f WORLD

(1973-1983) through the implementation, in dependence of all peoples, and the need for the lives of Baha'is everywhere, of the princi- systematic efforts on the part of individuals and ple of the organic oneness of humanity and the their institutions to eradicate all kinds of presystematic abolition of all prejudice, including judice. Stressing that the 'only standards of that based on race. justice valid today are those applicable to the To further stress its concern for the abolition whole human race', he cited the experience of of racial prejudice, the Baha'i International Baha'i communities of many years. Community took an active part in the World Conference to Combat Racism and Racial Dis- Environment crimination, held in Geneva, Switzerland, Besides attending the yearly sessions of the August 197 8. Its four-person delegation, of Governing Council of the United Nations African, European, Korean, and East Indian Environment Program (UNEP) and the meetbackgrounds, representing the three main ings for non-governmental organizations prior races, was in itself an illustration of the unity in to those sessions, all held in Nairobi, Kenya, diversity of the Baha'i world community, and the Baha'i International Community took part attracted much interest and many positive in two major conferences concerned with comments, allowing the Baha'is rich oppor- environmental problems: the U.N. Water Contunities to explain the Baha'i view of oneness ference in Mar de! Plata, Argentina, March and its application to the conference proceed- 1977, convened to examine how it might be ings. possible to supply water to all people by 1990; A Baha'i statement confirming the positive and the U.N. Conference on Desertification in and constructive Baha'i view of the oneness of Nairobi, Kenya, August-September 1977, humanity and the need to promote and protect organized to find ways of preventing the spread the rights of peoples of every ethnic back- of deserts on the planet, and wherever posground was circulated to conference particip- sible, to take action to restore desert areas to ants. It expressed comprehensively the Baha'i fertility. The latter conference, which was less point of view on how it is possible to eliminate technical in nature, offered more possibilities prejudice and discrimination of any kind, with for Baha'i participation. A series of film showproper education, proper attitudes and values, ings, lectures, and panel discussions on topics and proper motivation. relevant to the conference consultations was Later, the Baha'i International Community arranged, as a public service to the people of marked the occasion of the thirtieth anniver- Kenya, at the National Baha'i Center in sary of the Universal Declaration of Human Nairobi. In addition, the Baha'i delegates Rights, 10 December 1978, by sending the made many contacts with the conference par- World Conference statement-along with the ticipants, sharing the Baha'i views on the basic Baha'i pamphlet, Divine Law: Source of problems underlying the destruction of the Human Rights-A Baha'( View, prepared for environment and resulting desertification. the twenty-fifth anniversary of the Declara- The Baha'i International Community subtion-to every delegate attending the thirty- mitted to UNEP, at the request of that U.N. third United Nations General Assembly, to body, a report on environmental activities of acquaint them with the creative Baha'i pro- the Baha'i world during 1975, 1976, and 1977, gram for the unification of the human race. and a report on environmental development In September 1978, the Baha'i International and development management. It also pre- Community took part in a U.N. seminar on sented a paper on 'Global Cooperation and the 'National and Local Institutions for the Promo- Environment' to the 1977 non-governmental tion and Protection of Human Rights', held in organizations session, stressing among other Geneva, Switzerland. At one of the meetings, points that 'more human beings should come to the Baha'i delegate offered the suggestion that realize and think deeply about the fact that non-governmental organizations could under- man is organic with the world and that his inner take among their members and society in gen- life and his environment interact upon each eral programs to change attitudes and values, other.' The statement explained further that by teaching from earliest childhood the reality 'effective counteraction of mankind's present of the organic oneness of humanity, the inter- headlong rush toward environmental disaster INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 237 will take place when man 's inner life, his The Baha'i statement, published as a pamphattitudes and values, undergo profound let entitled Building a Unified Community, was changes', changes that include a full realization circulated to the conference as an official U.N. of the interdependence of humanity with its document, as well as widely distributed as a environment, as well as an understanding that brochure. The publication offered a Baha'i we are, 'as human beings, basically one and glimpse of the community of the future, ceninterdependent.' Such a realization also tered on a House of Worship with its surroundrequires 'fundamental changes in the inner ing humanitarian institutions to nurture the lives, attitudes, and values of men and women fundamental spiritual and moral needs of the everywhere.' settlement's inhabitants. The pamphlet, in fact, began by suggesting that 'A human settlement Human Settlements: Habitat must first answer the question, "What is the The United Nations Conference on Human purpose of our lives, as human beings, on this Settlements took place in Vancouver, Canada , planet?"' and proceeded to explore the nature May-June 1976. The Baha'i International of a human settlement in which the physical, Community worked closely with the National rational, and spiritual facets of human nature Spiritual Assembly of Canada in the prepara- could be developed, with an understanding tion of a statement conveying the Baha'i view that 'the community should reflect the basic on the kind of human settlement that is needed purpose of human life, which in essence is to to provide for the happiness of people, and also know and to worship God , and to carry forin the selection of a Baha'i delegation. Both the ward an ever-advancing civilization.' The conference and the parallel non-governmental brochure also examined the characteristics and organization Forum offered countless oppor- values which the community should stimulate tunities for the Baha'i delegates to talk to in its members, as well as the support which it prominent government and non-governmental should give, through its administrative body. participants, with many opportunities to dis- While realizing that ' the ultimate richness of an cuss the Baha'i solution. organically united humanity and the character

/ ~

Some participants in the United Nations Day observance, San Salvador, El Salvador; October 1976. Left to right: Mr. and Mrs. Edward Diliberto; Thelma O'Con, United Nations director; Counsellor Artemus Lamb; Mrs. Dee Lamb, representative of the Bah{/( community to the United Nations; Susan Leigh. 238 THE BAHA'I WORLD

of individual and collective life within a future eighteenth session of the United Nations world community can now be only dimly Economic Commission for Latin America imagined,' the statement concluded by assert- (ECLA) in La Paz, Bolivia, April 1979. On ing that 'the immediate steps that the respon- both occasions, the Baha'i International sible leaders of a needy humanity should now Community representatives had full opportuadopt, can be clearly discerned, and should be nity to meet the delegates and discuss formally pursued with faith, courage, and determina- and informally the Baha'i views on the topics tion.' being considered . The Baha'i International Community has continued its interest in finding answers to the Science and Technology complex issues of HABIT AT through partici- Looking ahead to its participation in the pation in the first and second sessions of the 1979 United Nations Conference on Science Commission on Human Settlements-a body and Technology for Development established by the HABITAT Confer- (UNCSTD), the Baha'i International Comence-respectively in New York and Nairobi. munity attended in Geneva and New York the One further expression of the Baha'i Interna- regular yearly sessions of U .N. committees tional Community's interest in problems of concerned with the appropriate application of human settlements was its participation in the science and technology to assist developing Third Conference on Urban and Regional countries, as well as meetings of a special Research, sponsored by the Committee on committee to plan for UNCSTD. It also Housing, Building, and Planning of the accepted appointment to the Board of the Economic Commission for Europe (ECE) held NGO Committee on Science and Technology in Warsaw, Poland, May 1976. Although this for Development and participated in the planconference was of a highly technical nature , the ning of the Non-governmental Organizations' Baha'i presence marked the Baha'i concern for Forum, an event to be held parallel to the U.N. problems affecting the living conditions of Conference. peoples throughout the world. As a further expression of its interest in UNCSTD, the Baha'i International Commun- Economic and Social Development ity and the National Spiritual Assembly of the The Baha'i International Community con- United States co-sponsored a special meeting tinued its involvement in the general area of for members of the United Nations Secretariat, U .N . activities to promote the social and missions, and non-governmental organizaeconomic development of the peoples of the tions, in which a prominent Baha'i scientist planet, through participation in the two yearly explored the possibility that technology, unless sessions of the Economic and Social Council in correctly used, might well fail to satisfy the New York and Geneva (the first portion of the '""total needs of the human being. 1976 summer session was in Abidjan, Ivory Coast), as well as in the biennial sessions of the Narcotic Drugs Commission for Social Development. It also Cooperation with the U.N. in the prevention followed closely the special preparatory meet- of drug abuse intensified during this period. ings convened for the elaboration of an Inter- Not only did the Baha'i International Comnational Development Strategy for the 1980s, munity participate in the 1977, 1978, and 1979 so that it might offer the Baha'i view at an sessions of the Commission of Narcotic Drugs appropriate time. in Geneva, but it also submitted to the Commis- In addition, the Baha'i International Com- sion reports with information on worldwide munity took part in the U.N. Conference on Baha'i activities to educate Baha'is as well as Technical Cooperation among Developing the public about the problems of drug abuse Countries in Buenos Aires, Argentina, and alcoholism, and on the cooperation of August-September 1978, a major meeting to Baha'i communities with civil authorities and explore joint action by developing countries to organizations concerned with this matter. In solve their social and economic problems; and addition, at the 1979 session, the Baha'i repin a regional meeting dealing with overall prob- resentative, in a supplementary oral statement, lems of economic and social development: the stressed the need for individual commitment to INTERN ATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 239 eradicate drug abuse, derived from the convic- ishment only increaseth depravity, and by tion 'that man is a noble and spiritual being, such means the desired aim cannot be propwhose purpose in life is to develop his latent erly achieved. Therefore must the individual potential for service to humanity.' This com- be trained from his infancy in such a way that mitment, the representative said, must be fos- he will never undertake to commit a crime, tered within the family and reinforced by the will, rather, direct all his energies to the community. acquisition of excellence and will look upon In addition, in August 1976 the Baha'i the very commission of an evil deed as in International Community had participated in itself th e harshest of all punishments, considthe Second World Congress for the Prevention ering the sinful act itself to be far more grievof Alcoholism and Drug Dependency in ous than any prison sentence. For it is pos- Acapulco, Mexico, a conference sponsored by sible so to train the individual that, although the International Commission for the Preven- crime may not be completely done away tion of Alcoholism, a non-governmental organ- with, still it will become very rare.' 1 ization with U.N. consultative status. A statement on the Baha'i view that basically 'there is Status of Women no chemical solution to problem s which are In addition to taking part in the twenty-sixth fundamentally spiritual' was included later as (1976) and twenty-seve nth (1978) sessions of an annex to a report submitted to the 1977 the Commission on the Status of Women, and session of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs. in preparations for the 1980 women's confere nce to be held at the mid-point of the U .N. Crime Prevention Decade for Women (1976-1985), the Baha'i The Baha 'i International Community con- International Community participated in two tinued to participate in the meetings of the region al conferences on the integration of Committee on Crime Prevention and Control. women in development: one for Asia, in It attended the fourth and fifth sessions, held Kathmandu, Nepal, February 1977; and one respectively in 1976 and 1978 in New York for Africa, in Nouakchott, Mauritania, and Vienna. Beyond that, it sent representa- September-October 1977. tives to two of the regional preparatory meet- The Baha'i International Community conings for the 1980 Sixth United Nations Con- tinued, during the Decade for Women, to gress on the Prevention of Crime and the cooperate with U.N. programs and activities to Treatment of Offenders: for Asia and the achieve the equality of men and women. It not Pacific, May 1978, Manila, Philippines; and for only kept the U.N. Branch for the Advance- Latin America, March 1979, San Jose, Costa ment of Women informed of the work being Rica. These special meetings afforded the done by Baha'i communities-through its Baha'i delegates excellent opportunities to mid-197 6 report, for instance, of the activities share the Baha'i view on the essential moral of over sixty national Baha'i communities dura nd spiritual dimensions of the problem of ing International Women's Year (IWY) and a criminality. In fact, at the closing ceremonies of later report, in reply to a U.N. questionnaire , the Manila meeting, the Baha'i participant was on the Baha'i activities from 1975 to 1978 able to offer for the success of the Sixth U.N. which had bearing on the implementation of Congress on Crime Prevention , a Baha'i the World Plan of Action for Women-but it prayer for mankind, and to share the follow- also kept before the U.N. bodies working to ing pertinent passage from the Baha'i Writ- improve the status of women, through such ings expressing, in the words of' Abdu' l-B aha, statements as those to the Commission on the the answer to crime prevention: Status of Women and to the African and Asian regional conferences, an understanding of the 'Observe how many penal institutions, basic Baha'i teachings on the equality of men houses of detention and places of torture are and women and their implications for the made ready to receive the sons of m en, the development of the full potentialities of mempurpose being to prevent them, by punitive bers of both sexes in building a world order. measures, from committing terrible 1 Bahti'f Education: A Comp ilation (Wilmette, Illinois: crimes - whereas this very torment and pun- Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1977), p. 23. 240 THE BAHA'i WORLD

As Baha'i communities-through the coordinating agency. Alerting its worldwide fulfillment of the Baha'i goal of organizing affiliates of this special year to focus on the activities to integrate women more fully into needs of children , the Baha'i International Baha'i community life 1-increased their Community encouraged Baha'i communities involvement in changing the basic attitude everywhere to express their deep concern for towards women in society, the possibility grew children, already evident in their programs for for closer cooperation at community level with the education of Baha'i children, to the world United Nations agencies and regional at large through special activities. Plans economic commissions, as the Baha'i Interna- under way suggested that IYC had struck a tional Community began to share with person- creative chord. nel working with programs for women, infor- The relationship between the Baha'i Intermation regarding such Baha'i projects. national Community and UNICEF promises to be a warm and deepening one; and during this Children (UNICEF) period several articles on the Baha'ls-and During this period, the Baha'i International Baha'i events- were featured in the Community exercised its consultative status NGO/UNICEF Newsletter. Examples: an artiwith UNICEF through participation in the cle on Mrs. Laura Dreyfus-Barney,2 who was a annual UNICEF Executive Board meet- founder of the UNICEF Advisory Committee ings-1976 and 1978 in New York, and 1977 of International Non-governmental Organizain Manila, Philippines-and through involve- tions (the present NGO Committee on ment in UNICEF activities with non- UNICEF); a story on the participation of the governmental organizations to promote the Baha'i International Community members in well-being of children and mothers. Dr. Victor Universal Children's Day; and a feature on de Araujo became a member of the Steering the Baha'i farming and agriculture project in Committee of the NGO Committee on Panchgani, India. 3 UNICEF for 1976-1977and1977-1978; and Health Mrs. Mary Sawicki, for 1978-1979. Mrs. It was through its consultative status with Sawicki also became Associate Editor of the UNICEF that the Baha'i International Com- NGO/UNICEF Newsletter. Dr. Will van den munity was invited to take part in an Interna- Hoonaard, in turn, chaired a special committee tional Conference on Primary Health Care, in to review UNICEF films for use by non- Alma Ata, U.S .S.R., September 1978, cogovernmental organizations and the public . sponsored by UNICEF and the World Health The Baha'i International Community partici- Organization (WHO). A short paper on 'The pated in the work of the NGO/UNICEF com- Technical and Operational Aspects of Primary mittees on Women in Development, Public Health Care' was delivered by the Baha'i Information (and its related Film Committee), International Community representative as a Nutrition, Primary Health Care, and the Intercontribution to the consultation in the final national Year of the Child (IYC). One specific session of one of the three major committees, activity was a unique joint UNICEF/NGO and the pertinent ideas presented formed the pilot project for village water in Kenya, a venbasis of two of the fina l conference recommenture initiated at the international level by nondations. Since then, the Baha'i International governmental organizations and UNICEF, Community has, through its membership in the with the participation of non-governmental UNICEF/NGO Committee on Primary Health organizations in Kenya, including the Baha'i Care, pursued its deep concern in achieving the community. goal of the Alma Ata Conference, that of In addition, the Baha'i International Comreaching an acceptable level of health for all munity encouraged Baha'i communities the peoples of the world by the year 2000. around the world to observe Universal Children's Day, and to plan programs not only for Disarmament that yearly event, but also for the International The Baha'i International Community Year of the Child, for which UNICEF was the entered a new era of cooperation with the See 'Survey of Activities of Baha'i Women in the Five Year See ' In Memoriam', The Bahd'( World, vol. XVI, p. 535. Plan', p. 202. See 'Rural Development in India', p. 227. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 241

BAMAIPRINCIPL

Some participants in the observance of the International Year ofthe Child, Karachi, Pakistan; December 1979. The observance was jointly sponsored by the Bahd'( Youth Committee and the Local Spiritual Assembly of Karachi. The week-long programme comprised many events, including a history quiz, involved 200 participants, and attracted an attendance of approximately 500 people.

United Nations when it participated in the mailed, with a complimentary card, in the tenth special session of the United Nations appropriate language- either English , General Assembly, convened in New York, French, or Spanish-to all delegates (some May-June 1978, to seek ways to achieve gen- three thousand) attending the thirty-third regeral and complete world disarmament. ular session of the General Assembly. While the Baha'i view on disarmament and 'The Promise of Disarmament and Peace' peace had been offered at the founding of the offered an introduction and selected passages United Nations through wide distribution to from the Baha'i Writings, arranged under the U.N. de legations of the brochure, The Bahd'i headings of ' Disarmament, Peace, and True Peace Program , the Baha'i International Civilization' , 'The Oneness of Mankind' , and Community now prepared a new statement, 'A World Super-State'. The preface stressed entitled 'The Promise of Disarmament and that disarmament is 'essential for the abolition Peace' , outlining the Baha'i view of the respon- of war as a solution to human problems' and sibility of individuals and governments to work that 'it is a goal for both governments and for peace in the world. Although the statement peoples.' While recognizing that there is no was made available to participants in the Spe- easy road to world peace, the statement cial Session by the U .N. Secretariat, the Baha'i observed that disarmament demands an International Community sent copies of the increase in the awareness of governments and brochure to prominent government represen- peoples of the 'organic oneness of the human tatives attending the session and to high U.N. race', as well as the creation of a world federaofficials, with a covering letter. Later that year, tion with enough arms and armed forces at its on the occasion of United Nations/World command 'to prevent one nation from attack- Development Information Day , 24 October, ing another or, if this occurs, to put down the 'The Promise of Disarmament and Peace' was aggressor'. The statement concluded by 242 THE BAHA'l WORLD

observing that while national governments Public Meetings bear a responsibility to prevent war, it is ulti- One new approach to c0operation between mately also the task of each person to establish the Baha'i International Community and the 'true world unity and peace'-a condition in United Nations began in 1976 with a series of which ' individual and social well-being will be four to six yearly public meetings on issues of expressed in a civilization reflecting spiritual deep concern to the U.N. These lectures, given values of love, compassion , and justice.' by highly qualified Baha'is from the United States and Canada, were co-sponsored by the Law of the Sea, World Food, Population, U.N. offices of the Baha'i International Com- Youth, and UN. University munity and of the National Spiritual Assembly The Baha'i International Community con- of the United States. The topics broached were tinued to follow the deliberations of the Third quite varied: the prevention of violence, the Confere nce on the Law of the Sea, in sessions development of human potential , racial disthat took place from August 1976 through crimination, the world economy, communica- March 1979, alternating between New York tions, the family, life-long education, educaand Geneva, as representatives of the world's tion for development, the education of chilgove rnments, through extensive and complex dren for one world , the future of technology , negotiations, tried to reach a comprehensive the unfoldment of the potential of women , and global agreement regulating the seas and the building of a unified community. These oceans of the planet. The Baha'i representa- meetings, attended by guests from the U.N. tives made many contacts with delegates, to missions, the U .N. Secretariat, and members of whom they were able to express the Baha'i non-governmental organizations, were offered interest in an international regime for the sea, as a contribution to the global solution of issues as a precursor of an eventual world federation of on-going concern to the United Nations. for the whole planet. The Baha'i International Community like- Cooperation with Non-Governmental Organwise continued to show its interest in the efforts izations of the U .N. to provide adequate food for all the The cooperation of the Baha'i International world's peoples, by sending representatives to Community with other non-governmental the yearly sessions of the World Food Council organizations working with the U.N. took the (both the earlier preparatory and the later form of participation in the activities of the ministerial-level meetings) in Rome, 1976 ; in Conference of Non-governmental Organiza- Rome and Manila, 1977; and in Mexico City, tions in Consultative Status with the Economic 1978. The basic Baha'i view on the solution of and Social Council and its many committees in world problems through unity, as well as the New York and in Geneva, such as those on importance of agriculture as a human activity, development, disarmament, world food, and which had been expressed earlier at the World the status of women. The Baha'i International Food Conference, were brought to the atten- Community was also active in the Youth tion of the participants on many occasions, Caucus and the United Nations University both officially and through informal discus- Task Force, both in New York, as well as in sions. co-sponsoring from time to time statements Baha'i concern for the long-range U.N. pla n with other non-governmental organizations for to resolve the many-faceted issue of world presentation to U.N. bodies, when these population was also expressed during. this documents were not openly or implicitly politiperiod through participation in the nineteenth cal in nature or tone. In addition, the Baha'i (1977) and twentieth (1979) sessions of the International Community continued its par- Population Commission. The Baha'i Intern a- ticipation in the Annual Conference of Nontional Comm unity also kept alert to develop- governmental Organizations arranged by the ments in the U.N. work with youth, as well as to Office of Public Information (OPI) and the the expansion of the programs of the United OPI/NGO Executive Committee. Mr. Will. C. Nations University , seeking opportunities to van den Hoonaard, Alternate Representative be of assistance in proffering the Bah a'i an- of the Baha'i International Community to the swers. United Nations, was, in fact, elected Secretary INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 243 of the Executive Committee for 1977-1978 Drugs, the Baha'i International Community and chosen as Vice-Chairman for 1978-1979. attended the Conference on the Law of the Mr. van den Hoonaard was also co-chairman of World, the biennial meeting of the World the 1979 Annual Conference. Peace Through Law Center, in August 1978, As for participation in conferences spon- as well as the Colloquium and Seminar on sored by non-governmental organizations, Rural Women, sponsored by the International besides the Second World Congress for the Council of Women, in February 1978 . Both Prevention of Alcoholism and Drug Depen- meetings took place in Manila, Philippines. dency, mentioned in the section on Narcotic ANNEX I

SPECIAL UNITED NATIONS CONFERENCES, CONGRESSES AND SEMINARS IN WHICH THE BAHA'1 INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY PARTICIPATED 1976-1979

I. United Nations Conference on Human Settlements 9. Third United Nations Conference on the Law of the Sea (HABITAT); Vancouver, Canada; 31 May-11 June (Fifth session , New York, U.S.A., 2 August-17 Sep- 1976. tember 1976; Sixth session, New York, 23 May-15 July Reps.: Professor John Jameson Bond, Mrs. Sheila 1977; Seventh session, Geneva, Switzerland, 28 Banani, Dr. Glen A. Eyford, Mrs. Lei Chapman, Mr. March-12 May 1978, and New York, 21 August-15 Donald R. McLaren , Mr. Kenneth Goldstone . September 1978; Eighth Session, Geneva, 19 2. United Nations Water Conference; Mar de! Plata, March-27 April 1979). Argentina ; 14-25 March 1977. Reps. : Dr. Victor de Araujo, Dr. Will . C. van den Rep .: Mr. Carlos Talenti. Hoonaard, Dr. Marco G. Kappenberger, Mrs. Mahshid 3. United Nations Conference on Desertification; Fatio, Mr. Stephen Vickers . Nairobi, Kenya ; 29 August-9 September 1977. 10. Asia and Pacific Regional Preparatory Meeting for the Reps.: Mr. Peter Vuyiya, Mr. Bonaventure Wafula, Dr. Sixth United Nations Congress on the Prevention of H. T. D. Rost, Mrs. Ruth Vuyiya, Dr. Richard St.- Crime and the Treatment of Offenders; Manila, Philip- Barbe Baker (advisor). pines; 15-19 May 1978. 4. World Conference to Combat Racism and Racial Dis- Rep.: Mr. Wilfredo U. Bugia. crimination; Geneva, Switzerland; 14-25 August 11. Latin-American Regional Preparatory Meeting for the 1978. Sixth United Nations Congress on the Prevention of Reps.: Dr. Marco G. Kappenberger, Mr. Peter Vuyiya, Crime and the Treatment of Offenders; San Jose, Costa Mrs. Soo Fouts, Miss Jyoti Munsiff. Rica; 31 July-4 August 1978. 5. United Nations Conference on Technical Co-operation Rep.: Mr. Wallace D . Baldwin. among Developing Countries; Buenos Aires, Argen- 12. Regional Conference on the Implementation of tina; 30 August-12 September 1978. National, Regional, and World Plans of Action for the Rep.: Professor Ricardo Schvartzman. Integration of Women in Development; Nouakchott, 6. International Conference on Primary Health Care; Mauritania; 27 September-2 October 1977. Alma Ata, U.S.S.R.; 6-l:l September 1978. Reps.: Mrs. Thelma Khelghati, Mrs. Laura Hill. Reps.: Dr. Alfred K. Neumann, Miss Anneliese Bopp. 13 . United Nations Seminar on the 'Participation of 7. Tenth Special Session of the United Nations General Women in Political, Economic, and Social Develop- Assembly Devoted to Disarmament; New York, USA; ment, with Special Emphasis on Machinery to Acceler- 23 May-28 June 1978. ate the Integration of Women in Development'; Kath- Reps.: Dr. Victor de Araujo, Dr. Will . C. van den mandu, Nepal; 15-22 February 1977. Hoonaard, Mrs . Mary Sawicki, Mrs. Betty de Araujo. Reps.: Mrs. Zena Sorabjee, Dr. Penelope Walker. 8. Third Conference on Urban and Regional Research, 14. United Nations Seminar on 'National and Local Institu- European Economic Commission; Warsaw, Poland; tions for the Promotion and Protection of Human 5-13 May 1976. Rights'; Geneva, Switzerland; 18-29 September 1978. Rep .: Mr. Hans-Ulrich Schmidt. Rep. : Mr. James C. Taylor.

ANNEX II

STATEMENTS, REPORTS AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS PRESENTED BY THE BAHA'f INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY TO THE UNITED NATIONS 1976-1979 1. Submission to the UNESCO study on 'The Effect of 3. 'Environmental Activities of the Baha'i International Rhodesian Policy on Education, Science, Culture, and Community for the Years 1975, 1976, and 1977'. Information'; 14 May 1976. Report submitted to the United Nations Environment 2. Building a Unified Community. Pamphlet prepared for Program 10 June 1976. the United Nations Conference on Human Settlements: 4. 'Baha'i International Community Activities During HABITAT ; Vancouver, Canada; 31 May-11 June International Women's Year: An Overview'. Report 1976. submitted to the United Nations Branch for the Promo- 244 THE BAHA'f WORLD

tion of the Equality of Men and Women; 15 June 1976. 15. Report submitted to the Committee on Non- 5. 'The United Nations Decade for Women's Equality, governmental Organizations of the United Nations Development, and Peace, 1976-1985: Implementation Economic and Social Council on activities of the Baha'i of the Declaration on the Elimination of Discrimination International Community during the period May 1973 Against Women'. Statement submitted to the twenty- through September 1977; U.N. document sixth session of the United Nations Commission on the E/C.2/R.49/Add.70; 21November1977 . Status of Women; U .N. document E/CN.6/NG0/264; 16. Statement to the twenty-seventh session of the United 15 September 1976. Nations Commission on the Status of Women; U.N. 6. 'Participation of the Baha'ilnternational Community in document E/CN.6/NG0/279; 17 March 1978. the "Implementation of the Program for the Decade 17. 'The Promise of Disarmament and Peace'. Statement to for Action to Combat Racism and Racial Discrimina- the tenth special session of the United Nations General tion": Report to the United Nations Division of Human Assembly devoted to disarmament; 23 May-28 June Rights' . December 1976. 1978. 7. Report submitted to the United Nations Division of 18. Statement to the World Conference to Combat Racism Narcotic Drugs; 23 December 1976. Circulated before and Racial Discrimination; Geneva, Switzerland; the twenty-seventh session of the United Nations 14-25 August 1978. Commission on Narcotic Drugs as U.N. document 19. 'An Overview of Baha'i-U.N. Activities During 1977 E/CN.7/599/Add.l; 13 January 1977. Sponsored by the Baha'i International Community and 8. 'Survey of United Nations Day and Human Rights Day Its National Affiliates' . Report submitted to the United Activities in 1974 Undertaken by the Baha'i Interna- Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, tional Community'. Report submitted to the United the Office of Public Information, and the Division of Nations Office of Public Information; January 1977. Human Rights; 15 August 1978. 9. 'United Nations and Human Rights Observances and 20. 'Technical and Operational Aspects of Primary Health Activities Undertaken by Worldwide Baha'i Com- Care'. Statement to the International Conference on munities, 1975'. Report submitted to the United Primary Health Care; Alma Ata, USSR; 6-12 Sep- Nations Office of Public Information; 15 February tember 1978. 1977. 21. Statement to the United Nations Seminar on National 10. Statement to the United Nations Regional Seminar on and Local Institutions for the Promotion and Protection the Participation of Women in Economic, Social, and of Human Rights; Geneva, Switzerland; 18-29 Sep- Political Development with Special Emphasis on tember 1978. Machinery to Accelerate the Integration of Women in 22. 'The Baha'is'. United Nations Secretariat News, 31 Development; Kathmandu, Nepal; 15-22 February October 1978, pp. 6 & 7. 1977. 23. 'Views of the Baha'i International Community on the 11. 'Global Cooperation and the Environment'. Paper pre- Draft Declaration on the Elimination of All Forms of sented at the International Assembly of Non- Intolerance and of Discrimination Based on Religion or governmental Organizations Concerned with the Envi- Belief. Statement submitted to the United Nations ronment; Nairobi, Kenya; 7-8 May 1977. Division of Human Rights; 10 November 1978. 12. Statement to the United Nations Regional Conference 24. 'Report of the Baha'i International Community on Its on the Implementation of National, Regional, and Activities in the Prevention of Drug Abuse' . Report World Plans of Action for the Integration of Women in submitted to the United Nations Division of Narcotic Development; Nouakchott, Mauritania; 27 Sep- Drugs; 10 November 1978. tember-2 October 1977. 25. Statement to the twenty-eighth session of the United 13. 'A Summary of Baha'i- U.N. Activities During 1976 Nations Commission on Narcotic Drugs; 12-23 Febru- Sponsored by National Affiliates of the Baha'i Interna- ary 1979. tional Community'. Report submitted to the United 26. 'Reply of the Baha'i International Community to the Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Questionnaire on Implementation During the Period the Office of Public Information, and the Division of 1975- 1978 of the World Plan of Action Adopted at the Human Rights; 15 October 1977. World Conference of the International Women's Year'; 14. 'Environment and Development and Environmental submitted to the United Na lions Branch for the Management'. Report submitted to the United Nations Advancement of Women; 4 April 1979. Environment Program; 17 October 1977.

ANNEX III

RELATIONSHIP OF THE BAHA'I INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY TO THE SOUTH PACIFIC COMMISSION

The Baha'i International Community participated in the South West Pacific Ocean, presented both a written and an eighteenth South Pacific Conference, in Noumea, New oral statement to the Conference, outlining the Baha'i view Caledonia, 6- 13 October 1978. This was the yearly meeting on 'Practical Spiritual Bases for Development'. of the South Pacific Commission, an intergovernmental This first Bahli'i participation in the activities of this Pabody established to promote the economic and social wel- cific body resulted in a later invitation to the Baha'i Internafare and advancement of the peoples of the twenty South tional Community to attend a regional meeting of the South Pacific island countries and territories within its zone of Pacific Commission, also held in Noumea, in March 1979, to action. discuss further a Pacific approach to rural development. The Baha'i International Community, which was rep- Again, the Bahli'f views were ably shared, this time by Mrs. resented by Dr. Victor de Araujo and Mr. Ta Makirere, with Tinai Hancock. the assistance of the National Spiritual Assembly of the INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 245

A United Nations Day display sponsored by the Bahti'fs of Moen, Truk Islands (an island group in the central Caroline Islands, West Pacific Ocean.) The display was mounted in December I976.

Health educatur Nancy B. Mondschein, right, alternate representative at UN headquarters for the National Spiritual Assembly ofthe Bahti'{s ofthe United States, an affiliate ofthe Bahti'{ International Community, works as an interne at UNICEF headquarters for Mrs T. Memet Tanumidjaja, UNICEF Senior Advisor Family Welfare, shown on left, who is preparing a study on the use of day care centres as a means of extending UNICEF basic services to rural communities. 246 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Governor George R. Ariyoshi of Hawaii signing the document proclaiming 18 September 1977 as World Peace Day, an observance sponsored annually by the National Spiritual

-- Assembly of the Baha'(s ofthe Hawaiian Islands. Observing are (right) Miss Lani Tamanaha and (left) Mr. Tracy Hamilton.

BAHA'I CENTRE

Baha'{s who participated in the dedication of the local {lar.fratu'l-Quds, Annandale, Demerara, Guyana; 27 June 1976. VI RECOGNITION OF THE BAHA'I FAITH

1. INCORPORATION OF NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLIES

Ritjvan 1976 to Ri<f,van 1979

In previous volumes, certificates of incorporation or other documents attesting recognition of various National Spiritual Assemblies have been reproduced. The following are representative of the forms of recognition obtained by National Spiritual Assemblies during the period covered by this volume.

1. Certificate of Incorporation in American Samoa of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Samoa; 23 April 1976 . (This National Spiritual Assembly was incorporated in Western Samoa on 4 February 1971.) 2. Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of South and West Africa; 13 August 1976. 3. Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahfis of Singapore; 4 October 1976. 4. Act of Parliament incorporating the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Guyana, passed on 9 December 1976. 5. Receipt for Declaration of Association of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Gabon, issued by Ministry of the Interior; 8 April 1977. 6. Letter from the Ministry of Justice and Ecclesiastical Affairs confirming registration of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Iceland as a religious society in Iceland, 29 April 1977, with translation into English. 7. Certificate of Registration of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Suriname and French Guiana; 16 January 1978. 8. Extract from the Official Journal of New Caledonia for 3 November 1978, relating to the Declaration of Association of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of the New Hebrides, giving date of receipt issued 19 October 1978. 9. Extract from the Official Journal of the French Republic relating to the registration of the National Spiritual Assembly of the French Antilles; 5 January 1979. 10. Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Caroline Islands; 29 January 1979. 11. Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Mariana Islands; 2 April 1979.

248 THE BAHA'I WORLD

GOY£RNM£NT OF AME.RICAN SAMOA PACO PAGO,_AM.£RlCAN SAMOA N1" ....... ...., ... ~· .156

CBRTIFIC~TE O~ INCORPORATION

TO ALL '1'0 WHOM THESE PRESENTS SHALL COME 1

:r, WALTER H. JENSEN, Treasurer ot the Government of Allierican SlllllO&', do hereby certify that the NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY OF THE BAHA'IS OF SAMOA, INC., havinq fulfilled all requ.i rements of Tit:.e XIV, Section 52 American Samoa Code and havinq bean 'found to be duly qualified and duly autho,:ized llC~rding to the law• of the Covernll8Dt of American Samoa i• here~y granted a Certificate of Incorporation to exist fifty years until dia•olved or . ..rved in accorc!ance with the lava of the Government of

..Allerioan Samoa • '.l'be Article• of Incorporation ·of .t he tlATJ:ONAL SPIRITUAL AS811MBLY .OP TD BABA'IS OP SAMOA, INC., haw been recorded on VolU- It, -paqe 221•225 in the Office of Territorial R1e9.latru.

June 1, 1976 Certified to be a true an:! correct copy of ~he ori~l in the possession of the national. Spiritua'.l ''issernbly or . t~ Baha'1s of samoa, , Ine. - ""'-., JJJ.wt P.M:.rc " · '· ' fllY comn1ssioo expires: 12/31!76

• ~ : : · . 4 .~ •

1. Certificate of Incorporation in American Samoa of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'{s of Samoa; 23 April 1976. (This National Spiritual Assembly was incorporated in Western Samoa on 4 February 1971.) INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 249

'1 . FORM CM 3 REPUBLIC OP SOUTH AFRICA COMPANIES ACr, 1973 (Section 64)

Registration No. of company 21/7t>/zo

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF A COMPANY NOT HAVING A SHARE CAPITAL

This is to certify that THE NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY OF THE BAllA'IS OF SOUTH AND WEST AFRICA (Incorporated association not for gain) was today incorporated under the Companies Act, 61 of 1973, and that the company is a company lim~ted by guarantee and is incorporated under section 21 •

Signed and sealed at Pretoria this /°3 . 4 day of A';/'" ~ I. one thousand nine hundred and seventy-six.

_#~·~· ~~-<--- '11 R~istrar of Companies

'Thie certificate is not valid 11nles11 it bears the seal of the Companies Registration Office

2. Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahti'(s of South and West Africa; 13 August 1976. 250 THE BAHA'I WORLD

... ft& IPJIHUAL . . . . . .? OI' 111 Ml&'IS U Tbis.lsto~lfytllel ................... . ..... .. ............ ...................................................... .

lllO&l'OU LTD. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .,............................................................................................................................... .

il.•_,,._ ... .!t~!L. .. llayof ········ 0..ff.Mt .....,............ 19.1'~ ..,.._, ...... . ~ • ....... Acl.c.. '"· ....... Ille........., ......... UuW ~ Cear..,.. ..................................................... ..

o.......,., ....... 1111. • ...............:!!!!!!!U!!!.................. *' ..t ........ *' ti1 .....................~................... ~ ··~~ . I

' .

·/atdud/r..A> {11.. ~ CllM) ....,~···· ~·;;;«:;~:··· ··

3. Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'(s of Singapore; 4 October 1976.

• = '':· 1971) NATIONAL SPIRITUAi, :-::~~;:~ _o~· BAllA'IS (No. a

i:c:::,nofi~:~~i-:,,:..~t11e"T..:!.°.i~ AasembJy of Baha'is in Guyana. GUYANA . 4. There shall not be at 1ny Ume more than niDe Tnuteu ~::.~"" z ..., ACT No. 16 of 11176 :~ ~~;1~~~eof=: °!r!~~ .:~~::~ ~~ act 11 llUdl. all or any of tbe powen conferNd bf 11111 Ad on .~,. tr1 NATIONAL SPl1lITUA.L ASSEMBLY or BAHA.'U the Trwlt- may be uen:lllod by tbe san!Wle or _ , 'N•- :>:) OP' GUYANA (INCORPORATION OF TRUSTZF.8) ACT 11176 Trustees proyided always that their number ii not Jeu lllaa fin. z 5. All pn>pcrty movable or immovable of wb.atenr ~ 1~~ ~ ...,> 1 -.

A. CHUNG. or kind hereafter bequeathed by will or - l i e P.. to lhe ,.. •-... Assembly shall be deeme<I to be the property of the Board. 6.' All property Yested In or herc>fter acquired by the : ;," -z PJ'elidsll > SJIJCTION ARRANGEMENT OF SECTIONS 30lh °""""'ber. 1976. Board shall be held by the '5oard for the ue and benefit of the ::,:.;•• Assembly. ..,. ''"' ",.,..

7. 1n 111111111.en aat llp9dflclliJ proritlo4 fCll" 11J M Ad.::-:::.. r [/)

c:: :>:) 1. Sbort UUe. tho .8olnl ..... II) , . JI pl-adicllbll, , , _ . . . . . . . tlle .. - 2. laterpntatlon. like power - llllbarlly .. - !IC-' - .-dloltl "' 1119 i:.r= < tr1 3. lncorpontloa of 1be Boud of. Troll-. AUemblJ and lta p.......iJngl sir.all be . . . . - "' ... law, - reguJaUo111, powen IDd inctlcet ol lbll botl1 Ill 11> ts • lbtlr ~ ~ '· 5. Deolh or - . . , . frocn Guyana of member or the Board or Tra- VOllU.ng of property in the Board. •~ not lncoasistelll wilb any la• In faroe ID Gu-. ""' w. 0 'r1 6. T8Dlll'e of propertv for use and benefit of the Assembly. 8. A ala1-I that any - nlll*i lhenlD llM 1 - . _ () 7. Esercise by Board· or powers in matters not specifically pro appoint.cl a member of the Boanl ol TruoteM, purpoctlna to be ::,,."':""'" -.lded for by tbia Act. &igned by the Cba!Jman of the Asaemb!J, or ti. ~ of tllo ,.. - c:: 8. Evidence o! membership of tbe Board. Assembly. shall be prtma fade evidence of tbe 1114 hcl :>:) 9. Service of proecu. :>:) 9. All proau wblcb II required to be .-"'1 oo th Boor<' - tr1 shall be deemed to be sufficiently served if served on a pers.111 :!-.,... z ..., AN ACT to Incorporate Ille Boa.rd of Trustee& of tho Nallonal Spiritual Assembly O( Baha'is. ~:~b:t;,'!,,°:~~~.::.of~~ :r..,i:: tll lhereo! is publbbed In the Gazette. >.1•-ltff- Enacted by Ille Parliament of Guyana:- > :i:: ''"' mtt !. nu. Ac! may be cited as the National Spiritual !U&embly o( Baha'is of Guyana UneorporoUon of Truatees) Act 1976. > ..;;. lt1te.rpr.-utlitn. 2. ln this Act ut'\less the context otherwise requires - > "lbe Board of ·r~" or "lbe Boanl" me&111 the Board f'o ~s,.d f>y the National Autmbl~ OH 9th Dfc~mber. 1918 ..., () of Trustees of the National Spiritual .Assembly of Baha'is of. Guyana incorporated by thia Act; .<- " the Asseml>ly" means the National Spiritual Assembly of Baha'is in Guyana. F. A, Nararn. 3 tr1 ln.«lt• 3. Henl) Dolphm. Chairman, .John \'tera , V1ce-Cha1m1an, Clerli: of tho National A..emblJ [/) pOt•UOI~ •t the r;ue11 Widm'!r. Se1.:rt!la r} , 1-:i tccn Hilt Treasurer . She lla 1.>olphh~. llo..:it"d uf Hcc-ording Sccn..'tar~ l\•an l-' raser. Meml>er. Lygia Vasild..i. Mcm· 11•ltn Iler, Edward Widmor . Member. Rooplall Dudnath, Member, and (Bill 18/11179).

N UI ....... 4. Act of Parliament incorporating the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bah<i.'(s of Guyana, passed on 9 December 1976. N llHflSTEkC DC L'lNTC!il CUR RE;.. ueL1nuc - c .·, soN.. ISE VI lklion - TtavaU - lu•tlc• N OlflCCTION GCN(u .. L[ or l 1 DCtlflSTll l. TION OU Tt. ;n norac - 2 - OIRCCTION oC Ll ,.OIIHISTllttTl ON CCNCRJ,Lt Fr)CCCPISSC J!'S5:u :!"ft~~m) >~a!f\,;.r!:f1!r!t:!~ i:'~::!i~~=M4::1:•::::~1. cation• Orticioll•• pour rrete d'ln. . rtion eu )Or.Ind cttle&.l pl\1'9 .cflat da IO nU.Sro• dU lourMl, proda•votttal do 1•.:.aaom1'e ConaUtual'lte. t~· IQ6 /•1/ocr.T/Oi'.G.- Do Odclerotion d 'liHOcietlon ( Loi n• 35/62 du IO Odcallbn 1911 ) Cana .le d'1d dO trah •'-• le cNolanUon ht .. l'lt l 1objat d'°' pr••unt R6cdph .. dClvu ~he nMue publiqw d•n• le• fo,..• flt""~• O t•r,rtlcla IO do h Lol du to Olcallbn 1912. · LE IINISTRC OE L 1 INT£Al[Ufl DU Ci.BON Touto M>d1'1oot1on epportff awr $htute et tau• Oheft949Cntl •wt• donno ou.: peuonnaa ci-aprbe dddQn4•• R•o6pia•d da vonua don• 1 1 ,,d•inhtrctton de le Oheotlon de l' Hootcitlan dovant Gtr. o•claration d'h.HOciation ddfinia co tit'l9 auit I dticlorh dona un dt\lal d•un •la ot -.ntloftMa, en outn 1ur un l'foht.rr. tcnu au aibQt. da 1.odito .. •aoctotion.

TITRE Q[ l' i'. SSOCF.TION : • f1 SSCQBLEE SPIRITUELLE N.·.noNoiLC ocs 8AHl. 1 l5 • Co rdglatr-a dcere etrc prbontd, aur L:ur d.. -..tc:, ::ux ;.utorH ... • "d•inhtrativa. ou lud1c1o1roa./.. .ru!l1I. ' Ell• • pour but 1 - d' a n•dgnor le• principoa da la futarnltd 1 d• l 1 A.aur dOelntd .. rcit • Llbrov1Uo; l o I +lwr.U 1977 res .. dont Porlant tou• lu proph?: teai P. L: tinhtra de 1 1 Jntdrtour .. de Qdror lea affaitoa at biene de le Co-.inoutd 8ah•'l du Gotlon, Lt. SGcrdtairo d'Ctot o n r•apoctent l o• principea du •y•ttib• adainiatr•tif •t•bl.1 par Bah•·u• -~ ....j Ll ti hi ::i: - d '•ffaotuer tout• tran•action aobUttn at 1..obilttre, ecqufrir Jo11n.. c..,run ca.NC :,v;.•• tI1 ou con•trulu do• centre• Baha'i•, te1111plaa , bibliothtquee, d1apanaalra• 1 O:I o tc • •• - d'orgeniaor doa activit4• divare•a f) car1cttra dducatit at hu-- > nitciro on roapoctant acrupulauaoi;L;nt lea loh du paya, ot pro•uvoir ::i: par tou • lea moyono l o t:ut Baha 1 i, > ~ s1rcr seq ,L i LISUCVILLE ( Quo:tior li'IOnt-eoultt ) ~ ''°l!!S q PnENOms 1 Proeouion o t do111ic1lc de • dld111anta octu.lloeont chor- 0 !)d• do 1 1 r,d•iniahotlon vt d;. lo Oiroction du l' r... ooiction c :i:i U. -20£ COY Jilromc, Cnbonah r tnaUtutaur, soua-Oiruot uur 0 Gdnd rol £n•oigno•ante acoloirca , Liniv ur•itclroe ut de · lo Pddagogi~••••••••••• Prdeldont - or . lll<lvTJ..ca tSllIOL, rr n n~nla · llddccin, Pol't - Gent1 1 •••• • •• •••••••••• ••••• , • Vicc-Pr6aie!unt!

-IOUU£lE Joooph, Gobanaie H6pitol G6ndral •••• • •••• • •••••• , • , ••• • •. • • ... Sacrdt'3irt; I -Bornord IGllC, Nigdrlnn Artieen de: •ublo OP 14.140 •••• •• , ••••• •. ,, •••••• ·••• ••• ••••••• Tr4aorior

t• r,a a ocietion aura nouf 1:tcurlhr1; e, l u a oinq aut-roe llO•brua aoront d( - e1Qnd• t.prb • le ror1110tlon do 1',; ••oc:iation •

..... I .....

5. Receipt for Declaration of Association of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Gabon, issued by Ministry of the Interior; 8 April 1977. < -r, • ''~la t t• ,, • t'A.. 't "I '·.),. nC" '--": ··~ f' )

OOMS. OC KIRl<IUMALAnADUNEYTID JU.nietry ot .Juatioe Ro;ltjovik. 29 . april 1977 • u4 looeleeiaaUoal l..t.t&in

11M/llll Re.rlt~aYik, 29tb April, 1977.

W1tb A letter, dated hb. l8tb, 1977, 7ou, Mr. evpr•e oo"" law;rer,

Meo br8r1, Os.gs. 18 . tebrUar sl., hat'10 }>Or, berra haT• requested on Mbalt ot tbe •a·U onaJ. Sp1r1 tul uat.bl.r ot the Bahl:ie ot Icolu4, that tho Ml1s1auo eacl•t.r at th• Bah.f:i la.1.ih 1A ..,z tTl h!ll6tat'6ttarUSgmaOur .. loitaO i>ese tyr1r h6nd Andlege J>j60N0a I celand be reg1etered u & Mligioue eoc1ety o\tt114t the ht.ion.al Cburob, :>;) Fla.ha ' 1a a 1:alant11, ao trU.t6lag Bahai-trUarinnar a Ialandi aa &llaw4 tor b.r 12.-13. article• at laws nr. l,8 1975 about r.lisJ.a119 z verOl skriO sem trUt61ag utan ~366k1r)<Junnar ll4llli<:Vml>t he11111ld aoo1et1e1. Vi th thia application wa• 1nclu4t4 1.n.to~t1on. about '11• ..,> 12.-1,, greinar laga. nr . 18 1975, um trUr6HSg . Ums6la":. f>esnri fylgd u jafnframt uppl$singar um l>au atr101,. sem tal1n eru i 1). gre1n lapnna, 1.-9. tHluliO.. R4.0uneyt10 staorest1l' h6r 1 I 1teu, that are nuabend 1D th• 13. &rtiole ot "\he•• law9, pa,racraphe 1 ... 9. !he IU.niatry bereb7 con.til'll9, that tbe religiou• aooi•V of tbe .Baht •1 h1 th ll Icelan4 1e accepted tor rep.etrat1on u & rel1&1oue - z me6 , aO trUf6lag Bahai-trUarinnar d. :t:elandi er viOurkennt eooiet7 1n Iceland, &eoordill& to II . HO"tion ot lava nr. l8 1975, coai- > r t11 s krAningar sem trUrOlag & !sland.1, akv. II. knt'la. laga paring tbe I. section of tbe lave, ua an ann.oua.oeMnt about tbie Cll nr. 18 1975, a br. I. kafla laganna, og mun auglYsing um t>' aooeptan.ce will be publlahe4 in the •at1onal Quette. c:>;) v10urkenningu veroa birt i LlSgb1rt1ngabla01nu. 1!he MJ..niatry at the aaae time con.tirae, that it b&9 reoeiTed • notioe Jafnframt staOte.et1r r60uneyt10, ao riao hefur teklO v10 about the election ot Oarl John Spencer, LJ"n&hac• 22, Re1ltl&Yfk, &e the < tTl . t1lkynn1ngu um kjHr Carl John Spenoer, Lyngh.age. 22, Reykjavik, lepl. opoke....,, at tbe Spiri tu&l .leH•bl.r ot ll&h&' ie 1A Reyk~a..ilc. Bo -< .sem !'orstOOumanns Mine And.legs. R&os · Baha 'ia 1 Reykjavik . Ber 1• obllpd to u.nderaign the declaration, that 1a inolucled bereb)' • 0..,, honum aO und1rr1te. yf1r1Ys1ngu }>6.. eem her meO fylgir. !he Min1etry dn.we attent1on to the tact, ac) the lepl apolr:••• 4o•• RdOuneyt10 vekur athygli A pv1 1 aO for e t HOWne.OUrinn not :tul.l.till the oonditione ot l. paracrapb, 17. utiole ot lave nr. ()

.tulln:ngir e kk1 skUyrOum L td.lsgr. 17 . gr. laga nr. 18/1975 18/ 1975 , u reguda Icelandic c1Useub1p, but co.n.a1d.m it allowable c :>;) aO }'.Iv! er va r6ar i s lenz.l«l rikisborgararlitt. en tE>lur he1m1lt to accept hilD ~a legal 1pokee:aan tor tbe ti.a• beiq, w1 tb reterenoe to :>;) at'J v10urkenna hann sem forstHOUmann aO svo ettsddu. meO hl10- tbe proY1eion t or exe•ption b-oa the ordinancee of tbe '5. art1ol• o'f tTl sj6n a f undanJ:>ti.gube1m1ld rn &kvMOum ,. greinar laga nr . '8 1954 . lava nr. '8 1954. !be Mi:n1atey f1nal.ly oon.ti:ma, 'that it ha.I noe1Ted a notice about ..,z the mt:11ber ehip of the board ot the Rational Spiritual. Aeeembl7 and 1te Ol RAOune;vt10 staOfoatir loks. aO l>aO hefur tek10 v10 tilkynn l n gu um s k1pa.n a tj6rnar bins Andlega ~j60r0.0s og e1nsta'krt. various depa.rtaent1. · > On be halt or the Minietry, :r dt>ilda Pesa . .l l&ldur ffijller ( a1gn . ) » ~ 1'orldtu.r Pile eon ( •ign.) ~ ~ P. h. r. > -..,..,< ()

Hr . hrl. HjHrtur Torfason VesturgHtu 17 /1~~ rn Reykjavik . < Cll

N 6. Letter from the Ministry of Justice and Ecclesiastical Affairs confirmin g registration of the National Spiritual Assem bly of th e Ul Baha'[s of Iceland as a religious society in Iceland, 2 9 A pril 1977, with translation into E nglish. w 254 THE BAHA'l WORLD

E.T • .MINISTERIE VAN JUSTITIE EN POLITIE

..., ~ n: · et Beetuur van de Stichd ng GBESTELIJKE RAAD VAN DE BAl!fl. 1 IS VAN SURINAME EN FRANS GUIANA · Nickerieetraat 27(Z.H.) Paramaribo. L ...I Uw konmetk Uw brief van Ons kenmerk oirum Paramaribo, /,_' januari 197~. l

Onderwerp: 3ericht op form. A I 5 ::: dd. 8 december 1977.

,, Hierbij heb 1k de eer U mede te delen, dat de Stichting GEESTELIJKE RAAD VAN DE BAHA 1 IS VAN Su:l.INAME EN FRANS GUIANA., gevestigd te Paramaribo,op 10 december 1977 in• · het Openbaar Stichtingenregiater is ingeschreven.

De Minister van Justitie en Politie,

7. Certificate of Registration of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'{s of Suriname and French Guiana; 16 January 1978. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 255

DECURA TION D'ASSOCIA TION Titre : ASSEMBLEE SPIRITUELLE HATIOHALE DES BAHA'IS DES HOUVELLES-HEBRIDES ' Obj et : Diriger les acti vites baha 'ies de fa region pour arriver, parallelement aux activites des aucres Assemblees spirituelles nationales du monde, a eta· blir la Paix universelle par la realisation de l' unite. spirituelle et sociale du genre humain. Siege social : Centre Baha'i, Anabrou, Port-Vila. Comite responsable : President · M. Kalman KIRI Vice-President M. Jean-Marie SABLAN Secretairc M. Qu~rles PIERCE · Tresorier M. Philip BEATTIE Recepisse declaratif no 96 CH/ AP du 19 .octobre 1978.

8. Extract from the Official Journal of New Caledonia for 3 November 1978, relating to the Declaration of Association of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of the New Hebrides, giving date of receipt issued 19 October 1978.

5 janvler 19i!l. Declaration a la sous-prefecture de Pointc·it·Pitre. 'Auemblee spirituel!e des Baha'is des Antille.s fran~aises. Ol>jct : pro· · pagation de~ principes ct'amour du genre humain, di! paix uni· Vf'rselle et de fralcrnitc dont p;irlent tou~ Jes prophetcs, princ:ipcs qui ont recu un rt'!'loun•au d'C>1wn!ic creatrice d:;ns !cs en~ei g ne mcnts revc!cs par GahiA'u '!l.i h, eXf)fiqucs par Ab:i'ul' 13ahit N par Shogh1 Effendi et elargis ct mis en app!iC'alion par l;i .\Iaison unh·craelle de ju-;tire. l'organc supreme clc la foi Baha'i. Si~ge social: 48, rue fo'rani,;ois·Arago, 97110 Pointe-a-Pitre.

9. Extract from the Official Journal of the French Republic relating to the registration of the National Spiritual Assembly of the French Antilles; 5 January 1979. 256 THE BAHA'f WORLD

..._&rifit €orporation Qadir . . By nr- ol the ·~~rity "'!""Ii '" the fflcb~c-a.~111 ~ Tnaat Territon . .of the Pacltlc bind•, . .by Tide n; ....._ 1, 1',..t Terrtlory Code; Autborblnt lnuance oC a corporate~ tie•- . ciatiqA Of P«~On• (Or &ny lawful P\lrflOH other . dlu ~ ,...t, Nllfl'lCIW. llPIK1'1UllL A9SBMllr.Y at ._ ~·fs ar 'lllB CID.DB - . - ;· 1• 1 •

i• ht<reby c911etltuted a non-ptoortt bocty corporate, ""b,.ct tj) the prori•'-

of th•• · charter, .the Article• of Incorpqr&t!on and By-Lawe of the oorpo•

ration filed with the Registrnr of Cor porn-~ ons, and to the lawl! of die Tnaat·

Territory.

. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this chute r I• grant.eel to~~~ at 'DlE BNJ/.•:6J at '1'11! CARlLINE l'.SLllNtS' . IHXJRFa!ATED---------- provided, however, that this Charter, the Article• o(

Incorporation and the By-Lawe o! the corporation, ahall be eubject to

a mendment. auapen•ion, or revocation 'by any future law. procla.matioa,

regulation or apeclaL order of the H1 gh Cornmi~oioner applicable thereto

having the force of law.

Clven under my hand and ,seal of my, o!!ice thla ;(.t/!/t! day

o!~~~~-J-t~~-·iz.~~-·(_J~.·~;_·~~~~ i.

Jli;lrian P. Wi.n.'<el 1' ~s ~5r~t~V of the Pacific I1lands I

{SEAL)

JO. Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Caroline Islands; 2 9 January 1979. .,.,.,_" .. _... ..... pQRA'TlON. CERTfFte'.4 h , x - ...,z tT1 :;o z ~co~ . . c ...,> ~is is to anq II.I""' .r#.litt/H 1 .f~--. { NATiaw. fl>Dll'lUAL AEISlllU z > r of tbe . Vl

I<,,., I,,. ti.II~'!§,~,,~~,~ ~....Ju Jt!!!.. i1t /J,1 c :;o '~'"''"J •(.#,Pd,. </ J,.,..7-,."'" ;,. ""' q)~~ </{ft....,.. -' :;-_,,,._ ~........ < tT1 -< Mell/ cf ~NONI. 0 'T1 t)',n;,.. J0-30 A !lf9'-.. .~+ :f.-_ . .,, Jpril 2 . /.9~'. n

ti. l"s.~J "f"'"f »id .Jll~ { f~-'iM •-" Ii.,;,. ---.IM a,,,/ "'""""'• .... """'' µ"IN """ ,..,fo-1. """"'.._. ""' -1'at1mpl !!pir1t!llJ. -1'4 J.U A!!lllb1l of the c :;o :;o tT1 . 1- of tbe Jlmr1- ~ Inccrp:n.ted z..., .r' tJ, ,,,,. . H-' ,.,. ,/;;.,.,/-'. .,,;,1 sf"""" ., ·"""'~""""'· -' ·~ #r ,...... ' *""'J IXI > :i: / >- ....:;_ > ...,n - < ..., tT1 Vl

N VI 11. Certificate of Incorporation of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Mariana Islands; 2 April 1979. --.] 258 THE BAHA'f WORLD

2. INCORPORATION OF LOCAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLIES

Ri(ivan 1976 to Ri(ivan 1979

In previous volumes, certificates of incorporation of approximately two hundred Local Spiritual Assemblies have been reproduced. More than two hundred Local Assemblies achieved incorporation in the period covered by this volume. The following documents were selected to illustrate this achievement.

1. Certificates of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Ufwenuka Village, Zambia; 3 May 1976, and the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Mwiika Village, Zambia; 3 May 1976. 2. Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Perseverance Village (Couva), Trinidad and Tobago; 9 July 1976. 3. Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Tauranga City, New Zealand; 12 July 1976. 4. Extracts from Articles of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Willemstad, Cura<;:ao, signed 6 December 1976 by representative of the Central Bureau of Juridical and General Affairs. 5. Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Portland Cottage, Jamaica; 29 September 1977. 6. Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Lipan, Papua New Guinea; 11 January 1978 . 7. Presidential Decree approving By-Laws and conferring Juridical Personality on the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Palomita , Paraguay; 3 July 1978. 8. Extract from the Official Journal of French Polynesia of 15 July 1978, relating to registration of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Tahiti, giving date of receipt issued 22 June 1978. 9. Extract from the Official Journal of New Caledonia for 1 December 1978, relating to the Declaration of Association of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Fila Island, New Hebrides, giving date of receipt issued 23 November 1978. 10. Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Galway, Ireland; 20 February 1979. ~ . .., ~ ~~ ~~ /-.L,..c.~.o .

OJUGI:'L\L r..•1• 1m

r- REPUBLIC OF ZAMBIA .; ·•,1 ....... _, .,....._,....,.Act (°"""""""""' ........ _, ... ''·.•land• God Oo¢d• ffqJ;b1Q Act (Chaflk't' ?81 otU""' x..- ofM.mbt.) (&etion l 8) t ~"' TtiM~tt..'-11att~...,.u.cw..., .. . .. 2. . . . . . . . . . . . .. e.......•,. m 7.l ...,z Thisilil®lllllllt bu beai duly rq;iatmid •caortling fo law 1.1u. ,. ~ .•. ·• · . . ~ . • . , • • ~ . • •• , to ..?~

Rt'giUmd, No •.. ,a37 .c.,,.i .. ~...,.Onoolltu1CUU11 Dutr Paid K --- ~!fo..2"'. c....t ... ... I Ul'f7MI~~

J>uty&klll -~ F•hld.K 2. 50 ii] tl'I

"'z ,0076,{ ~ 2 • .50 fl /,,- ~I > }'(U l'Aid K ...... !lo. 92ll'I. ........ ... .i ........ .. t ......~ . ....~. . . :l ••-ft·,( /. ·"fi~(!,;,~~:~;;;.- ~ Hl'OciJM. No..9coC.. ... 1Wod. •• 2, . . . .. . . .8 ... . l"rvrWoot;10 ..u"-*6ot'J.'Woi-otoe. •••• . . •_.,.., • • • ••• 0 l'rmillioulll Ol'rti6ot.to of 'ntlo '-*I oo .• RllOlftaTOJ'UllllDf •• ·· · · -'·· · -·• .. n· ··· .... ... .... .-('..~·""" z R.nilm'\' o•DUbS VclU.4,!hrO.UOOl'Z........ ....... tlf"'-"•""11U > r Ltr».U. l\SMlJJUe a- Zuou. [Jl

c::: ~

' REPl!BUC !I OP ZA11111A "' < tl'I -< l. ,: REPUBLIC

OIRTil' ICA!l'E OP IllCORPORATI O!I OF ZAMDIA ,., Cllll!IPICAD or lllCOllPlllA'fllll !!!!!!! 'T1 (') !!l!!l!l!. TH LAlll> (PllRPlllttJAI. 800Cll8Sllll) Kit c::: t • 't 'l'llll LA1!D (Pl!RPl!'?OAI. sUCCBSSIO!I) Am •THIS IS TO CERTD'Y t hai t bo Tr ustees at the 'BAltA' IS have been TBTS IS TO CIR'l'IP!' that th• TruateH ot the BARA' 18 baT• be.en 'reg1atered aa a -corporate boly meter t.he . _ ot ""tRI LOCAL "'"' tl'I r egiater ed aa a corporate b<Xly under the name ot ~ LOCAL llPIRITOAL .ABSllll!lLY 0, TUB BABA'IS'Olf llW!W VltI.AOE lll!GISTIIUID ...,z llPIRITOAI. ASSl!N.'BLY Olf 'l'llll !!AHA' IS OF OFVIENUKA VILLAGE llEGIST&REI> 1'RUS'l'E!S• in pUl"auanc~ or &.a under- tbe pro~i11ona ot the LAllD 'fRUSTZ!S in p urauan.ce or and under tl:le provieione ot the LANI> (PZRPETUM. SUCCESSIOll) MJt subject to the conditione and (PERPl!TUAt SOCCl!BSIO!I) M:r s ubject to tbe c ondt Uona and °' > directions htti'einatter aet r orth. :i:: d1rect1oll& her et natter aet rortb. ' > wn'JO!SS lllJ' hana thto 1 -.d . (. "ll.;YJ) d..,. ~Mt.o, 191, > (') wn'tnlBS llQ' bend tb1s ;,~;,c1) dQ' o~ {"\.,. ~ 19.1 b. ...,

oiaa s:>lii~'(t.U>.> ~ ~,......__ ~ DP.~-;:r. - < ..., tl'I lllJIIS!BR al l.AllDS, HATtllLl'L l!ESOORc&S l' UlflllrBll 011 LAJID8, J.M:Ui.Al. RESOURCllS [Jl

.AllD TOUIISll All1l TOtlRI SM,

it ::.!-:· - N Vi 1. Certificates ofIncorporation ofthe Local Spiritual Assembly ofthe Bah<i'is of Ufwenuka Village, Zambia; 3 May 1976, and the IO Local Spiritual Assembly of the Bah<i'is of Mwiika Village, Zambia; 3 May 1976. 260 THE BAHA'I WORLD

' J ' ,--

Tll.INIDAD AND

Certificate of the Incorporation of a Company

31 btrebp Ctrtifp tbat

··-·-·----·----·-··-·················---·······················-·····J.~"~ . is this day Incorporated under the Companies Ordinance, Ch. 31. No. 1, and that the Company Is lciJR.!tetb unlimited.,~

Given under my hand at Port•of-Spaln this .......?.~......... day of ..... . .iMJI'...___ ·····-·--··· one thousand nine hundred · and 3.nmtx.~·-············-·········---··-·········

~...t..!1..'o!...1..J.. . . ~. :...Q~_t!.~ . 2nd ·Deputy Ae&letrw.r ot Compa.n i•t

Registration Fees $ ..:1.9.a.!ML...............

Stamp Duty

-- 2. Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Bahri.'is of Perseverance Village (Couva) , Trinidad and Tobago; 9 July 1976. J...lllldl.>Wll

• . ,, ~-'.1.976!1'• ..,z DEPARTMENT 01'' Jt:STI• E tT1 . . 11G? ..,"':i> z CERT~i;f~A~l~1~t~;~~Rtl;'QN '. z :;,~~ ...:;;..~·~- ·-...:,;..;.: :i> r Vl c J urtlfp t1iat TR •wnu~ rAL ASSEMBLY c ~ THE BAHA • ts :.> F TAUAANGA er TY "' < tT1 -< lacorporated uader tile ....._ _..... 'T1 Charitable Trasts Act, 1957 n iflhdTD ........ • c

o.t.I at AUC.i::.I.AJ :n th.ls. "'"' tT1 ..,z ....!1'1.~.Y.... . .. . . .. 19 .'7.6. til :i>

G. P..::'.~r · l' ;: / ~ :i: :i>·

:i> .., or - -.-..._...... ·4~;~... ~ · ··· ,,,,,,- .. n < .ol™'-'O ...... /UTC :::; tT1 Vl

N 3. Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Tauranga City, New Zealand; 12 July 1976. °'....... N

°' N

Bijvoegeel van de ,.Cur. Courant" \'an 17 december 1976, No. 51 Alie stemgereehtigde leden van de plaataelijke Bab!'l No. 31 1976 gemeenschap zijn als !eden van de Plaataelijke Gectltelll· ke Raad verkiesbaar. STATUTEN van de De Plaatselljke Gestelljke Raad bereidt voor de jaarvergadering de agenda voor, waarin opgenomen de rap- BEGLEl\ID<"T VAN ORDE portering over de werkzaa.mheden van de Plaat.llfke Geestelijke Raad sinds zijn verkiezing, de financle1e vet'· slagen venneldende de lnkomsten en ultgaven val! sijn VOOB DE fondsen en de rapporten van zijn comite's alsmede ande· re zaken de gemeenschap betreffende. Plaalselijke Geeslelijke Raad der Baha'is Znwel voor als na de verkiezing moet de Plaalllelijke Geestelijke Raad met de gemeenllCbap beraadslagen en VAN WJLLElllSTAD haar vooratellen nanmoedigen, opdat hetgeen In de ge.- meenschap leeft weersplegeld worde In de plannen van de Plaatselijke Geeatelijke Raad. DEFINITIES: De uitslag van de verkiezing moet door de Plaatae- .., lijke Geestelijke Raad dlrekt na ~n eerste vergadering ::r: JN DI'l' REGLEMENT ZAL WORDEN VERSTAAN schriftelijk aan de Natlonale Geestelijke Raad worden rn ONDER: tl:l medegedeeld. 1. NATIONALE GEESTELIJKE RAAD: Artlkel 16 > De recbtspersoonlijhbeid bezittende Nationale Gees· De Plaatselijke Geestelijke Raad moet zonder onder· ::r: telijke Ra.ad van de Baba'is van Vene:z.uela. breklng. met tuBSenrulmte van 19 dagen, bijeenkomsten > van de Baha'i gemeenachap regelen, in overeenatemmlng 2. PLAATSELlJKE GEMEE."ISCHAP: rrot de Leer en de Kalender van bet Bahi'l Geloof. :...: De gemeenschap. der Baha'is van Willemstad. ArtikeJ 17 0 :<:! Dit Reglement Vllll Orde kan alechta gewijzigd WOI'· r 3. GEMEENTE: . den door een besliaslng van de Natlonale Geestelijke Rud 0 De Stad Willemstad. genomen met volatrekte meerderheld van atemmen. De betreffende wijziglng is eehter nlet eerder van 4. UNIVEf'..SELE HUIS VAN GERECHTIGDl'l.EID: kracht dan na goedkeuring door de Gouwrneur van de Hct Hoogbestuur van het. Bahai geloof voor de hele Nederlandae Antmen. wereld, zittin~ hebbende te Haifa, Isreel Aldus vastgesteld in de buitengewone algemene le· denvergaderlng van 10 maart 1976. Goedgekeurd bij landabesluit dd. 19 nov 1976, No. 2. Willemstad, 6 dee 1978. Het wnd. Hoofd van bet Centraal Bu· rcau voor Julidische en Algemcnc Za.ken, w.g. Mr. M. MONTE·BOSKALJON.

4. Extracts from Articles of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Bahti'is of Willemstad, Curar;ao, signed 6 December 1976 by representative of the Central Bureau of Juridical and General Affairs. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 263

· filrrtiftratr nf tqr lttrnrpnrntintt nf a filnmpauy

I qrreby Q!rrttfy that

"THE SPIRI'i'UAL A33 ~MilLY 01'' 'r HE £ AHA' IS Ok' PORTLAND CO'.J.'TAGJ!: LilH 'fElJ"

was ~ttruqinratrb under the

Companies Act, 1965 as a f!Jtmitrh Company

on the TWEN':rY-NI N'l'H day of SEPTEMBER

One thousand nine hundred md SP.venty-seven.

Given under. my hand at Kingstv ·1 this TENTH day of

OC'l'OBER One thou , and nine hundred and Seventy-seven.

,.,.,.. .... .,- .., ~ ·· ?"""'- <.: ; .... (_..:- Ac '.: . Registrar of Co111pa11ies.

No. of Company 16,191.

5. Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Portland Cottage, Jamaica; 29 September 1977. 264 THE BAHA'I WORLD

-e:- A. 170

Form ;l.

',\SSOCIATIOiiS INCORPORATION ACT 1966

CERTIFICATE OF mconPORJ\TIOtr OF . AN ASSOCIATION

T!!r:; IS 70 CE..'t'!IFY THAT

:!C S?IRITUAL ASSEMBLY OF THE BARA t rs OF LIPAN mCORPOMTED

in purses.nee of Section 9 of the Association Incorporation Act

1966 hM this day been incorporated Ullder that Act.

';J\IE:I •.rnder my hnnd nnd Seal this eleventh da,y of Jftlllla17, 1978,

6. Certificate of Incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Bahti'fs of Lipan, Papua New Guinea; 11 January 1978. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 265

. i) .. · . .~- N~4o.509.- PRESIDENCIA DE LA REPUBLICA :ws . ······~·•to de lnte.io• ___.,_ ' POB EL CllAL SE APRUEBAN ' ESTATUTOS SOCIALE Y SE RECONOCE U PERSONERIA JURIDICA DE LA EN II f

I, . TIDAD DENOMINADA "ASAMBW ESPIRITUAL LOCAL Dr :WS BAHA'IS J!'M PA:LOMITA".- . II . . .. . . Asuoci6o,Julio 3 de 1978.- I VISTO:La presentaci6o hecha al Ministerio del i 1 Ioterior,eo fecha 15 de marzo del cte.ei'l.o(Expte.N!!.204) 1 lpor el Sr.Sirous Toutounchi Maragheh,en representsci6n j 1de la eotidad deoominada "ASAMBLEA !SPIRITUAL. :WCAL DE !I LOS BAHA'IS EN PA:WMITA",~o la que solicits le eproba- i Nf.. . ci6n de los Estatutos Soc1eles y el recooocimiento de !~ I Persooeria Juridica de la misma;los iof~rmes favorablef , de l a Inspeocion General de Hacienda,Fiscalia General I ::~r ~stado Y Ases°.ria .Juridioa. del JUoisterio del Iote- · .I EL PRESIDENTE DE LA REPUBLICA DEL PARAGUAY

I . D E c R E T .A: Art.12.-Apru~banse los Estatutos Sociales de la entidadl denominada "AS.AMBLE! ESPIRITUAL :WCAL DE LOS BA+ ,HA'IS EN PA:WJIITA".; y autorizase el fuocionaaieo ·· to de la misma en oar~cter de Persona Juridioa, 11 de acuerdo a· lo establecido en los Jrtd.~,,Inc.~ y 45 del C6d1go Civil,y cooforme oooata en la Es critura N2.416 protocolizada en el Registro PU- ! blico a cargo de don A.Hamon Berdejo G.,en fee~ 10 d~ Di?iembre del aflo 1.977 .- J

.,Art.22.-comuniquese,pubHquese y d4se al Regietro Oficir

., ·- FOO: ALFREDO STROESSNER.- I ·;0111n 1 ,~..,~ . ,. .- "°~ o:>abioc A.)lontan~o.- I i · • ,

s. ;f. •'.\ ~ 1 0

/'A • ~- ....., ES COP - •';;;:(,/ • ~l---v ~,.,,, ,,,,,••' RIO FILARYI'GA- Seoretarto - / .· ) • ' ... 1&8--cle-.SO .

7. Presidential Decree approving By-Laws and conferring Juridical Personality on the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Palomita, Paraguay; 3 July 1978. 266 THE BAHA'I WORLD ,_ ··::-.;-~- ·· --:-'-· r-·····-· ... . , ... .... - · - ' •lf"9' I STATUTS o~· L'ASSEM!JL.Jt~ 'SPJHITUELLE llES · ,BAHA'IS QEFTAfflTI \_ •·'-:."!.r :,:.: ~ 'I t '

··· .J.l est cree l'Assemb.lf>e SpifitueJ!e : d~rs B~ha'is de ·1~ahiti ~:.lo·nt l'objet est )\administration de •~ Fqi b"iah;1 1 ie· l Tatiiti et dont le siege social est n.t>,'' Gi34: a-Pine, T.tlltl. . · Les administrate·urs, l;'est~a ..cUre leJ me-mbres de ' r.,.\s~. s~mbl~e Spirituelle reconnai.n,t qu, cette actloti a 6te prise a. l'enti~r~ u.nanhnitc et. en t<>mpl~t accord. U8. .,,. r.unn~issent pour eux-memes 4!t ·pour \t~ compte • · 1e1irs si;t<;c~sseurs Ja . ~i&,qi.fication S~cf~ ~t 'e but \fR~versef de r~ · f~j a~h~'kdqnt 'f~s . e~~eign~~t#. et · lt19 . Jl:l:i~~pes re~~ . plj'~~n~ _ la pmme-~•~ chvine de· ~.P.~~~': les reUg1pne· rlv~l~~s . pffc~demment . c .- . . . "• ! . • . . :' :

· (:9mposition di.a· burea~ : ~sident FERTf: Ai~iri \li~·Pr~sident. RAVF.A f(enri se·tr~t~ire MAKEA TA.PEA ·uaniel ft.fS.(lrter DEXTER ·D'1'!my. ·1_·::_ " .... .. .- .. ·-- · -- __ ......,.._"'II ___ , __ . ~ •, • ·.{tecepisse n" 4'; i42 AA d~ 22 Ju,!~' t97M. ~=:"'"...:~ :''--· H-- : ;. :: ..•:.;-~"'?"' "' · ---·· _;·~- ..•. .:. • •·-~~· • "<I~'} ~' '··· - .. , • . ,_ -·-· .. ...., _ _....:._::...:.::-::::

8. Extract from the Officiallournal of French Polynesia of 15July1978, relating to registration of the Local Spiritual A ssembly of the Bahd'(s of Tahiti, giving date of receipt issued 22 June 1978. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 267

DECLARATION D' ASSOCIATION Titre: ASSEMBLEE SP)RITUELLE DES BAHA'IS DE L'ILOT FILA Objet : Enseignement de la Foi Baha'ie, religiOn uni·· verselle qui se presente comme l'aboutissement et le complement necessaire de toutes les anciennes croyances. 1 Siege Social : Il~t Fila, Ile de Vate, Nouvelles-Hebri· des (B.P. 443, Port·Vila). ' Bureau· responsable president : M. r.fabia KALSAK.AU Vi ceoPresident : M. Pet er KAL TOLI Secreraire : Mlle Eva KIRI . Tresoriere : Mm~ Libebe KALUAT

Rece isse declaratif no 99 GI/ APA du 23.11.1978. 1 9. Extract from the Official Journal of New Caledonia for 1 December 1978, relating to the Declaration of Association of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Bahr/is of Fila Island, New Hebrides, giving date of receipt issued 23 November 1978. 268 THE BAHA'f WORLD

I• 0 G7223

UNLIMITED COMPANY ··

<Jtrrtifirntr nf JJnrnr.pnbttion

is this day lncorporat~d umkr the C'omj,aui,·s Act~ I %3. to 1977

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __,,lay of

i!'.e.brunr.y. _ _ _ _ _ _...,nc· Thousand Nine llumlrcd aml.. .... ,: e:von.:ty,,.nine._ _

F~es and Deed Stamps L .5..? .•.5..0. ...... ..

10. Certificate of incorporation of the Local Spiritual Assembly of the Bahti.'(s of Galway, lreland; 20 February 1979. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'f ACTIVITIES 269 3. A SELECTION OF OTHER DOCUMENTS RECORDING OFFICIAL RECOGNITION OF THE BAHA'I FAITH

Ri<;lvan 1976 to Ri<;lvan 1979

1. Document signed by primary school authorities in Wetzikon, Switzerland, permitting Baha'i students to be absent from school on Baha'i Holy Days; 19 April 1977. 2. Letter dated 15 October 1977 from Ministry of Lands and Settlement, exempting the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Kenya from payment of rates. 3. Letter dated 28 October 1977 from the office of the Minister of Home Affairs and Health, approving the appointment of Mr. Eric Wilson as Marriage Officer of Belize for the National Spii:itual Assembly of the Baha'is of Belize. 4. Letter dated 16 June 1978 from the National Register Coordinator, Division of Historic Sites, Illinois Department of Conservation, giving notice that the Baha'i House of Worship in Wilmette, Illinois was on 23 May 1978 entered in the National Register of Historic Places. 5. Certificate of Registration of the Baha'i Faith as a religious body in Tuvalu; 8 August 1978. 6. Certificates of Registration of two Baha'i symbols with the Office Africain et Malgache de Ia Propriete Industrielle (African Office of Industrial Property) on behalf of the National Spiritual Assemblies of the Central African Empire, the Cameroon Republic, and the Ivory Coast; 18 August 1978. 7. Extract from the Gazette of India for 9 September 1978, relating to exemption from income tax of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of India, with translation into English. 8. Letter dated 9 November 1978 from Ministry of Churches, legalizing Baha'i marriage in Denmark. 9. Certificate of Approval of Religious Organization authorizing establishment of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahfis of the Cook Islands, 20 December 1978, with cover letter. 10. Letter dated 3 February 1979 addressed to Court of Personal Status for Non-Muslims by the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of the Sudan, designating representative to appear before the Court in matters of Baha'i personal status, and in particular in matters of inheritance, with annotation of acknowledgment and filing by the Court. 11. Letter dated 9 March 1979 from the Procurer General of the Republic, confirming that the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahfis of Zaire obtained civil personality by ordinance on 9 June 1972, and is entitled to carry out its activities in conformity with its by-laws as long as that ordinance is not abrogated. 12. Resolution adopted 15 March 1979 by the House of Representatives of the Eighty-First General Assembly, State of Illinois, calling upon the President of the United States to urge the Government of Iran to recognize the religious character of the Baha'i Faith, and to assure the rights of all religious minorities including the Baha'is. 13. Letter dated 28 March 1979 signed by 22 members of the United States Senate, addressed to the Prime Minister of fran, expressing concern for the rights of religious minorities, including the Baha'fs, under the new Provisional Revolutionary Islamic Government of fran . 270 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Geiatiger Rat der Baha'i von Wetzikon I

Rei.lip 'fage cler Baha'i, an welohen die Arbeit ruht.

I 21. Dr• (IJeuJahr) 21. April ( Erater Ridvan) 29. April (Beunter Ridvan) 2. Kai (Zw!S:y\er Ridvan) 23. 1'a1 (Erlclli.rung dee 3ab)

·- 29. Kai 9. Juli 20.0lctober 12. l'fovember (Todeatag Baha'u'llaahe) (Todeetag dee :ISab) (Geburtetag dee .tlab) ('9aha'u'llahe Gebu~tatag) ·

.7 Baba'1-Sekretar1~~ · 19.4.77 .' ~ J~Unsterberg 1/~ \..· / • ~u1>-1ol.\ ....... ~~, rJ.o._ \~~ o\l'.C~t.o ~hr-"4 ~c., . ~tl,)ilj: ~ t'- . f'r1mnrsc!iulpflege \'ct:i~on t"' ; •rt\f'":

- - ----

1. Document signed by primary school authorities in Wetzikon , Switzerland, permitting Baha'i students to be absent from school on Baha'i Holy Days; 19 April 1977. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 271

MINISTllY OF LANDS AND IE'nl.IEMIENT

/ Tck-arams .: .. LANDS" DEPARTMENT OF LANDS Telephone: 27471-at. ........... . P.O. Box )()()19, NAIROBI When replying pkasc quote

Rd. No.89.4~.9/?.L .... ...... ..1.5Jl.< ... ~9.~;?'!.:/~ ............ 111.".'"- aad date

.. National O:piritiAl of the l!ahe.i' s ot l'en:it, P.O. Boi:: 47562, llt. I ~Ol1I,

My letter ot 7th July, 1972 in d9l!l8!1'1 o! r ate11 on the above mr.ntioned property for the years 197'3 nnd 1914 hns heen concelled.

Your ro::iue'lt of 5th October to exempt :-ou f:roc payi?lf; rateo b~o been accepted until further notice.

=+ ~ ( D.J.l. !lguku -,- OF L'.'.''l~. for:oo1 2n~:u o r;,;:;:

2. Letter dated 15 October 1977 from Ministry of Lands and Settlement, exempting the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Kenya from payment of rates. 272 THE BAHA'I WORLD

...... ·· ··~· ~ ~-?..§.~-~:.?_~-~~-·; 77 : '

A:i ser.;b l y of ~11e i3ahai' s , ..

Mad.am-, " r. ~ #. . . . . . . ~ ' . • L~ l; am direct e d by t h·:? tioncurub l e l1i nist er , ~o i .1-.• " .;in!orm yo-:.i of t he gra nt i n<; oi' :;.i s approv nl to t rie f-. . · appointmen t of l'ir. Eric ·..Ji lson as a I"larr i a ;;e Offi c er ,, • , ~-- of Belir.e for t he Nati cm:il d . ;> i r it u al "Assa :uly of .: 'ie ,. ' · j· '. Bahai' s of B ~ li t.a . .'. Respe c t fully yo u rs , .. ? • •••

( D. A • .K . ii :.W..;01-i ) { ,. r ur .i?e roanent Jec r :- tary ;, r c.c. Registrar Ge ne r~l ;D.AKG/oy I

3. Letterdated28 October 1977 from the office ofthe Minister of Home Affairs and Health, approving the appointment of Mr. Eric Wilson as Marriage Officer of Belize for the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Belize. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA ' I ACTIVITIES 273

J:' . W . UlinoisIJ Department of Conserve life and land together

605 STATE OFFICE BUILDING• 400 SOUTH SPRING STRE ET • SPRINGFIELD G'70S

CHICAGO OFFICE - ROOM 'fOO. 160 NO. lASALLE 60601 David Kenney, Director• James C. Helfrich. As:sistant O irect~u June 16, 1978

NA rt~ •..ti.. .:,:~ i."f:...AL ASSEMBLY. Bo\HA.'IS OF T~~ ~~ITEO STATES_' National" Spiritual Aalll!llbley Baha'is of U.S. Name: Baha'i Tellple 112 Lirden Avenue Date: 5/23/78 Wllnette, Illlmis 60091 Dear Sir:

'Ihi..s lett.er is to notify you that the place iiarood atove ':'as entered in the National Register of Historic Places on the date listed above. I 11111 enclosing a brochure which details the National Register program. If you have any questions cxincerni.r.q this, please feel free to contact me. Sin:ierely yours,

;{1!J1!fia~ Keith A. Sculle National Register Coordinator Divisim of Historic Sites

JCS/j•

4. Letter dated 16 June 1978 from the National Register Coordinator, Division of Historic Sites, Illinois Department of Conservation, giving notice that the Baha'( House of Worship in Wilmette, Illinois, was on 23May1978 entered in the National Register of Historic Places. 274 THE BAHA'f WORLD

. .,

5. Certificate of Registration of the Baha'i Faith as a religious body in Tuvalu; 8 August 1978. OFFICE AfltiCAJN el MAlGACHE DEMANOE D'ENREGISTREMENT de la Propttflj lnduurielle • 1 I'. ~:JI D'UNE MARQUE OfflCf AfllCAIN •• MAlGACHf DEMANDE D'ENREGISTREMENT ~ ; OIJNDt IC '-'-O~"J d• la hopri4~ lndustrielle

___ g P. 887 D'UNE MARQUE YAOUNOf (C. -W1' J IM •-<kll!MtV1Ul•U,..._..•1 9') - - I U

MANOAlAIRf · N om _u1 od1e,ue , ·- - - .llbort U!leau:. ' · - • ~"' d~ lo Mo•avo (•n N><t ) ._..,__ I • MANOATAIR:E • Nom et odrmse :

_........... . ........ Modti. . lo ~ ~ llOlrJ . . P. " ' • llonaaS (s.c..1.)

_ " - .....- ..._ 2 ·ffP~..,~1-w::-.~1~• ', I/ ............. •ll&r&-.Je

_.. -·---·~ l '-

------·-·· I J ·~·~·'Ml!'~,·~~'~"~' ......u.•• j- 1 .. ,.""--~

..u - 1 . 4 ~

~ ..____. _ .... " ' · -

~I=-:,.T-9.::=1'°--==:s: ..,,,._ =---r!'=; . ,r.:=i:.: .......... _,.._. ~_,.._- " a 11 ••--;- (-.C.A.J 2 • OUOSANT · Nom, ~a.fcUnomi notlonldomidle:

·LJttl ~ -z --l tr! :i:i z > --l .. . . .... ~ ....i . w -W-:-coo t:-·· . ~ ..._ .... z ~- a

> t"'

··-"""'""· • • Prodults designes :

"- ~w de1) l!laM-.J111A'l'nr~ as:i= -*c-.1- . ---""-.:.--.,.;;... "'c :i:i ---· - ------- - < tr! -< 'Tl () c :i:i :i:i tr! z

___ --l

.. °'>

.. _... _. ::c c... ..................... .... , > > ~, ...... ...... . . ~ ~ ....... ,. IO.MLP.l " ()

:l < tr! "'

N 6. Certificates of Registration of two Baha'{ symbols with the Office Africain et Malgache de la Propriete Industrielle (African -...l VI Office of Industrial Property) on behalf of the National Spiritual Assemblies of the Central African Empire, the Cameroon Republic, and the Ivory Coast; 18 Aul(ust 1978. 276 THE BAHA'f WORLD

\Allf-~

1fiTolR'T~ 2 5 8 8.-if.•illf ~'.lfil~, 'lllf·i.fi~ ~Th~llit, 196 1 ( 196 1 <fiT 4 3 ) cti1" mu 1 o . 1¢1' ~aru ( 2 3-tr ) if;- ~ (v) lITU ~ ~ <fi1' ~ rn ~I II~ ~~ "if;qJI m ~ ~ ~ m ~,, -tr f'faf<c•1 ~ l 911-1s it ~ ~ « ~ a"ro it; Slail:Jt'11tf ~fu~f;u1 ~ ~I [~o 2420(1'ifo ~o 197/197/77 !Alo llfio ~I)]

INCOME TAX S.O. 2588.-In exercise of the powers conferred bv clause (v) of sub-section (23C) of section 10 of the Income-tax Act. 1961, (43 of 1961 ), the Central Government hereb:; notifies "National Spriritual Assembly of the Baba' is of India" for the purpose of .the said section for and from the assessment year(s) 1977-78 . .I {No. 2420 (F. No. 197 /197 /77-IT. AI)]

7. Extract from the Gazette of India for 9 September 1978, relating to exemption from income tax of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahti'fs of India, with translation into English. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'i ACTIVITIES 277 l... '"' .. . . . . ;#ii t·:,t h : ~ ~.,. 't \)j"' l.kt •. Journalnr. 6629-4 f8ede"I. a~rl I •k.rl ...elwr d•n"'41 •-V ved'O'"'"I0..1

""'"-IC,d. 9. november 1978. NB/"c

til r4deta andragende af 26. mart• 1974 akal man • at lliaiateriet vil vmre aindat pl dero• i hvert enkelt til• ~fft andrapnde at aeddele en peraon, der er -dlem a£ Dat ....lS.- rid for Bah&•ia i Dammark aller et a£ da lokale .... ---Sndtgelae til at foretage aigtevielae med borcerlig ~.......t at parterne eller en af dem barer til troaaaaf'un-

1111i!;ll.I& ~re vere an forudaetning for meddelelae at' aL~an 1 at 4en fre11,gangam4de, der agtea fulgt ved vielaera fore• ......... af kirkelliniateriet, Jfr. herved. ecteakabalov- • :u.•••• i. b• ••r ...-tryk af qteakabel-en, ld.niahrieh bekendtger• ~ ..._,..,.., 19'9 og 1,5. l'ebruar .1971t •-t cirkul11re af 16• .. • IEUtleliC violH lldea for folllekirlrea, idet . . . - d ~ lllJI • •• 'CM ,,.. ~YOlH el ............ - viehHbe- . ....... .....,....., t&~. 'oroll:riftol'lll9 1 cirkultlreta kapitel a.

llotnationule &ndolige r&d for Jkh& •is i nanmark v/Hr , Pnllc Bischof'f ro. be·1 Jensen Sofiuvcj 2!.I :!900 llellcru...,

8. Letter dated 9 November 1978 from Ministry of Churches, legalizing Baha'i marriage in Denmark. ---"'" . --./- ,.,.,,_ ~ - , .:#',Ill ._,.~i.tlll!,~,11 ~ , L-......,. N

/ -..J ' 00

"' -·9'F9D1Wlertp ~~..:q ~

- Government of the Cook Islands H • .......... ........__ """" !'"" at . . ..u;p... .t....iiO ..........: ....... Tda:Ml JIM 20-1171 ......._. OIOO: ul lhc Mlnlau...- ol Justico,

.......... Mr Te-ata llakirere ~ ,

........ .. .--.i.......,., ~

L -··gr Dear llr ICakinre, 09*~ .,i , 1 now h&ve pleuure in forvardi119 a C.rtif-icate of Approval of Reli9iowa Organisation e280Ut.d under :i:: 91 hand on 20 Deoemt»r, . 1978. tI1 . . .t. wialau for Cbriatau an4 the - Year. M'IEltJ,. !IWtl!P . . . . . al > Your• alncerely, :i:: .... Ollplli•._ _......... - 1'nt I, > ,_:;, r ..., . m:r - . . . . ., ....... ~ ~ ..... ..,....i· • ... en t" · r•' aa . . 0 :xi - Ia1-U et . . - . . . i ....,...,. .....a,., . . r

.............. ..,.,.....,;".... .....la. 0 f< -- ~" " ' - ----- - (Y.&.&.1.--.. ._, - ~~= ---:-_=-.t; '- -

I d - " 'rMM

9. Certificate ofApproval of Religious Organization authorizing establishment of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of the Cook Islands, 20 December 1978, with cover letter. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 279

.. ·1

,,,..;..11 ~· .;• ~· ~I ,,,Al ~· Jt,- lll 'J'~..

1...!.1 J,. ~,,..., ,ft)J ........ ........1 d"" '1b_ IJlll,,t- . - ~I ,.SI.di #

,,. :... . .,_.. .,...._. .-..1 ~ cl'- -" ,...l ..... ~...... ...-- ..........""' {

-·- ., i,..- .-.-JI .••,.,JI 1ḥ .,_. . .-.-JI .....,. ~ .,_.. ..,.- ... .,_.. ...~ ......

JO. Letter dated 3 February 1979 addressed to Court of Personal Status for Non-Muslims by the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'(s of the Sudan, designating representative to appear before the Court in matters of Baha'( personal status, and in particular in matters of inheritance, with annotation of acknowledgment and filing by the Court. 280 TH E BAHA'f WORLD

-, ·::

p OOCUlfEUft .: .. CONSl!IL JUDICL\IRB CMINET DU -llOEHT GEllEllAL DE IJI REl'll8UCIUE :.,; ,.J .•

~: I ~~J i. ll ~ o:" f' r"if,.. .~. ,.; ,. 1 +··,..11 p ~p + i.rf•'J" 1 ,. , ,. ... u~ · ·a • T~ ..: ,.. 1, ... .,...!",.,..,_t,..,. .,. '11 '7,~ .._,.."°' 4

-·

11. Letter dated 9 March 1979 from the Procurer General of the Republic, confirming that the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'{s of Zafre obtained civil personality by ordinance on 9 June 1972, and is entitled to carry out its activities in conformity with its by-laws as long as that ordinance is not abrogated. INTERNATIONAL SURVEY OF CURRENT BAHA'I ACTIVITIES 281

S1'ATE OF ILL/NO/$ EIGHTY-FIRST GENERAL ASSEMBLY HOUSE 0/1 IUilltUENTATWU Ro.#R#OlllllollNo. IJO ()fferN by R.,,,__lllllH Mel'tlt1

WHEREAS. It 16 the aowtld /oH/tPI policy of IM Urtlt«I Sltlta of A'""'1al to ·~ ~ IWfḥcl for,,.. --..,. of.. dlll-ot• -itl;Mtl WHEREAS, TIN .....,~. dw ..... .....,.,.......,, a hl.16,,._ jllllQ'...,,,....., b"'llllJy tlltllcl:#d tllfll #ft#ll Of . . . . . . . . . . . . . UR I. . . . notl011;Md tftl

·-from """ - ·P'O.._,. ,....,.,, WHEREAS. TIN .... ., COW11117 a .... ,,._Ml! u polllal «#Jiiiy. "~ -a'°--'~__,..,.,_ of d /wlllu-1 ,,_,,,,. tlNI ~ 1ff' _,,._,,..,,

_, -u _,.. ........... wflll ,,..,,,,,.,

tlwlr......,. '° ""'°"' WHEREAS. It· II "'-Jon - ,.,.,,,,,. t1-t tlw _,.,.,..,,,. Mii .:ttmfflttl lllflOllS .,,.. lNlllM """""" ,.,.,. - .... .,.._.. ,,. . . .,, ., ..,,..,. . . .,..., t/ley,.,.,. doM 0..,,.100 y_,, tlNI...,, alflldMI tltl lhtlNd StlllU; tlwefon, ff It

n.t """'°" ,,.._ RESOLVED. BY THE HOUSE OF RURUENl'ATIYU OI' THE E1611TY· FIRST GENERAL ASSEM8LY OF THE STATI' OF IJ.LINOIS. w dent Outer to rt1qwlt A,...toaM IC""-*'l 911 dw a.. ,.,_.•'ID ......., dw 1Jait4'1 Flllth IU IOWly • nlfP»n - - 911 lo - tltl ,.,,,., of .... ,,,,., .. ,. llglous mlnorltlt1 lllcludlnl the ...,_'I. tll#ll """ /WI f/OIUft*. ftlltwwl tlRll .....,.,.. ...,,. and, be It further RESOLVED. 77tat o 1t1ll8bll copy of thl# ,,,_bk tllfll moAtlbt ff t-rr/ld to he!ldent C.ter and &cntuy of Stare Cy"" J'G11«. Adapted.by the Houu of Repn1mtattw1 on MOFch 15, 1979.

(µJL.. C<Rc~ Sptaker of the House

12. Resolution adopted 15 March 1979 by the House of Representatives of the Eighty-First General Assembly, State of Illinois, calling upon the President of the United States to urge the Government ofinin to recognize the religious character of the Baha'( Faith, and to assure the rights of all religious minorities including the Baha'fs. r ']!CniWI ~lcde• ~ . '· ;', lib bulloncy llobdi laurgon Morda 21, 1979 -tvo. N N March 28. 1979 /}141 ·~ f7~.· Hh Excellency ?1ehd1 B.azarean Prime Hiniater Provisional 'Revolutionary Ialamic Government of Iran Mu Bauc\18 United StatN Senetor Tehran. lran ~tatHS-otor

~~t: -d~ Dear Hr. Prime Minister :

The people of Iran and the United States •hare a heritar;e of religious conviction and revolution•ry change. ~~~m ~1i~i~~~·;:r:~~~~j~n~n t~~~o~~~n~fY r!l~~l~~/b!lf:.h. :Kt Sta~;~:·:b ~~~~ Thia deep hietorical experience has generated concern a1110ng

·~.,... Americans when it appears that the freedom to "10rship is /T....,. e;;;,z:to• tht'eatened in this country or elsewhere .

;a;~ For thia reason, anxiety bas been expreaaed by many of our constituents over how recent event• in Iran will affect religious and ethnic minorities living there . Specifically, the co111J1Unities of Baha'is, Zoroastrian•. Jews and Christiana appear particularly vulnerable to rahtreatl!lent by some groupa claiming to act with the authority of Paul S. Sarbanea Carl Levin your government. United Statea Senator ~ited Stat•• Sanator ..-j

c;i;;/;r~:·t.:7· ::c rb~~ Hr . Prime Ki.nister. we l'ecogni~e and appreciate the rn · ~!{~I~: ~:~~e~:~~~~::~ ~~~,.~~= ~:~i!:nw~:~i:~t~~~~; ··11n•k . tll to discuss the future of that religious minority in Iran. Moreover, 'the statement of the Ayatollah lChomeini concerning religious freedom made prior to his return to Iran provides Unit.e~at,, enoto/ U..¢ , - .ited Statea Scnatc>r . ' )> ::c

~~ us with • moat important source of a§surance on thia matter. . ~·'lh.,~- . . > ....:;, ~~~e~:~~c~s r~~;~~ r;!:~r~o ~~ ~h~u~u~~c c~~~~f:ie f~~ ~~~~ss-

ment of thcae religious eroups. 8.I. Ra:r.U- .__--- United State• SeMitOT ~ United Sta. .J : t o r 0

~ We would welcome any c-oimient or message of reasau't'ance

~inz :>" ~~~~~r:~~~e!~u~ f:~~:e~~~~ a~~l!~~u~~e t~!~c:~• f:~c~ ~hose

~~iea 1116 t"' we represent. tJ R. Thank you for taking these _concerns into account. un@)° Sen• United Stataa Senator

~~ J:i,</ J:v7ta i:1x1 Birch 8a:~?t • Pd4/-./ Lawton Chi le• United Sutea Senator ~ 1-..S(}~ Un • Mcr.overn tatea SenatoT United States Senator United States Senator

ih Al-Cr-toll Dnit. . ltatea Senator ~~r Donald V. Stewart United States Senat.01'

~o/1-.tif 6.le~~J\_ Ge~ ~ml:.~ •t.•;· lftt.t....I cnator Uni t~d States Senator

13 . Letter dated 28 March 1979 signed by 22 members of the United States Senate, addressed to the Prime Minister of iran, expressing concern for the rights of religious minorities, including the [Jahti'(s, under the new Provisional Revolutionary Islamic Government of Iran. PART FOUR

THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH I THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE

1. THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE Declaration of Trust IN THE NAME OF GOD, THE ONE, THE INCOMPARABLE, THE ALL-POWERFUL, THE ALL- KNOWING, THE ALL- WISE.

The light that is shed from the heaven of bounty, and the benediction that shineth from the dawning-placeofthe will of God, the Lord ofthe Kingdom ofNames, rest upon Him Who is the Supreme Mediator, the Most Exalted Pen, Him Whom God hath made the dawning-place of His most excellent names and the day-sprjng of His most exalted attributes. Through Him the light ofunity hath shone forth above the horizon ofthe world, and the law of oneness hath been revealed amidst the nations, who, with radiant faces, have turned towards the Supreme Horizon, and acknowledged that which the Tongue of Utterance hath spoken in the kingdom of His knowledge: 'Earth and heaven, glory and dominion, are God's, the Omnipotent, the Almighty, the Lord of grace abounding!'

WITH joyous and thankful hearts we testify which flows from the Source of the Faith, to to the abundance of God's Mercy, to the per- safeguard the unity of its followers, and to fection of His Justice and to the fulfilment of maintain the integrity and flexibility of its His Ancient Promise. teachings. Baha'u'llah, the Revealer of God's Word in The fu.ndamental purpose animating the this Day, the Source of Authority, the Foun- FaithofGodandHisReligion,declaresBaha'u'- tainhead of Justice, the Creator of a new World llah, is to safeguard the interests and promote Order, the Establisher of the Most Great the unity of the human race, and to foster the Peace, the Inspirer and Founder of a world spirit of love and fellowship amongst men. Suf civilization, the Judge, the Lawgiver, the fer it not to become a source of dissension and Unifier and Redeemer of all mankind, has discord, of hate and enmity. This is the straight proclaimed the advent of God's Kingdom on Path, the fixed and immovable foundation . earth, has formulated its laws and ordinances, Whatsoever is raised on this foundation, the enunciated its principles, and ordained its changes and chances of the world can never institutions. To direct and canalize the forces impair its strength, nor will the revolution of released by His Revelation, He instituted His countless centuries undermine its structure. Covenant, whose power has preserved the Unto the Most Holy Book, 'Abdu'l-Baha integrity of His Faith, maintained its unity and declares in His Will and Testament, every one stimulated its world-wide expansion through- must turn, and all that is not expressly recorded out the successive ministries of 'Abdu'l-Baha therein must be referred to the Universal House and Shoghi Effendi. It continues to fulfil its of Justice. life-giving purpose through the agency of the The provenance, the authority, the duties, Universal House of Justice whose fundamental the sphere of action of the Universal House of object, as one of the twin successors of Baha'u' - Justice all derive from the revealed Word of llah and 'Abdu'l-Baha, is to ensure the con- Baha'u'llah which, together with the interpretinuity of that divinely appointed authority tations and expositions of the Centre of the 286 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Covenant and of the Guardian of the which have caused difference; to elucidate Cause-who, after 'Abdu'l-Baha, is the sole questions that are obscure; to safeguard the authority in the interpretation of Baha'i Scrip- personal rights, freedom and initiative of ture-constitute the binding terms of refer- individuals; and to give attention to the presence of the Universal House of Justice and are ervation of human honour, to the developits bedrock foundation. The authority of these ment of countries and the stability of states; Texts is absolute and immutable until such To promulgate and apply the Jaws and time as Almighty God shall reveal His new principles of the Faith; to safeguard and Manifestation to Whom will belong all author- enforce that rectitude of conduct which the ity and power. Law of God enjoins; to preserve and There being no successor to Shoghi Effendi develop the Spiritual and Administrative as Guardian of the Cause of God, the Univer- Centre of the Baha'i Faith, permanently sal House of Justice is the Head of the Faith fixed in the twin cities of' Akka and Haifa; to and its supreme institution , to which all must administer the affairs of the Baha'i commuturn, and on it rests the ultimate responsibility nity throughout the world;·to guide, organize, for ensuring the unity and progress of the co-ordinate and unify its activities; to found Cause of God. Further, there devolve upon it institutions; to be responsible for ensuring the duties of directing and co-ordinating the that no body or institution within the Cause work of the Hands of the Cause, of ensuring abuse its privileges or decline in the exercise the continuing discharge of the functions of of its rights and prerogatives; and to provide protection and propagation vested in that for the receipt, disposition, administration institution, and of providing for the receipt and and safeguarding of the funds, endowments disbursement of the J:Iuququ'llah. and other properties that are entrusted to its Among the powers and duties with which the care; Universal House of Justice has been invested To adjudicate disputes falling within its are: purview; to give judgement in cases of violation of the Jaws of the Faith and to pro- To ensure the preservation of the Sacred nounce sanctions for such violations; to pro- Texts and to safeguard their inviolability; to vide for the enforcement of its decisions; to analyse, classify, and co-ordinate the Writ- provide for the arbitration and settlement of ings; and to defend and protect the Cause of disputes arising between peoples; and to be God and emancipate it from the fetters of the exponent and guardian of that Divine repression and persecution; Justice which can alone ensure the security To advance the interests of the Faith of of, and establish the reign of Jaw and order God: to proclaim, propagate and teach its in, the world. Message; to expand-and consolidate the The members of the Universal House of Jusinstitutions of its Administrative Order; to tice, designated by Baha'u'llah 'the Men of usher in the World Order of Baha'u'llah; to Justice', 'the people of Baha who have been promote the attainment of those spiritual mentioned in the Book of Names', 'the Trusqualities which should characterize Baha'i tees of God amongst His servants and the daylife individually and collectively; to do its springs of authority in His countries', shall in utmost for the realization of greater cordialthe discharge of their responsibilities ever bear ity and comity amongst the nations and for in mind the following standards set forth by the attainment of universal peace; and to Shoghi Effendi, the Guardian of the Cause of foster that which is conducive to the enlight- God: enment and illumination of the souls of men and the advancement and betterment of the 'In the conduct of the administrative world; affairs of the Faith, in the enactment of the To enact Jaws and ordinances not express- legislation necessary to supplement the Jaws ly recorded in the Sacred Texts; to abro- of the Kittib-i-Aqdas, the members of the gate, according to the changes and require- Universal House of Justice, it should be ments of the time, its own enactments; to borne in mind, are not, as Baha'u'llah's deliberate and decide upon all problems utterances clearly imply, responsible to THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 287 those whom they represent, nor are they The Universal House of Justice was first allowed to be governed by the feelings, the elected on the first day, of the Festival of Ric,1- general opinion, and even the convictions of van in the one hundred and twentieth year of the mass of the faithful , or of those who the Baha'i Era, 1 when the members of the directly elect them. They are to follow, in a National Spiritual Assemblies, in accordance prayerful attitude, the dictates and prompt- with the provisions of the Will and Testament ings of their conscience. They may, indeed of' Abdu'l-Baha, and in response to the sumthey must, acquaint themselves with the mons of the Hands of the Cause of God, the conditions prevailing among the community, Chief Stewards of Baha'u'llah's embryonic must weigh dispassionately in their minds World Commonwealth, brought into being this the merits of any case presented for their 'crowning glory' of the administrative instituconsideration, but must reserve for them- tions of Baha'u'Ilah, the very 'nucleus and selves the right of an unfettered decision. forerunner' of His World Order. Now, there- God will verily inspire them with whatsoever fore, in obedience to the Command of God and He willeth, is Baha'u'llah's incontrovertible with entire reliance upon Him, we, the memassurance. They, and not the body of those bers of the Universal House of Justice, set our who either directly or indirectly elect them, hands and its seal to this Declaration of Trust have thus been made the recipients of the which, together with the By-Laws hereto divine guidance which is at once the life- appended, form the Constitution of the Uniblood and ultimate safeguard of this Revela- versal House of Justice. tion.' 1 21 April 1963 A.D .

Hugh E. Chance

Hushmand Fatheazam

Amoz E. Gibson

David Hofman

H. Borrah Kavelin

Ali Nakhjavani

David S. Ruhe

Ian C. Semple

Charles Wolcott

Facsimile of signatures on the Constitution of the Universal House of Justice; 26November1972. 288 THE BAHA'I WORLD

By-Laws PREAMBLE

THE Universal House of Justice is the su- Baha'is of that locality. Every such Spiritual preme institution of an Administrative Order Assembly shall be elected annually thereafter whose salient features, whose authority and upon each successive First Day of Ric;!van. The whose principles of operation are clearly enun- members shall hold office for the term of one ciated in the Sacred Writings of the Baha'i year or until their successors are elected. Faith and their authorized interpretations. When, however, the number of Baha'is as This Administrative Order consists, on the one aforesaid in any locality is exactly nine, these hand, of a series of elected councils , universal, shall on the First Day of Ric;!van constitute secondary and local, in which are vested legis- themselves the Local Spiritual Assembly by lative, executive and judicial powers over the joint declaration. Baha'i community and, on the other, of emi- 1. The general powers and duties of a Local nent and devoted believers appointed for the Spiritual Assembly are as set forth in the specific purposes of protecting and propagat- Writings of Baha'u'llah, 'Abdu'l-Baha and ing the Faith of Baha'u'llah under the guidance Shoghi Effendi and as laid down by the of the Head of that Faith. Universal House of Justice. This Administrative Order is the nucleus 2. A Local Spiritual Assembly shall exercise and pattern of the World Order adumbrated by full jurisdiction over all Baha'i activities and Baha'u'llah. In the course of its divinely pro- affairs within its locality, subject to the propelled organic growth its institutions will visions of the Local Baha'i Constitution. 1 expand, putting forth auxiliary branches and 3. The area of jurisdiction of a Local Spiritual developing subordinate agencies, multiplying Assembly shall be decided by tl:ie National their activities and diversifying their functions, Spiritual Assembly in accordance with the in consonance with the principles and purposes principle laid down for each country by the revealed by Baha'u'llah for the progress of the Universal House of Justice. human race. III. NATIONAL SPIRITUAL I. MEMBERSHIP IN THE ASSEMBLIES BAHA'f COMMUNITY Whenever it is decided by the Universal The Baha'i Community shall consist of all House of Justice to form in any country or persons recognized by the Universal House of region a National Spiritual Assembly, the vot- Justice as possessing the qualifications of Baha'i ing members of the Baha'i community of that faith and practice. country or region shall, in a manner and at a time to be decided by the Universal House of 1. In order to be eligible to vote and hold elec- Justice, elect their delegates to their National tive office, a Baha'i must have attained the Convention. These delegates shall, in turn, age of twenty-one years. elect in the manner provided in the National 2. The rights, privileges and duties of indi- Baha'i Constitution 2 a body of nine members vidual Baha'is are as set forth in the Writto be known as the National Spiritual Assemings of Baha'u'llah, 'Abdu'l-Baha and bly of the Baha'is of that country or region. The Shoghi Effendi and as laid down by the members shall continue in office for a period of Universal House of Justice. one year or until their successors shall be II. LOCAL SPIRITUAL elected. ASSEMBLIES 1. The general powers and duties of a National Whenever in any locality the number of Spiritual Assembly are as set forth in the Writings of 'Abdu'l-Baha and Shoghi Baha'is resident therein who have attained .the Effendi and as laid down by the Universal age of twenty-one exceeds nine, these shall on the First Day of Ric;lvan convene and elect a House of Justice. By-Laws of a Local Spiritual Assembly . Seep. 361. local administrative body of nine members to 2 Declaration of Trust and By-Laws for a National Spiritual be known as the Spiritual Assembly of the Assembly. See pp. 337, 340. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 289 2. The National Spiritual Assembly shall have era! conduct of their affairs of self-contained exclusive jurisdiction and authority over all aloofness, the suspicion of secrecy, the stifling the activities and affairs of the Baha'i Faith atmosphere of dictatorial assertiveness and of throughout its area. It shall endeavour to every word and deed that may savour of parstimulate, unify and co-ordinate the man- tiality, self-centredness and prejudice; and ifold activities of the Local Spiritual while retaining the sacred right of final decision Assemblies and of individual Baha'is in its in their hands, to invite discussion, ventilate area and by all possible means assist them to grievances, welcome advice and foster the promote the oneness of mankind . It shall sense of interdependence and co-partnership, furthermore represent its national Baha'i of understanding and mutual confidence becommunity in relation to other national tween themselves and all other Baha'is. Baha'i communities and to the Universal V. THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE House of Justice. OF JUSTICE 3. The area of jurisdiction of a National Spiritual Assembly shall be as defined by the The Universal House of Justice shall consist Universal House of Justice. of nine men who have been elected from the 4. The principal business of the National Con- Baha'i community in the manner hereinafter vention shall be consultation on Baha'i provided. activities, plans and policies and the election 1. ELECTION of the members of the National Spiritual Assembly, as set forth in the National Baha'i The members of the Universal House of Constitution. Justice shall be elected by secret ballot by (a) If in any year the National Spiritual the members of all National Spiritual Assembly shall consider that it is imprac- Assemblies at a meeting to be known as the ticable or unwise to hold the National International Baha'i Convention. Convention, the said Assembly shall (a) An election of the Universal House of provide ways and means by which the Justice shall be held once every five annual election and the other essential years unless otherwise decided by the business of the Convention may be con- Universal House of Justice, and those ducted. elected shall continue in office until such (b) Vacancies in the membership of the time as their successors shall be elected National Spiritual Assembly shall be and the first meeting of these successors filled by a vote of the delegates compos- is duly held. ing the Convention which elected the (b) Upon receiving the call to Convention Assembly, the ballot to be taken by cor- each National Spiritual Assembly shall respondence or in any other manner submit to the Universal House of Justice decided by the National Spiritual a list of the names of its members. The rec- Assembly. ognition and seating of the delegates to the International Convention shall be IV. OBLIGATIONS OF MEMBERS vested in the Universal House of Justice . OF SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLIES ( c) The principle business of the Interna- Among the most outstanding and sacred tional Convention shall be to elect the duties incumbent upon those who have been members of the Universal House of Juscalled upon to initiate, direct and co-ordinate tice, to deliberate on the affairs of the the affairs of the Cause of God as members of Baha'i Cause throughout the world, and its Spiritual Assemblies are: to win by every to make recommendations and suggesmeans in their power the confidence and affec- tions for the consideration of the Unition of those whom it is their privilege to serve; versal House of Justice. to investigate and acquaint themselves with the ( d) The sessions of the International Conconsidered views, the prevailing sentiments vention shall be conducted in such manand the personal convictions of those whose ner as the Universal House ofJ ustice shall welfare it is their solemn obligation to pro- from time to time decide. mote; to purge their deliberations and the gen- (e) The Universal House of Justice shall 290 THE BAHA'f WORLD

provide a procedure whereby those ship on the Universal House of Justice delegates who are unable to be present only with the approval of the Universal in person at the International Conven- House of Justice. tion shall cast their ballots for the elec- 3. BY-ELECTION tion of the members of the Universal If a vacancy in the membership of the House of Justice. Universal House of Justice occurs, the Uni- (f) If at the time of an election the Universal versal House of Justice shall call a by- House of Justice shall consider that it is election at the earliest possible date unless impracticable or unwise to hold the such date, in the judgement of the Universal International Convention it shall deter- House of Justice, falls too close to the date of mine how the election shall take place. a regular election of the entire membership, (g) On the day of the election the ballots of in which case the Universal House of Justice all voters shall be scrutinized and may, at its discretion, defer the filling of the counted and the result certified by tellers vacancy to the time of the regular election. If appointed in accordance with the a by-election is held, the voters shall be the instructions of the Universal House of members of the National Spiritual Assem- Justice. lies in office at the time of the by-election. (h) If a member of a National Spiritual 4. MEETINGS Assembly who has voted by mail ceases to be a member of that National (a) After the election of the Universal Spiritual Assembly between the time of House of Justices the first meeting shall casting his ballot and the date of the be called by the member elected by the counting of the ballots, his ballot shall highest number of votes or, in his nevertheless remain valid unless in the absence or other incapacity, by the interval his successor shall have been member elected by the next highest elected and the ballot of such successor number of votes or, in case two or more shall have been received by the tellers. members have received the same high- (i) In case by reason of a tie vote or votes est number of votes, then by the the full membership of the Universal member selected by lot from among House of Justice is not determined on those members. Subsequent meetings the first ballot, then one or more addi- shall be called in the manner decided by tional ballots shall be held on the per- the Universal House of Justice. sons tied until all members are elected. (b) The Universal House of Justice has no The electors in the case of additional officers. It shall provide for the conduct ballots shall be the members of National of its meetings and shall organize its Spiritual Assemblies in office at the time activities in such manner as it shall from each subsequent vote is taken . time to time decide. (c) The business of the Universal House of 2. VACANCIES IN MEMBERSHIP Justice shall be conducted by the full A vacancy in the membership of the Uni- membership in consultation, except that versal House of Justice will occur upon the the Universal House of Justice may from death of a member or in the following cases: time to time provide for quorums of less than the full membership for specified (a) Should any member of the Universal House of Justice commit a sin injurious classes of business. to the common weal, he may be dismiss- 5. SIGNATURE ed from membership by the Universal The signature of the Universal House of House of Justice. Justice shall be the words 'The Universal (b) The Universal House of Justice may at House of Justice' or in Persian 'Baytu'lits discretion declare a vacancy with ' Adl-i-A'?am' written by hand by any one of respect to any member who in its judge- its members upon authority of the Universal ment is unable to fulfil the functions of House of Justice, to which shall be affixed in membership. each case the Seal of the Universal House of (c) A member may relinquish his member- Justice. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 291 6. RECORDS Local Spiritual Assembly to the National Spiritual Assembly which shall The Universal House of Justice shall pro- determine whether it shall take jurisdicvide for the recording and verification of its tion of the matter or refer it back to the decisions in such manner as it shall, from Local Spiritual Assembly for reconsidtime to time, judge necessary. eration. If such an appeal concerns the membership of a person in the Baha'i VI. BAHA'f ELECTIONS communtiy, the National Spiritual In order to preserve the spiritual character Assembly is obliged to take jurisdiction and purpose of Baha'i elections the prac- of and decide the case. tices of nomination or electioneering, or any (b) Any Baha'i may appeal from a decision other procedure or activity detrimental to that of his National Spiritual Assembly to the character and purpose shall be eschewed. A Universal House of Justice which shall silent and prayerful atmosphere shall prevail determine whether it shall take jurisdicduring the election so that each elector may tion of the matter or leave it within the vote for none but those whom prayer and final jurisdiction of the National reflection inspire him to uphold. Spiritual Assembly. (c) If any differences arise between two or 1. All Baha'i elections, except elections of more Local Spiritual Assemblies and if officers of Local and National Spiritual these Assemblies are unable to resolve Assemblies and committees, shall be by them, any one such Assembly may bring plurality vote taken by secret ballot. the matter to the National Spiritual 2. Election of the officers of a Spiritual Assem- Assembly which shall thereupon take bly or committee shall be by majority vote of jurisdiction of the case. If the decision of the Assembly or committee taken by secret the National Spiritual Assembly thereon ballot. is unsatisfactory to any of the Assem- 3. In case by reason of a tie vote or votes the blies concerned, or if a Local Spiritual full membership of an elected body is not Assembly at any time has reason to determined on the first ballot, then one or believe that actions of its National more additional ballots shall be taken on the Spiritual Assembly are affecting persons tied until all members are elected. adversely the welfare and unity of that 4. The duties and rights of a Baha'i elector may Local Assembly's community, it shall, in not be assigned nor may they be exercised either case, after seeking to compose its by proxy. difference of opinion with the National Spiritual Assembly, have the right to VII. THE RIGHT OF REVIEW appeal to the Universal House of Jus- The Universal House of Justice has the right tice, which shall determine whether it to review any decision or action of any Spiritual shall take jurisdiction of the matter or Assembly, National or Local, and to approve, leave it within the final jurisdiction of the modify or reverse such decision or action. The National Spiritual Assembly. Universal House of Justice also has the right to intervene in any matter in which a Spiritual 2. An appellant, whether institution or indi- Assembly is failing to take action or to reach a vidual, shall in the first instance make appeal decision and, at its discretion, to require that to the Assembly whose decision is quesaction be taken, or itself to take action directly tioned, either for reconsideration of the case in the matter. by that Assembly or for submission to a higher body. In the latter case the Assembly VIII. APPEALS is in duty bound to submit the appeal The right of appeal exists in the circum- together with full particulars of the matter. stances, and shall be exercised according to the If an Assembly refuses to submit the appeal, procedures outlined below: or fails to do so within a reasonable time, the 1. (a) Any member of a local Baha'i commu- appellant may take the case directly to the nity may appeal from a decision of his higher authority. 292 THE BAHA'I WORLD

IX. THE BOARD OF propagation of the Faith , the numbers of COUNSELLORS whose members shall be set by the Universal House of Justice . The members of these Aux- The institution of the Boards of Counsellors iliary Boards shall serve under the direction of was brought into being by the Universal House the Continental Board of Counsellors and shall of Justice to extend into the future the specific act as their deputies , assistants and advisers. functions of protection and propagation con- 1. The members of the Auxiliary Boards shall ferred upon the Hands of the Cause of God. be appointed from among the believers of The members of these boards are appointed by that zone by the Continental Board of the Universal House of Justice. Counsellors. 1. The term of office of a Counsellor, the 2. Each Auxiliary Board member shall be number of Counsellors on each Board, and alloted a specific area in which to serve and, the boundaries of the zone in which each unless specifically deputized by the Counsel- Board of Counsellors shall operate, shall be lors, shall not function as a member of the decided by the Universal House of Justice. Auxiliary Board outside that area. 2. A Counsellor functions as such only within 3. An Auxiliary Board member is eligible for his zone and should he move his residence any elective office but if elected to an out of the zone for which he is appointed he administrative post on a national or local automatically relinquishes his appointment. level must decide whether to retain mem- 3. The rank and specific duties of a Counsellor bership on the Board or accept the adminisrender him ineligble for service on local or trative post, since he may not serve in both national administrative bodies. If elected to capacities at the same time. If elected to the the Universal House of Justice he ceases to Universal House of Justice he ceases to be a be a Counsellor. member of the Auxiliary Board.

XI. AMENDMENT X. THE AUXILIARY BOARDS This Constitution may be amended by deci- In each zone there shall be two Auxiliary sion of the Universal House ofJustice when the Boards, one for the protection and one for the full membership is present.

The Hands of the Cause Amatu'l-Bahti Ru.l:ziyyih Khtinum and Paul Haney (to the right) with members of the Universal House of Justice elected at Riljvtin 1978. Left to right: Mr. 'A[( Nakhjavtin(, Mr. H. Borrah Kave/in, Mr. Amoz Gibson, Mr. Hushmand Fatheazam, Mr. Jan Semple, Dr. David S. Ruhe, Mr. Charles Wolcott, Mr. David Hofman, Mr. Hugh Chance. A reproduction ofone ofM ishkfn-Qalam's illuminated designs o f'The Greatest Name' forms the backdrop. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 293

2. THE FOURTH INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION FOR THE ELECTION OF THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE Ri9van 1978

THIRTEEN Hands of the Cause of God , gift of Baha' u'llah, the refuge and hope of fifty-two members of twelve Continental mankind. Boards of Counsellors, and 474 members rep- 'You are privileged to vote for the Univerresenting 108 National Spiritual Assemblies sal House of Justice, the body that watches gatheted at the World Centre of the Faith dur- over the destinies of the Faith of Baha'u'llah, ing the Ric;lvan Festival for the Fourth Interna- the body that guides, protects, and encourages tional Baha'i Convention. The nine members us as we steer our course to the Kingdom of of the Universal House of Justice and the three God on earth .' Counsellors residing in the Holy Land were She concluded: 'How great, how sacred is also present. the responsibility that confronts those who The delegates enjoyed three days of pilgrim- vote in this election, seeking help, guidance, age and prayers at the Shrines and Holy Places and inspiration from Baha' u'llah.' of the Faith, cast their votes in the election of Then, as Ru9iyyih Khanum presided, the the Universal House of Justice, saw and heard chief teller-Mr. Jameson Bond of reports on the progress of the Faith during the Canada-began to call the roll of the 1,107 first four years of the Five Year Plan, and par- members of the 123 National Spiritual ticipated in many hours of consultation on the Assemblies in the Baha'i world. means required for the complete achievement As the delegates moved to the auditorium of the goals of the Plan. stage to cast their votes, the remaining dele- In addition , the fifty-two Counsellors gates and visitors spontaneously applauded as remained in the Holy Land for another five the names of National Assemblies were calldays for consultation with the thirteen Hands ed-in some cases with increased enthusiasm of the Cause and the three Counsellors who , as particularly great achievements of the with the remaining three Hands of the Cause 1 believers in some areas of the world were who were unable to be present, constitute the remembered, or particular hardships recalled. International Teaching Centre of the Faith. Many of the delegates were dressed in the The members of the Universal House of Jus- costumes of their homelands, and the total tice also joined in the consultation. effect of the colourful procession was one of solemn dignity, great enthusiasm and joy, and Saturday, 29 April humble awareness of the importance of the The delegates, who had previously enjoyed election itself. three days of prayers in the Shrines of the Faith Fifteen of the 123 National Spiritual and pilgrimage to many of its Holy Places, Assemblies , through circumstances beyond gathered in Haifa Auditorium for the election their control, were not able to be represented of the Universal House of Justice . at the Cortvention. The tellers cast their bal- The Hand of the Cause of God Amatu'l- lots, which had been sent by mail, as .t he roll Baha Ru9iyyih Khanum, who presided, wel- was called. Nine National Assemblies had all of comed the delegates to the first session of the their members present: Canada, Denmark, Convention and set the theme for the election Germany, fran, Italy, Portugal, Switzerland, with these words: 'World society is disinte- the United Kingdom, and the United States. grating before our eyes- political, social, Eleven others had eight members present, and economic, and religious systems alike- and twelve were represented by seven members. the only refuge that remains for mankind is this The election process took all morning to Dr. Adelbert Miihlschlegel , Enoch Olinga, l;lasan M. complete. The tellers then retired to tabulate Balyiizi. the results of the election. 294 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Counsellor Thelma Khelgati of Western Africa (back row, centre) with delegates from Niger who participated in the fourth International Convention for the election ofthe Universal House of Justice; Rit;lvtin 1978. Left to right: Mrs . Doris Dejwakh, Mr. Moussa Kangai Kamaya, Mrs. Parvin Djoneidi, Mr. Hassane Adanou, Mr. Mohammad Djoneidi.

Early in the afternoon, the participants since the role of the Universal House of Justice assembled at the construction site of the Seat of is to protect, enforce, and enact new laws for the Universal House of Justice-on the Arc of the world in the Name of Baha'u'llah. 'From Mt. Carmel in the vicinity of the Shrine of the this source (the House of Justice) will come the Bab and just above the .resting-places of the Justice that Baha'u'llah speaks of in His Writ- Sister, Mother, and Brother of 'Abdu'l- ings,' she said, pointing out that today-when Baha-for a solemn but joyous ceremony in the Administrative Order is still being built and which a casket containing Dust from the the Faith is still attempting to spread itself Shrines of the Bab and Baha' u'llah was placed throughout the world-we are enjoying the in the structure by Amatu'l-Baha RuJ:ifyyih 'paternal and loving forebearance of the gui- Khan um on behalf of the Universal House of dance and protection of the House of Justice.' Justice. Then she added: 'But the day will come when it The Hand of the Cause Dr. Ugo Giachery , will blaze with Justice! That will be the day of who presided, pointed out to the delegates that the solution of all the problems of the world!' it was 'something unique we are witnessing RuJ:iiyyih Khanum then unveiled a box , here', and he recalled how Shoghi Effendi, in which contained a silver casket (a gift to her anticipation of the establishment of the Uni- from the Guardian) in which were sealed two versal House of Justice, had called into exis- small boxes containing the Dust from the two tence the International Baha'i Council. The Holy Shrines and a scroll written in English and audience applauded warml y as Dr. Giachery Persian which described the contents of the called to the front of the group Miss Ethel casket. Revell , who with RuJ:ifyyih Khanum and Dr. As the assemblage quietly sang Alltih-u- Giachery was a member of the original Council Abhti, RuJ:iiyyih Khanum-accompanied by appointed by Shoghi Effendi. architect I:Iusayn Amanat and 'Aziz Then RuJ:iiyyih Khanum established the Khabfrpur, the resident engineer for the contheme and purpose of the ceremony. She struction-ascended a set of temporary steps pointed out that, to her, the Shrine of Baha'u'- to a small niche which had been prepared in the llah is a 'Wellspring of Peace' on the planet; building, high above the main entrance. With that out of His Resting-Place pours a fountain her own hands, she placed the casket in the of peace. 'But from this building will e manate niche, took up a trowel , and sealed it into place. the Laws of the Dispensation of Baha' u'll ah', The ceremony was preceded and followed THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 295

Mr. Anthony Providence of St. Vincent, Partial view of the exhibit on display during Windward Islands, addressing his fellow the fourth International Convention. delegates during the fourth International Convention.

Delegates from Japan who participated in the fourth International Convention for the election of the Universal House of Justice; Rit;ivan 1978. Left to right: Mr. Abbas Katirai, Mr. A. Moghbel, Mr. Yuzo Yamaguchi, Miss Nobuko lwakura, Mrs. Barbara Sims, Mr. Shigeyuki Hayashi. 296 THE BAHA'f WORLD

by a programme of prayers and readings in Cause. Many told of difficulties the friends in Persian, English, Portuguese, Swahili, and their areas had met and overcome in their French. efforts to spread the Teachings and promote Immediately afterwards, the delegates the work of the Cause. assembled in the Pilgrim House courtyard, in Finally, at the close of the session, Mr. the vicinity of the Shrine of the Bab, for the Haney called for the report of the tellers. The celebration of the Ninth Day of Ric;lvan. The chief teller reported that 1,056 ballots had Hand of the Cause Abu'l-Qasim Faizi presided been received and 9,333 votes had been tabuat the programme. After readings and prayers lated. Then, as he read the names of the nine in English, Arabic, French, Persian, and Span- men elected to the Universal House of Justice, ish, the delegates and visitors-led by each made his way to the stage to stand before RuJ:ifyyih Khanum and Mr. Faizi-circumam- the Convention. They were: bulated the Shrine in which are entombed the Mr. Ali Nakhjavanf earthly remains of the Bab, the 'Martyr- Mr. Hushmand Fatheazam Prophet and Herald' of the Faith of Bah- Mr. Amoz Gibson a'u'llah, and of 'Abdu'l-Baha, the Centre of Mr. Ian Semple Baha'u'llah's Covenant with mankind. Dr. David Ruhe On Saturday evening, the delegates reas- Mr. David Hofman sembled in Haifa Auditorium for an audio- Mr. Charles Wolcott visual presentation on the state of the Five Mr. Hugh Chance Year Plan. The Hand of the Cause William Mr. H. Borrah Kavelin Sears presided and helped narrate an impres- The delegates stood in spontaneous sive slide programme which recounted the applause, and after Mr. Nakhjavanf spoke a manifold accomplishments of the Baha'fs of few words on behalf of the men of the House of the world during the first four years of the Plan, Justice, the session closed with the delegates and pointed the way to victories yet to be singing Allah-u-Abhti and Ya-Bahti'u'l-Abhti. achieved. Consultation continued in the afternoon ses- In his closing remarks, Mr. Sears reminded sion, with the Hand of the Cause H . Collis the Baha'fs that, although significant victories Featherstone presiding. He recalled the mornhad been achieved, there was still a 'consider- ing's events with these words: 'Future generaable distance to go to win the kind of victory tions would love to have been present this that would bring joy to the heart of Shoghi morning on the occasion of the election of the Effendi and to the Universal House of Justice'. Universal House of Justice and the events we He pointed out that final victory could be won were privileged to witness. As the outside if each would dedicate himself to personal world sinks beneath a burden of trials and transformation of his own spiritual life. tribulations, we are seeing the development of the Cause of God in its resistless march toward Sunday, 30 April victory.' The Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha The Sunday evening time was given over to RuJ:if yyih Khanum opened the session by read- consultation between representatives of ing the Universal House of Justice's message to National Assemblies and the Continental the Convention. She was introduced by the Boards of Counsellors in their respective Hand of the Cause Paul Haney, who presided. zones. In addition, National Assemblies con- The House of Justice's message was distri- sulted among themselves and with each buted to all the delegates present and subse- other-as they did throughout the Convenquently forwarded to all National Spiritual tion-on the means for winning the final goals Assemblies for dissemination by them to the of the Plan and on the co-ordination of mutual believers in their jurisdictions. activities and programmes. Then Amatu'l-Baha RuJ:ifyyih Khanum opened the Convention to the first of five con- Monday, 1 May sultative sessions. She particularly called on The third day of the Convention was entirely the assembled delegates to recount some of the dedicated to consultation. The Hand of the stories of difficulty and trials suffered for the Cause John A. Robarts presided at the morn- THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 297

Delegates from Ghana who participated in the fourth International Convention for the election of the Universal House of Justice; Rir;f,van 1978. Left to right: Mr. David Tanyi, Mr. Beattie Casely-Hayford, Mr. Philip Smith, Mr. Andrew Sagde, Miss Eleanor O'Callaghan, Mr. Yaw Asare, Mrs. Blanche Musah. Many delegates wore the costumes of their homelands.

Mr. Kawku Negble Attigah, a delegate from Mr. Adrien Zanou Gnambode, a delegate Togo. from Benin. 298 THE BAHA'I WORLD

ing session . He commented that 'a recurring their experiences and victories in the teaching theme of the remarks of the delegates was the work among various groups. recognition of the power of the Holy Spirit, and the fact that it can and does assist us. This is the Tuesday, 2 May power to which we can all turn and the assis- The Hand of the Cause Dhikru'llah Khadem tance will be given to complete our goals,' he presided over the final consultative session of said, adding: 'Let us make this universal, divine the Convention. He reminded the friends that power our guide in directing our energies to the Shoghi Effendi was delighted to be able to say tasks before us. Only through clinging to this that 'The Cause of God has reached places that power of the Holy Spirit can we overcome our are difficult to pronounce!' He told the deleown weaknesses and frailties, ignore the short- gates: 'We must respond to win the goals; we comings of others, and be led to ultimate vic- must teach ourselves and then teach others. tory.' We have a grave responsibility .. . If we our- The Hand of the Cause Dr. RaJ:imatullah selves arise and take the lead in the teaching Muhajir presided at the afternoon consultative work, the friends will follow us.' session. He invited the delegates to direct their In the closing address to the Convention , the attention to the subject of mass conversion. Hand of the Cause Dr. Ugo Giachery summar- He pointed out that 'We do not know when ized the events of the preceding days, and then the Formative Age will give way to the Golden repeated the theme that had recurred through- Age,' but that Shoghi Effendi once said that out the long sessions of the Convention: That the efforts of the Baha'fs would 'herald the the members of the National Spiritual Assemadvent of the Golden Age of the Faith of blies themselves had a responsibility to be an Baha'u'llah.' Therefore, Dr. Muhajir said , the example of selfless devotion, of unremitting Baha'fs can bring the Golden Age nearer by acitivity, of constant service to the Cause. tireless and effective teaching among the He warned that the administrators of the masses of humanity. Faith must not believe that administration 'This is the time for growing, for gaining alone would win the victories of the Five Year numerical strength in the Cause. The time is Plan and of the Plans that would be unveiled in ripe-it was always ripe, for this. The Master the future, and thereby hasten the advent of said that humanity would enter the Faith in the Golden Age of humanity. ' We must have troops.' passion for the Cause,' he said. Dr. Muhajir called to the stage Baha'fs from In the afternoon , the participants assembled several regions of the world , who discussed at Bahjf for the celebration of the Twelfth Day

Silver box holding two containers of Dust from the Shrines of Bahti'u'lltih and the Bab which was placed by the Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Bahti Rul:ziyyih Khtinum in the new building which will serve as the Seat of the Universal House of Justice. ...., :c tr1 ~ )Cl t""

"' tr1 )Cl 'T1 l:ll > :c >· c: t"" t"" >· :c

The Hands of the Cause and Counsellors gathered at Mazra'ih; May 1978. Amatu'l-Bahti Ru/:iiyyih Khtinum is seen in the centre of the second row .

N \0 \0 300 THE BAHA'I WORLD

of Ric;lvan. The Hand of the Cause' Ali-Akbar the Continental Boards of Counsellors began a Furlitan presided. The nearly 600 Baha'is were series of plenary and zonal sessions with the seated in a giant arc around the outer perime- sixteen members of the International Teaching ter of the f:laram-i-Aqdas, facing the Shrine of Centre who were present in the Holy Land. Baha'u'llah, as prayers and readings were The members of the Universal House of Jusoffered in Arabic, Spanish, English, Persian, tice also attended the sessions. and French. The meetings were for the purpose of discus- Then, in solemn procession, Amatu'l-Baha sing the objectives of the Five Year Plan and Ru!)fyyih Khanum and Mr. Furutan led the the development of the Institution of the assemblage in humble circumambulation of Counsellors and their Auxiliary Boardsthe Shrine of Baha'u'llah, in Whose Name the including the use of assistants-in areas of Convention had gathered, and for the concern such as the protection of the Faith and advancement of Whose Cause their lives were the propagation of the Cause in years ahead. dedicated. The zonal meetings dealt with points of more regional concern. Wednesday-Sunday, 3-7 May On the final day, the Hands of the Cause and After the National Spiritual Assembly Counsellors were received by the Universal members began dispersing to their homes House of Justice at a farewell luncheon held at throughout the world, the fifty-two members of Mazra'ih.

Mr. Alibe Mimba, a delegate from Surinam, having just cast his ballot, is invited by Amatu'l- Bahti Ruf:dyyih Khtinum to pause for a photograph. Ruf:ifyyih Khanum had enjoyed Mr. Mimba's hospitality during her visit to the Bush Negro communities of Surinam on her Green Light Expedition in 1975. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 301

3. THE HISTORIC SIGNIFICANCE OF THE ERECTION OF THE SEAT OF THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE Address of the Hand of the Cause Paul Haney to the Baha'i International Teaching Conference in Merida, Yucatan, Mexico, February 4- 6, 1977

THE destiny of the Holy Land in relation to its splendour will have been disclosed before our Faith, as every Baha'i knows, has been the eyes of all mankind' .2 foretold in the sacred Writings of the prophets In referring to the International Archives of old, in Tablets revealed by Baha'u'llah and building, standing in the shadow of the Shrine 'Abdu'l-Baha and in the writings of Shoghi of the Bab, Shoghi Effendi told us that the Effendi. completion of this edifice would in turn herald The fu lfilment of these prophecies and allu- the construction of several other structures sions began with the banishment of Baha'u'llah which would serve as the administrative seats and His arrival in 'Akka in 1868. Since that of the divinely ordained institutions of the historic event the spiritual heart and the nerve Faith at its World Centre. He stated that these centre of the Baha'i world has been located in edifices would be in the shape of a far-flung arc the Holy Land, first in 'Akka, and then in both and would surround the resting-places of the Haifa and 'Akka, following the transfer of the Greatest Holy Leaf, the Purest Branch and the remains of the Bab to Mount Carmel and their Holy Mother, and that their completion would interment in the bosom of that Holy Mountain. mark the culmination of the development of From the Holy Land, the world spiritual the world-wide, divinely-appointed adminiscentre of the Faith since 1868, the Master, and trative order of the Faith, and would fulfil the later the Guardian, as the divinely-appointed glad tidings and promises revealed by Baha'u'- Centres of Baha'u'llah's Covenant, fostered Ilah in the Tablet of Carmel. and directed the spiritual and administrative It was the Tablet of Carmel which generated development of the Cause throughout the the spiritual impulse for the rise and establish- Baha'i world. ment of the Baha'i international institutions in During both the early and later years of his the Holy Land, a process which Shoghi Effendi ministry, Shoghi Effendi gradually disclosed to told us 'may be traced as far back as the conthe believers the future evolution of the World cluding years of the Heroic Age of the Faith,' 3 Centre and the glory of the divinely ordained and which will attain its final consummation in Institutions which would be established there. the Golden Age, 'through the raising of the In these successive and majestic messages the standard of the Most Great Peace and the beloved Guardian described the relationship emergence in the plenitude of its power and of these Institutions to the Shrines and Holy glory of the focal centre of the agencies con- Places which had long comprised the world stituting the World Order of Baha'u'llah. The spiritual centre of the Faith . Of these the final establishment of this seat of the future Shrine· of the Bab on Mount Carmel stands Baha'i World Commonwealth will,' he told us, pre-eminent, surpassed only by the Tomb of 'signalize at once the proclamation of the Baha'u'llah in Bahji. The Guardian referred to sovereignty of the Founder of our Faith and the the resting-place of the Bab as 'a focal centre of advent of the Kingdom of the Father .. .'4 Thus divine illumination and power' 1 which would, it was the Tablet of Carmel which is the charter as the institutions comprising the World for the development of the institutions of the Administrative Centre of the future Baha'i Faith at its World Centre, including the estab- 2 ibid. Commonwealth became established, continue 3 Shoghi Effendi, Messages to the Balun World 1950-1957, to flourish and expand 'until the full measure of pp. 74-75 . Shoghi Effendi, God Passes By, p. 277. • ibid. 302 THE BAHA'I WORLD

lishment of the supreme edifice of the Universal Vivifier of mouldering bones and the Source House of Justice. of infinite grace and bounty . It stands as the Let us attempt to understand, through these emblem symbolizing the basic unity of all majestic words of our beloved Guardian, the nations, governments and peoples, and as extent of the blessing conferred upon the entire the seat of sovereignty and the dawningworld through the establishment of the Uni- place of both spiritual and temporal power. versal House of Justice, and particularly the It is the supreme Centre to which the followsignificance of the seat of that mighty institu- ers of His most sublime and glorious Faith tion which the Baha'is of the world are now must turn and the focal point which will mircalled upon to build . In explaining the ror forth the effulgent splendours of the significance of the Tablet of Carmel as the Kingdom of God, the Almighty, upon all charter for the establishment of the Universal regions. It is the fountainhead of divine civi- House of Justice, Shoghi Effendi stated that: lization, the fairest, the noblest fruit of the 'In this great Tablet (of Carmel) which Baha'i Revelation-a civilization whose unveils divine mysteries and heralds the effects will, during the third, the Golden Age establishment of two mighty, majestic and of the Baha'i Dispensation and in the course momentous undertakings . .. the Spiritual of the future Dispensations, become clearly and Administrative World Centres of the manifest, and whose bountiful outpourings Faith ... Baha'u'llah refers to an "Ark," will, like unto a torrential flood, burst forth whose dwellers are the men of the Supreme upon all mankind.' 3 House of Justice, which in conformity with And in other passages referring to the time the exact provisions of the Will and Testa- when the Supreme Institution of the House of ment of the Centre of the Mighty Covenant Justice would be established and function from is the body which should legislate on laws not the Holy Land, Shoghi Effendi told us that: explicitly revealed in the Text. In this dis- 'Through it the pillars of the Faith on this pensation, these laws are destined to flow earth will be firmly established and its hidfrom this Holy Mountain, even as in the den powers be revealed, its signs shine forth, Mosaic Dispensation, the law of God was pro- its banners be unfurled and its light be shed mulgated from Zion. The "sailing of the Ark" upon all peoples.' ... 'Then will be unveiled of His laws is a reference to the establishment before our eyes the inauguration of an era of the Universal House of Justice, . . .' 1 the like of which has never been witnessed in In another passage the Guardian referred to past ages.' ... 'Then will the throne of the Supreme Body of the House of Justice as Bah:i'u'llah's sovereignty be founded in the 'the dome of the Edifice' (of the Administra- promised land and the scales of justice be tive Order of the Faith) that would have to be raised on high. Then will the banner of the raised 'on its prescribed site on the slopes of the independence of the Faith be unfurled, and divine Vineyard, the "Mountain of the Lord', His Most Great Law be unveiled and rivers to adorn the institutions of God's New Order of laws and ordinances stream forth from with this crown of high distinction'. 2 this snow-white spot with all-conquering Therefore the construction of the building power and awe-inspiring majesty, the like of which will be the seat of the House of Justice on which past ages have never seen. Then will Mount Carmel is really an instruction, a com- appear the truth of what was revealed by the mand, from our beloved Guardian, as well as Tongue of Grandeur. " Call out to Zion, 0 from the House of Justice, to which all of us, Carmel, and announce the joyful tidings: He the Baha'is of the world, must respond, and in that was hidden from mortal eyes is come. so doing hasten the dawn of that glorious era so His all-conquering sovereignty is manifest. clearly foreshadowed in these majestic pas- His all-encompassing splendour is revealed sages from the writings of Shoghi Effendi: . .. 0 Carmel . . . well is it with him that 'This World Administrative Centre of the circleth around thee, that proclaimeth the Baha'i community constitutes the pivot of revelation of thy glory, and recounteth that the New World Order of Him Who is the which the bounty of the Lord, thy God, hath showered upon thee" .' 4 Shoghi Effendi, Message to the Baha'is of Persia, Naw-Ruz l ibid. 1955. ' Shoghi Effendi, Message to the BaM'is of Persia, 27 ibid. November 1929. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 303

4. THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE BUILDING FOR THE SEAT OF THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE

The Greatest Single Undertaking of the Five Year Plan

The Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha RulJJyyih Khdnum is seen placing the casket containing Dust from the Holy Shrines of the Faith in a niche above the front entrance ofthe Seat ofthe Universal House ofJustice, in the outer wall of the council chamber during the International Convention on 29April1978. Assisting her are architect Jjusayn Amanat, right, and 'Aziz Khabfrpur, the resident engineer for the building's construction. 304 THE BAHA'I WORLD

In Chiampo, Italy sections of the fluted columns are viewed by, left to right, Sohrab Youssefian, ljusayn Amanat, 'Aziz Khabfrpur and G. B. Danda, director of Industria dei Marmi Vicentini. Fifty-eight columns in the Corinthian style are used in the building and were carved by master craftsmen of Chiampo.

A view of part of the entablature. White Pentelikon marble from Greece, also known as 'Caesar's white', is used in the structure. Pentelikon marble was used in the building of the Parthenon.

Each column is 10.80 metres high and is adorned with a capital ornamented by a triple row of acanthus leaves. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 305 'It is now both necessary and possible to UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE AT COST JUST initiate construction of a building that will not OVER TWO MILLION DOLLARS STOP FIRST SHIP- MENT FINISHED MARBLE DELIVERED SITE only serve the practical needs of a steadily consolidating administrative centre but will, for centuries to come, stand as a visible expression By March 1978 construction had reached of the majesty of the divinely ordained institu- the level of the floor immediately above the tions of the Administrative Order of Baha'u'- council chamber and more than 2,200 tons of llah,' the Universal House of Justice announc- finished carved marble had been delivered to ed to the Baha'fs of the world on 5 June 197 5. the site. A contract was signed with a French On 17 June 1975 the House of Justice firm for placing the marble on the building cabled: after the completion of the concrete shell. Exterior concrete construction was completed JOYFULLY ANNOUNCE COMMENCEMENT EXCAVATION SITE UNIVERSAL HOUSE JUSTICE by April 1979 except for the entablature , main BUILDING ARC MOUNT CARMEL STOP CON- staircase and the annex to the lower basement. TRACT ENTAILS REMOVAL FORTY THOUSAND The placing of the marble to sheathe the main CUBIC METRES ROCK AND EARTH AT COST structure and the erection of all columns and APPROXIMATELY TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS STOP INVITE ALL BELIEVERS CONTRI- capitals is now completed and the placing of BUTE UNSTINTINGLY BUILDING FUND UNIN- the entablature marble has commenced. TERRUPTED PROGRESS HISTORIC UNDERTAK- Interior finishing work has begun and fabrica- ING , tion of doors and windows in Italian walnut, as and on 10 January 1977: well as the plaster elements for cornices, mould- JOYFULLY ANNOUNCE SIGNATURE AGREEMENT ings and domed ceilings, is proceeding at sup- GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR ERECTION SEAT pliers' factories in Italy.

The site of the Seat of the Universal House of Justice on the slopes of Mt. Carmel as it appeared when excavation commenced on 17 June 1975. 306 THE BAHA'I WORLD

When this photograph was taken on I 7 February I 977 the first concrete footings were being poured.

In June I 977 the walls were being constructed for the upper and lower basements (looking eastward).

Pouring concrete for the foundation; I 0 June 1977. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 307

Pouring the concrete floor of the lower basement; 29 June 1977.

A northward view shows the walls of the upper basement in place; 5 July 1977.

Pouring the central columns which support the dome as well as, in part, the council chamber; 15 July 1977. 308 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Further progress in construction of upper and lower basements; 31August1977.

.... . - ,,..- ' , .. ~

The first slab of the outer perimeter at the ground floor level as it appeared on 12 October 1977.

The upper and lower basements; 26 November 1977. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 309

The main staircase leading from the grand concourse to the council chamber floor as it appeared on 8 January 1978.

Pouring concrete on the council chamber level of the building; 16 January 1978.

Forms for the walls of the third floor are seen in place on 24 March 1978. 310 THE BAHA'f WORLD

The third floor walls were completed when this photograph was taken on 12 April 1978.

View of some of the delegates to the fourth International Convention who gathered on 29 April 1978 for the ceremony during which the Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Bahti Rul:zfyyih Khanum placed in a niche in the outer wall of the council chamber a casket containing Dust from the Holy Shrines.

By 30 June 1978 progress had been made toward constructing the roof and the octagon of the dome. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 311

The first piece of marble, a pilaster base, is seen being lifted into place; 31July1978.

This view of the construction, taken from the International Archives building, shows the progress as of 4 October 1978.

Part of the marble cladding and a section of a column are seen in this view showing the advancement made as of 24 October 1978. · 312 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

By 30 November 1978 additional cladding had been affixed and the columns along the east side of the building had begun to rise, section by section.

The columns and capitals on the east and north sides as they appeared on 13 December 1978.

By 24 January 1979 all the columns on the north and east sides had been placed and forms prepared for pouring supports for the entablature. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA ' U'LLAH 313

A pre-cast coffered soffit is seen being hoisted into position; 3 May 1978. 314 THE BAHA'f WORLD

5. A TRIBUTE BY CHIAMP0 1 A stirring and poignant chapter in the history ofthe erection ofthe Seat ofthe Universal House of Justice-the mighty Centre from which God's Law shall go forth to unite and perfect mankind-was written not at the World Centre of the Faith, but in the village of Chiampo, Italy, where the marble for the new building was carved by the remnant of a dwindling race of master workmen in the white stone which has quickened man's senses for aeons.

ON 4 July 1979, the Mayor of the city of economy and local resources had offered for Chiampo, Italy , wrote an unusual letter. over two millennia. Over the years the school Addressed to the resident engineer in charge of trained hundreds of young people in design , the construction of the new building for the pottery, the history of art, and the working of Seat of the Universal House of Justice, the marble. The school no longer exists, and only letter said, in part: its last pupils remain in Chiampo, 'heirs to the 'I have the honour to be the Mayor of splendid and ancient art which now-unhap- Chiampo-that is, of the town which, through pily-is perhaps dying out in our area.' the Industria dei Marmi Vicentini, has had the The booklet continues: 'However, the comprivilege of carving the marble for the Seat of petence, virtuosity, and dedication of these last the Universal House of Justice , Baha'i World stonecutters are gifts still recognized, appreci- Centre, Haifa. ated, and sought after in the world-and it is 'In remembrance of this work, my Adminis- thanks to them that today, on Mount Carmel, tration has asked-and obtained permission of in Haifa, Israel, is rising the "Parthenon of the Industria dei Marmi Vicentini-for a du- Chiampo".' plicate of one of the columns, to be erected in The document then describes the station and our main square in witness of the ingenuity, the the role of the Universal House of Justice and art, and workmanship of our valley, and also in explains some of the history and principles of memory of a work of art and a Faith that will the Faith, adding: 'And so, in the way of all live for centuries for the peace and brother- civilized peoples of the world, and in witness of hood of the human race ... .' their own ideals, they wanted to enrich the The Mayor's letter added that he and the earth by the construction of a monumental citizens of Chiampo hope that their contribu- edifice in marble-a project almost anachtion to the beauty and perfection of the new ronistic in an era when the protagonists of building will not be forgotten. And he enclosed building and architecture are cement, iron , a booklet that the city published for the dedica- aluminium, a nd glass.' tion of the column on 17 June 1979. The building is compared with the Parth- The booklet is a remarkable document. It enon (it is larger and more beautiful), and relates the history of the stonecutters of recalls 'a similar edifice, in Ionic style and with Chiampo-the origins of which are 'lost in the smaller dimensions' which was built in Haifa in mists of time', and tells how son succeeded 1957 also by lndustria dei Marmi Vicentini-a father in the 'noble profession' almost as a reference to the Baha'i International Archives religious vocation, and the valley 'rang with the building, erected by Shoghi Effendi as the first sweet song of hammers and chisels' as of the great Institutions of the Administrative stonecutting became a ' notable and charac- World Centre to be placed around the Arc on teristic source of life, riches, and art for the the face of Mt. Carmel. people of Chiampo'. The booklet notes that although 2,000 In 1904, the town of Chiampo helped estab- workers laboured for fifteen years to build the lish a local School for the Arts and Professions Parthenon, the 2,400 cubic metres (about in an attempt to direct some of the local young 9,600 metric tons) of marble for the Seat of the people into the one activity which the local Universal House of Justice were cut, shaped, 1 Adapted from Baha'( Internatio11a/ News Service, Bulletin and carved by twenty workmen in only 26 No. 102, 31August1979. months- 'a prodigy made possible by the use THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 315 of machines alongside manual work' in all of columns of the building in Haifa-identical in the geometrically-designed pieces. It points material and execution-should be put in the out, however, that painstaking hand carving by centre of the square in witness of the flourishtrue artists was necessary on many of the ing art of our region and as an example and a pieces-the capitals, entablature, and cornices warning to the younger generations, so that 'where the marble cutting and relief work had they would not abandon an ancient and glorito recreate the magic play of light and chiaros- ous tradition.' curo which is so enchanting in ancient build- A parchment scroll was inserted into the ings'. column as it was erected, explaining the pur- Then the booklet points out the reason for pose for its existence and giving the names of erecting a duplicate of one of the columns in all of the workmen who participated in the the main public square of Chiampo: 'admirable collaboration' between the people The workmen realized that there was a dis- of Chiampo and the Baha'i World Centre. tinct danger, because so few fine marble struc- The booklet contains a long poem, of forty tures are being built today, that in Chiampo stanzas, written in the dialect of the Veneto by itself 'of such great dedication and demon- one of the marble-workers, Giulio Piazza. strated executive skill there would remain only Some excerpts in both the original language the memory, inevitably destined to fade with and in a somewhat literal translation are set out the passing of time. The marble workers, to below: avoid this, decided that a sample of one of the

'La xe la vera storia 'This is the true story de on tempio tanto caro of a very rare temple, on laoro cuss{ raro of such a dear one che lo devo racontar . ... that I want to tell you of it. . . . 'Sto gran capolavoro This great masterpiece che xe sta Jato a Ciampa which was made in Chiampo i lo ga Jato artisi was shaped by artists ancor de vecio stampo. of the good old kind. Che ga Jato 'sto laora This work was done xe sta tanta brava gente by many good people e gh'e mancii poco and they would have done it che i lo fassa anca par gnente. for nothing. Dire come l'e sta Jato There is only one way ghe xe solo 'na solusion to say how it has been done: no l'e sta Jato par intaresso, Not for profit was it done, ma solo per passion . ... but only for love ... . A stemo completando We are now completing on laoro grande e belo a great and beautiful work e tuto sarii messo which will be raised sul bet monte Carmelo. on beautiful Mount Carmel. Xe scrito so la Bibia, It is written in the Bible e non la xe legenda, -and it is not a fablech'el sarii de Dio that it will be la so grande tenda . . . . ' the Great Tent of God . . . .'

(Translated from the booklet 'Una Colonna, Una Storia' ['A Column, A Story'] published in June 1979 by the town of Chiampo, Italy) 316 THE BAHA'I WORLD

The Ita lian firm of lndustria dei Marmi the design of the building itself. Vicentini in the spring of 1978 published an They point out that their quarries will proimpressive eight-page brochure designed to vide 85,000 cubic feet of 'Caesar's White' acquaint potential customers with the quality marble of Pentelikon quality, the same marble of their work in architectural marble. The that was used in the Parthenon in Athens. They entire booklet is devoted to the new Seat of the further point out that the Parthenon has forty- Universal House of Justice . six columns each 31.5 feet high , while the new In many impressive pictures and rn Seat of the Universal House of Justice has 'A accurately-written passages, the firm tells of peristyle of fifty-eight columns, each thirtythe history of the Faith, the role of the Univer- three feet high ... decorated with magnificient sal House of Justice, and gives some details of entablatures and surmounted by a great dome.'

Booklet published by the town of Chiampo, Italy to commemorate the erection in the main public square of a duplicate of one of the columns which grace the new building for the Seat of the Universal House of Justice. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 317

II THE HANDS OF THE CAUSE OF GOD

1. THE HANDS OF THE CAUSE OF GOD AND THE EXTENSION OF THEIR FUNCTIONS INTO THE FUTURE A. THE RULERS AND THE LEARNED

IN every society and community of human Spiritual Assemblies and the Universal House beings there are those who are revered for their of Justice , while the institutions of the learning and wisdom, and there are those who 'learned', which exercise no governing authorare invested with authority to govern. In relig- ity over the believers, are accorded an exalted ious communities it has been usual for the legis- rank which enables them to exert their benefilative and governing authority to be held by the cent influence over all parts of the community. learned who have thus, as priests or as doctors Commenting on this feature of the Baha'i of religious law, combined both capacities in Administrative Order, the Universal House of the same persons. Other communities have, Justice wrote in its message of 24 April 1972: only too often, been riven by the conflict be- The existence of institutions of such exalted rank, tween church and state, between priests and comprising individuals who play such a vital role , kings, or, in more modern terms, between who yet have no legislative, administrative or judicial intellectuals and the establishment. In the authority, and are entirely devoid of priestly func- World Order of Baha'u'llah these two tions or the right to make authoritative interpretaextremes, of the over-concentration of author- tions , is a feature of Baha'i administration unparality on the one hand and of division and conflict leled in the religions of the past . . . on the other, are eliminated. The way this is Developing this theme, the Universal House of achieved is one of the unique features of that Justice referred in that same message to a letter Order and confers unimagined benefits upon written on behalf of the Guardian on 14 March the Baha'i community. 1927, to the Spiritual Assembly of Istanbul, in In the Kitab-i-'Ahd (The Book of the which he expounded the Baha'i principle of Covenant) Baha'u'llah wrote, Blessed are the action by majority vote. In this letter Shoghi rulers and the learned in Bahli. The Guardian, Effendi points out how, in the past, it was cerinterpreting this passage, stated on 4 tain individuals who 'accounted themselves as November 1931: superior in knowledge and elevated in posi- In this holy cycle the 'learned' are, on the one hand tion' who caused division, and that it was those the Hands of the Cause of God , and , on the other, the ' who pretended to be the most distinguished of teachers and diffusers of His teachings who do not all' who 'always proved themselves to be the rank as Hands, but who have atta ined an eminent source of contention'. He praises God that position in the teaching work. As to the ' rulers' they Baha'u' llah had withdrawn authority from 'the refer to the members of the Local, National and unyielding and dictatorial views of the learned International Houses of Justice . The duties of each of and the wise', rejected the assertions of indithese souls will be determined in the future. (Transviduals, even though recognized as the most lated from the Persian.) accomplished and learned among men, as Since those words were written the Baha'i authoritative criteria, and 'ordained that all Administrative Order has developed rapidly matters be referred to authorized centres and and is now functioning throughout the world. assemblies' . Thus the institutions of the Under the supreme authority of the revealed learned in the Baha'i Faith, while invested with Law of God the Baha'i community is governed high rank and exercising invaluable moral by its elected institutions: Local and National authority and influence, have no executive 318 THE BAHA'I WORLD

power other than in the direction of their own contemplate its adm inistrative structure uninstitutions. influenced by concepts from past ages, will the vital The difficulty of establishing a clear under- interdependence of the 'rulers' and 'learned' in the standing of this administrative concept, new in Faith be properly understood, and the inestimable the history of religion, is reflected in the con- value of their interaction be fully recognised. cluding passage of the message of the Univer- Only now, as these two arms of the worldsal House of Justice, of 24 April 1972, quoted embracing system of Baha'u'llah begin to funcabove: tion in their separate but complementary roles ... The newness and uniquen ess of this concept towards a common achievement, are intimamake it difficult to grasp; only as the Baha'i commu- tions caught of the divine beneficence of that nity grows and the believers are increasingly able to system.

B. THE HANDS OF THE CAUSE OF GOD

Baha'u'llah Himself created the institution . .. The Hands oft he Cause of God must elect from of the Hands of the Cause and appointed a few their own number nine persons that shall at all times of His followers to serve Him as Hands in His be occupied in the important services in the work of the Guardian of the Cause of God. The election of own lifetime. In the Tablet of the World He these nine must be carried either unanimously or by refers to the Hands of the Cause in words majority from the company of the Hands of the Cause descriptive of the station of service to which of God and these, whether unanimously or by a they are called: majority vote, must give their assent to the choice of Light and glory, greeting and praise be upon the the one whom the Guardian of the Cause of God hath Hands of His Cause through whom the light of for- chosen as his successor ... titude hath shone forth and the truth hath been estab- 0 friends! The Hands of the Cause of God must be lished that the authority to choose rests with God, the nominated and appointed by the Guardian of the Powerful, the Mighty, the Unconstrained, through Cause of God. All must be under his shadow and obey whom the ocean of bounty hath surged and the fra - his command . ... grance of the gracious favours of God, the Lord of The obligations of the Hands of the Cause of God mankind, hath been diffused. We beseech are to diffuse the Divine Fragrances, to edify the souls Him-Exalted is He-to shield them through the power of men, to promote learning, to improve the character of His hosts, to protect them through the potency of of all men and to be, at all times and under all condi- His dominion and to aid them through His indomit- tions, sanctified and detached from earthly things. able strength which prevaileth over all created things. They must manifest the fear of God by their conduct, Sovereignty is God's, the Creator of the heavens and their manners, their deeds and their words. This body the Lord of the Kingdom of Names. of the Hands of the Cause of God is under the direction of the Guardian of the Cause of God. He must The Will and Testament of 'Abdu'l-Baha continually urge them to strive and endeavour to the contains many references to the Hands of the utmost of their ability to diffuse the sweet savours of Cause, including explicit definitions of their God, and to guide al/ the peoples of the world, for it is station and functions , as well as various admo- the light of Divine Guidance that causeth all the universe to be illumined. To disregard, though it be for a nitions addressed to them: moment, this absolute command which is binding Salutation and praise, blessing and glory rest . .. upon upon everyone, is in no wise permilled, that the surthe Hands of the Cause of God that have diffused face of the earth may become heavenly, that contenwidely the Divine Fragrances, declared His Proofs, tion and conflict amidst peoples, kindreds, nations proclaimed His Faith, published abroad His Law, and governments may disappear, that all the dwellers detached themselves from all things but Him, stood on earth may become one people and one race, that for righteousness in this world, and kindled the Fire of the world may become even as one home. the Love of God in the very hearts and souls of His 'Abdu'l-Baha did not Himself appoint any servants; ... the Hands of the Cause of God must be additional Hands of the Cause. He did, however watchful and so soon as they find anyone beginning to oppose and protest against the Guardian oft he ever, refer to certain outstanding teachers of Cause of God cast him out from the congregation of the Faith as Hands. the people of Bahci and in no wise accept any excuse During the first three decades of his ministry from him . .. as Guardian of the Faith, Shoghi Effendi THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 319 designated certain outstanding Baha'is as tion of the Faith, to act as the 'assistants, Hands posthumously. Then, in December deputies and advisers' of the Hands of that 1951, he raised twelve living believers to this continent. exalted rank, a development of the Adminis- The epic story of how in November 1957, trative Order which thrilled the entire Baha'i the Hands of the Cause of God, called by the world . In February 1952 he appointed a Guardian the 'Chief Stewards of Baha'u'llah's further seven, and in 1957 eight more, bringing embryonic World Commonwealth', rallied the the total number to twenty-seven.' In these grief-stricken and stunned Baha'is of the brief six years the Guardian not only estab- world, guided them to the victorious accomlished this institution on a firm foundation plishment of the Ten Year Crusade which he throughout the world, with a body of four had launched, and convened the members of Hands of the Cause residing in the Holy Land the National Spiritual Assemblies for the first to act as the liaison between himself and the election of the Universal House of Justice in Hands in each continent, but he brought into April 1963, has been told in befitting detail in being in each continent two Auxiliary Boards, Volume XIII of this publication. one for the protection and one for the propaga-

C. THE CONTINENTAL BOARDS OF COUNSELLORS The establishment of the Universal House of of Justice as the supreme and central institution of Justice in 1963 ushered in a new phase in the the Faith to which all must turn. evolution of the institution of the Hands of the That same message announced increases in Cause. In October 1963 the House of Justice the number of the members of the Auxiliary decided 'that there is no way to appoint or Boards for propagation in every continent, and legislate to make it possible to appoint a second the Hands were requested to appoint one or Guardian to succeed Shoghi Effendi'. There- more members of each Auxiliary Board to act fore, among the first questions which it was in an executive capacity on their behalf and in necessary for it then to consider were the man- the name of each Hand, for the direction of the ner in which the institution of the Hands of the work of the Boards. The message continued: Cause was to continue to perform its appointed The exalted rank and specific functions of the Hands functions, the relationship which should exist of the Cause of God make it inappropriate for them between the House of Justice and the Hands of to be elected or appointed to administrative instituthe Cause, and how the indispensable func- tions, or to be elected as delegates to national contions of the Hands of the Cause could be ventions. Furthermore, it is their desire and the extended into the future, since, according to desire of the House of Justice that they be free to devote their entire energies to the vitally important the text of the Will and Testament of 'Abdu'lduties conferred upon them in the Holy Writings. Baha, The Hands of the Cause of God must be nominated and appointed by the Guardian of At the same time the House of Justice the Cause of God. confirmed the request of the Hands of the Following consultation with a conclave of Cause that, henceforth, members of the Auxilthe Hands in October- November 1964, the iary Boards should be freed from administra- Universal House of Justice announced to the tive responsibilities, including service on combelievers in its message of November 1964 the mittees and as delegates to conventions. following decisions: On 21 June 1968 the House of Justice announced by cable to the Baha'i world the There is no way to appoint, or to legislate to make it decision to establish eleven Continental possible to appoint, Hands of the Cause of God. Boards of Counsellors for the protection and Responsibility for decisions on matters of general propagation of the Faith and , in a written mespolicy affecting the institution of the Hands of the sage issued on 24 June, outlined in detail the Cause, which was formerly exercised by the beloved nature and scope of this action. Because of its Guardian, now devolves upon the Universal House great significance to the evolution of the See 'The Instituiion of the Hands oft he Cause of God', The Administrative Order, the entire text of this Baha '{ World, vol. Xlll, p. 334. message is quoted: 320 THE BAHA'I WORLD

The Continental Board of Counsellors for Australasia; January 1977. Left to right: Mr. Owen Battrick, Dr. Peter Khan, Miss Thelma Perks, Mr. Suhayl 'Ala'(, Miss Violet Hoehnke, Mr. Howard Harwood.

The Continental Board of Counsellors for Central America; March 1977. Seated, left to right: Mr. Artemus Lamb, Mrs. Carmen de Burafato, Dr. Hidayatu'llah Al:tmadfyyih. Standing, left to right: Mr. Rowland Estall, Mr. Alfred Osborne, Mr. Paul Lucas.

The Continental Board of Counsellors for North America; October 1976. Left to right: Mr. Lloyd Gardner, Dr. Sarah M. Pereira, Mrs. Velma Sherrill, Miss Edna True, Mr. Angus Cowan. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 321 The majestic unfoldment of Baha'u'llah's world- laborating with Nationa l Spiritual Assemblies, and redeeming administrative system has been marked keeping the Hands of the Cause and the Universal by the successive establishment of the various institu- House of Justice in formed concerning the conditions tions and agencies wh ich constitute the framework of of the Cause in their areas. that divinely-created Order. Thus, more than a Initially eleven Boards of Counsellors have been quarter-of-a-century after the emergence of th e first appointed, one for each of the following areas: National Spiritual Assemblies of the Baha'i world Northwestern Africa, Central and East Africa, the institution of the Hands of the Cause of God was Southern Africa, North America, Central America, formally established, with the appointment by the South America, Western Asia, Southeastern Asia, beloved Guardian, in conformity with the provisions Northeastern Asia, Australasia and Europe. of 'Abdu'l-Baha's Will and Testament, of the first The members of these Boards of Counsellors will contingent of these high-ranking officers of the Faith. serve for a term, or terms, the length of which will be Following the passing of the Guard ian of the Cause determined and anno unced at a later date, and while of God, it fell to the House of Justice to devise a way, serving in this capacity, will not be eligible for memwithin the Administrative Order, of developing 'the bership on nationa l or loca l administrative bodies. institution of the Hands of the Cause with a view to One member of each Continental Board of Counselextension into the future of its appointed functions of lors has been designated as Trustee of the Continenprotection and propagation', and this was made a tal Fund for its area . goal of the Nine Year Plan. Much thought and study The Auxiliary Boards for protection and propagahas been given to the question over the past four tion will henceforth report to the Continental Boards years, and the texts have been collected and of Counsellors who will appoint or replace members reviewed. During the last two months, th is goal, as of the Auxiliary Boards as circumstances may announced in our cable to the National Conventions, require. Such appointments and replacements as has been the object of prolonged and prayerful con- may be necessary in the initial stages will take place sultation between the Universa l House of Justice and after consultation with the Hand or Hands previthe Hands of the Cause of God. All this made evident ously assigned to the continent or zone. the framework withi n which this goa l was to be The Hands of the Cause of God have the prerogaachieved, namely: tive and obligation to consult with the Continental The Universal House of Justice sees no way in Boards of Counsellors and National Spiritual which additional Hands of the Cause of God can Assemblies on any subject which, in their view, be appointed. affects the interests of the Cause. The Hands residing in the Holy Land will act as liaison between the The absence of the Guardian of the Faith brought Universal House of Justice and the Continental about an entirely new relationship between the Boards of Counsellors, and will also assist the Uni- Universal House of Justice and the Hands of the versal House of Justice in setting up, at a propitious Cause and called for the progressive unfoldm ent time , an international teaching centre in the Holy by the Universal House of Justice of the manner in Land, as anticipated in the Guardian's writings. which the Hands of the Cause would carry out The Hands of the Cause of God are one of the their divinely-conferred functions of protection most precious assets the Baha'i world possesses. and propagation. Released from administration of the Auxiliary Whatever new development or institution is initi- Boards, they will be able to concentrate their enerated should come into operation as soon as pos- gies on the more primary responsibilities of general sible in order to reinforce and supplement the work protection and propagation, 'preservation of the of th~ Hands of the Cause while at the same time spiritual health of the Baha'i communities' and 'the taking full advantage of the opportunity of having vitality of the faith' of the Baha'is throughout the the Hands themselves assist in launching and guid- world. The House of Justice will call upon them to ing the new procedures. undertake special missions on its behalf, to represent it on both Baha'i and other occasions and to keep it Any such institution must grow and operate in informed of the welfare of the Cause. While the harmony with the principles governing the func- Hands of the Cause will, naturally, have special contioning of the institution of the Hands of the Cause cern for the affairs of the Cause in the areas in which of God. they reside, they will operate increasingly on an In the light of these considerations the Universal intercontinental level, a factor which will lend tre- House of Justice decided, as announced in its recent mendous impetus to the diffusion throughout the cable, to establish Continental Boards of Counsel- Baha'i world of the spiritual inspiration channelled lors for the protection and propagation of the Faith. through them-the Chief Stewards of Baha'u'llah's Their duties will include directing the Auxiliary embryonic World Commonwealth. Boards in their respective areas, consulting and col- With joyful hearts we proclaim this further 322 THE BAHA'I WORLD

unfoldment of the Administrative Order of Baha' u'- iary Board members to appoi nt assista nts, llah and join our prayers to those of the friends whose duti es would be to activate and encourthro ughout the East and the West that Baha'u'llah age Local Spiritual Assemblies, to call the may continue to showe r his confirm ations upon the attention of Local Spiritual Assembly me meffo rts of His servants in the safeguard ing and promotion of His Faith . bers to the importance of reg ul a r meetings, to e ncourage local communities to gather for A clarification of the status of Co unsello rs Nineteen Day Feasts a nd Holy Days, to he lp and their re lationship to National Spiritual deepen their fellow-believers' understanding Assemblies was made by the House of Justice of th e teachings , and genera lly to assist the in a letter to a National Spiritual Assembly in A uxi li ary Board me mbe rs in the d ischarge of May 1975: their duties. T he adv ice, at that time, was to ... (it) must be one of warm and active collabora- proceed graduall y with this new step so that tion, a full sharing in the excitement and the chal- ex perie nce could indicate the most effective lenge of the teaching work and the establishment of manner of its operation. Since then, as a result living and growing Baha'i communities . . . While the of the proven value of this expanded service, role of the Co unsellors is normally to adv ise, encourappo intm ents of assis ta nts in each zone have age and reinfo rce, and they have no legislative or administrative authority, they nevertheless occupy a been steadily and rapidly a ugme nted. The le tra nk superi or to that of the National Assembly or its ter of 8 June 1973 stated that 'believers can members and each individual Counsellor is a high serve at the same time both as assistants to officer of the Faith entitled to the respect, honour A uxi liary Board members a nd on administraand courtesy due to his ra nk. Each country which is tive institutions'. privileged to have a resident Counsellor should prize Adjustments to the number of Continental that privilege. Each National Assembly which has a Boards of Counsellors are made as the Univer- Counsell or at hand for frequent consultations sal House of Justice deems necessary, entailing should, without relinquishing any portion of its adjustments to zones assig ned to th e Boards, to divinely assigned authority, call upon him often for the number of Counsellors and to the numbers his views and accord great weight to his advice. of A uxiliary Boards a nd A uxiliary Board On 8 .Tune 1973 a further directive was sent me mbers. 1 Thus th e institution operates a t all to the Continental Boards of Co unsellors levels throughout the world, reaching into the which answered the need discussed by the basic structure of local community life and Co unsellors during their sessio ns in the Holy exerting its enco uraging an d uplifting influence Land, at th e time of the Interna tion a l Conven- upon the li ves of indi viduals and the deliberation of th a t year, for some method to enable tions of institutions, constantly watching over their institution to reach more deeply in to the the securit y of the Faith , pointing the way to fabric of the Baha'i world comm unity. The the promotion of its best interests, and to the House of Justice authorized each Board of ever wider dissemination of its healing mes- Counsellors, at its discretion, to permit Aux il- sage.

D. THE INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CENTRE

Assurance of the extension into the future of ship of Contine nta l Boards of Counsellors to the appoint~d functions of protection and Na tion al Spiritual Asse mblies will follow the propaga tion conferred upon the Hands of the pattern of the relationship betwee n the Hands Cause was accomplished by the establishment of the Cause and National Spiritual Assemof the Continental Boards of Counsellors. blies, outlined by the beloved Guardian in vari- However, tha t vital goal hav ing been accom- o us communications'. plished, the problem remained of o rdering the The cablegram addressed by the Unive rsal work of th e new institution so that it wou ld House of J ustice to all National Spiritual grow organically with the Faith itself. ' At Ri<jvan 1979 there are thirteen Continental Boards of In a letter addressed to all National Spiritual Counsellors, each Continenta l Board having two Auxiliary Boards, one for protection and one for propagatio n; and Assemblies on 24 June 1968 the Universal each Auxiliary Board member having assistants as needed House of Justice confirmed that ' th e relation- and authorized . THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 323

Assemblies on 21 June 1968 announcing the provisions of the Will and Testament of the Centre of establishment of Continental Boards of Coun- the Mighty Cove nant is the body which shou ld lay sellors had contained a reference to the 'future down laws not explicitly revealed in the Text. In this Dispensation, these laws are destined to flow from establishment international teaching centre this holy mountain , even as in the Mosaic Dispensa- Holy Land foreshadowed writings beloved tion the law of God was promulgated from Zion. The Guardian.' 'sa iling of the Ark' of His laws is a reference to the In October 1971 the Hands of the Cause es tabli shment of the Universa l House of Justice, were notified that afte r the International Con- which is indeed the Seat of Legislation, one of the vention for the election of the Universal House branches of the World Administrative Centre of the of Justice during Ric;lvan 1973, their presence Baha'fs on this holy mountain. It will be housed in a in the Holy Land for a period of time in order separate building near the International Archives to consult on a number of important subjects building, now under constructio n, on a site in the would be most welcome. The foremost topic neighbourhood of the Shrine of th e Bab, and overwould be the establishment of the international lookin g the sacred an d illumined Monuments. In the neighbourhood of these two stately edifices and two teaching centre about which the Hands had mighty Institutions (i.e. the Archives Building and previously been requested to submit their writ- the edifice for the House of Justice), another edifice ten views. The Universal House of Justice, in will gradually be erected which will be the Seat of the its letter to the Hands of the Cause in October Guardianship, the Centre which will interpret, 1971, cited, amongst others, the following three expound and prepare commentaries on explicitly quotations from the Guardian which antici- revealed laws, and will reinforce and supplement the pated the evolution of the World Administra- legislative body. Yet another ed ifi ce to supplement tive Centre of the Faith on Mount Carmel and these three edifices will be the Centre for the propathe establishment there of an international gation and teaching of the Faith, the Seat for the teaching centre as the seat of the Hands of the Hands of the Cause, who, in accordance with the explicit text of the Will and Testament are charged Cause of God: with the security, the preserva tion and protection of ... it must be clearly understood, nor can it be the Cause, the safeguarding of the unity of the comsufficiently emphasized, that the conjunction of the munity , the promotion of God's religion and the resting-place of the Greatest Holy Leaf with those of spread of His Word. These majestic and mighty her brother and mother incalculably reinforces the edifices, which will be constructed gradually in spiritual potencies of that consecrated Spot which, accordance with a beautiful and unique style of under the wings of the Bab's overshadowing Sepul- architecture around the sacred Monuments, are all chre, and in the vicinity of the future Mafillriqu'l- considered as branches of this highly-exalted, Adhkar, which will be reared on its flank, is destined firmly-grounded and broadly-based World Administo evolve into the focal centre of those world- trative Centre of the followers of the Cause of Him shaking, world-embracing, world-directing adm inis- Who is the Lord of this Age and the Ruler of Creatrative institutions, ordained by Baha'u'llah a nd tion. ' anticipated by' Abdu'l-Baha, and which are to func- The raising of this edifice (International Baha'i tion in consonance with the principles that govern Arch ives) will in turn herald the construction, in the the twin institut ions of the Guardianship and the course of successive epochs of the Formative Age of Un iversal House of Justice. Then, and then only, will the Faith, of several other structures, which will serve th is momentous prophecy which illuminates the con- as the adm inistrative seats of such divinely appointed cluding passages of the Tablet of Carmel be fulfilled: institutions as the Guardianship, the Hands of the Ere long will God sail His Ark upon thee (Carmel) Cause, and the Universal House of Justice. These and will manifest the people of Bahd who have been edifices will , in the shape of a far-flung arc, and mentioned in the Book of Names. 1 following a harmon izing style of architecture, sur- In this great Tablet which unveils divine mysteries round the resting places of the Greatest Holy Leaf, and heralds the establishment of two mighty, majes- ranking as foremost a mong the members of her sex in tic and momentous undertakings-one of which is the Baha'i Dispensation, of her brother, offered up spiritual and the other administrative, both at the as a ransom by Baha' u'llah for the quickening of the World Centre of the Faith-Baha'u'llah refers to an world and its unification, and of their mother, pro- 'Ark' , whose dwellers are the men of the Supreme claimed by Him to be His chosen 'consort in all the House of Justice, which, in conformity with the exact worlds of God'. The ultimate completion of this stupendous undertaking wi ll mark the culmin ation of Shoghi Effendi, letter to the National Spiritual Assembly of the United States, 21December1939; see Messages to Shoghi Effendi, letter in Persian to the BaM'is of the East, America, pp. 32-33 . Naw-Ruz 111 (1954). 324 THE BAHA'f WORLD

the development of a world-wide divinely-appointed of the Cause, which must be raised on the arc on Administrative Order whose beginnings may be Mount Carmel in close proximity to the Seat of the traced as far back as the concluding years of the Universal House of Justice. heroic Age of the Faith.' The duties now assigned to this nascent institution On 5 June 1973, following the International are : Convention and the consultations with the To co-ordinate, stimulate and direct the activities Hands of the Cause, and less than a month of the Continental Boards of Counsellors and to act as li aison between them and the Universal after the Counsellors had left the Holy Land to House of Justice. resume their services within their zones, the following announcement was cabled by the To be fully informed of the situation of the Cause Universal House of Justice to all National in all parts of the world and to be able, from the Spiritual Assemblies: background of this knowledge, to make reports and recommendations to the Universal House of ANNOUNCE ESTABLISHMENT HOLY LAND LONG Justice and give advice to the Continental Boards ANTICIPATED INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CENTRE of Counsellors. DESTINED EVOLVE INTO ONE THOSE WORLD SHAK- To be alert to possibilities, both within and without ING WORLD EMBRACING WORLD DIRECTING the Baha'i community, for the extension of the ADMINISTRATIVE INSTITUTIONS ORDAINED BY teaching work into receptive or needy areas, and BAHA'U'LLAH ANTICIPATED BY 'ABDU'L-BAHA to draw the attention of the Universal House of ELUCIDATED BY SHOGHI EFFENDI STOP MEMBER- Justice and the Continental Boards of Counsellors SHIP THIS NASCENT INSTITUTION COMPRISES ALL to such possibilities, making recommendations for HANBS CAUSE GOD AND INITIALLY THREE COUN- action. SELLORS WHO WITH HANDS PRESENT HOLY LAND To determine and anticipate needs for literature , WILL CONSTITUTE NUCLEUS ITS VITAL OPERATIONS pioneers and travelling teachers and to work out STOP CALLING UPON HOOPER DUNBAR FLORENCE teaching plans, both regional and global, for the MAYBERRY AZIZ YAZDI PROCEED HOLY LAND approval of the Universal House of Justice. ASSUME THIS HIGHLY MERITORIOUS SERVICE STOP All the Hands of the Cause of God will be mem- OFFERING PRAYERS HEARTFELT GRATITUDE SAC- bers of the International Teachin g Centre. Each RED THRESHOLD THIS FURTHER EVIDENCE Hand will be kept regularly informed of the activities ORGANIC EVOLUTION ADMINISTRATIVE ORDER of the Centre through reports or copies of its BAHA'U'LLAH. minutes, and will be able, wherever he may be resid- It was followed three days later by this ing or travelling, to convey suggestions, recommenexpanded announcement to the Baha'fs of the dations and information to the Centre and, whenever he is in the Holy Land, to take part in the consultaworld: tions and other activities of the Centre . The centennial year of the revelation of the Kitab- In addition, we now appoint Mr. Hooper Dunbar, i-Aqdas has already witnessed events of such capital Mrs. Florence Mayberry and Mr. 'Aziz Yazdi to significance in the annals of the Baha'i Dispensation membership of the International Teaching Centre, as to cause us to contemplate with awe the rapidity with the rank of Counsellor. These believers, who with which Divine Providence is advancing the have been serving with distinction on the Con tinen- Cause of the Most Great Name . The time is indeed tal Boards of Counse llors in South America, North propitious for the establishment of the International America a nd Central and East Africa respectively, Teaching Centre, a development which , at one and will henceforth reside in Haifa and will, together with the same time, brings to fruition the work of the the Hands present in the Holy Land, constitute the Hands of the Cause residing in the Holy Land and nucleus of the operations of the Centre. provides for its extension into the future , links the Authority for the expulsion and reinstatement of institution of the Boards of Counsellors even more Covenant-breakers remains with the Hands of the intimately with that of the Hands of the Cause of Cause of God. All such matters will be investigated God, and powerfully reinforces the discharge of the locally by the relative Continental Board of Counselrapidly growing responsibilities of the Universal lors in consultation with any Hand or Hands who House of Justice. may be in the area. The Continental Board of Coun- This International Teaching Centre now estab- sellors and the Hands concerned will then make their lished will, in due course, operate from that building reports to the International Teaching Centre where designated by the Guardian as the Seat for the Hands they will be considered. The decision whether or not Shoghi Effendi, letter to the BaM'is of the world, 27 to expel or reinstate will be made by the Hands of the November 1954; see Messages to the Baha'i World, p. 74. Cause residing in the Holy Land who will, as at THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 325 present, submit their decision to the Universal the request of the House of Justice the Teach- House of Justice for approval. ... ing Centre also evolved a plan for international The decisions now announced are the outcome of collaboration on travelling teaching projects. deliberation extending over a number of years, rein- The divinely ordained institution of the forced by consultations with the Hands of the Cause Hands of the Cause of God, having been of God, and especially with the Hands residing in the Holy Land who were requested in 1968 to assist the brought into active reality by the Guardian of Universal House of Justice in the establishment of the Faith according to the directives of the International Teaching Centre, a task that now ' Abdu'l-Baha's Will and Testament, was conincreases in magnitude as that Centre begins its fronted in its infancy with an appalling crisis in work . the life of that Faith whose protection was its One of the first tasks assigned by the Univer- prime duty. During the interregnum between sal House of Justice to the International Teach- the passing of the Guardian and the election of ing Centre was to devise the broad outlines of the Universal House of Justice, the Hands of the global teaching plan to begin at Ric;lvan the Cause as its Chief Stewards, maintained the 1974 and conclude five years later at Ric;lvan integrity and unity of the Faith. The functions 1979. This comprehensive and detailed survey of protection and propagation appointed to of the entire Baha'i world community provided this great institution have now been extended an opportunity for the Teaching Centre to into the future in a manner consonant with the become thoroughly acquainted with the condi- principles of the Faith. The Continental tions, needs and potentialities of the one Boards of Counsellors with their attendant hundred and thirteen national Baha'i com- Auxiliary Boards for protection and propagamunities which made up the Baha'i interna- tion, the assistants to the Auxiliary Board tional community at Ric;lvan 1973. A greatly members, all co-ordinated and kept in relaincreased flow of vital information from the tionship to the Universal House of Justice by Continental Boards of Counsellors was called the International Teaching Centre, form the for by the International Teaching Centre, fabric of the appointive arm of the Administrawhich promised, in turn, the development of an tive Order of the Faith, which will in increasing increasingly close relationship between itself measure exert its spiritualizing influence upon and the Boards through a similarly increased the development of the Baha'i community and flow of materials from the Teaching Centre. At of all mankind .

• The Hand of the Cause Abu'l-Qasim Faizi (second from right) during his visit to Fiji in March 1977 presented copies of The Proclamation of Baha'u'llah and The Baha'i World, vol. XV, to Professor L. F. Brosnahan (second from left), Deputy Vice-Chancellor and acting Head o fthe School of Education, University of the South Pacific, Suva. Also seen are Mr. John Weeks, Reader in Education (far left), and Mr. Ivan Williams, Lecturer in Education (far right). 326 THE BAHA'I WORLD

2. THE WORK AND TRAVELS OF THE HANDS OF THE CAUSE As the Five Year Plan came to an end it was believers in their teaching work and in the possible to see in perspective the vital role of decoration of their newly-acquired I::Ia?fratu'lthe Hands of the Cause of God as they con- Quds, and became so attached to the Bermuda tinued their worldwide services of protecting Baha'fs that she later described herself as a the Cause, proclaiming its truths, deepening the 'mini-pioneer' to that island. knowledge of its adherents and, by example, In the latter half of 1977 Rul).fyyih Khan um inspiring them to greater heights of dedicated returned to India where, in addition to reactivity. The section of this volume that deals visiting some centres she had visited previwith the growth of national communities bears ously , she travelled to Chandigarh, joint capinumerous references to the stimulating visits of tal of Punjab and Haryana States, and to the Hands as they criss-crossed the Baha'f Kashmir. She also revisited Nepal. A gracious world in their travels. The section on the eight reception was accorded her by various people International Teaching Conferences features prominent in Government and public life in their outstanding contributions to those extra- India . Mid-October found her in New Delhi as ordinary occasions of proclamation and of the guest of honour at the Asian Baha'f ingathering of the friends. The list of twelve Women's Conference attended by more than inaugural Conventions points to those Hands 1,000 women from some thirty countries. Folwho, as representatives of the Universal House lowing this she represented the Universal of Justice, graced these gatherings, while all House of Justice at the ceremony of the laying who were able to do so attended the fourth of the foundation stone of the Mashriqu'l- International Baha'f Convention in Haifa in Adhkar of India. April 1978. Illness forced the abandonment of Ru!Jfyyih The following is a brief summary of major Khanum's long-cherished plan to visit the travels and works during the three years Japanese friends immediately following her covered by this volume, a summation which Indian tour. She broke her journey in Australia can do little more than hint at the influence where she sought treatment and recuperation exerted by the Hands of the Cause through but even here, though her activities were cirtheir presence, their constant correspondence cumscribed by her impaired health, she met or their direct endeavours in support of the with the friends and made herself available for manifold programmes of expansion and con- interviews with representatives of the media. solidation organized by the believers. En route to the Holy Land in February she stopped off in the Philippines and in Bombay Amatu'l-Bahti Rul:ziyyih Khtinum for meetings with the Baha'fs, a nd in April In addition to her services in the Holy Land took part in the sessions of the fourth Internaas a member of the International Teaching tional Baha'i Convention in Haifa. Centre, Amatu'l-Baha Rul).fyyih Khanum in A globe-girdling trip of eight months' durathe period under review made a number of tion commenced in July. After visiting Baha'f journeys, visiting Baha'f communities in communities in Europe and the United King- Europe, Asia, the Far East and the Pacific re- dom Amatu'l-Baha proceeded to Japan to realgion. Her attendance as the representative of ize the plan she had reluctantly abandoned the the Universal House of Justice at the Interna- year before, visiting thirty-five centres on the tional Teaching Conference held in Paris in four principal islands, Honshu, Hokkaido, August 1976-largest of the eight conferences Shikoku and Kyushu, where meetings with the in the series held during the Five Year Plan and friends, addresses to non-Baha'f organizations reported in detail elsewhere in this vol- and interviews with prominent officials fully ume-was a source of great inspiration and joy occupied her time, a pattern of intensity which to the friends, approximately 6,000 in number, did not lessen on her subsequent visit to who were present. Later that year she spent Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau. several months in Bermuda assisting the Following this Ru!Jfyyih Khan um spent nine THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA ' U ' LLAH 327 weeks in another hemisphere, the pivot of this Europe, attending many summer and winter period being her attendance as the representa- schools, teaching and youth conferences, tive of the Universal House of Justice at the national conventions, and travelling at interceremony for the laying of the foundation vals to inspirit the friends in various countries. stone of the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar of Samoa , par- He was the representative of the Universal ticipating in this significant event with His House of Justice at the inaugural convention of Highness Ma lietoa Tanumafi li II, Head of the National Spiritual Assembly of Cyprus in State of Western Samoa, in whose capital, 1978. As special missions from the Universal Apia, the Temple will rise. A warm and hospit- House of Justice, Dr. Giachery journeyed to able reception was accorded by His Highness London in September 1976 to meet His Highand enthusiastic welcomes greeted her visits to ness Malietoa Tanumafili II at the time of his the three main islands of Savai'i and Upolu visit to the resting place of Shoghi Effendi. In (Western Samoa) and Tutuila (American May 1977 Dr. G iachery journeyed to Western Samoa). Samoa to participate, as the representative of Proceeding by way of Fiji , New Hebrides the House of Justice, in the observance of and New Caledonia where she met with the Independence Day. friends and reinforced their teaching efforts, Rul:Uyyih Khanum arrived in New Zealand 'Ali-Akbar Furutan where she visited both the North and South Continuing his triad of services to the Cause Islands, taking particular delight in the meet- in the Holy Land, Mr.' Ali-Akbar Furutan has ings held on the Maori Maraes which provided devoted his energies to the International an opportunity of becoming acquainted with Teaching Centre, to the many pilgrims and the Maori Baha'fs and believers from other visitors, and to scholarly researches and writing Pacific islands. Travelling homeward at the end in areas of importance to the Faith. In the of March she met again Baha'fs of Hong Kong summer periods he has cor.centrated on sumand Bombay. mer school activities afield while undertaking other teaching assignments: to the U.S.A. and Ugo Giachery Canada in 1976, proceed ing thence to India for From his home in Monaco, Dr. Ugo conferences and proclamation activities and to Giachery has been involved primarily with aid- Hong Kong for the International Teaching ing and stimulating the Baha'i communities of Conference; in 1977 to England, the U.S.A.

The Hand of the Cause 'AU-Akbar Furutan (second from left) paying a courtesy call on Mr. Krishan Chand, Lieutenant Governor of India; November 1976. Left to right: Counsellor Zena Sorabjee, Mr. Furutan, Mr. Krishan Chand, Mrs. Furutan, Mr. R. N . Shah. 328 THE BAHA'I WORLD

and Canada, on to Alaska , Japan and to Iran Miihlschlegel has continued steadily to write for four months of intensive teaching; and in on behalf of the Faith and to engage in schol- 1978 to western Europe to teach at four sum- arly, studies. In June 1977 the National mer schools and visit believers in six countries. Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of Germany , in tribute to Dr. Miihlschlegel, produced Dhikru'llah Khlldem through its Publishing Trust a selection of his In August 1976 Mr. Dhikru'llah Khadem poems . After visiting the Holy Land in completed an extensive International Registry November 1977 Dr. Miihlschlegel returned to of Bahti'{ Holy Places and Historic Sites in th e Greece where he has continued to assist that Holy Land for the International Baha'i Arc- young and struggling community. hives. In March 1977 he finished work on a comprehensive, scrupulously documented Ja/6.1 Khazeh study of places visited by the Master in Eng- In Persia, Colonel Jalal Khazeh has conland and America . A lthough he devoted him- tinued his aid to the community in the work of self primarily to assisting the national com- teaching, and in the difficult duties of protecmunities of the United States and Canada tion at a trying time in the evolution of the through attendance at innumerable confer- Faith in that land. He attended the Internaences, schools sessions and other gatherings, tional Convention in 1978 and visited the Holy and through consultations with National Land on one other occasion during that year. Assemblies and the Continental Board of Recently he has transferred his residence from Counsellors in North America, Mr. Khadem Tihran to a locality near Babu!. has also undertaken several international journeys: in April 1977 to represent the Univ- Paul Haney ersal House of Justice at the inaugural conven- Deeply involved in the development and tion of the National Spiritual Assembly of administration of the International Teaching Surinam and French Guiana, followed by visits Centre, Mr. Paul Haney has participated to Trinidad and Guyana; and in May 1978 to actively in its day-to-day work, and in services represent the Ho use of Justice at the first con- to pilgrims and visitors. In 1977 he attended ventions of two national communities in western the International Teaching Conferences in Asia, combined with a visit to Persia. Bahia and Merida, representing the Universal House of Justice at the latter. In November Shu'a'u'llah 'Ala'i 1978 he was in Germany for conferences fol- During turbulent days for the Faith in Iran, lowing which he met with the friends in Bel- General Shu'a'u'llah 'Alfi has continued his gium and took part in the dedication of the work with the National Spiritual Assembly and National I:Ia?fratu'l-Quds. Counsellors on the difficult problems relating to the protection of the Cause. He was able to 'Ali-Mul;zammad Varqa leave Persia for visits to the Holy Land and for Assigned by the Universal House of Justice consultation with the International Teaching the special task of assembling reliable accounts Centre in 1977 and again in 1978, and was of the beginnings and initial stages in the present at the International Convention at development of the Faith in various parts of the Ri9van 1978. He took up residence in France world, Dr. ' Ali-Mul)ammad Varga has been in late 1978 and attended the National Con- gathering narratives, documents, tapes and vention of the Baha'fs of Austria in 1979. other materials from early believers and pioneers. Simultaneously he has continued his Adelbert Muhlschlegel duties as Trustee of the I:Iuququ'llah. In Dr. Adelbert Miihlschlegel made his home April/May 1977 he was the representative of in Germany in 1973, but in February 1977, the Universal House of Justice at the first Conafter participating in Baha'i schools in Cyprus vention of the French Antilles and, thereafter, and Greece, he moved to Athens and in April travelled extensively in the Caribbean zone. In of that year represented the Universal House May 1978 he represented the House of Justice of Justice at the inaugural convention of the at the inaugural Conventions of Mauritania National Spiritual Assembly of Greece. Dr. and Burundi, after attending the International THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA ' U'LLAH 329

The Hand ofthe Cause 'Alf-Mufwmmad Varqa (extreme right) visiting the Amerindian village of Organabo, French Guiana; Spring 1979.

Baha'i Convention, and following which he William Sears travelled in the United States and Canada. Devoting himself primarily to activating and Departing from Tihran in the autumn of 1978 reinforcing the American and Canadian he taught in western Europe and then pro- homefronts from his base in Canada, Mr. Wilceeded to Canada where he now makes his liam Sears has continued to display characterishome. He attended the 1979 Convention of tic creativity in many fields of Baha'i the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is endeavour: initiating an annual 'Gathering' in of Brazil. Ontario , beginning a new television series of thirteen programmes to be produced in Enoch Olinga Hawaii, issuing exhortatory letters and tapes, Beginning in the early summer of 1976 Mr. working on new books, and developing dramat- Enoch Olinga initiated a lengthy trip, first to ic programmes of proclamation and teaching eight countries of western Africa , then to a including a five-city 'Victory Campaign' in the number of South American countries prior to United States, 'Abdu'l-Baha 'Souvenir' prohis attendance at the International Confer- grammes, and the ARISE campaign. He ences in Bahia and Merida. He was the rep- attended both the Anchorage and Nairobi resentative of the Universal House ofJustice at International Conferences, and was the repthe Bahia Conference. He then proceeded to resentative of the Universal House of Justice at visit many of the Baha'i communities of the the latter. Subsequently he made teaching Caribbean islands and returned to Africa to tours in Canada. In bot"1 Canada and the attend the Annual Convention of Senegal and United States Mr. Sears has contributed to the inaugural Convention of the National conferences, schools, National Conventions Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Upper and has had stimulating consultations with the Volta. Mr. Olinga attended a teaching confer- National Spiritual Assemblies and the Contience in Nigeria in July 1977, followed by travel nental Board of Counsellors. In May 1978 to various neighbouring countries, and since he represented the Universal House of Justice that time has confined his work to the support at the first Convention of the Bahama Islands and organization of his beleaguered home after attending the International Convention community of Uganda . in the Holy Land . 330 THE BAHA'l WORLD

John Robarts H. Collis Featherstone Mr. John Robarts has focused upon the Mr. H. Collis Featherstone made global special needs and opportunities of Canada, journeys for the Faith. He began a round-theparticipating in all national programmes to world trip in June 1976, going first to the strengthen the Faith in that forward-striding Anchorage Conference where he was the repcommunity, travelling extensively at intervals, resentative of the Universal House of Justice, attending the National Conventions, and con- then proceeding to East and Southern Africa sulting regularly with the National Assembly and Baha'i communities in the Indian Ocean. and the Continental Board of Counsellors. He travelled in East Asia in December, After attending the Anchorage, Paris and attended the Auckland Conference in January Nairobi International Teaching Confer- 1977, and at Ric;lvan represented the House of ences-doing European teaching en Justice at the inaugural Convention of the route- Mr. Robarts undertook assignments in Marshall Islands. He attended the Convention Southern and East Africa. In 1978 he visited of the Mariana Islands, followed by further the American South, and in February 1979 travels in East Asia. In the autumn of 1977 he travelled to Mexico. visited many Baha'i communities in islands of the South Pacific and during the winter H. M. Balyuzi returned to Southern Africa. After attending Continuing his arduous scholarship on the the International Convention at Ric;lvan 1978 , origins of the Faith, Mr. J:lasan M. Balyuzi in Mr. Featherstone methodically visited the 1976 published a monumental and illuminat- countries of Southern Asia and the South-east ing work Muftammad and the Course of Islam, Asian islands, adding in the fall another extenand has been devoting himself since to his sive journey throughout Pacific Oceania. In comprehensive Life of Baha'u'llah, a study in that winter and the spring of 1979, Mr. Feathfour volumes. The first, a biography of the erstone made a third African journey to west, Manifestation, is scheduled for publication in east, and south Africa and en route to his home late 1979 and will be in circulation as this vol- in Australia visited the Baha'is of Mauritius ume of the international record goes to press. and Reunion.

The Hand of the Cause John Robarts (centre) and Mrs. Robarts (seated to the left) with some participants in the Irish Baha'i Summer School; August 1976. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 331 Ra!zmatu'lltih Muhtijir versa! House of Justice at the latter- and With extraordinary energy and zeal, Dr. attendance at the International Convention in Ra~matu'llah Muhajir has devoted himself to Haifa, Dr. Muhajir travelled in the South Pacthe needs of the world-wide Baha'i national ific, returning to East and South Central Asia . communities, few of which have failed to feel After visits to Europe and the Holy Land, in the stimulus of his dynamic presence and share early 1979 he returned again to Africa before the vision of their futures; many countries have hastening to East Asia and the Annual Consprung to new life and taken fresh initiatives ventions of the Philippine and Malaysian from his guidance in relation to expansion and Baha'i communities. consolidation. From the Brazilian Convention of 1976 Dr. Muhajir journeyed northward Abu'l-Qtisim Faizi through Latin America, ultimately to the From his home in the Holy Land Mr. United States, and to Europe for Summer Abu'l-Qasim Faizi continues his heavy burden Schools and conferences, then onward to West of correspondence with friends around the Africa, and so on to the Nairobi Conference in world, devotes himself to the pilgrims and vis- East Africa; thence to East Asia for the Hong itors to Haifa, to his ongoing scholarly studies, Kong Conference and its satellite gatherings. and to the duties of the International Teaching In 1977 he returned to South and Central Centre. In 1976 Mr. Faizi travelled extensively America for the International Conferences of in the Northwest Pacific and later in the South Bahia and Merida and their related program- Pacific. He was the representative of the Unimes, and toured various islands and countries versal House of Justice at the Auckland Internaof East and South-eastern Asia before attend- tional Conference in January 1977 from ing the Annual Convention of India. Later he whence he visited various island communities undertook a European tour, attended a before attending the inaugural Convention of number of Summer Schools and conferences, the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is and proceeded to the Holy Land and fran. An of New Hebrides at Ridvan . From there he extensive autumn journey to Africa was cut proceeded to India and iran. After attending short in Cameroon. Soon he was again in fran, the International Convention Mr. Faizi and revisiting countries of Europe in early attended three European Summer Schools in 1978. Following the inaugural Conventions of the summer of 1978 and visited seven other the Caroline Islands and the Mariana Islands in countries inspiring the friends through his wise May- he was the representative of the Uni- counsel and loving spirit.

The Hand of the Cause Collis Featherstone (left) visiting the site of the local Baha'i Centre of Fagafau, Savai'i, Western Samoa; 12 April 1977. Mr. and Mrs. Pula Ofila, who donated the site and are building the structure, are seen in the centre of the photograph. 332 THE BAHA'I WORLD

The Hand ofthe Cause Amatu'l-Bahti RuJ;zlyyih Khtinum (centre) and her fellow Hands ofthe Cause who participated in the International Teaching Conference in Paris at which RuJ;zlyyih Khtinum represented the Universal House of Justice. Left to right: Mr. John Robarts, Dr. 'AU-Mul;zammad Varqa, Dr. Ral;zmatu'lltih Muhtijir, Mr. Dhikru'lltih Khtidem, Mr. Collis Featherstone.

The Hand ofthe Cause Ral;zmatu'lltih Muhti- The hand of the Cause Ugo Giachery jir and Mr. Mazco Kucel, a Mayan Bahti'[ of (centre) and Mrs. Giachery with some of the Quintana Roo, Mexico, photographed dur- 130 participants from 24 communities who ing the International Teaching Conference, attended the Teaching Conference held in Merida, Yucatan; February 1977. San Zana, Italy; May 1976. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 333

3. HANDS OF THE CAUSE WHO REPRESENTED THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE AT CONVENTIONS FOR THE ELECTION OF NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLIES Listed below are the Hands of the Cause who represented the Universal House of Justice at inaugural Conventions held in the period 1976-1979, the name of the new National Spiritual Assembly, its seat, the parent or sponsoring National Assembly and, in chronological order, the dates of the Conventions.

Rifi,van 1977 Abu'l-Qasim Faizi New Hebrides-Port Vila (South West Pacific Ocean) Apri l 22-24 Dr. Adelbert Miihlschlegel Greece-Athens (Germany) Apri l 23-24 Dr. 'Ali-MuJ:iammad Varga French Antilles-Pointe-a-Pitre, Guadeloupe (Leeward and Virgin Islands) April 23-24 H. Collis Featherstone Marshall Islands-Majuro (North West Pacific Ocean) April 23-25 Dhikru'llah Khadem 1 Surinam and French Guiana-Paramaribo, Surinam (Guyana, Surinam and French Guiana) April 30-May 1 Enoch Olinga Upper Volta-Ouagadougou (Ivory Coast, Mali and Upper Volta) May 2- 3

1978 William Sears The Bahamas- Nassau (The United States of America) May 19-21 Dr. Ugo Giachery Cyprus-Nicosia (The United Kingdom) May 20- 21 Dr. 'Ali-MuJ:iammad Varga Mauritania-Nouakchott (Upper West Africa) May 27- 28 Dr. RaJ:imatu'llah Muhajir The Mariana Islands-Agana, Guam (North West Pacific Ocean) May 26-28

' Mr. Dhikru'llah Khadem also attended the inaugural Conventions where two new National Spiritual Assemblies in Western Asia were established in May 1978. 334 THE BAHA'I WORLD

III THE NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY

1. INTRODUCTION

THE sacred Writings of the Baha'i Faith cre- bers of the National Spiritual Assembly, from ate organic institutions having a membership among all the friends in that country ... elected by the Baha'i community. Baha'u'llah 'With it, too , rests the decision whether a called these institutions into being; their estab- certain point at issue is strictly local in its lishment, definition, training and development nature ... or whether it should fall under its came later, in the ministry of' Abdu'l-Baha and own province and be regarded as a matter in that of the Guardian appointed in 'Abdu'l- which ought to receive its special attention.'' Baha's Testament. 'The need for the centralization of authority Since the passing of 'Abdu'l-Baha in 1921, in the National Spiritual Assembly, and the the formation of Local Spiritual Assemblies concentration of power in the various Local has multiplied in East and West, and the Assemblies, is ... manifest.' 2 institution of the National Spiritual Assembly 'The authority of the National Spiritual has become firmly established. Concerning this Assembly is undivided and unchallengeable in national administrative body Shoghi Effendi all matters pertaining to the administration of has provided clear information and direction. the Faith [throughout its country].' 3 Its purpose, its power, its responsibility and its The individual Baha'i has spiritual citizenfunctions and duties are definitely prescribed. ship in a world community of believers acting 'Its immediate purpose is to stimulate, unify through local, national and international and co-ordinate by frequent personal consulta- bodies. There is no division of interest or tions the manifold activities of the friends conflict of authority among these institutions, [believers] as well as the Local Assemblies; and for ever since the ascension of Baha'u'llah in by keeping in close and constant touch with the 1892 His Faith has possessed infallible gui- Holy Land [Baha'i World Centre], initiate dance by virtue of His Covenant, which measures, and direct in general the affairs of specifically provides it. The action of a Baha'i the Cause in that country. administrative body, therefore, while ration- 'It serves also another purpose, no Jess ally determined by constitutional principles, essential than the first ... in conjunction with operates in a spiritual realm revealed by the the other National Assemblies throughout the Manifestation of God and maintained free Baha'i world, to elect directly the members of from political pressure and the influence of the International House of Justice, that Su- materialism . Apart from the appointed preme Council that will guide, organize and unify Interpreter, no Baha'i has individual authority. the affairs of the [Faith J throughout the world. Decisions are confined to the sphere of action ' ... it has lo exercise full authority over all and are made by a body of nine persons. the Local Assemblies in its province, and will The advice and direction clarifying the have to direct the activities of the friends, nature and operation of a National Spiritual guard vigilantly the Cause of God, and control Assembly have been compiled by the Ameriand supervise the affairs of the [Faith) in gen- can Baha'is from letters written to them by eral. Shoghi Effendi. 4 'Vital issues, affecting the interests of the Cause in that country ... that stand distinct 1 Bahli'{ Administration (1960 edition) pp. 39-40. from strictly local affairs, must be under the full 2 ibid ., p. 42 jurisdiction of the National Assembly. It will Bahli'( Procedure (1949), p. 63. Bah(J'( Administration: Declaration of Trust and By-Laws have to refer each of these questions ... to a of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of the special committee, to be elected by the mem- United States. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 335 During the ministry of ' Abdu' l-Baha, after from the legalisms and devices acting within He had approved the petition submitted to Him every human institution. by the American Baha'is expressing their desire While the transition from Baha'i Temple to construct a House of Worship, these Baha'is Unity to National Spiritual Assembly in North formed a national body known as Baha'i America emphasizes certain _principles inher- Temple Unity, incorporated for the purpose ent in Baha'i institutions, the formation of a of gathering funds and co-ordinating plans to National Spiritual Assembly in a new area reerect the Temple in Wilmette. That body, presents more profoundly the creation of a new though national in scope and elected by dele- type of society. Every national Baha'i comgates representing the various local Baha'i munity has gone through some evolution recommunities, was not a National Spiritual flecting its historical background before its Assembly. It is interesting to note that in Baha'i National Assembly was established. Temple Unity the American Baha'is estab- The functions of a National Spiritual lished a body reflecting their own national his- Assembly are manifold: the publication of torical experience. The local communities pre- Baha'i literature; national teaching plans; ceded the national body in time and each exer- supervision of local communities; encouragecised an independent authority in the conduct ment and direction of all the Baha'is in their of its own affairs. When their representatives service to the Faith; and representation of the agreed to form a national Baha'i body with full Baha'is in relation to the civil authorities. Each jurisdiction over Temple matters, they trans- national body prepares and adopts its own conferred to it powers which vested final decision, stitution, formulated on the basis of the model not in its directors, but in the Annual Conven- approved by the Guardian of the Baha'i Faith. tion. The vital distinction between Temple All the National Spiritual Assemblies collec- Unity and the National Spiritual Assembly tively, under the title of the Baha'i Internawhen later established lay in this field of ulti- tional Community, constitute an international mate authority. The National Spiritual Assem- non-governmental organization whose delebly possessed original authority, powers and gates are accredited by United Nations for functions of its own. It came into existence attendance and participation in its regional through election of its nine members at a conferences. 2 National Convention but constituted a con- Through the institution of the National tinuing authority derived from the Baha'i Spiritual Assembly, Baha'is are enabled to teachings and not conferred by any action of carry out plans of considerable magnitude , colthe believers, whether as local communities or laborate with Baha'is of all other lands in matas delegates. This authority emerged supreme ters of international interest, maintain comin relation to Baha'i matters within the mon standards of administrative principle, and national community but subject to the higher take advantage, in the appointment of commitauthority of the Guardian and also of the tees, of particular talents and aptitudes possesfuture International House of Justice. 1 sed by individual believers. The National Within its own realm the National Spiritual Spiritual Assembly stands as one of the pillars Assembly is an institution created by the supporting the Baha'i world community. Par- Teachings of the Faith independent of the ticipation in national Bah:3.'i activities serves to Baha'is who elect its members and of the Baha'is insulate the individual Baha'i from infection by composing its membership. In no way does the psychic ills which afflict modern society as a this institution reflect either the political or the result of its lack of faith and spiritual direction. ecclesiastical influences of its environment, Within the shelter of this emerging order the whether in America, Europe or the East. This storms of partisanship cannot engulf the soul. fact has paramount importance. On the one hand it reveals the existence of an organic HORACE HOLLEY religious society; on the other hand it demonstrates the freedom of this new community 2 Consultative stat us with the United Nations Economic and Written in 1954. Social Council was obtained on 27 May 1970. 336 THE BAHA'I WORLD

National Spiritual Assemblies formed Rifl,van 1977

The National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahd'(s of Greece; Rirjvdn 1977. The Hand of the Cause Adelbert Muhlschlegel who represented the Universal House of Justice at the inaugural convention is seen in the front row, second from the left.

The National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahd'(s of the French Antilles; Rirjvdn 1977. The Hand of the Cause 'AU-Mu(lammad Varqd who represented the Universal House of Justice at the inaugural convention is seen at the extreme left, front row. Rowland Estall, of the Continental Board of Counsellors in Central America, is seen at the extreme right, front row.

The National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahd'(s of the Marshall Islands; Rirjvdn 1977. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 337

2. A MODEL DECLARATION OF TRUST AND BY-LAWS for a

NATION AL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY

FOREWORD

THE 1926-27 National Spiritual Assemb ly of the Baha'ls of the United States and Canada completed a task which, while pertaining to the outer and more material aspects of the Cause, nevertheless has a special significance for its spirit and inward sacred purpose. This task consisted in creating a legal form which gives proper substance and substantial character to the National Spiritual Assemblies and the administrative processes embodied in the Baha'i teachings by a form of incorporation recognized under common law. This Declaration of Trust, with its attendant By-Laws, became the model to be followed, with adaptations as local laws and circumstances required, by other Na ti on al Spiritual Assemblies. The years following the election of the U niversal House of Justice witnessed a great increase in the number of National Spiritual Assemblies (from 57 in 1963 to 130 by Ric;lvan 1979) and the House of Justice itself provided a model document, largely based on the one devised by the National Spiritual Assembly of the United States, to be followed as closely as possible by all new National Spiritual Assemblies as they became incorporated, which they were required to do under the Nine Year Plan. Careful examination of the Declaration and its By-Laws will reveal the fact that this document contains no arbitrary elements nor features new to the Baha'i Cause. On the contrary, it represents a most conscientious effort to reflect those very administrative principles and elements already set forth in the letters of the Guardian, Shoghi Effendi, and already determining the methods and relationships of Baha'i collective association. The provision both in the Declaration and in the By-Laws for amendments in the future will permit the Natio nal Spiritual Assemblies to adapt this document to such new administrative elements or principles as may at any time be given forth. The Declaration, in fact, is nothing more nor less than a legal parallel of those moral and spiritual laws of unity inherent in the fullness of the Baha'i Revelation and making it the fulfilment of the ideal of religion in the social as well as spiritual realm. Because, in the Baha'i Faith, this perfect correspondence exists between spiritual and social laws, the Baha'ls believe that administrative success is identical with moral success, and that nothing less than the true Baha'i spirit of devotion and sacrifice can inspire with effective power the world-wide body of unity revealed by Baha'u'llah.

DECLARATION OF TR UST By the NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY OF THE BAHA'fs OF .. . ..

WE, duly chosen by the representatives of the Baha'fs of ... at the Annual Meeting held at ... , on . . . , to be the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of ... , with full power to establish a Trust as hereinafter set forth, hereby declare that from this date the powers, responsibilities, rights, privileges and obligations reposed in said National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of .. . by Baha'u'llah, Founder of the Baha'i Faith, by 'Abdu'l-Baha, its Interpreter and Exemplar, by 338 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Shoghi Effendi, its Guardian, and by the Universal House of Justice, ordained by Baha'u'llah in His sacred Writings as the supreme body of the Baha'i religion, shall be exercised, administered and carried on by the above-named National Spiritual Assembly and their duly qualified successors under this Declaration of Trust. The National Spiritual Assembly in adopting this form of association, union and fellowship , and in selecting for itself the designation of Trustees of the Baha'is of ... , does so as the administrative body of a religious community which has had continuous existence and responsibility for .... In consequence of these activities the National Spiritual Assembly is called upon to administer such ever-increasing diversity and volume of affairs and properties for the Baha'is of ... , that we, its members, now feel it both desirable and necessary to give our collective functions more definite legal form. This action is taken in complete unanimity and with full recognition of the sacred relationship thereby created. We acknowledge in behalf of ourselves and our successors in this Trust the exalted religious standard established by Baha'u'llah for Baha'i administrative bodies in the utterance: Be ye Trustees of the Merciful One among men; and seek the help of God and His guidance in order to fulfil that exhortation .

(Signatures of the nine members) Date

ARTICLE I The name of said Trust shall be the 'National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of .. . .'

ARTICLE II Sharing the ideals and assisting the efforts of our fellow Baha'is to establish, uphold and promote the spiritual, educational and humanitarian teachings of human brotherhood, radiant faith, exalted character and selfless love revealed in the lives and utterances of all the Prophets and Messengers of God, Founders of the world's revealed religions-and given renewed creative energy and universal application to the conditions of this age in the life and utterances of Baha'u'llah-we declare the purposes and objects of this Trust to be to administer the affairs of the Cause of Baha'u'llah for the benefit of the Baha'is of ... according to the principles of Baha'i affiliation and administration created and established by Baha'u'llah, defined and explained by 'Abdu'l-Baha, interpreted and amplified by Shoghi Effendi, and supplemented and applied by the Universal House of Justice. These purposes are to be realized by means of devotional meetings; by public meetings and conferences of an educational, humanitarian and spiritual character; by the publication of books, magazines and newspapers; by the construction of temples of universal worship and of other institutions and edifices for humanitarian service; by supervising, unifying, promoting and generally administering the activities of the Baha'is of ... in the fulfilment of their religious offices, duties and ideals; and by any other means approp riate to these ends, or a ny of them. Other purposes and objects of this Trust are:

a. The right to enter into, make, perform and carry out contracts of every sort and kind for the furtherance of the objects of this Trust with any person, firm, association, corporation, private, public or municipal or body politic, or any state, territory or colony thereof, or any foreign government; and in this connection, and in all transactions under the terms of this Trust, to do any and all things which a co-partnership or natural person could do or exercise, and which now or hereafter may be authorized by law . b. To hold and be named as beneficiary under any trust established by law or otherwise or under any will or other testamentary instrument in connection with any gift, devise, or bequest in which a trust or trusts is or are established in any part of the world as well as in .. . ; to receive gifts, devises or bequests of money or other property. c. All and whatsoever the several purposes and objects set forth in the written utterances of Baha'u'llah, THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 339 ' Abdu' l-Baha and Shoghi Effendi, and enactments of the Universa l House of Justice , under which certain jurisdiction, powers and rights are gra nted to Nationa l Spiritual Assemblies. d. Generally to do all things and acts which in the judgement of said Trustees, i.e., the Nationa l Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of . . . , are necessary , proper and advantageous to promote the complete and successful admini stration of this Trust.

ARTICLE III SECTION 1. All persons, firms , corporations and associations extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trustees, i.e., the National Spiritual Assembly, and the members thereof, of a ny character whatsoever, whether legal or equitable and whether arising out of contract or tort, shall look solely to the funds of the Trust and to the property of the Trust estate for payment or indemnity , or for payment of any debt, damage , judgement or decree or any money that may otherwise become due or payable from the Trustees, so that neither the Trustees nor any of them, nor any of their officers or agents appointed by them hereunder, nor any beneficiary or beneficiaries herein named shall be personally liable therefor. SECTION 2. Every note, bond , proposal, obligation or contract in writing or other agreement or instrument made or given under this Trust shall be explicitly executed by the National Spiritual Assembly, as Trustees, by their duly authorized officers or agents .

ARTICLE IV The Trustees , i.e., the Nation3l Spiritual Assembly, shall adopt for the conduct of the affairs entrusted to them under this Decla ration of Trust, such by-laws, rules of procedure or regulations as are required to define and carry on its own administrative functions and those of the several local and other elements composing the body of the Baha'fs of ... , not inconsistent with the terms of this instrument and all in accordance with the instructions and enactments of the Universal House of Justice.

ARTICLE V The central office of this Trust shall be located in ....

ARTICLE VI The seal of this Trust shall be circular in form, bearing the following inscription: National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of ....

ARTICLE VII This Declaration of Trust may be amended by majority vote of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of ... at any special meeting duly called for that purpose, provided that at least thirty (30) days prior to the date fixed for said meeting a copy of the proposed amendment or amendments is mailed to each member of the Assembly by the Secretary. 340 THE BAHA'I WORLD

BY-LAWS OF THE NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY

ARTJCLE I

THE National Spiritual Assembly, in the fulfilment of its sacred duties under this Trust, shall have exclusive jurisdiction and authority over all the activities and affairs of the Baha'i Cause throughout . .. , including paramount authority in the administration of this Trust. It shall endeavour to stimulate, unify and coordinate the manifold activities of the Local Spiritual Assemblies (hereinafter defined) and of individual Baha'ls in ... and by all possible means assist them to promote the oneness of mankind. It shall be charged with the recognition of such Local Assemblies, the scrutiny of all membership rolls, the calling of the Annual Meeting or special meetings and the seating of delegates to the Annual Meeting and their apportionment among the various electoral districts. lt shall appoint all national Baha'i committees and shall supervise the publication and distribution of Baha'i literature , the reviewing of all writings pertain ing to the Baha'i Cause, the construction and administration of the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar and its accessory activities, and the collection and disbursement of all funds for the carrying on of this Trust. It shall decide whether any matter lies within its own jurisdiction or within the jurisdiction of any Local Spiritual Assembly. It shall, in such cases as it considers suitable and necessary, entertain appeals from the decisions of Local Spiritual Assemblies and shall have the right of final decision in all cases where the qualification of an individual or group for continued voting rights and membership in the Baha'i body is in question. It shall furthermore represent the Baha'ls of . . . in all their co-operative and spiritual activities with the Baha'ls of other lands, and shall constitute the sole electoral body of ... in the election of the Universal House of Justice provided for in the sacred Writings of the Baha'i Cause. Above all, the National Spiritual Assembly shall ever seek to attain that station of unity in devotion to the Revelation of Baha'u'llah which will attract the confirmations of the Holy Spirit and enable the Assembly to serve the founding of the Most Great Peace. In all its deliberation and action the National Assembly shall have constantly before it as Divine guide and standard the utterance of Baha'u'llah: It behooveth them (i.e. , members of Spiritual Assemblies) to be the trusted ones of the Merciful among men and to regard themselves as the guardians appointed of God for all that dwell on earth. It is incumbent upon them to take counsel together and to have regard for the interests ofthe servants of God, for His sake, even as they regard their own interests, and to choose that which is meet and seemly.

ARTICLE II The Baha'ls of ... for whose benefit this Trust is established shall consist of all persons of the age of 15 years or over resident in ... who are accepted by the National Spiritual Assembly as possessing the qualifications of Baha'i faith and practice required under the following standard set forth by the Guardian of the Faith: Full recognition of the station of the Bab, the Forerunner; ofBaha'u'Ilah, the Author; and of'Abdu'l-Baha, the True Exemplar of the Baha'i religion; unreserved acceptance of, and submission to, whatsoever has been revealed by their Pen; loyal and steadfast adherence to every clause of 'Abdu'l-Baha's sacred Will; and close association with the spirit as well as the form of Baha'i Administration throughout the world.

Those residing in the area of jurisdiction of any Local Spiritual Assembly recognized by the National Assembly may declare their faith to, and be enrolled by, the Local Spiritual Assembly; those living outside any such area of local Baha'i jurisdiction shall be enrolled in such manner as shall be prescribed by the National Assembly. Upon attaining the age of 21 years, a Baha'i is eligible to vote and to hold elective office. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 341

National Spiritual Assemblies formed Rirjvan 1977

The National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of the New Hebrides; Rief, van 1977.

. The National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahli'is of Surinam and French Guiana; Rief, van 1977. Jn the centre, holding the ' Greatest Name, is the Hand of the Cause Dhikru'l/ah Khadem who represented the Universal House of Justice at the inaugural convention. 1sT NATtON/\L BAHA'I ~JNVEN TI

' ...am..:~•

The National Spiritua l Assembly of the Bahli'is of Upper Volta whose inaugural convention was held 2-3 May 1977. 342 THE BAHA'f WORLD

ARTICLE III The National Assembly shall consist of nine members chosen from among the Baha'fs of ... , who shall be elected by the said Baha'fs in manner hereinafter provided, and who shall continue for the period of one year, or until their successors shall be elected.

ARTICLE IV The officers of the National Spiritual Assembly shall consist of a Chairman, Vice-Chairman, Secretary and Treasurer, and such other officers as may be found necessary for the proper conduct of its affairs. The officers shall be elected by a majority vote of the entire membership of the Assembly taken by secret ballot.

ARTICLE V The first meeting of a newly-elected National Assembly shall be called by the member elected to membership by the highest number of votes or, in case two or more members have received the same said highest number of votes, then by the member selected by lot from among those members; and this member shall preside until the permanent Chairman shall be chosen. All subsequent meetings shall be called by the Secretary of the Assembly at the request of the Chairman or, in his absence or incapacity, of the Vice-Chairman, or of any three members of the Assembly; provided, however, that the Annual Meeting of the Assembly shall be held at a time and place to be fixed by a majority vote of the Assembly , as hereinafter provided.

ARTICLE VI Five members of the National Assembly present at a meeting shall constitute a quorum, and a majority vote of those present and constituting a quorum shall be sufficient for the conduct of business, except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, and with due regard to the principle of unity and cordial fellowship involved in the institution of a Spiritual Assembly. The transactions and decisions of the National Assembly shall be recorded at each meeting by the Secretary, who shall supply copies of the minutes to the Assembly members after each meeting, and preserve the minutes in the official records of the Assembly.

ARTICLE VII Whenever in any locality of ... , the number of Baha'is resident therein recognized by the National Spiritual Assembly exceeds nine, these shall on April 21st of any year convene and elect by plurality vote a local administrative body of nine members, to be known as the Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of that community . Every such Spiritual Assembly shall be elected annually thereafter upon each successive 21st day of April. The members shall hold office for the term of one year or until their successors are elected and qualified. When, however, the number of Baha'fs in any authorized civil area is exactly nine, these shall on April 21st of any year, or in successive years, constitute themselves the Local Spiritual Assembly by joint declaration. Upon the recording of such declaration by the Secretary of the National Spiritual Assembly, said body of nine shall become established with the rights, privileges and duties of a Local Spiritual Assembly as set forth in this instrument. SECTION 1. Each newly-elected Local Spiritual Assembly shall at once proceed in the manner indicated in Articles IV and V of these By-Laws to the election of its officers, who shall consist of a Chairman, Vice-Chairman, Secretary and Treasurer, and such other officers as the Assembly finds necessary for the conduct of its business and the fulfilment of its spiritual duties. Immediately thereafter the Secretary chosen shall transmit to the Secretary of the National Assembly the names of the members of the newly-elected Assembly and a list of its officers. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 343 SECTION 2. The general powers and duties of a Local Spiritual Assembly shall be as set forth in the writings of Baha'u'llah , 'Abdu'l-Baha and Shoghi Effendi, and as laid down by the Universal House of Justice. SECTION 3. Among its more specific duties, a Local Spiritual Assembly shall have full jurisdiction of all Baha'i activities and affairs within the local community, subject, however, to the exclusive and paramount authority of the National Spiritual Assembly as defined herein. SECTION 4. Vacancies in the membership of a Local Spiritual Assembly shall be filled by election at a special meeting of the local Baha'i community duly called for that purpose by the Assembly. In the event that the number of vacancies exceeds four, making a quorum of the Local Assembly impossible, the election shall be held under the supervision of the National Spiritual Assembly. SECTION 5. The business of the Local Assembly shall be conducted in like manner as provided for the deliberations of the National Assembly in Article VI above. SECTION 6. The Local Assembly shall pass upon and approve the qualifications of each member of the Baha'i community before such members shall be admitted to voting membership; but where an individual is dissatisfied with the ruling of the Local Spiritual Assembly upon his Baha'i qualifications, such individual may appeal from the ruling to the National Assembly, which shall there upon take jurisdiction of and finally decide the case. SECTION 7. On or before the 1st day of November of each year the Secretary of each Local Assembly shall send to the Secretary of the National Assembly a duly certified list of the voting members of the local Baha'i community for the information and approval of the National Assembly. SECTION 8. All matters arising within a local Baha'i community which are of purely local interest and do not affect the national interests of the Cause shall be under the primary jurisdiction of the Spiritual Assembly of that locality; but decision whether a particular matter involves the interest and welfare of the national Baha'i body shall rest with the National Spiritual Assembly. SECTION 9. Any member of a local Baha'i community may appeal from a decision of his Spiritual Assembly to the National Assembly, which shall determine whether it shall take jurisdiction of the matter or leave it to the Local Spiritual Assembly for reconsideration. In the event that the National Assembly assumes jurisdiction of the matter, its findings shall be final. SECTION 10. Where any dissension exists within a local Baha'i community of such character that it cannot be remedied by the efforts of the Local Spiritual Assembly, this condition shall be referred by the Spiritual Assembly for consideration to the National Spiritual Assembly, whose action in the matter shall be final. SECTION 11. All questions arising between two or more Local Spiritual Assemblies, or between members of different Baha'i communities, shall be submitted in the first instance to the National Assembly, which shall have original and final jurisdiction in all such matters. SECTION 12. The sphere of jurisdiction of a Local Spiritual Assembly, with respect to residential qualification of membership, and voting rights of a believer in any Baha'i community, shall be the locality included within the recognized civil limits. All differences of opinion concerning the sphere of jurisdiction of any Local Spiritual Assembly or concerning the affiliation of any Baha'i or group ofBaha'is in ... shall be referred to the National Spiritua l Assembly, whose decision in the matter shall be final.

ARTICLE VIII The members of the National Spiritual Assembly shall be elected at an annual meeting to be known as the National Convention of the Baha'fs of .... This Convention shall be held at a time and place to be fixed by the National Assembly. The National Convention shall be composed jointly of representatives chosen by the Baha'fs of each ... under the principle of proportionate representation, and the members of the National Spiritual Assemb ly. Notice of the annual meeting shall be given by the National Assembly sixty days in advance in the Convention Call which sets forth the number of delegates assigned to the various electoral units in proportion to the number of Baha'fs resident in each such unit, to a total of . . . delegates for the Baha'fs of .... 344 THE BAHA'I WORLD

SECTION 1. All delegates to the Convention shall be elected by plurality vote. Baha'ls who for illness or other unavoidable reasons are unable to be present at the election in person shall have the right to transmit their ballots to the meeting by mail. The meeting held in each ... for the election of delegates shall be called by the National Spiritual Assembly and conducted by the Baha'ls present under whatever procedure may be uniformly laid down by said body. Immediately after the meeting a certified report of the election containing the name and address of each delegate shall be transmitted to the National Spiritual Assembly. SECTION 2. All delegates to be seated at the Convention must be recognized Baha'ls and residents of the ... represented by them. SECTION 3. The rights and privileges of a delegate may not be assigned nor may they be exercised by proxy. SECTION 4. The recognition and seating of delegates to the National Convention shall be vested in the National Spiritual Assembly. SECTION 5. Delegates unable to be present in person at the Convention shall have the right to transmit their ballots for election of the members of the National Assembly under whatever procedure is adopted by the National Assembly. SECTION 6. If in any year the National Spiritual Assembly shall consider that it is impracticable or unwise to assemble together the delegates to the National Convention, the said Assembly shall provide ways and means by which the annual election and the other essential business of the Convention may be conducted by mail. SECTION 7. The presiding officer of the National Spiritual Assembly present at the Convention shall call together the delegates, who after roll call shall proceed to the permanent organization of the meeting, electing by ballot a Chairman, a Secretary and such other officers as are necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Convention. SECTION 8. The principal business of the annual meeting shall be consultation on Baha'i activities, plans and policies, and the election of the nine members of the National Spiritual Assembly. Members of the National Assembly, whether or not elected delegates, may take a full part in the consultation and discussion but only delegates may participate in the election of Convention officers or in the annual election of the members of the National Assembly. All action by the delegates, other than the organization of the Convention , the transmission of messages to the World Centre of the Baha'i Faith, and the election of the National Assembly, shall constitute advice and recommendation for consideration by the said Assembly, final decision in all matters concerning the affairs of the Baha'i Faith in ... being vested solely in that body. SECTION 9. The general order of business to be taken up at the Annual Convention shall be prepared by the National Spiritual Assembly in the form of an agenda, but any matter pertaining to the Baha'i Faith introduced by any of the delegates may upon motion and vote be taken up as part of the Convention deliberations. SECTION 10. The election of the members of the National Spiritual Assembly shall be by plurality vote of the delegates recognized by the outgoing National Spiritual Assembly, i.e., the members elected shall be the nine persons receiving the greatest number of votes on the first ballot cast by delegates present at the Convention and delegates whose ballot has been transmitted to the Secretary of the National Spiritual Assembly by mail. In case, by reason of a tie vote or votes, the full membership is not determined on the first ballot, then one or more additional ballots shall be taken on the persons tied until all nine members are elected. SECTION 11. All official business transacted at the National Convention shall be recorded and preserved in the records of the National Assembly. SECTION 12. Vacancies in the membership of the National Spiritual Assembly shall be filled by a plurality vote of the delegates composing the Convention which elected the Assembly, the ballot to be taken by correspondence or in any other manner decided upon by the National Spiritual Assembly. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 345 ARTICLE IX Where the National Spiritual Assembly has been given in these By-Laws exclusive and final jurisdiction, and paramount executive authority, in all matters pertaining to the activities and affairs of the Baha'f Cause in ... , it is understood that any decision made or action taken upon such matters shall be subject in every instance to ultimate review and approval by the Universal House of Justice.

ARTICLE X Whatever functions and powers are not specifically attributable to Local Spiritual Assemblies in these By-Laws shall be considered vested in the National Spiritual Assembly, which body is authorized to delegate such discretionary functions and powers as it deems necessary and advisable to the Local Spiritual Assemblies within its jurisdiction.

ARTICLE XI In order to preserve the spiritual character and purpose of Baha'f elections, the practice of nominations or any other electoral method detrimental to a silent and prayerful election shall not prevail, so that each elector may vote for none but those whom prayer and reflection have inspired him to uphold. Among the most outstanding and sacred duties incumbent upon those who have been called upon to initiate, direct and co-ordinate the affairs of the Cause as members of Local or National Spiritual Assemblies are: To win by every means in their power the confidence and affection of those whom it is their privilege to serve; to investigate and acquaint themselves with the considered views, the prevailing sentiments and the personal convictions of those whose welfare it is their solemn obligation to promote; to purge their deliberations and the general conduct of their affairs of self-contained aloofness, the suspicion of secrecy, the stifling atmosphere of dictatorial assertiveness and of every word and deed that may savour of partiality, self-centredness and prejudice; and while retaining the sacred right of final decision in their hands, to invite discussion, ventilate grievances, welcome advice and foster the sense of inter-dependence and co-partnership, of understanding and mutual confidence between themselves and all other Baha'fs.

ARTICLE XII These By-Laws may be amended by majority vote of the National Spiritual Assembly at any of its regular or special meetings, provided that at least fourteen days prior to the date fixed for the said meeting a copy of the proposed amendment or amendments is mailed to each member of the Assembly by the Secretary. 346 THE BAHA'I WORLD

3. A PROCEDURE FOR THE CONDUCT OF THE ANNUAL BAHA'I CONVENTION I. CONVENTION CALL This agenda may include, as part of the THE National Spiritual Assembly deter- National Assembly's annual report, the premines the date, duration and place of the sentation of specia l subjects by well qualified Annual Convention and provides for such members, committee representatives or nonmeetings in connection wit h the Convention as Baha'i experts whose exposition is necessary or it may fee l are desirable. desirable for the information of the delegates . On motion duly made, seconded and voted, II. CONVENTION PROCEDURE any such subject may be omitted, and also on The Twenty-sixth Annual Convention [of motion duly made , seconded and voted, any the Baha'ls of the United States and Canada], other sub ject may be proposed for special conheld in 1934, voted a recommendation calling sultation. upon the Nationa l Spiritual Assembly to sup- Annual Election: The election of members ply a parliamentary procedure for the conduct of the National Spiritual Assembly is to take of the Annual Convention, and the present place approximate ly midway during the Conmaterial has been prepared to meet the need vention sessions, so as to enable the delegates indicated by that recommendation. to consult with both the outgoing and incoming Order of Business Assemblies, in accordance with the Guardian's Prayer and devotional readings, provided by expressed desire . the outgoing National Spiritual Assembly. Opening of the Convention by Presiding Conduct of Business Officer of the National Spiritual Assembly. Every deliberative body, to fulfil its func- Roll ca ll of delegates by the Secretary of the tions, must conduct its deliberations in accor- National Spiritual Assembly. dance with some established rules of order. Election by secret ballot of Convention The parliamentary procedure here set forth for Chairman and Secretary. The Convention the Convention is based upon the procedure Officers are to be e lected by the assembled already adopted for meetings of Local delegates from among the entire number of Assemblies and communities. It accordingly delegates who are present at the Convention. extends to sessions of the Annual Convention, Annua l Report of National Spiritual the same procedure under which the delegates, Assembly. in their other Baha'i activities, are accustomed Annual Financial Report of National to conduct discussions and consultation. Spiritual Assembly. The purpose of consultation at the Annual Convention message to the World Centre of Convention is threefold: to arrive at full and the Baha'i Faith. complete knowledge of the current conditions, Annual Committee Reports: These are to be problems and possibilities of the Faith in considered as part of the report of the National America; to give the incoming National Spiritual Assembly. They are whenever pos- Assembly the benefit of the collective wisdom, sible published in Baha'i News in advance of the guidance and constructive suggestions of the Convention date, for the information of the assembled delegates, and to contribute to the delegates. unity, in spirit and in action, of the entire Subjects for Consultation: Any delegate American Baha'i community. may, before the Convention convenes, The freedom of each and every delegate to recommend to the National Assembly such take part in discussion and to initiate motions is topics as he deems of sufficient importance to untrammelled save as the undue activity of one be included in the Convention agenda; and the delegate might hamper the rights of the other National Spiritual Assembly, from the list of delegates. Any necessary limitation to be topics received from delegates, and also sug- placed upon individual discussion shall be gested by its own knowledge and experience, is determined by the Chairman in the absence of to prepare an agenda or order of business as its any specific motion duly voted by the delegates recommendation to the Convention. themselves. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 347 It shall be the duty of the Chairman to call prepared by the National Spiritual Assembly. encourage general consultation and make Ballots and tellers' report forms shall be possible the active participation of the greatest provided by the National Assembly. possible number of delegates . The election shall be conducted by the Con- The Chairman has the same power and vention, but delegates unable to attend the responsibi li ty for discussion and voting upon Convention shall have the right to vote by mail. motions as other delegates. Members of the The Chairman shall appoint three te llers, outgoing and incoming National Assembly chosen from among the assembled delegates. who are not delegates may participate in the The electoral method shall be as follows: consultation but not vote. 1. The Convention Secretary shall call the A resolution, or motion, is not subject to roll of delegates, whereupon each delegate, in discussion or vote until duly made and sec- turn, shall place his or her ballot in a ballot box; onded. It is preferable to have each resolution and as the names are called ballots received by clear and complete in itself, but when an mail shall be placed in the ballot box by the amendment is duly made and seconded, the Secretary of the National Assembly. Chairman shall call for a vote on the amend- 2. The ballot box shall then be handed to the me nt first and then on the motion. An amend- tellers, who shall retire from the Convention ment must be relevant to, and not contravene, hall to determine the result of the e lection. the subject matter of the motion. 3. The result of the election is to be reported The Chairman shall call for votes by oral by the tellers, and the tellers' report is to be expression of ayes and nays, but where the approved by the Convention. result of the vote is doubtful then by a show of 4. The ballots, together with the tellers' hands or a rising vote. A majority vote deter- . report, certified by all the tellers, are to be mines. given to the National Spiritual Assembly for Discussion of any matter may be terminated preservation. by motion duly made, seconded and voted , III. THE CONVENTION RECORD calling upon the Chairman to bring the matter The permanent record of each successive to an immediate vote or proceed to other busi- Annual Convention shall consist of the followness. ing:-( I) Convention Call as issued by the The transactions of the Convention shall be National Spiritual Assembly; (2) List of accrerecorded by the Secretary, and when certified dited delegates; (3) Annual Reports of the by the Convention officers shall be given to the National Spiritual Assembly and of its Com- National Spiritual Assembly. mittees; ( 4) Messages sent to and received Annual Election from the World Centre; (5) Resolutions and The electors in the Annual Election shall other transactions of the assembled delegates; consist of those delegates included in the roll (6) The result of the Annual Election. I

/ 348 THE BAHA'I WORLD

National Spiritual Assemblies formed 1978 1 The National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahli'fs of the Bahamas whose inaugural convention was held 19-21 May 1978.

Baha'fs attending the inaugural convention for the election of the National Spiritual Assembly of Cyprus, 21-22 May 1978. The Hand of the Cause Ugo Giachery is seen seated in the centre, holding the Greatest Name; Mrs. Giachery is to the left. To the right of Dr. Giachery is Erik Blumenthal of the' Continental Board of Counsellors in Europe.

The National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahli'{s of the Mariana Islands (one member absent.) The inaugural convention was held 26-28 May 1978.

Baha'fs attending the inaugural convention for the election of the National Spiritual Assembly of Mauritania; 27- 28 May 1978.

In addition, two new National Spiritual Assemblies were formed in Western Asia. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 349

IV THE LOCAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBL Y 1 1. THE INSTITUTION AND ITS SIGNIFICANCE

THE institution of the Spiritual Assembly Formation of a Local Spiritual Assembly was created by Baha'u'llah and is an integral When the requisite conditions exist, the local part of His Revelation, together with the teach- group of Baha'is is obligated to establish an ings, principles, supplications, truth, and laws Assembly. It is not an optional matter. written in the Books and Tablets. It is the The requisite conditions are simple. They foundation stone of the new World Order, the include the following: establishment of which is the essential aim of 1. There must be nine or more adult Baha'is the Baha'i Faith. Through the loyalty of the in good standing resident in the community. believers who assist in the unfoldment of its 2. These Baha'is are to be declared and reclatent attributes and powers, divine guidance ognized believers, all meeting qualifications of and reinforcement is promised, and the forces faith laid down by the Guardian. If one or more of unity, justice, affection and fellowship are members of the group are such newlymade to prevail over the negative elements confirmed Baha'is that they are not yet which prey upon and destroy the civilization of recorded as believers by the National Spiritual an unbelieving age. Assembly, these new believers are to take a full ' ... To it (Local Assembly) all local matters part in the formation of the Assembly, subject pertaining to the Cause must be directly and to later determination of their Baha'i status. immediately referred for full consultation and 3. Each Local Assembly has a definite area of decision. The importance, nay the absolute jurisdiction. In most cases the area is that of the necessity of these Local Assemblies is manifest civil boundaries of an incorporated village, when we realize that in the days to come they town or city. An Assembly may also be formed will evolve into the local House of Justice, and by nine or more Baha'is who reside in the same at present provide the firm foundation on township or county or unincorporated village. which the structure of the Master's Will is to be Where the area of jurisdiction is a township, reared in future.' B.A., p. 37. there must be nine or more adult Baha'is resi- 'In order to avoid division and disruption , dent therein outside the limits of any incorpothat the Cause may not fall a prey to conflicting rated town or city in the township, as each interpretations, and lose thereby its purity and Baha'i civil area must be separate and distinct pristine vigour, that its affairs may be con- from other areas where an Assembly might ducted with efficiency and promptness, it is later be formed . necessary that every one should conscien- Where the area of jurisdiction is a county, tiously take an active part in the election of these the county itself must be small enough to per- Assemblies, abide by their decisions, enforce mit all the believers to meet regularly. The their decree, and co-operate with them county unit constitutes a Baha'i area of juriswholeheartedly in their task of stimulating the diction only when in it there are nine or more growth of the Movement throughout all re- Baha'is who have access to no smaller civil area gions. The members of these Assemblies, on such as township or permanent electoral distheir part, must disregard utterly their own trict. Postal areas and school districts do not likes and dislikes, their personal interests and represent areas of jurisdiction for Baha'i inclinations, and concentrate their minds upon Assemblies. those measures that will conduce to the welfare 4. At the present time there is only one date and happiness of the Baha'i community and when Local Assemblies can be formed- April promote the common weal.' B.A., p. 41. 21 of any year. As the Baha'i calendar consists From The Baha'i Community, Baha'i Publishing Trust, of days which begin and end at sunset rather Wilmette, 1963. than midnight, the time to form an Assembly is 350 THE BAHA'f WORLD

after sunset on April 20 and before sunset on Assembly members are elected by plurality April 21 except in special circumstances. vote. The believers receiving the nine highest 5. Where there are more than nine adult votes on the first ballot are elected, unless two Baha'fs, they form an Assembly by e lecting the or more are tied for ninth place. In case of a tie, nine members of the Spiritual Assembly. a second ballot is cast by those present, and on Where there are exactly nine adult Baha'fs, they this ballot the voter is to write the name of one establish an Assembly by joint declaration, and of those who are tied in the first ballot. all nine members must participate. The Contrary to the ways of the world, Baha'i National Spiritual Assembly provides different elections are approached in a spirit of prayer types of report forms for these two methods without preliminary electioneering or nominand the group should apply for the proper form ating of candidates. Before the ballots are cast, in advance. prayers should be read and all participating (For further information refer to the follow- ask for guidance in selecting those best fitted ing section on 'The Annual E lection and to serve. In this regard the Guardian wrote: Organization.') ' ... Let us recall His[' Abdu'l-Baha's] explicit and often-repeated assurances that every The Annual Election and Organization Assembly e lected in that rarefied atmosphere of 'These Local Spiritual Assemblies will have selflessness and detachment is, in truth, apto be elected directly by the friends, and every pointed of God, that its verdict is truly inspired, declared believer of 21 years and above, far that one and all should submit to its decision unfrom standing aloof and assuming an indiffer- reservedly and with cheerfulness.' B.A., p. 65. ent or independent attitude, should regard it ' ... the elector ... is called upon to vote for his sacred duty to take part conscientiously and none but those whom prayer and reflection diligently, in the election , the consolidation have inspired him to uphold. Moreover, the and the efficient working of his own Local practice of nomination , so detrimental to the Assembly.' B.A., p. 39. atmosphere of a silent and prayerful election, is 'Pending its (the Universal House of Justice) viewed with mistrust . .. Should this simple sysestablishment, 1 and to ensure uniformity tem (based o n plurality) be provisionally throughout the East and throughout the West, adopted, it would safeguard the spiritual prinall Local Assemblies will have to be re-elected ciple of the unfettered freedom of the voter, once a year, during the first day of Ric;lvan , and who will thus preserve intact the sanctity of the the result of polling, if possible, be declared on choice he first made .. .' B.A., p. 136. that day.' B.A., p. 41. 'The newly-elected Assembly is called to- The annual meeting on April 21, called for gether by the believer who received the highest the election of the Spiritual Assembly, pro- number of votes, or in case two or more memvides the occasion for the presentation of bers have received the same said highest annual reports by the Assembly and by all its number of votes, then by the member selected committees. by lot from among those members; and this The chairman of the outgoing Assembly member shall preside until the permanent presides at this meeting. chairman is chosen.' By-Laws of a Local Spiritual Assembly, Art, VIII. The order of business includes: It is preferable to have the election of the Reading of the call of the meeting officers of the Assembly immediately following Reading of appropriate Baha'i passages bearing the annual election or formatio n by joint declaupon the subject of the election ration; however, all nine members of the Appointment of tellers Assembly must be given an opportunity to vote Distribution of ballots for the officers. In rare instances a meeting for Prayers for the spiritual guidance of the voters the election of officers cannot be called The election by secret ballot Presentation of annual reports because of inability on the part of one or more Tellers' report of the election members to attend. In such cases, the best pro- Approval of the tellers' report cedure is to elect or appoint immediately a temporary chairman and secretary to serve ' Written in 1923. until such time as all members of the Assembly THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 351 can be present to vote in person. The various functions of the Local Spiritual Permanent officers are elected by secret bal- Assembly , and its nature as a constitutional lot and by majority rather than by plurality body, are duly set forth in Article VII of the vote. (Plurality is the largest number; majority By-Laws of the National Spiritual Assembly , is the number greater than half, which, in this and more definitely defined in the By-Laws of a case, is at least five out of the nine.) Local Spiritual Assembly approved by the When an Assembly is organized, it is to National Spiritual Assembly as recommended report its formation and election of officers to by the Guardian. Each Local Spiritual Assemthe National Spiritual Assembly, together with bly of the United States, whether or not legally whatever relevant facts may be necessary for incorporated, is to function according to those recognition of the Assembly. By-Laws, and all members of the local Baha'i community shall be guided and controlled by Dissolution of a Local Spiritual Assembly their provisions. Once elected or formed by joint declaration, An essential function of Local Spiritual an Assembly continues to exist until the next Assemblies is to act as intermediaries between annual election or until the National Spiritual the local communities and the National Assembly acts to declare the Assembly dis- Spiritual Assembly. The Local Assembly is, solved . This decision is not to be made by the therefore, the proper medium through which members of the Local Assembly itself nor by local Baha'i communities can communicate any regional or national committee. with the body of their national representatives. If the number of adult Baha'is in the community becomes less than nine, or other condi- Appointment of Committees tions arise which make it impossible for the In the appointment of committees, only Local Assembly to function, the facts should be those committees needed to carry out the reported to the National Assembly for final activities of the community are necessary. Such determination of the status of the Assembly. committees are appointed by the Assembly from among the entire membership of the Authority and Functions community, have specific functions to perform, The Loca l Spiritual Assemblies are 'invested and are responsible to the Assembly who will with an authority rendering them unans:wer- exercise constant and general supervision over able for their acts and decisions to those who their work. Before making appointments, it is elect them; solemnly pledged to follow, under usually beneficial to discuss the special all conditions, the dictates of the "Most Great abilities, aptitudes and personal wishes of the Justice" that can alone usher in the reign of the members under consideration in relation to the "Most Great Peace" which Baha' u'llah has tasks which a re to be performed by the comproclaimed and must ultimately establish; mittees. charged with the responsibility of promoting at all times the best interests of the communities Meetings within their jurisdiction, of familiarizing them A meeting of the Spiritual Assembly is valid with their plans and activities and of inviting only when it has been duly called, that is, when them to offer any recommendations they might each and every member has been informed of wish to make; cognizant of their no less vital the time and place. The general practice is for task of demonstrating, through association the Assembly to decide upon some regular with all liberal and humanitarian movements, time and place for its meeting throughout the the universality and comprehensiveness of Baha'i year, and this decision when recorded in their Faith; dissociated entirely from all sec- the minutes is sufficient notice to the members. tarian organizations, whether religious or secu- When the regular schedule cannot be followed , lar; assisted by committees annually appointed or the need arises for a special meeting, the by, and directly responsible to them, to each of secretary, on request of the chairman, or, in his which a particular branch of Baha'i activity is absence or incapacity, of the vice-chairman, or assigned for study and action; supported by of any three members of the Assembly, should local funds to which all believers voluntarily send due notice to all the members. contribute .. .' G.P.B., p. 331. The procedure for the calling of the Annual 352 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Meeting is outlined in Article XI of the By- resull is light, and should the least trace of Laws of a Local Spiritual Assembly. estrangement prevail the result shall be darkness upon darkness ... If this be so regarded, thal Prime Requisi1es assembly shall be of Cod, but otherwise it shall The prime requisites for !hem that lake coun- lead 10 coolness and alienation that proceed sel together are purify of motive, radiance of from the Evil One . .. Should they endeavour to spirit, detachment from all else save Cod, a11rac- fulfil lhese conditions the Crace of the Holy tion 10 His Divine Fragrances, humility and Spirit shall be vouchsafed unlo !hem, and that lowliness amongst His loved ones, patience and assembly shall become the centre of Divine bleslong-suffering in difficulties and servitude to His sings, the hosts of Divine confirmation shall exalted Threshold. Should they be graciously come lo their aid, and they shall day by day aided to acquire these atlributes, viClory from receive a new effusion of spirit. 'Abdu'l-Baha. the unseen Kingdom of Bahti shall be vouch- B.A., pp. 22-23. safed to them. In this day, assemblies of consul- Recommended Agenda and Procedure tation are of the greatest importance and a vital Since order is an important characteristic of necessity. Obedience unto them is essential and the Baha'i Faith, Baha'is should conduct their obliga1ory. B.A., p. 21. business in an orderly manner. The firs! condition is absolute love and har- The following agenda is suggested for meetmony amongst the members of the Assembly. ings of the Local Spiritual Assembly: They must be wholly free from estrangement and must manifest in themselves the Unity of Prayer. Cod, for they are the waves ofone sea, the drops Reading and approval of minutes of previous meeting. of one river, the stars of one heaven, the rays of Report of Secretary (or Corresponding Secretary) one sun, !he trees of one orchard, the flowers of including correspondence of interest and concern one garden . Should harmony of thought and to the body of the believers, and any and all absolute unity be non-existent, the gathering recommendations duly adopted by the community shall be dispersed and that Assembly be brought at the last Nineteen Day Feast. to naught. Report of Treasurer. The second condition:-They must when Report of Committees. coming together turn their faces to the Kingdom Unfinished business. on High and ask aid from the Realm of Glory. New business, including conferences with members They must then proceed with the utmost devo- of the community and with applicants for enrolment as members of the community. tion, courtesy, dignity, care and moderation to Closing prayer. express their views. They must in every matter search out the truth and not insist upon their A Spiritual Assembly in maintaining its own opinion, for stubbornness and persistence in three-fold function of a body given (within the one's views will lead ultimately to discord and limits of its jurisdiction) an executive, a legislawrangling and the truth will remain hidden. The tive and a judicial capacity, is charged with honoured members must with all freedom responsibilities for initiating action and making express their own thoughts, and it is in no wise decisions. Its meetings, therefore, revolve permissible for one to belittle the thought of around various definite matters which require another, nay, he must with moderation set forth deliberation and collective decision, and it is the truth, and should differences of opinion incumbent upon the members, one and all, to arise a majority of voices must prevail, and all address themselves to the chairman on the submust obey and submit to the majority. It is again ject under discussion and not introduce matnot permitted that any one of the honoured ters irrelevant to the subject. members object to or censure, whether in or out Baha'i principles of consultation and majorof the meeting, any decision arrived at previ- ity rule are requisite characteristics in Baha'i ously, though that decision be not right, for such Administration, and represent radical deparcriticism would prevent any decision from being tures from the generally accepted rules of parenforced. liamentary procedure. In Baha'i Assembly In short, whatsoever thing is arranged in action, the chairman takes part in the discusharmony and with love and purity of motive, its sion, and a majority decision becomes unani- THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 353 mous and binding upon all. There is no minor- has been given to all members to express their ity opinion in Baha'i Administration ; the deci- views. sion of the majority is the decision of all. A motion to adjourn is always in order and Every subject or problem before an Assem- has priority over all other motions except the bly is most efficiently handled when the follow- motion to fix the time of the next meeting. The ing process is observed: motion to adjourn is not debatable and cannot First , ascertainment and agreement upon the be amended. It requires a majority vote . facts; Before voting, however, the presiding officer Second , agreement upon the spiritual or should point out items of unfinished business adminstrative principle which is involved; on the agenda, so that the members will know Third , full and frank discussion of the mat- whether to vote for or against adjournment at ter, leading up to the offering of a resolution; that moment. and A motion may be withdrawn by the mover, Fourth, voting upon the resolution. provided no one objects, and before a vote has A resolution, or motion, is not subject to been taken. discussion or vote until duly made and sec- When the Assembly has taken action upon onded . It is preferable to have such resolution any matter, the action is binding upon all clear and complete in itself, but when an members, whether present or absent from the amendment is duly made and seconded, the meeting at which the action was taken. Indichairman shall call for a vote on the amend- vidual views and opinions must be subordiment first and then on the original motion. An nated to the will of the Assembly when a deciamendment must be relevant to, and not con- sion has been made. A Spiritual Assembly is an travene, the subject matter of the motion. Only administrative unit, as it is a spiritual unit, and one motion should be considered at a time. The therefore no distinction between 'majority' procedure for handling motions is: and ' minority' groups or factions can be recog- 1. Statement of motion nized. Each member must give undivided loy- 2. Second alty to the institution to which he or she has 3. Discussion of the motion been elected. 4 . Voting Any action taken by the Assembly can be 5. Announcement of the result of the voting. reconsidered at a later meeting, on motion duly Amendments are to be voted on before the made, seconded and carried. This reconsideramain motion. Motions can be amended only tion , according to the result of the consultation , once, by one of the following actions: adding, may lead to a revision or the annulment of the striking out, inserting, striking out and insert- prior action. If a majority is unwilling to reconing, substituting, dividing. sider the prior action, further discussion of the An action may be agreed upon by the matter by any member is improper. Assembly without going through the formality of making a motion and voting upon it ; how- Vacancies on Assembly ever, if the agreement is not unanimous the The Assembly has a responsibility in filling a question must be put to a vote. vacancy caused by the inability of any member The ·chairman , or other presiding officer, to attend the meetings. 'It is only too obvious has the same right and responsibility as other that unless a member can attend regularly the members of the Assembly for discussing and meetings of his Local Assembly, it would be voting upon all matters being considered by the impossible for him to discharge the duties Assembly. incumbent upon him, and to fulfil his respon- Discussion of any subject before the Assem- sibilities as a representative of the community. bly may be terminated by a motion duly made, Membership in a Local Spiritual Assembly carseconded and voted , calling upon the chairman ries with it, indeed, the obligation and capacity to put the matter to a vote or to proceed to the to remain in close touch with local Baha'i next matter on the agenda. The purpose of this activities, and ability to attend regularly the procedure is to prevent any member or mem- sessions of the Assembly.' Letter from Shoghi bers from unnecessarily prolonging the discus- Effendi, 16 Feb. 1935. sion beyond the point at which full opportunity When a vacancy on an Assembly involves 354 THE BAHA'I WORLD

The Spiritual Assembly of Ocean Island ( Banaba); Ri(ivtin 1977. This island lies approximately fifty-seven miles south ofthe equator and is within the territory ofthe National Spiritual Assembly ofthe Gilbert Islands (Kiribati) and Tuvalu. The Local Assembly was elected for the first time at Ri(ivtin 1976.

The Spiritual Assembly of Nuuk, Greenland, formed in 1979. This is the first Local Spiritual Assembly in Greenland. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 355 also one of its officers, the Assembly vacancy is onding motions or making comments during filled in the usual manner by election at a spe- the discussion. Names are of importance, howcial meeting of the local Baha'i community, ever, when the minutes record reports given on after which the entire Assembly elects the new special assignments or situations, or when officer. assignments are given to particular individuals. If a decision is adopted by common consent Minutes without the formality of a motion, even this The Spiritual Assembly, as a permanent decision should be clearly stated by the chairbody, is responsible for maintaining all minutes man and recorded in the minutes so that there of its meetings, important records and corre- is no question as to what action was agreed spondence, and financial records throughout its upon by the group. existence as a Baha'i institution. Each officer, Correspondence should be listed in the therefore, on completing his or her term of minutes. Copies of important outgoing correoffice, shall turn over to the Assembly all spondence , in addition to the incoming letters, records and files pertaining to the business of should be kept for the files. the Assembly. A permanent record of minutes Record should be made in the minutes of is of special importance and necessity when an consultation with individuals meeting with the Assembly is incorporated, because situations Assembly, whether requested by the individual could arise which would make it necessary to or the Assembly. produce the minutes for inspection by state Minutes should be written or typed legibly. authorities. They should be corrected and approved by the Other items which would be of historical Assembly before they become a matter of interest in the future should be kept in the local permanent record. archives. Records of Nineteen-Day Feasts need It is vitally important that each Local include only the recommendations made by Spiritual Assembly maintain a complete file of the community to be presented to the Local Bahri'{ News and the U.S. Supplement for Spiritual Assembly, with the background reference on various directives regarding laws necessary for understanding them. and procedures, teaching suggestions, and Minutes of Assembly meetings are not read other pertinent information. It should also at the Nineteen-Day Feasts; only the actions maintain and keep up to date a file of all special taken by the Assembly which concern the instructions and statements from the National community affairs are reported at Feasts. The Spiritual Assembly dealing with matters of judgement of what should be shared at the permanent value. Feasts belongs to the Local Spiritual Assem- Minutes are the permanent official record of bly. the meeting taken by a secretary. If the community is large and the Assembly handles a Legal Incorporation great amount of business, a recording secretary Local Assemblies having fifteen or more may be elected to record the minutes. The active adult believers in the community are minutes should include all essential details, authorized to effect legal incorporation. such as the election of the Assembly and its To do so the matter should be presented at officers at the beginning of each year, by- a Nineteen-Day Feast and a recommendation elections for filling vacancies on the Assembly adopted which expresses the desire of the occurring during the year, attendance of all community that the Spiritual Assembly be lemembers at its meetings, new enrolments and gally incorporated. transfers, marriages and deaths. The Baha'i World volumes reproduce many All carried motions are recorded in the local Certificates of Incorporation which supminutes. The minutes should be written in such ply models for consideration by the Assembly's a way as to provide sufficient background to attorney. What is incorporated is the Spiritual understand the reason for the motions and Assembly, not the entire community. The decision , but the entire discussion does not community is associated with the instrument need to be recorded. It is not necessary to through the annual election of the Local record names of individuals making and sec- Assembly and the Spiritual Assembly's author- 356 THE BAHA'I WORLD

ity to enrol new believers and determine the material feast and social meeting of all the membership list. believers, and should maintain the spiritual The Articles of Incorporation are to make nature of the Feast. proper reference to the Central Figures of the In selecting the readings for the devotional Faith and to the National Spiritual Assembly. part of the Feast the friends may be gu ided by If necessary, the National Assembly on request the instructions printed in Bahli'f News quoting will provide an example of how this is to be the following excerpt from a letter to a believer done. from the Guardian through his assistant sec- Before the Incorporation papers are retary dated 27 April 1956, 'The Writings of recorded, a copy is to be sent to the National the Bab and Baha' u'llah can certainly be read Spiritual Assembly for final approval. After at any time at any place ; likewise the Writings recording, three photostatic copies of the of 'Abdu'l-Baha are read freely during the recorded Articles are to be sent to the National spiritual part of the Feast. The Guardian has Spiritual Assembly, together with a photo- instructed that during the spiritual part of the graph of the nine Assembly members. Feast, his own writings should not be read. In Incorporation must be preserved in accord- other words, during the spiritual part of the ance with the manner prescribed by state law. Feast, readings should be confined to the Writings of the Bab, Baha'u'llah and to a lesser THE NINETEEN-DAY FEAST extent, of the Master; but during that part of the Feast the Guardian's writings should not be The institution of the Nineteen-Day Feast read. During the period of administrative disprovides the recognized and regular occasion cussion of the Feast, then the Guardian's writfor general consultation on the part of the ings may be read. Of course, during the community, and for consultation between the administrative part of the Feast there can be no Spiritual Assembly and the members of the objection to the reading of the Writings of the community. The conduct of the period of con- Bab, Baha'u'llah or 'Abdu'l-Baha.' Baha'i sultation at Nineteen-Day Feasts is a vital func- News, Jan. 1959. tion of each Spiritual Assembly. Baha'is should regard this Feast as the very From words of 'Abdu' l- Baha: The heart of their spiritual activity, their participa- Nineteen-Day Feast was inaugurated by the tion in the mystery of the holy utterance, their Bab and ratified by Baha'u'llah, in His Holy steadfast unity one with another in a universal- Book, the Aqdas, so that people may gather ity raised high above the limitations of race, together and outwardly show fellowship and class, nationality, sect, and personality, and love, that the Divine mysteries may be disclosed. their privilege of contributing to the power of The object is concord, that through this fellow- the Cause in the realm of collective action. ship hearts may become perfectly united, and reciprocity and mutual helpfulness be estab- Attendance lished. Because the members of the world of Only members of the Baha'i community and humanity are unable to exist without being visiting Baha'is from other localities may banded together, co-operation and helpfulness is attend these meetings. Young people between the basis of human society. Without the realiza- fifteen and twenty-one years of age, who have tion of these two great principles no great declared their acceptance of the qualifications movement is pressed forward. B.W., Vol. XII, of membership in the Faith are considered as p. 298. members although they are referred to as Baha'i The Nineteen-Day Feast has been described youth. Children up to age fifteen, of Baha'i by the Guardian as the foundation of the parents, may also attend the Nineteen-Day World Order of Baha'u'llah. It is to be con- Feasts. ducted according to the following programme: Regular attendance at the Nineteen-Day the first part, entirely spiritual in character, is Feast is incumbent upon every Baha'i, illness devoted to the reading of Baha'i prayers and or absence from the city being the only selections from the Baha'i sacred Writings; the justification for absence. Believers are second part consists of general consultation on expected to arrange their personal affairs so as the affairs of the Cause; the third part is the to enable them to observe the Baha'i calendar. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA ' U ' LLAH 357 Order of Business for the Consultation Period and concentrating upon the one aim to further The chairman or other appointed represen- the interests of the Faith. tative of the Spiritual Assembly presides dur- Baha'i visitors attending a Feast do not take ing the period of consultation. part in the consultation of the community The Spiritual Assembly reports to the com- unless invited to do so. munity whatever communications have been The secretary of the Assembly records each received from the World Centre and the resolution adopted by the community, as well National Spiritual Assembly, as well as other as the various suggestions advanced during the correspondence of concern to all believers of meeting, in order to report these to the the community. This does not necessarily mean Spiritual Assembly for its consideration. that all communications must be read in full at Whatever action the Assembly takes is to be the Feast. reported at a later Nineteen-Day feast. A matter of vital importance at this meeting It should be borne in mind that the consultais consideration of national and international tion period of the Nineteen-Day Feast is not Baha'i affairs, to strengthen the capacity of the the time for the Local Spiritual Assembly to community to co-operate in promotion of the consult and make decisions. larger Baha'f interests and to deepen the Matters of a personal nature should be understanding of all believers concern ing the brought to the Spiritual Assembly and not to relation of the local community to the Baha'i the community at the Nineteen-Day Feast. world community. Concerning the attitude with which believers The Assembly likewise reports its own should come to these Feasts, the Master has activities and plans, including committee said, You must free yourselves from everything appointments that may have been made since that is in your hearts, before you enter. the last Feast, the financial report, arrangements made for public meetings, and in general CONSULTATION shares with the community all matters that In this Cause, consultation is of vital imporconcern the Faith. These reports are to be fol- tance; but spiritual conference and not the mere lowed by general consultation. voicing of personal views is intended ... Provision is to be made for reports from Antagonism and contradiction are unfortunate committees, with discussion of each report. and always destructive of truth .. . The purpose The meeting is to be open for suggestions is to emphasize the statement that consultation and recommendations from individual believ- must have for its object the investigation of ers to the Local Spiritual Assembly on any truth. He who expresses an opinion should not matter affecting the Cause. Such recommenda- voice it as correct and right but set it forth as a tions must be adopted by majority vote of the contribution to the consensus ofopinion; for the community members present before constitut- light of reality becomes apparent when two ing a resolution to be considered by the Local opinions coincide . ... 'Abdu'l-B aha. P.U.P., Spiritual Assembly. pp. 68-69. Through this means individual Baha'fs find 'The principle of consultation, which conin the Nineteen-Day Feast the channel through stitutes one of the basic laws of the Adminiswhich to make suggestions and recommenda- tration, should be applied to all Baha'i activities tions to the National Spiritual Assembly. which affect the collective interests of the Faith These recommendations are offered first to the for it is through co-operation and continued local community, and when adopted by the exchange of thoughts and views that the Cause community come before the Local Assembly, can best safeguard and foster its interests. Indiwhich then may in its discretion forward the vidual initiative, personal ability and resourcerecommendations to the National Spiritual fulness, though indispensible, are, unless sup- Assembly accompanied by its own considered ported and enriched by the collective experiview. ence and wisdom of the group, utterly incap- Upon each member of the community lies able of achieving such a tremendous task.' the obligation to make his or her utmost con- Shoghi Effendi, Baha'( News, Nov. 1933. tribution to the consultation, the ideal being a 'Shoghi Effendi firmly believes that consulgathering of Baha'is inspired with one spirit tation must be maintained between the 358 THE BAHA'I WORLD

National Spiritual Assembly and the entire decision made. The National Assembly can body of the believers, and that such consulta- decide only upon the facts presented to it; tion, while the Convention is not in session , can therefore, when a matter is submitted to it, all best be maintained through the agency of the obtainable facts , together with supporting Local Assemblies, one of whose essential func- documentary evidence should be included. tions is to act as intermediaries between the The National Assembly's decision, whether local communities and their national represen- approving or disapproving the original decitatives. The main purpose of the Nineteen-Day sion of the Local Assembly, will be communi- Feast is to enable individual believers to offer cated to both the Local Assembly and to the any suggestion to the Local Assembly which in person or persons who made the appeal. its turn will pass it to the National Spiritual This procedure is in accordance with both Assembly. The Local Assembly is, therefore, the national and local By-Laws. the proper medium through which local Baha'i Any complaint received by the National communities can communicate with the body of Assembly from a member or members of a the national representatives.' Letter on behalf local community who have not first submitted of Shoghi Effendi, 18 Nov. 1933. their complaint to the Local Assembly will be 'Let us also remember that at the very root of returned to those making the protest, with a the Cause lies the principle of the undoubted copy of the letter being sent to the Local right of the individual to self-expression, his Assembly for its information. In such a case the freedom to declare his conscience and set forth Local Assembly is to call the person or persons his views ... in for consultation and act upon the complaint. 'Let us also bear in mind that the keynote of An essential function of the Local Spiritual the Cause of God is not dictatorial authority Assembly is the maintenance of unity and devobut humble fellowship, not arbitrary power, tion among the believers. As 'Trustees of the but the spirit of frank and loving consultation. Merciful' the Spiritual Assembly must be Nothing short of the spirit of a true Baha'i can selfless and impartial, considerate of the rights hope to reconcile the principles of mercy and of the individual, but firm and steadfast in justice, of freedom and submission, of the sanc- upholding the vital truths of the Revelation tity of the right of the individual and of self- and obedience to its institutions. Therefore, surrender, of vigilance, discretion and pru- they must discriminate between situations dence on the one hand, and fellowship, can- which are transient and trivial and those which dour, and courage on the other.' B.A., pp. threaten to disrupt the community. A distinc- 63-64. tion is to be made between personalities who cause disturbances because they lack ground- DECISIONS AND APPEALS ing in the basic Teachings and attitudes of the At this crucial stage in the history of our Baha'i life, and those who deliberately cause Faith it seems advisable to emphasize to each trouble because in their hearts they do not Local Assembly an important principle of accept the principle of authority as vested in administration which has been too frequently the Manifestation, or in the institutions of the overlooked. This principle establishes the Baha'i world community. National Assembly as the court of appeal from The Local Assembly is responsible for dealdecisions of Local Assemblies when protested ing with all local problems, but can call upon by one or more members of the community as the National Spiritual Assembly for advice if unjust or as not conforming to the actual facts. necessary. A court of appeal is not responsible for The National Assembly, in any case involvdetermining the facts but only for reviewing ing two or more local communities, however, the local decision based upon the facts assem- acts directly and deals with the problems as the bled by the Local Assembly itself. On receiving court of original jurisdiction, since no Local an appeal the National Spiritual Assembly will Assembly has authority outside its own civil send a copy of it to the Local Assembly and area. request its opinion. When this is received the 'The authority of the National Spiritual case will be studied in the light of the facts Assembly is undivided and unchallengeable in presented to the National Assembly and a final all matters pertaining to the administration of THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 359

the Faith throughout the United States, ... ible source . To be continually giving out for the therefore, the obedience of individual Baha'is, good of our fellows undeterred by the fear of delegates, groups a nd Assemblies to that poverty and reliant on the unfailing bounty of authority is imperative and should be the Source of all wealth and all good-this is wholehearted and unqualified. He is convinced the secret of right living .' Shoghi Effendi, that the unreserved acceptance and complete Bahri'[ N ews , Sept. 1926. application of this vital provision of the 'As the activities of the American Baha'i Administration is essential to the maintenance community expand, and its worldwide prestige of the highest degree of unity among the correspondingly increases, the institution of believers, and is indispensable to the effective the National Fund, the bedrock on which all working of the administrative machinery of the other institutions must necessarily rest and be Faith in every country.' Letter from Shoghi established , acquires added importance, and Effendi through his secretary. BahCi'f News, should be increasingly supported by the entire Jul y 1934. body of the believers, both in their individual capacities , and through their collective efforts, THE BAHA'I FUND whether organized as groups or as Local 'As the progress and extension of spiritual Assemblies. The supply of funds, in support of activities is dependent and conditioned upon the National Treasury, constitutes, at the presmaterial means, it is of absolute necessity that ent time , the lifeblood of these nascent instituimmediately after the establishment of Local tions you are labouring to erect. Its importance as well as National Spiritual Assemblies, a cannot , surely, be overestimated. Untold bless- Baha'i Fund be established, to be placed under ings shall no doubt crown every effort directed the exclusive control of the Spiritual Assembly . to that end.' M.A., p. 5. All donations and contributions should be ' In connection with the institution of the offered to the treasurer of the Assembly, for National Fund ... I feel urged to remind you of the express purpose of promoting the interests the necessity of ever bearing in mind the cardiof the Cause , throughout that locality or coun- nal principle that all contributions to the Fund try. It is the .sacred obligation of every con- are to be purely and strictly voluntary in scientious and faithful servant of Baha'u'llah character .. .' B.A., p. 101. who desires to see His Cause advance, to con- 'Moreover, we should , I feel , regard it as an tribute freely and generously for the increase axiom and guiding principle of Baha'i of th1t Fund. The members of the Spiritual administration that in the conduct of every Assembly will at their own discretion expend it specific Baha'i activity, as different from to promote the Teaching Campaign, to help undertakings of a humanitarian, philanthropic, the needy, to establish educational Baha'i or charitable character, which may in future be institutions, to extend in every way possible conducted under Baha'i auspices, only those their sphere of service. I cherish the hope that who have already identified themselves with all the friends , realizing the necessity of this the Faith and are regarded as its avowed and measure will bestir themselves and contribute, unreserved supporters, should be invited to however modestly at first, towards the speedy join and collaborate.' B.A., p. 182. establishment and the increase of that Fund A statement from the National Treasurer is .. .' B.A., pp. 41-42. included in an issue of the Baha'i News each 'We must be like the fountain or spring that year, setting out the various funds-internais continually emptying itself of all that it has tional, national, and local-with instructions and is continually being refilled from an invis- for making contributions to each of them . ABBREVIATIONS USED IN THIS SECTION B.A. Bahri'{ Administration Bahri'[ News U.S. Bahri'{ News B.W. The Bahe/{ World G.P.B. God Passes By M.A. Messages to America P.U.P. J:he Promulgation of Universal Peace 360 THE BAHA'I WORLD

The first Spiritual Assembly of Imphal, Manipur, India; March 1979. Standing, third and fourth from the left, are Auxiliary Board members Gautam Das of Ca/cul/a and Ganesh Shenoy of Sikkim . One m ember of the Local Assembly was not present.

The first Spiritual Assembly of Emmen, th e Netherlands, formed in 1977. By Ri(iwin 1979 there were 25,511 Local Spiritual Assemblies throughout the world. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 361

2. BY-LAWS OF A LOCAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY WE, the undersigned members of the Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of . . . , desiring to incorporate this body do hereby adopt the following By-Laws:

ARTICLE I The Trustees, i.e., the members of the Spiritual Assembly, recognize that this action has been taken in full unanimity and agreement. They acknowledge for themselves and on behalf of their successors the sacred meaning and universal purpose of the Baha'i Faith, the teachings and principles of which fulfil the divine promise of all former revealed religions.

ARTICLE II In administering the affairs of the Baha'i religion under this Corporation for the benefit of the Baha'is of ... in accordance with the religious teachings and administrative principles of this Faith, the Spiritual Assembly shall act in conformity with the functions of a Local Spiritual Assembly as defined in the By-Laws adopted by the National Spiritual Assembly and published by that body for the information and guidance of Baha'is throughout ... '

ARTICLE III The Spiritual Assembly, in the fulfilment of its obligations and responsibilities under this Corporation , shall have exclusive jurisdiction and authority over all the local activities and affairs of the Baha'i community of . . . , including paramount authority in the administration of this Corporation. It shall be responsible for maintaining the integrity and accuracy of all Baha'i teaching, whether written or oral, undertaken throughout the local community. It shall make available the published literature of the Faith. It shall represent the community in relationship to the National Spiritual Assembly, the Universal House of Justice, other local Baha'i communities and the general public in . . . It shall be charged with the recognition of all applicants requesting membership in the local Baha'i community . It shall pass upon the right of any and all members of the community whose membership is in question to retain their status as voting members of the community. It shall call the meetings of the community, including the Baha'i Anniversaries and Feasts , the Meetings of consultation, and the Annual Meeting at which the members of the Assembly are elected . It shall appoint and supervise all committees of the Baha'i community. It shall collect and disburse all funds intended for the maintenance of this Corporation. It shall have full and complete custody of the headquarters or meeting place of the Baha'i community. It shall have exclusive authority to conduct Baha'i marriage ceremonies and issue Baha'i marriage certificates within the area of its jurisdiction. It shall report to the National Spiritual Assembly annually, or when requested, the membership roll of the Baha'i community, for the information and approval of the National Assembly. The Spiritual Assembly, however, shall recognize the authority and right of the National Spiritual Assembly to declare at any time what activities and affairs of the Baha'i community of ... are national in scope and hence subject to the jurisdiction of the National Assembly. It shall likewise recognize the right of any member of the community to appeal to the National Spiritual Assembly for review and decision of any matter in which the previous decision of the Local Spiritual Assembly is felt by the member to be contrary to the explicit teachings of the Baha'i Faith or opposed to its best interests. It shall, on the other hand, have the authority and right to appeal from the decision of the National Assembly to the Universal House of Justice for review and final decision of any matter related to the Faith in ...

ARTICLE IV The Spiritual Assembly, in administering this Corporation, shall ever bear in mind the ideals upheld in the sacred Writings of the Baha'i Faith respecting the relationships of a Spiritual Name of country or region. 362 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Assembly to its Baha'i community, respecting the relations of Baha'ls to one another in the community, and the relationships of Baha'ls to all non-Baha'ls, without prejudice of race, creed or nationality. The Assembly shall therefore above all recognize its sacred duty to maintain full and complete unity throughout the Baha'i community, to relieve and comfort the sick and distressed, to assist the poor and destitute, to protect the orphans, the crippled and the aged, to educate the children of Baha'ls according to the highest religious and intellectual standards, to compose differences and disagreements among members of the community, to promulgate the principles of Divine Civilization revealed by Baha'u'llah, and to promote in every way possible the Baha'i aim of the oneness of mankind. It shall faithfully and devotedly uphold the general Baha'i activities and affairs initiated and sustained by the National Spiritual Assembly. It shall cooperate wholeheartedly with other Local Spiritual Assemblies throughout ... 1 in all matters declared by the National Spiritual Assembly to be of general Baha'i importance and concern. It shall rigorously abstain from any action or influence, direct or indirect, that savours of intervention on the part of a Baha'i body in matters of public politics and civil jurisdiction. It shall encourage intercourse between the Baha'i community of ... and other recognized Baha'i communities, issuing letters of introduction to Baha'ls travelling from . . . and passing upon letters of introduction issued by other Baha'i Assemblies. It shall regard its authority as a means of rendering service to Baha'ls and non-Baha'ls and not as a source of arbitrary power. While retaining the sacred right of final decision in all matters pertaining to the Baha'i community, the Spiritual Assembly shall ever seek the advice and consultation of all members of the community, keep the community informed of all its affairs, and invite full and free discussion on the part of the community of all matters affecting the Faith.

ARTICLE V The Baha'fs of ... for whose benefit this Corporation has been established shall consist of all persons of the age of 15 years or over resident in ... who are accepted by the National Spiritual Assembly as possessing the qualifications of Baha'i faith and practice required under the following standard set forth by the Guardian of the Faith: Full recognition of the station of the Bab, the Forerunner; of Baha'u'llah, the Author; and of 'Abdu'l-Baha, the True Exemplar of the Baha'i religion; unreserved acceptance of, and submission to, whatsoever has been revealed by their Pen; loyal and steadfast adherence to every clause of 'Abdu'l-Baha's sacred Will; and close association with the spirit as well as the form of Baha'i Administration throughout the world. Upon attaining the age of 21 years, a Baha'i is eligible to vote and to hold elective office.

ARTICLE VI The Spiritual Assembly shall consist of nine Trustees chosen from among the Baha'ls of ... , who shall be elected by these Baha'ls in a manner hereinafter provided and who shall continue in office for the period of one year, or until their successors shall be elected.

ARTICLE VII The officers of the Spiritual Assembly shall consist of a Chainnan, Vice-Chairman, Secretary and Treasurer, and such other officers as may be found necessary for the proper conduct of its affairs. The officers shall be elected by a majority vote of the entire membership of the Assembly taken by secret ballot. ARTICLE VIII The first meeting of a newly-elected Assembly shall be called by the member elected to membership by the highest number of votes or, in case two or more members have received the same said highest number of votes, then by the member selected by lot from among those members; and this member shall preside until the permanent Chairman shall be chosen. All subsequent meetings shall be called by the Secretary of the Assembly at the request of the Chairman or, in his absence or incapacity, of the Vice-Chairman, or of any three members of the Name of country or region. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 363 Assembly; provided , however, that the Annual Meeting of the Assembly shall be held on April 21 , in accordance with the administrative principles recognized by all Baha'i Assemblies . SECTION 1. Five members of the Assembly present at a meeting shall constitute a quorum, and a majority vote of those present and constituting a quorum shall be sufficient for the conduct of business, except as otherwise provided in these By-Laws, and with due regard to the principle of unity and cordial fellowship involved in the institution of a Spiritual Assembly. The transactions and decisions of the Assembly shall be recorded at each meeting by the Secretary, who shall have the minutes adopted and approved by the Assembly, and preserve them in the official records of the Assembly. SECTION 2. Vacancies in the membership of the Spiritual Assembly shall be filled by election at a special meeting of the local Baha'i community duly called for that purpose by the Assembly. In the event that the number of vacancies exceeds four, making a quorum of the Spiritual Assembly impossible, the election shall be under the supervision of the National Spiritual Assembly.

ARTICLE IX The sphere of jurisdiction of the Spiritual Assembly, with respect to residential qualification of membership, and voting rights of a believer in the Baha'i community, shall be the locality included within the civil limits of . . . ARTICLE X SECTION 1. In the event that any decision of the Assembly is unacceptable to any member or members of the community, the Assembly shall, after endeavouring to compose the difference of opinion , invite the said member or members to make appeal to the National Spiritual Assembly and notify that body of the condition of the matter and the readiness of the Assembly to become party to that appeal. SECTION 2. In the same manner, if any difference arises between the Assembly and another Local Assembly , or Assemblies, in ... 1 , the Assembly shall report the matter to the National Assembly and inform that body of its readiness to make joint appeal together with the other Assembly or Assemblies. SECTION 3. If, however, the result of such appeal is unsatisfactory to the Spiritual Assembly, or the Assembly at any time has reason to believe that actions of the National Spiritual Assembly are affecting adversely the welfare and unity of the Baha'i community of ... , it shall, after seeking to compose its difference of opinion with the National Assembly in direct consultation, have the right to make appeal to the Universal House of Justice. SECTION 4. The Assembly shall likewise have the right to make complaint to the National Spiritual Assembly in the event that matters of local Baha'i concern and influence are referred to the national body by a member or members of the local community without previous opportunity for action by the Local Assembly.

ARTICLE XI The Annua l Meeting of the Corporation at which its Trustees shall be elected shall be held on April 21, at an hour and place to be fixed by the Assembly, which shall give not less than fifteen days' notice of the meeting to all members of the local Baha'i community. SECTION 1. The Assembly shall accept those votes transmitted to the Assembly before the election by members who by reason of sickness or other unavoidable reason are unable to be present at the election in person. SECTION 2. The election of members to the Spiritual Assembly shall be by plurality vote. SECTION 3. All voting members of the local Baha'i community are eligible for election as members of the Spiritual Assembly . SECTION 4. The Assembly shall prepare an agenda for the Annual Meeting in which shall be included reports of the activities of the Assembly since its election , a financial statement showing all income and expenditure of its fund, reports of its committees and presentation of any other matters pertaining to the affairs of the Baha'i community. The Assembly, both preceding and Name of country or region. 364 THE BAHA'f WORLD

following the annual election, shall invite discussion and welcome suggestions from the community, in order that its plans may reflect the community mind and heart. SECTION 5. The result of the election shall be reported by the Spiritual Assembly to the National Assembly. ARTICLE XII In addition to the Annual Meeting, the Assembly shall arrange for regular meetings of the Baha'i community throughout the year at intervals of nineteen days, in accordance with the calendar incorporated in the teachings of the Baha'i Faith.

ARTICLE XIII The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form , bearing the following inscription: The Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of .. . .

ARTICLE XIV Alternative 'A' These By-Laws may be amended by majority vote of the Spiritual Assembly at any of its regular or special meetings, provided that at least fourteen days prior to the date fixed for the said meeting a copy of the proposed amendment or amendments is mailed to each member of the Assembly by the Secretary.

Alternative 'B' These By-Laws may be amended only by majority action of the National Spiritual Assembly, which, in making amendments, does so for the By-Laws of all Local Spiritual Assemblies throughout . . .. 1 Name of country or region.

The first incorporated Spiritual Assembly ofthe Baha'(s of Hamilton Township, New Jersey, U.S.A. The Assembly achieved incorporation on 28 October 1977. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 365

v THE INSTITUTION OF THE MASHRIQU'L-ADHKAR

1. FOREWORD 4"

Blessed is he who directeth his steps towards the Mashriqu'l-Adhkdr at the hour of dawn, communing with Him, attuned to His remembrance, imploring His forgiveness. And having entered therein, let him sit in silence to hearken unto the verses of God, the Sovereign, the Almighty, the A ll-Praised. Say, the Mashriqu'l-Adhkdr is in truth any House raised in towns or villages, for mention of Me. Thus hath it been named before His Throne; would that ye know it. Baha'u'llah, Kitab -i-Aqdas

MANY discerning minds have testified to ideas of the churches and cathedrals of the the profoundly significant change which has past. The Ma§hriqu'l-Adhkar fulfils the origitake n place during recent years in the character nal intention of religion in each dispensation, of popular re ligious thinking. Religion has before that intention had become altered and developed an entirely new emphasis, more veiled by human invention and belief. especially for the layman, quite independent of The Mashriqu'l-Adhkar is a channel releasthe older sectarian divisions. ing spiritual powers for social regeneration Instead of considering that religion is a mat- because it fills a different function than that ter of turning toward an abstract creed, the assumed by the sectarian church. Its essential average re ligionist today is concerned with the purpose is to provide a community meetingpractical applications of religion to the prob- place for all who are seeking to worship God, lems of human life. Religion, in brief, after and achieves this purpose by interposing no having apparen tly lost its influence in terms of man-made veils between the worshipper and theology, has been restored more powerfully the Supreme. Thus, the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar is than ever as a spirit of brotherhood, an impulse freely open to people of all Faiths on equal toward unity, and an ideal making for a more terms, who now realize the universality of enlightened civilization throughout the world. Baha'u'llah in revealing the oneness of all the Against this background, the institution of Prophets. Moreover, since the Baha'i Faith has the Mashriqu' l-Adhkar stands revealed as the no professional clergy, the worshipper entering supreme expression of all those modern religi- the Temple hears no sermon and takes part in ous tendencies animated by social ideals which no ritual the emotional effect of which is to do not repud iate the reality of spiritual experi- establish a separate group consciousness. ence but seek to transform it into a dynamic Integral with the Temple are its accessory striving for unity. The Mashriqu'l-Adhkar, buildings, without which the Mashriqu'lwhen clearly understood, gives the world its Adhkar would not be a complete social institumost potent agency for applying mystical vis- tion. These buildings are to be devoted to such ion or idealistic aspiration to the service of activities as a school for science, a hospice, a humanity. It makes visible and concrete those hospital, an asylum for orphans. Here the circle deeper meanings and wider possibilities of of spiritual experience at last joins, as prayer re ligion which could not be realized until the and worship are allied directly to creative serdawn of this universal age. vice, eliminating the static subjective elements The term 'Mashriqu'l-Adhkar' means liter- from religion and laying a foundation for a new ally, 'Dawning-place of the praise of God.' and higher type of human association. To appreciate the significance of this Baha'i institution, we must lay aside all customary HORACE HOLLEY 366 THE BAHA'I WORLD

2. THE SPIRITUAL SIGNIFICANCE OF THE MASHRIQU'L-ADHKAR

A LETTER FROM SHOGHI EFFENDI

IT shou ld be borne in mind that the central and ever-watchful Father Who, in the past, and edifice of the Mashriqu' l-Adt1kar, round which at various stages in the evolution of mankind, in the fullness of time shall cluster such institu- has sent forth His Prophets as the Bearers of tions of social service as shall affo rd relief to His Message and the Manifestations of His the suffering, sustenance to the poor, shelter to Light to mankind, cannot at this critical period the wayfarer, solace to the bereaved, and edu- of their civilization withhold from His children cation to the ignorant, should be regarded the guidance which they sorely need amid the apart from these dependencies, as a house sole- darkness which has beset them, and which ly designed and entirely dedicated to the wor- neither the light of science nor that of human ship of God in accordance with the few yet intellect and wisdom can succeed in dissipatdefinitely prescribed principles established by ing. And thus having recognized in Baha'u'llah Baha'u'llah in the Kitab-i-Aqdas. It should not the source whence this ce lestial light proceeds, be inferred, however, from this general state- they will irresistibly feel attracted to seek the ment that the interior of the central edifice shelter of His house, and congregate therein , itself will be converted into a conglomeration unhampered by ceremon ials and unfettered by of religious services conducted a long lines creed, to render homage to the one true God, associated with the traditional procedure the Essence and Orb of eternal Truth, and to obtaining in churches, mosques, synagogues, exalt and magnify the name of His Messengers and other temples of worship . Its various and Prophets Who, from time immemorial avenues of approach, all converging towards even unto our day , have, under divers circumthe central hall beneath its dome , will not serve stances and in varying measure, mirrored forth as admittance to those sectarian adherents of to a dark and wayward world the light of rigid formu lae and man-made creeds, each heavenly guidance. bent, according to his way, to observe his rites, But however inspiring the conception of recite his prayers, perform his ablutions, and Baha'i worship, as witnessed in the central display the particular symbols of his faith edifice of this exalted Temple, it cannot be within separately defined sections of regarded as the sole, nor even the essential , Baha'u'llah's Universal House of Worship. Far factor in the part which the Ma~r iqu ' l from the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar offering such a Adhkar, as designed by Baha'u' llah, is desspectacle of incoherent and confused sectarian tined to play in the organic life of the Baha'i observances and rites, a condition wholly community. Divorced from the social, incompatible with the provisions of the Aqdas humanitarian, educational and scientific purand irreconcilable with the spirit it inculcates, suits centring around the dependencies of the the central House of Baha'i worship, enshrined Mashriqu'l-Adhkar, Baha'i worship, however within the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar, will gather exalted in its conception, however passionate within its chastened walls, in a serenely in fervor, can never hope to achieve beyond the spiritual atmosphere, only those who, discard- meagre and often transitory results produced ing forever the trappings of elaborate and by the contemplations of the ascetic or the ostenatious ceremony, are willing worshippers communion of the passive worshipper. It canof the one true God, as manifested in this age in not afford lasting satisfaction and benefit to the the Person of Baha'u'llah. To them will the worshipper himself, much less to humanity in Mashriqu'l-Adhkar symbolize the fundamen- general, unless and until translated and transtal verity underlying the Baha'i Faith, that fused into that dynamic and disinterested serreligious truth is not absolute but relative, that vice to the cause of humanity which it is the Divine Revelation is not final but progressive. supreme privilege of the dependencies of the Theirs will be the conviction that an all-loving Mashriqu'l-Adhkar to facilitate and promote. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U 'LLAH 367 Nor will the exertions, no matter how disin- assuredly upon the consciousness of the terested and strenuous, of those who within the efficacy of the Revelation of Baha'u'llah, reinprecincts of the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar will be forced on one hand by spiritual communion engaged in administering the affairs of the with His Spirit, and on the other by the intelligfuture Baha'i commonwealth, fructify a nd ent application and the faithful execution of prosper unless they a re brought into close and the principles and laws He revealed , that the daily communion with those spiritual agencies sa lvation of a world in travail must ultimately centring in and radiating from the central depend. And of all the institutions that stand shrine of the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar. Nothing associated with His Holy Name, surely none short of direct and constant interaction be- save the institution of the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar tween the spiritual forces emanating from this can most adequately provide the essentials of House of Worship centring in the heart of the Baha'i worship and service, both so vital to the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar, and the energies con- regeneration of the world. Therein lies thesesciously displayed by those who administer its cret of the loftiness, of the potency, of the affairs in their service to humanity can possibly unique position of the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar as provide the necessary agency capable of one of the outstanding institutions conceived removing the ills that have so long and so by Baha' u' llah. grievously afflicted humanity. For it is 25 October 1929.

The Mother Temple of the West, Wilmette, Illinois, U.S.A. The corner-stone was laid by 'A bdu'l-Baha on 1May1912. On 23May1978 the structure was designated by the United States government 'one of the nation's cultural resources worthy ofpreservation' and listed in the National Register of Historic Places. 368 THE BAHA'i WORLD

3. THE LAYING OF THE FOUNDATION STONE OF THE MOTHER TEMPLE OF THE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT

1 7 October 1977

DURING the Ten Year Crusade, 22 acres of land in New Delhi were acquired for the Magiriqu'l-Adhkar, but this property was requisitioned by the Government for a green belt area. After several years of constant negotiation by the National Assembly, and upon viewing the beautiful design for the Temple, the Government agreed to release the entire 22 acres , as reported on 1 February 1978. On the occasion of the All-Asia Baha'i Women's Conference in New Delhi , and at a special ceremony on 17 October 1977 at the Temple site , the Hand of the Cause Amatu' l-Baha Rul)iyyih Khanum laid the foundation stone for this important edifice. The Universa l House of Justice has approved a design prepared by Farfburz ~ahba, who has been retained as architect for this Temple . Working drawings are being prepared by Mr. ~ahba and the structural engineers in England. On 27 February 1979 a cable was received stating that the necessary permit for the construction of the House of Worship had been issued by the authorities and that excavation of the area had begun.

Photograph of the architect's model of the desigri for the Mother Temple of the Indian subcontinent, to be erected near New Delhi, India. Th e architect is Farfburz $ahbd. Initiation ofthe construction of the House of Worship was one of the go als of th e Five Year Plan. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 369 OVERJOYED REMOVAL OBSTACLES USE TEMPLE SITE WELCOME PRESENCE AMATULBAHA RUHIYYIH KHANUM IN YOUR MIDST OCCASION WOMENS CONFERENCE ENABLING YOU HOLD BEFITTING CEREMONY MARKING INITIATION PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MOTHER TEMPLE INDIAN SUB-CONTINENT STOP CALLING ON AMATULBAHA REPRESENT HOUSE JUSTICE MOMENTOUS OCCA- SION LAY FOUNDATION STONE HISTORIC EDIFICE STOP FERVENTLY PRAYING NOBLE INSTITUTION SOON TO BE REARED YOUR SOIL WILL ATTRACT ADDED DIVINE BLESSINGS UPON COMMUNITY WHOSE TEACHING SUCCESS STANDS UNEQUALLED ENTIRE BAHAI WORLD. Universal House of Justice Cablegram dated 10 October 1977

how does it grow? It grows in a swamp, and it raises its head out of the slime absolutely clean and perfect. Now this is what the Manifestation of God is in the world. He comes out of the slime. He comes from the worst place in the planet. He appears amongst the worst people in the planet, so that nobody can say that we made Him. They say only God can bring forth such a Being from such an environment. This is perhaps the greatest symbolism of the lotus and I think that it is so beautiful that we who are the followers of Baha'u'llah should have this design in this part of the world where it is so deeply associated with two of the world's greatest religions-Buddhism and Hinduism.' The Baha'fs from many lands who had gathered in New Delhi for the Women's Conference arrived by buses, taxis and private cars at the bright pavilion on the site of the future Temple of India. A thousand Baha'fs repre- Amatu'l Bahti Ruf:ifyyih Khtinum and some senting most Asian countries as well as Europe, of the other Bahtifs who attended the America, Australasia and Africa gathered in ceremony at which she laid the foundation the tent and heard prayers chanted in many stone. languages, beginning with Sanskrit. A cool breeze began as Amatu'l-Baha spoke of how Zoroaster, Krishna, Moses, Christ and Excerpt from the Address of the the Bab and Baha'u'llah and the celestial concourse would be taking a keen interest in the Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha proceedings. This was the time to forget per- RuJ:iiyyih Khanum sonality and be sanctified to spiritually commune with God on this site of the Temple. The 'When I was invited by the Universal House believers then formed a crowded circle, some of Justice to go and see this design, I was standing on rocks and vantage points while apprehensive . Because being an architect's Amatu'l-Baha laid the corner-stone. The daughter I know what a difficult problem it is to architect, Mr. F. ~ahba of Iran, was beside her design a nine-sided building, but when I saw as she firmly pressed down the commemorathis beautiful model I was deeply impressed tive stone in a speciall y prepared concrete bed. and I think that it will be a wonderful thing and It took more than two hours for the excited very much loved in India. There is one thing that believers to disperse in buses from the slopes of Mr. ~ahba did not mention. The lotus has not that gently rising land , bordered by parks. The only an association with Buddhism and Hindu- lotus-shaped Temple to be raised here must ism, but par excellence, it is the symbol of the surely evoke a deep spiritual response from all Manifestation of God. The lotus is probably in the countries of the East, as it is a symbol of the most perfect flower in the whole world. It is religion, a flower of purity and beauty arising symmetrical; it is exquisitely beautiful. And out of the mud. 370 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Amatu'l-Bahd' Ru/:iiyyih Khlinum laying the foundation stone of the Mother Temple of the Indian sub-continent on 17 October 1977. Assisting her is Mr. Fariburz $ahbti, the architect, whose unique. design grew out of his profound love and intense study of the architecture, culture and peoples of India. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 371

4. THE LAYING OF THE FOUNDATION STONE OF THE FIRST MASHRIQU'L-ADHKAR OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS

27 January 1979

IN November 1975 , the National Spiritual Assembly of Samoa purchased a site for the Temple, a 12-acre lot at an elevation of 1,800 feet , overlooking the city of Apia and not far from Vailima, the official residence of His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II. His Highness visited the land and was delighted with its location. Most of the city of Apia can be seen from the site, and when the Temple has been erected it should be clearly visible from a wide area below. Mr. I:Iusayn Amanat was appointed as architect for the Temple at Ri<;lvan 1978. His design was submitted to the Universal House of Justice in September of that year and to His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II shortly thereafter. Following its approval, plans were made for the laying of the foundation stone. This ceremony took place on the Temple site on 27 January 1979 with His Highness laying the stone. Amatu'l-Baha RuQiyyih Khanum, the representative of the Universal House of Justice , participated by placing in a niche in the stone a small casket of dust from the Most Holy Shrine. Over 500 Baha'fs attended the ceremony and the Conference which was held concurrently. Sixteen national communities from all parts of the Pacific area were represented. Additional land has been acquired adjacent to the Temple site to the east to provide an approach to the Temple from the main road.

Photograph of the architect's rendering of the design for the new Baha'i House of Worship for Samoa, which will be erected on a site near Apia, Western Samoa. Initiation of construction of the building was a goal of the Five Year Plan. Architect lfusaynAmanat, who also designed the building for the Seat of the Universal House of Justice, created the Samoan Temple. 372 THE BAHA'f WORLD

A. Text of Address Delivered by His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II

IT is a joy for me today to be participating in the laying of the foundation stone of the Baha'i House of Worship in Samoa-an edifice which is the first of its kind to be erected in the Pacific. This occasion represents a significant hour for the people of Samoa and most certainly an important hour for the Baha'fs in the world and in the Pacific. For the people of Samoa, because it signifies another milestone in their dedication to the cause of God and their worship of their Creator. It signifies a positive and forward step in the cause of universal brotherhood and the recognition of one single God, the common Father of all humanity. It is an important hour for the Baha'fs because of the fact that the Teachings of this young Faith were brought to our shores only some twenty-five years ago. The Teachings of Baha'u'llah represent the noble idea of the unity of God, the unity of His Holy Messengers-the great Redeemers of mankind, such as Krishna, His Highness Malietoa Moses, Christ, Mul)ammad and Baha'u'llah-and the unity of all Tanumafili II the peoples of the earth. Humanity today is in desperate need of a unifying spirit; a spirit that will engender in the hearts and minds of every member of the human family the belief that we all 'belong to the same household'. The laying of the foundation stone of this House of Worship in the Pacific is the visible sign of such unity in our midst and, hopefully, this building will rise and become the emblem of a greater spirit of unity in our islands and in the whole of the Pacific. For almost fifteen decades Samoa has shown love for God and has founded a nation that is aware of its Lord. Over this long period many men of God have laboured and toiled in our islands in an effort to bring us closer to that true spirit which requires us to be better human beings. Our Government is founded on God. We promote freedom of worship and know little of the prejudices that afflict many other countries of the world. On this occasion, as Head of State of Western Samoa and on behalf of the people of Western Samoa, I wish the Baha'fs every success in this undertaking-the building of this House of Worship which will open its doors to people of all races and religious backgrounds. When completed this edifice will undoubtedly strengthen and develop further that mysterious power in the spirit of man that once it is attracted to the true worship of its Creator will bring about happiness, brotherhood and unity. Soifua! THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 373

B. Excerpts from the Address of the Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Baha Rul).fyyih Khanum

Y 0 UR Highness, honoured guests and fellow Baha'is and many esteemed visitors who are present today. It is a very great day for me . A day of happiness and of joy to be here ... We a lready have ... some 'Mother Temples' in the Baha'i world. The first one, strangely enough, was built at the beginning of this century in Russia, and it was very dear to the hearts of the Baha'is. It was built at the time of ... ' Abdu'l-Baha Who succeeded His Father, and He had the joy of seeing this Temple completed. Unfortunately it was destroyed by a very severe earthquake .. . The second Baha'i Temple ... cornerstone was laid by 'Abdu'l- Baha Himself ... in 1912 (in Wilmette, Illinois). The first was the Mother Temple of Asia, the second was the Mother Temple of North America, and since we have built in Frankfurt, Germany, the Mother Temple of Europe; in Sydney, Australia, the Mother Temple of the Antipodes; in Uganda, in the The Hand of the Cause city of Kampala, the Mother Temple of Africa ... and we now Amatu'l-Bahti Ruf:ziyyih have in Panama ... the Mother Temple of South and Central Khtinum America ... In 1977 the stone was laid in New Delhi for the Mother Temple of the Indian sub-continent and today we are gathered on this very joyous and auspicious and historic occasion to have His Highness lay the cornerstone of the Baha'i Temple of the Pacific Ocean. It also will be a great Mother Temple, and its sole message is one of love and of understanding and of lack of prejudice and of working for peace and harmony and brotherhood ... it will be open to people of all denominations; it will be open to people of no denomination. The devout follower of whatever religion he may belong to, and the atheist will be welcome to come into our Temple , to be peaceful, to be quiet, to meditate, to pray, and if he cares to, to attend our regular services.

Text of inscription to be placed at an appropriate place inside the Temple after it has been constructed:

'The Foundation Stone of this first Baha'i House of Worship in the Pacific Islands was laid by His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II, and the representative of the Universal House of Justice, Amatu'I-Baha RuJ:tfyyih Khanum, set therein a casket containing Dust from the Sacred Shrine of Baha'u'llah. 27 January 1979.' 374 THE BAHA'f WORLD

His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili /1 placing The Hand of the Cause Amatu'l-Bahti the foundation stone of the Mother Temple Ru/:z(yyih Khtmum, the representative of the of the Pacific Islands. Universal House of Justice, inserting into a niche in the foundation stone a box containing Dust from the Shrine of Baha'u'llah.

The silver box, about six centimetres in diameter, containing Dust from the Shrine of Bahti' u' llah. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAH A'U'LLAH 375

5. THE DESIGNATION OF THE MOTHER TEMPLE OF THE WEST AS A NATIONAL HISTORIC PLACE BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT DELIGHTED ACTION BY FED E RAL AUTHORITIES TO INCLUDE MOTHER TEMPLE OF THE WEST IN NATIONAL REGISTER OF HISTORIC PLACES STOP FRUITION YOUR EFFORTS ON 134TH ANNIVERSARY OF DECLARATION HIS MISSION BY BLESSED BAB OBTAIN THIS SIGNI- FICANT RECOGNITION DESERVES WARM COMMENDATION S AND IS AN OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENT. UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE 22 June 1978

ON 23 May, 1978, exactly 134 years after the spiritua l guidance will radiate ."' historic Declaration of the Bab, the Bah a'i Because the House of Worship is not old House of Worship in Wilmette, Illinois, was enough for consideration as a ' historic place', it designated 'one of the Nation's cultural was nomin ated on the basis of its architectural resources worthy of preservation' and listed in uniqueness. the National Register of Historic Places. The nine-sided structure, which symbolizes The National Spiritual Assembly , in its letter the unity of religions and the oneness of manto the American Baha'i community for the kind, was designed by French-Canadian Feast of Kalimat, emphasized the importance architect Louis Bourgeois. The cornerstone and the significance of such recognition: was laid by the Master, ' Abdu' l-Baha, on 1 'It means that the Federal authorities recog- May 1912. nize the architectural importance of the build- The House of Worship was nominated for ing and are committed to preserving it as a the National Register by the National Assem- United States historic site. bly in 1974 on advice from the Wilmette His- 'Thus our efforts to protect the physical exis- torical Society. tence of this sublime edifice have now been The nominating process included the subfortified a thousandfold.' mission of photos and written information The National Assembly was notified offi- about the House of Worship to the Illinois cially of the listing by Keith A. Scalle, National Department of Conservation, which, upon Register coordinator for the Division of His- approval , forwarded the materials to the toric Sites, Illinois Department of Conserva- Illinois Historic Sites Advisory Board. tion. The notification came shortly after the The materials were then sent to Washington, House of Worship welcomed the four millionth D.C., for consideration by the U.S. Departvisitor since its public dedication in May 1953 . ment of Interior's National Parks Service, 'In this new recognition coming from the which is responsible for compiling the National Federal authorities,' said the National Spiritual Register of Historic Places. Assembly, 'we experience a fresh measure of 'Dearly-loved Friends,' the National the dynamic quality which is implied in the Assembly said in its Feast letter, 'may our indibeloved Master's description of the Temple as vidual and collective efforts to win the pressing "silent teacher"; and we sense more fully the goals of the Five Year Plan be spurred on by spell it casts as the "ordained source", in this outstanding achievement.' Shoghi Effendi's words, "from which rays [of) 376 THE BAHA'I WORLD

I I I I J l

Two views of'Abdu'l-Baha taken on 1May1912 during the dedication ofthe site and laying of the corner-stone of the Baha'i House of Worship , Wilmette, Illinois, U.S.A. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 377

VI THE NON-POLITICAL CHARACTER OF THE BAHA'I FAITH EXCERPTS FROM THE WRITINGS OF SHOGHI EFFENDI

THE B aha'f principles clearly define and mirror fo rth His commandments. Let your acts explain the non-political character of the Faith, be a guide unto all mankind, for the professions and serve as a guide for conduct in the relatio ns of most men, be they high or low, differ from of Baha'fs with one another, with their fellow th eir conduct. It is through your deeds th at ye men , and in their relations with different can distinguish yo urselves from others. departments of the civil government. A brief Through th em the brightness of your light can summary of excerpts from the Baha'f Writings be shed upon the whole earth ... 2 will show that non -participation in po litica l The aim of the Fa ith is to produce the reality affairs is one of the basic ax ioms of Baha'f of virtu e in souls and evolve institutions caaction. pable of dealing with social matters justly, in the The keynote to this theme may be found in light of the revealed truths. This is en tirely the Writings of Baha'u'llah. He has stated: distinct from the province filled by partisan That one indeed is a man who, today, dedi- civil institutions. cateth himself to the service of th e entire human 'Abdu'l-Baha counse lled the Baha'fs from race. The Great Being saith: Blessed and happy the early beginnings of the America n Baha'f is he that ariseth to promote the best interests of community not to discuss political affairs. the peoples and kindreds ofthe earth. Jn another ... All conferences (i.e., all consultation a nd passage He hath proclaimed: It is not for him to discussion) must be regarding the matters of pride himself who lo veth his own country, but benefit, both as a whole and individually, such rather for him who loveth the whole world. The as the guarding of all in all cases, their protecearth is but one country, and mankind its citi- tion and preservation, the improvement of zens. 1 character, the training of children , etc. Sow not the seeds of discord among men, and If any person wishes to speak of government refrain from con tending with your neighbour affairs, or to interfere with the order of govern - . . . Open, 0 people, the city of the human heart ment, the others must not combine with him with the key of your utterance ... because the Cause of God is withdrawn entirely That which beseemeth you is the love of God, from political affairs; the political realm perand th e love of Him Who is th e Manifestation of tains only to the Rulers of those matters; it has His Essence, and the observance of whatsoever nothing to do with the souls who are exerting He chooseth to prescribe unto you, did ye but their utmost energy to harmonizing affairs, know it. helping character and inciting (the people) to Say: Let truthfulness and courtesy be your stri ve for perfections. Therefore no soul is adorning. Suffer not yourselves to be deprived allowed to interfere with (politica l) matters, but of the robe of forbearance and justice, that the only in that wh ich is commanded. 3 sweet savours of holiness may be wafted from With the development of a world-wide your hearts upon all created things. Say: Beware, ad ministrative stru cture within the Baha'f 0 people of Bah6., lest ye walk in the ways of Faith, in stitutio ns have been set up in national them whose words differ from their deeds. and local areas which ass ure the unity and Strive that ye may be enabled to manifest to the integrity of the Faith. In unfolding these peoples of the earth the signs of God, and to 2 ibid. , pp. 303-305. 1 3 Gleanings from the Writings ofBaha'u'llah, p. 250. Baha'i World Faith, p. 407. 378 THE BAHA'I WORLD

administrative institutions Shoghi Effendi has calculations, the transient passions that agitate reiterated the importance of the non-political the face , and engage the attention , of a changcharacter of the Baha'f teach ings in a letter ing world . It is their duty to strive to distin - written 21 March 1932, to the Baha'fs of the guish , as clearly as they possibly can, and if United States and Canada: needed with the aid of their elected representa- 'I feel it, therefore, incumbent upon me to tives, such posts and functions as are either stress, now that the time is ripe, the importance diplomatic or political from those that are of an instruction which, at the present stage of purely administrative in character, and which the evolution of our Faith , should be increas- under no circumstances are affected by the ingly emphasized, irrespective of its applica- changes and chances that political activities tion to the East or to the West. And this princi- and party government , in every land, must ple is no other than that which involves the necessarily involve. Let them affirm their non-participation by the adherents of the Faith unyielding determination to stand, firmly and of Baha'u' ll ah, whether in their individual unreservedly, for the way of Baha'u'llah, to capacities or collectively as Local or National avoid the entanglements and bickerings Assemblies, in any form of activity that might inseparable from the pursuits of the politician, be interpreted, either directly or indirectly, as and to become worthy agencies of that Divine an interference in the political affairs of any Polity which incarnates God's immutable Purparticular government . Whether it be in the pose for all men. publications which they initiate and supervise; 'It should be made unmistakably clear that or in their official and public deliberations; or such an attitude implies neither the slightest in the posts they occupy and the services they indifference to the cause and interests of their render; or in the communications they address own country, nor involves any insubordination to their fellow-disciples; or in their dealings on their part to the authority of recognized and with men of em inence and authority; or in their established governments. Nor does it constiaffiliations with kindred societies and organiza- tute a repudiation of their sacred obligation to tions, it is, I am firmly convinced, their first and promote , in the most effective manner, the best sacred obligation to abstain from any word or interests of their government and people . It deed that might be construed as a violation of indicates the desire cherished by every true and this vital principle. Theirs is the duty to demon- loyal follower of Baha'u'llah to serve, in an strate, on one hand, their unqualified loyalty unselfish, unostentatious and patriotic fashion, and obedience to whatever is the considered the highest interests of the country to which he judgement of their respective governments. belongs, and in a way that would entail no 'Let them refrain from associating them- departure from the high standards of integrity selves, whether by word or by deed, with the and truthfulness associated with the teachings politica l pursuits of their respective nations, of his Faith. with the policies of their governments and the 'As the number of the Baha'f communities in schemes and programmes of parties and fac- various parts of the world multiplies and their tions. In such controversies they should assign power, as a social force, becomes increasingly no blame, take no side, further no design, and apparent, they will no doubt find themselves identify themselves with no system prejudicial increasingly subjected to the pressure which to the best interests of that worldwide Fellow- men of authority and influence, in the political ship which it is their aim to guard and foster. domain, will exercise in the hope of obtaining Let them beware lest they allow themselves to the support they require for the advancement become the tools of unscrupulous politicians, of their aims. These communities will moreor to be entrapped by the treacherous devices over, feel a growing need of the good-will of the plotters and the perfidious among their and the assistance of their respective governcountrymen. Let them so shape their lives and ments in their efforts to widen the scope, and to regulate their conduct that no charge of se- consolidate the foundations, of the institutions crecy, of fraud, of bribery, or of intimidation committed to their charge. Let them beware may, however ill-founded, be brought against lest, in their eagerness to further the aims of them. Let them rise above all particularism and their beloved Cause, they should be ted unwitpartisanship, above the vain disputes, the petty tingly to bargain with their Faith, to compro- THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 379 mise with their essential principles, or to nor the allurements of honours and rewards, sacrifice, in return for any material advantage will ever induce them to surrender their trust or which their institutions may derive, the integ- to deviate from their path. Let their words rity of their spiritual ideals. Let them proclaim proclaim, and their conduct testify, that they that in whatever country they reside, and how- who follow Baha' u'llah, in whatever land they ever advanced their institutions, or profound reside, are actuated by no selfish ambition, that their desire to enforce the laws, and apply the they neither thirst for power, nor mind any principles, enunciated by Baha'u'llah, they wave of unpopularity, of distrust or criticism, will, unhesitatingly, subordinate the operation which a strict adherence to their standards of such laws and the application of such princi- might provoke.'' ples to the requirements and legal enactments And again: 'The Baha'i Faith as it forges of their respective governments. Theirs is not ahead throughout the western world and parthe purpose, while endeavouring to conduct ticularly in lands where the political machinery and perfect the administrative affairs of their is corrupt and political passions and prejudices Faith, to violate, under any circumstances, the are dominant among the masses, should provisions of their country's constitution, increasingly assert and demonstrate the fact much less to allow the machinery of their that it is non-political in character, that it administration to supersede the government stands above the party, that it is neither apathetof their respective countries . ic to national interests nor opposed to any 'It should also be borne in mind that the very party or faction, and that it seeks through extension of the activities in which we are administrative channels, rather than through engaged, and the variety of the communities diplomatic and political posts to establish, which labour under divers forms of govern- beyond the shadow of a doubt, the capacity, ment so essentially different in their standards, the sane patriotism, the integrity and highpolicies, and methods, make it absolutely mindedness of its avowed adherents. This is the essential for all those who are the declared general and vital principle; it is for the National members of any one of these communities to representatives to apply it with fidelity and vigavoid any action that might, by arousing the our.'2 suspicion or exciting the antagonism of any one These instructions raised the question government, involve their brethren in fresh whether Baha'is should vote in any public elecpersecutions or complicate the nature of their tion. A Tablet revealed by 'Abdu'l-Baha to task. How else, might I ask, could such a far- Mr. Thornton Chase was sent to the Guardian, flung Faith, which transcends political and and the following reply was received, dated 26 social boundaries, which includes within its January 1933 : pale so great a variety of races and nations, 'The Guardian fully recognizes the authenwhich will have to rely increasingly, as it forges ticity and controlling influence of this instrucahead, on the good will and support of the tion from 'Abdu'l-Baha upon the question. He, diversified and contending governments of the however, feels under the responsibility of statearth- how else could such a Faith succeed in ing that the attitude taken by the Master (that preserving its unity, in safeguarding its inter- is, that American citizens are in d uty bound to ests, and in ensuring the steady and peaceful vote in public elections) implies certain reserdevelopment of its institutions? vations. He, therefore, lays it upon the indi- 'Such an attitude, however, is not dictated by vidual conscience to see that in following the considerations of selfish expediency, but is Master's instructions no Baha'i vote for an actuated, first and foremost, by the broad prin- officer nor Baha'i participation in the affairs of ciple that the followers of Baha'u'llah will, the Republic shall involve acceptance by that under no circumstances, suffer themselves to individual of a programme or policy that conbe involved, whether as individuals or in their travenes any vital principle, spiritual or social, collective capacities, in matters that would of the Faith.' The Guardian added to this letter entail the slightest departure from the funda- the following postscript: 'I feel it incumbent mental verities and ideals of their Faith. upon me to clarify the above statement, written Neither the charges which the uninformed and 1 The World Order of Baht!'u'lltih, pp. 64-67. the malicious may be led to bring against them, 2 U.S. Bahti'( News, December 1932. 380 THE BAHA'I WORLD

in my behalf, by stating that no vote cast, or tions, ennobled their motives, co-ordinated office undertaken, by a Baha'i should necessar- their efforts, and transformed their outlook. ily constitute acceptance, by the voter or office While preserving their patnot1sm and holder, of the entire programme of any politi- safeguarding their lesser loyalties, it has made cal party. No Baha'i can be regarded as either a them lovers of mankind , and the determined Republican or Democrat, as such. He is, above upholders of its best and truest interests. While all else, the supporter of the principles enunci- maintaining intact their belief in the Divine ated by Baha'u'llah, with which , I am firmly origin of their respective religions, it has convinced, the programme of no political party enabled them to visualize the underlying puris completely harmonious.n pose of these religions, to discover their merits, In a letter dated 16 March 1933 , the Guard- to recognize their sequence, their interdepenian sent these further details: dence, their wholeness and unity and to ac- 'As regards the non-political character of the knowledge the bond that vitally links them to Baha'i Faith, Shoghi Effendi feels that there is itself. This universal , this transcending love no contradiction whatsoever between the Tab- which the followers of the Baha'i Faith feel for let (to Thornton Chase, referred to above) and their fellow-men, of whatever race, creed, class the reservations to which he has referred. The or nation, is neither mysterious nor can it be Master surely never desired the friends to use said to have been artificially stimulated. It is their influence towards the realization and both spontaneous and genuine. They whose promotion of policies contrary to any of the hearts are warmed by the energizing influence principles of the Faith. The friends may vote , if of God's creative love cherish His creatures for they can do it, without identifying themselves His sake, and recognize in every human face a with one party or another. To enter the arena sign of His reflected glory. of party politics is surely detrimental to the best 'Of such men and women it may be truly said interests of the Faith and will harm the Cause. that to them " every foreign land is a father- It remains for the individuals to so use their land, and every fatherland a foreign land." For right to vote as to keep aloof from party poli- their citizenship, it must be remembered, is in tics, and always bear in mind that they are the Kingdom of Baha'u' ll ah. Though willing to voting on the merits of the individual, rather share to the utmost the temporal benefits and than because he belongs to one party or the fleeting joys which this earthly life can conanother. The matter must be made perfectly fer, though eager to participate in whatever clear to the individuals, who will be left free to activity that conduces to the richness, the hapexercise their discretion and judgement. But if piness and peace of that life, they can, at no a certain person does enter into party politics time, forget that it constitutes no more than a and labours for the ascendancy of one party transient, a very brief stage of their existence, over another, and continues to do it against the that they who live it are but pilgrims and expressed appeals and warnings of the Assem- wayfarers whose goal is the Celestial City, and bly, then the Assembly has the right to refuse whose home the Country of never-failing joy him the right to vote in Baha'f elections.' 2 and brightness. That this principle, as do all Baha'f princi- 'Though loyal to their respective governples, has world-wide application is made clear ments, though profoundly interested in anything by Shoghi Effendi in a letter dated 11 March that affects their security and welfare, though 1936. anxious to share in whatever promotes their 'The Faith of Baha' u'llah has assimilated, by best interests, the Faith with which the followvirtue of its creative, its regulative and ers of Baha'u'llah stand identified is one ennobling energies, the varied races, which they firmly believe God has raised high nationalities, creeds and classes that have above the storms, the divisions, and controversought its shadow, and have pledged unswerv- sies of the political arena. Their Faith they ing fealty to its cause. It has changed the hearts conceive to be essentially non-political, supraof its adherents, burned away their prejudices, national in character, rigidly non-partisan, stilled their passions, exalted their concep- and entirely dissociated from nationalistic ' U.S. Bah(J'( News, April 1933 . ambitions, pursuits and purposes. Such a Faith ibid., January 1934. knows no division of class or of party. It sub- THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 381 ordinates, without hesitation or equivocation, government of the country they reside in , and every particularistic interest, be it personal, re- no interference whatsoever in political matters gional, or national to the paramount interests of or questions. What the Master's statement humanity, firmly convinced that in a world of really means is obedience to a duly constituted interdependent peoples and nations the advan- government, whatever that government may tage of the part is best to be reached by the be in form. We are not the ones, as individual advantage of the whole, and that no abiding Baha'ls, to judge our government as just or benefit can be conferred upon the component unjust- for each believer would be sure to parts if the general interests of the entity itself hold a different viewpoint, and within our own are ignored or neglected.' 1 Baha'i fold a hotbed of dissension would spring The unity of Baha'i action throughout the up and destroy our unity. We must build up our world is further emphasized in a letter from Baha'i system , and leave the faulty systems of Shoghi Effendi to the Baha'ls of Vienna, writ- the world to go their way. We cannot change ten in 1947 through his secretary, in which he them through becoming involved in them; on said in part: the contrary, they will destroy us.' 4 'We Baha'ls are one the world over; we are Another application of this principle conseeking to build up a new world order, divine in cerns the right, propriety or usefulness of exertorigin. How can we do this if every Baha'i is a ing Baha'i influence for the enactment of legismember of a different political party-some of lative measures reflecting more or less the purthem diametrically opposite to each other? pose of some Baha'i principle or teaching. For Where is our unity then? We would be divided example, should a Baha'i community, local or because of politics, against ourselves and this is national , lend the name of the Baha'i Faith to the opposite of our purpose. Obviously if one support legislation which seeks to abolish race Baha'i in Austria is given freedom to choose a and religious discrimination in matters of political party and join it, however good its industrial employment, or intervene when aims may be, another Baha'i in Japan or measures concerning military training of youth America, or India, has the right to do the same are before a legislature? thing and he might belong to a party the very The National Spiritual Assembly of the opposite in principle to that which the Austrian Baha'ls of the United States has stated that, 'as Baha'i belongs to. Where would be the unity of a general policy subject to the Guardian's the Faith then? These two spiritual brothers specific direction in special cases, Baha'ls and would be working against each other because their administrative institutions should not feel of their political affiliations (as the Christians obligated to adopt a " Baha'i" attitude or of Europe have been doing in so many fratrici- course of action on matters of civil legislation. dal wars). The best way for a Baha'i to serve his Our teachings and basic principles speak for country and the world is to work for the establish- themselves. These we can always declare and ment of Baha'u'llah's World Order, which will set forth with all possible energy whenever gradually unite all men and do away with divisive occasions arise. But a truth which is sundered political systems and religious creeds .. .' 2 from its sustaining spiritual Source, lifted out In the Will and Testament of 'Abdu'J-Baha of its organic relationship to the Baha'i comthe Baha'ls are instructed to obey and be the munity , broken off from the other truths, and well-wishers of the governments of the land, made subject to the storm and stress of secular regard disloyalty unto a just king as disloyalty to controversy, is no longer a truth with which we God Himself and wishing evil to the govern- can usefully have concern. It has become an ment a transgression of the Cause of God. 3 In enactment to be carried out by institutions and explanation of this statement the Guardian groups committed to other enactments, other wrote, in a Jetter dated 3 July 1948: aims and purposes and methods not in conform- 'Regarding your question about politics and ity with the "Divine Polity" entrusted to the Master's Will: the attitude of the Baha'ls those alone who give full loyalty to Baha'u'- must be twofold, complete obedience to the llah. Far better for us to strive to mirror forth radiantly the individual and community virtues The World Order of Bahti'u'l/tih , pp. 197-198. U.S. Baha'f News, April 1949. of a new era than to hope that others than Bah(l'( Administration (1960 ed.), p. 4. 'U.S. Bahti'( News , January 1949. 382 THE BAHA'I WORLD

believers will achieve the holy mission of the vindicate by their life-blood the sincerity of Faith. We Ba ha'fs have in reality accepted a their conviction, that no power on earth, world order and not merely a new decalogue of neither the arts of the most insidious adversary truths or commands. On the other hand, nor the bloody weapons of the most tyrannical obedience to civil government is an obligation oppressor, can ever succeed in extorting from laid by Baha'u'llah upon every Baha'f.' 1 them a word or deed that might tend to stifle Shoghi Effendi points out, as a guiding prin- the voice of their conscience or tarnish the ciple of Baha'i conduct, that 'in connection purity of their faith. 2 with their administrative activities, no matter 'Small wonder if by the Pen of Baha'u'llah how grievously interference with them might these pregnant words, written in anticipation affect the course of the extension of the of the present state of mankind, should have Movement, and the suspension of which does been revealed: It is not for him to pride himself not constitute in itself a departure from the who loveth his own country, but rather for him principle of loyalty to their Faith, the consid- who loveth the whole world. The earth is but one ered judgement and authoritative decrees country and mankind its citizens. And again, issued by their responsible rulers must, if they That one indeed is a man who today dedicateth be faithful to Baha'u'llah's and 'Abdu'l- himself to the service of the entire human race. Baha's express injunctions, be thoroughly Through the power released by these exalted respected and loyally obeyed. In matters, how- words, He explains, He hath lent a fresh ever, that vitally affect the integrity and honour impulse, and set a new direction, to the birds of of the Faith of Baha'u'llah and are tantamount men's hearts, and hath obliterated every trace of to a recantation of their faith and repudiation restriction and limitation from God's Holy of their innermost belief, they [the Baha'fs] are Book.' 3 convinced , and are unhesitatingly prepared to 2 Baha'i Administration (1960 ed.), p. 162. 1 3 The Bahiff World, vol. X, pp. 278-279. The World Order of Baha'u'l/ah, p. 198. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA 'U'LLA H 383

VII RELATIONSHIP TO GOVERNMENT 1 . LOY AL TY TO GOVERNMENT

WHEN a great social crisis sweeps through a and peoples of the world. We must obey an d be civilization, mora l values become impaired and the well-wishers of the governments of th e land •4 mo ral issues confused. In the crisis of our time , members of the Baha'f Faith go on record as The followers of Baha'u'llah are exhorted to firmly upholding the principle of loyalty to be 'good citizens'. 5 The Baha'i teachings foster gove rnme nt . in the individua l ad herent an appreciation of Baha' u' Il ah, the Founder of the Baha'i authority a nd a n intellige nt and balanced pat- Faith , laid upon His fo llowers this sacred rio tism. The Baha'f is e nco uraged to 'serve in ob liga tion : 'In every country where any of this an unselfish, unoste ntatio us a nd patriotic fash - people (Baha'is) reside, th ey must behave ion , the hi ghest inte rests of the country to towards the government of that country with which he belongs, a nd in a way that would loyalty, hon esty and truthfulness.' 1 T he Baha'i enta il no departure from the high standards of Writings state further, ' The essence of the integrity and truthfulness associa ted with the Baha'i spirit is that in order to establish a better teachings of his Fa ith .' 6 social order and economic condition, there must A llegia nce to gove rnment, far from being a be allegiance to the laws and principles of gov- concept to which the Baha'f gives lip service, is ernment'2 Sho uld a Baha'f act contrary to the a spiritua l ob ligation reinforced by and laws of the gove rnment his conduct would in separab le from those teachings of Baha ' u'- be considered reprehe nsible before God, for Il ah's on which His followers pattern their members of this community 'should at all tim es individual spiritual deve lopment. 'Let integrity manifest . .. truthfulness and sincerity' and 'be and uprightness distinguish all thine acts,' 7 constant in ... faithfulness and trustwo rthi- Baha'u'llah e nj o in s. ness.'3 Without integrity of character in its citizens In elucidation of this cardinal spiritual and and without loyalty to gove rnment, a nation social principle 'Abdu' l-Baha, the authorized will find itse lf torn asunder and unable to func- Interpreter of the Faith, has written: 'Accord- tion as an orga nic society. Not only do the ing to the direct and sacred command of God we Baha'i teachings obligate members to be loya l (the Baha'is) are forbidden to utter slander, are to their government- they also specifically commanded to show forth peace and amity, are forb id them from taki ng part in subversive exhorted to rectitude of conduct, straight- political and social movements. fo rwardness and harm ony with all the kindreds ''A bdu'l-Baha : The Will and Tesramenr of Abdu'l-Bahd p. ' Baha'u'llah: Bi~arat, Ta biers of Baha'u'l/dh revealed after 8. rhe Kirab-i-Aqdas, p. 22-23. ''A bdu' l-Baha: Selecrions from rhe Wrirings of 'Abdu'l- 'Abdu'l-Baha: The Promulgarion of Universal Peace, p. Bahti, p. 3 19. 233. Shoghi Effendi : The World Order of Bahti'u'l/dh, p. 65. 'Abdu' l-B aha : Selecrions from rhe Wrirings of 'Abdu'l- ' Baha' u' llah: Gleanings from rhe Wrirings of Bahd'u'lldh, p. Baha, p. 294. 285. 384 THE BAHA'I WORLD

2. THE BAHA'I VIEW OF PACIFISM

IN a letter published in U.S. Baha'i News, nor does it exalt him to the point of making him January 1938 , Shoghi Effendi, the Guardian of an anti-social creature, a me nace to society. As the Baha'i Faith wrote through his secretary: in everything, it follows the "golden mean." 'With reference to the absolute pacifists or T he only way society can function is for the conscientious objectors to war: their attitude, minority to follow the will of the majority. judged from the Baha'i standpoint, is quite 'The other main objection to the conscienanti-social and due to its exaltation of the indi- tious objectors is that their method of establishvidual conscience leads inevitably to disorder ing peace is too negative . Noncooperation is and chaos in society. Extreme pacifists are thus too passive a philosophy to become an effecvery close to anarchists, in the sense that both tive way for social reconstruction . Their refusal of these groups lay an undue emphasis on th e to bear arms can never establish peace. There rights and merits of the individual. The Baha'i should first be a spiritual revitalization which conception of social life is essentially based on nothing, except the Cause of God, can effecthe subordination of the individual will to that tively bring to every man's heart.' of society. It neither suppresses the individual

3. SUMMARY OF THE GUARDIAN'S INSTRUCTIONS ON THE OBLIGATIONS OF BAHA'fS IN CONNECTION WITH MILITARY SERVICE

IMMEDIATEL Ypriorto World War II the service which is not specifically aggressive or Baha'i position on military training and ser- directly military . Such forms of national work vice, and the obligation of individual Baha'is to as air raid precaution service, ambulance apply for and maintain a non-combatant stat us corps, and other humanitaria n work or activity when this is possible under the laws of their of a non-combatant nature, are the most suitcountry, were clearly stated by the Guardian of able types of service the friends can render, and the Faith. On 27 November 1938 he instructed which they should gladly volunteer for, since in his secretary to write to the National Spiritual addition to the fact that they do not involve any Assembly of the British Isles: 'He has noted violation of the spirit or principle of the Teachyour Assembly's request for his advice as to ings they constitute a form of social and what forms of national service the friends may humanitarian service which the Cause holds volunteer for in times of emergency. While the sacred and emphatically enjoins.' believers, he feels, should exert every effort to A further query from that National Spiritual obtain from the authorities a permit exempting Assembly dated 9 May 1939 evoked the folthem from active military service in a combat- lowing reply on 4 June 1939, in amplification ant capacity, it is their duty at the same time , as of the above principles: loyal an d devoted citizens, to offer their ser- 'His instructions on this matter, conveyed in vices to their country in any field of national a letter addressed to your Assembly during last THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 385 November, were not intended for that particu- may be slight prospect of their obtaining the lar occasion , but were meant for present condi- consent and approval of the authorities to their tions, and for any such emergencies as may petition.' arise in the immediate future . After the war, on 20 July 1946, the National 'It is still his firm conviction that the believ- Spiritual Assembly of the United States ers, while expressing their readiness to unre- enquired of the Guardian whether the exisservedly obey any directions that the tence of the United Nations in its present form authorities may issue concerning national ser- changed the attitude of the Baha'is toward vice in time of war, should also, a nd while there military duties which might require the taking is yet no outbreak of hostilities , appeal to the of human life. The Guardian' s reply, written by government for exemption from active military his secretary, was: service in a combatant capacity , stressing the 'As there is neither an International Police fact that in doing so they are not prompted by Force nor any immediate prospect of one comany selfish considerations, but by the sole and ing into being, the Baha'is should continue to supreme motive of upholding the Teachings of apply, under all circumstances, for exemption their Faith, which make it a moral obligation from any military duty that necessitates the takfor them to desist from any act that would ing of life. There is no justification for any involve them in direct warfare with their change of attitude on our part at the present fe llow-humans of any other race or nation. time.' 'The Baha'i Teachings, indeed, condemn, The Guardian therefore has made it clear emphatically and unequivocally, any form of that it is obligatory and not an optional matter physical violence , and warfare in the battlefield for all Baha'is to apply for and maintain a is obviously a form , and perhaps the worst form non-combatant status if this is possible under which such violence can assume. the law. Where such a law exists, Baha'is can- 'There are many other avenues through not voluntarily enlist in any branch of the which the believers can assist in times of war by armed forces in which they would be subject to enlisting in services of a non-combatant orders to engage in the taking of human life. nature- services that do not involve the direct The Universal House of Justice amplified shedding of blood-such as ambulance work, this later statement: anti-air raid precaution service , office and 'There is no objection to a Baha'i enlisting administrative works, and it is for such types of voluntarily in the armed forces of a country in national service that they should volunteer. order to obtain a training in some trade or 'It is immaterial whether such activities profession , provided that he can do so without would still expose them to dangers, either at making himself liable to undertake combatant home or in the front, since their desire is not to service. protect their lives, but to desist from any acts of 'There is likewise no objection to a Baha'i wilful murder. seeking or continuing a career in the armed 'The friends should consider it their con- forces , provided that he can do so without makscientious duty, as loyal members of the Faith , ing himself liable to undertake combatant serto apply for such exemption , even though there vice.' 386 THE BAHA'I WORLD

VIII BAHA'I CALENDAR, FESTIVALS AND DA TES OF HISTORICAL SIGNIFICANCE

1. FOREWORD

Excerpt from Baha'u'llah and the New Era by Dr. J. E. Esslemont

AMONG different peoples and at different calendar to the solar year. The Bab named the times many different methods have been months after the attributes of God. The Baha'i adopted for the measurement of time and New Year, like the ancient Persian New Year, fixing of dates, and several different calendars is astronomically fixed, commencing at the are still in daily use, e.g., the Gregorian in March equinox (21 March), and the Baha'i era Western Europe, the Julian in many countries commences with the year of the Bab's declaraof Eastern Europe, the Hebrew among the tion (i.e., 1844 A . D., 1260 A . H . ). Jews and the Mul)ammadan in Muslim coun- In the not far distant future it will be necestries. sary that all peoples in the world agree on a The Bab signalized the importance of the common calendar. dispensation which He came to herald by It seems, therefore, fitting that the new age inaugurating a new calendar. In this, as in the of unity should have a new calendar free from Gregorian Calendar, the lunar month is aban- the objections and associations which make doned and the solar year is adopted. each of the older calendars unacceptable to The Baha'i year consists of 19 months of 19 large sections of the world's population, and it days each (i.e., 361 days), with the addition of is difficult to see how any other arrangement certain 'intercalary days' (four in ordinary and could exceed in simplicity and convenience five in leap years) between the eighteenth and that proposed by the Bab. nineteenth months in order to adjust the

2. BAHA'I FEASTS, ANNIVERSARIES AND DAYS OF FASTING Feast of Ric;!van (Declaration of Baha'u'llah), 21 April-2 May 1863. Feast of Naw-Ruz (New Year), 21 March. Declaration of the Bab, 23 May 1844. The Day of the Covenant, 26 November. Birth of Baha'u'llah, 12 November 1817. Birth of the Bab, 20 October 1819. Birth of 'Abdu'l-Baha, 23 May 1844. Ascension of Baha'u'llah, 29 May 1892. Martyrdom of the Bab, 9 July 1850. Ascension of' Abdu'l-Baha, 28 November 1921. Fasting season lasts 19 days beginning with the first day of the month of' Ala' , 2 March-the Feast of Naw-Ruz follows immediately after. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 387

3. BAHA'I HOLY DAYS ON WHICH WORK SHOULD BE SUSPENDED

The first day of Ric;lvan, The ninth day of Ric;lvan, The twelfth day of Ric;lvan, The anniversary of the declaration of the Bab, The anniversary of the birth of Baha'u'llah, The anniversary of the birth of the Bab, The anniversary of the ascension of Baha'u'llah, The anniversary of the martyrdom of the Bab, The feast of Naw-Ruz.

NoTE: 'Abdu'l-Ba ha, in one of His Tablets addressed to a believer of Nayriz, Persia, has written the following: Nine days in the year have been appointed on which work is forbidden. Some of these days have been specifically mentioned in the Book. The rest follow as corollaries to the Text . .. Work on the Day ofthe Covenant (Fete Day of 'Abdu'l-Baha), however, is not prohibited. Celebration ofthat day is left to the discretion ofthe friends. Its observation is not obligatory. The days pertaining to the Abhti Beauty (Baha'u'llah) and the Primal Point (the Bab), that is to say these nine days, are the only ones on which work connected with trade, commerce, industry and agriculture is not allowed. In like manner, work connected with any form of employment, whether governmental or otherwise, should be suspended.

As a corollary of this Tablet it follows that the anniversaries of the birth and ascension of 'Abdu'l-Baha are not to be regarded as days on which work is prohibited. The celebration of these two days, however, is obligatory.

Baha'is in East and West, holding admi nistrative positions, whether public or private, should exert the utmost effort to obtain special leave from their superiors to enable them to observe these nine holy days.

4. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL GLEANED FROM NABIL'S NARRATIVE REGARDING THE BAHA'I CALENDAR

THE Badi' Calendar (Baha'i Calendar) has (1844 A.D.), the year of the Declaration of the been taken by me from the Kittib-i-Asmti', one Bab, must be regarded as the beginning of the of the works written by the Bab. As I have Badi' Calendar.' The Declaration of the Bab observed in these days that certain believers took place on the evening preceding the fifth are inclined to regard the year in which Baha'u'- day of Jamadiyu'l-Avval, of the year 1260 A.H . llah departed from Ba~dad to Constan- It has been ordained that the solar calendar be tinople as marking the beginning of the Badi' followed and that the vernal Equinox, the day Calendar, I have requested Mirza Aqa Jan, the of Naw-Ruz, be regarded as the New Year's amanuensis of Baha'u'llah, to ascertain His Day of the Badf' Calendar. The year sixty, in will and desire concerning this matter. Baha'u'- which the fifth day of Jamadiyu'l-Avval coinllah answered and said: 'The year sixty A.H. 1 cided with the sixty-fifth day after Naw-Ruz, (i.e. , 1260 A.H.) has accordingly been regarded as the first year 388 THE BAHA'i WORLD

of the Badf' Calendar. As in that year, the day Soon afte r Baha' u'll ah had left the fortress of Naw-Ruz, the vernal Equinox, preceded by of 'Akka and was dwelling in the house of sixty-six days the date of the Declaration of the Malik , in that city, He commanded me to Bab, I have therefore, throu ghout my history, transcribe the text of the Badf' Calendar and to regarded the Naw-Ruz of the year sixty-one instruct the believers in its details. On the ve ry A . H. (the Naw-Ruz immedi ately fo llowing the day in which I received His co mmand , I com- Decl ara tion of the Bab) as the first Naw-Ruz of posed, in verse and prose, an exposition of the the Badf' Ca le ndar. I have acco rdin gly consid- main features of that Calendar a nd presented it ered the Naw-Ruz of this prese nt year, the to him . The versified copy, being now un availyear 1306 A.H., which is the 47th solar year able, I am herein transcribing the versio n in after the Declaration of the Bab, as the 46th prose. The days of the week are named as Naw-Ruz of the Badf' Calendar. fo llows:

Days Arabic Nam e English Name Translation 1st Jala I Saturday Glory 2nd Ja mal Sunday Beauty 3rd Kama l Monday Perfectio n 4th Fic;lal T uesday Grace 5th ' Ida! Wednesday Justice 6th Istij lal Thursday Majesty 7th Istiq lal Friday Independence

The names of the month s, wh ich are the same as the days of each month , are as fo llows:

Month Arabic Name Translation Firs! Days 1st Baha Splendour March 21 2nd Jalal Glory April 9 3rd Jamal Beauty Ap ril 28 4th 'A~a m at Grandeur May 17 5th Nur Light June 5 6th Ral)mat Mercy June 24 7th Kali mat Words July 13 8th Kamal Perfection August 1 9th Asma' Names A ugust 20 10th 'Izzat Mig ht Septe mber 8 11th Mashfyyat Will Septe mber 27 12th ' Ilm Knowledge October 16 13th Qudrat Power Nove mber 4 14th Qawl Speech November 23 15th Masa'i l Questions December 12 16th Sharaf Honour December 31 17th Sult an Sovereignty Ja nuary 19 18th Mulk Dominion February 7 19th ' Ala' Loftiness Marc h 2

Ayyam-i- Ha (Intercalary Days) 26 Febru ary to 1 March inclusivefour in ordinary and five in leap years.

The first day of each month is thus the day of ing of 19 months of 19 days each, with the Baha, and the last day of each month the day of addition of certain inte rcalary days. He has 'Ala'. named the New Year's Day, which is the day of The Bab has regarded the solar year, of 365 Naw-Ruz, the day of Baha, of the mont h of days, 5 hours, and fifty odd minutes, as consist- Baha. He has ordained the month of' Ala' to be THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 389 the month of fasting , and has decreed that the 1. Alif A. day of Naw-Ruz should mark the termination 2. Ba ' B. of that period. As the Bab did not specifically 3. Ab Father. define the place for the four days and the frac- 4 . Dal D. tion of a day in the Badf' Calendar, the people 5. Bab Gate. of the Bayan were at a loss as to how they 6. Vav V. should regard them. The revelation of the 7. Abad Eternity. Kitab-i-A qdas in the city of' Akka resolved this 8. Jad Generosity. problem and settled the issue. Baha'u' llah 9.Baha Splendour. designated those days as the Ayyam-i-Ha and 10. I:Iubb Love. ordained that they sliould immediately pre- 11. Bahhaj Delightful. cede the month of' Ala' , which is the month of 12.Javab Answer. fasting. He enjoined upon His followers to 13. Al)ad Single. devote these days to feasting, rejoicing, and 14. Vahhab Bountiful. charity. Immediately upon the termination of 15. Vidad Affection. these intercalary days, Baha'u'llah ordained 16. Badf' Beginning. the month of fasting to begin. I have heard it 17. Bahf Luminous. stated that some of the people of the Bayan, 18. Abha Most Luminous. the followers of Mirza Yal)ya, have regarded 19. Val)id Unity. these intercalary days as coming immediately after the month of' Ala' , thus terminating their Each cycle of nineteen years is called Val)id. fast five days before the day of Naw-Ruz. This, Nineteen cycles constitute a period called notwithstanding the explicit text of the Bayan Kull-i-Shay'. The numerical value of the word which states that the day of Naw-Ruz must Val)id is nineteen , that of Kull-i-Shay' is 361. needs be the first day of the month ofBaha, and Val)id signifies unity, and is symbolic of the must follow immediately after the last day of unity of God . the month of 'Ala'. Others, aware of this con- The Bab has, moreover, stated that this systradiction, have started their fasting on the fifth tem of His is dependent upon the acceptance day of the month of 'Ala', and included the and good-pleasure of 'Him Whom God shall intercalary days within the period of fasting. make manifest'. One word from Him would Every fourth year the number of the inter- suffice either to establish it for all time, or to calary days is raised from four to five. The day _ annul it forever. of Naw-Ruz falls on the 21st of March only if For instance, the date of the 21st of April, the vernal Equinox precedes the setting of the 1930, which is the first day of Ric;lvan, and sun on that day . Should the vernal Equinox which according to the Kitab-i-Aqdas must take place after sunset, Naw-Ruz will have to coincide with the 'thirteenth day of the second be celebrated on the following day. Baha'i month,' and which fell this year (1930) The Bab has, moreover, in His Writings on Monday, would, according to the system of revealed in the Arabic tongue, divided the the Badf' Calendar, be described as follows: years following the date of His Revelation into 'The day of Kamal, the day of Qudrat, of the cycles of nineteen years each. The names of the month of Jalal, of the year Bahhaj, of the fifth years in each cycle are as follows: Val) id, of the first Kull -i-Shay'.' 390 THE BAHA'I WORLD

5. HISTORICAL DATA GLEANED FROM NABIL'S NARRATIVE REGARDING BAHA'U'LLAH Works Revealed Houses Occupied During This Period During This Period A.BAGHDAD Arrival latter part Jamadiyu ' !.b.-Thanf, Kullu ' t-Ta'am House of I;Ia jf 'Alf- 1269 A.H. Madad 12 March-10 April 1853 A.D. (in old Ba~dad) Departure for Sulaymanfyyih on Wed- House of Sulaymannesday , 10 April 1854 A.D.-Rajab i-Ghannam 12, 1270A.H.

B. SULA YMANIYYIH Prayers Before reaching Sulaymanfyyih , He Qa~fdiy-i-Varqa'fyyih lived for a time on the Sar-Galu mountain . During His absence from Bagbdad Saqf-Az-Ghayb-i- His family transferred their residence Baqa from House of I;Iajf 'Alf-Madad to that of Su layman-i-Ghannam. Nabfl arrived at Bagbdad 6 months after Baha'u ' llah's departure for Sulaymanfyyih.

c. BAGHDAD Tafsir-i-l;IurUfat-i- Muqaga'ih Arrived from Sulaymaniyyih on Wed- ~al:iffiy-i-Shagfyyih nesday, 19 March 1856 A. D.- Haft-Vadf Rajab 12, 1272 A.H. (Seven Valleys) Departure from Bagbdad for Consta n- Tafsir-i-Hu tinople, Wednesday afternoon (first L a wI:i-i-l;Iurfyyih day of Ri<;fvan) , 22 April 1863 A. D. Kitab-i-fqa.n -Dhi'l-Qa'dih 3, 1279 A.H. Kalimat-i-Maknunih (Hidden Words) SubI:iana-Rabbfya'l- A 'la Shikkar-Shikan- Shavand I;Iur-i-'Ujab Halih-Halih-Ya Bisharat Ghulamu'l-Khuld Az-Ba~- i-Il ahf Baz-Av-u-Bidih-Jamf Short stay in Mazra'iy-i-Vafil}fil!ash MallaI:iu'I-Quds during above period to celebrate (Holy Mariner) Naw-Ruz ended with departure on Thursday, 26 March 1863 A.D.- Shavval 5, 1279 A.H. THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U ' LLAH 391

Works Revealed Houses Occupied C. BAGHDAD-continued During This Period During This Period

Arrival at Garden of Najibfyy ih Suriy-i-$abr revealed (Garden of Ric.Jvan) , 22 April 1863 on first day of A. o .-Dhi' l-Q a'dih 3, 1279 A.H . Ric.Jvan

Arrival of Baha'u'llah's Fam il y at Garden of Ric.Jvan on eighth day after first of Ric.Jvan .

Departure from Garden of Ric.Jvan for Constantinople last day of Ric.Jvan at noon on Sunday, 3 May 1863 A.D.-Dhi' l-Qa'dih 14, 1279 A.H.

Length of overland journey from Garden of Ric.Jvan to Samsun on Black Sea: 110 days.

Firayjat (arrived early afternoon- I::Iasan-Aqa, sta yed seven days) arrived on Sun- Mardin, day, 3May1863 A.o .-Dh i' l- Dfyar-Bakr, Qa' dih 14, 1279 A.H. (Firayjat is Ma'dan-Mis, about 3 miles distant from Baghdad) Kharput (stayed 2 or 3 days), Judaydih, - Ma'dan-Nuqrih, Dilf-'Abbas, Dilik-Tash, Qarih-Tapih , Sfvas, Salal:Jfyyih (stayed 2 nights), 'fuqat, Dust-Khurmatu, Amasia (stayed 2 days) , Tawuq, Ilahfyyih (while approaching Samsun, Karkuk (stayed 2 days), 'Lawl:J-i-Hawdaj' was revealed) , (last Irbfl , day of overland journey), Zab River, Samsun (stayed 7 days), Black Sea port; Ba r\allih , sailed in a Turkis h steamer about Mosu l (stayed 3 days), sunset for Constantinople, Zakhu, Sinope (arrived next day about noon), Jazfrih, Black Sea port: stayed few hours, Nu~aybfn Anyabuli (arrived next day).

D. CONSTANTINOPLE Works Revealed Houses Occupied During Th is Period During This Period Duration

Arrival at noon on Subl:Janaka-Ya-Hu House of Shamsi Big 1 month Sunday, 16 August Lawl:J-i- ' Abd u ' l- ' Azfz (near the mosque of 1863 A.O .- Va-Vukala Khirqiy-i-Sharif Rabf'u'l-Avval 1, 1280A.H. 392 THE BAHA'l WORLD

D. CONSTANTINOPLE- Works Revealed Houses Occupied continued During This Period During This Period Duration

Length of sea voyage House of Vfsf Pasha 3 months from Samsun to (3-storey, nearSu l!an Constantinopl e: 3 MuI?ammad days. Mosq ue)

Length of journ ey from Constantinop le to A drianople: 12 days.

1. Kuchik-Chakmachih (3 hours from Constantinople- spent one night) 2. Buyuk-Chakmachih (arrived abo ut noon) 3. Salvari 4. Birkas 5. Baba-Iskf

E. ADRIANOPLE Works Revealed Houses Occupied During This Period During This Period Duration

Arrival on Saturday, Suriy-i-A~I?ab 1. Khan -i-' Arab 3 ni ghts 12 December 1863 ( caravanserai, A.D.- Rajab 1, two-storey, near 1280A .H . LawJ:i-i-J:Iajj I house of 'Izzat- Aqa)

Length of stay : 4 years, 8 month s, 22 days. LawI?-i-J:Iajj II

Length of overland Kitab-i-Badf' 2. House in Muradfy- 1 week journey from Con- Suriy-i- Mu lu k yih qu arter, near stan tinople to Ad- (Tablet of the Takyiy-i-Mawlavf rianople : 12 days. Kings)

Departure from Adri- Suriy-i-Amr 3. House in Muradfy- 6 months a nople on Wednes- Suriy-i-Da mm yi h quarter, near day, 12 A ugust A lva9-i-Laylatu'l- house 2 1868 A.D.- Rabf- Q uds 4. Khaniy-i-Amru'llah 'u'th-Thani 22, Munaj a thay-i-$iyam (several storeys, 1285A.H . (Prayers for Fasting) near Sul!an-Salim Mosque) LawJ:i-i- Sayyah 5. House of R ic;la Big 1 year LawJ:i-i- Napulyun I 6. House of A mru' llah 3 months? (First Tablet to (3-storey, north Napoleon III) of Sul! an-Salim Mosq ue) LawI?-i- Sul!an 7. House of 'Izzat-Aqa 11 months (Tablet to the Shah of Persia) LawI?-i-Nuq!ih THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA'U'LLAH 393

1. Uzun-Kuprf 2. Ka~anih (arrived about noon . LawJ:i -i-Ra'fs [Tablet of Ra'fs] was revealed in th is place) 3. Gallipoli (length of journey from Adrianople to Gallipoli about 4 days) (after a few days' stay sailed before noon in Austrian steamer for Alexandria, Egypt) 4. Made llf (arrived about sunset-left at night) 5. Smyrna (stayed 2 days, left at night) 6. Alexandria (arrived in the morning, trans-shipped and left at night for Haifa) 7. Port Said (arrived morning, left the same day at night) 8. Jaffa (left at midnight) 9. Haifa (arrived in the morning, landed and after a few hours left on a sailing vessel for 'Akka)

F. ' AKKA Works Revealed Houses Occupied During This Period During This Period Duration

Arrival on Monday, Kitab-i-Aqdas 1. Barracks 2 years, 2 31 August 1868 LawJ:i-i-Napulyun II mo nths A. o.-Jamadfyu'l- (Second Tablet to 5 days Avval 12, 1285 A.H. Napoleon III)

LawJ:i-i-Malikih 2. House of Malik 3 months (Tablet to Queen 3. House of Rabi'ih Victoria) LawJ:i-i-Malik-i-Rus 4. House of Man~ur 2 or 3 Purest Branch died on (Tablet to the mo nths Thursday, 23 Ju ne Czar) 1870 A.D.- Rabf- Suriy-i-Haykal 5. House of 'Abbud 'u' l-Avval 23, 1287 LawJ:i-i-Burhan (where Kitab-i- A.H . LawJ:i-i-Ru'ya Aqdas was re- LawJ:i-i-Ibn-i-Dhi'b vealed) (Epistle to Son of 6. Mazra'ih the Wolf) LawJ:i-i-Pap 7 . Qa~r Passed away 29 May (Tablet to the (Mansion , where 1892 A.D. Pope) He passed away) 394 THE BAHA'I WORLD

6. DATES OF HISTORICAL SIGNIFICANCE IN THE RISE OF THE BAHA'I FAITH Birth of Baha'u'llah .. . .. 12 Nove mbe r 1817 Re lease of 'Abdul-Baha from His incarcera- Birth of the Bab .. .... .... 20 October 1819 tion ... . . . . . .......... .September 1908 Declaration of the Mission of the Bab in Interment of the Bab's remains on Mt. Ca rm e l Shfraz ........... . ........ 23 May 1844 ..... . . .. . . . ..... . ...... 21 March 1909 Birth of 'Abdu'l-Baha ....... .23 May 1844 Opening of the first A merican Baha'f Conven- Departure of the Bab on His pilgrimage to tion ............ . ... . . .. 21 March 1909 Mecca .. .. . . . .. . . . ..... September 1844 'Abdu' l-Baha's departure from Egypt ... . . . Arrival of the Bab in Mah-Ku, Ad hirbayjan ... .. ... .. . ........ . ... September 1910 ..................... .. .. Summer 184 7 'Abdu'l-Baha's arrival in Lo ndo n . . . .. .. .. . Incarceration of the Bab in Chihriq , Adhir- ...... . ..... . . . .. . .. .4 Septe mber 1911 bayjan . .. . ..... . .... . ... ... A pril 1848 'Abdu' l-Baha's arrival in America ........ . Conference of Badasht ......... .June 1848 . .. ....... .... ........... 11April 1912 Interrogation of the Bab in Tabriz, Adh ir- Laying of the corn er-sto ne of the Mash riqu'lbayj an ..... . ........ .. . .... . .July 1848 Adhkar in Wilmette, Ill., by 'Abdu'l-Baha Martyrdom of the Bab in Tabriz, A dhirbayjan . ... . .... . ......... ... . ... 1May1912 ............................ 9 July 1850 Second visit of 'Abd u' l-Baha to Europe and Attempt on the life of Na~ iri 'd-Dfn Shah ... tour throu gh the U nited Kingdom, France, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 August 1852 Germany, Hu ngary and Austria ....... . . Imprisonment of Baha'u'llah in the Sfya h-Cha l ...... ... .. December 1912 to June 1913 of Tihran . . .. . ......... .. .A ugust 1852 'Abdu'l-B aha's return to the Holy Land .. . . Banishment of Baha'u'llah to Baghdad ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Dece mber 1913 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 January 1853 U nveiling of the Tablets of the Divine Plan Wi thdrawal of Baha'u'llah to Kurdistan . . .. . ............... .. ......... April 1919 ..... ... ... . ...... ... .... 10 April 1854 Passing of 'Abdu'l-B a ha 28 November 1921 Return of Baha'u'llah from Kurdistan . . . .. . Verdict of the Islamic Court in Egypt pro- . . . ... . ........... ...... 19 March 1856 nouncing the Faith to be an independent Declaration of the Mission of Baha'u'llah ... religion ................... 10 May 1925 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 April 1863 Martha Root's first interview wi th Q ueen A rrival of Baha' u'llah in Constantinople .... Marie of Romania . . .... 30 Janua ry 1926 .. ... . ................. 16 August 1863 Resolution of the Council of the League of A rrival of Baha'u'llah in Adrianople ...... . Nations upholding the claim of the Baha'f . . .. .. .... . .......... 12 December 1863 community to the House of Baha'u'llah in Departure of Baha'u'llah from A drianople .. Baghdad ... ............. .4 March 1929 .... . .... . ......... . ... 12 A ugust 1868 Passing of the Greatest Holy Leaf July 1932 Arrival of Baha'u'llah in 'Akka ........... . Inception of the First American Seven- Year ....... . ..... . .. . ... . .. 31 August 1868 Plan .. .. .................. .April 1937 Death of the Purest Branch .. .23 June 1870 Celebra tio n of the Centenary of the Declaration Ascension of Baha'u'llah ..... 29 May 1892 of the Bab ........ . . . . . . .. 23 May 1944 First public reference to the Faith in America Inception of the Second American Seven-Year .................... 23 September 1893 Plan ................... . . . .April 1946 Establishment of the first Baha'f centre in the Centenary of the Martyrdom of the Bab .... West ........... . ... .. . . .February 1894 ..... . ..................... 9 July 1950 Arrival of the first group of Western pilgrims in Completion of the Arcade and Parapet of the 'Akka ...... .. ....... 10 December 1898 Shrine of the Bab on Mt. Carmel ....... . Arrival of the Bab's remains in the Holy Land .. .............. .. . . ....... 9 July 1950 ......... ... . . .. ...... 31 January 1899 Inauguration of the Centenary Celebrations of Reincarceration of 'Abdu'l-Baha in 'Akka the birth of Baha'u'llah's Prophetic Mission ......... .... ...... .... 20 A ugust 1901 . . ................. ... ... October 1952 Commencement of the construction of the First Baha'f Intercontinental Teaching Confer- Mashriqu'l-Adhkar of 'Ishqabad ........ . ence, Kampa la, Uganda, Africa ........ . ..... . ........ . ...... 28 November 1902 . ............. ... . 12-18 February 1953 THE WORLD ORDER OF BAHA 'U 'LLAH 395 Inauguration of the Ten-Year International His Highness Malietoa Tanumafi li II, of Western Baha'i Teaching and Consolidation Plan .. Samoa, embraced the Faith ... .. ....... . ... . ......... . ............ Ricjvan 1953 . .. . .. . . . ...... . ... . .. 19 February 1968 Baha'i dedication of the Mashriqu'l-Adhkar in Establishment by the Universal House of Jus- Wilmette , Illinois ........ . . . 1 May 1953 tice of the Continental Boa rds of Counsellors Public dedication .......... . 2 May 1953 . . ....... ...... .. .. . .. . . . 21 June 1968 All-American Baha'i Intercontinental Teach- First Oceanic Conference, Palermo, Sicily ing Conference, Chicago . . .3- 6 May 1953 ......... . .......... 23-25 August 1968 Third Baha'i Intercontinental Teaching Con- Commemoration of 1 OOth anniversary of ference , Stockholm, Sweden .. .. . ..... . . arrival of Baha'u'llah in the Holy Land ... ............. . .... . . . .. 21-26 July 1953 . . ...... . ..... . ...... . . 31 August 1968 Fourth Baha'i Intercontinental Teaching Con- The Baha'i International Community accredference, New Delhi, India . .. .. . ...... . . ited with consultative status to the United . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1 5 October 1953 Nations Economic and Social Council ... . Completion of the construction of the Shrine . .... .. . . . . ....... . ....... 27 May 1970 of the Bab ................ October 1953 Commemoration of lOOth anniversary of the Expansion of the Faith to 100 additional death of Mirza Mihdi, 'The Purest Branch' countries and islands by settlement of the ................. . . . ..... 23 June 1970 Knights of Baha'u'llah .. . .. . . 1953-1 954 The holding of eight Oceanic and Continental Completion of exterior of International Confere nces . . .... . ................ . . . Archives Building . ........... . .... 1957 ....... 14 August 1970- 5 September 1971 Passing of Shoghi Effendi 4 November 1957 Commemoration of 50th anniversary of the The holding of five Intercontinental Teaching passing of' Abdu' l-Baha ........ . ...... . Conferences successively in Kampala, Syd- ... . . .. ... ....... 26-28 November 1971 ney , Wilmette, Frankfurt, Djakarta/Singa- Completion of erection of Obelisk , Mt. Carmel pore .... .. ....... .. ....... . .. . . .. 1958 . . . . .... .. .. . ....... 19 December 1971 First dependency of a Mashriqu'l-Adhkar, Dedication of the Mother Temple of Latin the Baha'i Home for the Aged, opened in America, Panama . . . . . . .. .29 April 1972 Wilmette , Illinois, U.S.A .. .. . . ......... . Adoption by the Universal House of Justice of ... .. .... . . . .............. January 1959 its Constitution . ...... 26 November 1972 Dedication of the Mother Temple of Africa, Publication by the Universal House of Justice Kampala, Uganda ..... . 14 January 1961 of A Synopsis and Codification of the Laws Dedication of the Mother Temple of the and Ordinances of the Kitab-i-Aqdas ..... Antipodes, Sydney, Australia .......... . . . . .... . ............ ... ... Ricjvan 1973 . ........ .. ......... 16 September 1961 Establishment by the Universal House of Jus- Completion of the Ten Year Crusade . . .. . . tice of the International Teaching Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ricjvan 1963 . .. ...... ..... ..... .. ... . .. 5 June 1973 Election of the Universal House of Justice . . Extension and development of the gardens at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21April1963 Bahji surrounding the Most Holy Shrine . . Celebration of the Most Great Jubilee, in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1963-1979 London . ... ......... . ...... April 1963 His Highness Malietoa Tanumafili II of Launching of the Nine Year Plan .... . . . .. . Western Samoa, visits the resting place of ......... .. ... . ............. April 1964 Shoghi Effendi . . . ... . 12 September 1976 Dedication of the Mother Temple of Europe, The holding of eight Intercontinental Connear Frankfurt, Germany .... .4 July 1964 ferences between July 1976 and January 1977 Celebration of the Centenary of the Revelation Commemoration of the Centenary of the of the Suriy-i-Muluk . . . . .. ...... .. . . .. . termination of Baha' u'llah's Confinement ............... September/October 1967 in the prison-city of 'Akka .. . . June 1977 Opening of period of proclamation of the Laying of the foundation stone of the Mother Cause, inaugurated by the presentation by Temple of the Indian sub-continent ... .. . the Universal House of Justice to 140 Heads . . . . ... ..... . . ..... .... 17 October 1977 of State of a special edition of The Proclama- Laying of the foundation stone of the first tion of Baha'u'llah ........ .October 1967 Mashriqu'l-Adhkar of the Pacific Islands .. The holding of six Intercontinental Conferences ... . ...... .. .. .. .. .... .27 January 1979 ......................... October 1967 396 THE BAHA'f WORLD PART FIVE

IN MEMORIAM IN MEMORIAM

RAMONA ALLEN BRAY BROWN that this intuitive faculty was like 'the tinkling 1889-1975 of bells' and that people could develop this quality in themselves. She always treasured a Ramona Allen Brown was one of that special special volume of Tab/els of 'Abdu'l-Bahli, company of American Baha'is who had the took it with her when she travelled, and would privilege of welcoming' Abdu'l-Baha when He open it for guidance. Ramona took the bestvisited the United States. Several of her family known photographs of the Master in Oakland were distinguished Baha'is. She was a cousin of and Berkley: one with University of California George Orr Latimer, 1 a prominent believer students from India and one of the Master who was a member of the National Spiritual walking alone. 3 She also photographed the Assembly of the United States, and her Master after He gave His historic address on 8 mother, Frances Orr Allen, was author of an October 1912 at Leland Stanford Junior Uniaccount of' Abdu'l-Baha's California sojourn ,2 versity near Palo Alto. valuable for its details of the Master's meeting In 1916 Ramona married Joseph Grandin with the Japanese of Oakland. Ramona's Bray 4 who was to become a much-loved Baha'i father, Dr. Woodson Hargis Allen , was a teacher. The couple had two children: J. Allen pioneer physician in northern California. Bray, well known in the San Francisco Bay Ramona was born in Boulder Creek, Califor- area for his support of youth, ecology and the nia on 10August1889. Later the family moved arts; and Barbara Bray West of Rancho Palos to Berkeley. Verdes, an ardent teacher of the Faith. At her In 1905 Ramona and her mother, as guests death, Ramona was the widow of Arthur Merof Georgia Ralston, attended a tea at the Oak- rill Brown, a prominent San Francisco businessland home of Helen S. Goodall. Kanichi man who died in 1950. Ramona had seven Yamamoto, who later became the first Japa- grandchildren and eight great-grandchildren; nese Baha'i, ushered them into the gathering. several members of her family have become Hearing the Baha'i message for the first time members of the Baha'i Faith. In the spring of from Mrs. Goodall's daughter, Ella Goodall 1954 Ramona made a pilgrimage to the Holy Cooper, Ramona instantly accepted the Faith Land and was planning to return in 1957 when that afternoon. She was sixteen years old at the the Guardian suddenly died. time. She was one of the small circle of young Throughout her life Ramona travelled women known as 'the Peaches' who were widely in service to the Faith. As a young invited to attend Mrs. Cooper's Baha'i gather- woman she spent a year (1934) in Honolulu ings; these young ladies affectionately called where she held Baha'i classes with Agnes Ella Cooper 'Mother Peach'. Ramona was Alexander and Katherine Baldwin. She visited blonde and beautiful and although a constant Turkey, pioneered for one year (1956) with sufferer from asthma she retained her beauty Jean and Tova Deleuran in Palma de Mallorca, and elegance throughout her life. and accompanied the Hand of the Cause Ramona unceasingly shared her accounts of Agnes Alexander to Rome . At the Guardian's visits with 'Abdu'l-Baha while He was in the direction she visited Baha'i pioneers through- San Francisco Bay area, and has left a written out the islands of the Mediterranean. Early in record of those days. She described how the 1957 she joined Carl and Lili Olitski Hermann Master would look at her and His eyes would and Harold and Marzieh Gail in Salzburg, twinkle and He would laugh; no doubt her Austria and in April of that year became a light-heartedness would have been recognized member of that city' s first Spiritual Assembly by Him. He praised her perceptivity, telling her and, later, its chairman. She also taught in the ' See 'In Memoriam', The Baha'( World, vol. XI, p. 511. surrounding villages. In her written account of See 'Abdu'l-Baha in San Francisco', Star of the West, vol. III, no . 12, 16 October 1912, p. 9; vol. III, no. 13 , 4 See Star of the West, vol. IV, no. 12, 16 October 1912, p. November 1912, p. 11; (vol. 2, George Ronald edition 202, p. 204; (vol. 2, George Ronald edition 1978). 1978). 'See 'In Memoriam', The Bahd'( World , vol. VIII, p. 672. 400 THE BAHA'I WORLD

be estimated at this time. She never missed an opportunity to teach. Once , from her sick-bed , she sent a copy of Baha'u' ffah and the New Era to a scientist stationed at the North Pole, the son of a woman she had met while a patient in the hospital. Her ease of communication was such that once, although knowing no Greek , she 'conversed' by gestures with women inhabitants she met on the island of Rhodes. Although her life was not without its stretches of difficulty and sorrow, there was a constant air of festivity , hospitality, elegance and grace about her. In spite of almost continual illness she would readily, albeit with great effort, leave her sick-bed to attend a party or Baha'i gathering. Her light-heartedness, good taste and dignity appealed especially to younger friends. One of her characteristic sayings when selecting a restaurant in an unfamiliar city was ' ... and let's pay a dollar for the atmosphere! ' While a patient in a Salzburg hospital she said to a visitor, 'I wake up in the night and find my Ramona Allen Bray Brown heart has stopped; so I shake myself and start it going again!' her experiences in Austria she stated: 'In On 23 February 1975 , after a short illness, August (1957) I was receiving treatment from Ramona passed into the Abha Kingdom. a young Austrian woman who became curious Many expressions of tribute and condolence to know why I was there (Salzburg) alone, ill reached her family. In appreciation of her long and so far from home. I told her about the and distinguished Baha'i career the National Faith. She became interested and we had daily Spiritual Assembly of the United States chats about the Teachings ... In October 1957 cabled: she, Editha Wehrle, declared her faith, the first DEEPLY GRIEVED LOSS RAMONA ALLEN BRAY Austrian Baha'i in Salzburg under the Ten BROWN STALWART MEMBER AMERICAN BAHAI Year Plan.' In June the following year, COMMUNITY WHOSE LONG LIFE EXTRAORDINARY Ramona records, Fritzi Klap, another SERVICE TO CAUSE BAHAULLAH WAS MADE DIS- Austrian, accepted the Faith. In December TINCTIVE BY HER ATTAINMENT TO PRESENCE 1963 ill health forced Ramona to return to MASTER ABDULBAHA STOP HER NOBLE EXAMPL E California where she settled in La Jolla, near UNSTINTING DEVOTION AND AUTHORSHIP IN the border of Mexico. The climate there, it was HER WANING YEARS OF MANUSCRIPT HER hoped would foster her return to health . The MEMORIES BELOVED MASTER WILL DOUBTLESS community, site of the University of California , SHED LIGHT UPON PATH EVOKE GRATITUDE offered great opportunities for Baha'i service. GENERATIONS TO COME STOP WE PRAY THAT HER Ramona took up residence at La Jolla's SOUL WILL RE CEIVE ABUNDANT REWARD IN Colonial Inn , teaching constantly, visiting ABHA KINGDOM. many centres in southern California and From the Universal House of Justice came receiving in ever-increasing numbers the this memorial of her historic life: young Baha'ls and their friends who flocked to meet her, listening to her talks and asking INFORMED PASSING 17 MULK STEADFAST SER- questions for hours at a time. VANT CAUSE RAMONA BROWN WHOSE DEVOTED Ramona's great gift was her power to attract HIGHLY MERITORIOUS SERVICES DURING FOR- and confirm individuals in the Faith, in what- MATfVE AND HEROIC AGES FAITH INCLUDING ever country or circumstance she found her- PIONEERING ACTIVITIES EUROPE AND MEDITER- self. Her wide-ranging influence can scarcely RANEAN AREA LOVINGLY REMEMBERED STOP IN MEMORIAM 401 OFFERING ARDENT PRAYERS HOLY THRESHOLD PROGRESS HER SOUL ABHA KINGDOM CONVEY BARBARA WEST FAMILY LOVING CONDOLENCES .

(Adapted from a memoir by Marzieh Gail and Barbara West.)

MARK TOBEY 1890-1976

Mark Tobey occupies a unique position in the history of art: a painter of genius who also was deeply inspired through most of his productive life by the dynamic of a new religious impulse, the renewal of God's Word through Baha'u'llah. As a result, he has produced a body of work which has stirred controversy, been extraordinarily praised and grossly misunderstood, had a strong influence on trends in art which is still not fully grasped, and has helped a substantial number of people to Mark Tobey become aware of the meaning and significance of the Baha'i Faith. work of famous illustrators and portrait pain- His childhood years were much in the spirit ters, and eventually discovered Rembrandt of Tom Sawyer. He was born in Centerville, and Michelangelo , first from prints, then the Wisconsin , on 11 December 1890. When he originals in the Chicago Art Institute . By 1911 was four years of age the family moved to his confidence had grown to the point where he Trempealeau, Wisconsin, a village of 600 on settled in Greenwich Village, New York, the banks of the Mississippi , where Mark spent determined to make good as a fashion illusthe next twelve years as a typical mid-western trator. Indeed, he obtained a good job in this 'barefoot boy'. He studied and enjoyed nature fie ld with McCall's Magazine and continued avid ly, attended school and the Congrega- comparable work both in Chicago and New tional Church, and aspired in turn to be a York for the next six years. minister, a taxidermist, a storekeeper a nd a During this period his skill as a charcoal trader. There is evidence that he showed portraitist beca me recognized. He did portraits aptitude for art early. However, the only for- of many famou s people , including Mary Garma l art training he was to receive was at Satur- den, the opera star (his partroness for a while), day classes in watercolours and oils at the Muriel Draper, Anthony Drexel Biddle and Chicago Art Institute and after two years Mark Governor Bell of New York , which were exhihad to drop out of high school and seek work bited in a modern gallery run by Marie Sterner because of the illness of his father . at M. Knoedler and Co. A year later Mrs. From 1909 to 1911 , after the family moved Sterner was to change the course of his life. She to Chicago, Mark changed jobs frequently. invited him to dinner, where he sat next to While working as a blueprint boy in a steel mill Juliet Thompson who introduced him to the he studied mechanical drawing and spent his Baha'i Faith. He became a Baha'i in 1918 and free time copying magazine covers. Several made a deep and continuous study of the jobs later he was an errand boy for a fashion Teachings. William C. Seitz, whose essay in the studio, when it was discovered he had a talent for catalog for the Museum of Modern Art exhibidrawing and he was engaged to draw the faces tion is the most profound analysis yet pubfor cata logue illustrations, at a substantial lished of the impact of the Baha'i Faith on boost in salary. He clipped and studied the Tobey' s art, said: ' Without doubt, this (accep- 402 THE BAHA'I WORLD

tance of the Baha'i Faith) was the crucial and principles . Many of his students from both spiritual redirection of Tobey's life and of his the Cornish School and his private classes have development as an artist.' 1 In 1919 he spent testified that he was a masterful teacher. some time in Mexico City, a centre to which Mark claimed that it was a reciprocal process ' Abdu'l-Baha had directed the attention of the and that his own artistic development evolved Baha'is in 1916 in His Divine Plan Tablets. in the process. Later he returned to New York. A ferment was In 1923 Tobey became close friends with taking place in Tobey's approach to his art, Teng Kuei, a young Chinese artist studying at particularly a reaction against ' the Renaissance the University of Washington, and learned sense of space and order. ' He was also storing from him both the technique and philosophy of up experiences that would surface later in Chinese calligraphy. This influence, as Seitz many of his important paintings. The day correctly remarks, Tobey applied later as 'a World War I ended he walked the streets of means of opening solid form, giving tangibility New York with his friend Janet Flanner who in to empty space, and of breathing life into static future years was to write the famous Letter Western realism.' 5 from Paris under the name of Genet in The In 1925 Tobey went to Europe, settling for New Yorker, and who first wrote in a major several months in Paris. Then, in 1926, he article of Mark's dedication to the Baha'i accompanied friends to Spain, Greece, Turkey Faith. 2 This period was a montage of 'sirens, and Lebanon , and later took advantage of the dynamic lights, brilliant parades and returning chance to make his first visit to the Baha'i heroes. An age of confusion and stepped-up Shrines and World Centre at Haifa. After visitrhythms.' 3 ing the Shrine of Baha'u'llah he spent an hour In the early 1920s Mark Tobey became with Shoghi Effendi: 'His grace when I first saw known for his caricatures of theatrical people , him is never to be forgotten, nor did he change some of which were published in the New York when, years later, I had the opportunity to see Times , and for his drawings of burlesque and him for a longer time ... Of course, in Haifa vaudeville personalities. A brief, unhappy many things happen and yet all seems to melt in marriage in 1922 and growing social demands time which is no time. You are there-that's caused him to want to get away from New enough. Just to sit down in a chair seems as York. A friend was returning home to Seattle important as going to town . You are released and offered to share train space and a bag of from yourself.' 6 oranges, so a new home was found. Seattle did In 1930 Mr. and Mrs. Leonard Elmhurst not have the intellectual and cultural stimula- offered Mark a six-month appointment as head tion of New York, but it did offer spaciousness, of the painting department at Dartington Hall , great natural beauty, a slower, more relaxed a progressive school of the arts in Devonshire, pace, a diffuse light that has been likened to about 200 miles from London. Tobey stayed that of Paris, and some devoted, often discern- eight years. Here he associated with such inteling, friendships. • It also enabled Tobey to find lectual leaders as Aldous Huxley, Rabina new activity that was to be a meaningful part dranath Tagore, Arthur Waley, Pearl Buck , of his artistic life for the next three decades: and dancers Shankar and the Jooss Ballet. He teaching. He was offered a post at the Cornish also formed a firm friendship with potter Ber- School and evolved a unique method of teach- nard Leach, which in time led to Leach's acceping, concentrating more on stimulating the tance of the Baha'i Faith. In 1932 further imagination of the student, encouraging a love travels in Europe were made possible, and a for art and overcoming the barrier of lac:k of second pilgrimage to the Baha'i World Centre . confidence than following structured procedures Two years later he accompanied Bernard William C. Seitz, Mark Tobey, New York, The Museum of Leach to the orient, spending time in Shanghai Modern Art, 1962; p. 43. with his friend, Teng Kuei, and then visiting Janet Flanner, 'Tobey, mystique errant', L' Oeil , 15 June 1955. Reprinted in English in Selective Eye , New York , Japan where he entered a Zen monastery for a Random House, 1955. month to study calligraphy and painting, and to Seitz, ibid . p. 45. Betty Bowen, The Story of a Collection, exhibition ' Seitz, ibid. p. 4 7 catalogue, Tobey's 80: A Retrospective, Seattle Art Recorded interview of Mark Tobey by Arthur L. Dahl, 21 Museum , University of Washington Press, 1970. September 1963. IN MEMORIAM 403

write poetry and meditate. house in the old section of this Swiss commu- The paintings he did in 1935 or 1936, after nity, which afforded an atmosphere conducive he had returned to Dartington Hall, rep- to his work and refuge from the invasion of resented the birth of his mature style and the privacy which fame brought him. discovery of a new language in art. These In 1961 the Musee des Arts Decoratifs, the included Broadway Norm, Broadway and Wel- modern wing of the Paris Louvre, offered a come Hero and in them he made use of the monumental one-man Tobey exhibition con- Chinese calligraphic impulse and a vision of the taining almost 300 works. Mark was the first energy of the city-the result was occidental living artist who was not French ever to be so and was, in fact, New York. He was forty-four honored, and for the occasion the museum when he painted them. The next significant made major alterations in the huge rooms to move, and the beginning of his life as a mature accommodate the small, intimate scope of artist, came in 193 8 when he returned to the Tobey's paintings. The opening-day reception United States and settled again in Seattle. Here was attended by Andre Malraux , representing began the massive outpouring of vitally origi- the French government, and Ambassador nal paintings incorporating the new 'white writ- James Gavin represented the United States. ing' technique on which his early fame rests. That evening the Ambassador gave a brilliant Fame and financial success came slowly to reception in his home in Tobey's honor. Mark Tobey, and late in his life. He was fortu- The crowning moment, however, was the nate in his dealers. In 1939 he was introduced exhibition in 1974 at the National Collection of to Marian Willard (now Marian Willard John- Fine Arts, a branch of the Smithsonian Instituson) of the Willard Gallery in New York, who tion, Washington , D.C., called 'Tribute to bought his significant painting Broadway. The Mark Tobey'. Consisting of seventy works, Willard Gallery presented its first Tobey exhi- more than half painted within fifteen years of bition in 1944 and offered them frequently in . the exhibit-or after Tobey was sixty-seven subsequent years. He was first represented in years of age-it was an amazing testimony to the United States section of the Venice Bien- Mark's creativity and stamina at an advanced nale in 1948. In 1952 a twenty-minute film, age. Mark Tobey, highly subjective, experimental During the years of productivity Mark was and sensitive, directed by Robert Gardner and continually faced with the problem of how to with Tobey reading his poetry on the sound divide his time and energy between his art and track, replete with Baha'i concepts of oneness, direct service to the Baha'i Faith. While he was shown at the film festivals of Venice and lived in England at Dartington Hall he served Edinburgh. Tobey's first one-man exhibition on the British National Spiritual Assembly. In was held in Seattle in 1954 at the gallery of the years at Seattle he served on the Local Otto Seligman, a close friend and the subject of Spiritual Assembly and once moved briefly to one of his paintings. His international reputa- Victoria, British Columbia, in neighbouring tion began in 1955 with his first showing at the Canada, to save the Local Assembly there. Galerie Jeanne Bucher in Paris, and was While in Switzerland he was chairman of the further extended when he was represented by Local Spiritual Assembly of Basel for sixteen the Galerie Beyeler in Basel. In recent years years. At both locations he gave numerous lecthe Foster-White Gallery has represented tures and firesides, and took advantage of spe- Mark in Seattle. The high regard with which he cial opportunites to talk about the Faith, such was held in Europe in the late 1950s was as on an ocean voyage (he feared airplanes and demonstrated by the award to him of the first took alternative means of transportation prize for painting at the Venice Biennale in wherever possible). During his years in Seat- 1958. He was the first American to win it since tle he frequently attended the Geyserville Whistler in 1895. Baha'i School, which he loved, and talked both In 1960 Tobey made a change he had been formally and informally, but always elocontemplating for a long time, moving with his quently, making art come alive and giving close friend , Pehr Hallsten, and his secretary, many their first glimpse of the meaning and Mark Ritter, from Seattle to Basel where he purpose of abstract art. He published three settled in a charming and spacious 500 year old articles in World Order: 'The One Spirit' 404 THE BAHA'I WORLD

(August 1935); 'Art and Community' (April material. He could appreciate and respond to 1939); and 'The Dot and the Circle' (March the physical beauties of the world to an extra- 1949). He contributed generously to the Funds ordinary degree, yet he was always aware that of the Faith. there was much more than this, and his paint- Possibly his largest service was the indirect ing stretched to discover new means and dimenone of being so much in the public eye in his sions of expression and vision, offering special later years and being identified as a Baha'i. insight into man 's eternal quest to grasp the After 1955 almost every article, interview or nature of reality. Tobey once said: 'Mankind book about him (some of which are in refer- has preoccupied itself too much with the outer, ence works that will be used for decades) the objective, at the expense of the inner world mentioned the Faith and usually outlined those wherein the true roundness lies.' Baha'i principles which had specific applica- Mark Tobey died in his sleep at 1.15 p.m. on tion to his art. 24 April 1976 at his home in Basel. The funeral Numerous honors flowed to Mark after he was held at St. Alban's Church, not far away, reached his mid-sixties. In 1956 he was elected with about 150 in attendance. It included two to the National Institute of Arts and Letters, musical works composed by Mark; biographiand won the United States National Prize in cal remarks by Dr. Ott, professor of theology at the Guggenheim International Award. In 1957 the University of Basel; an address by Amin S. he was awarded the American Institute of Khamsi for the Swiss Baha'i community; com- Architects' Fine Arts Medal. In 1958, in addi- ments about Tobey's place in art by Ernest tion to the top prize at the Venice Biennale, he Beyeler; and some personal observations by won the first 'Art in America' award . In 1960 Virginia Barnett, a close friend from Seattle he was elected a member of the American and wife of Mark's attorney . She said in part: Academy of Arts and Sciences, but did not 'He could be both teacher and student. He accept the election. In 1961, at the time of the could both give and receive friendship. He was Louvre exhibition, he won first prize at the generous in money and time and encourage- Carnegie Institute's 'Pittsburgh International ment to young and old, while also sharply dis- Exhibition of Contemporary Painting and criminating in terms of character and values Sculpture.' ... He was touchingly human, vulnerable, ten- Tobey had a strong, memorable personality der, proud , irascible, forgiving- and, in my and made a legion of devoted friends both view, a ranking creative genius of this century.' within the Baha'i Faith and in the world at On 26 April 1976 the Universal House of large. He was a brilliant conversationalist and Justice cabled: with his acute powers of observation he could DEEPLY GRIEVED ANNOUNCE PASSING DISTIN - find meaning and beauty in the most common- GUISHED DEDICATED SERVANT BAHAULLAH place objects. An unforgettable memory of the MARK TOBEY STOP EVER REMEMBE RED HIS CON - writer is that of standing with Tobey in one of STANT SUPPORT BAHAI COMMUNITY PARTICIPA- the great redwood forests of Northern Califor- TION ACTIVITIES DEVOTED SERVICES ENGLAND nia, sensing his response to the cathedral JAPAN SWITZERLAND UNITED STATES UNSTINT- majesty of the great trees with the sun filtering ING TESTIMONY INSPIRATION FAITH AS HIS FAME through their massive trunks. He also had an INCREASED STOP ARDENT PRAYERS OFFERED encyclopaedic knowledge of Western art, and SACRED THRESHOLD PROGRESS HIS SOUL ABHA was a superb companion in a museum. He KINGDOM. loved people from all walks of life and had the ARTHUR L. DAHL capacity of forming deep and long-lasting friendships. His creativity extended to the other arts. He wrote a considerable amount of sensitive and spiritually intuitive poetry, CHOO YEOK BOON enjoyed playing the piano, and composed sev- 1945-1976 eral works for it and other instruments. Mark Tobey's long and productive life was On 26 April 1976 a helicopter of the Royal an unending search to find and understand his Malaysian Air Force crashed at the northinner self, and to reconcile the spiritual and the ern border of the Malay Peninsula in the course IN MEMORIAM 405 By nature Yeok Boon was irrepressible and joyous, generous and buoyant, yet he possessed a striking simplicity, humility and dignity, He was, in every aspect of his life, an admirable example of what a Baha'i should be. Although his position with the Air Force would have permitted him to live on a grand scale, he and his wife, Grace, created a home in which all felt welcome. 'I want my home to be a place of refuge, not of retreat,' were the words of this friend who was lost to us in the prime of his life. At the peak of his career he did not forget his humble origin. He would visit Naka, the little village in Kedah where his less fortunate relatives lived, and would bring them to his home in Butterworth for joyful reunions. His material success did not cause him to forget his dearly-loved mother who had toiled and suffered to raise him, nor his only sister who early in life had sacrificed her chances of an education to help her mother produce and sell cakes so that her young brother could go to school. Choo Yeok Boon Although Boon experienced his share of misfortune he did not allow the trials and vicissitudes of life to dampen his radiant spirit. The of an official mission. All eleven passengers in happiness he exuded increased the joy of any the craft lost their lives including Air Captain gathering. One always felt better for being in Choo Yeok Boon. At the time of his death he his presence. He had a boundless enthusiasm was a member of the National Spiritual for the Faith and always had stirring and uplift- Assembly of Malaysia, one of the youngest ing stories to share. His service as a pilot took members of the Malaysian Baha'i community him to various parts of the country and wherever ever to have served on that body. He was uni- he travelled, whether to city, village or jungle versally loved by the friends in Malaysia to outpost, he always took the time to visit the whom he was affectionately known as 'Boon' friends, bringing them news and encourageand from the time of his acceptance of the Faith ment . in the early 1960s he served it with the utmost Boon was the first Sino-Thai of Malaysia to devotion in various capacities. have accepted the Faith of the Ancient Beauty Yeok Boon was a youth from Alor Star in and was one of those beloved early youth of the State of Kedah. Although he knew about Alor Star whose services made it a thriving the Baha'i Faith for some time and encouraged centre of teaching activity. The roles he played his friends to investigate it, he postponed offi- in establishing at the Technical College the first cially affiliating with the Baha'i community Baha'i campus society in Malaysia, as a valued through loyalty to his mother who had vowed member of the National Spiritual Assembly that he would shave his head and serve as a and as the sole link between that body and the monk for one month at the Buddhist temple. Asli believers in the remote jungles give those When one of the Baha'is assured him that there who came to love him better than their own was no conflict arising from his obligation to his kinsmen the proof and evidence of the greatmother and his service to the Baha'i commun- ness of his spirit, the degree of his devotion to ity he immediately declared his acceptance of Baha'u'llah and the magnitude of his love for the Faith of Baha'u'llah and with unshakeable all who crossed his path. He died in the course conviction and ceaseless energy arose in its of duty to his country having served the govservice. His mother did not press him to dis- ernment with the loyalty and faithfu lness charge the obligation. which Baha'u'llah enjoins upon His followers. 406 THE BAHA'I WORLD

We grieve with his mother and his wife and Majesty, Mikado, became the cause of the sorrow for ourselves at Boon's untimely death, material progress of Japan. I hope that you our solace being drawn from the assurance of may become the cause of her spiritual Baha'u'llah that the heart which was faithful development. This is the principle of proguntil the moment of death ascends to God and ress."' knows no sadness. 'Abdu'l-Baha, before His visit to the United SPIRITUAL AssE:viBLY OF THE States in 1912, expressed His hope in Tablets BAHA'is OF MALAYSIA addressed to Fujita that after perfecting himself in his profession (practical electricity) Fujita might return to Japan and promulgate the Baha'i Faith in his native land. The follow- SAICHIRO FUJITA ing passages from Tablets beautifully express 1886-1976 the love and aspirations which the Master cherished for him: 4 'O thou fresh plant in the On 7 May 1976 Saichiro Fujita passed to the garden of the Love of God! ... Consider what Abha Kingdom in his ninety-first year, in bounty God has manifested for thee, whence Haifa, after a brief illness and heart attack. The thou art and from whence are we . Yet, news of his passing spread quickly around the nevertheless, such a candle of love is burning in Baha'i world for Fujita, as he was affection- the hearts that its light is radiating from the ately called, was known and deeply loved by East to the West and from the West extending the friends in every land who had felt the to the East. Rest assured thy name is registered warmth of his love and the radiance of his spirit in the Book of God ... If thou art confirmed as when they were on pilgrimage in the Holy thou oughtest to be, thou wilt certainly estab- Land. To each it brought the sense of loss of a lish an eternal kingdom. This kingdom is greaprecious and loving friend. As one expressed ter than that of Mikado, for the sovereignty of it: 'A small person has left our midst. He has the Emperor of Japan is for numbered days, left behind a great legacy.' but this sovereignty is lasting and will stand Fujita was born in Yanai, Japan on 15 April unto the Eternity of Eternities ... 'And again: 1886 and emigrated to the United States at the 'Look thou not upon thine own capability, the age of seventeen in search of the best educa- Invisible Divine Confirmations are great, and tional advantages. From the time of his arrival the Protection and Providence of the Beauty of in California the events of his life seemed to Abha is the helper and the assistant. When a unfold as though predetermined by the destiny drop draws help from the ocean, it is an ocean that was in store for him. That he chose Oak- itself ... Therefore do not consider thy capacland as the place in California in which to settle ity and merit, but rely upon the infinite Bounty seems more than merely fortuitous for in that and trust to His Highness the Almighty ... ' city there existed one of the few groups of Fujita was working in Cleveland, Ohio when Baha'is in that part of the country at that time. 'Abdu'l-Baha came to America. He unfortu- Mrs. Kathryn Frankland 1 was teaching the nately missed seeing the Master Who made a Faith to a group of young Japanese students short stop-over in Cleveland on His return to one of whom, Kanichi Yamamoto, 2 had New York from His first visit to Chicago. accepted the Faith in Hawaii in 1902, thus Shortly thereafter 'Abdu'l-Baha again visited becoming the first Japanese Baha'i in the Chicago and Fujita arranged to be at the railworld; in 1905 Fuj ita became the second. way station in that city to greet his beloved The declaration of these two young men Master upon His arrival there. Lost in the large brought unusual joy to the beloved Master crowd of Baha'is who had gathered at the sta- Who, in a Tablet addressed to Mrs. Isabella D. tion , and unable to see over their heads, Fujita Brittingham,3 dated 8 October 1907 wrote: climbed up a conveniently-placed lamp post in 'Announce greetings on my behalf to the two order to get a glimpse of' Abdu'l-Baha. As the young Japanese and say: "His Imperial Master entered the car that was to transport See 'In Memoriam', The Baha'f World, vol. XIV, p. 337. ' The full text of the Tablets, dated 10 November 1906 and See 'In Memoriam', The Baha'f World, vol. XIII, p. 931. 29 May 1907 respectively, appears in Japan Will Turn See 'In Memoriam',Starofthe West, vol. 14, no. 12, p. 376. Ablaze, Baha'i Publishing Trust of Japan (1974). IN MEMORIAM 407 Him to the home of Corinne True' where a reception in His honour was to be held, He saw Fujita in his high perch and called him to come down. He then embraced Fujita and asked him to follow Him to Mrs. True's. Fujita was invited to join the dinner party and after the first course, when he noticed that a number of people were longing to talk with the Master, he offered his place at the table to Mrs. Elizabeth Greenleaf. The next morning Fujita went with the Master to Kenosha, Wisconsin. It was during this visit that 'Abdu'l-Baha invited him to accompany Him and His party on their visit to California, which Fujita accepted without hesitation. Throughout these travels it was Fujita's great privilege to serve the Master in many ways which contributed to His physical comfort, health and amusement during those days and nights of arduous and demanding activities. Fujita did not speak often in detail about those experiences, but on one evening at the dinner table during his last visit to Wilmette Saichiro Fujita in 1971, he seemed inspired to recall those wonderful days of serving his beloved Master. Both his manner and tone of voice expressed exceedingly difficult, particularly in the Middle the depth of their meaning to him and his long- East. Fujita proceeded to Italy where he ing to have been able to serve 'Abdu'l-Baha for planned to obtain the special permit that was many, many years. His services to his blessed required to pass through Egypt but was unable Master were unique indeed and indicated his to obtain it. This resulted in a long delay at this own spiritual worthiness of such great bless- point in his journey with no reply being ings. received from Cairo to the cables sent almost During 'Abdu'l-Baha's visit in America daily on his behalf. Mrs. True and her daughter, Fujita expressed his great desire to return to Edna, were about to sail from Trieste to the Haifa with Him and to devote the remainder Holy Land when they heard of Fujita's plight of his life to serving Him. The Master accepted and they immediately changed plans and this touching offer and promised to send for joined Fujita in Naples. Their reunion with him when circumstances would permit. Mrs Fujita was unforgettable; his distress was Corinne True invited Fujita to stay in her home pathetic and his joy in seeing them deeply movwhile he prepared himself for the kinds of ser- ing. Unable to solve the problem from Naples, vice the Master would require of him, and for the Trues embarked for Egypt and upon arrival the next seven years Fujita lived with the Trues in Cairo immediately applied to the authorities as a welcomed and much loved member of the and were assured that the permit would be family. During this time he was carefully dispatched at once to Fujita in Naples. Fujita guided, through Tablets the Master addressed arrived in Haifa with Mr. and Mrs. William H. to him, in the studies and the work he should Randall 2 and Mr. George Latimer 3 whom he pursue. had met in Naples . To the delight of the Trues The outbreak of the First World War they were still in Haifa and could participate in delayed Fujita's departure but finally, in 1919, welcoming Fujita. came the long-anticipated invitation to pro- With the exception of a three-month visit to . ceed to the Holy Land . Government regula- 2 See 'In Memoriam', The Bahti'f World, vol. III, p. 213 ; vol. . tions were still restrictive and travel was XV, p. 463 1 3 See 'In Memoriam', The Bahti'f World , vol. XIII, p. 846. See 'In Memoriam', The Baha'f World, vol. XI, p. 511. 408 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Japan to see his family in 1936, Fujita and support to me in my work .. .' remained continuously in Haifa until 1938, (Letter to an individual believer, 27 January serving the beloved Master and later the 1924) beloved Guardian. His manifold services 'I wish to assure you personally of my included his important assistance in installing genuine satisfaction in hearing about Mr. and operating much needed electrical French's splendid idea to help towards the welappliances, maintaining and driving the Mas- fare and comfort of our dear Fujita. He fully ter's automobile, beautifying the gardens and deserves it and I have for him nothing but caring for the visiting pilgrims. In addition, he unqualified admiration. He is truly an exemtranslated from Japanese many of the letters plary assistant and servant to the Cause .. .' which were by then being sent from Japan and (Letter to an individual believer, 10 April translated the replies to accompany the origi- 1926) nal messages from the Holy Land . His talents No one could resist Fujita's radiant spirit, his were many and varied. He designed and made gentle and delightful sense of humour. His pargardens with the artistry unique to the Japan- ticular heritage to posterity is his beauty of ese. He was a skilled chef, serving with grace character and his complete dedication to the the Master, Shoghi Effendi, visiting dignitaries Faith he loved so well. and countless pilgrims . In a Tablet to him dated 15 May 1913, writ- In 1938 the Guardian, in his concern about ten from Paris on His return journey back to Fujita's safety because of the growing antago- the Holy Land, 'Abdu'l-Baha counselled nism toward his countrymen, arranged for Fujita about preparing himself for service in Fujita to return temporarily to Japan. There he the Holy Land, emphasizing his attaining efficremained for seventeen long years, filled with iency in his profession, and then He added: loneliness and yearning to return to what he 'When thou shalt learn these things, then I will felt to be his real home in Haifa . At last, in send for thee. Thou wilt be confirmed to render 1955 , Shoghi Effendi was able to arrange for a great service and this will become the cause of his return to the Holy Land where he con- thy everlasting glory.' How true was his tinued many of his usual services. From this beloved Master's vision of the spiritual journey time, until his death, Fujita remained in through life of this man of small stature but of Haifa, serving the Guardian and, after the pass- such greatness of heart and spirit. ing of Shoghi Effendi, the Hands of the Cause The following cablegram dated 9 May 1976 of God and the Universal House of Justice. from the Universal House of Justice Always he was eager to do everything he could announced the passing of this beloved friend for the visiting pilgrims who will ever from the earthly plane of existence: remember his thoughtfulness and kindness. DEARLY LOVED TIRELESS STEADFAST SAICHIRO Among the treasures which they took away FUJITA PASSED TO ABHA KINGDOM AFTER LONG with them from the Holy Land were the YEARS SERVICE SACRED THRESHOLD STOP HIS heart-warming memories of meeting Fujita RANK IN VANGUARD FIRST JAPANESE BELIEVERS and of feeling the tender love which filled his HIS LABOURS WORLD CENTRE HIS DEDICATION great heart. His love of Baha'u'llah, the Mas- HUMILITY SINCERITY LOVE WILL FOR EVER BE ter, the Guardian and all the friends whom he REMEMBERED AND PROVIDE SHINING EXAMPLE met was inexpressible in words but was elo- TO RJSING GENERATIONS JAPANESE BAHAIS WHO quently declared in his gracious and kindly WJLL VIEW WJTH PRIDE DISTINCTION CONFERRED manner and his evident concern and regard for UPON HIM STOP PRAYING HOLY SHRJNES PRO - everyone's welfare and happiness. GRESS HIS RADIANT SOUL UNDER LOVING GRACE In the following passages from letters of the HIS MASTER AND GUARDIAN BOTH OF WHOM HE beloved Guardian we find expressed his love SERVED SO WELL ADVISE HOLD BEFITTING and esteem for Fujita and his appreciation of MEMORIAL GATHERINGS JAPAN. his se'rvices: EDNA TRUE '. .. Fujita is with us: happy, active and extremely helpful. His presence is such a help IN MEMORIAM 409 AMELIA BOWMAN 1897-1976

The hearts of the believers throughout Scandinavia were saddened at the news of the passing of Amelia Bowman on 8 May 1976. She was born in Montana, U.S.A. in 1897 and became a Baha'i in 1933. Twenty-nine years of her life of Baha'i service were devoted to pioneering in Europe, and twenty-three of those were spent in Norway. She was an ardent teacher and in the first years of her Baha'i life attracted a number of people to the Faith including most of her family. In a letter written on behalf of the beloved Guardian by his secretary on 30 July 1935 we read: ' I wish to express, in particular, his genuine appreciation of your labours with the Teaching Committee of the E liot (Maine) Assembly, and also to express the hope that through your efforts and those of your distinguished and able collaborator, Mrs. Elizabeth Greenleaf, you may be able to bring the Message to all the main Amelia Bowman towns in the vicinity of Eliot ... '. Penned in the Guardian's own hand were the words: 'I am delighted to hear of your work and to note the bly in 1948, Amelia proceeded to Gi:itheborg. devotion and zeal with which you are labouring Soon after the arrival there of two other for so great a Cause. I wish to assure you in pioneers she was asked by the European person of my . prayers for your success and Teaching Committee, in the autumn of 1949, spiritual advancement. May the Beloved to settle in Oslo, Norway. Amelia was active in guide, cheer and sustain you in your high and various organizations including the Esperanconstant endeavours.' In this period she tists, the International Friendship League, the worked with Florence Morton and Martha United Nations and various clubs, all the while Root to extend the Faith in New Hampshire. giving full attention to the work of the Baha'i For five years she acted as hostess at the Ole community on the local level and in the field of Bull Cottage at Green Acre Baha'i School. She extension teaching. In 1952 she moved to entertained women's clubs and other organiza- Bergen and was instrumental in the establishtions at teas or evening meetings. For a number ment, in 1955, of the Local Assembly. In addiof years, and extending to 194 7, she performed tion to her various teaching activities througha major service as a member of the United out Scandinavia she served as a news corres- States Baha'i National Teaching Committee pondent for the United States Baha'f News. which directed pioneering and teaching Her pilgrimage to the Holy Land in March activities of the first Seven Year Plan. She then 1953 , during which she heard from the lips of arose as a pioneer herself. Shoghi Effendi an outline of the goals of the In October 1947 she arrived in Sweden with Ten Year Crusade and was encouraged by him Nancy Gates; they were the thirty-fifth and to speak to the friends of the significance of this thirty-sixth pioneers of the second Seven Year world-encircling teaching plan, prepared her Plan to settle in Europe. When Dorothy Baker even more fully for her role in the teaching field visited Stockholm in the spring of 1948 she in Europe. She participated in the Convention reported finding ' large and flourishing classes' in Stockholm in 1957 which witnessed the birth and mentioned that among the newly-found of the regional National Assembly of Scanbelievers was Mr. Eskil Ljungberg. After the dinavia and Finland. Later that year she was formation of the Stockholm Spiritual Assem- requested to serve in France for two years. 410 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Here she was a valued member of the National GRIEVED PASSING SERENE DEVOTED MAIDSER- Teaching Committee of the newly-established VANT BAHAULLAH AMELIA BOWMAN HER SER- French National Assembly. She returned to VICES PION EERING FIELD SCANDINAVIA SINCE Norway in 1959 and assisted in establishing the OPENING YEARS SECOND SEVEN YEAR PLAN first Local Spiritual Assembly of Stavanger UNFORGETTABLE PRAYING HOLY SHRINES PROG- and, later, that of Hetland, and from the time of RESS HER RADIANT SOUL ABHA KINGDOM its formation in 1962, until 1967, she was ADVISE HOLD BEFITTING MEMORJAL GATHER- elected a member of the National Spiritual INGS THROUGHOUT NORWAY. Assembly of Norway. GERD STRAND With the exception of the year or so she spent in Lofoten to maintain the strength of the Local Assembly, Amelia lived the remainder of her life in Stavanger where the milder cli- DORIS RICHARDSON mate was beneficial to her health. She had a 1901-1976 frail constitution, a heart condition and suf- Knight of Baha'u'llah fered from a persistent bronchial ailment. All who crossed her path were given the Message Doris Richardson was born into a family that of Baha'u'llah. Amelia's manner of presenta- was both highly individualistic and deeply tion was scholarly, dignified and warmhearted. committed to Canada. Her mother was the first She was compassionate by nature and serene white child born on Manitoulin Island in Georand regal in her bearing. She had inexhaustible gian Bay; her daughter, Helen Charters, is a patience and was hospitable toward all without Baha'i who lives on the Island of Grand discrimination. Steadfastness and persever- Manan, New Brunswick, which was opened to ance were the hallmarks of her character. the Baha'i Faith in 1953 through the pioneer- In 197 5 Amelia's strength began to fail , ing efforts of Doris herself, a service for which although the fire in her soul still shone in her she was named a Knight of Baha'u'llah. Doris eyes which radiated love, devotion and the had an openness and freshness of mind which spirit of prayer. She went to her last rest on 8 qualified her to mingle in ease with people of May 1976, honoured and mourned throughout many schools of thought, and a purity of heart / Scandinavia. The funeral service was attended which enabled her to recognize immedia}efy by many friends, Baha'i and non-Baha'i. A the truth of the Cause of Baha'u'Ilah'. She beautiful memento comprising a printed book- became a Baha'i in 1939 through t4e teaching let with excerpts from the teachings and a pic- efforts of Howard and RicJvanjyyih (Mabel) ture of the Shrine of the Bab was given to all Ives and from that time, unyvher death on 13 who were present. Her grave in Stavanger is May 1976, she dedicated her life to the Blessed surrounded by green, peaceful woodland. Beauty. Her home, in the words of Mrs. Char- An early believer, Winnie Ringstad of Oslo, ters, was 'the refuge of seekers of all races, wrote in a eulogy: 'We are all greatly indebted religions and schools of thought- blacks, to Amelia, but still have much to learn from Indians, Asians, Rosicrucians and clairher. Let us bear this in mind when com- voyants. Baha'i visitors and travelling teachers memorating the thirty-fifth member of the Bat- mixed harmoniously with the boarders and talion of Baha'u'llah in Europe.' friends and neighbours came and went, warmly The National Spiritual Assembly of the and graciously received , and always superbly United States cabled the friends in Norway: fed.' She cared for all those who came in con- HEARTS SADDENED BY PASSING STEADFAST tact with the Faith with a sweet and personal AMELIA BOWMAN WHO AROSE WITH DEDICA- love, kept in touch with them and fostered their TION TO ANSWER CALL FOR PIONEERS FROM interest. She spoke with an eloquence and sim- HER BELOVED GUARDIAN STOP PRAYING AT plicity that was unforgettable. She settled in HOLIEST HOUSE WORSHIP THAT HER SOUL WILL Scarborough, Ontario and became a member RECEIVE RICH HEAVENLY REWARD FOR DEVOTED of the first Spiritual Assembly there. Her SERVICES FAITH. Saturday firesides became the focal point of the Great comfort was found in the cablegram of teaching efforts in the region. As a member of the Universal House of Justice: the first teaching committee of the Province of IN MEMORIAM 411 death from cancer but she remained, as always, radiant and content. Her physical beauty attested an inner harmony and beauty of spirit that was unforgettable. 'The effect of her spirit remains strong in Grand Manan,' writes Mrs. Charters. 'Her influence upon the islanders, the members of her family and her many friends here will long continue in the memories, in the hearts.' The words of the Universal House of Justice summarize both the quality of her spirit and the significance of her services to the Canadian Baha'i community: ASSURE PRAYERS SHRINES PROGRESS SOUL ABHA KINGDOM KNIGHT BAHAULLAH DORIS RICHARD- SON HER DEVOTED SERVICES CAUSE ENRICH ANNALS FAITH CANADA.

AJ:IMAD $AMfMf Doris Richardson 1893-1976

Al)mad $amfmf was born in Hamadan, fran in Ontario she travelled frequently in the 1940s 1893. His father, Mul)ammad-J:lasan, was an to the few communities that existed at that early follower of Baha'u'llah who suffered tritime. In 1948 she was elected to the first als and persecution as a result of his acceptance National Spiritual Assembly of Canada. of the Blessed Beauty. Plundered of his posses- She read with the sensitivity of both experi- sions again and again, he was finally forced to ence and understanding the appeals of Shoghi quit his home town and, with his wife, Khavar Effendi in which he admonished the believers Khanum, their three daughters and son, to disperse from the major cities and immedi- Al)mad $amfmf, aged four, to settle in Tihran. ately responded, in 19 51, by pioneering to the Mul)ammad-J:lasan died a year later and his Maritime region of Canada. She assisted in the widow, who was a Baha'i of great courage and formation of the Spiritual Assembly of Monc- determination, resolved to give her children a ton, New Brunswick and, in 1953, when the Baha'i upbringing and education, no matter Guardian launched the Ten Year Crusade, she what the cost and sacrifice. The attributes of arose to settle in Grand Manan where she persistence and perseverance, of diligence and remained to see the first Assembly formed. integrity, which she instilled into her children Throughout her life she was a tireless and characterized Al)mad $amfmf's act1V1tles active person, not only as a teacher of the throughout his life and were the cause of his Cause which she loved greatly but in other progress in his undertakings. undertakings as well . At one time she was a Al)mad $amfmf was educated at the Baha'i women's commentator for a radio station and Tarblyat School and at the age of sixteen he wrote all her own scripts; at another, she trav- entered the postal service, operated by the elled all round the Maritimes selling biscuits. On Belgians at that time under a concession, and Grand Manan Island, from 1953 until 1974, his honesty and attention to his duties wo n she managed a summer hotel which was popu- their commendation. Eventually he was prolar for its atmosphere of hospitality and warm moted to the post of deputy-chief of the Departcourtesy. Later, to augment her income, she ment of Supplies. He married Khujastih, the became matron of a girls' school. granddaughter of Nizamu'l-Mulk, and, in In the last months of her life Doris faced 1919, secured employment in the British 412 THE BAHA'I WORLD

and foreigners. In 1943 , at the request of Shoghi Effendi, he arranged a meeting in his home of the members of the National Spiritu al Assembly with Sir Ronald Storrs, Oriental Secretary of the British Agency, who had great respect for 'Abdu'l-Baha whom he had met in Palestine in 1909. AJ:imad $amimi went three times on pilgrimage to the Holy Land, twice during the Guardian's lifetime . In 1938, on his second visit, he received Shoghi Effendi's permission to attend the American Convention and visit various Baha'i centres in the United States. In 1945 the Guardian advised him to teach in India which he did for a period of three months, visiting the Baha'is from coast to coast; and later pioneered there for five years beginning in 194 7. He was elected to serve on the National Spiritual Assembly of that country and was its chairman for a period. He pioneered to Indonesia for five years beginning in 1956 and was secretary of the National Spiritu al Assem- Af:imad $am[m{ bly of South-East Asia for a time. On the advice of the Hands of the Cause resident in the Holy Land, AJ:imad $amimi in 1961 Embassy where he rose to be Secretary, a post accompanied the Hand of the Cause Tarazu'- he held until his retirement in 194 7. He was llah Samandari during his travels in West awarded the Order of the British Empire in and East Pakistan, India, Sri Lanka and Singarecognition of his faithful service. He also pore. He then pioneered to Salzburg, Austria received an Insignia from the late king of fran, and returned to Tihran in 1964. He ascended Ric;Ia Shah-i-Pahlavi. to the Abha kingdom in July 1976 at the age of His affability, courtesy and willingness to eighty-three. help won AJ:imad $amimi the respect and affec- To the cable from the Persian National tion of all with whom he came into contact. His Spiritual Assembly announcing his death, the patience and single-mindedness enabled him Universal House of Justice replied: to deal with the voluminous work referred to SADDENED PASSING FAITHFUL DEVOTED SER- him by innumerable callers and, no matter how VANT CAUSE AHMAD SAMIMI STOP SUPPLICATE great the stress of his official duties, he never DIVINE THRESHOLD HIS LONG YEARS SERVICE BE failed to respond with advice and guidance RICHLY REWARDED ABHA KINGDOM STOP ASSURE whenever the machinery to carry some poten- FAMILY FRIENDS DEEP SYMPATHY. tial Baha'i pioneer to his post was to be set in motion. He was fluent in French, English and (Adapted from a report prepared by the Arabic and conversant with German , Russian National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of and Turkish. Active in various Baha'i spheres, Persia and translated by Rustom Sabit.) he will be most remembered for his long membership and valuable service on the Committee for Unity of the East and West. He received many Tablets from 'Abdu'l-Baha and letters JOSEPH ENONGENE from the Guardian. Introductions and connec- 1931 - 1976 tions secured through his occupation were turned to good account in expounding the Jospeh Enongene was born in Nninong, teachings of the Faith to people of note. His Cameroon in 1931 and became ardently home was a rendezvous for prominent Persians attracted to the Baha'i Faith in 1953 through IN MEMORIAM 413

mother, both accepted the Faith and his children became enthusiastic students of classes for young people. Enongene, his eldest son, in turn became a teacher of children's classes at Tiko and Tombel. In September 1975 he underwent surgery in Tiko hospital but it was not successful, the. disease being far graver than was thought at first. Visitors found him gay and confident. He was then transferred to Yaounde hospita l where he taught the Faith to the patients in various wards. When a visitor told him he was 'pioneering' to the hospital and was now doing 'extension teaching', Joseph was delighted. Although he knew he was seriously ill he remained buoyant in spirit. His last four months were spent in his home village where, from his sick-bed, he continued to teach and encourage the friends; largely through his efforts a new Spiritual Assembly was formed in Ebonemin at Ric;lvan 1976. Joseph passed away on 17 July 1976. A Joseph Enongene memorial meeting was held in Tiko in the presence of the Hand of the Cause Enoch Olinga and his wife, Elizabeth. Although the meeting began on a solemn note it gradually Mr. Enoch Olinga, the Knight of Baha'u'llah became joyous as the friends listened to Mr. for that country. Joseph was a lover of music. Olinga recount the story of Joseph's life and his He enjoyed singing and took part in the con- great dedication to the Faith of Baha'u'llah. certs held in Victoria Botanical Gardens. Later, all joined in singing some of the songs When he embraced the Faith he organized and Joseph had composed. That his death should trained a choir and began composing songs have brought the friends together in love and with Baha'i themes, many of which are sung by harmony, with songs and inspiration and even the Baha'is of Cameroon to this day. He was a laughter, seemed to be the most fitting tribute staunch defender of the Covenant and utterly to pay this devoted soul. devoted to the Guardian and the Universal URSULA SAMANDARf House of Justice. After the passing of Shoghi Effendi he accompanied the Hand of the Cause Enoch Olinga on his tour to help the Baha'is in their understanding of the Covenant. Joseph LETICIA FRANCHINO composed a special song for this tour and 1916-1976 taught it to the friends in the communities they visited. Leticia Franchino was born on 23 November When the call came for pioneers for 1916 in Quillota, Chile; she was the youngest Equatorial Guinea, Joseph was one of the first in a family of six children. Leticia studied to be to volunteer. In Fernando Po where he settled a biology and chemistry teacher. On a study he suffered persecution and was imprisoned tour with her fellow students to the extreme for weeks. Although he was finally forced to south of Chile she met the North American leave, his spirit remained undaunted and the Baha'i pioneer, Artemus Lamb. She did not natural gaiety of his disposition unclouded. He become a Baha'i immediately but when she settled in Tiko in 1971 and helped to build a accepted the Faith in 194 7 she did so strong, active community with successful and wholeheartedly, expressing her love for Baha'u' - lively children's classes. His wife, Olga, and his llah through courageous and indefatigable 414 THE BAHA'I WORLD

teristic perseverance she succeeded in opening several provinces to the Faith, always returning to encourage the new Baha'is while simultaneously seeking new places to plant the seeds of the Faith. She was on a teaching trip in Los Andes when she died. At a meeting there two people had accepted the Faith and Leticia was very happy and content. She was leaving the town the next morning and feeling tired she rested on a bench in the plaza while a friend bought her bus ticket; when the friend returned minutes later Leticia was dead of heart failure. It was difficult to accept-she had been so cheerful and full of life, making plans for further teaching. Leticia exemplified strongly the qualities of detachment and generosity. She settled in outlying communities to serve the Faith and devoted her vacations and weekends to spreading the Baha'i teachings in remote places. Many times, when the needs of the Baha'i fund were outlined at Baha'i gatherings, she was seen asking the treasurer quietly how much Leticia Franchino was needed, and on one occasion, to help meet a financial emergency described at the service to the Chilean Baha'i community. National Convention, she contributed the It is not common in Chile to leave the capital money she had saved toward her pilgrimage. for the provinces. Leticia, however, left her job She was frank , open-handed and endowed with as a biology teacher in Santiago to go to the a delightful sense of humour. Those who had north of the country, first to the town of the privilege of knowing Leticia remember her Antofagasta and then to La Serena, always with love and admiration. actively teaching the Faith. In 1961, when the When it was informed of her passing on 21 South American countries elected their first July 1976, the Universal House of Justice sent individual National Spiritual Assemblies, the following cable to the National Spiritual Leticia was elected to serve on the first Assembly of Chile: National Assembly of Chile. She served on it, GRIEVED LEARN PASSING LETICIA FRANCHINO as well, in subsequent periods. DEVOTED MAIDSERVANT BAHAULLAH VALIANT Leticia went north again in 1965, this time to TEACHER CAUSE MEMBER FIRST NATIONAL Iquique, where she established the foundations ASSEMBLY CHILE STOP OFFERJNG ARDENT for the future Local Spiritual Assembly. PRAYERS DIVINE THRESHOLD PROGRESS HER Returning to Santiago two years later was RADIANT SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. difficult for her as she did not feel well living in this large city. She overcame this frustration by SERGIO AND .KATE APARICIO settling in Villa Alemana, a little town in Valparaiso, where she served on the Local Spiritual Assembly and constantly stimulated EMMA WA YENECE the community to action. 1927-1976 When the Universal House of Justice launched the Five Year Plan in 1974, Leticia Therefore it is the hope of'Abdu'l-Bah<i that . .. immediately arose to assist achieving the goals ye may carry the fame of the Cause of God to assigned to Chile . She was appointed to the . . . the three great island groups of the Pacific Regional Teaching Committee and used her Ocean-Polynesia, Micronesia and Melanesia, free time to travel extensively. With charac- and the islands attached to these groups ... with IN MEMORIAM 415 hearts overflowing with the love of God, with tongues commemorating the mention of God, with eyes turned to the Kingdom of God . .. 'Abdu'l-Baha Tablets of the Divine Plan 1

Emma Wayenece had the distinction of being the first Melanesian woman of New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands to accept the Faith of Baha'u'llah. From the day of her conversion, Emma served the Cause with an exemplary courage and humility. Her dedicated efforts, together with those of her husband Georges, formed a solid foundation for the Caledonian community in its early, formative years. The circumstances in which Georges and Emma encountered the Faith are quite extraordinary. The Wayeneces were from the island of Mare in the Loyalties (Emma's village was Wakuarory); and Mare was one of the first islands in the territory to be evangelized around the early 1840s, near the beginning of Emma Wayenece the Baha'i era. The Wayenece clan had been one of the first to accept the Christian Faith and subsequently assisted to establish it throughout into contact. The fruits of her labours are the rest of the territory. Following in the foot- impressive. All her brothers and sisters became steps of their ancestors, Georges and Emma Baha'ls, one brother serving for many years on were the prime movers in the construction of the National Spiritual Assembly of the South their tribe's first church, in the late 1950s and West Pacific Ocean. Other close relatives early 1960s. They were never to set foot in it. whom she had taught served on the Local While they were in the capital, Noumea, work- Spiritual Assembly of Mare, the first alling to pay for furnishings for the newly-built Melanesian Local Assembly. Emma raised her church , they came into contact with Margaret nine children in the spirit of the Faith with the Rowling, the dedicated spiritual mother of the Baha'i principles and laws and all are active in New Caledonian community. Miss Rowling its service. It was a special joy for her to have had just begun a study of French and the her oldest son elected to the National Spiritual Wayeneces did not know English; nevertheless Assembly of the South West Pacific Ocean just they investigated independently the few Writ- before her passing. Emma made many teachings that were available in French at that ing trips to goal areas all over the main island, period. They were quickly convinced of the as well as frequent tours of the Loyalty Islands, truth of Baha'u'llah's mission and declared especially Mare. She made two trips to Baha'i their belief on 8 July 1961. Thus their clan was functions in the New Hebrides and was a again honoured, this time as being the first to member of the New Caledonian delegation accept God's Universal Manifestation, through which attended the Oceanic Conference in the Wayeneces. Suva, Fiji in 1971. She and Georges pioneered From the moment of her acceptance of the to Yahoue, a suburb of Noumea, and helped Faith, Emma actively served. She was elected form the first Local Spiritual Assembly there. to the first Local Spiritual Assembly of Emma was truly one of those candles which Noumea, in 1962, and persuasively presented 'Abdu'l-Baha so vividly described as weeping the Cause to her family, relatives, fellow its life away, 'drop by drop in order to give Mareans, and all those with whom she came forth its flame of Iight.' 2 In spite of frail health Tablet dated 11April1916. 'An Early Pilgrimage, May Maxwell, p. 42 . 416 THE BAHA'I WORLD

she laboured tirelessly for her family and the Faith. Although visibly worn by the care and struggle to educate her large family , which often included nieces, nephews and other relatives in addition to her own children , she always mustered energy to teach the Faith with enthusiasm, and warmly received a neverending stream of Baha'i guests and other visitors. For the reception of guests from overseas she always offered as a gesture of friendship and love a delicious earth-baked local dish, bougna , which demands great effort in preparation. None could fail to be touched by the way she gave of herself. Her heartfelt wish was to go on pilgrimage to the Holy Land and she was to have done so with Georges in 1977, but on 1 August 1976, in her forty-ninth year, she passed away as a result of a lung disease which had long troubled her and caused great suffering. The Universal House of Justice cabled this tribute.: SADDENED NEWS PASSING EMMA WAYENECE FIRST MELANESIAN WOMAN BELIEVER NEW Gulbanu Safrang CALEDONIA LOYALTIES ASSURE FAMILY FRIENDS LOVING PRAYERS HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS HER his acceptance of the Baha'i Faith. Gulbanu, SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. too, soon recognized Baha'u'llah as the prom- JOHN AND SIMONE KENDALL ised Shah Bahram of the ancient Zoroastrian religion. In 1946, under one of the teaching plans of the National Spiritual Assembly of India, Mr. a nd Mrs. Safrang settled in Wai, a small rural GULBANO SAFRANG community in the interior approximately 1904-1976 twelve kilometres from Panchgani, and here they remained as staunch pioneers until the Dispossessed in all save God end of their lives. They soon won acceptance The pioneers endure by the Hindu, Christian and Muslim residents To gain the wealth another world of Wai by being living examples of the teach- Shall lavish on the pure. ings of Baha'u'llah. At first they maintained James West themselves by managing a restaurant. After her husband became ill , Gulbanu eked out a Mrs. Gulbanu Safrang ascended to the Abha meagre living by accepting lodgers and by the Paradise on 20 September 1976. Her mortal sale of sweets and bread to the townspeople. remains were laid to rest alongside those of her Although they had no children of their own husband, Khud adad, in the community of Wai, they raised a niece, Ffruzih Yiganigf, who was Maharashtra, India to which they had na med a Knight of Baha'u'llah for her pioneerpioneered. ing services in Goa. Gulbanu was born in Yazd, fran in 1904. She After the death of her husband in 1961 Gulmoved to Bombay with her Zoroastrian family banu, who was affectionately known as 'Goland at a young age married Khudadad Safrang, bai' , was encouraged to move to a more comalso a Zoroastrian . Through contact with the fortable and less isolated area but she adamstrong Baha'i community which existed from antly refused saying that it was her wish to the early years in Bombay Khudadad declared continue her service in her pioneering post IN MEMORIAM 417 and to be buried alongside her husband when the time came. Through her simplicity of manner and sincerity of heart she attracted many people to the Faith. Her home was a centre of warm fellowship and friendly discussion where gathered the rich and poor, literate and unlearned, Hindu and Muslim and Christian. All were welcomed and found in her a friend. She befriended the local priest and some of the staff of the mission hospital in Wai and was ever ready to help those who came to the hospital by offering them accommodation at no cost and by visiting and praying for the patients. Her life was dedicated to the Cause of Baha'u'llah. In addition to serving in her own community she would support activities in Panchgani and assist the newly-formed New Era School through contributions from her limited income. Through her unstinting efforts the Baha'i community of Wai began to flourish and the Local Spiritual Assembly was formed. The Assembly was registered in 1975, just one year before her death, a crowning tribute to her Angela Annette Anderson dedicated life's work . A memorial meeting was held in Wai to mark her passing attended by many people of Angela Anderson was born into a wealthy famvarious religious persuasions who offered ily , with servants and ' nannies', and led a shelprayers for the spiritual progress of her soul. tered life during childhood. In her late teens The love and unity which was demonstrated by she experienced the first glimmering of the the diverse participants epitomized the teach- possibility that life could be regarded from ings of Baha' u'llah which Gulbanu had in life so points of view quite different from those she clearly exemplified. had acquired in her cultured world of material On 25 September 1976 the following cable comfort. When she entered the business world was received from the Universal House of Jus- at eighteen she began to meet people from tice: other social backgrounds. She was later to SADDENED PASSING STEADFAST COURAGEOUS write in her book The Valley of Search that PIONEER GOLBANU SAFRANG STOP HER EXEMP- 'there was something in me that yearned for LARY DEVOTION PERSEVERANCE SERVICES ordinariness.' CAUSE WORTHY HIGH PRAISE ASSURE RELATIVES In her twenties she was confined to bed with FRIENDS ARDENT PRAYERS HOLY SHRINES. a grave illness for four years during which she had time to read and think. She examined her SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY OF THE life and began her quest for the meaning of BAHA'fs OF PA N CHGANI existence. Hers was a long and difficult search. After investigating many religious movements, philosophies and value systems she found her ANGELA ANNETTE ANDERSON spiritual home in the Baha'i Faith in 1959, in 1926-1976 Edinburgh , and in it found complete fulfilment . Although reserved and quiet by DEEPLY GRIEVED PASSING ANGELA ANDERSON nature she at once made every effort to give the DEDICATED PIONE E R AFRICA ASSURE PRAYERS message of Baha'u'llah to her friends and PROGRESS HER SOUL EXTEND SYMPATHY FAMILY associates. She pioneered from Edinburgh to FRIENDS. Inverness and served on the first Local Universal House of Justice Spiritual Assembly of the latter at Ric;lvan 418 THE BAHA'i WORLD

1961. While there she wrote the greater part of needs of the youth there. her book describing the search that led her to After a few months, however, her health the Baha'i Faith. The book was, she felt , her began to deteriorate. Although she had to stop 'child', in one sense, and she hoped it would earning her living , she concealed knowledge of assist others who were in spiritual need. her illness and continued tire lessly serving the Later she moved to Bolton and in the late Cause for another year, devoting her time to 1960s pioneered to Plymouth, Devon where committee work, teaching projects and the she worked unceasingly to lay the foundations work of the Auxiliary Board. Early in 1976 she for the future growth of the Faith in the west of accepted the fact that she could not go on and England. Once, overcoming her shyness, she was admitted to hospital. A month later she spoke about the Faith from the pulpit of the was flown to hospital in England. She was Unitarian Church. greatly missed by all her friends in Africa who In her private life she tried to live by the were much in her thoughts. She wrote offering Baha'i teachings in absolute detail. Although suggestions for the Intern ational Teaching she had private means she always earned her Conference to be held in Nairobi in October living by office work. She lived very simply , as 1976 and made pla ns to return as a pioneer to far as her health would allow. She wanted to be Tanzania. This was not to be. Some months responsible for the education of a Baha'i child later it was recognized that she was suffering and arranged to pay the tuition fees of a small from a brain tumour. By then her life had girl. The child benefited from this early train- become a burden and a veiled existence. She ing; she was awarded scholarships and success- was released from her suffering on 1 October, fully completed a college course . just days before the Nairobi conference. Another phase of Angela's life began when In Kenya it was said 'Tears are falling from she arrived in Kenya in 1971 as a pioneer . She the eyes of those Baha'ls who have heard this threw herself wholeheartedly into the life of news.' 'She served our beloved Faith diligently the Baha'i community in this new field of ser- and well as a pioneer', wrot~ the National vice, serving as secretary of the National Assembly of Kenya. Teaching Committee and the National Litera- The memorial stone marking Angela ture Committee and as assistant to a member Anderson's resting place in the Dorking Muof the Auxiliary Board. She undertook many nicipal Cemetery, Surrey is inscribed with these travelling teaching trips and wherever she went Words of Baha'u'llah: was deeply loved by the African believers. She 0 Son of Man! Ascend unto My hea ven, carried out all her duties with a loving spirit and that thou mayest obtain the joy of reunion, great humility. For many years she had and from the chalice of imperishable glory believed that nothing had any significance quaff the peerless wine. except that which was done from the motive of BARBARA LEWIS love. She gave steadfast and untiring service, inspiring a fellow pioneer to say of her, 'Her life in the service of the Cause is an example worthy of emulation.' She visited Tanzania as a travelling teacher; studied Swahili to help in ADELAIDE SHARP teaching and correspondence and in the hope 1896-1976 of preparing simple Baha'i pamphlets; and wrote a small book about the Faith for transla- Born in Texas in 1896, Miss Adelaide Sharp tion into the vernacular languages. In Africa, spent her childhood in Mexico, moved in com- Angela led a life of extreme simplicity and pany of her mother to California to pursue her great personal economy, although she had no studies, and after graduation from college took need to. She taught secretarial subjects in a bus- up teaching work in the Italian quarter of San iness college and, when she pioneered to Francisco. Her father, Horace M. Sharp, who Luanda in south-western Kenya, she started died during Adelaide's infancy, was a Christian her own school, overcoming many difficulties but Adelaide, when still young, received the to do so. Because many Baha'ls live in this Message of Baha'u'llah from her mother, Clara area, Angela hoped to serve the educational Sharp-a devoted Baha'i-and accepted it. IN MEMORIAM 419 In 1929, when the distinguished Baha'i, Dr. Susan I. Moody, 1 who was then seventy-seven years of age, undertook to emigrate to Persia a second time at the Guardian 's request, she received his permission and hearty approval to take Adelaide along with her to serve at the Tarblyat School in the capital. The two pioneers covered the first stretch of their journey by ship to the Holy Land where the glory of pilgrimage to the Holy Shrines for twelve precious days was heightened by the guidance and spiritual strength received from the beloved Guardian, a bounty that would be their mainstay during the long and difficult years ahead. Proceeding thence by the overland route to Tihran, Miss Sharp settled in her post as the school's principal on arrival and discharged her duties with exemplary diligence until the school was closed down. RliQanglz FatQ-'A~am 2 and I§.braqlyyih DhablQ 3 collaborated with her in this arduous task and were her unfailing support throughout this period . After some two years' stay in Tihran, Miss A de/aide Sharp Sharp asked the Guardian if she might invite her mother over, too. Shoghi Effendi assented readily and graciously cabled instructions to translation of Baha'i Scriptures into English. America for Mrs. Sharp's travel to Tihran, and On the occasion of her second visit to the so it was that Clara Sharp found herself work- Holy Land in 1937, Miss Sharp was again the ing in the cradle of the Faith beside her daugh- recipient of the loving kindness of the Guardter in the field of Baha'i education. ian . In 1954 when he ruled that women could When the school was closed down , Miss from then on serve on Baha'i administrative Sharp stayed on in Persia on the Guardian's bodies in Persia, she was the first woman to be advice and gradually organized classes for boys elected to the National Spiritual Assembly, as well as girls to study writings in English such serving in this role for fourteen years. Almost as Baha'i Administration, The Promised Day is to the last she acted as foreign correspondent Come, The World Order of Baha'u'llah and of the National Assembly and was also other superb works from the Guardian's assigned the responsibility of issuing credeninspired pen. Many young Baha'ls from these tials to Persian Baha'ls who were going abroad. classes have since risen to eminence in service She attended the Intercontinental Conference to God's Faith within and without Persia's bor- in the United States (it was during this period ders. that her mother passed away), the World Con- Supervising and teaching at the Tarblyat gress held in London during Ri<;lvan of 1963 to School were not the sole outlets for Miss celebrate the Most Great Jubilee and partici- Sharp's unflagging energy. At one time or pated in the election in the Holy Land of the another she was active on various committees Universal House of Justice at both the first and including the international committee which second International Conventions. gathered material for The Baha'i World vol- Miss Sharp never married. Starting at an umes, the Children's Service Committee, the early age and extending almost to the very end, Reviewing Committee , Unity of the East and her talents and energy were dedicated to the the West and the committee charged with the service of the Cause and its servants in the land of its birth. This single-minded devotion won See ' In Memoriam', The Baha'( World, vol. VI, p. 483. ' See ' In Memoriam', p. 467. her warm tributes both from the beloved ' See ' In Memoriam', The Bahti'fWorld, vol. XVI , p. 517. Guardian and the Universal House of Justice. 420 THE BAHA'f WORLD

She was the object of special favour at the the magazine Ahang-i-Badf' carried articles hands of Shoghi Effendi. In hi s missives to her written by some of her closest friends bearing the Guardian addressed her as his 'dear co- upon incide nts in her unbroken record of serworker' and enjoined the Persian National vice which disclosed intimate glimpses of her Spiritual Assembly to take the greatest care of sterling worth . her. If asked to single out one or two distinctive Her physical strength and powers deterio- traits from among the many characteristics that rated sadly during the last two or three years of endeared Miss Sharp to her numerous friends, her life when she was confined to bed by vari- we would point to her unflinching loyalty and ous ail ments from which death released her on deep attachment to our beloved Guardian 5 October 1976. When informed of her passing, which provided the strength and solace with the Universal House of Justice, in a message to which she met the tests and difficulties attenthe Persian National Assembly, recognized her dant upon her service. May Baha'u'llah's blesslong and laborio us services in these gracious ings be showered upon her in rich abundance! terms: (Adapted from a report prepared by the DEEPLY GRIEVED PASSING DEDICATED STEAD- National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of FAST PROMOTER CAUSE DEARLY LOVED Persia and translated by Rustom Sabit). ADELA1DE SHARP WHOSE SELFLESS LABOURS NEARLY FIVE DECADES COMMUNITY CRADLE FAITH IN EDUCATING ITS CH ILDREN INSPIRING ENRICHING SPIRITUAL LIFE ITS YOUTH ANGUEL MARIA SALAZAR RESEARCHING TRANSLATING WRITINGS CON- ?- 1976 SOLIDATING ITS ADMIN ISTRATIVE INSTITUTIONS AND AS FIRST WOMAN MEMBER ITS NATIONAL Anguel Maria Salazar, a Quechua Indian of SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY WILL ALWAYS BE LOV- Tunibamba, Canton Cotacachi, in the Province INGLY REMEMBERED STOP HER DEVOTED SER- of Imbabura, Ecuador accepted the Baha'i VICES WON HER PRAISE BELOVED GUARDIAN Faith in 1967 through the teaching efforts of REINFORCED TIES BINDING AMERICAN BAHAI Raul Pavon and Rufino Gualavisi. Mr. Salazar COMMUNITY TO FRIENDS BAHAULLAHS NATIVE became a very dedicated and firm follower of LAND STOP FERVENTLY PRAYING HOLY SHRINES Baha ' u'llah and although illiterate he learned CONTINUOUS PROGRESS HER SOUL ABHA KING- the Baha'i prayers, teachings and songs by DOM STOP ADVISE HOLD BEFITTING MEMORIAL heart. On the first visit of the Hand of the GATHERINGS HONOUR HER NAME STOP Cause Amatu'l-Baha Rul)iyyih Khanum to NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY UNITED STATES Ecuador in the spring of 1968, Mr. Salazar had HOLDING MEMORIAL GATHERING MASHRIQUL the honour of receiving this distinguished guest ADHKAR. and the members of her party in his humble The International Teaching Centre, too, as home and subsequently he accompanied her well as the American National Spiritual party when she visited Baha'is in other Indian Assembly cabled messages expressing their communities. grief at Miss Sharp's passing and their appreci- With his family, Mr. Salazar steadfastly ation of the spirit of selfless devotion that had attended meetings at the National Teaching marked her work for the Cause in Baha'u'llah's Institute to deepen in the knowledge of the native land for a period of almost half a cen- Faith. He was a potter by profession and in tury. Hundreds of sorrowful mourners from spite of his frugal circumstances each time he among the Baha'is ofTihran paid their respects attended the Institute he brought an object he at the last resting-place of their Baha'i sister; had made as a contribution to the fund . In 1968 and hundreds of other believers throughout the he was elected as a delegate to the National country attended memorial meetings held in Convention and, throughout his Baha'i life, her memory, demonstrating by this act the assisted the work of the Local Spiritual great love and esteem with which they Assembly in his community, constantly opened regarded her. An account of her life was pub- his home for Baha'i meetings and offered hoslished in the Baha'i news organ of Persia, while pitality to travelling teachers. IN MEMORIAM 421 His father died in 1923 . His mother, Sarah , 1 a non-conformist free thinker and a member of the Higher Thought Temple , had learned of 'Abdu' l- Baha's visit to London in 1911 and, attracted by what she read of His life and teachings, sent for literature about the Baha'i Fiath. When the Hands of the Cause Clara and Hyde Dunn visited New Zealand in 1923 they were invited to the Blundell home in Remuera, Auckland. This was the first Baha'i meeting in New Zealand. Through contact with Mother Dunn, Mrs. Blundell and Hugh' s older sister, Ethel , became Baha'is . In 1925 Hugh accompanied them in the first party of Australasians to go on pilgrimage to the Holy Land. Although not a Baha'i, Hugh was deeply impressed by Shoghi Effendi and in July the following year he declared his belief in Baha'u'llah as the Manifestation of God for this age. Thus began a lifetime of devoted service to the Baha'i Cause. He served on the Local Spiritual Assembly of Auckland from 1927 onwards, often as treas- Anguel Marfa Salazar urer, and for a number of years was a member of the National Spiritual Assembly of Austra lia and New Zealand. He was a member of Until his passing on 15 October 1976, Mr. numerous committees, both national and re- Salazar remained firm of faith, radiant of heart gional, and travelled widely throughout New and deep in his love for Baha'u'llah , transmit- Zealand and the Pacific Islands in service to the ting his conviction with force and eloquence to Faith. other indigenous believers. New Zealand's first independent National NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY Assembly was elected in April 1957 and in OF TH E BAHA'fs OF ECUADOR October a letter came to Hugh from the Hands of the Cause Mother Dunn and Collis Featherstone confirming the cable Hugh had received: ADVISE YOUR APPOINTMENT MEMBER ADDITIONAL AUXILIARY BOARD DEAREST LOVE PRAYERS YOUR HUGH K. BLUNDELL GUIDANCE. Hugh was overwhelmed and 1884-1976 replied: 'The latter part of yo ur cable is tremendous consolation and a brilliant light in a DEEPLY GRIEVED LEARN PASSING DEVOTED very dark world. With sincerest appreciation of LONGTIME SERVANT FAITH HUGH BLUNDELL your faith and trust in my humble ability and FIRST AUXILIARY BOARD MEMBER IN NEW ZEA- with a prayer from my heart that I will be LAND PRAYING SACRED THRESHOLD PROGR ESS worthy of your confidence .. .' He wrote this HIS SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. the day the beloved Guardian died, and being Universal House of Justice both a member of the Auxiliary Board and one of the few New Zealand Baha'is to have met Hugh Blundell was born in England on 21 Shoghi Effendi , he was able to be a tower of October 1884, the youngest of seven children. strength to the saddened community, and to The Blundell family immigrated to New Zea- inspire them to fulfil the goals of the Ten Year land when Hugh was two years old, and he Crusade. received all his education in New Zealand He served as a Board member with selfless schools. 1 See 'In Memoriam', The Bahli'f World, vol. VJ, p. 496. 422 THE BAHA'I WORLD

GARRET AH. BUSEY 1893-1976

GRIEVED PASSING GARRETA BUSEY SELFSACRI- FICING FOLLOWER BAHAULLAH STOP HER SER- VICES FIELD BAHAI PUBLICATIONS IN THE UNITED STATES LOVINGLY REMEMBERED PRAY- ING HOLY SHR INES PROGRESS HER SOUL. Universal House of Justice

Garreta Helen Busey was born on 1 March 1893 in Urbana, Illinois and lived most of her life in that community. She was talented and versatile, yet unassuming. Before 1918 s.he travelled through Illinois making advance preparations for rallies and meetings supporting Women's Suffrage and during the First World War served with the International Red Cross in France and Switzerland. She worked for several years on the New York Herald-Tribune's Book Review section. Her novel The Windbreak was published in 1938. Her father Hugh K. Blundell helped establish the Commercial Bank of Champaign and she was on its Board of Directors for thirty-five years, attending meetings tenacity for eleven years. In his quiet, polite, until just a month before her death, and was on gentleman ly way 'Uncle Hugh', as he became the faculty of the University of Illinois. known, gave of his time, effort and self gener- Her Baha'i activities were manifold. She first ously. He travelled regularly throughout the attended Baha'i meetings because she felt country visiting and encouraging the friends. In sorry for her mother who was always having to 1959 the Hands of the Cause in the Holy Land go to them alone, but gradually came to conwrote: 'Please convey to our dear brother, sider herself a Baha'i, and about 1934 she fully Auxiliary Board member Hugh Blundell, our identified herself with the Faith. During her heartfelt appreciation of the wonderful teach- sabbatical leaves from the university she ing trips he is undertaking in these days when served the European Teaching Committee, the New Zealand community needs it most.' spending one year in the Netherlands. She was He extended hospitality to all visiting Baha'is a member of the Urbana Spiritual Assembly and accompanied the Hands of the Cause on for forty years; her contributions to consultamany of their visits including the historic visit tion were wise, compassionate and practical. Enoch Olinga made to the Maori people in At the request of the National Spiritual 1959. Assembly she helped with the development of As age began to take its toll, Hugh found it Spiritual Assemblies in Indiana, Kentucky and increasingly difficult to travel and in Sep- Ohio . Her writing and editorial skills were tember 1968 he offered his resignation as Aux- placed at the service of the Faith. She served on iliary Board member. He felt the future of the the editorial staffs of World Order magazine, Faith lay in the hands of the young Baha'is and Bahli'( News and The Baha'i World and on the he continued to guide and love these youth National Literature Reviewing Committee. until his death on 16 October 1976. Her beautiful old home was opened to the His warm, gentlemanly presence at summer friends and was a focal point of activities for schools and conventions will be a cherished many years. With the consent of her family it memory to those of the New Zealand commu- was bequeathed to the Spiritual Assembly of nity who were fortunate enough to have known Urbana. Hugh Blundell. From 1936 until 197 4 Garre ta was the IN MEMORIAM 423

October 1976. All those who gathered to celebrate her life felt them to be appropriate. ELEANOR HUTCHENS

CHARLOTIE M. LINFOOT 1895-1976

Charlotte May Linfoot, a leading figure in the growth and development of the Baha'i Faith in the United States for almost half a century, died on 30 October 1976 in Wilmette. The National Spiritual Assembly of the United States cabled the Universal House of Justice: LOYAL DUTIFUL INDEFATIGABLE CHARLOTTE LINFOOT WINGED HER FLIGHT TO ABHA REALM TODAY LEAVING BEHIND IN HER BELOVED AMER ICAN COMMUNITY WHICH SHE SERVED SO ILLUSTRIOUSLY A TRAIL OF GRATEFUL BUT BROKEN HEARTS. Garreta H. Busey In reply the House of Justice advised the holding of a befitting memorial service in the Temple and said, in part: faculty advisor of the University of Illinois SHARE GRIEF PASSING DEARLY LOVED CHAR- Baha'i Club , one of the first college clubs in the LOTTE LINFOOT STOP HER TIRELESS SELFLESS United States. She had special love for youth SERVICE WHOLEHEARTED COMMITMENT TEACH- and offered them understanding and encour- INGS AND ADMINISTRATION OF CAUSE SHE agement. One Baha'i, recollecting the college EMBRACED NEARLY FIFTY YEARS AGO INDELIBLY club meetings, wrote: 'I felt that Garreta saw INSCRIBED ANNALS AMERICAN BAHAI COMMU- everything-all our weaknesses, follies, even NITY . . . our unwillingness to accept aspects of the teachings- but she was patient and would wait For twenty-two years, until she suffered a lovingly for us to grow up. Hundreds of times at disabling stroke in December 197 5, Miss Linthose Friday evening firesides I saw her sit foot served as assistant secretary of the quietly as we uttered our vain fancies-even National Spiritual Assembly. The assembly, in our blasphemies-never arguing, never push- its annual report for 1976, paid tribute to her ing a point. When we'd all worn ourselves out 'constant, heroic service' and lamented the with hair-splitting, she'd say, "Well, you know, 'staggering blow' dealt the American communit seems to me .. ." and then she'd quote ity through her death. exactly the passage to answer every dilemma! She was born in North Dakota on 30 May She was truly a masterful teacher. ' 1895, attended high school in Saskatchewan, Once when she was in her eighties and, as Canada and received degrees from Saskatoon usual, trying to serve beyond her strength in Teachers' College and Saskatoon Business many areas at once, she laughingly said, College . After graduation she taught elemen- 'Baha'fs are not promised rest from their tary school and during summer vacations labours, but a service in both worlds.' worked as a reporter and as editor of the Baha'u'llah's words 'The light of a good women's section of a local newspaper. character surpasses the light of the sun' were on In the early 1930s Miss Linfoot moved to the printed programme of the memorial ser- California to work for the American Red vice held for Miss Busey who died on 21 Cross, soon becoming assistant director of the 424 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Her appointment as assistant secretary almost immediately after her election to the National Assembly caused her to transfer her residence from Piedmont, California to Wilmette. She served as secretary of the Asia Teaching Committee in the Ten Year Crusade until the American community's goals in the Pacific areas were accomplished, in about 1961; simultaneously she worked on the editorial committees for Baha'{ News and The Bahti'( World. In 1961 she participated in the election of the International Baha'i Council and in the first election of the Universal House of Justice in Haifa at Ric;lvan 1963 and attended the Baha'i World Congress in London immediately thereafter; she also participated in the subseq uent elections of the Universal House of Justice in 1968 and 1973. On various occasions she represented the United States·National Spiritual Assembly at international conferences. 'She had a quick and telling wit and a never- Charlotte M. Linfoot failing sense of fun,' one friend recalls. 'A few years before I came to Wilmette in 1969 she Junior Red Cross for the Pacific area. Her main had fallen on the ice one dark night and susactivity was the developing of international tained an injury to her hip which left her with programmes with school systems. During this the occasional need to use a cane for the rest of period she also travelled extensively in Europe her life. I remember with affection her curious to advise Red Cross Societies on that conti- blend of gallantry, determination and vulneranent. bility as she tapped her way from the office to Miss Lin foot first heard of the Baha'i Faith in her home in treacherous and inclement Oakland, California and soon became active in weather. She took great delight in collecting the work of the administrative order. She was music rolls for an old playe r piano she had in appointed to the first Nation al Teaching her home; she also kept pet birds on which she Committee in 1934, serving as its Western sec- lavished attention. I shall always remember the retary, and throughout the subsequent years day we spent in the country buying a barrel of was a member of one or more natio nal commit- new apples; she brought a sense of adventure tees. Those who were privileged to work with and zest and happiness to simple pleasures of her during those years speak with admiration this kind. She was always youthfully trim, of her undaunted fa ith, unswerving loyalty, impeccably groomed and sma rtly attired, her selfless devotion and tireless vigour, and praise appearance thus reflecting her alertness of the inestimable magnitude of her gifts of mind mind, her imposing organizationa l skills.' a nd spirit which she poured out unstintingly in Miss Linfoot's demanding services as assisservice to the Cause of Baha' u'llah. The Hand tant secretary to the National Assembly of the Cause Leroy Ioas wrote to her from the included the guidance of Local Assemblies and Holy Land congratulating her on her election individuals in their application of Baha'i stanto the National Assembly in the autumn of dards to individual lives. Each day her desk was 1953 a nd remarking: 'Your long hours of work piled high with letters appealing to the in the Teaching Committee, and other Com- National Assembly for guidance in a limitless mittees, was always an example to me, and I range of human struggles and needs. The baloften think, when I am tied up for especially ance of integrity, firmness and deep compaslong hours of work, how faithfully , quietly and sion which she exemplified qualified her to efficiently you carried on for so long.' become a finely-tuned instrument through IN MEMORIAM 425 which the Assembly could effectively respond to the needs of the community. But such work takes its toll of those who give it. Her record of service is a n illustration of the degree of 'administrative heroism' which the beloved Guardian told us the advancement of the Cause requires. Shoghi Effendi's appreciation of Miss Linfoot is found in a letter written on his behalf on 6 September 1957 and serves as a befitting conclusion to this memoir: 'The Guardian has instructed me to inform you of how much he appreciates and values your devoted and sacrificial services to the Cause of God. You have served the Faith diligently, efficiently, and well over a long period of time, in outstanding and historic fields of service: as secretary of the National Teaching Committee during the first Seven Year Plan , the success of which was, in no small measure, due to your ceaseless labours, and since that time, on teaching committees bringing the Faith to numerous parts of the world. Now you are combining Siyyid Muf:iammad 'Azzav{ teaching and administrative service, in your outstanding services on the National Assembly . The Master will richly reward you for your obtained his Master of Arts degree from the indefatigable services in the Kingdom .' University of Cairo. Religious prejudice On 11 December 1976 a memorial service thwarted his efforts to obtain the degree of was held for Charlotte Linfoot in the House of Doctor of Philosophy but he qualified for this Worship in Wilmette within the shadow of with distinction in 1969. which she had performed many of those feats His professional pursuits after his return which cause her memory to be 'indelibly from 'Iraq included serving as Director of the inscribed' in the annals of the American Baha'i Office of Translation of the Vice-President of community. the Republic, acting as assistant to the Director-General for Statistics, assisting the ministry concerned with the management of municipal affairs and serving as Director- SIYYID MUl;IAMMAD 'AZZA Vf General of the Centre of Information for the 1920-1976 Presidency. He contributed to the modernization of the curriculum of the thousand-year-old The entire Baha'i world , but the Egyptian Al-Azhar University and was co-author with community in particular, suffered a grievous MuJ:iammad Khayrf Harb of History of Educaloss in the untimely passing of Dr. Siyyid tion and Teaching in the Twentieth Century. He MuJ:iammad 'Azzavf. His endeavours as an was a gifted translator from English into educator bring to mind the words attributed to Arabic of literary and educational works, MuJ:iammad, the Messenger: 'The ink of the combining extraordinary speed with great scholar is more precious than the blood of the accuracy . His efforts in this area included the martyr.' translation of documents for UNESCO and Dr. ' Azzavi was born in Egypt on 1 April association with the Franklin Library project 1920 and received his education there. From for rendering a thousand standard English 1942 to 1950 he was a teacher of education and works in Arabic. Methods of language teaching psychology at the Men 's Teacher Training Col- interested him greatly. He prepared television lege in 'Iraq. He returned to Egypt in 1950 and programmes designed to combat illiteracy, 426 THE BAHA'I WORLD

experimented in teaching Arabic to African a keen sense of humour and a· gift for storystudents a nd to persons of widely-ranging telling. He showered love and devotion on his ethnic backgrounds and participated in writing five beautiful children-ornaments of a a series of textbooks on teaching Arabic by remarkable marriage- a nd with affection and radio. He was delegated to present modern expertise guided their education, an activity methods of teaching Persian at the College of promoted by his own exemplary zeal for learn- Arts at 'Ayn Shams University. The prepara- ing. Animated by a spirit of self-sacrifice for the tion of a children's encyclopedia appealed to Faith he suffered discrimina tion in terms of him in his dual role of father and educator. position, salary and promotion, and ultimately Dr. 'Azzavl encountered the Baha'i Faith was incarcerated for his beliefs. His Egyptian while living in ' Iraq when he approached Miss roots made it imperative for him to remain in Bahia (Baha'iyyih) Faraju'Uah, a fellow his native land rather than to seek an easier and teacher of Iranian background, to enquire more luxurious life in countries of greater freewhether she would teach him Persian. His dom and prosperity. One midnight, in 1965, interest was immediately aroused and the there came a knock at the door of his home. comprehensive Baha'i library of the The police entered and seized every Baha'i Faraju 'llah family was made available to him. book they could find, and Dr. 'Azzavl and He read avidly and in time accepted the Faith. other Baha'is were cast into prison. The Not long after, when the Faraju'llah family authorities interrogated him at odd hours to departed for the Holy Land as pilgrims, Dr. break his rest and brought Islamic divines to 'Azzavl asked them to convey his love to the dispute with him, but their arguments were Guardian and beg his prayers that he might one swept away like leaves in the autumn wind. day be of service to the Cause . In response, Eventually he was freed. He started a pub- Shoghi Effendi requested Dr. 'Azzavl to trans- lishing house which he hoped might develop late into Arabic a selection of passages from into an important instrument of service of the God Passes By, the Guardian's own incompa- new world order. He revised his translation of rable history of the Faith. Dr. 'Azzavl set to God Passes By, remarking that his understandwork with great enthusiasm, postponing com- ing of the text had changed profoundly in the pletion of his studies for his degree in order to course of his experience of twenty-five years as devote full time to this task. He also translated a Baha'i. a number of other works including the Persian In 1976, Dr. 'Azzavl accepted an invitation Hidden Words of Bahti'u'llah , the talks of to lecture at the Baha'i Summer School in Iran 'Abdu'l-Baha in Europe, The Dispensation of where the friends derived great benefit from Bahd'u'llah, The Promised Day is Come and his knowledge of the Qur'an and Baha'i literaother letters of the Guardian. Some time later ture. He visited the House of Baha'u'llah in when Dr. 'Azzavf made a pilgrimage to the Tihran and the House where the Bab declared Holy Land the beloved Guardian referred to His mission in Shiraz. This journey, so aboundhim as ' my excellent translator.' ing in confirmations, marked the culmination After serving in 'Iraq for eight years, Dr. of a distinguished career of service to the Cause 'Azzavi returned to Cairo and about a year of Baha'u'llah. Notified of Dr. 'Azzavl's death later married Miss I:Iuriyyah Jalal. Shortly on 14November1976, the Universal House of thereafter he accepted a teaching post in the Justice cabled: Sudan where he served as chairman of the DEEPLY GRIEVED PASSING MUHAMMAD AZZAVI Spiritual Assembly of Khartoum and was help- HIS DEDICATION CAUSE HIS STEADFASTNESS HIS ful in obtaining official registration of the SCHOLARLY WORK UNFORGETTABLE STOP FER- Baha'i burial ground. He then returned to VENTLY PRAYING SHRINES PROGRESS HIS SOUL Egypt where he served on the National Spiritual ABHA KINGDOM ASSURE HIS WIFE CHILDREN Assembly of North East Africa, the Local FRIENDS DEEP LOVING SYMPATHY. Spiritual Assembly of Cairo and the National Translation and Publication Committee until BAHIA FARAJU'LLAH GULICK

the dissolution of Baha'i institutions in Egypt in 1960. He was a man of commanding presence , with IN MEMORIAM 427 'ABDU' L-I:IAMID EL KHEMfRi 1906-1976

Mr. ' Abdu ' l-f:Iamid el Khemirf was born in Tunis during the year 1906, his family being members of the Berber community. He was raised in a strict Muslim community and his childhood was similar to that of others of his generation. In 1921, when he was only fifteen , 'Abdu'l-f:Iamid and his friend , Mul)ammad Vahbf Kas ravi, encountered and accepted the Baha'i Faith. One afternoon, on the main boulevard of Tunis , the two youths noticed a middle-aged gentleman of respectable and distinguished appearance whom they recognized as being a Shaykh from the renowned Azhar University of Cairo and, acting on an impulse, the young men asked to speak to him . The gentleman was Mul)yf'd-Dfn Sabrf Kurdi Kanimeshkani who had accepted the Faith during the ea rly years of its establishment in Egypt, a nd whom ' Abdu'l-Baha had singled out to open Tunis to the Faith . The young men were very impressed by the wisdom and kind- 'Abdu'l-ljamld el Khem{ri ness of Shaykh Mul)yf'd-Dfn. They attended regularly the meetings he held with inquirers every evening and soon 'Abdu'l-f:Iarnid, with (the Medina) where he counselled and guided his friend Kasravi, became the first Tunisian them as an older and more experienced Baha'fs. brother would. In 1928 'Abdu'l-f:Iarnid made a pilgrimage 'Abdu'l-l:farnid served on the Spiritual to the Holy Land and was blessed by his meet- Assembly of Tunis from the time of its inceping with the beloved Guardian. The experience tion in the 1930s until his home area became an of pilgrimage transformed him. He travelled to independent civil unit in 1970. In 1956 when Egypt and Syria where he met with the believ- the beloved Guardian called for the formation ers and had the joy of reunion with his boyhood of the Regional Spiritual Assembly of North friend , Kasravf, who had settled in Syria. West Africa 'Abdu'l-l:farnid el Khernirf was Upon returning to Tunis 'Abdu'l-l:lamfd elected to that body and remained a member joined his efforts with those of Mustapha for four consecutive years. He visited many Bouchoucha 1 (Mu~tafa Bushusha), a fellow Baha'i centres in Morocco in 1956 and, in later Tunisian Baha'i, in propagating the Faith years, he attended Baha'i summer schools in among their countrymen . 'Abdu'l-l:larnid's France and Switzerland to bring back to the shop at 175 rue de la Kasbah became a land- Tunisian Baha'is the spirit and news of the mark for visiting Baha'fs. Evening after even- friends in Europe. ing, 'Abdu'l-l:larnid would visit Mr. The last two years of his life he devoted to Bouchoucha's home for meetings with Baha'fs visiting the Baha'is and receiving them at his and their friends. With the launching of the home. Increasingly, severe arthritis confined Guardian's Ten Year Crusade in 1953 and the him to his bed and armchair. He sold his shop arrival of pioneers in Tunisia, young Tunisians and contributed the entire proceeds to the started to enter the Faith. They found comfort Fund. As he felt the end drawing near he disand inspiration through their visits to tributed amo ng the friends the Baha'i litera- 'Abdu'l-f:Iarnid's little shop in the old town ture, magazines, reviews and articles he had in See 'In Memoriam', Th e Bahti'f World, vol. XV, p. 463 . his possession . Each time we visited him we 428 THE BAHA'f WORLD

were offered some literature or relics of the Faith. Until the last moment of his earthly existence on 5 December 1976 the greeting 'Allah- u-Abha!', which he upheld for over fifty-five years, was on his lips. 'The services of Mr. Khemiri will always be remembered for he was not only among the early believers in Tunisia, but served the Faith for one-half a century in that land with faithfulness, devotion and dedication,' wrote the Universal House of Justice on 9 January 1977 in memory of that dear believer. R. MUSTAPHA

ELSE JORGENSEN 1907-1977

GRIEVED NEWS PASSING ELSE JORGENSEN DEVOTED MAIDSERVANT BAHAULLAH STOP SUP- PLICATING SACRED THRESHOLD PROGRESS HER SOUL ALL WORLDS GOD. Else Jorg ensen Universal House of Justice

Else JOrgensen was born in Trondheim, Nor- a time when the utmost wisdom and discretion way on 28 December 1907. She was working as were necessary and the risk of imprisonment a hairdresser in Guayaquil, Ecuador in Febru- was considerable. She introduced the teachings ary 1945 when she first heard about the Baha'i by giving language lessons and with admirable Faith from Virginia Orbison , a resident foresight organized, in collaboration with the pioneer. The Spiritual Assembly of Guayaquil Spiritual Assembly of Barcelona, a committee was to be formed at Ric.Ivan if one additional for the protection of the Faith. Significantly, a adult believer could be found. Virginia few years later, she was appointed to the Auxarranged an appointment for April 17th iliary Board for the protection of the Faith in ostensibly to have Else give her a permanent Latin America. Throughout the time she spent wave, and Else accepted the Faith before the in Spain Else had no holidays, no visits to her end of the day. On April 20th the Spiritual family and not one moment of rest. Assembly was formed with Else as a member. In July 1953 Else returned to Norway and By 1948 Else had returned to Norway and at married Roberto Cazcarra. At the Interconti- Ric.Ivan became a member of the first Spiritual nental Teaching Conference held in Stockholm Assembly of Oslo. With a view to pioneering in that month the couple offered themselves as Spain Else, who was already fluent in Spanish, pioneers to Spitzbergen but were not able to took secretarial training, and in November meet the requirements governing residence in 1949 she settled in Madrid where she assisted those islands. Accompanied by Mildred Clark' in consolidating the efforts of the Spiritual who in August of that year had become the Assembly. In April of the next year she moved Knight of Baha'u'llah for the Lofoten Islands, to Barcelona to assist that struggling young Else travelled by ship to Spitzbergen to investicommunity. With her aid the Spiritual Assem- gate the possibility of settling there but this and bly grew in strength and other Local Assemb- all subsequent efforts failed. lies were established in nearby areas in addi- At the request of the European Teaching tion to groups being formed and new localities Committee she remained as a pioneer in Oslo opened. Words cannot describe the meritori- until November 1954 when she was asked to ous work done by Else for the Cause in Spain at ' See ' In Memoriam ', The Baha'( World, vol. XIV, p. 303. IN MEMORIAM 429 assist with the teaching and consolidation work Else was the first pioneer from Norway and in Portugal where she laboured intensively for her saintly life won the respect of the friends the strengthening of the community and the who met her. She was an example of patience opening of new centres. Her efforts met with and endurance, living frugally, sharing whatsuccess despite her inability to obtain a perma- ever she had with those who were in need. At nent residence visa and the mischievous the time of her passing a devoted friend wrote activities of a few disaffected Baha'is who in tribute to her services, 'Else embodied the attempted to undermine all that she did, high standards of the Norwegian people and in threatened to denounce her to the authorities, particular the quality of dignity. Present and and continually harassed her and menaced her. future Baha'i friends in your country should be With the approval of Shoghi Effendi she left proud of having a Norwegian in the galaxy of Portugal in October 1956 to join her husband heroes and heroines of the Faith of Baha'u'- who was under contract to a Swiss firm in llah.' Uruguay and within two weeks of arriving in The mortal remains of this beloved friend Montevideo, and despite the intended private were laid to rest beside those of the Knight of nature of her visit, Else was elected to the Baha'u'llah Loyce Lawrence 1 in Trondheim's Spiritual Assembly and later was asked to Tilfredshet cemetery. serve on the National Teaching Committee of GERO STRAND the Regional National Spiritual Assembly of South America. At Ric;lvan 1957 she and her husband were elected to the National Spiritual Assembly of Argentina, Chile, Uruguay, Paraguay and Bolivia . At the request of that institu- MARION LORD MAXWELL tion Else undertook a five-month tour of the 1889-1977 five countries, visiting each Local Spiritual Assembly, giving public addresses, obtaining Marion Lord Maxwell was the first Jamaican to radio and press interviews. She returned to embrace the Baha'i Faith in Jamaica. Her Uruguay to find awaiting her a letter announc- acceptance of the Faith, in October 1942, ing her appointment to the Auxiliary Board for resulted from the teaching efforts of Dr. Malthe protection of the Faith and a pressing colm King 2 who pioneered there in the First request to meet with the National Assembly Seven Year Plan. Miss Maxwell was elected as for consultation. She had not even unpacked a member of the first Spiritual Assembly of her bags. Thus began a lengthy series of travels Kingston at Ric;lvan 1943 and became its first throughout which she did not fail to maintain treasurer. Thereafter, she served the Cause an extensive correspondence frequently faithfully, remaining steadfast in the Covenaveraging eighteen letters a day. ant to her last breath. Exhausted and ill, Else returned to Bar- Born on 26 January 1889 in the capital, celona in June 1962 and the following year Kingston, Marion was the youngest of six chilsettled again in Norway. Although her last dren. She used her boundless energy in teachyears were blighted by an incurable illness she ing Sunday school classes and in active service participated to the extent she could in Baha'i to the Y.W.C .A. and the Shamrock Social community life until her soul was released from Organization. In 1907 she joined the General its physical prison, in Trondheim, on 27 Janu- Post Office staff as a money order clerk and in ary 1977. this capacity served her community for forty- 'With the deepest sorrow I received the sad two years, gaining the respect of both her felnews of the passing of our dear Else Jorgen- low workers and the public. She retired in sen,' wrote the Hand of the Cause Dr. 'Ali- 1949. Mu~ammad Varqa to the National Spiritual Marion was known as 'Miss Mac' to her close Assembly of Norway. 'She was a wonderful acquaintances and was a mainstay to her family soul, dedicating her life to the service of the on all occasions, whether happy or sad. In 1929 Faith of God. I pray from the bottom of my she became the guardian of her sister's three heart for the progress of her brilliant soul in the 1 See 'In Memoriam', The Baha'i World, vol. XV, p. 446 . Abha Kingdom .. .' 2 See 'In Memoriam', The Bahli'( World, vol. XIV, p. 316. 430 THE BAHA'f WORLD

EDMUND MIESSLER 1902-1977

'He is in my heart.' These were the tearful, half-whispered words of one who knew Edmund Miessler well, when informed of his passing. Others, in tribute to his memory, dedicated a month of sacrificial teaching. Two who had been separated from Baha'i activity, remembering his influence upon their lives, pledged renewal of service to the Cause of Baha'u'llah. And in a flood of telegrams, letters and personal messages the sentiment was expressed: he was so dedicated , so loving and understanding, and so very humble . Edmund Miessler was born in Chicago on 13 March 1902 and was reared in a very strict, religious-minded family of Lutherans, his father being a pastor and his mother the daughter of Lutheran missionaries. His first wife, Elma, came from a similar background. The couple keenly desired spiritual knowledge and Marion Lord Maxwell made an intensive study of the Bible. While living in Lima, Ohio the home community of Dorothy Baker, 1 they learned of the Baha'i children; and to her two nephews and nieces, Faith from her and after a year's study became whose parents were in Costa Rica, she became confirmed and devoted Baha'is. Almost more than an 'Aunt'. immediately, they were publicly excommuni- A Jehovah's Witness before accepting the cated from their church as incorrigible sinners . Baha'i Faith, Marion never forced her belief on They became active members of the Lima any member of her family nor on her friends, Baha'i community and with their three chilbut quietly attended meetings and participated dren, Bob, Margot and Carol, held fireside in Baha'i community life . She was recognized meetings. Elma's death in the eleventh year of as a dependable and giving person and it was her marriage left the young father and the through the example of her life that she was three children in difficult circumstances. known as a Baha'i. In her later years, although Three years later Edmund married Muriel handicapped by deafness, she was at the centre Auble who also became a fervent Baha'i. The of every happy gathering, regaling the guests family had moved to their first pioneering post with stories from her storehouse of memory, in Columbus Grove, not far from Lima, and often clapping her hands in spontaneous joy. In there they continued with their local Baha'i the nursing home where she spent her last work in addition to serving on the Louhelen three years, Marion was ever mindful of her (Davison) Baha'i Summer School Committee fellow patients to whom she offered assistance and the Regional Teaching Committee of and comfort. She eagerly received her Baha'i Ohio, Indiana and Kentucky. visitors, often exclaiming, 'I am so happy to be a Following the death of Carol in 1945 the Baha'i!' Baha'u'llah's name was frequently on family realized their long-held dream of her lips. She passed away peacefully in her pioneering abroad . With Carol as the family's sleep, having lived a full eighty-seven years. 'guardian angel', as it were, and in close consul- On 27January1977, the Universal House of tation with their intimate friend, Mrs. Dorothy Justice cabled: Baker, who was then chairman of the National SADDENED PASSING MARION MAXWELL CONVEY Appointed a Hand of the Cause by Shoghi Effendi on 24 FRIENDS RELATIVES ASSURANCES PRAYERS December 1951. See 'In Memoriam', The Bahti'{ World, SHRINES PROGRESS SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. vol. XII, p. 670 . IN MEMORIAM 431 ing as his responsibility, at first, several countries of South America and, at the time of his passing, a large region comprising several states of Brazil as well as the Falkland Islands. Edmund loved his work for the Faith and was devoted to his many Baha'i friends. He tried to visit each community in his territory at least once a year and more accessible areas oftener, and he carried on a voluminous correspondence, advising, inspiring, praising, admonishing-always quoting suitable passages from the Writings. Copies of his letters written during the period of his service on the Auxiliary Board fill five large file drawers. He did not teach from his own viewpoint but rather with words from the Writings which he recorded in a small notebook and carried with him, available at the moment it was needed; and to illustrate the points he wished to emphasize he would recount telling stories. In 1963, as a member of the National Spiritual Assembly of Brazil, Edmund was a delegate to the first International Baha'i Con- Edmund Miessler vention for the election of the Universal House of Justice and he lavished upon this new Spiritual Assembly of the United States and divinely-ordained institution the great Jove and Canada, it was decided that they should settle loyalty he had felt for the beloved Guardian. A in Sao Paulo, Brazil. When they arrived the similar devotion was expended upon the following year following some months of pre- institutions of the Hands of the Cause and the paration and a brief stay in Rio de Janeiro, their Continental Board of Counsellors, under both hearts were rejoiced by the awaiting telegram of which he had worked. Love was the touchfrom the beloved Guardian in which he stated stone of Edmund's life. His heart was filled that he was praying for them at the Holy with love for the Cause and for all humanity Shrines that they might realize all their earnest and he was, in turn, much loved by the many desires in the Path of Baha'u'llah. friends he led to the Faith and others who knew In Sao Paulo they began to teach the Faith him. It is felt that the beautiful thoughts expresvigorously, assisted by two young new Baha'fs sed in the cablegram received from the Uniwho had accepted the Faith through a travel- versal House of Justice when advised of ling teacher, and by a third who had accom- Edmund's passing on 7 February 1977 aptly panied them from Rio de Janeiro. At Ric;lvan describe this noble soul: 194 7 the first Local Spiritual Assembly of Sao DEEPLY GRIEVED PASSING BELOVED DEVOTED Paulo was formed. The community grew in size SERVANT BAHAULLAH EDMUND MIESSLER and in time became one of the strongest and WHOSE DISTINGUISHED DEDICATED SERVICES most active in South America. SOUTH AMERICA SPANNING PERIOD THIRTY Edmund served constantly as a member of YEARS SET NOBLE EXAMPLE FOLLOWERS BLESS- the institutions of the growing administrative ED BEAUTY STOP CONVEY FAMILY OUR LOVING order. He was elected to the first regional CONDOLENCES AND ASSURE FERVENT PRAYERS National Spiritual Assembly of South America DIVINE THRESHOLD PROGRESS HIS SOUL. and to those assemblies which succeeded it MURIEL MIESSLER including, finally, Brazil which formed its own National Spiritual Assembly in 1961. In addition, he was appointed a member of the Auxiliary Board for the protection of the Faith hav- 432 THE BAHA'I WORLD

ANT6NIO FRANCISCO EBO ?-1977

Antonio Francisco Ebo, the first Angolan Baha'i, was born near Malange some sixty years ago and was a member of the KiMbundu tribe which inhabit the area around the capital , Luanda, and the territory stretching beyond Malange in the east. Angola was a Portuguese colony so he grew up speaking both his native language and Portuguese. Not much is known of Mr. Ebo's life as a child and young man but it is known that as an adult he moved to Luanda in order to find a better economic climate for his family. He was head of a large 'extended' family which, in African tradition, embracesin addition to brothers and sisters- cousins, nieces, nephews and other kin. In January 1956 Mr. Ebo who was a member of the Evangelical Church in Luanda heard Rodolfo Duna, a Baha'i from Moc;;ambique, speak to the congregation about the Baha'i principles at the invitation of the minister. Ant6nio Francisco Ebo Intrigued, Mr. Ebo and his nephew, Jose Avelino, followed Mr. Duna to the place where he was staying and requested to hear more assistance of Mr. Duna and his wife, Angelica, about this new message. It was there that Mr. the first Spiritual Assembly of Luanda was Ebo heard for the first time the name of formed and shortly afterward a pioneer couple Baha'u'llah. Night after night he returned to arrived from Portugal to help in consolidating hear more, each time becoming increasingly con- the knowledge of the new believers. Mr. Ebo vinced that this was indeed a message from and Mr. Duna joined Sampaia in his teaching God, one that he wished to share with his efforts in Malange where a great receptivity to remarkable uncle, Sampaia, whose spiritual the Faith developed. At Ric;lvan 1957, with Mr. quest had strongly influenced Mr. Ebo's Eba's assistance, the first Spiritual Assembly nature. Sampaia, who was considered a mystic was formed there. Mr. Ebo was appointed to and spiritual guide to his friends and family and the teaching committee and yearned to pioneer whose wisdom, love and counsel won him great to the south to establish the Faith in Nova respect, had refused to affiliate with a formal Lisboa. In 1961, before these plans could get system of belief, having declared that when under way , Angola was swept up in a maeltruth appeared he would recognize it. To this strom of political unrest and although the Baha'is uncle Mr. Ebo wrote a brief explanation of the had followed strictly Baha'u'llah's teaching Revelation of Baha'u'llah. In his reply, Sam- about non-participation in all subversive and paia asked three simple questions about the political movements, they too fell victims of the origin of the Faith, the location of its World suspicion and chaos that engulfed the country. Centre and the central teaching of its Founder. Incited by the clergy who had joined forces in Upon being informed that the mission of accusing the Baha'is of subversive activity the Baha'u'llah is the unification of all mankind police obtained a decree outlawing the Faith Sampaia wrote: 'This is the Faith that I have and began seizing and interrogating the been waiting for!' Baha'is. The pioneers were expelled, leaving the Mr. Ebo, radiantly happy over the accep- young community on its own. The police came tance of the Faith by Sampaia, began vigorous to Sampaio's home in the dead of night, teaching activities and enrolled most of his arrested him, threatened his wife never to have family in the Faith. At Ric;lvan 1956, with the any meetings again nor even permit anyone to IN MEMORIAM 433 stay at her house, and took Sampaio away to an refuge and comfort. The last pioneer left in unknown destination. He was never seen October 1975 without being able to say goodagain. bye to the Angolan friends because communi- In October 1963 Mr. Ebo was arrested, his cation, even within Luanda, had become home searched, and he was imprisoned with almost impossible. three other Baha'ls from Luanda. When speak- Mr. Ebo continued to correspond with ing of that period at a later time Mr. Ebo would friends outside Angola, speaking of the teachsmile sadly and say, 'We were not treated very ing efforts, the holding of Nineteen Day Feasts, well,' but he uttered not a further word of the efforts to establish a Baha'i Centre and to complaint. Eventually Mr. Ebo and the other seek from the government official recognition prisoners were transferred to the prison island of the Faith. In one of his last letters he wrote of Baia dos Tigres off the coast of southern that he was still firm in his conviction to spread Angola where they rejoiced at meeting, among the teachings and that his goal was to enrol five their fellow prisoners, six Baha'ls from hundred believers so that recognition could be Malange. During the six years they remained granted to the Baha'ls. there they would gather together to pray, to Mr. Ebo departed from this earthly life on 1 7 discuss what they could remember of the April 1977 following a brief illness. His spirit Baha'i teachings and to sing and compose new and strong faith have influenced the other songs in praise of Baha'u'llah. While in prison Baha'ls in their efforts to carry on his work and Mr. Ebo grew in faith and dedication. He no to live the Baha'i life. They reported that Mr. longer needed to look to Sampaio for strength Ebo was given a beautiful Baha'i funeral in but drew on his own spiritual powers. The accordance with the Writings and that they are other Baha'i prisoners looked to him as their hopeful of eventually obtaining official recog- 'father'; he remained optimistic and assured nition for the community. them that one day they would be free and Upon hearing of his passing the Universal pioneers would come and help them spread the House of Justice wrote on 7 June 1977, express- Faith. ing the hope that his life might prove to be an Indeed, pioneers had arrived in the interval inspiration to the friends in Angola. and were brought into contact with the African From the Abha Kingdom, Mr. Ebo's radiant believers after Mr. Ebo's release from prison. spirit will support the supplications of his fel- It was a radiant and tearful reunion. A new low believers in his native land that the healing period began in the history of the Faith in message of Baha'u'llah may be carried to every Angola during which Mr. Ebo emerged as the city and village of Angola and that the call of 'father' of the community. He served on the 'Ya Baha'u'l-Abha' may be heard in all its re-formed Spiritual Assembly of Luanda and regions. was a member of the National Teaching Com- MARVEL GRAY mittee. It was Mr. Ebo who was ever ready to take a teaching trip to nearby villages, who encouraged and stimulated the other believers, who composed a number of songs with Baha'i RUJ:I'U'LLAH TA YMURI-MUQADAM themes, who was at the centre of all joyous Martyr of Fac;lil Abad meetings and spiritual gatherings. He revived 1940-1977 the Malange community, giving strength and hope to the believers there, and again laid If these companions be not the true strivers after plans to pioneer to Nova Lisboa. God, who else could be called by this name? Another crisis struck the Angolan commu- Baha'u'llah nity with the outbreak of the tragic civil war in 1974. As the situation worsened the pioneers RuJ:i'u'llah Taymurf-Muqadam was born on 18 were required to leave and soon the Angolan August 1940 in the village of Asyaban, near believers were again left alone. Their love for Bfrjand, in the province of Khurasan, fran, a the pioneers was so great that they offered to member of a devoted Baha'i family who had adopt them into their families in order that responded to the call of Baha'u'llah in its early they might remain, and offered them food, stages. The trials and difficulties which beset 434 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Three years later he and his uncl e pio neered to Fac;lil Abad in the province of G urgan. When his uncle left the area in 1962, Rul)'u' ll ah remained alone in his pioneering post and faced many difficulties. He served the Cause there for twe nt y-one years and was a member of the Local Spiritual Assemb ly, frequently acting as treasurer. He was married and had two children. He gained the love and respect of people aro und him and was known for his honesty, integrity and trustworthiness. On the eve ning of Saturday, 14 May 1977 , so me members of a fa natical e lement in the a rea who, aroused by jealousy and enmity, had been plotting against the Baha'fs, scaled a wall and e ntered the home of Rul)'u'llah Taym urf- Muqada m. Paying no heed to the tearful pleas of his mother they struck and injured her. When hi s sister, Parvin, came for - wa rd holding in her upraised hand a copy of the holy Qur'a n a nd bidding them to leave in peace , without respect even for their own sa- Rufl 'u'llah Taymuri-Muqadam cred book, they struck her on the head with an axe, threw her half dead to the grou nd and rushed towards Rul)'u'llah cleaving his head his grandfathers on both sides of the fami ly, with savage blows of the hatchet. Soon his sou l and which they bore with admirable steadfast- took its flight to the eterna l realm. At the age of ness, foreshadowed the persecutions that befell thirty-seven he beca me yet a nother martyr of subsequent ge nerations in their service to the the Cause of Baha'u'llah in the la nd of its birth. Cause, culminating in the martyrdom of His sister, although serio usly wo unded, even- Rul)'u'llah at the ha nds of misguided assassins. tually recovered and later made her pilgrimage It is ironic that Rul)'u' llah's maternal gra nd- to the Holy Land. fath!'!r was the recipientofa Tablet from Baha' u' - The fam ily of Rul) ' u'll ah Taymurfllah in which the Blessed Beauty stated, in Muqadam were hono ured by receiving the foleffect, that He addressed the populace in the lowing cable from the Universal House of Juslanguage of the people in order that all might tice sent to them on 16 May 1977: comprehend the purpose of their creation a nd SADDENED TRAGIC NEWS EXPRESS OUR SYM - be admonished by recalling the afflictions PATHY FAMILY RUHULLAH TAYMURI ASSURE which befell the loved ones of God in times RELAT IV ES FRIENDS ARDENT PRAYERS SHRINE past at the hands of those who were preve nted BESEECHING PROGRESS SOUL STOP PR AY IN G by their idle fancies and vai n im aginings from BEHALF TAYMURI'S SISTER AWAITING NEWS. recognizing the Promised One. As a three year old child , Rul)'u'llah shared, (Translated and adapted from various in the path of God, the calamities which befell reports by Gloria Momen) his family when the Baha' is of Asyaban were persecuted , abused, injured and their be longings plundered . Their very houses were pulled down and their trees uprooted. Following this upheaval , Rul)' u'llah's father was imprisoned DOROTHYKEDIBONESENNE in Bfrjand. 1931-1977 In 1953, after completing his studies as a junior, Rul)'u'llah went to live with his uncle in She stood in the doorway of the small school in Mashhad where he continued his education. Alexandra, Johannesburg-a friendly, spark- IN MEMORIAM 435

ling person . The three pioneers who were helping to teach handcrafts in the school paused to say goodbye. 'Wait,' Dorothy said, 'I have a question. There's something different about you; what is it that you have?' Helen Miller spoke for the other two, Doris Ballard and Bahiyyih Ford. 'We're Baha'fs,' she said . That was the beginning. Dorothy was born in Alexandra Township in February 1931, the fifth daughter in a family of six chi ldren. She was of the well-known Sebolao family of Thaba'nchu in the Orange Free State, the ancestral home of the Tswana people. She attended Holy Cross Mission School, Moroka High School, and Ohlange College in Natal. She taught in several places and in 1972 became principal of Mokoena Community School. She had decided when she was a child that she wanted to become a teacher. In 1953, Dorothy and Ephens Nti Senne were married at Kgale in Phokeng, Rustenburg, Transvaal. On the wedding day, Ephens Dorothy Kedibone Senne introduced her to a guest as 'one of my best friends.' This was a touching and significant compliment and Dorothy remembered it all the days of the Bab, that captured hearts,' but her life. Four daughters and a son were born to ham and potato salad! the Sennes. On the journey back to Johannesburg, Mr. Dorothy became interested in the Baha'i Masehla joined Dorothy in asking questions Faith from the time she asked her first ques- about the Faith. The little car sped along carrytion. Early in her study, she spoke of her hus- ing two souls who were to become the earliest band living at Rustenburg, wishing that she pillars of the Faith in Southern Africa. could share with him what she was learning. Dorothy became a Baha'i in January 1955 , The pioneers delightedly arranged to take the first African woman in South Africa to Dorothy to Rusten burg. Arriving at Dorothy's embrace its truth. She began at once to teach home early in the morning, the pioneers were the Faith and many hearts were attracted. She introduced to a fine-looking man, Dorothy's was deeply sincere, clear-thinking and honest brother-in-law, William Masehla (now a in her approach to life and desired to build her member of the Continental Board of Counsel- life on truth. When she found the answer to her lors in the Southern African zone) who was to seeking, her enthusiasm knew no bounds. Her chaperon her because she was venturing out gay, outgoing spirit drew people to her; she alone with strangers. taught with conviction and love. Dorothy had a It was a happy day with singing and laughter superlative capacity to adjust herself to people on the way. The pioneers met Mr. Senne and of all walks of life; she was comfortable and other members of his family. At noon the happy with those who could not read and write picnic basket was unpacked and typical Ameri- as well as with the educated. The Faith grew. can picnic fare was spread out-cold ham, Baha'i communities in and around Rustenburg potato salad and apple pie. The pioneers did were born. In addition, through her efforts and not realize that such food was strange to their those of Bula Stewart who had settled in Preguests but the unfailing courtesy of the African toria as a pioneer, more than forty-five people people prevailed and the lunch seemed to be embraced the Faith. eaten with relish. Ever since, the Sennes have 1 See E.G. Browne, A Traveller's Narrative, (Introduction) said that in South Africa it was not tea, like in p. 38 . 436 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

As the years passed, Dorothy's favourite study became the Covenant. Her last talk , at the national teaching conference in 1976, dealt with this subject which is at the heart of commitment to the Cause of Baha' u'llah. She passed from this life on 8 June 1977. Her funeral was as she wou ld have wanted it to be , a means of teaching the Faith. Over one thousand people, including many non-Baha'fs, gathered to pay tribute to one who had been a source of happiness, spiritual rebirth and love. Voices were raised on all sides: 'Our mother has left us.' Her husband, now a member of the Auxiliary Board, movingly paid tribute: ' Up to the time of her death, Dorothy remained loyal , devoted, dedicated, God-loving and Godfearing in rendering service to the divine Cause of God.' The following cable dated 9 June 1977 was received from the Universal House of Justice: GRIEVED PASSING DOROTHY SENNE FIRST AFRI- CAN WOMAN BELIEVER SOUTH AFRI CA STOP KINDLY EXTEND OUR WARMEST SYMPATHY HER Wilma Thomas FAMILY AND FRIENDS STOP PRAYING HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS HER SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. tionship with her mother who was an outstand- 'Abdu'l-Baha, in the Divine Plan Tablets, 1 ing elementary school teacher. Wilma spent has written: It is said that in South Africa, a her childhood and youth in a small town in diamond mine is discovered. Although the mine Michigan, U.S.A. and later lived in Upslandia is most valuable, yet after all it is stone. Per- and Detroit. She attended Wayne State Unichance, God willing, the mine of humanity may versity, but her studies were interrupted by her be discovered and the brilliant pearls of th e first marriage. Her two sons , Tom and Robert Kingdom be found. Ridley, were born prior to her return to university from which she graduated in sociology. She began her spiritual search early and made a study of different religions. While taking a university course in comparative religions she WILMA THOMAS encountered and embraced the Baha'i Faith. 1913- 1977 Later she married Irving Thomas. Wilma served the Faith as a pioneer in Baha'u'llah has written: 0 Son ofthe Supreme! Ecuador, Peru, Colombia and Venezuela, thus I have made death a messenger of joy to thee. furthering the Divine Plan during the Ten Year Wherefore dost thou grieve? 2 Wilma Thomas Crusade from 1955 to 1963 , the Nine Year believed in these words. She was in this life- Plan from 1969 to 1972, and the present Five and how much more so in the realms of light!- Year Plan , until her passing on 10 June 1977. a happy and noble being, sincere in her faith, Before the establishment of the National radiant and content, spiritually consecrated, Spiritual Assembly of Colombia in 1961 , and dedicated to serving others . Wilma was the secretary of the National Teach- She was born on 3 June 1913, and was an ing Committee which had the responsibility for only child. Her father died when she was a winning the goals and preparing that national young girl and she enjoyed a very close rela- community for its election. She was a member 1 Tablet dated 11 April 1916. of that first National Assembly in 1961 and 2 The Hidden Words of Bahti'u'lltih (Arabic) No. 32. attended the first international convention in IN MEMORIAM 437

Haifa, Israel in 1963 to elect the Universal House of Justice. When Wilma came to Venezuela in June 1969 she spent her first months in Cabimas, later transferring to Barquisimeto where she taught English at the University of Lara and came to be loved not only by the Baha'is but by the university faculty and students. In 1973 she was appointed a member of the Auxiliary Board for propagation of the Faith in Venezuela and in 1976 was appointed to the protection board, a service for which she was especially well qualified for she was perceptive, spiritually radiant and compassionate. She was exemplary in her firmness in the Covenant, and outstanding in her loyalty to Baha'u'llah and His institutions. Toward the end of her life Wilma suffered from a heart condition and although she was aware that she might not live much longer she declined to return to the United States for surgery because the cardiologist had made it clear that she might not be able to return to Maria T. Irizarry Venezuela after the operation. Death found her at her pioneer post, faithful and active to married Martin Lopez and moved to Santo the end. The International Teaching Centre Domingo, Dominican Republic, where she wrote on 12 July 1977: 'It is a blessing that her accepted the Baha'i Faith as a result of the dedicated work in the Cause of Baha'u'llah teaching efforts of the German believer, Marcontinued to the very end of her earthly life. ' garet Lentz, 1 in the opening phase of the first Tribute was also paid by the Universal House Seven Year Plan (1937 - 1944) under which of Justice in its cable of 13 June: the Teachings of Baha'u'llah were to be carried to 'every state within American Republic and GRIEVED LEARN PASSING DEVOTED DEDICATED every Republic in American continent.' 2 Thus MAIDSERVANT BAHAULLAH WILMA THOMAS Dona Tete became the first person to accept MEMBER AUXILIARY BOARD PIONEER SOUTH the Faith in the Dominican Republic as well as AMERICAN NINE YEAR PLAN STOP ARDENT the first native born Puerto Rican believer. PRAYERS PROGRESS HER SOUL OFFERED AT SAC- She returned to Puerto Rico in the early RED THRESHOLD STOP CONVEY LOVING SYM - 1940s and was the only Baha'i on the island for PATHY HER FAMILY. a time . Shortly thereafter some pioneers DONALD R. WITZEL , arrived from the United States. In approxi- DOROTHY WHALEN mately 1947, Dr. Edris Rice-Wray, an American pioneer, settled in Puerto Rico and lived in the home of Dona Tete. Regular meetings were held in her home during this period and a MARIA T. IRIZARRY number of the earliest Puerto Rican believers 1903-1977 accepted the message of Baha'u'llah as a result of those gatherings. On 27 July 1977 the Baha'i community of Being extremely timid by nature, Dona Tete Puerto Rico was saddened by the loss of its first left her home but infrequently. However, she and much loved Baha'i, Dona Marfa T. (Tete) Irizarry. Dona Tete was born Marfa Teressa See 'In Memoriam', The Baha'i World, vol. XIV, p. 354; 'The Seven Year Plan', The Bahti'f World, vol. IX, p. 192. Martin Quinones in San German, Puerto Rico, 2 Shoghi Effendi, message to United States convention, on 9 September 1903. At a young age she 1936, The Baha'i World, vol. IX , p. 187. 438 THE BAHA'f WORLD

served the Faith well not only by teaching it to all those with whom she came in contact but as a member of the Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'ls of San Juan for many years, by serving on several committees and through opening her home for countless meetings. All who knew her speak of the atmosphere of peace and ease she created. She was the personification of tolerance and patience and literally could not bear the thought of hurting another person. She always spoke in a kindly and positive way. When asked whether she did not get lonely she would respond, 'No, 'Abdu'l-Baha is always with me.' One would always be treated to a meal in her home since it was her charming custom to prepare a portion for' Abdu'l-Baha' which would be shared with unexpected visitors. Dona Tete was married a second time, to Mr. Jose C. Irizarry. She is survived by her only child, an adopted daughter, Sara Maria Irizarry. Informed of her passing, the Universal Aflmad Yazdani House of Justice cabled on 1August1977: DEEPLY GRIEVED PASSING DEVOTED BELIEVER Fatimih. Following the customary trend, MARIA IRIZARRY FIRST PUERTO RICAN BAHAI AJ:imad Yazdani learned to read and write and STOP ASSURE FRIENDS RELATIVES PRAYERS HOLY gained a knowledge of the Qur'an. He studied SHRINES PROGRESS HER SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. at the newly-established schools for elementary and secondary education and following that enrolled in an engineering course conducted by French tutors. Hearing of the Baha'i Faith from a pedlar in AI:IMAD Y AZDANf Nl§.hapur, AJ:imad Yazdani sought further (Mf RZA AI:IMAD KHAN Y AZDANf information from the Hand of the Cause Ibn- KASRAWf) i-Abhar and from the renowned teacher, 1891-1977 Akhavan -i '~ - Safa. After eight months of intense investigation and study of the Baha'i GRIEVED PASSING AHMAD YAZDANI HIS MANY Holy Writings he accepted the Faith at the age YEARS SERVICE CAUSE CLOSING PHASE HEROIC of twenty-two. From then until his death on 5 AGE HIS DEVOTED UNREMITTING LABOURS BOTH July 1977, his thoughts and actions were con- TEACHING ADMlNISTRATIVE SPHERES BAHAI stantly channelled in the path of service to the ACTIVITIES HIS ERUDITION AND ASSIDUOUS Faith. He served with distinction on the Local SCHOLARLY WORK WILL ALWAYS BE REMEM- Spiritual Assembly ofTihran in the early years. BERED BY FRIENDS CRADLE FAITH STOP ASSURE When he was twenty-three years of age, SYMPATHY BEREAVED FAMILY FERVENT PRAYERS AJ:imad Yazdani married MiftaJ:iu'l-Malakut PROGRESS HIS SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. MiftaJ:i, a member of an aristocratic fami ly. His Universal House of Justice wife was a Muslim but some years later she, too, embraced the Cause. The letters she AJ:imad Yazdani was born in Tihran on 24 received from the Guardian attest the zeal with April 1891 into a devout Muslim family. His which she served the Faith. Mr. and Mrs. Yazfather, Mirza I:Iasan Khan Mu'ln-Dlvan, was dani had three daughters and two sons. Auditor-in-Chief during a period of the In 1915 a group of people in Holland, Qajatiyyih era. His mother's name was exploring paths to peace, constituted them- IN MEMORIAM 439

selves into a body known as the Central Organ- fastness of their faith in their recent trials and ization for a Durable Peace with its Executive sufferings. Committee based in the Hague. Their constitu- When he retired from government service in tion was published by the press the world over. 1949, A9mad Yazdani was able to realize his A9mad Yazdani, in consultation with two long-cherished desire of devoting all his time other Baha'is, prepared in French a paper and energy to the Faith. He engaged in teachembodying the Baha'i principles and sent it to ing activities, assumed various responsibilities that organization with the suggestion that their as an educator of the youth and children, was search for ways to a permanent peace would be frequently in demand as a speaker and, in addifacilita ted if they sought guidance on the sub- tion to his Baha'i activities, was active in the ject from 'Abdu' l-Baha. The organization promotion and spread of Esperanto. He travelresponded by submitting through A9mad led for the Faith over a wide area of Iran and in Yazdani a letter to the Master. The letter, 1950, with the permission of Shoghi Effendi, however, did not reach 'Abdu'l-Baha until he accepted the invitation of the National after World War I was over. In 1919 the Mas- Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of India and ter summoned the Hand of the Cause Ibn-i- Pakistan to visit those countries where he spent A~daq and A9mad Yazdani to the Holy Land eight months presenting the Faith at colleges and delegated them to take a Tablet, 1 with its and other educational institutions. English translation, to the organizers of the When A9mad Yazdani returned home, the peace movement. Taking a boat from Egypt, Guardian asked him to go to Kuwait, Bahrain, they arrived in Holland to learn that the origi- Qatar and Dubai and cheer the hearts of the nal organization had disbanded on termina- pioneers with the latest news of the Faith and tion of the war and a new one had taken its place. with a message of loving greetings and encour- They met its president and secretary, presented agement from Shoghi Effendi and an expresthe Master's Tablet and took their reply back sion of his admiration of their services. From to Him. 'Abdu'l-Baha sent them another Tab- there, A9mad Yazdani was sent on a similar let which reached them duly. mission to 'Iraq and l:lijaz. During his stay in Holland, A9mad Yazdani The next task entrusted to him by the established contact with the Esperantists as he beloved Guardian took him to Turkey. Apart knew their language well and was a member of from visiting the friends, establishing Baha'i their branch in Tihran. He attended their meet- study classes, teaching the Faith and stimulatings in Holland and gave stirring talks on the ing public interest in it through press articles, Faith. Having completed his assignment, he he assisted in the formation of three Local returned to the Holy Land whence, after a Spiritual Assemblies in Turkey before returnmonth and a half, he returned home by way of ing to Iran. The Guardian called on him next to Turkey. go to Afghanistan, where he stayed for some In Iran A9mad Yazdani secured employ- time. ment in government offices and discharged his In 1922, A9mad Yazdani was invited by the duties with exemplary zeal and probity. He Persian National Spiritual Assembly, to edit could not, however, curb his passion to teach the Baha'i News of Iran. This journal is curthe Faith and thus was openly identified as a rently published under the title Akhblir-i- Baha'i. His indiscretion triggered off the hostil- Amri. He served as its editor-in-chief for ity of enemies of the Faith who made allega- twelve years and wrote an article regularly in tions against him which, though false , still every issue on the aims, objectives and princiresulted in his being imprisoned. Confined for ples of the Cause. He was associated with most several months, but irrepressible as ever, he Baha'i publications in Persia and was one of told his fellow-prisoners about the Faith. Even- the founders of, and a contributor to, the tually his innocence was established and he was Taraniy-i-Umid, (Baha'i Women's Journal). set free. Arriving home, he was overjoyed to He also contributed articles to Ahang-i-Badi' receive a letter from the Guardian highly (Baha'i Youth Magazine) and the Year Book commending him and his family on the stead- of the Iranian Baha'i youth. ' See Tablet to the Central Organization for a Durable Peace, In addition to his vast literary output the the Hague; The Baha'i World , vol. XV, pp. 29-37. outstanding achievements of A9mad Yazdani 440 THE BAHA'I WORLD

include his invaluable work over the years on the National Spiritual Assembly, the Local ·Spiritual Assembly ofTihran and the National Teaching Committee; his great contribution to the education and progress of women; his review of Baha'i publications over a period of no less than half a century and his prodigious labours in collating and classifying extracts from several thousand Tablets of Baha'u'llah and' Abdu'l-Baha and of numberless letters of the Guardian. His faithful service drew ma ny gracious comments from the Universal House of Justice . We conclude with a free translation of an extract from one of the letters written to him on its behalf: 'That precious friend is happy and privileged to dedicate his time fully to the service of God's Cause . He does so in a spirit of noble and self-sacrificial endeavour, immersing himself in the ocean of the Sacred Writings to discover pearls of wisdom. That dear, spiritual brother can rest assured that he is lovingly remembered in our supplications at the Holy Shrines and Elsa Maria Grossmann that our prayers are offered at the Sacred Thresholds for the descent of still greater blessings on his efforts.' his Samaritan service caught the disease himself THE NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY OF and died. It was these influences perhaps which THE BAHA'is OF IRAN prepared her for her acceptance of the Baha'i (Translated by Rustom Sabit) Faith which she first encountered in 1919 or 1920. Her brother, Hermann , 1 had spontaneously embraced the Faith during a lecture given in ELSA MARIA GROSSMANN Leipzig by an American Baha'i couple, Harlan 1896-1977 and Grace Ober,2 who were returning to the Knight of Baha' u'llah United States after being on pilgrimage in the Holy Land where they had visited 'Abdu'l- Elsa Maria Grossmann was born into a Ger- Baha. Hermann returned to Hamburg and was man family on 19July1896 in Rosario , Argen- met at the railway station by Elsa to whom he tina. She and her brothers spent a happy child- related his deep conviction of the truth of the hood there and throughout her entire life she Baha'i Faith. From this point onward, love for loved her Argentine homeland. In 1909 her Baha'u'llah and His Message became the family moved to Germany, settling first in centre of her life. She rendered many services Hamburg and later in Neckargemiind. Elsa to the Faith in Hamburg; on her various travels Maria's character was deeply moulded by the for the Cause; in the Baha'i International warm, receptive and inquiring atmosphere of Bureau in Geneva; and as a Baha'i delegate to her parental home, and by the world-oriented Esperanto Congresses, through which she mentality of Argentina which knew no prej- gained the close friendship of Lydia udice of race or religion. She was also strongly Zamenhof. During the 1920s an active corresinfluenced by her maternal grandmother, a pondence linked her to the Guardian of the pious woman, and by her maternal grandfather who, during the last epidemic of yellow fever in Appointed a Hand of the Cause in 1951; see ' In Memoriam', Th e Baha'f World , vol. XV, p. 416. Argentina, voluntarily committed himself to ' See 'In Memoriam ', The Baha'i World, vol. VIII, p. 656; caring for indigent victims and in the course of vol. XIII, p. 866. IN MEMORIAM 441 Faith whom the Grossmanns much admired. Let Elsa's spirit speak to those who would On their pilgrimage to the Holy Land in 1937, follow her example in these words from a shortly before Himmler's ordinance outlawed report she wrote from the Frisian Islands, 1 the Baha'i Faith in the Third Reich, Elsa and described by Shoghi Effendi in his 1954 con- Hermann and his wife, Anna, had the incom- vention message as 'wind-swept' and 'inhospitparable privilege of meeting Shoghi Effendi. able': In the course of the difficulties caused by the 'It may happen to you that, being-perhaps Gestapo in northern Baden , Elsa Maria was in autumn-quite alone on the solitary, endless imprisoned for nine days in Heidelberg dunes and perceiving nothing but this primary because of her Baha'i convictions. She was landscape with its infinite sky and sea, you freed through the intervention of her brother suddenly feel that tremendous, almost who made representations to the Gestapo annihilating loneliness as it might have been headquarters in Karlsruhe. experienced by a first man in a first creation. At the Stockholm conference in 1953 she The story of the opening of the Frisian Islands responded to the call of Shoghi Effendi for to the Cause of God is, as yet experienced, not pioneers to unopened areas in the Ten Year a very crimson-coloured one , when compared Crusade. Elsa moved to Westerland, one of the with many others from more radiant pioneer Frisian Islands, a service for which she was places. This was for a long time a heavy load on named a Knight of Baha'u'llah. She held her us here, but only the fact that our beloved lonely, storm-swept pioneering post for eleven Guardian was fully aware of the situation and years until a serious illness forced her to return often transmitted to us his inspiration and lovto the mainland. She was highly talented: in ing comfort, lightened its weight . addition to translating from English into Ger- 'We think of the little white lighthouses man Gleanings from the Writings of Bahti'u'- everywhere on these islands, looking over the lldh, as well as the compilation of Baha'i sea calmly and firmly , and fully indifferent to prayers most widely used in Germany (and, in the storms and tempests around them, just collaboration with her brother, The Proclama- showing the seeking sailor the right route. This tion of Baha'u'llah and a new translation of exactly is our way: to be like lighthouses of His Paris Talks), she painted and composed verse. Cause for whomsoever seeks His Path. And She remained interested in scientific progress this finally, if God be willing, may lead to His and world affairs to the end of her life. spiritual victory.' With the years her inner harmony and spiritual joy grew; she radiated these attributes in her surroundings and profoundly affected LUISA MAPA GOMEZ young people. She remained active to the end 1892-1977 and was happy to be able to teach the Faith to four people at the nursing home, among them GRIEVED LEARN PASSING DEVOTED MAIDSER- the Catholic priest of the home. On 6 August VANT LUISA MAPA GOMEZ STOP PRAYING 1977, near midday, her soul took its flight to SHRINES PROGRESS HER SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. another world. The Universal House ofJustice Universal House of Justice. paid tribute in these words: DEEPLY GRIEVED PASSING KNIGHT BAHAULLAH Luisa Mapa (Mrs. Jose Virto Gomez) was born ELSA MARIA GROSSMANN STOP HIGH COMMEN- into a prominent family in Talisay, Occidental DATION , EXPRESSED BY BELOVED GUARDIAN HER Negros, Philippines in 1892. She was gradu- DISTINGUISHED SERVICE TRANSLATION GLEAN- ated from the University of the Philippines INGS AND ABOVE ALL HER SINGLE HEARTED (College of Education) and, adopting as her DEVOTION HISTORIC WORK PIONEER FRISIAN motto 'Knowledge does not occupy space' she ISLANDS ENSURE HER HIGH RANK GERMAN encouraged every youth she met to obtain an BAHAI HISTORY AND PROVIDE SHINING EXAMPLE education. Her children were urged to study SUCCEEDING GENERATIONS STOP KINDLY languages so they might communicate with EXTEND LOVING SYMPATHY RELATIVES ASSUR- more people of the world. Her outlook was ANCE ARDENT PRAYERS SACRED THRESHOLD truly universal and she had a great capacity for PROGRESS HER SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. Bal11i'f News (U.S.A.), August 1958. 442 THE BAHA'i WORLD

centres in America and Europ.e; her acceptance of the Faith was confirmed. Although she had lived , as it were, within the spirit of the Baha'i teachings all her life , her search for a religion with which to identify had now ended. After she became a Baha'i her home became the focal point of Baha'i activities until the purchase of the national f:la~iratu'l-Quds . The frequent visits of the Hands of the Cause Agnes Alexander and RaJ:imatu'llah Muhajir brought her much pleasure and she enjoyed cooking for Miss Alexander dishes reminiscent of Hawaii. Luisa was an active teacher and a mother to the pioneers from f ran and the United States. One American pioneer wrote in Luisa's guest book, 'To come pioneering to the Philippines is to join the family beneath this roof. You are a Mamsu to all of us.' Mrs. Gomez served on the National Spiritual Assembly from its inception in 1964 until 1975 and was often its treasurer. The first endowment received by the National Assembly, a Luisa Mapa Gomez tract of land in Quezon City , 400 square metres in area, was given by her. understanding the needs of people. Because of In 1962, when Luisa was near death and was her love of humanity and her sense of fairness, rushed to the hospital for a serious emergency relatives and friends sought her counsel. Hers operation, she called her children together and was a happy home and when her seven children asked them to be always united. One daughter, came together beneath its roof the rafters rang Neva Gomez Dulay, who provided the inforwith laughter. She was open-handed and hos- mation for this memoir and who is now a pitable and the home was often filled with member of the National Spiritual Assembly of guests including foreign students, refugees, the Philippines, declared at that time her armed services personnel and tourists, all of acceptance of Baha'u' llah. She writes: 'I was whon:i. were befriended by her and many of intellectually convinced of the principles enunwhom became lifelong correspondents and ciated by Baha'u'llah but a spiritual bar born of friends. years of agnosticism clouded my heart. Seeing Luisa had an independent and inquiring mother close to death, the veil lifted and I was mind and investigated many schools of relig- able to tell her that I would become a Baha'i. I ious thought. Through contact with Mrs. Nina announced my intention realizing that I might Nadler and Mrs. Hazel Mori in 1953 she began be making her happy for the very last time. to think of herself as a Baha'i and made her first Mother answered very weakly, "Good. There written declaration of acceptance on a hospital is plenty of work to be done ."' admission card where she described herself as a Death came on 23 September 1977 . People Baha'i in the space provided for religious from all strata of society attended the funeral. designation. Her daughter was much chagrined Although she was known to be a Baha'i it was by this, thinking that her mother, at age sixty- only during the readings and prayers that many one, was venturing into unknown waters with- were able to appreciate the depth and beauty out sufficient investigation, and considerable of the Faith; thus even in death she taught. curiosity was aroused among the hospital staff During his visit to the Philippines at Nawwho thought that a local religion had been born Ruz 1977 the Hand of the Cause RaJ:imatu'Ilah because 'bahay' in the Tagalog language means Muhajirpresented Mrs. Gomez with a copy of 'house'. In 1954 Luisa went abroad for medical Selections from the Writings of the Bab which treatment and visited a number of Baha'i gave much joy to her heart. Inscribed within IN MEMORIAM 443 were the words, 'To dearest Mamsu- My greatest love and humble respect .' In the life of Luisa Gomez was seen exemplification of the words of 'Abdu'l-Baha: Do not be content with showing friendship in words alone; let your heart burn with loving kindn ess for all who may cross your path . .. Let it be seen that you are filled with universal love.

KATHLEEN, LADY HORNELL 1890-1977

Kath leen, Lady Hornell, was born in Sussex, England on 1 July 1890, the daughter of Dr. A ugustus Hayter Walker and Annie Louisa Walker. In a brief outline of her Baha'i life and service written in 1966, Lady Hornell states: 'I was fortunate enough to have been allowed great freedom of thought and no prejudices were encouraged. I was never a member of any re ligious organization until I Kathleen, Lady Horn ell met the Baha'i Faith on 16 October 1922 in London. My spiritual mother was Elizabeth Early in 1951 Lady Hornell travelled to Herrick, author of Unity Triumphant. 1 I was Edinburgh and Glasgow as a public speaker accepted as a believer at Ri<;lvan 1923 and a nd in November of that year visited the young became a voting member of the Faith. There and struggling Baha'is in Belfast where she also were no formal declarations in those days. spoke at a public meeting. She relates that her Ever since embracing the Cause my faith has address brought strong opposition from some grown stronger, enabling me to serve the members of the audience who were of Chris- Cause both administratively and in teaching. I tian background and notes that ironically it was have had the truly glorious experience of two a Buddhist who arose to defend her. In May pilgrimages to the Holy Land, the first in 1954 1953 she settled in Belfast as a pioneer and, when Shoghi Effendi was my host and the sec- when that community had grown in strength, ond in 1966. she pioneered to Bangor where she remained 'From 1936 until 1954 I was a member of the until a Spiritual Assembly was formed at Ri<;l- National Spiritual Assembly of the British Isles van 1959, the first homefront goal to be won and served as treasurer and assistant secretary. for the British National Assembly in the Ten I was also treasurer of the British Publishing Year Crusade. 'All were Bangor citizens Trust Committee and, for a short time, secre- except myself,' she wrote, 'and I stayed tary of the National Teaching Committee and a another year so that the friends might experimember of the Summer School Committee. ence the work of a Local Assembly.' 'As a member of the London community I When the Baha'i community of the United served on the Local Spiritual Assembly from Kingdom was called upon to aid the believers 1932 until 1945 except for a period of one and in Europe in achieving the goals of the Ten a half years when I was in Torquay, Devon- Year Crusade, Lady Hornell immediately shire, during World War II, where I served on responded. In July 1960 she settled in Venice the Local Spiritual Assembly . In Otober 1945 I where she remained until 1965 at which time pioneered to Nottingham, a goal of the British she pioneered to Cagliari, Sardinia a goa l Six Year Plan, remaining there until the pas- assigned to the Italian believers in the Nine sing of Sir William on 22 September 1950.' Year Plan. Her last years were spent in London ' London: Kegan Paul Trench Trubner and Company, 1923. where she passed away on 24 September 1977. 444 THE BAHA'I WORLD

In the cable sent at the time of her passing the Universal House of Justice paid tribute to this distinguished early believer: PASSING LADY HORNELL ROBS BRITISH COM - MUNITY ONE OF FEW REMAINING LINKS EARLY DAYS FAITH. HER UNWAVERING FAITH CON - STANT DEDICATED SERVICES PIONEER TEACHING ADMINISTRATIVE FIELDS OVER SO MANY YEARS ASSURE HER HIGH STATION ANNALS CAUSE PRO- VIDE SHINING EXAMPLE PRESENT FUTURE GEN- ERATIONS. ADVISE HOLD BEFITTING MEMORIAL MEETING. ASSURE ARDENT PRAYERS SACRED THRESHOLD PROGRESS HER LOVING SOUL ABHA KINGDOM.

Not Jong after, at a teaching conference held in Alexandra Palace , North London, the British community commemorated her memory. Present was her daughter, Mrs. Hasan Balyuzi, and approximately 1,800 other Baha'i friends. Mr. Philip Hainsworth, on behalf of the National Spiritual Assembly, recalled her life of indefatigable dedication and service . 'She is Nathulal Gupta an.outstanding example for the British Baha'ls ,' he said. 'She recognized the Faith at once, convinced by the irrefutable logic of the Baha'i immediately arose to serve it and continued to teachings a nd accepted the Faith with great do so uninterruptedly, to the best of her ability, fervour . for more than half a century.' Mr. Gupta's open declaration of faith and fearless exposition of the teachings of Baha'u' - llah led to his receiving letters threatening his life. His family, consisting of the widow and NATHULAL GUPTA children of his adopted son, were antagonistic 1890- 1977 towards the Faith. In spite of his meagre financial resources he once sold a village home he Mr. Nathulal Gupta was born into a family of owned so that he could donate money for the orthodox Sanatani Hindus in 1890 at Barai, purchase of printing machinery for the Faith. near Gwalior, India and received his education The National Spiritual Assembly of India in Hindi and Sanskrit, as was the custom of the returned with appreciation his offer of the time. Later he grew dissatisfied with the Sana- house in which he lived since the rent from it tani policy which he felt discriminated against supported his dependents. those of lower caste and became a member of From sources he had known as schola rthe Arya Samaj. He delved deeply into the devotee of the Arya Samaj, Mr. Gupta ancient Vedic, Puranic (Hindu mythological) developed the conviction that the Persian schoand philosophical literature of India and lar, whose acquaintance led Rishi (Saint) Dayauthored two scholarly books in defence of anand to formulate the principles of Arya Arya Samaj ideology. A zealous Arya Samaj- Samaj, was actually Jamal Effendi, 1 the ist, Mr. Gupta was intolerant of other religions. teacher sent to India by Baha'u'llah, with Yet, it is a measure of his pure-heartedness that whom Rishi Dayanand had come in contact in in 1956, when he heard an exposition of the 1 See 'A Short Historical Sketch oftheBaha'iMovement in Baha'i Faith by Mr. M. H . Ilmi at the Gwalior India and Burma' , by Mu~\afa Rumf, , Baha'i Magazine, Arya Samaj Hall, he was greatly attracted and vol. 22. No . 3, June 1931 (and subsequent vols.); Ma~a biJ:i-Hidayat by ' Azizu'llah Sulaymani, vol. VIII , p. began meeting regularly the local Baha'ls and 125; and 'In Memoriam', Mu~\afa Rumf, The Bahli'( studying Baha'i literature in Hindi. He became World, vol. X, p . 517. IN MEMORIAM 445 Bombay at the time of Queen Victoria's coronation as Empress, a suggestion which perhaps will be the subject of study by future Baha'i scholars. His zeal and erudition are reflected in the Hindi-language Baha'i magazine Abhti which he launched in the early 1960s with the approval of the National Spiritual Assembly . He served as editor until failing health forced him to relinquish this activity in 1973. His extensive knowledge and his familiarity with Hindu scripture were reflected in his writing which was a source of confirmation to those of Hindu background. The memory of this frail old man who, for example, walked three miles so that he might teach the inmates of the local jail, and his strength of spirit and depth of knowledge, are not forgotten by local citizens. On 9 December 1977 the Universal House of Justice cabled: GRIEVED PASSING DEDICATED SERVANT BAHAU- LLAH NATHULAL GUPTA STOP HIS CONTRIBU- TIONS SPREADING MESSAGE GOD PARTICULARLY Muzaffer Ganey THROUGH ASHA MAGAZINE UNFORGETTABLE ASSURE RELATIVES FRIENDS ARDENT PRAYERS his graduation from military school, entered the army as a lieutenant. HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS HIS SOUL. In spite of hindrances arising from his profession Muzaffer strove constantly to observe the tenets of Islam. The fact that sometimes the conditions under which he lived prevented him MUZAFFER GONEY from carrying out his religious duties induced 1910- 1977 him to reflect upon this discrepancy between the spiritual and the material worlds and he Muzaffer Giiney was born in the town of Fila began to search for an answer to this dilemma. which was then situated within the territory of When he was transferred to Sivas, Turkey in the Ottoman .empire and is now part of Yugo- 1955 he befriended Mal_imud 'Agar and his slavia. His father was a military officer and the family , Baha'fs who had pioneered from Iran. family moved to Istanbul when Muzaffer was Although his days were filled with the demandfour years old. He was raised in a family ing activities of his profession, his evenings atmosphere which was pious without being were devoted to long conversations with overzealous. When he had reached the age of Mal_imud 'Anar and reflections upon certain twelve, Muzaffer was already recognized for statements in the Qur'an and other religious the beauty of his voice and the depth of his texts. This led to Muzaffer Giiney's acceptance religious beliefs, as a result of which he was of the divine call of the Faith of Baha'u'llah. from time to time entrusted with chanting the His entire family embraced the Cause with him adhan, the Muslim call to prayer, from the and were welcomed into the Baha'i commuminaret of the Fatil.i mosque, an experience nity. From that time forward he endeavoured to which filled him with bliss and won him admira- familiarize with the divine teachings all those tion. At age thirteen he became spiritually with whom he came into contact some of whom devoted to Mawlana (Rumi) and for a year accepted the Faith or showed tolerance toward attended the ceremonies of worship at the it and some of whom warned and threatened Mawlavf Lodge as a whirling dervish. Mean- him. The grace of God protected him from while, he continued his education and, following harm. In 1960, when he had retired from the 446 THE BAHA'I WORLD

army with the rank of Colonel, he was able to SIYYID MAl:fFUZ:U'L-l:fAQ 'ILMf devote himself completely to service to the 1894-1978 Faith and was thus able to bring the Faith to the attention of a greater number of people a nd Siyyid Mal)fU;::u'l-l:faq 'Ilmi (Mehfoozu lhuz engage in teaching activities without restraint. Ilmi) was born into a devout and educated The Giiney family in February 1964 had the Muslim family in 1894 in the village of Sathappiness of making a pilgrimage to the Holy baria, district of Chittagong, Bangladesh. He Land and in April of the same year Muzaffer was an excellent student and with the encourhad the honour of being e lected to serve on the agement of one of his teachers who recognized National Spiritual Assembly of Turkey. the youth's capacity he pursued ardently a That year also saw his appointment to the study of Arabic and resolved to become a Auxiliary Board, his activities thus being teacher. In 1920 he obtained his degree from expanded to include the whole country. Punjab University. He taught at Shamsu'I Through the years he travelled to every region 'Ulum Theological College in Badaun, provof Turkey, never retreating even in the face of ince of Uttar Pradesh, India for several years severe circumstances. Always he returned and went on to become a lecturer in Ilahiyyat home filled with the inner peace that the Theological College in Kanpur. Here he met fulfilment of duty induces. He also travelled the outstanding educator Mawlana 'Abdu' labroad several times to carry out Baha'i mis- Qadir, respected for his saintly character, who sions, visiting India once and Iran twice. His had met Baha'is in Bombay; he favoured the faith was invincible, his love for Baha'u' llah teaching methods of the Baha'is and encourwholehearted , and his obedience and devotion aged his students to follow them. exemplary. It was his habit to rise each day 'Ilmi was a good writer and while still a stubefore dawn for prayers and although he was dent had won an award for one of his articles quiet by nature and enjoyed meditating in the which was published in an Urdu newspaper in evening hours he took the greatest pleasure in Lahore. He later won fame as a poet, his poems discussing the Faith with others and considered in Urdu winning him an appreciative audience a day wasted if no inspirational conversation throughout the Inda-Pakistan subcontinent. took place . He undertook all activities to the His poems were often on themes of love, jusutmost of his capacity and was committed with tice and the fulfilment of spiritual prophecies his whole being to spreading the Baha'i teach- and he used to give addresses in which he ings. Even a month after his passing, acquain- recited passages from his verse. He worked as a tances were still calling at his house to borrow freelance journalist for a time. books or telephoning for interviews. While living in Qadiyan where he had Muzaffer Giiney was instrumental in guiding become a prominent and active member of the many souls to the Cause of God and being Al)madiyya (or Qadiyani) sect, 'Ilmi learned extremely modest was never satisfied with his about the Baha'i Faith and was confirmed in his level of activity and always sought to increase acceptance of it through Mirza Mal)mud-iit. May God's mercy and grace be upon him Zarqani who was then visiting Qadiyan . He and may his work on this earthly plane be immediately arose to proclaim the truth of the favoured with divine acceptance in the worlds Baha'i Revelation and continued to make an beyond . When informed that he had passed exhaustive study of its scripture, a process away on 14 December 1977, the Universal facilitated by his command of Persian and House of Justice cabled: Arabic. Very soon he launched a monthly Baha'i magazine, Kawkab -i-Hind, the first GRIEVED PASSING DEVOTED SERVANT CAUSE issue appearing in May 1924, published in GOD MUZAFFER GUNEY STOP HIS SERVICES Agra, India. This edition carried a scholarly UNFORGETTABLE ADVISE HOLD MEMORIAL article written by him in which he set forth the GATHER INGS ASSURE RELATIVES FRI ENDS principles of the Baha'i Cause, explained the ARDENT PRAYERS HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS station of Baha'u'llah and challenged the SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. members of the Al)madiyya group to investi- AYDIN MUZAFFER gate with open minds the claim of Baha'u'llah. His outpouring of writings, his moving and IN MEMORIAM 447

which are the inevitable accompaniment of a life dedicated, as was 'Ilmf's, to service to spiritual principles, he was happy and continued to write prolifically. On 8 February 1978, after more than a half century of uninterrupted service, 'Ilmf passed away and was buried in the Baha'i cemetery at Lahore. The Universal House of Justice in its cable of 12 February honoured this pillar of the Cause in Pakistan: GRIEVED PASSING MEHFOOZULHUQ ILMI LIFELONG DEVOTED EXEMPLARY SERVICES FAITH SCHOLARLY ACHIEVEMENT UNFORG ETTA - BLE ASSURE RELATIV ES FRIENDS ARDENT PRAYERS SA CRED THRESHOLD PROGRESS HIS SOUL ADVISE HOLD BEFITTING MEMORIAL GATHERING.

(Adapted from a memoir written by Anisur Rehman Dehlavi , Editor, Baha'i Magazine, Karachi.)

Siyyid Maf:ifUiu'l-ljaq '/lm{

cogent addresses, his visits to leading figures in many walks of life in both India and Pakistan , MARTHA 'NAKIYA' NOYAKUK TRIGG to whom he presented Baha'i literature, 1944-1978 attracted many eminent people to investigate and accept the Faith. Those of Muslim back- Should you display an effort, so that the fragground are rarely well accepted by Hindus and rances of God be diffused amongst the it is a measure of ' Ilmf's success as a Baha'i Eskimos, its effect will be very great and farteacher that he was instrumental in drawing to reaching. the Faith numerous Hindus among whom were 'Abdu'l-Baha some prominent pundits of the orthodox Arya Tablets of the Divine Plan 1 Samaj sect. 'Ilmf's wife , Zaynab Bagum, also embraced the Baha'i Faith and lent him every Martha Trigg's Eskimo name, Nakiya, is highly assistance. significant. It means 'a point for guidance'. One of the most important services rendered When native hunters or travellers were out in by 'Ilmf was the translation into Urdu of many their skin boats, a familiar landmark could Baha'i books thus meeting an urgent need of mean the difference between life and death. the Baha'i community . He is appreciated, as Perhaps because Martha's early life had been well, for the many pamphlets he wrote, and for difficult and filled with hardship she was often a his poems, the collection published under the point of guidance for others to whom she title $ur-i-Israfil being particularly well known offered assurance, new hope and gentle but and valued by the Baha'is. He was an effective sound advice. public speaker and frequently addressed pre- She was born in Mary's Igloo, Alaska on 18 stigious gatherings of educated people who January 1944. Most of her childhood years were much affected by the simplicity of his were spent with her grandparents, John and nature and the compelling force of his remarks. Alice Kakaruk, from whom she learned to In Pakistan he served as a member of the Aux- value her Eskimo heritage. She studied the iliary Board. Despite the difficulties of mis- dances, songs and legends of her people. Her understanding or rejection by friends and rela- great-grandfather had been a shaman-a tives and the reduced financial circumstances 'Tablet dated 5 April 1916 . 448 THE BAHA'f WORLD

a wa tchword whi ch wo uld move her to acti on throughout her li fe . In Ja nuary 1963 Martha married Jero me Trigg, Jr. The couple a nd their four children Valerie , Pamela , Jerome III (Koodook) and Sara (Suki) were much loved wherever they we nt. T hey lived at various times in the Baha'i communities of Anchorage, Nome, Soldotna , Hain es , Bethel and Kotzebue. In each place, from schoo l authoriti es and neighbo urs, would be heard: 'What a nice fam il y; they are always welcome back.' It was o ne of Martha's greatest joys that members of he r fami ly including her beloved gra ndmothe r, two sisters, a n uncle a nd the four Trigg childre n accepted the Faith . When her husband , Jerome, became a Baha'i d uring the visit of the Hand of the Cause John Robarts at Ric;lvan 1967 , the Triggs became the firs t Eski mo Baha 'i couple in the world. Martha was o ne of th e first to reali ze that particular efforts must be made to reach the native people and was freque ntly consulted Martha 'Nakiy a' Noyakuk Trigg about means of bringing Baha' u' ll a h's message to her people. She participated in a panel durme dicine man, or holy man-who had seen the ing the national conve ntio n of Alaska in 1969. good in Chrisiti anit y and encouraged his peo- As a result of these deliberations and the e nsuple to embrace it. ing activity a majo r break-th ro ugh occurred in In her thirteenth yea r, while living in No me teaching among the Eskimos. She and Jero me on the Berin g Sea, Mart ha enco untered t he were in the vanguard of the proclamation pro- Baha'i Faith t hrough Warren and Kat hy Rod- gra mm es la unched in the ea rly 1970s. With gers who had pioneered to the area. Many of pride and dignity, Martha would do n he r her friends were frightened by this new teach- beautiful fur traditonal dancing parka , handing and turned away but Martha developed a made by her gra ndmother and decorated with deep interest and introduced her grandmother unique designs, and perform the ancient to the Bah a'i teach ings. Although warned by Eskimo dances; she would speak of the old the clergy that the Baha'i Faith was from the ways of her people a nd ex pl ain abo ut the comdevil and that association with the Bah a'is ing of Baha' u'll ah. In the north, the west, the wou ld result in her being consigned to hell , a A leutian chain , Kodiak Islands and in citi es bond of love grew up between Martha and her and vi llages throughout south-east Alaska she new friends. Abo ut three yea rs late r, Martha danced and told he r audiences about the Blessbecame a live-in baby-sitter in our home in the ed Beauty. Anchorage area, lea rning more about the On 9 February 1978 the house in which Ca use as she helped with the household tasks . Martha was temporarily staying in Nome She was whimsicall y attached to san, the caught fire. Fo ur people, including Martha, Oriental term of endearment, a nd was known died in the blaze; no other me mbers of her in our home as Mart ha-san. She call ed me fam il y were present. Her well-worn prayer Papa-sa n and my wife, Beverly, Ma ma-san. book which survived the fire was used at her In February 1961 Mart ha became a Baha'i. burial service. Her casket was surrounded by She loved the Writings and history of the Faith the roses she loved so well and which to he r deeply. 'Mount your steeds, 0 heroes of symbolized the many blessings of Baha'u'llah's God! '-the cry of Mulla I;Iusayn which was Revelation. Tributes were received from sevtake n up by the besieged Babis at Fort eral Hands of the Cause and from other Baha'i Tabarsi-touched her profoundly a nd became friends. I read during the service the words IN MEMORIAM 449 Mart ha had penned inside the front cover of her prayer book: 'O God! Thou Who art adored! I am from Thee and unto Thee I co me.' (Adapted from a memoir by John Kolstoe, A laska Baha'f News, November 1978)

CHADWICK MOHAPI 1888-1978

MARY MOHAPI ?-1 968

C hadwick Mohapi a nd hi s wife, Mary, were the first to accept the Faith in Lesotho (formerly Basuto land) as a result of the te aching efforts of Fred and Beth Laws 1 who were named K nights of Baha'u'llah upon their arrival, in October 1953, in that tiny mounta inous country in Southern Africa. The teaching trips Chadwick Mohapi take n by Mr. and Mrs. Laws on the o ld roads o ut of Maseru , the capital, led them past the they could live with us. I said to my wife, "Let beautiful tree-shaded home of the Mo h a pis. A us try this o ut and see whether these people are friendship developed between the two couples genuine." The Laws returned to Maseru to and the Mo hapis became the first Basotho to pick up their luggage a nd returned in the eve ne mbrace the Faith of Baha'u'llah in their ho me ing. "We were puzzled because we had been co untry. Mr. Mohapi has left an acco unt of joking and they had, in innocence, taken us the ir first meeting: seriously. We were now surprised and a lso ' One day in the afternoon of a day in 1954, fr ightened,"' Mr. Mohapi recalled . my wife and I were sitting outside in the sun 'That very evening they invited us to dinner in when we saw a strange car .. . people of E uro- the rondoval with them. We were afraid of pean descent came from the car. We then se nt going in there with them, but we saw what o ur first so n, Selai , to find out where they came beautiful faces they had .. . they served us with from: he came to us with them ... they asked meals instea d of us serving them with meals. us if they could be pe rmitted to have the use of T he follow ing morn ing they inv.ited us for one wall over which they could put a canvas for breakfast and through the great love they the day (for she lter). We asked them who they showed they made friends with our yo ung chilwere, where they had come from . . . we dre n by the end of the second day . We sti ll wanted to know their intentions. They told us asked ourselves what these Euro peans wanted they had come from a fa r-off la nd , that they living amongst us. T he eve of the third day they were looking for people to whom the y cou ld invited us not for a meal , but for prayers. We teach the Word of God . Clowningl y, I sa id were greatl y surprised . It appeared to us that ·'You can come and live wit h us in thisrondoval we had come by a bone that had very nice (ro und hut) over here!" They said the y wou ld marrow in it. Then they stayed and they be grateful to do that. We asked them , "How became our rea l friends. We gave them new are yo u goi ng to live with black people? Don't names-the man , Lerato (Love), and the lady, you know that we do not love white people? Ma lerato (Mother of Love).' We have never stayed with white people The Mohapis sti ll had many moments in before.'' They said that did not matter to them , which they wondered abo ut their unusu al ' Elizabeth Laws, see 'In Memoriam', p. 459. guests but they enj oyed bein g with them for 450 THE BAHA'f WORLD

prayers and discussion of Bible proph- wick began planting seed lings. He served his ecies-Mrs. Mohapi had always had a keen country in many ways: as roa? party foreman interest in Bible su bj ects. The Laws gradually for the construction of new roads, as chauffeur introduced the Baha'i teachings to them. Mr. to the Resident Co mmissioner, as driver for Mohapi recalled , 'Then they told us the Mes- the guardian of the young king; and was honsage they had brought and we the n under- o ured by being made a gazetted headman of stood.' But it was the exa mple of their lives the mountain vill age of Rapo leboea. He which spoke loudest: 'They fed us li ke their retired to 'Seqonaka' where he later met the own children. One day my wife and I fe ll sick at Laws and accepted the Faith and became the same time; they took our children and lived involved immediately in plans 'to go outside with the m and they assisted us and helped us and reach other people.' heal. The fea rs we had e ntert ained gradua ll y T hey went first to Mary's home area, disappea red until we really realized ... they Sepha pos, which became Lesotho's second were like our own brother a nd sister. Now we Baha'i community. Many of Mary's family really accepted their statements.' accepted the Faith including Chief Jacob and Chadwick Mohapi was then sixty-six yea rs Armstrong Sephapo and their wives. 'My wife old . But he and his wife were to spea rhead the was really the leader,' said Chadwick, 'she first teaching efforts to reach other parts of really had the potential.' T hey carried the Faith Lesotho. Other Baha'ls visited the peaceful to the mountainous area of Qacha's Nek where shady ho me of the Mohapis, which they ca lled their son, A lfred, and a nurse at the local hospi- 'Seqonaka', and it beca me a centre for meet- tal became Baha'ls, and to the royal village of ings which drew in people from surroundin g Matsieng where they informed the Paramount villages. Many were curious to see 'Europeans' Chief about the Baha'i teachings. They turned (the te rm used by ma ny Africans for all white their attentio n to the north and east, teaching people) and Africans living toge ther. in Butha Buthe, Leribe and even the Orange Chadwick Mohapi was born in 1888 into a Free State in South Africa; and on another visit distinguished family in the Berea area. His to the mountains where their married daughter fa mily was of the Bakoena clan , the royal clan lived, she and her husband, the chief of the area, of Lesotho, descend ants of Moshoeshoe I, the became Baha'ls, as did many others. Meanfa ther of the Basuto nation . As a body, Chad- wh ile the work at Seqonaka continued, resultwick herded cattle for his fat her who showed ing in the format ion of several active comhim favour; he was the only son to go to school munities. and one of the first yo ung men in Lesotho to After Mary's passing in 1968 Chadwick study mechanics at Lerotholi Technical Insti- reflected : 'We used to sing Baha'i songs and tute in Maseru. Maseru grew from a sma ll vil- say prayers with our children . . . now my lage to a busy town and Chadwick was involved health is not good and I cannot go on teaching in repairing cars, insta lling water faci li ties, trips, I am now tired ... I am very grateful that repairing mills. From 1916 to 1918 he served I now see Baha'ls calling on me. If you plant a in the armed forces and trave lle d to France a nd little flower, eventually it makes many beauti- Britain. He said to a friend , prophetically , 'We ful big flowers-this gratifies yo u. I am very are blazing paths for our children to travel grateful to see the success of the Faith in across the seas.' In recent times three of his Lesotho. I liken my position to that of sons and several grandchildren have gone Moshoeshoe I who accepted the first (Christabroad for study and work. ian) missionaries and brought his people a Mr. Mohapi was deeply impressed by the great deal of knowledge.' Chadwick particinumber of trees he saw in E urope and resolved pated in Baha'i activities until the time of his to plan t trees when he returned to his own passing . During the Five Year Plan , at the country which had been stripped of trees years dedication of a site for a regional centre at Ha earlier. In 1918 he married; his wife, Mary, was Rampa, he planted two seedling trees, carried of the Bataung cl an, a direct descendant of the in his hands from 'Seqonaka'. In his remarks at famous chieftain , Moletsane. They had six sons the dedication ceremony he employed an analand two daughters. T he Mohapis set up their ogy very suited to Lesotho whi ch has many home at 'Seqonaka' in 1922 and here Chad- diamonds . He li kened the discovery of the IN MEMORIAM 451 Some months before his passing the Lesotho Baha'is erected a bronze plaque on this spot which had been given to the Faith. The inscription, in Sesotho and English, reads in part: 'This site is dedicated as a Baha'i meeting place in honour of Morena Chadwick Mohapi and Mary Mohapi-First Basotho in Lesotho to recognize Baha'u'llah as God's Messenger for today.' Chadwick Mohapi passed away on 4 April 1978. His funeral was attended by approximately 800 mourners including the Queen of Lesotho, several government ministers and officials, principal chiefs and leaders of the business and professional community. A statement read during the programme made reference to the Baha'i concept of death and described Mr. Mohapi's position as the first believer in Lesotho: 'Mr. Mohapi will always occupy a special place in the hearts of the Baha'is all over the world because he was the first Basotho Baha'i in Lesotho, having become a Baha'i in 1954. By this simple act of faith, by Mary Mohapi this simple declaration in Baha'u'llah as the Prophet for today, Mr. Mohapi unknowingly Faith to finding a diamond and said,' At first the assured his place in the annals of Baha'i hisstone might look like all the others, but when it tory.' has been cut and polished it has the power to The cablegram received from the Universal make a man wealthy for the rest of his life.' House of Justice was read at the service: And addressing a Unity Conference at the GRIEVED PASSING CHADWICK MOHAPI LONG- National Baha'i Centre he paid tribute to the TIME STEADFAST DEVOTED BELIEVER LESOTHO Laws, cautioning the Baha'is: 'Be kind to vis- ASSURE FAMILY FRIENDS PRAYERS HOLY itors, friends-you never know who the impor- SHRINES PROGRESS HIS SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. tant ones may be.' Chadwick Mohapi was honoured by the Also read was the tribute cabled by the Con- Baha'is of Lesotho in early 1975, marking the tinental Board of Counsellors in Southern twentieth anniversary of the establishment of Africa: the Faith in that country. Nearly one hundred DEEPLY SADDENED DEPARTURE DEARLY LOVED friends gathered at 'Seqonaka' for speeches, CHADWICK MOHAPI HIS DISTINGUISHED STATUS feasting, and the presentation to Mr. Mohapi FIRST BELIEVER LESOTHO MANY SERVICES CAUSE of a photograph of the Shrine of the Bab. He ASSISTANCE EARLY PIONEERS AND BELIEVERS responded by saying, 'Extol me by extolling my SURELY ATTRACTS CONFIRMATION BLESSED Faith.' He gave a beautiful tree-shaded portion BEAUTY ASSURE RELATIVES FRIENDS OUR FER- of his land to the Baha'is, marking the corners VENT PRAYERS PROGRESS SOUL STOP HIS with white-painted stones. He hoped that a RADIANT SPIRIT WILL ALWAYS BE REMEMBERED. prayer house, similar to the Laws' old rondo val could be built so that the Baha'is could come, He was a man ahead of his time. Through his en joy the trees, and pray. In 197 6 the Hand of foresight in planting trees at 'Seqonaka', today the Cause John Robarts and his wife, Audrey, 1 the friends enjoy their shade. Similarly, had a joyful visit with Mr. Mohapi reminiscing through his planting the spiritual seeds of the about the early days of the Cause in Lesotho. Baha'i Faith in Lesotho, the tree of the Cause Mr. and Mrs. Robarts and their son, Patrick , are Knights of has grown strong and extends its benefits to the Baha'u'llah for Bechuanaland (now Botswana) . people of that land. He was blessed not only 452 THE BAHA'f WORLD

with an adored wife, many children, grandchildren and great-grandchildren, a number of whom have recognized the Faith, but was further blessed with spiritual children in Lesotho-those who have become Baha'is and those unnumbered who will recognize the truth of Baha'u'llah's teachings and who will remember with grateful hearts the place of Chadwick and Mary Mohapi in the Baha'i history of Lesotho. CAROLE J. ALLEN

ELLSWORTH BLACKWELL 1902- 1978

Ellsworth Blackwell was born in Greenville, Mississippi on 1 August 1902 to Philip and Mary Blackwell of that city. He attended the University of Iowa and was a member of the Kappa Alpha Psi fraternity. In 1937 he married Ruth Browne, a member of the Chicago Ellsworth Blackwell Baha'i community, and from that union was born a son, Philip Ellsworth, who died in infancy. elected; Ellsworth was the first chairman of Ellsworth became a Baha'i in 1934 m these institutions. He later became Haiti's first Chicago, having studied the Faith at the Auxiliary Board member, serving in that fireside classes of Mr. and Mrs. Edgar capacity until 1970 when he returned to the Edwards, and from that time forward ardently administrative service of the Faith in Haiti on participated in all phases of the teaching and the national level. administrative work of the Cause of Baha'u'- During their long years in Haiti the Blackllah. He served on the Spiritual Assembly wells were strengthened and encouraged by of Chicago and was, for a time, a member of the letters from Shoghi Effendi with whom they National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of were in frequent correspondence. In his own the United States. His pioneering activity hand the Guardian wrote on 15 April 1941, spanned almost a quarter of a century begin- shortly after they arrived as the first pioneers in ning in 1940 under the first Seven Year Plan of Haiti: 'The work you have done, the sacrifices Shoghi Effendi when Ellsworth and his wife you have made, the historic mission you have settled in Haiti, an area where Mr. and Mrs . initiated, are highly praiseworthy, meritorious Louis G. Gregory had spent six months in and unforgettable. I will specially pray for you 1934, 1 and came to an end when he passed both that in whatever field you may labour in away at his post in Kananga, Zaire during the the days to come, Baha'u'llah may reinforce, course of the present Five Year Plan of the guide and bless you and aid you to enrich the Universal House of Justice. The Blackwells record of your pioneer services.' On 21 spent the years 1940 to 1943 in Haiti; returned December 1941 Shoghi Effendi wrote: 'I wish there for a second period beginning in 1950, to assure you in person of my deepest and under the second Seven Year Plan; and went abiding appreciation of your devoted and there again in 1960, remaining until 197 5. The indeed historic services. Perseverance will first Spiritual Assembly of Haiti was formed in crown your labours with imperishable glory. the capital, Port-au-Prince, in 1942, and in Rest assured, and never relax in your efforts 1961 the first National Spiritual Assembly was which the rising generation will extol and See ' The Bahti'( Centenary: 1844-1944', p. 197 . admire . You are often in my thoughts and IN MEMORIAM 453 prayers. I will always be glad to hear from you, and will pray that your dearest hopes may be speedily and completely realized.' In October 1975 the Blackwells pioneered to the Malagasy Republic on the island of Madagascar where Ellsworth served on the National Spiritual Assembly in 1976-1977. Finally, in 1977, they were assigned to the Republic of Zaire in Central Africa. Ellsworth ascended to the Abha Kingdom on 17 April 1978 after a short illness, the first pioneer to lay down his life in that African nation. A gleaming white monument marks his resting place which overlooks the rolling green countryside near Kananga. Ellsworth Blackwell was also active in Rotary International in Haiti, Madagascar and Zaire. His funeral was attended by a representative of the Rotary Club of Kananga who offered a graveside eulogy. Ellsworth was a Baha'i speaker and teacher of great renown and his voice was heard in many far corners of the world; he was highly 'Inayatu'llah Fananapadhfr regarded by all who knew him and worked with him in our beloved Faith. On 20 April 1978 the Universal House of father a grounding in the teachings and princi- Justice cabled the following tribute: ples of the Faith. 'Inayatu'llah, too, was a fine penman and was blessed with a keen mind and GRIEVED PASSING VALIANT LONGTIME SERVANT a prodigious memory . When only fourteen CAUSE BAHAULLAH ELLSWORTH BLACKWELL years of age, he studied the Kitab-i-Aqdas; the STOP OUTSTANDING ENDEAVOURS PIONEERING I~fahan Spiritual Assembly assigned him the TEACHING ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES MANY task of teaching the Baha'i youth of Najaf- LANDS EVIDENCE HIS DEVOTION DEDICATION Abad. As a result of a meeting with the Hand FAITH HE DEARLY LOVED STOP ASSURE WIFE of the Cause Tarazu'llah Samandarf and wit- FAMILY FRIENDS PRAYERS HOLY SHRINES PROG- nessing the consecration and zeal that charac- RESS HIS SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. terized his services to the Cause, 'Inayatu'llah RUTH BLACKWELL vowed to dedicate his life to the Faith in a similar manner and by his subsequent services proved right to the very end his fidelity to his pledge. 'INAYATU'LLAH FANANAPADHfR At the request of the Persian National 1919-1 978 Spiritual Assembly, 'Inayatu'llah settled in Tihran and conducted training institutes until 'Inayatu'llah Fananapadhfr (Fananapazir) was the inception of the forty-five month Plan in born into a devout Baha'i family in I~fahan, in October 1946 when the National Spiritual 1919. His father, Fa<;llu'llah Nurf, was a Baha'i Assembly accepted his request to proceed as a teacher and calligraphist of distinction; exquis- pioneer to 'Iraq. For some two years he resided ite examples of the transcriptions he made of at Ba_g!!dad and Karbila and Kazimayn conveynumerous sacred Writings of the Faith may be ing the message to the people in those areas found even today in Baha'i homes in I~fahan until the day when most of the friends were and environs. constrained to return home. 'Inayatu'llah was 'Inayatu'llah completed his secondary edu- among this number and at the instance of the cation in his home town and received from his National Spiritual Assembly he went to 454 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Khuzistan to teach the Faith and animate the hearty appreciation of the National Spiritual believers. Later he was assigned similar work Assembly of Persia and the Local Spiritual in Kirman where, in the following year, he Assembly ofTihran alike. He continued in sermarried 'Ishrat Khanum Ghaybf (Rabbani). vice thus until 19 April 1978 when he suddenly Two sons and one daughter, the issue of that passed away. union, are all qualified physicians today a nd Among the published and unpublished worthy servants in God's Vineyard. works of 'Inayatu'llah Fananapadhfr are 'Inayatu'llah's teaching efforts in Kirman bore Manahiju'l-Hidayat, Dururu'l-Akhbar and a goodly harvest. He moved thereafter to Barn, Aftsanu'l-Tafasirih. In addition he wrote pam- Zahidan , Khash, Saravan and fran-Shahr, car- phlets for senior Baha'i students and articles rying on the teaching and consolidation work. for publication in the Baha'i journal of Persia. Then came a short break in his full-time Baha'i In tribute to his services, the Universal service. Turning his hand to trade for a time House of Justice cabled: and bringing to bear upon it the full force of his DEEPLY GR IEVED PASSING DEVOTED SERVANT intelligence and initiative, he soon achieved FAITH INAYATULLAH FANANAPAZIR WHOSE substantial success in the material field. SERVICES TEACHING WORK CRAD LE FAITH In 1954 while on pilgrimage to the Holy PIONEERING FIELDS AFRICA WILL ALWAYS BE Land the beloved Guardian advised him to LOVINGLY REMEMBERED STOP ASSURE FAMILY devote his full time and thought to Baha'i PROFOUND SYMPATHY FERVENT PRAYERS work. On his return home, acting on the SHRINES PROGRESS HIS SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. instructions of the National Spiritual Assembly, he visited a number of centres in Iran to (Memorial compiled by Dr. Masha'allah stimulate Baha'i pioneering activity and, in Mushrif-Zadih at the request of the National 1957, with the encouragement of Shoghi Spiritual Assembly of Persia. Translated and Effendi, he arose and, surmounting the many edited by Rustom Sabit.) obstacles that beset his path, went as a pioneer to Africa. He was resident in the Gambia, his first post, for four years when illness forced him ERNEST GREGORY to leave for Marrakesh. Regaining health , he 1899-1978 attended the Jubilee celebrations in London after which he returned to Marrakesh. Under It is difficult for me to write about my dear instructions from the Universal House of Jushusband and beloved companion in Baha'i sertice , he then went to Kenya where he stayed vice. There is little I can add to the wonderful fifteen years. During this period he visited tributes paid to his outstanding qualities and other centres in Africa, teaching non-Baha'is devoted service to the Cause he loved so sinand stimulating Baha'is to still greater effort. cerely. Among the countries he visited were Tanzania, On his passing the Universal House of Jus- Uganda, Ethiopia, Zambia, Rhodesia, Malawi, tice cabled the National Spiritual Assembly of Botswana, Somali and Sudan, and finally, in the United Kingdom: accordance with directions from the World Centre, he proceeded to visit Mali, Senegal, ANNOUNCE PASSING TO ABHA KINGDOM MORN- the Gambia, Ghana and the Ivory Coast. ING OF FIRST DAY OF RIDVA N DISTINGUISHED On this journey he fell ill and was forced to SERVANT BAHAULLAH ERNEST GREGORY STOP return to Kenya. Following a period in hospital HIS OUTSTANDING CONTRIBUTION GROWTH he returned to fran to visit relatives and BRITISH BAHAI COMMUNITY AS MEMBER MANY friends . The warmth and affection of the wel- YEARS NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY AND come accorded him attested the esteem in LATER MEMBER AUXILIARY BOARD ENSURES HIM which he was held by the Baha'is. Full advan- HIGH PLACE THAT COMMUN ITYS ANNALS STOP tage was taken of his presence and full use HIS STERLING QUALITIES ENDEARED HIM TO ALL made of his talents, especially in the fields of AT WORLD CENTRE FAITH WHERE HIS LOSS teacher-training and of delivering the message KEENLY FELT STOP ADVISE BRITISH COMMUNITY to students in the higher grades. His strenuous JOIN PRAYERS THANKSGIVING HIS LIFE PROG- labours in these various fields won him the RESS HIS SOUL. IN MEMORJAM 455

the British Isles. Ernest and I married in 1959 and served together on the National Teaching Committee, until my appointment to the Auxiliary Protection Board in 1960. In 1963 he accepted appointment to the Auxiliary Board for Propagation , serving on this Board until 1974. His area of Auxiliary Board service covered the north and midlands of England , the western and northern isles of Scotland, Iceland and Farnes. He had a great love for the islands and visited the pioneers and local believers there frequently. As a teacher he was single-minded, indefatigable and dedicated. Baha'fs young in the Faith have spoken of the inspiration they received from his frankness and directness. During the closing years of his life he had periods of intense suffering but even at these times he maintained always that sense of humour which characterized his life and endeared him to so many friends. From 1974 until the time of his death on the first day of Ric;lvan 1978, we both served at the Ernest Gregory World Centre. When at one time I asked him what had drawn him towards the Faith he replied: 'The administrative order-the World Ernest was the third local resident to accept Order of Baha'u'llah.' Of this, Amatu'l-Baha the Bah a 'f Faith in Sheffield, England in 1951. Ru~fyyih Khanum said to me, 'Moreover, he He was at that time a widower with one son . He understood it.' was very actively associated with, and had Through the bounty of Bahii' u'llah he rests achieved a high position in, Freemasonry. With now on God's Holy Mountain so near to where much sacrifice he severed himself from this the arc of the administration-the physical association and, in this connection , a letter expression of that World Order - is presently dated 5 August 1955 was received by the taking shape. National Spiritual Assembly of the British Isles JOAN GREGORY (as it was then known) from the beloved Guardian through his secretary containing the following message: 'He wishes you to thank Mr. Gregory on his behalf for the spirit of devotion JAVAN GUTOS to the Faith which he has shown in connection 1916-1978 with this matter ... The older Baha'fs, through their example in such matters, form rallying Javan Gutos, known as 'Gutosi', was born in points around which the younger Baha'fs not Tome Village in South Bugisu District, so steady yet on their spiritual legs, so to speak , Uganda. His family were members of the Buta can cluster.' sub-clan. Javan was the third of ten children Ernest served on the British National born to his parents, Mr. and Mrs. Wamai, and Spiritual Assembly from 1954 to 1963. During early in his life he evinced praiseworthy characthese years he was also chairman of the teristics. As a child he assisted in caring for his National Teaching Committee and when he younger brothers and when he grew older was without family responsibilities he devoted served as his father's goat-herd. He attended every hour, beyond the requirements of his Nabumali Intermediary School and then profession, to these services; it was as though King's College Buda, from 1936 through he had become the father of all the small and 1937, but was unable to go on to university. new Local Spiritual Assemblies up and down When his schooling was completed he joined 456 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

tral and East Africa, 1 his own home being a focal point of activities of the Cause in Uganda. In 1974 he was appointed to the Auxiliary Board for protection in Central and East Africa and, until the appointment of additiona l members to the Board, his territory embraced the whole of Eastern , Karamoja, Northern and Nile Provinces in Uganda. In spite of failing health in the last few months of his life, he insisted on accompanying the members of the Board of Counsellors on a major tour of his area during the difficult period when the Faith was under proscription . He passed away peacefully on 7 May 1978 . The Hand of the Cause Enoch O linga was in attendance at his funeral with Mrs. Olinga. Also present were two members of the Continental Board of Counsellors and many other Baha'is, members of his fami ly and a number of prominent government officials. Informed of his passing the Universal House of Justice cabled on 11 May: Javan Gutos .. . HEARTS FILLED SORROW NEWS PASSING DEVOTED PROMOTER FAITH JAVAN GUTOS I CON- VEY LOVING SYMPATHY HIS BEREAVED FAMILY PRAYING HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS HIS SOUL . the East African Railways and Harbours in Nairobi, retiring in 194 7 from his position as KOLONARIO 0ULE station master. For the next ten years he worked as an overseer for the Bugisu Coffee Union in Uganda and later as a salesman for Mr. 'Aziz Yazdi's Nairobi-based company, GORDON LAITE International Products. In 1962 he began farm- 1925-1978 ing in Uganda. He was appointed Parish Chief for the territory under the jurisdiction of the Striving for excellence was characteristic of Mba le Municipal Council near his home in Gordon Laite in all his endeavours. He excel- Busamaga, and served with distinction until his led in his profession as a painter and illustrator retirement in 1977. of children's books, achieving national acclaim Mr. Gutos was a devout Christian. His early for published work. His paintings hang in prispiritual training disposed him to accept the vate collections scattered about the globe. Baha'i Faith when he encountered it in Mbale Exhibits of his work have served to proclaim in 1953 where a Baha'i community had been the teachings of Baha'u'llah, and his illustraestablished a year previous to this as a result of tions have graced the pages of Baha'i publicaa spontaneous visit made by Mr. Enoch Olinga tions. Drawing upon his scholarly knowledge and Mr. 'Ali Nak!!javani en route to their of history, art, architecture and costume, he intended destination in the Teso District. He incorporated accurate details, fine draftsmanbecame a member of the first Local Spiritual ship and boundless imagination into a unique Assembly of Mbale in 1953 when he had been expression, reaching the highest level in those a Baha'i but three months and served on local paintings which explored the realms of spirit and national committees with exemplary devo- and expressed concepts of the new age . tion . He greatly loved the Faith and until 1974 This regional assembly existed from 1956 until 1964 when it was subdivided into three bodies, the National Spiritual rendered remarkable services on behalf of the Assemblies of Tanzania, of Kenya, and of Uganda and Regional National Spiritual Assembly of Cen- Central Africa. IN MEMORIAM 457 The same grasp of history and attention to detai l helped Gordon develop as a teacher and administrator within the Baha'i community. He served on several Local Spiritual Assemblies in the United States and in pioneer posts in Latin America; as a delegate to the national conventions of the United States, Honduras and Puerto Rico; and as a member of the Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Puerto Rico which , until 1972 , was under the jurisdiction of the United States National Assembly. His presentations of the Revelation of Baha'u' - llah in fireside discussions, public talks, classes at Baha'i schools and conferences were enhanced by direct quotations from the Writings, usually from memory, a nd often by de lightful visual aids created for the occasion. Gordon also excelled in his passage through the tests and trials of this earthly plane. His hearty laugh, his vigorous stride as he walked about the city or countryside always seeking those souls who hungered for spiritual knowledge, his desire to create beauty whether in Gordon Laite arranging flowers, in decorating a room, in painting an impression of spirit or in helping to draw forth the inherent beauty of an insecure the New York World's Fair. He first investior unhappy person, his sympathetic and strong gated the Baha'i teachings when his wife's counsel centred in the Sacred Texts-these mother, Jean Marshall Ball, embraced the qualities dominated in even the most difficult Faith. Through that introduction, followed by and discouraging times. Perhaps more than in the loving and dedicated teaching efforts of Dr. any other way, he excelled in the transition and Mrs. David Ruhe, the Laites entered the from his earthly life, meeting the pain of termi- Cause of God on 11 November 1955 in Kansas nal illness with calm, joyous and truly radiant City, Missouri. A quiet, almost reclusive life at acquiescence, going eagerly to meet his Lord in once changed quite dramatically . The Laite the longed-for realms of light. home became a centre of Baha'i activity, a The journey of Gordon's soul began in New condition which remained constant throughout York city where he was born on 11 July 1925. Gordon's life . As the ocean of divine knowl- His mother, Blanche Fisher Laite, an illus- edge was entered, Gordon's work underwent trator of chi ldren's books, took him to live for significant changes too. An influx of spirit was a time in Paris; French was his first language. experienced, emerging in a totally new expres- As a young man he studied at the Chicago Art sion. He became established as an illustrator, a Institute in which building the Baha'i Faith was development which enabled the Laites to first mentioned in the West during the Con- move , with their son, Winter, and daughter, gress of Religions as part of the Columbian Gina, to Gallup, New Mexico, to help offer the Exposition of 1893. 1 A fellow art student, healing message of Baha'u'llah to the Indian Jeanne Sanchez Marshall, later became his people. They remained in New Mexico for elevwife . en years, finding it an enriching experience Gordon visited the Baha'i House of Worship and developing cherished friendships among in Wilmette, Illinois and the Baha'i exhibit at the Navajo, Zuni, Hopi, Taos and other of the south-west tribes . Gordon was given the Zuni See 'The Ba ha'i Faith Comes to America', The Bahli 'f name ChahBah (Grasshopper) and the Navajo Centenary 1844-1944, p. 78. The Congress met in the Hall of Columbus, a part of the Memorial Art Palace, now the name Hosteen BahaZhonie (Happy Man); he Chicago Art Institute. often signed his paintings with these honorifics . 458 THE BAHA'i WORLD

They later pioneered to Honduras and Puerto Rico where Gordon, with typical enthusiasm, embraced a new culture and language. The Laites served on a vigorous Local Spiritual Asse mbly and lived for five yea rs in the Baha'f Centre in Mayaguez, Puerto Rico. T hose years brought man y bounties including pilgrimage to the Holy Land and attendance at the International Conference held in Merida, Yucatan in February 1977 where the warm and gracious welcome by the Mayan Indian people provided a spirit-lifting view of the futur e Baha'f World Commonwealth enhanced by the special qualities of the indigenous peoples . Attendance as delegates to the 1978 International Convention in Haifa for the election of the Universal House of Justice had been joyfully anticipated by Gordon and Jeanne but was not possible because Gordon underwent extensive surgery; nevertheless they felt they had been granted a divine bounty in being enabled, during a brief period of recuperation, to pray together and to cast their ballots by Marian Steffes mail. Following Gordon's release to the next world on 26 May 1978 the Universal House of rediscovery and rebirth of the spiritual princi- Justice, on 30 May, cabled: ples inherent in the true Indian way of life. She was among the first American Indians to accept SHA RE SORROW AT PASS ING GORDON LAITE the Cause of Baha'u'llah and for over forty DEVOTED ZEALOUS SERVANT BLESSED BEAUTY years, until her health fa iled, she devoted her- WHO H AS TIRELESSLY JOYO USLY EXPENDED HIS self to teaching the Faith to members of various TALENTS FOR CAUSE STOP ASSURE WIFE FAMILY Indian tribes throughout the United States, PRAYERS OFFERED HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS HIS using her own funds to cover her travelling SOUL ABHA KI NGDOM. expenses. One of her first teachers was the JEA NNE SANCH EZ DE LAITE beloved Baha'f, 'Auntie' Victoria Bedikian, 1 who accompanied her on some of her travels. Together they travelled through the State of Wisconsin introducing the Faith for the first time to the Indian people there. Of particular MARIAN STEFFES interest to Marian were the Baha'f concepts of 1900-1978 social justice, respect for human rights, the need for developing spiritual faculties and Marian Steffes was born on 14 June 1900 in maintaining sound health of mind and body, Oneida, Wisconsin where she lived with her and the emphasis on peace among the nations family on a large farm. Her parents were in which she saw hope for harmony among all Oneida Indians, o ne of the six American Indian tribes. Indian tribes belonging to the Iroq uo is Nation. Marian was known and loved by many peo- It was during her early years with her parents ple for her kindness , gentleness and warmthat she lea rne d the Iroquois culture which heartedness, and dedicated herself to passing strongly influe nced her life . At age thirty-five, on good values to her children and grandchilwhile living in Milwaukee, Wisconsin with her dren. She passed on to the Abha Kingdom on husband and children, she became interested 14 June 1978. On her headstone is inscribed in the Baha'f Faith which to her represented a 1 See 'In Memoriam', The Baha'i World , vo l. XIII, p. 884. IN MEMORIAM 459 'She walks in beauty'-an adage of the Navajo culture as well as a phrase from Byron's poem . On 19 June a cablegram came from the Universal House of Justice: GRIEVED LOSS STAUNCH OUTSTANDING NATIVE AMERICAN TEACHER CAUSE MARJAN STEFFES STOP KINDLY CONVEY FAMILY OUR LOVING SYMPATHY AND ASSURANCE PRAYERS FOR THE PROGRESS OF HER SOUL IN THE KINGDOMS OF GOD.

ELIZABETH S. LAWS 1888-1977 Knight of Baha'u'llah

Elizabeth S. Laws, 'Beth', was born in St. Louis, Missouri on 20 September 1888. When she was still a small child her family moved to Spokane, Washington . It was from there that most of her childhood memories and stories came. When Beth was just thirteen years old Elizabeth S. Laws her mother became very ill and died. After a short time the family was broken apart and Beth was sent to live with her grandparents in soon thereafter moved to San Diego, Califor- Grand Rapids, Michigan . Grandfather Adams, nia to help rebuild the Spiritual Assembly. a graduate of Dartmouth, was a Christian Some years later they returned to the Pacific minister and although strict, seemingly to the Northwest where Frederick attended Oregon point of cruelty, he nevertheless cared for her. State University. She was able to complete her formal education In response to the call of the Guardian, Beth and ultimately to earn her teaching certificate. and Frederick Laws decided to pioneer to While Beth was teaching in a little one-room Africa. On 23 January 1953 they loaded their school in Indiana she met Walter Ware. They belongings in their little car and trailer and married in 1910 and had four children : John headed for New York , sailing aboard The Afri- Walter, born in 1912; James Albert, in 1914; can Sun to their pioneering post in Nairobi, Imogene Frances, in 1917; and Lewis Adams, Kenya. After a long trip across the Atlantic, in 1921. down the west coast of Africa, around the Cape The Ware family moved to Seattle, of Good Hope and back up the east coast, they Washington in 1923. Beth, always a keen Bible arrived only to find that they were not needed student, became very active in the Presbyterian in Nairobi as the goal had already been met and church and her children were given the training the Faith appeared to be flourishing. Shoghi that such an association had to offer. Eventu- Effendi had called upon Baha'i communities ally the marriage ended in divorce and Beth with more than fifteen believers to send remained in Seattle with the children. She pioneers to virgin areas. As Beth said, 'He became interested in Esperanto and while dangled a carrot before us.' In his cablegram of attending classes taught by Lauren Jackson, a 28 May 1953 1 the Guardian called for ' the Baha'i, she found both the Baha'i Faith and a dispersal, immediate, determined, sustained young man named Frederick Laws. Frederick and universal, throughout the unopened terwas younger than she but they became loving ritories of the planet,' describing it as 'the friends and shared a devotion which took them paramount issue challenging the spirit and through many years and many places through- resources of the privileged prosecutors of the out the world. They were married in 1939 and 'Messages to the Baha'f World , p. 48. 460 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Ten Year Plan' and announcing his plan 'to returned to the northwestern United States. inscribe, in chronological order, the na mes of Then in August 1958 Beth returned to Liberia the spiritual conquerors on an illuminated Roll for a short time where she taught in the school of Honour, to be deposited at the entrance at Bombi Hills. However, she found herself door of the inner Sanctuary of the Tomb of incomplete without her partner and returned Baha'u'llah, as a permanent memorial' and to to America. make 'periodic announcements of the names of After Frederick's retirement they once again the valiant knights upon their arrival at their decided to return to Africa to help fulfil the posts to discharge their historic missions.' goals of the Five Year Plan. On 8 April 1976 Frederick built a 'little house' on the chassis they left for a new post in Tanzania. Their stay of their utility trailer and the couple headed there was very short, only eight months. They south traversing 3,000 miles of difficult roads were unable to obtain permanent visas to to reach their new-chosen destination, the little remain in the country and by this time Beth was country then called Basutoland (now beginning to feel a loss of physical stamina. Lesotho). They arrived on 13 October 1953 Their parting gesture was to make a generous just three days before the end of the Holy contribution to the cost of constructing Baha'i Year. 1 In his cablegram sent on 14 October Centres in Tanzania. 1953 to the Intercontinental Teaching Confer- In the spring of 1977 Beth and Frederick ence held in New Delhi, the Guardian moved to Wapato, Washington on the Yakima announced thirteen additions to the Roll of Indian Reservation where their help was Honour including Frederick and Elizabeth needed to maintain the Local Spiritual Assem- Laws, Knights of Baha'u'llah for Basutoland. bly. It was here that Beth passed on to the The Laws lived in Basutoland for about Abha Kingdom on 24 June 1978. As the end thirty months, setting up housekeeping in a neared, I recall her taking her pencil and pad little round house owned by Mary and Chad- and writing, 'I'm dying- thank God-Abha wick Mohapi. 2 Beth loved the people very Kingdom.' much and through simple acts of kindness won On 18 July the Universal House of Justice love in response. In time Beth was given an cabled the National Spiritual Assembly of the African name which translated from Basuto United States: meant 'Mother of Love'. Despite difficulties INFORM FREDERICK LAWS WAPATO WASHING - with the language the Cause grew. Reflecting TON GRIEVED NEWS PASSING KNIGHT BAHAU- on her experiences Beth wrote some years LLAH DEAR BETH WHOSE PIONEERING TEACHING later: '. . . the Cause moves forward. Our SERVICES LOVINGLY REMEMBERED ASSURE HIM mighty Lord takes our inadequate words, our FERVENT PRAY ERS PROGRESS HER SOUL. puny efforts, and causes them to bring great results. Those who hear go out to tell many LEWIS A. WARE others- the chain is endless to eternity.' It was time to move on. The Laws went south to Johannesburg where they spent about six weeks with William and Marguerite Sears; GHULAM-'ALI IBRAHfMJt KACHWALA then, after consultation with the Hands of the (KURLA WALA) Cause Musa Bananf and Paul Haney, they pro- 1896- 1978 ceeded to Gambia and Liberia. In Liberia Fre- Knight of Baha'u'llah derick worked for an engineering firm building roads in rural areas where he and Beth were Ghulam-'Ali Kachwala (known as Ghulamali able to live and work once again with the Afri- Kurlawala) was born in 1896 into a family can people, always teaching . descended from the ancient Hindu Rajput In December 1957 Beth and Frederick princes who were known for their exploits on The 'Year Nine', marking the centenary of the year 1269 the battlefield and it was perhaps from them A.H. The centenary of the birth of the mission of Baha'u'- that he inherited his indomitable courage, fiery llah was observed throughout the Baha'i world during the nature and quick temper. He heard of the Baha'i year mid-October 1952 and mid-October 1953. See The Baha'{ World, vol. XII, p. 25. Cause in 1926 from the well-known Baha'i See 'In Memoriam', p. 449. teacher, Dr. M. E. Luqmani, and for one full IN MEMORIAM 461

year resisted it with all his might, arguing that divine revelation ended with Islam. Dr. Luqmani being well versed in Islamic scripture was able to adduce quotations to prove his point and as a result Ghulam-' Ali's inner eye was opened and he accepted the Faith. Then began Ghulam-' Ali's transformation as he struggled to curb his temper. Such was his success that one observer remarked , 'He was a lion and he has become a lamb. This is a miracle of the Baha'i Faith!' Although he had attended primary school for only two years and could write only a broken and elementary Gujarati, he made efforts to improve his situation after he embraced the Cause. Baha'i literature in Urdu was available; he learned the language and read and re-read the Baha'i books. He was a I plumber by occupation and also repaired sewing machines and stoves; he could manufacture replacement parts for machines of any description. He was extremely industrious a nd honest and therefore popular among his customers. Ghulam-'A[{ Kurlawala But he did not submerge himself in his work. His love for the Faith was so great that if he did not find an opportunity to present the message serve Them wholeheartedly and with devotion, to one or more persons during the day he could I will be dismissed.' And serve he did, faithnot sleep at night. He lacked urbanity and fully , indefatigably and fearlessly. There are at finesse and taught in a direct manner, coming least 20,000 Muslims living in one locality in to the subject without any preface. He would Kurla and to one and all he gave the message. discuss the religions of the past and the Some responded with scorn , some called him prophecies in the holy books referring to the mad, some abused and ridiculed him. He advent of the Promised One and then would received at least ten beatings to my knowledge, speak of the fulfilment of these prophecies but he was unaffected and continued to teach through the coming of Baha'u'llah. He was no the Cause, his talks centring around Baha'u'- less frank in rejecting the financial inducement llah and His World Order. offered to him by a Muslim high priest who He served as vice-chairman of the Spiritual sought to entice him back to Islam. Divine Assembly of Andheri, a suburb of Bombay, truth, he said in effect, cannot be bought or from 1937 until Andheri was incorporated into sold, and he invited the priest to investigate the the municipality of Bombay, and then in 1942 claim of Baha'u'llah. He was summarily dis- he pioneered to Bhopal where his non-stop missed and considered a 'lost soul'. teaching activities set fire to the dovecots of the Although his family name was Kachwala, mullas. At that time Bhopal was a native state meaning a dealer in glass and glassware, ruled by a Muslim nawab (governor) who was Ghulam-Ali was known in the Baha'i commu- under the influence of the mullas. Offended by nity as Kurlawala because he resided in Kurla , a Ghulam-'Ali's assertion that the days of suburb of Bombay. He was proud that 'Ali was efficacy of Islam had come to an end, they rose part of his name, and would often smile and up with full force against him. He telegraphed say: 'I am the slave of 'Ali. 'Ali is the first part the scholarly Siyyid Mal)flq:u'l-I:Iaq 'Ilmi 1 who of the name of the Bab ('Ali Mul)ammad) and came to his assistance accompanied by Mrs. the last part of the name of Baha'u'llah Shirin Boman. For one month they met with (I:Iusayn 'Ali); therefore I must always be the Muslim priests without avail although one faithful to both my glorious Masters. If I do not 1 See 'In Memoriam', p. 446. 462 THE BAHA'f WORLD

of the Muslim scholars, Maulavi Sondagar, found him in bed. We summoned a doctor, conceded that the language of the Writings of bathed and nursed him and cleaned his house, Baha'u ' llah was as inspired as that of the and soon he recovered. We also met the Baha'i Qur'an. The mullas of that citadel° of Islam, community. Not long after this his teach ing having seen the stuff Ghulam-' Ali was made of activities resulted in some elements of the Musand being apprehensive of his further teaching lim community lodging a complaint against efforts, brought pressure to bear on the nawab him . A police inquiry ensued the finding of and secured an order expelling him from which was that he was a peace-loving, law- Bhopal state where he had stayed but six abiding citizen who adhered to and taught an months. Undeterred, he then spent some independent religion advocating international months assisting Mrs. Boman at her pioneering peace. Stricter security measures were post in Ujjain. enforced so that he could teach more effec- In 1949, under the Indian Six Year Plan , he tively . pioneered to Jaipur where he remained for two After he returned to Bombay he pursued his years. Here he established a Local Assembly occupation and continued his service to the and a stable community. His sense of self Cause of God. Although his neighbours and respect always prevented him from accepting fellow-workers continued to act prejudicially assistance from the friends and institutions; to toward him he was undaunted in his teaching support himself he drove a rickshaw in Jaipur. efforts. While there he visited the head priest and On one occasion in this period he learned informed him that the Day of Judgment had that a Shi'ite mulla was delivering in the come and that the Manifestation of God for Mughul Masjid in Bombay MuJ:iarram sermons this age, Baha'u'llah, had announced His in which he misrepresented the Baha'i teach- World Order. The mulla, much incensed , ings, so he hastened to attend. More than a asked him to leave his house at once and never thousand people had gathered to hear the serto pass by that road thereafter. mon during the course of which the mulla In 1953 Ghulam-'Alf was named a Knight of heaped abuse on the Baha'is and inquired Baha'u'llah 1 for his service in pioneering to whether anyone would like to know more. Daman, Portuguese Goa, where he remained Ghulam-' Ali raised his hand and said, in effect, for approximately two years. Teaching the that if the Baha'is were as they had been Faith was extremely difficult because prohibi- described-unscrupulous liars and adultertion was in force in India and many people ers-how could it be that the Baha'i Faith was from nearby Indian areas came to Daman to growing so rapidly? I have many friends who buy foreign goods and liquor. The local people are Baha'is, he continued , and I find them honbrewed liquor in their homes and nearly all, est, conscientious and of excellent moral young and old, men and women, drank heavily. character. The priest denounced him as a Baha'i I once asked him how he could have hoped to and the congregation set upon him beating find listeners in such a discouraging environ- him about the head and leaving him unconment and was told, 'Two things prompted me scious. His clothing had been torn and his wrist to make ceaseless efforts in giving the Message, watch and purse stolen. He was taken to a the need of the people to be brought from the hospital and after a night's treatment was sent path of negativity to the path of God, and my home. So great was the impact upon the mulla desire to please our beloved Guardian.' His that he ceased from that point on abusing the efforts were blessed and found fruition in the Baha'is. Ghulam-'Alf remained as fearless and formation of a Spiritual Assembly with mem- brave as ever in presenting the Faith to all who bers of various backgrounds. would listen. During his time in Daman word reached the In 1970 he sustained an injury as the result National Spiritual Assembly of India that of an explosion and after a long period of time Ghulam-' Ali was in ill health and at the request recovered, although from that time forward he of the assembly Mr. G. A. Amreliwala , then a had only partial use of one arm. When he memberof that body, and I, visited Daman and returned to work he was not the same man. He Messages to the Baha'( World, Shoghi Effendi, cablegram had had a strong build and lived an active life, 20 September 1953 , pp . 50-52 . often under hardships, and was accustomed to IN MEMORIAM 463 carrying heavy loads in his trade asa plumber. By this time he had spent more than forty years in service to the Cause , travelling from place to place, pioneering from city to city. Now he began to show signs of fatigue . He changed his modus operandi, remaining in his shop , so that all who wished to see him had to come there. It is praiseworthy that even at this stage he did not reduce the tempo of teaching. His energy had ebbed , his temper had sobered , but his spiritual enthusiasm and his love for Baha'u' - llah appeared to increase. Despite the uncertainties of transportation, the lengthy delays and the distances he was required to walk , he regularly attended all Baha'i gatherings. His eyesight failed three years before his death so he could only sit in his shop and talk of the Blessed Beauty. He was confined to bed for the last month of his life and on 3 July 1978 he left this transitory world. Although he was neither educated nor wealthy, Ghulam-'Ali was a spiritual king. He was generous of heart and delighted in serving Ruth J. Moffett everyone. He loved the Baha'fs and wholeheartedly associated with them. He spent more than half a century in the service of teacher and writer passed away, the entire the Cause and under its banner he was always Baha'i world lost one of those shining examactive, eager to do anything to serve it. When ples of courage and sacrifice that lights the way he joined the Faith there were only a few for others. On learning of her passing, the Unihundred Baha'fs in India. He lived to see it versal House of Justice in a cablegram dated 6 strike deep roots in our soil and produce a July 1978 addressed to the National Spiritual flourishing community now numbering more Assembly of the United States, lauded her serthan half a million. He played his part valiantly vices in these words: and well. DEEPLY GRIEVED NEWS PASSING DEVOTED In its letter of 28 September 1978 the Uni- MAIDSERVANT BAHAULLAH RUTH MOFFETT. HER versal House of Justice wrote: 'Mr. Ghulam- INDIVIDUAL TEACHING EFFORTS SPANNING , Alf Kurlawala's devoted services to the Faith are HALF CENTURY UNFORGETTABLE OFFERING surely rewarded by the Blessed Beauty and his ARDENT PRAYERS HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS HER name as a Knight of Baha' u'llah has become SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. immortal in the history of the Formative Age of the Cause.' Born Ruth J. Ellis on 19 January 1880 in (Adapted from a memoir written by Prof. Dip- Eau Claire, Wisconsin, she grew up in a tradichand Khianra) . tional Baptist home. On 8 June 1910 she married Robert Lee Moffett and had two children by him, both of whom died in their childhood years. RUTH J. MOFFETI In 1912 she began an ardent search for 1880-1978 'Abdu'l-Baha Whom she saw briefly from a train platform in Chicago. She recalled that Ruth Moffett was an indomitable spirit whose moment: 'He looked up at me, smiled and valiant efforts on behalf of the Cause of Baha' u' - raised His hand.' Finally, having attended one llah extended over a period in excess of half of 'Abdu'l-Baha's lectures, Ruth became an a century. When this noted Baha'i lecturer, active Baha'i in 1919 and began her unceasing 464 TH E BAHA'I WORLD

and concentrated efforts toward promoting the seize and utilize it for the glory a nd triumph of Message of Baha' u' ll ah. o ur sacred Faith.' (15 March 1932) She was a special delega te to th e League of ' I wish to ass ure yo u in person of my deep Nations in Geneva and was se nt by Washing- and abiding se nse of appreciation of th e histo n University of St. Louis, Missouri as an toric services you are renderi ng the Ca use of acc redite d observer to the birth of the United God in these days of unprecede nted suffering Na tions in San Francisco. She also attended and turmoil. The part yo u have played, and the a nd repo rted on nine World Co ngresses in share yo u are still contributing for the promo- E urope. tion of the Faith, future generations will extol Mrs. Moffett atte nded Oberlin Co llege and a nd remember with gratitude a nd pride . . .' the U nive rsities of Chicago, Wisconsin and (11 May 1933) Nor thweste rn , in the United Sta tes, and Uni- At the suggestion of the Guardian , Ruth ve rsite de Geneve, in Switzerland. With her kept a record of her acti vities and eventuall y husband , she conducted a Training School and compiled them into a rathe r extensive collec- E ducation al Forum in Chicago fo r fifteen tion. More rece ntl y, he r teaching work took yea rs; she also taught at George Williams Co l- he r to the deep South of the United States lege, Chicago, for seven yea rs. where she participated in the first efforts to Ruth was a champion teacher for the Cause reach the masses. Ruth also served on various of God. Her early teaching efforts, preceding national committee s a nd was often seen guida nd during the first Seven Year Plan ing at the House of Worship in Wilmette. (1937-1944), were instrum ental in helping Ruth's dedication and loving personalit y establish the Baha'i Faith in the United States. attracted others, parti cularly the youth, with She travelled extensively, lecturin g in uni ver- whom she had a special rapport. She often to ld sities, coll eges and high schools a nd speak ing the m, 'I am just a yout h myself.' Despite fai ling on rad io and te levision. Her act ivities took her health, Ruth remain ed a potent example to through Europe , the Near East, Asia, Egypt others until she passed away in her ninetya nd Canada as well as the United States. She e ighth yea r. Until he r last days she continued ma intaine d, until hi s dea th , a frequent co rres- to teach, holding classes fo r friends a nd seekpondence with the Guardian, reporting on her e rs , serving the Ca use which she loved so activities, seeking guidance, as kin g questions dearly. the answers to which would aid her in her She adopted a nd used the na me teaching. The following exce rpts are glea ned ' RuJ:ianfyyih' (or RawJ:ianiyyih) which was from letters she received from Shoghi Effend i give n her by the Greatest Holy Leaf. The na me penned in his own ha nd: connotes spirituality, joy and bea uty; and cer- ' . .. I am deeply gratified to learn of the con- tainly Ruth had a spiritua l beauty which sta nt and exe mplary services yo u are rendering en riched the li ves of many and progressed the to the Cause of God. You a re sure ly a pillar of Cause of Baha'u'llah. T he loss of this gall ant His Faith in that la nd , and your magnificent soldier will be felt most by the co mmunit y she pioneer service will live and adorn the anna ls of served so steadfastly, as is acknowledged by God's immortal Cause. Persevere in yo ur the cable se nt by the National Spiritual efforts, and rest assured th at my prayers will Assembly of the United States when it learn ed continue to be offered in yo ur behalf at the of her passing o n 5 July 1978: Shrine of Baha' u' llah.' (20 November 1931) 'The magnificent and unforgettab le services MOURN LOSS DEARLY LOVED RUHANIYYIH RUTH yo u have recently rendered theCauseofBaha' u'- MOFFETT CHAMPION TEACHER CAUSE BAHAU- ll ah will enrich and ennoble the annals of LLAH ONE MOST OUTSTANDING MEMBERS AMER I- our immortal Faith. They have great ly CAN BAHAI COMMUN ITY STOP RANGE AND VARJ- inspired, cheered, and hea rte ned me in my ETY HER SERVICES I N TEACHING FI ELD HERE strenuous labours. Persevere in yo ur noble task AND ABROAD FOR OVER HALF CENTURY BEYOND and rest assured that my fervent prayers will RECKONING BOUND TO EXERT DEEP I NFLUENCE continue to be offered in your behalf a t th e ON PROGRESS COMMUN ITY FOR GENERATIO NS TO sacred Threshold. Yours is a unique and COME STOP ESPECIALLY RECALL HER IND E- priceless opportunity. I am confident you will FATIGABLE EFFORTS WHICH SWEPT LIKE FLAME IN MEMORIAM 465 OF FIRE FROM PLACE TO PLACE IN AS YET DARK DAYS OF FAITHS OBSCURITY DURING SECOND QUARTER THIS CENTURY STOP HER SPIRIT MUST DOUBTLESS BE REJOICING AT STEADY WORLD- WIDE EMERGENCE CAUSE FOR WHICH SHE GAVE FULL STRENGTH HER UNBOUNDED ENERGIES STOP FERVENTLY PRAYING PROGRESS HER SOUL THROUGHOUT DIVINE WORLDS.

PAMELA DEROZHINSKY 1922-1978

Pamela was always a seeker and nonconformist. After she arrived in Fiji in 1967 with her husband , Dmitri, she became interested in the Baha'i Faith through Mrs. Bobbie Leedham (now McLaren). After many hours of talking with Mrs . Leedham and then with the Hand of the Cause Abu'l-Qasim Faizi, Pamela became confirmed in her belief in Pamela Derozhinsky Baha'u'llah, in 1969. Through her example, Dmitri also accepted the Faith. With acceptance of Baha'u'llah came conducted the delicate negotiations for purinvolvement in many Baha'i activities. Pamela chase of new I:Ia~fratu'l-Quds. became secretary of the Suva Local Assembly, In 1974 Pamela and Dmitri went to live in a member of the National Spiritual Assembly Bangladesh . As a pioneer on behalf of the of the Fiji Islands , and served on many commit- National Spiritual Assembly of India, she tees. Her marked capacity for dealing with made a considerable impression on the local people as individuals drew many to study and community through her understanding, embrace the Faith. Her love and respect for humour, love, humility, common sense and young people was warmly reciprocated by example, and her many activities received the them; she was friend and adviser to many. constant support and encouragement of her When answering the questions of inquirers at husband. Those in distress often turned to fireside meetings, Pamela always referred to Pamela for comfort and advice. the Writings and read answers from the Baha'i During a critical period for the Faith in books. She was concerned to foster an Bangladesh when the National Baha'i Centre increased understanding of Baha'i admin istra- in Dacca was in danger of being expropriated, tion and to create a balanced community of the Pamela accompanied Counsellor Shirin kind that results from recognition that teaching Boman in calling daily for two weeks on leadand administration, progress and consolida- ing government figures until they were successtion, go hand in hand. ful in having the order rescinded. After her pilgrimage to the Holy Land, she One of Pamela's joys was keeping up a corbecame even more active in proclaiming the respondence with Baha'ls in different parts of Faith to government leaders, civil servants and the world. In this way she a lso deepened her members of the business community. She knowledge of the Faith. The booklet she predemonstrated the Faith in her life through her pared for the use of local teachers of the Faith integrity in business and through her attitude in Bangladesh has been translated into Bengali toward her work. She was instrumental in and two thousand copies have been distributed briefing Baha'i delegations and proclamation to officia ls and dignitaries. teams and on behalf of the National Assembly In 1977 Pamela underwent surgery for 466 THE BAHA'I WORLD

cancer of the oesophagus in London but was Administration. Their first pos·t was in Talable to return to Bangladesh for a short time . keetna-a small , cold, remote mining com- Meanwhile , Dmitri's work had taken him to munity on the Susitna River, nestled in the Chittagong where Pamela, although weak and Talkeetna mountains. The main link with the handicapped, again began teaching the Faith . outside world was the slow and meandering After several months she had to return to Lon- Alaska Railroad with its somewhat irregular don for further treatment. In spite of pain and schedules. The one-room log cabin they lived discomfort and the certain knowledge that she in had no plumbing and the heat was supplied was dying, she was, through her cheerfulness by a wood-burning stove. Jack had to use a and her faith in Baha'u'llah , an inspiration to dog-sled to go to school. It was a far cry from patients and hospital staff and visitors. Doctors the life the Huffmans had known in Kansas, and nurses sat by her bed and discussed the and at first Evelyn hated it. But soon the friendteachings of the Faith, amazed at her serenity , liness and spirit of the frontier captured her joyousness and sense of peace. Her favourite heart and she came to love Alaska. prayer was the Tablet of Visitation revealed by When the Aleutian Islands were invaded the Master. during World War II , the authorities insisted In the early hours of 21June1978, with her that dependants be evacuated. In order to husband at her side, Pamela ascended to the . rejoin her husband, Evelyn developed a skill Abha Kingdom. She now lies in the Great considered necessary for the war effort. By Northern London Cemetery, New Southgate, becoming a radio operator she was able to be close to the resting place of the beloved Guar- with Vern in the extreme northwest area of dian. Advised of her passing, the Universal Alaska. After the war they settled in Anchor- House of Justice on 21 August cabled the age where they learned of the Faith through National Spiritual Assembly of Bangladesh: Vern's interest in radio. In February 1945 Evelyn became a Baha'i, and Vern in December of DEEPLY GRIEVED NEWS UNTIMELY PASSING that year. They were part of the Anchorage DEVOTED HANDMAIDEN BAHAULLAH PAMELA community-the only one in Alaska at that DEROZHINSKY PRAYING SHRINES PROGRESS HER time-until they secured a property about ten SOUL ASHA KINGDOM KINDLY CONVEY LOVlNG miles from town and began homesteading. SYMPATHY HER HUSBAND. Soon they became part of the nucleus of believers who formed Alaska's second Local Spiritual Assembly . They served that community for more than twenty years, Vern usually as VERN HUFFMAN treasurer and Evelyn often as chairman. Twice 1906-1974 Evelyn was elected as the delegate from Alaska to the annual convention of the EVELYN HUFFMAN National Spiritual Assembly of the United 1911-1978 States and in 1957, with the formation of the Alaskan National Assembly, Evelyn found There are two ways in which devotion to herself in rapid succession secretary of the con- Baha'u'llah can be shown; by what one does vention, a member of the newly-formed and by the kind of person one becomes. In both National Spiritual Assembly and then its achievement and character Evelyn Huffman secretary, a post she filled for seven of her tenand her husband, Vern, excelled; their names and-a-half years on that body. As secretary, are virtually synonymous with the early growth much of the responsibility of incorporation and and development of the Baha'i Faith in Alaska. other details fell upon her capable shoulders. Their lives were an example of the spirit of Vern, in his quiet unassuming way, did much to service and selfless devotion-it would be assist Evelyn in her duties. impossible to count the number of people who One of the goals of the new National have enjoyed their unstinting hospitality. Spiritual Assembly was to acquire a Temple In 1940 Evelyn and her two children, Jack site. The Huffmans donated three acres of their and Mary Sue, joined Vern in Alaska where he homestead property-half the present Temple worked for what is now the Federal Aviation site. The present J:Ia~iratu'l-Quds of Alaska IN MEMORIAM 467 World Centre of the Faith in Haifa from April 1976 to March 1977. Shortly after returning to Alaska, Evelyn suffered a stroke which slowed her down but did not stop her. A week before her death of a heart attack at the age of sixty-seven in July of 1978, Evelyn had been on a teaching trip among the Eskimos in Kotzebue and was making plans to pioneer to Japan. All dedicated Baha'is dream of serving the Faith to their very last breath. The Huffmans succeeded. Little wonder that the Universal House of Justice would immortalize them with these cables upon learning of their deaths: On 15 January 1974: ASSURE PRAYERS SHRINES PROGRESS SOUL ABHA KINGDOM VERN HUFFMAN VETERAN ALASKAN PIONEER STALWART SUPPORTER FAITH STOP EXPRESS CONDOLENCES DEVOTED WIFE FAMILY ADVISE HOLD MEMORIAL SERVICES.

And on 27 July 1978: Evelyn and Vern Huffman GRIEVED LEARN PASSING DEVOTED SERVANT CAUSE EVELYN HUFFMAN STOP HER YEARS OF SERVICE AS MEMBER NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLY ITS EARLIEST YEARS AND WITH HUS- was built on the Huffman homestead land BAND AS PIONEER PRINCE OF WALES ISLAND because of an exchange made possible by gifts AND DONOR KEY NATIONAL PROPERTIES WILL of endowment property. The last remaining BE ALWAYS REMEMBERED AS MERITORIOUS portion of the homestead, the 1.3 acres where CONTRIBUTIONS ANNALS FAITH ALASKA STOP the well-known house was located, was CONVEY CONDOLENCES FAMILY ASSURANCE bequeathed to the Faith by Evelyn on her PRAYERS HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS HER SOUL death. In 1963 Evelyn was an Alaskan dele- ABHA KINGDOM STOP ADVISE HOLD MEMORIAL gate to the first International Convention for SERVICE. the election of the Universal House of Justice. JoHN KoLSTOE Under the Nine Year Plan, in 1965, despite Vern's having had open heart surgery but two years earlier, the Huffmans pioneered to Prince of Wales Island, one of the five virgin goals assigned to Alaska. Vern quickly became RUI:fANGfZ FATI:f-'AZ,AM 'Mr. Fixit', repairing an endless variety of 1898-1978 broken radios and small appliances. The couple were dearly loved by the Tlingit Indians of the island. Vern's deteriorating health made it DEEPLY GRIEVED PASSING DEVOTED HANDMAID necessary for them to leave their goal, but they DEDICATED PROMOTER CAUSE RUHANG!Z left behind two confirmed Baha'is and a secure FATHEAZAM HER LIFELONG SERVICES IN MANI- foundation for further development of the FOLD CAPACITIES BOTH CRADLE FAITH FOREIGN Faith on the island . Vern's death in 1974 ended PIONEERING FIELD ADD LUSTRE TO ACCOMP- a decade-long battle with heart problems and LISHMENTS MEMBERS HER DISTINGUISHED FAM- general ill health. While his death was a grievi- ILY PRAYING HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS HER ous blow and loss for Evelyn, she continued to RADIANT SOUL CONVEY SYMPATHY RELATIVES serve the Cause she loved so well, crowning FRIENDS. her distinguished service by working at the Universal House of Justice 468 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Miss Ru9angiz Fat9-' A~am (Fatheazam) was a still a young woman, served as a teacher and prominent maidservant of Baha'u'llah in fran later became its administrator working in close whose life from her earliest youth was dedi- collaboration with Miss Adelaide Sharp,4 the cated to the service of God and man. Born in principal. So efficiently did they administer the the village of Ardistan, Iran in 1898, she was affairs of the school that its fame spread one of the very few women in the entire coun- throughout the country attracting as students try to receive a good education , at a time when large numbers of the daughters of prominent almost all Persian women were illiterate. As a non-Baha'i families. Through her devoted and result of the encouragement of' Abdu'l-B aha, capable services 'Ru9angiz Khanum', as she she and a few other Baha'i girls were given an was known to Baha'is and non-Baha'is alike, opportunity to study English, although very gained the admiration , respect and affection of few Persians, men or women, in that period the hundreds of students who passed through knew the language. the school, as well as the love and esteem of She was born into a family whose members their families. had the bounty of being among the first to When the Iranian government closed recognize the twin Manifestations of God and Tarbiyat School, Ru9angiz took employment to declare allegiance to the new Revelation as an officer in the National Bank of fran, one from its inception. of the few women in the country to be Her maternal grandfather, Mulla 'Ali-Akbar- appointed to a position of this type at that time. i-Ardistani, 1 and Quddus and Mulla ?adiq-i- From her earliest years Ru9angiz dedicated Muqaddas, were the first three believers to be her life to service to the Cause. Hardly a day persecuted in Shiraz where they suffered went by when she was not engaged in promotpunishment and indignities. After being severely ing the Faith and building up its institutions. beaten a hole was bored in the nose of each For many years she was a member of the Local through which a string was passed by which Spiritual Assembly of Tihran, in some years they were led through the streets. An account serving as its secretary, which gave full play to of their suffering was published in the London her executive skills in co-ordinating the Times of 19 November 1845. activities of almost 60,000 Baha'is. She also Mirza Fat9-'Ali, 2 her paternal grandfather, served on a number of important national was one of the few Ba bis who recognized the committees including those relating to the edustation of Baha'u'llah before His declaration, cation of Baha'i children, the progress of when he met Him in Ba.s!!dad. Baha'u'llah Baha'i women and the relations between honoured him with the surname Fat9-i - A'~am believers of the East and West. (the Most Great Victory) and said of him that In the winter of 1965, when she was sixty- 'all the way from Ba~dad to Constantinople, seven years of age, she responded to the call of he was with Him in spirit, though not corpore- the Universal House of Justice in the Nine ally .' 3 Year Plan for pioneers to open new territories. Shortly after Ru9angiz's birth her father, Leaving her home, friends and comfort she Aqa Siyyid Shah3.b, had to leave Ardistan to be settled on the island of Capri in the Bay of spared the persecution instigated by Shaykh Naples where there were no Baha'is. She was Mu9ammad Taqiy-i-Najafi, surnamed by unaccompanied and knew neither Italian nor Baha'u'llah 'the Son of the Wolf'. Abandoning the local dialect . Although a popular place for their land and possessions the family estab- tourists in the summer months, Capri offers a lished themselves in Tihran where Ru9angiz lonely and isolated existence in the winter and obtained her education. When still only in her few of the residents speak English . On arrival teens she was employed by the Ministry of in the winter, she was unable to find accommo- Education as a teacher in one of the few dation in a private residence. Hotels refuse to school for girls which had recently been estab- accept guests in the off season because their lished in Persia. When the Tarbiyat School for doing so would require paying taxes to the girls was established by the Baha'is Ru9angiz, government. Exhausted and weary she went from hotel to hotel but was refused admission. The Bab, H. M. Balyuzi, pp. 76-78. Baha'u'llah, the King of Glory, H. M. Balyuzi, p. 47. Evening was drawing on when she applied for ibid. p. 261. 'See 'In Memoriam', p. 418. IN MEMORIAM 469 pose was not only to improve and perfect her command of Italian but also to succeed in winning warm friendships among the nuns, the children and their parents. She had loved children all her life and devoted herself to their training and she soon commanded the love of her classmates. Arriving at class a few minutes late on one occasion she was surprised when the children applauded as she took her seat. When she asked about it one child explained: 'His customary when a student is late for the teacher to require him to sit in a corner as punishment-we are so glad the teacher didn't make you do that!' Although handicapped by a still elementary knowledge of Italian she enjoyed the respect of the nuns and was gratified some years later to meet one of them, no longer wearing a habit, at a Baha'i summer school in Italy. Ostensibly to improve her knowledge of Italian, Rul:Jangfz offered free English lessons to the people of the island, thus increasing her circle of friends and contacts through the mag- Ruf:zangiz Fatf:z-'Aiam netism of her personality and the genuine love she radiated. From her students there graduaccommodation at the last hotel on her list and ally developed a circle of close friends and was again rejected. A passerby noting her dis- admirers of the teachings of the Faith. She tress and the tears of discouragement in her began teaching openly only afte r having won eyes directed her to the outlying village of the respect, confidence and trust of the popula- Anacapri where she found a room in a hotel tion and in 1972, in the sevenq1 year of her managed by a kindly man who spoke some stay., the first Local Spiritual Assembly was English. Alone in her room she offered prayers formed. Its establishment had been hampered of gratitude. An early riser, she would waken at by the fact that many who were drawn to the dawn and stroll along the seashore and then Faith eventually had to leave the island to find devote her time to rereading Nabil's narrative, employment abroad . The eighth and ninth drawing inspiration from the lives of the early believers who made formation of the Assembly dawn-breakers of the Faith. She purchased a possible were a young married couple. The 'teach yourself' book and began to study man had attended firesides regularly and arriv- Italian. ing late at the meeting one evening was lov- On one of her morning visits to the seashore ingly chided by Rul:Jangfz. He apologized by she was befriended by a woman and her daugh- explaining that this was the eve of his wedding. ter who had watched her daily visits with interest. Not long after this Rul:Jangfz spent an entire Although she knew only a few words of Italian night in prayer imploring the Blessed Beauty to by that time a friendship developed between lead one more soul to the Faith in order that them culminating in an invitation to have the Assembly could be elected. Early the next Rul:iangfz tutor the daughter in English in morning a young woman presented herself at exchange for Italian lessons. The girl's father Rul:Jangfz's door and declared her belief in was the head of the postal and telegraph ser- Baha'u'llah-it was the bride who had just vice on the island and the family extended returned from her honeymoon. Not knowing assistance in many ways. the girl well , Rul:Jangfz inquired why she had At a later time she received permission to been prompted to make her decision. Pointing attend a school run by nuns where she took to a photograph of' Abdu'l-B aha in Rul:Jangfz's lessons with a class of small children. Her pur- room the girl explained: 'I dreamed of the Mas- 470 THE BAHA'i WORLD

ter last night-he told me I must do this.' abroad. But Rul)angiz's concern was even Selflessness and generosity were among greater: there were only eight other Baha'is Rul)angfz's outstanding qualities. Although on the island. Would the Local Assembly be she lavished hospitality and gifts upon others lost? she lived modestly, ate simple food and dressed When her family arrived they found that in dignified, practical and plain clothes. When Rul)angfz was paralyzed and had lost the her relatives from Europe lovingly scolded her power of speech, although she remained very for giving away the presents they would make alert. She knew, for instance, that the Local of clothing and other things she replied, 'If I Assembly was to be formed the next day. dress as you would have me do the people Restricted to communicating by motions of her would not be comfortable in coming to visit head and muffled grunts she nonetheless made me; they accept me dressed as I am in simple apparent to the secretary of the Assembly her taste.' distress at the prospect of the Assembly being She rented the ground floor of a house situ- lost. The secretary assured her that a ninth ated at the apex of two main streets of person had just accepted the Faith and the Anacapri and although the noise level was high Assembly was secure. Fearing that the secreshe chose it because it was convenient for pas- tary had said this merely to comfort her, sersby to drop in. Her door was literally open Rul)angfz demanded that she recite the the whole day and it led directly into the draw- names of the nine which, with the slight motion ing room which she had decorated in the man- possible to her, she ticked off on her fingers. ner of a Baha'i Centre with appropriate photo- Still unconvinced and fearing that the friends graphs and ample supplies of Baha'i literature . might be humouring her she then insisted that Although she had a constant stream of the new believer be brought into her presence! guests-travelling teachers and inquirers-she Meeting him she burst into tears of relief. Such would allow no one to deprive her of the was her determination that the Assembly be privilege of serving them . During the summer safeguarded. when the water supply of Capri is often inter- It was the saddest moment of her life when rupted and water must be drawn in buckets the doctor advised that she might be incapacifrom a common well, Rul)angiz, then past tated for years . Not wishing to be a burden on seventy and rather frail, would arise long the friends of Capri, Rul)angfz reluctantly conbefore her guests and with great difficulty bring sented to leave the island for hospital treatbuckets of water to the house. She became a ment. Two years after leaving her pioneering familiar figure in Anacapri and after seven post she passed away on 27 September 1978 in years there was literally no one who did not Tihran. In her room in the hospital there was a know her, respect her, and who had not heard picture of 'Abdu'l-Baha and photographs of of the Faith from her. 'I did not begin teaching the Spiritual Assembly of Capri. at once,' she said. 'When I had won the trust of the people I felt that they would listen closely when it came time to speak of the Faith.' So great was her popularity that she was called upon to act as Godmother of some of the children of her Catholic friends on the island. On one of JEANNETTE HILDA BA TTRICK these occasions she explained to the Catholic 1922-1978 Priest that she was not a Christian. 'But you believe in Jesus Christ?' he asked . 'All Baha'is Jeannette was born on 2 March 1922 in Scaraccept Jesus Christ as one of the Manifesta- borough, Yorkshire, England of hard-working tions of God,' she told him. 'That's enough, Christian parents who were animated by a then,' the Priest said. pioneering spirit. She had an enquiring mind In April 197 5 after ten years of dedicated and from an early age was encouraged by her service she suffered a stroke. Her disability father to investigate questions that interested caused great distress to both the Baha'is and her. After the death of her first husband Jeannon-Baha'is of Anacapri. Immediately her nette, who was still in her early twenties, went concerned frie·nds telephoned her relatives to Switzerland with her infant daughter, Ilona, IN MEMORIAM 471 to learn the hotel business. While there she met a fellow student, Owen Battrick, whom she married in 1948. For a time they operated a hotel in North Wales and in 1951 they moved to Reading, Berkshire where they started two food catering business.es. The businesses prospered and the young couple led a life of material comfort but they grew increasingly more dissatisfied with the conventional round of empty social activities. Their concern about what they felt to be a growing spiritual lethargy and their interest in finding solutions to pressing social questions led them to seek diligently for truth. They investigated various groups and sects and, their search seeming fruitless, grew dispirited and sought refuge in their own home, praying for an answer. In books taken from the public library they found reference to the Baha'i Faith and hastened to obtain other Baha'i books from a local bookshop . They were not then aware that their 'discovery' had coincided with the arrival in Reading of Beryl de Gruchy, a Baha'i pioneer Jeannette Hilda Battrick to the area, who several weeks later advertised the holding of a Baha'i public meeting in the George Hotel. Jeannette exhorted Owen to islands of the North Sea-the Shetlands, attend and find out more. 'You must get there Orkneys and Farnes. To all of these the early,' she said, 'as there will be thousands of Battricks travelled excepting the Farnes to people in attendance.' In fact, there were only which their daughter, Ilona, pioneered in four people present, including Beryl, and all 1972. In addition, throughout the Crusade, were Baha'is. The outcome of the meeting, Jeannette served on many committees includhowever, was the acceptance of the Faith by ing, in the final year of the Ten Year Plan, the the Ba ttricks. National Teaching Committee. The Guardian Those were the early days of the Ten Year had approved their moving to the South Pacific Crusade. Jeannette immediately threw herself when circumstances permitted. In 1967, followinto the service of Baha'u'llah in both the ing full family consultation, the Battricks moved teaching and administrative fields with a devo- to the southern hemisphere fulfilling a long tion that was to characterize her entire Baha'i cherished desire to pioneer to the Pacific life. Her pilgrimage to the Holy Land in 1957, region. Only three months before their departure and her meeting with Shoghi Effendi, further in August of that year it was learned that Jeangalvanized her and charged her activities with a nette had breast cancer; she underwent surgery vitality that did not dim with the years. and subsequent treatment but she did not allow Pioneering became part of her everyday life. In this setback to prevent her pioneering. April 1957 with her son, Richard, then only Jeannette, with her two youngest children, six, she went to Edinburgh for six months to sailed for New Zealand whilst Owen flew to the help re-establish the Local Assembly. She next Solomon Islands for a six-month period to pioneered to Luxembourg in 1960 with her assist the Blums. From here he gained a footthree-year old daughter, Sarah, and stayed for hold in New Caledonia, their pioneering post, approximately ten months before returning to and prepared the way for the family to join England to devote the remainder of the Ten him. Meanwhile, Jeannette was elected secre- Year Crusade, as the Guardian had suggested, tary of the National Spiritual Assembly of New to teaching in the pivotal centres of Edinburgh, Zealand at Ric;Ivan 1968. Her services in that Cardiff, Belfast, Dublin, London and in the country endeared her to Baha'is throughout 472 THE BAHA'I WORLD

the land. She travelled extensively throughout the North Island and was especially conscious of the need to teach the Maori people. Although she was re-elected in 1969 she left New Zealand in May to settle in New Caledonia. Here, and later in the Loyalty Islands, Jeannette attained the pinnacle of her services. Tireless in her devotion , selfsacrificing of her time , health and material means, and patient in her love of the indigenous people, she burned herself out. Often her husband or children would find her asleep over her typewriter and would urge her to go to bed for proper rest. Stirring herself, she would say 'I've only a few more lines to type and then I've finished,' and on she would go. Jeannette was secretary of the National Spiritual Assembly of the South West Pacific when it moved its seat to Noumea, New Caledonia in 1971 and served in this capacity until she and her husband left to pioneer to Ouvea , Loyalty Islands. She remained on that National Assembly until she was forced by ill- Ismail Hiwari Meymoun ness to settle in Auckland, New Zealand in 1975. Those eighteen months spent in Ouvea were probably some of the happiest of her life; ISMAIL HIWARI MEYMOUN she was sustained by the memory of that period (ISMA'IL HUY ARf MA YMUN 'UMAR) during the last three years of her life as the 1938-1978 cancer took its toll. In March 1976 Owen was appointed to the Continental Board of Coun- Isma'fl Huvarf Maymun 'Umar was born in sellors and made his base in New Zealand. Nador, Morocco in 1938 and was educated in Jeannette served as his secretary whilst under- Nador and Tetuan. He accepted the Baha'i going rigorous chemotherapy. Her indomi- Faith in 1958 after hearing about it through a table courage during this time became an devoted pioneer, Mr. Fawzi Zanyu'l-'Abidin, 1 example to all who knew her. She never and in 1960 when the first Spiritual Assembly allowed the disease to overwhelm her and to of Nador was established he was one of its the very end she served the Cause of Baha'u'- members. At the time the persecution and llah as best she could, spending long hours imprisonment of Baha'is began in Nador 2 in praying for the friends in the Cook Islands and 1962, Isma'fl was living in Casablanca. He elsewhere whom she could no longer visit. served as liaison between the families of the On her passing on 6 October 1978, the Uni- Baha'i prisoners and the Administrative versal House of Justice cabled the National Committee which had been established for the Spiritual Assembly of New Zealand: protection and welfare of the Baha'i community. He travelled far and wide to render any HEARTS GRIEVED UNTIMELY PASSING HEROIC service he could to the friends and paid visits to SELFSACRIFICING MAIDSERVANT BAHAULLAH Baha'is who had been imprisoned in Kenitra JEANNETTE BATTRICK HER UNTIRING SERVICES and Meknes. CAUSE BRITAIN EUROPE AND PACIFIC AREA In 1966 Isma'il obtained leave of absence INSPIRING EXAMPLE RISING GENERATION BAHAI from his job and devoted a year to travel PIONEERS PRAYING HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS teaching in the countries of north-western HER RADIANT SOUL. Africa, bearing all the expenses despite his 'See 'In Memoriam ', The Bah{/( World , vol. XVI , p. 545. 2 See The Baha'( World , vol. XIII , p. 288 . IN MEMORIAM 473 modest circumstances. Upon returning to Morocco he participated with great enthusiasm in various Baha'i activities on the local, regional and national levels. He was elected to serve on the National Spiritual Assembly for several years and was at various times a member of the Spiritual Assemblies ofTetuan, Nador, Casablanca and Ujda. In 1969 he arranged a transfer in his employment and was appointed Director of the Post Office in Tarjist thus satisfying his desire to pioneer to a goal area . His marriage in that same year to a devoted Baha'i was the first between Moroccan believers to be solemnized in full accord with the Baha'i teachings without an additional ceremony. Salient among the distinguishing characteristics of this dear friend were his faithful - ness, his generosity and his indefatigable efforts to serve others. He cherished the companionship of the Baha'i friends and braving all dangers would travel long distances to be with them. Within and without the Baha'i commu- Otto Hafner nity, all who knew him will long remember this radiant and tender youth whose constant pleasure was to be of service. Mr. Hafner's early childhood already bore Isma'fl's death occurred on 2 November the imprint of deep spirituality through the 1978 in tragic and mysterious circumstances; firm belief of his parents in the Revelation of his burnt body was found inside his automobile Baha'u'llah. An event in his childhood which along the highway approximately six only few were privileged to experience- that kilometres from Tarjist. Informed of his death, of meeting the Master-illumined his path the Universal House of Justice cabled: through life. At the age of three in Paris in 1911 and again at the age offive in Esslingen in . . . GRIEVED NEWS PASSING ISMAIL HIWARI 1913 1 he was privileged, together with his par- MEYMOUN ASSURE RELATIVES FRIENDS ARDENT ents, to be in the presence of' Abdu'l-Baha on PRAYERS SACRED THRESHOLD PROGRESS SOUL several occasions. Photographs of that time KINGDOM GOD. show 'Abdu'l-Baha embracing him. In Fellback, where he grew up , the hospitable home of his parents was for a long time the meeting OTTO HAFNER place of the Baha'i friends for deepening in the 1908- 1978 new Revelation and for happy fellowship. After completing his education, Mr. Hafner Otto Hafner was called to the heavenly realm turned to the study of mathematics and ended on 3 November 1978 after a brief illness. All his professional career about five years ago who knew him had a sincere affection for him, after working for many years as director of a since his cheerful, sociable and loving nature large insurance company . was the basis for joyous companionship. The He served the Cause of Baha' u'llah with Universal House of Justice cabled on 7 loyal devotion. For over two decades he was a November: member of the National Spiritual Assembly of GRIEVED NEWS PASSING DEVOTED VETERAN Germany, undertaking the responsible office BELIEVER OTTO HAFNER EXTEND LOVING SYM- of treasurer. Often the volume of work con- PATHY BEREAVED FAMILY PRAYING PROGRESS 1 See 'In Memoriam', Anna Koestlin , The Bahd'f World, vol. HIS SOUL ABHA KINGDOM. xv, p. 511. 474 THE BAHA'I WORLD

nected with this post taxed his strength, but out tomb of Mlle. Tabrfzi, the first Baha'i pioneer of love for 'Abdu'l-Baha he carried out the to Corsica. duties assigned him. He continued to serve as a During the last years of his life Clarence member of the Local Spiritual Assembly of lverson's physical condition was extremely Esslingen to the end of his life and threw him- feeble. He will be remembered as a person who self wholeheartedly into the project of rebuild- overcame physical and financial difficulties ing the Baha'i home there. We remember with over a period of ten years in order to remain at gratitude his services as a member of the his pioneer post. He also will be remembered National Finance Committee and the valuable as one who exemplified the Baha'i ideals, and assistance he rendered toward the construction as a dear friend to all. of the House of Worship in Langenhain. His last years were spent in a suburb of Esslingen; thus the place where 'Abdu'l-Baha stayed and where Mr. Hafner was privileged to be in His presence as a child became his last resting EMMA MARGARET place. TIJSSEN-HARTMANN The German Baha'is remain bound to Otto 1888-1979 Hafner across the borders of this earthly life by ties of deep love and profound gratitude . Margaret Tijssen was born on 15 March 1888 DR. EUGEN SCHMIDT and passed away in Stuttgart at Naw-Ruz 1979 in her ninety-first year. Margaret's father was part of the academic life of Stuttgart where he taught history and the history of art and under his guidance his daughter entered a world rich CLARENCE JOHN IVERSON in cultural opportunities-concerts, theatre, music and painting. She studied art herself and 1909-1979 became a drawing teacher at a school for girls. Mr. Clarence John Iverson, a man with an In 1921 , together with her husband who was a unswerving desire to serve the Faith of contemporary and friend of Dr. Adelbert Baha'u'llah, arose at the International Oceanic Conference held in Palermo, Sicily in August 1968, tovolunteeras a pioneer in Bastia, Corsica, an island belonging to France. He received his assignment from the National Spiritual Assembly of France on 19 November 1968, and was informed by the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of the United States on 21May1969 that he would be included in a new United States quota of pioneers for France, thereby fulfilling one of the goals of the Nine Year Plan. Clarence Iverson was born on 7 February 1909 in Wahoo, Nebraska. He enrolled in the Baha'i Faith in 1930 and pioneered to El Salvador, Central America, from 1939 to 1946. As a result of his studies he had received a B.A. in Arts and Sciences, and earned his living as a piano teacher while pioneering. He spoke Spanish and French fluently. Clarence died in the Bastia Hospital on 17 February 1979, following an automobile accident on a highway near his home in Bastia. He is buried in the cemetery of Bastia, close to the Emma Margaret Tijssen-Hartmann IN MEMORIAM 475 Miihlschlegel, she accepted the Baha'i Faith. Mr. Tijssen passed away in 1955. In 193 7 the family came to the Netherlands and settled in the Hague. One of their two sons, Walter Frank, and his wife Dora , a lso accepted the Faith. The older Baha'is of the community of the Netherlands and especially those from the area of the Hague maintain a memory of Margaret as a radiantly contented being. Although her life was not free of tragedy she had the gift of a happy nature and the capacity to look upon the positive aspects of any situation. Even when confined to a nursing home toward the end of her life she expressed happiness with her lot. In her great simplicity and modesty, and with her deep faith, she felt herself united in sympathy and love with all forms of God's creation, and she expressed this through her devoted service to others. At whatever time she was needed, and in whatever capacity, Margaret would be found at the Baha'i Centre in the Hague. After visiting the J:Ia~iratu'l-Quds in 1971 the Hand of the Georgette VanSombeek Cause Abu'l-Qasim Faizi wrote: 'The special and loving services of this dearly loved "invisible" lady who hides herself in the kitchen are of great importance and are a source of happi- always existed between the girls, and it was ness and inspire gratitude in everyone who has natural that Jetty should express an interest in the chance to meet her. She is a treasure!' the Cause which her sister had embraced so Margaret expressed her love for flowers in wholeheartedly. However, Jetty did not very delicate drawings. One of these has been immediately become a Baha'i. left to the Baha'i community and is preserved In 1946 the Guardian launched the second at the Baha'i Centre. Seven Year Plan which had as one of its purposes the secure establishment of the Faith in ten goal countries of Europe including Holland.' The sisters returned that year to the Netherlands-Rita's activities already being GEORGETTE STRAUB-VAN harnessed to the needs of the Cause- and on 2 BLEYSWIJK SOMBEEK February 194 7 the Guardian's secretary was 1906- 1979 instructed to write a letter addressed jointly to Miss Rita Van Sombeek and Mrs. Jetty Straub: Georgette 'Jetty' Straub was one of the first 'He was so happy to see that your sister has Baha'is of the Netherlands. Her sister, Miss embraced the Faith and arisen to serve it with Rita Van Sombeek, had spent the years of you with so much devotion and enthusiasm ... World War II in America and in 1946 The work in Holland is very promising, and he embraced the Baha'i Faith. In a letter dated 5 feels sure you both, with Mr. van Ogtrop, will March 1946 written on behalf of Shoghi soon see tangible results of your devoted Effendi by his secretary, the Guardian wel- labours.' The offer the women had made to comed Miss Van Sombeek 'as a co-worker' and immediately begin translating the literature of expressed his intention to accede to her request the Faith from English into Dutch was warmly by praying 'that your sister may also accept the 'See The Bahti'( World, vol. XVI, p. 81: Portugal, Spain, Faith'. Jetty was visiting her sister in America Italy, Switzerland, Luxemburg, Belguim, the Netherlands, at the time. A strong bond of affection had Denmark. Norway and Sweden. Finland added later. 476 THE BAHA'I WORLD

commended. In his own hand the Guardian Baha'i community of the Netherlands is deeply wrote: 'The work on which you and your dear grateful to Jetty and her sister, Rita, and that sister have embarked is historic, meritorious, handful of friends who in those early days and rich in possibilities. Future generations will laboured for the Faith in Europe, guided from extol your labours and derive inspiration from Geneva by the European Teaching Committhe example you have set. I am deeply grateful tee. The name of Jetty Straub-like that of her to you both, admire your spirit, will pray for sister-remains inseparably linked with the your success, and am eager to receive the history of the Faith in the Netherlands. She report of your activities. Never lose heart , be passed away in Zeist on 7 April 1979. On 16 assured, happy and grateful.' April the Universal House of Justice cabled: In a tribute written at the time of Jetty's passing in 1979 the National Spiritual Assem- GRIEVED NEWS PASSING JETTY STRAUB VAN- bly acknowledged its debt of gratitude for the SOMBEEK WHOSE DEVOTED SERVICES CAUSE earliest translations of Dutch literature includ- BAHAULLAH HAVE ENDOWED NETHERLANDS ing the first prayer book, The Hidden Words of BAHAI COMMUNITY WITH IMPERISHABLE Bahd'u'lltih and Bahti'u'lltih and the New Era. BENEFITS STOP CONVEY LOVING SYMPATHY HER 'Jetty gave all her strength to this labour of love SISTER MEMBERS HER FAMILY STOP PRAYING and without her this would not have been HOLY SHRINES PROGRESS HER SOUL ABHA achieved,' the National Assembly stated. 'The KINGDOM. .j:o. -...J

-l :i: m °'> :i: >· ::;:: ;o r

One of the ornamental urns which graci; the gardens surrounding the Shrine of the Bab. PART SIX

DIRECTORY, BIBLIOGRAPHY, GLOSSARY I BAHA'I DIRECTORY 1976-1979 133 - 135 OF THE BAHA'I ERA

1 . THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE Address: 10 Haparsim Street, 35 055 Haifa, Israel (P.O. Box 155, 31 001 Haifa)

2. THE HANDS OF THE CAUSE Address : 7 Haparsim Street, 35 055 Haifa, Israel (P.O . Box 155, 31 001 Haifa)

THE HANDS OF THE CA USE RESIDING IN THE HOLY LAND

Amatu'I-Baha Rul)fyyih Khanum Abu' I-Qasim Faizi 'A li-Akbar Furutan Paul E. Haney

CONTINENTAL HANDS OF THE CAUSE

Shu'a'u'llah 'Ala'! Ral)matu ' llah Muhajir J:Iasan M. Balyuzf Adelbert Miihlschlegel H . Collis Featherstone Enoch Olinga Ugo G iachery John A. Robarts Dhikru'Ilah Khadem Wi lliam B. Sears Jalal Khazeh 'A lf-Mul)ammad Varga

3. THE INTERNATIONAL TEACHING CENTRE Address: 38 Allenby Road , 35 055 Haifa, Israel (P.O. Box 155, 31 001 Haifa)

482 THE BAHA'I WORLD

4. CONTINENTAL BOARDS OF COUNSELLORS* Africa Asia Central and East Africa North-eastern Asia Northern Africa South Central Asia So uthern Africa South-eastern Asia Western Africa Western Asia

The Americas A us tra las ia Central America Australasia North America South A merica Europe Europe

5. BAHA'I INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY D r. Victor de Araujo, 345 East 46th Street, Room 809, New York, New York 10017, U.S.A.

6. NATIONAL SPIRITUAL ASSEMBLIES At Ric;lvan 1976 there were 117 Baha'i National Spiritual Assemblies throughout the world, and at Ric;lvan 1979 there were 130-37 in Africa, 33 in the Americas, 31 in Asia, 10 in Australasia and 19 in Europe. Current addresses are available from the Baha'i World Centre, P.O. Box 155, 31 001 Haifa, Israel.

7 . BAHA'I PUBLISHING TRUSTS

ARGENTINA BRAZIL E.B.I.L.A., Editora Baha'i-Brasil, Av. Santa Fe 5085 , Rua Engenheiro Gama Lobo, 267 , 1425 Buenos Aires , Vila Isabel, Argentina . 20000 Rio de Janeiro RJ, Brasil. AUSTRALIA Baha'i Publishing Trust, FIJI ISLANDS P.O. Box 166, Baha'i Publish ing Trust, Mudgee, N.S.W. 2850 P.O. Box 2007, A ustrali a. Government Buildings, Suva, BELGIUM Fiji Islands. Maison d'Edi tio ns Baha'ie, 205 rue du Trone, GERMANY 1050 Brussels, Baha'i-Verlag GMBH, Belgium. Eppsteiner Strasse 89, D-6238 Hofheim-Langenhain, Germany .

•Current post office addresses are available from Baha'i World Centre, P.O. Box 155, 31 001 Haifa, Israel. BAHA ' I DIRECTORY 483 INDIA NORWAY Baha'i Publishing Trust, Baha'i Forlag, 6, Canning Road, P.O. Box 127, Post Box 19, N-1430 As, New Delhi, 110001 Norway. India. PHILIPPINES IRAN* Baha'i Publishing Trust, P.O. Box 4323 , ITALY Manila, Casa Editrice Baha'i) Philippines. Circonvallazione Nomentana, 484-A/l, 00162 Rome, PAKISTAN Italy. Baha'i Publishing Trust, P.O. Box 7420, JAPAN Karachi 3, Pakistan. Baha'i Publishing Trust, P.O. Box 878, SPAIN Osaka, Japan 530-91. Editorial Baha'i de Espana, Paseo Dr. Moragas, KOREA 168 , 2°, 2•, Santa Marie de Barbara, Baha'i Publishing Trust, Barcelona, Spain. 249-36 Huam-dong, Yongsan-ku, SWEDEN Seoul 140 Baha'i-Forlaget, Republic of Korea. Matilda Ljungstedts viig 27, 122 35 Enskede, MALAYSIA Sweden. Baha'i Publishing Trust, 32 Jalan Angsana, Setapak, TAIWAN Kuala Lumpur 14-11, Ta Tung Chiao Publishing Trust, Malaysia. 26, Lane 18, Ta Hsieh Road, Tainan 700, Taiwan . NEAR EAST* UGANDA * NETHERLANDS Stichting Baha'i Literatuur, UNITED KINGDOM Riouwstraat 27 , Baha'i Publishing Trust, The Hague , 2 South Street, The Netherlands. Oakham, Rutland/Leics, LE15 6Hy, England.

UNITED STATES Baha'i Publishing Trust, 415 Linden Avenue, Wilmette, Illinois 60091, U.S.A.

•Address communications to Baha'i World Centre, P.O. Box 155, 31 000 Haifa, Israel 484 THE BAHA'I WORLD

II BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. BAHA'U'LLAH'S BEST-KNOWN WORKS

AlvaJ:i-i-Laylatu'l-Quds. LawJ:i-i-J:Iusayn. A~l-i-Kull u'I- Kha yr. LawJ:i-i-Ibn-i-Dhi'b (Epistle to the Son of the Az-Bagh-i-Ilahi. Wolf). Baz-A v-u-Bidih-J ami. LawJ:i-i-IttiJ:iad. Bi~arat (Glad Tidings). LawJ:i-i-Jamal. Chihar-Vadf (Four Valleys). LawJ:i-i-Karim. Haft-Vadf (Seven Valleys). LawJ:i-i-Karmil. Halih-Halih-Ya-Bisharat. LawJ:i-i-Kullu't-Ta'am. J:Iur-i-'U jab. LawJ:i-i-Malikih (Tablet to Queen V ictoria). J:IurUfat-i-' Allin. LawJ:i-i-Malik-i-Rus (Tablet to the Czar of Ishraqat (Splendours). Russia). Kalimat-i-Firdawsfyyih (Words of Paradise). LawJ:i-i-MallaJ:iu'l-Quds (Tablet of the Holy Kalimat-i-Maknunih (Hidden Words). Mariner). Kitab-i-'Ahd (Book of Covenant). LawJ:i-i-Manikjf-$aJ:iib. Kitab-i-Aqdas (Most Holy Book). LawJ:i-i-Maq~ud. Kitab-i-Badf'. LawJ:i-i-Maryam. Kitab-i-iqan (Book of Certitude). LawJ:i-i-Mawlud. LawJ:i-i-' Abdu'l-'Azfz-Va-Vukala. LawJ:i-i-Mubahilih. LawJ:i-i-'Abdu'l-Vahhab . LawJ:i-i-Napulyun (First Tablet to Napoleon LawJ:i-i-' Abdu'r-Razzaq. III). LawJ:i-i-AJ:ibab. LawJ:i-i- Napulyun II (Second Tablet to LawJ:i-i-AJ:imad (Tablet of AJ:imad). Napoleon III). LawJ:i-i-Amvaj. LawJ:i-i-Na~ir. LawJ:i-i-Anta'l-Kaff. LawJ:i-i-Nuqtih. LawJ:i-i-Aqdas. LawJ:i-i-Pap (Tablet to the Pope). LawJ:i-i-Ashraf. LawJ:i-i-Pisar-' Amm. LawJ:i-i-' Ashiq-va-Ma'shuq. LawJ:i-i-Qina'. LawJ:i-i-Ayiy-i-Nur. LawJ:i-i-Quds. LawJ:i-i-Baha . LawJ:i-i-Raff'. LawJ:i-i-Baqa. LawJ:i-i-Ra'fs (Tablet to Ra'fs). LawJ:i-i-Basfta tu '1-J:Iaqfqih. LawJ:i-i-Raqsha. LawJ:i-i-Bismilih. LawJ:i-i- Rasul. LawJ:i-i-Bulbulu'l-Firaq. LawJ:i-i-RuJ:i. LawJ:i-i-Burhan. LawJ:i-i-Ru'ya. LawJ:i-i-Dunya (Tablet of the World). LawJ:i-i-SaJ:iab. LawJ:i-i-Fitnih. LawJ:i-i-Salman I. LawJ:i-i-Ghulamu'l-Khuld . LawJ:i-i-Salman II. LawJ:i-i-J:Iabfb. LawJ:i-i-Samsun. LawJ:i-i-Haft-Pursish . LawJ:i-i-SayyaJ:i. LawJ:i -i-J:Iajj. LawJ:i-i-Shaykh-Fanf. LawJ:i-i-Hawdaj. LawJ:i-i-Sultan. LawJ:i-i-I;Iikmat (Tablet of Wisdom). LawJ:i-i-TawJ:ifd. LawJ:i-i-Hirtfk. LawJ:i-i-Tibb . LawJ:i-i-J:Iuriyyih. LawJ:i-i-Tuqa. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 485 Lawl)-i-Yusuf. Suriy-i-J:Iajj II. Lawl)-i-Zaynu'l-Muqarrabfn. Suriy-i-Haykal. Lawl)-i-Zfyarih . Suriy-i-J:Iif?. Madfnatu'r-Ri<;la. Suriy-i-Hijr. Madfnatu't-Tawl)fd. Suriy-i-'Ibad. Mathnavf. Suriy-i-Ism. Munajathay-i-$fyam. Suriy-i-Ismuna'l-Mursil. Qad - Il)taraqua'l-Mukhli~un. Suriy-i-Javad. Qa~fdy-i-Varqa'fyyih. Suriy-i-Khitab. Rashl)-i-' Arna. Suriy-i-Ma ' anf. Ri<;lvanu'l-' Adi. Suriy-i-Man' . Ri<;lvanu'l-Iqrar. Suriy-i-Muluk. $al)ffi y-i-Shat(f yyih. Suriy-i-Nida. $alat-i-Mayyit (Prayer for the Dead). Suriy - i-Nu~l). Saqf-Az-Ghayb-i-Baqa. Suriy-i-Qadir. Shikkar-Shikan-Shavand. Suriy-i-Qahfr. Subl)ana-Rabbfya'l-A'la. Suriy-i-Qalam. Subl)anaka-Ya-Hu. Suriy-i - Qamf~. Suratu'llah. Suriy-i-$abr. Suriy-i-Al)zan. Suriy-i-Sultan. Suriy-i-Amfn. Suriy-i-Vafa. Suriy-i-Amr. Suriy-i-Zfyarih. Suriy-i-A'rab . Suriy-i-Zabur. Suriy - i - A~l)ab. Suriy-i-Z,uhur. Suriy-i-Asma'. Tafsir-i-Hu. Suriy-i-Bayan. Tafsir-i-J:I urllfat-i- Muq aga 'ih. Suriy-i-Damm. Tafsir-i-Suriy-i-Va'sh-Shams. Suriy-i-Dhabfl). Tajalliyat (Effulgences). Suriy-i-Dhibl). Tarazat (Ornaments) . Suriy-i-Dhikr. Zfyarat-Namih (The Tablet of Visitation). Suriy-i-Fa<;ll. Zfyarat-N amiy-i-Awliya. Suriy-i-Fatl). Zfyarat-Namiy-i-Babu' l-Bab va Quddus. Suriy-i-Fu'ad. Zfyarat-N amiy-i-Bayt. Suriy - i-Ghu~n (Tablet of the Branch) . Zfyarat-Namiy-i-Maryam. Suriy-i-J:Iajj I. Zfyarat-Namiy-i-Siyyidu'sh-Shuhada.

(Note: the works of Baha'u'llah, translated into English by Shoghi Effendi, are listed on p. 488. under the subheading, 'Translations'.)

COMPILATIONS IN ENGLISH Tablets of Bah<i.'u'lltih revealed after the Kittib -i-Aqdas

2. THE BAB'S BEST-KNOWN WORKS

The Arabic Bayan. Khasa'il-i-Sab'ih. Commentary on the Surih of Kaw!b_ar. Kitab-i-Asma'. Commentary on the Surih of Va'l - 'A~r. Kitab-i-Panj -Sha'n. Dala'il-i-Sab'ih. Kitabu'r-Rul). Epistles to Mul)ammad Shah and J:Iajf Mirza Lawl)-i-J:I urllfa t. Aqasf. The Persian Bayan. 486 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

Qayyumu' l-Asma'. $al)ffy-i-J a ' fari yyih. Risaliy-i-' Adliyyih. $al)ffiy-i-Makhzunih. Risaliy-i-Dhahabfyyih. $al)ffiy-i-Ra<;lavfyyih. Risali y-i-Fiq hiyyih. Suriy-i-Tawl)fd. Risaliy-i-Furu' -i-' Adliyyih. Tafsf r-i-N ubuvvat-i-Kha~~ih. $al)ffatu'l-J:laramayn. Zfyarat-i-Shah-' Abdu'l-' Ai:f m.

(Note: The Bab Himself states in one passage of the Persian Bayan that His writings comprise no less than 500,000 verses.)

COMPILATIONS IN ENGLISH

Selections from the Writings of the Bab

3. 'ABDU'L-BAHA'S BEST-KNOWN WORKS

IN PERSIAN AND ARABIC Ad'fyyih va Munajat. Lawl)-i-Mul)abbat. Alval)-i-Tablfghi-i-Imrika. Lawl)-i-Tanzfh va Taqdfs. Alval)-i- Va~aya. Lawl)-i-Tarbfyat. Khitabat dar Urupa va Imrfka. Madanfyyih. Lawl)-i-Aflakiyyih. Makatfb-i-' Ab du '1-Baha . Lawl)-i-'Ahd va Mithaq (Imrika). Maqaliy-i-Sayyal). Lawl)-i-'Ammih. Mufava<;lat. Lawl)-i-Ayat. Sharl)-i-Fa~~-i-N igf n-i- Ism-i-A ·~am. Lawl)-i-Du-Niday-i-Falal) va Najal). Sharh-i-Shuhaday-i-Yazd va I~fahan. Lawl)-i-Dr. Fore!. Sfyasfyyih. Lawl)-i-Haft Sham'. Tadhkiratu'l-Vafa. Lawl)-i-Hizar Baytf. Tafsfr-i-Bismi 'Ila hi ' r- Ral)man i'r- Ral)f m. Lawl)-i-Khurasan. Tafsfr-i-Kuntu Kanzan Makhfiyyan. Lawl)-i-Lahih. Zfyarat Namih. Law:i-Mal)fil-i-Shawr.

IN ENGLISH

The Secret of Divine Civilization. Baha' i Pub- Tablets of the Divine Plan. Baha'i Publishing lishing Trust, Wilmette Illinois, 1957. Origi- Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1959. nally published by Cope & Fenwick, Lon- A Traveller's Narrative. Translated into Engdon, 1910, under the title The Mysterious lish by Edward Granville Browne under the Forces of Civilization. Subsequently pub- title A Traveller's Narrative written to illuslished by Baha'i Publishing Society, trate The Episode of the Bab. Cambridge Chicago, 1918. University Press , 1891. Baha'i Publishing Some Answered Questions. First printed by Committee, New York, 1930. Kegan , Paul, Trench, Trubner and Co. Ltd., Will and Testament. Baha'i Publishing Com- London, 1908. Subsequently published by mittee , New York, 1925 , 1935. Baha'i Pub- Baha'i Publishing Society, Chicago , 1918, lishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1944, 1968, and other Baha'i Publishing Trusts. and other Baha'i Publishing Trusts. Tablet to the Central Organization for a Du- Memorials of the Faithful. Translated from the rable Peace, the Hague. Baha'i Publishing original Persian and annotated by Marzieh Committee, New York, 1930. Gail. Baha'i Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Tablet to Dr. Fore/. Baha'i Publishing Commit- Illinois, 1971. tee, New York, 1930. BAHA'i BIBLIOGRAPHY 487 COMPILATIONS IN ENGLISH Foundations of World Unity; a se lection of let- and the United States in 1912. Baha'f Pubters and public add resses. Baha'f Publishing lishing Society, Chicago, 1922 a nd 1925. Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1945 . Selections from th e Writings of'A bdu'l-Baha; Paris Talks; a compi latio n of His addresses in compile d from His correspondence with Paris. G. Bell and Son Ltd., London, 1923. individu al believers, groups and Asse mblie s Subsequently published by Baha'f Publish- of the East and West. World Centre Publicaing Trust, London, 10th edition 1961; and in tions, 197 8. the United States under the title The Wis- Tablets of'Abdu'l-Baha, vols. I , II, Ill; a comdom of 'Abdu'l-Baha; Brentano's, New pilation of His letters to individual believers York, 1924 . in America. Baha'f Publishing Society, The Promulgation of Universal Peace, vols. I, Chicago, 1909 , 1915, 1916. II; a compilation of His add resses in Canada

4. SOME COMPILATIONS FROM THE WRITINGS OF BAHA'U ' LLAH, THE BAB AND 'ABDU'L -BAHA The Baha'i Revelation. Baha'i Publishing Prayers and Meditations by Baha'u'llah. Baha'i Trust, London, 1955. Publishing Committee, Wilmette, Illinois, Baha'i World Faith. Baha'i Publishing Com- 1938, 1954, and other Baha'i Publishing mittee, Wilmette, Illinois, 1943, 1956. Trusts. The Covenant of Baha'u'ullah. Baha'i Publish- The Reality of Man . Baha'i Publishing Coming Trust, London, 1950; revised, 1963. mittee , Wi lmette, Illinois, 1931; revised, The Divine A rt of Living. Baha'i Publishing 1962. Co mmittee, Wilmette, Illino is, 1944; Selections from the Writings of the Bab. World revised, 1960. Centre Publications, 1976. Gleanings from th e Writings of Baha'u'llah . Tablets of Baha'u'llah revealed after th e Baha'i Publishing Committee , Wilmette, Kitab-i-Aqdas. World Centre Publications; Illinois, 1939, 1952, and other Baha'i Pub- 1978. lishing Trusts. (Note: A large number of Prayer Books compiled of prayers revealed by Baha' u'llah, the Bab and 'Abdu'l-Baha has been published by Baha'f Publishing Trusts and National Spiritual Assemblies throughout the world.)

5. SHOGHI EFFENDI'S BEST-KNOWN WORKS The World Order of Baha'u'llah. February, America and the Most Great Peace. April, 1929 . 1933. The World Order of Baha'u'llah, Further Con - The Dispensation of Baha'u'llah . February, siderations. March , 1930. 1934. The Goal of a New World Order. November, The Unfo ldment of World Civilization. March, 1931. 1936. The Golden Age of the Cause of Baha'u'llah. March, 1932 . (Note: The a bove seven essays have been published in one volume entitled The World Order of Baha'u'llah. Baha'f Publish ing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1938. Revised edition, 1955; second printing, 1965.) The Advent of Divine Justice. Baha'i Publish- Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1941. ing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1939. God Passes By. Baha'i Publishing Trust, Wil- The Promised Day is Come. Baha'i Publishing mette, Illinois, 1944. 488 THE BAHA'I WORLD

TRANSLATIONS (see note p. 485).

The Dawn-Breakers, by Mu~ammad-i-Zarandi , Prayers and Meditations by Bah ti' u' I/ah . Baha'i surnamed Nabil-i-A':-i:am. Baha'i Pub lishing Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1938, Committee, New York , 1932 , and other 1962, and other Baha'i Publishing Trusts. Baha'i Publishing Trusts. Tablet to the Central Organization for a Dur- Epistle to the Son of the Wolf, by Baha'u'llah. able Peace, The Hague, by 'Abdu'l-Baha, Baha'i Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois , dated December 17, 1919. Published as a 1941, 1953, and other Baha'i Publishing leaflet by Baha'i Publishing Trust, London. Trusts. Tablet to Dr. Fore/, by 'Abdu' l-Baha . Pub- Cleanings from the Writings of Bahti'u'l/tih. lished in Star of the West, vol. xiv, no. 4, July Baha'i Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1923 , p. 101. Subsequently published as a 1939, 1952, and other Baha'i Publishing leaflet by various Baha'i Publishing Trusts. Trusts. Tablet of the Holy Mariner, by Baha'u'llah. The Hidden Words of Ba/11i'u'lltih (Arabic and Published in Star of the West, vol. xm, no. 4, Persian). Baha'i Publishing Committee , May 1922, p. 75. Subsequently published in New York, 1924. Baha'i Publishing Com- Prayer Books and other compilations . mittee, London, 1932, a nd other Baha'i The Will and Testament of'Abdu'l-Baha . Baha'i Publishing Trusts. Publishing Committee, New York, 1925, Kittib-i-lqan, by Baha'u'llah. Baha'i Publishing 1935. Baha'i Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1931, 1950, and Illinois, 1944, 1968, and other Baha'i Pubother Baha'i Publishing Trusts. lishing Trusts.

SOME COMPILATIONS FROM HIS WRITINGS

Bahti'{ Administration. Baha'i Publishing Messages to Canada . National Spiritual Committee, Wilmette, Illinois, 1928, 1960. Assembly of the Baha'is of Canada, 1965. Messages to America (1932-1946). Baha'i Letters from the Guardian to Australia and New Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 194 7. Zealand (1923-1957). National Spiritual Messages to the Bahti'{ World (1950-1957). Assembly of Australia, 1970. Baha'i Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, Dawn of a New Day-Messages to India 1958. (1923-1957). Baha'i Publishing Trust, New Principles of Bahti'{ Administration. Baha'i Delhi, 1970. Publishing Trust, England, 1950. Directives from the Guardian. Baha'i Publish- Guidance for Today and Tomorrow. Baha'i ing Trust, New Delhi, 1970. Publishing Trust, London, 1953. High Endeavours: Messages to A laska. Citadel of Faith (Messages to America National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'isof 194 7-1957). Baha'i Publishing Trust, Wil- Alaska, 1976. mette, Illinois , 1965. Call to the Nations. World Centre Publications, 1977. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 489 6. LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE FIVE YEAR PLAN Ric;lvan 197 4- Ric;lvan 1979

PRE VI 0 US volumes of The Bahd'( World list more than 550 languages, major dialects and scripts into which the Sacred Writings and other literature of the Baha'i Faith have been translated. The promotion of such translations has been an important objective of the international teaching plans conducted by the Baha'i world community over the years, with the purpose of making available to the believers in many lands the Scriptures of their faith in their own tongues. Information about the languages in which Baha'i literature is currently available may be obtained from the Baha'i World Centre, P.O. Box 155, 31 001 Haifa, Israel. Listed below, by continent, are the languages and dialects into which translations of Baha'i literature were first made, and those in which literature has been added, during the period between Ri<;lvan 1974 and Ri<;lvan 1979. These accomplishments include translations, publications and recordings on tape, although not all have been achieved in each of the languages listed. The usage and spelling chosen for primary listings and indication of dialect relationships follow, where possible, C. F. and F. M. Voegelin, Classification and Index of the World's Languages.' It is recognized by the compilers of this list that these designations sometimes do not reflect the name by which a particular language or dialect is best known , or the designation preferred by its speakers. Some variant names and spellings, including variants previously reported, appear in parentheses. The major countries, islands or territories where the languages are spoken are shown in italics. Where no such entry is given , the places where the language is spoken are so numerous and so widely scattered that to list them would be unwieldy; many of these languages are found world-wide. A. AFRICA

Newly Translated:

1. Anyi: Baule (Baoule) dialect (Ivory 16. Diola: Kasa (Casa) dialect (The Gam- Coast) bia) 2. Asu (Pare; Kipare) (Tanzania) 17. Ewe: Watyi (Ouatchi; Waci) dialect 3. Awing (Cameroons) (B enin; Togo) 4. Bambara (Mali; Senegal; Upp er Volta) 18. Frafra (Ghana) 5. Bamoun (Cameroons) 19. Gurma (Gourma ; Gourmantche) (To - 6. Bargu (Bargou; Bariba) (Benin; Togo; go; Upper Volta) Nigeria) 20. Herero (Namibia/South West Africa) 7. Bassa (Gbasa) (Liberia) 21. ~j9 (Ijaw) (Nigeria) 8. te-Beembe (Kibembe) (Zafre) 22. Kaba (Sara Kaba) (Central African 9. Berba (Benin) Empire; Chad) 10. Bete (Ivory Coast) 23. Kasem (Kasseme; Kasena; Kassena) 11. Bini (Edo) (Nigeria) (Ghana; Upper Volta) 12. tBulu (Boulou) (Cameroons or Gabon) 24. Kefa (Kaffa; Kaffigna) (Ethiopia) 13. Busoong (Kuba; Bakuba; Bushong) 25. ra-Kpa (Bafia) (Cameroons) (Zaire) 26. Krio (West Africa) 14. Chiripon-Lete-Anum (Cherepong; 27. Kusal (Kusaal) (Ghana; Upper Volta) Guan) (Ghana) 28 . Kwakum (Bakoum) (Cameroons) 15. Dan (Gio; Guere; Yacouba) (Ivory 29. Kweni (Gouro) (Ivory Coast) Coast; Liberia) 30. Maka (Makaa) (Cameroons) Foundations of Linguistics Series; Elsevier, New York and Amsterdam; 1977. tEfforts to obtain exact identification continue. 490 THE BAHA'I WORLD

31. Mano (Guin ea; Liberia) 39. Tamazight (Algeria; Libya; Mali; 32. Moba (Chana; Togo; Upper Volta) Morocco; Nigeria) 33. Nankanse (Nankani) (Chana; Upper 40. Tiv (Nigeria) Volta) 41. t Tobote (Busari; Bassar) (Chana; 34. Riff (Tarifit) (Algeria; Morocco) Togo) 35. Sara: Sara-Majingai dialect (Central 42 . ci-Tonga, Malawian (Kitonga; Siska) African Empire; Chad) (Malawi) 36. Somba: Niende (Gnia nde) dialect 43. Tupuri (Toupouri) (Cameroons; (Benin; Togo) Chad) 37 . Songhai (Sonrai): Dendi dialect 44. Wescos (Cameroonian Pidgin) (West (Upper West Africa) Africa) 38. Songhai (Sonrai): Songhai dialect (Upper West Africa)

Insufficient Information (Further identification is needed to determine whether the following represent new accomplishments or enrichment of existing literature) :

1. t Batua (Lutua-Bambote) (Rep orted 2. Mende: Kpa dialect (Sierra Leone) from Zai're) 3. t Yaoure (Yahore) (Reported from Ivory Coast)

Literature Enriched: 1. Adangme (Chana) 23. Fu! (Fula; Fulani; Peulh; Toucouleur) 2. Afrikaans (South Africa) (West Africa) 3. Akan: Asante (Ashanti) dialect 24 . Ga (Ga) (Chana) (Chana) 25. Gambai (Sara-Gambai; Ngambaye; 4. Akan: Fante (Fanti) dialect (Chana) Gombaye) (Chad) 5. Akan: Twi (Akwapem) dialect 26. olu-Ganda (Luganda) (Uganda) (Chana) 27 . Gbaya (Baya) (Central African 6. Akoli (Acholi) (Sudan; Uganda) Empire; Cameroons; Congo) 7. Amharic (Amarigna) (Ethiopia) 28.eke-Gusii (Kisii) (Kenya) 8. Bassa (Koko; Mvele) (Camero ons) 29. Hausa (Haoussa) (West Central 9. ici-Bemba (Wemba) (Zai're; Zambia) Africa) 10. Creole, Indian Ocean (Mauritian 30. Igbo (Ibo; Igho) (Nigeria) Creole) (Mauritius; Reunion; Seychel- 31. ke-Kamba (Kikamba) (Kenya) les) 32. Kanuri (Chad; Niger; Nigeria) 11. Dagbani (Dag bane) (Chana; Togo) 33. Kikuyu (Kenya) 12. t Dinka (Sudan) 34. Kongo (Kikongo) (Angola; Cabinda; 13. Diola (Jola) (Upper West Africa) Congo; Zai're) 14. Diola (Jola): Fogny (J6ola F6oiii) 35. Kongo: Laadi (Lari; Balari; Kilari) dialect (The Cambia; Guinea; Senegal) dialect (Cabon; Congo) 15 . Duala (Douala) (Cameroons) 36. Kpelle (Guinea; Liberia) 16. Efik (Cameroons; Nigeria) 37. Logooli (Luragoli; Maragoli; Ragoli) 17. Ekoi; Ejagham dialect (Cameroons; (Kenya) Nigeria) 38 . Losengo: Mangala (Lingala) dialect 18. Ewe (Benin; Chana; Togo) (Zai're) 19. Ewe: Adjadia lect(Benin) 39. si-Lozi (Zambia) 20. Ewe: Ge (Mina) dialect (Benin; Niger; 40. ki-Luba-Katanga (Shaba) (Zai're) Togo) 41. Luba-Lulua (Tshiluba; Ciluba) (Zai're) 21. Ewe: Gu (Goun) dialect (Benin; 42. Luba-Lulua: Luba-Kasai dialect Chana; Togo) (Tshiluba of Kasai) (Zai're) 22. F6 (Fon; Dahomeen) (B enin) 43. Luhya: lu-Tiriki dialect (Kenya) t Efforts to obtain exact identification continue. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 491 44. ci-Lunda (Angola; Zafre; Zambia) 68. Ruanda (Kinyarwanda; Runyar- 45. ci-Lunda: Ndembo dialect (Zafre) wanda) (Rwanda) 46. Luo (Kenya; Tanzania) 69. iki-Rundi (Kirundi) (Burundi) 47 . Lwo (Uganda) 70. Sango (Central African Empire; 48. ci-Makonde (Shimakonde) (Mozambi- Chad; Congo) que; Tanzania) 71. Sara: Sara Ngama dialect (Central 49 . Malagasy (Madagascar) African Empire; Chad) 50. Masa (Massa) (Chad; Cameroons) 72. Serer (Serere) (The Gambia; Senegal) 51. Masaba: ulu-Bukusu (Lubukusu) 73. Shilha (Algeria; Morocco) dialect (Kenya; Uganda) 74. Shilluk (Sholuk) (Ethiopia; Sudan) 52. Mashi (Zafre; Zambia) 75. Shona (Mozambique; Zimbabwe- 53. ke-Mero (Kimeru; Meru) (Kenya) Rhodesia) 54. More (Mossi) (Ghana; Togo; Upper 76. Sidamo (Sidamigna) (Ethiopia) Volta) 77. lu-Songe (Kisonge) (Zafre) 55. isi-Ndebele (Sindebele) (Zimbabwe- 78. Songhai: Zarma (Djerma) dialect Rhodesia) (Niger; Nigeria) 56. Nguni: isi-Swati (SiSwati; Swazi) 79. Sotho, Southern (se-Sotho; Sesotho) dialect (Swaziland; South Africa) (Lesotho; South Africa) 57. Nguni: isi-Xhosa (!Xhosa; Kaffir) 80. Swahili (Kiswahili) (East Central dialect (Botswana; Transkei, South Africa) Africa) 81. Temen (Themne, Temne) (Sierra 58. Nguni: Zulu dialect (South Africa) Leone) 59.eke-Nyakyusa: Ngonde (Konde) dialect 82. Teso (Ateso) (Kenya; Uganda) (Malawi; Tanzania) 83. Tigrinya (Ethiopia) 60. ki-Nyamwesi (Nyamwezi) (Tanzania) 84. ci-Tonga, Zambian (Plateau Tonga) 61. Nyang (Kenyang) (Cameroons) (Zambia) 62. ci-Nyanja (Malawi; Zambia) 85. se-Tswana (Botswana; Zimbabwe- 63. ci-Nyanja: ci-Cewa (Chichewa) dialect Rhodesia; South Africa) (Malawi; Zambia) 86. Tumbuka (ci-Tumbuka; Timbuka) 64 . olu-Nyole (Lunyore; Lunyole) (Kenya) (Malawi; Tanzania; Zambia) 65. oru-Nyoro (Runyoro-Rutoro) (Uganda) 87. Wolof (Jolof; Oulof) (The Gambia; 66 . Oromigna (Galla; Galligna) (Ethiopia; Mauritania; Senegal) Kenya) 88. ci-Yao (Chiyao) (Malawi; Mozambique; 67. shi-Ronga (Shironga) (Mozambique; Tanzania) South Africa) 89. Yoruba (Benin; Nigeria) 90. olu-Ziba (olu-Haya) (Tanzania)

B. THE AMERICAS

Newly Translated:

1. Alacaluf (Chile) 10. Lokono (Arawak, Continental) 2. Amuesha (Peru) (French Guiana; Guyana; Surinam) 3. Campa (Peru) 11. t Ma cu (Maco) (Venezuela) 4. t Catio (Colombia; Panama) 12 . Masco: Huachipairi (Amaracaeri) 5. t Chinantec: Chinalteco de Tuxlepec dialect (Peru) (Mexico) 13. Mascoy: Lengua dialect (Paraguay) 6. t Chinantec: Chinalteco de la Sierra 14. Maya: Mopan dialect (Belize; (Mexico) Guatemala) 7. t Chiquitano (Bolivia) 15. Mazatec (Mexico) 8. Conibo: Shipibo dialect (Peru) 16. Mbaya-Guaicuru: Payagua (Lengua) 9. Cubeo (Brazil; Colombia) dialect (Toba Lengua) (Paraguay, t Efforts to obtain exact identification continue. Bolivia, Brazil) 492 THE BAHA'i WORLD

17. Menomini (United States) 25. Tupi: Guarayu dialect (Bolivia) 18. Mixtec (Mexico) 26 . Tzeltal (Mexico) 19. Ojibwa (Chippewa): Mississagi dialect 27. Uapichana (Wapishanna) (Brazil; (Canada) Guyana) 20. Paez (Colombia) 28. Yagua (Brazil; Colombia; Peru) 21. Piaroa (Venezuela) 29. Yupik, Central Alaskan: Yuk dialect 22. Piro (Peru) (Alaska) 23. Tanaina: Kenai dialect (Alaska) 30. t Zamucoan, Northern (Ayon~, 24. Tucuna (Ticuna) (Brazil; Co lombia; Ayoreo) (Bolivia; Paraguay) Peru)

lnsufficienl lnformalion (Further identification is needed to determine which of the following represe nt new accomplishments and which enrichment of existing literature):

1. Zapotec: Zapoteco de! Istmo (Mexico) 2. t Zapotec: Zapoteco de la Sierra (Mexico)

Lilerature Enriched: 1. Aleut (Aleutian & Pribiloff Islands; 22. Koyukon (Alaska) Alaska; U.S.S.R.) 23. Kuchin (Kutchin; Fort Yukon; 2. Ashushlay (Chulupi; Tapiete) (Para- Loucheux) (Alaska; Canada) guay) 24. Machiguenga (Peru) 3. Aymara (Bolivia; Peru) 25 . Mapuche (Araucanian) (Argentina; 4. Blackfoot (Canada; Uni1ed Slates) Chile) 5. Bribri (Costa Rica; Panama) 26. Mataco (Argentina; Bolivia; Para- 6. Cakchiquel (Guatemala) guay) 7. Carib (Brazil; Guyana; French 27. Maya (Belize; Guatemala; Mexico) Guiana; Surinam) 28. Miskito (Honduras; Nicaragua) 8. Carib: Galibi (Carina; Karinja) dialect 29. Otomi (Mexico) (Brazil; French Guiana; Guyana; 30. Paiute, Southern: Ute dialect (United Surinam; Venezuela) States) 9. Carib, Island (Garifuna) (Belize; 31. Papiamento (Aruba; Bonaire; Guatemala; Honduras) Cura9ao) 10. Cayapa (Ecuador) 32. t Quechua (Argentina; Bolivia; Chile; 11. Creole, Haitian (Haili) Colombia; Ecuador; Peru) 12. Cuna (Kuna) (Colombia; San Blas 33. Quiche (Guatemala; Mexico) Islands, Panama) 34. Shuara (Jivaro) (Ecuador; Peru) 13. Dakota (Sioux) (Canada; United 35. Shuara (Jivaro): Aguaruna dialect States) (Ecuador; Peru) 14. Epera, Northern (Chocoe; Embera) 36. Sranan (Sranan Tongo; Surinamese; (Colombia; Panama) Taki-Taki) (Surinam) 15. Goajiro (Guajiro) (Colombia; Ven- 37. Sumo (Honduras; Nicaragua) ezuela) 38. Tanana: Tan across dialect (Alaska) 16. Guahibo (Colombia; Venezuela) 39. Tlingit (Alaska; Canada) 17. Guaymi (Panama) 40. Toba (Argentina) 18. Haida (Alaska; Canada) 41. Tupi: Guarani dialect (Argentina; 19. Inuit (Inupiaq): Kobuk (Kotzebue) Brazil; Paraguay) dialect (Alaska) 42. Yaqui (Mexico; Uniled States) 20. Jicaque (Xicaque) (Honduras) 43. Yaruro (Venezuela) 21. Kekchi (Ketchi) (Belize; Guatemala) 44. Yukpa (Colombia; Venezuela) t Efforts to obtain exact identification continue. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 493 c. ASIA Newly Translated: 1. Azerbaijani (Adhirbayjani; Azeri) 8. Maldivian (Divehi Bas) : Divehi script (iran; Soviet Adhirbayjan) (Maldives; Minicoy Island) 2. Bisaya (Sarawak; Borneo; Brunei) 9. Maldivian (Divehi Bas): Latin script 3. t Dangi (India) (Maldives; Minicoy Island) 4. Dayak, Land (Bidayuh): Jagoi 10. Melanau: Oya/Dalat dialect (Sarawak) (Biratak) dialect (Borneo; Sarawak) 11 . Pala wan on (Philippine Islands) 5. Japanese,Katakanascript(newscript) 12 . Rajasthani: Gujuri (Gujari) dialect 6. Kazakh: Cyrillic script (Kazakh S.S. R.; (India; Pakistan) China) 13. Sanskrit 7. Kazakh: Latin script (Kazakh S.S. R.; China)

Insufficient Information (Further identification is needed to determine whether the following represent new accomplishments or enrichment of existing literature): 1. t Agta (Philippine Islands) 3. 'Dialect of the Montagnards' (Viet- 2. Murut, Sarawak (Malaysia, Indonesia) nam) Literature Enriched: 1. Arabic 23 . Kurdish (Afghanistan; Armenian 2. Armenian S.S.R.; iran; 'Iraq; Syria; Turkey) 3. Balochi (Baluchi) (Afghanistan; Ara- 24. Lao (Laotian) (Laos; Thailand) bian Peninsula; India; iran; Pakistan; 25. Malayalam (India, including Lacca- Turkmen S.S.R.) dive Islands) 4. Bengali (Bangladesh; India) 26. Marathi (India) 5. Bengali: Assamese dialect (Northeast- 27. Melanau: Mukah dialect (Sarawak) ern India) 28. Nepali (Nepalese) (Nepa l) 6. Bengali: Tripuri (Kok-Borok) dialect 29. Oriya (Orija) (India) (India) 30. Oriya: Halbi (Halabi) dialect (India) 7. Biko! (Bicol) (Philippine Islands) 31. Pangasinan (Philippine Islands) 8. Burmese (Burma; Bangladesh) 32. Panjabi (Punjabi) (India; Pakistan) 9. Chinese 33 . Persian (Farsi) 10. Dayak, Land (Bidayuh): Bukar 34. Sebuano (Cebuano) (Philippine Sadong (Tebakang) dialect (Borneo; Islands) Sarawak) 35. Sindhi (India; Pakistan) 11. Dayak, Sea (!ban) (Borneo; Sarawak) 36. Sinhalese (Sri Lanka) 12. Gondi (India) 37. Tagalog (Filipino) (Philippine Islands) 13. Gujarati (India) 38. Tamil 14. Hanun6o (Philippine Islands) 39. Telugu (India) 15. Hindi (India; Africa; Fiji Islands; 40. Thai (Thailand) Guianas; Surinam) 41. Tibetan, Central (Bh6!iii): Lhasa 16. Ilocano (Philippine Islands) (Dbus) dialect (India , Tibet) 17. Ilonggo (Hiligaynon) (Philippine 42. Turkish Islands) 43. Turkmen (Turkoman) (Turkmen 18. Japanese S.S.R.; iran; Afghanistan) 19. Kannada (Kanarese) (India) 44 . Urdu (India; Pakistan) 20. Kashmiri (India; Pakistan) 45. Vietnamese (Vietnam; Kampuchea; 21. Khmer (Cambodian) (Kampuchea; Laos; Thailand) Thailand; Vietnam) 46. Waray (Waraywaray; Samar-Leyte; 22. Korean (Korea; China; Japan) Samarefio) (Philippine Islands) t Efforts to obtain exact identification continue. 494 THE BAHA'I WORLD

o. AUSTRALASIA AND THE PACIFIC ISLANDS

Newly Translated:

1. Akei (Navaka) (New Heb rides ) 7. Me le: Fila dialect (Fila & Efate Islands, 2. Carolinean (Caroline Islands; Sa ipan) New H eb rides ) 3. 'Fiji Hindi ' (Fiji Islands) 8. Rennellese: Bell ona dialect (Solomon 4. Gao (Solomon Islands) Islands) 5. Kara (Papua New Guinea) 9. Tanna: Le nake l dialect (New Heb- 6. t Kombe (Papua New Guinea) rides)

Literature Enriched:

1. Areare (Solomon Islands ) 21. Palauan (Pa lau) (Caroline Islands; 2. Baining (New Britain Island, Papua Guam) New Guinea) 22. Pidgin , Fijia n (Fiji Islands) 3. Bogutu (Solomon Islands) 23. Pidgin, New Hebrides (Bislama) (New 4. Chamorro (Guam and oth er Mariana Hebrides) Islands) 24. Pidgin , Pap uan (Neo-Me lanesia n) 5. Easte r Isla nd (Pascuense) (Easter (Papua New Guinea, including Admir- Island) alty Islands) 6. Efate (Efatese) (New Heb rides) 25. Pidgin , Solomon Islands (So lomon 7. Efate: Erakor dialect (New Hebrides) Islands) 8. Fijian (Fiji Islands) 26. Ponapean (Eastern Caro lin e Islands) 9. Gilbertese (Kiribati; Nauru; Ocean 27 . Roviana (Solomon Islands) Island) 28 . Samoan (Samoa; New Zealand; United 10. Hawaiian (Hawaiian Islands) States) 11. Kosraean (Kusaiea n) (Carolin e 29. Tahitian (So ciety Islands; Tuamotu Islands ) A rchipelago; Marquesas Islands; 12. Kwara?ae (Solomon Islands ) Gambier & Austral Islands) 13. Langalanga (Solomon Islands) 30. To nga n (Tonga Islands; Uvea (Wa llis) 14. Lau (Solomon Islands) Island, Loyalty Islands) 15. Lifu (Lifouan) (Loyalty Islands) 31. Trukese (Caroline Islands) 16. Maori, Coo k Islands (Rarotongan) 32 . T uva luan (Ellicean) (Tuvalu; Nauru; (Cook Islands ) Toke lau Islands; New Zealand; 17. Maori, New Zealand (New Zealand) Hawaiian Islands; Swain 's Islan d, 18. Marshallese (Marshall Islands) Samoa) 19. Motu, Hiri (Papua New Guinea) 33 . Ya pese (Caroline Islands) 20. Nengo ne (Mareen) (Loyalty Islands)

E. EUROPE

Newly Translated:

1. Breton (Northwestern France) 4. Latin 2. Italian: Logodurese dialect (Sardinia) 5. Romany: Sin to dialect (Northern Italy) 3. Ladin (Italian & Swiss Tyrol)

t Efforts to obtain exact identification continue. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 495 Literature Enriched: 1. Albanian (Albania; Bulgaria; !1aly; 19. Greek , Modern (Greece; Cyprus; Greece; Unired States; Turkey; Yugo- Egypt; Italy; Balkans; Western Europe; slavia) Africa; North & South America; 2. Arabic: Maltese dialect (Maira) Australia; Turkey) 3. Basque (France, Spain, North 20. Hungarian America) 21. Icelandic (Iceland, United States) 4. Bielorussian (White Russian) 22. Italian (Bielorussian S.S.R.; Poland; 23. Lettish (Latvian) (Latvia) Lithuania) 24. Lithuanian 5. Bulgarian (Bulgaria; Greece; 25. Norwegian: Riksmal (Bokmal) Rumania; U.S .S .R.; Yugoslavia) (Norway, Unired States) 6. Croatian (Serbocroatian, Latin script) 26. Polish (Poland; Czechoslovakia; (Yugoslavia; Austria; Czechoslovakia; Canada; Germany; Rumania; United Hungary; Italy; Rumania) Srares; U.S.S. R.) 7. Czech (Czechoslovakia; Poland; 27. Portuguese United States) 28. Romansch: Sursilvan dialect (Switzer- 8. Danish (Denmark; Germany; United la nd) States) 29. Rumanian (Rumania; Albania; Bal- 9. Dutch kans; Canada; United States; U.S.S. R.) 10. English 30. Russian 11 . Estonian 31. Serbian (Serbocroatian, Cyrillic script) 12. Farnese (Faroe Islands) (Yugoslavia; Austria; Czechoslovakia; 13. Finnish (Finland; Estonia; Sweden; Hungary; Italy; Rumania) Unired States, U.S.S.R.) 32. Slovak (Czechoslovakia; Hungary; 14. French Yugoslavia) 15. Frisian (Frisian Islands; Germany; The 33. Slovene (Yugoslavia; Austria; Italy; Netherlands) Hungary; United States) 16. Gaelic, Irish (Erse; Irish) (Ireland; 34. Spanish (Spain; Africa; Caribbean; Unired Kingdom) Central America; Philippine Islands; 17. German South America; United States) 18 . German: Luxembourgian dialect 35. Swedish (Sweden; Canada; Estonia; (Luxembourg) Finland; United States)

F. INVENTED LANGUAGES

1. Espe ranto

G. TOTAL BY CONTINENTS

Needing Newly Further Literature Translated I demifica tio n Enriched Africa 44 3 90 The Americas 30 2 44 Asia 13 3 46 Australasia and the Pacific Islands 9 33 Europe 5 35 Invented langu ages

101 8 249 496 THE BAHA'f WORLD

7. THE SHORT OBLIGATORY PRAYER IN 391 LANGUAGES, DIALECTS OR SCRIPTS

I bear witness, 0 my God, that Thou hast created me to know Thee and to worship Thee. I testify, at this moment, to my powerlessness and to Thy might, to my poverty and to Thy wealth. There is none other God but Thee, the Help in Peril, th e Self-Subsisting.

Short Daily Obligatory Prayer in Arabic and English.

ABOVE is the original Arabic and its translation into English of one of the prayers revealed by Baha'u'llah and prescribed for fulfilment of the daily obligatory prayer. It is known as the Short Obligatory Prayer, and when used is recited once in twenty-four hours, at noon. Following are translations of this prayer in 389 additional languages, dialects or scripts listed according to the continents to which those languages are indigenous. Included are some recent translations which are not reflected in the preceding statistical listing. The usage and spelling chosen for primary listings, and indication of dialect relationships, follow , where possible, C. F. and F. M. Voegelin, Classification and Index of the World's Languages. It is recognized by the compilers of this list that these designations, therefore, sometimes do not reflect the name by which a particular language or dialect is best known, or the designation preferred by those who speak it. Some variant names a nd spellings, including variants previously reported , appear in parentheses. Exceptions to Voegelin & Voegelin's usage have been made in a few cases: where the name of a language has been officially changed in the country in which it is spoken; where Voegelin & Voegelin 's primary listing is known to be considered pejorative by speakers of the language or dialect; and in a few other instances. Also, certain of the European dialects of Scandinavian and Netherlandic-German have been listed as separate languages, on the basis of their long separate histories as literary languages. BAHA ' I BIBLIOGRAPHY 497 Where ide ntification in term s of this standard refe rence has not yet bee n comple ted, the nome ncl ature reported to the World Ce ntre by the Nationa l Spiritual Asse mbly responsible fo r the accomplishment has been used, and such translatio ns are indicated by a dagger. An aste risk denotes an improved translation made ava il ab le for this volume in a language which has appeared in earlier vo lumes. The major countries, islands or territories where the la nguages are spoken are shown in italics; wh ere no such entry is given, the places where the language is spoke n are so numerous and so widely sca ttered that to list them would be unwield y: ma ny of these la nguages are found worldwide. Totals for each continent are: Africa, 129; th e Americas , 89; Asia, 90; Australasia and th e Pacific Islands, 31; E urope, 49; Invented languages, 2; Braille, 1. The total number of translations and transliterations is 391 .

A. AFRICA

* Denotes revised translatio ns. t Effo rts to obtain exact id entification continue. ADANGME (G hana) Otumfo:>, medi hia buroburo na WoyE :>defo:>. Oo TsaatsE Mawu i ye:> he odase kaa 0 b:> mi Onyame fofor:> biara nni h:> ka Wo ho, :>haw konE ma le Mo nE ma ja Mo. Pi:> hu i ngE he mu Boafo:>, Wo na wote Wo hone W'ase. odase yee kaa i be he wami ko; Moji he wamitsE, AKAN: Fante dialect (Ghana) ohi afo ji mi se Mo LEE niatsE ji Mo NgE Ose :> Mawu ko be hu . Moji wa yemi kE buab ngE 0 , m'Ewurad ze, mid zi dase dE :>wo ab:> me dE haomi mi nE haa w:> wami. munhu Wo na monsom Wo. Midzi dase sesei dE mennyi a ho:>dzen biara na :)wodze EyE AFRIKAAN S* (South Africa) Otumfo, mid zi hi a neminemi na :)wo EyE :>dzefo. E k getuig, 0 my God, dat U my geskape het Ewuradze, obiara nnyi h:> kii wo ho, :>haw om U te ken en U te aanbid. Ek betuig op mu :) boafo, :)wo a :Jwoara Etse W'ase. hierdie oomblik my magteloosheid en U mag, my armoede e n U rykdom. AKAN: Twi (Akwapem) di alect (Ghana) Daar is gee n ander God buite n U nie, die 0 me Nyankop:>n, Midi Ada nse SE Wo na Hulp in Gevaar, die Self-Bestaande. Woab:> me SE min hu Wo na mensom Wo. Midi adanse w:>saa d:>n yi mu SE me de memfra na wo AKAN : Asante (Ashanti) di alect (Ghana) na Wow:> tumi, meyE ohiani na Wo na Wo yE 0 me Nyame, medi adanseE SE Woab:J me SE :)defo. menhu Wo na mensom Wo. Medi adanseE seesei 0 Nyame bi nni baabi SE Wo nkutoo Kore SE menni aho:>den biara na Wo deE WoyE Ahohia mu Boafo ne Onyame a:)nnan obi.

AMHARIC (AMARIGNA : AMARINYA) (Ethiopia) 1'9°1\h. tr.et hi·,./ "/P,m-:t>'i' "(l"l.F.-f.\U?" 11/.l'..· 1,/J.'. l.mch~ 1,ou(lnt-t\o· trH· ;1c or~:nC'l·)· 1111.u':)·· ·1. 11. f~» ~ti"'IH·'i f'}·,.1 ~.~f.\~;I. ! n1 9°llh./~·)·'i' f1·,.1 '/11:1·9"~·} 1'G:J"l"1"V- o tn-1· 'lJ.'.•"J 1.11. t:~·)· hr·hnar'i 0·111 1,.(luyn h9°..,. 'i Gll>- '\9° l\h Oil.,..,, c t\.I '\9" I h f" 9° I A WING (Cameroon Republic) nfomeh, nsi pe h mbeh tsu yi mbe chiki nfoh . Nsi yi tsih langna yo h koh tchipo le tsoyoh Mbi Nsi-me h pah-aneh tsunkene me nge h mbo-oh kwal e meh mbo nge h, mbo-oh wa ngo nke-yeh. me-meh . Nji yanengeh mangleh nwu te meteneh, Nsih peh nchi ne metiem eh chemeh, mangleh 498 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

BAMBARA (Mali, Senegal, Upper Volta) BERBA (Benin) Mbi shereya , E Alla, ka don ko e de ye nda N'fare natwag::im alahf:n tiyorriptu adwose ko nki'don, ki'batu. N'tikera'ka ka'don ko se te b::inaars mma mantE m'mafaa. Swamswam n'nye ne ye, setiki de ye eye, fen nte ne fe , fen tiki de n'yal)::isi nem pwat::im n' nwam a big::i. Tuwo kpa ye eye. be katawe, a we bega w a pwase hirbe a nwan A ll a were shi'te fo eke len , E m in be se ka hira ntinwe hira n 'fusu u hiim. mogo demen ka bo geleyala, E min ma da fen BULU t (BOULOU) (submi11ed from re. Cameroon Republic ) Me ne nga a Zambe worn, na Onga te ma na yeme Wo a kan fe Wo. Ma mem eyon ji na , BAMOUN (Cameroon Republic) Ngul jam eno momo ve enjoe nje ene, name ne 0 nyinyia me na kuot nta mi U ka puoma mi azoe ve Wo One Kum; Zambe mfe anji bo ve njiU mbe kuepehU . Nj i na mi Upua' Fossku Wo etam, Ny6 a vo l6 eyon ya njuk , Ny6 a vee mbe fueke't, mbua mbure u pe Fon yamyum. be emien . Mo ' Nyinyi ndi' a Ii na vou , U pua nga yi BUSOONG(KUBA, BAKUBA , BUSHONG) ngamii tu ngue ', U pira' Nkake. (Zaire) NANAYEPE NTSHIAMIEME , WAMPUAN- BASSA (GBASA) (Liberia) GIDI AD!OYO DIA YEPE A DIA TSH!NI. NANAYEPE A !TENIKUYI, BUOLO BUEME, 1V1 Nr-1 zase o N,- Gedep5~ ka bi BUKUOKOYO BUAWA, NTANA MUEME , A mml m bi rh ke In dyl dyvto :; ke bi rh BUDIYI BUAWA . KUA NTSHIAMA YEKE A MUNA WENE , ANAMANA BAMUENGU, ke m bie 0... M Zaa /1\IS'xn ho kaim ofe OLOKATUONO WENE MIETE. N/ kfe[ riyt hwi hui.. ::; ke de /YI kpe CHIRIPON-LETE-ANUM (CHEREPONG , b ede hede l't7Llc. d.b N,·ga dye dye mu GUAN) (Chana) J ke de N; bJ ba lril.{[ G8dep:5) k.ako 0 1 Me Onyankop::m ; megyi adanse SE Wo ::ib::i do se ni .:i se rn doon m!J rn Ja Ny::; )n me SE me bEbE hu Wo ne me si Wo. Megyi 9bo kpa Np de de Seen mUE.. , ke Jn adanse kaake m::i SE me mmi; a yule akoa ne wole sea_gbo kpa Nyj m!J kE, , Wo de ayule mm::iodahwE. Megyi ehia buburo ne wolei; Wo de sika mm::iodahwE. Onyankop::m akoa bi;ti; ka Wo so. Wo ne Wo BATUA (LUTUA-BAMBOTE) t (submitted hu rne mm::ib::i borne amanehunu tE. Wo ne Wo from Zai're) EfE yi Wo yo so . MAKUY IMBANGA WOBE NTSHAMBE WAMI CIOKWE (CHOKWE) (Ango la, Zaire) WANGUANGILA BUA MEME KUKUYIBA MA KUKUNEMEKELA MIYIBANGA DIOM- Yami nguli chela che, 0 Yihova , Zambi BANTSHL BUNTALADI BUAMI NGOLO- yami wangutangile mumu ngukuningike ni SHABE, MUTANDA WAMI KUD!Yl BUABE. ngukuhalise. Ngunatawiza ha sh imb u line, KAKU TSHAMBE WIKA YELELE MULIOBE kulela cha mini tachije, ushwale wami ni upichi MUKUIDIDI WAMBANA MUENGU UL! we. Kushi Zambi mukwongwe yene, Yoze wa OBENKE. kupulula atu mu lamba lia ufwe, ni Yoze uli ni mwono wa mutolo mu li iye mwene.

ici- BEMBA (WEMBA) (Zaire, Zambia) CREOLE, INDIAN OCEAN (Mauritius Island, Reunion, Seychelles) Ndes ininkisha, Mwe Lesa wandi, ukuti Nimwe Mwa ne nge le uku Mw ishaba ku Mo temoigne, Bon Die, qui to fine cree moi Mpuepa. Nde su mina , pa kashita aka , pour conne toi et adore toi. Mo confesse mainku lu bulwa amaka yand i nakubukulu Bwenu , tenant mo impuissance d ivan to puissance et kubupabi bwandi naku bukankala Bwenu. mo pauvrete divan to richesse. Takuli Lesa urn bi kanofye Im we, Kafwa mu Na pena ene lote Bon Die qui toi, celui qui Buchush i, Mwe Baikalila Mweka . aide dans danger et existe par Ii meme. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 499 DAGBANI (DAGBANE) (Chana , Togo) Kpeh Obasi ettat chang breh Weh , nyoh anyangane Kpekpe nah Nfoneh arr ingeh Bejih Nti , ti Duma Nawuni yeda , kaman nyini n Ebeh. Nam ma, ni n mi Nawuni , ka dzemdi nuni Na titam la na. N ti yeda punpno , kaman Naa n kani n pahi nuni Na ti tam lana; nun tiri nira EMBUNt (submitted from Zai're) fara ni buni. Mwenzem, me lengyuy: Nze oweng me Sheli ka m n kani n pahi la nuni Nawuni Nati ongir eyu , ongir eboyi , Lale owu kapah , me ngy tam lana; nuni yihiri mira fukunsi ni , kao nam eyu obets onze, ngol anze , ompur ome, obwel saxinrla o ko . onze. Nze mur kabe fan , kadze Nzem asa ne Nze , DIOLA (JOLA) (Upp er West Africa) Nze okolume bar engots , Nze oye kabewang. Fetan fet , aw Atty Jamet, mate a w tepan min emanji de pop ne kobe. Ka bajati oum sembe ku fetanfet nyemi mo may, de samba ye yourley EWE * (B enin, Chana, Togo) yamakaye, kabajatiyoum waff de fu bajafoley Meqi qase, 0 nye Mawu , be Ew::im be man ya famakafu. Wo eye masub::i wo. Meqi qase le yeyiyi sia me le Bajut Atty Jamet ake a wujumi aw , aranbay nye IJuseman::>IJU kple Wo giinyenye l)Uti, le nye nawu de bu gall aw akum fange. hla kple wo kesin::inuwo l)Uti. Mawua qeke megali wu Woo, Kpeqel) ut::i le DIOLA (JOLA): Fogny (J6ola F6oni) dialect Xaxame. Amesi le agbe le edokui si . (The Cambia, Guinea, Senegal) Fiitanfiit, Jamit I Mati aw u tuukaam man i EWE: Ge (Mina) dialect (Benin, Togo) manji , ni saafi. Tan emmi iIJje let waaf, aw u IJOOlenum wanoosan , ni maIJmaIJ mati fnje Mougni dasse, o gne Mawu, odom be madjessigne eye massomonye. Mougnan Ouelebe asukateen, aw u kaanum erfmbaa n. Bajut e mit yaakeen leejaa taw, apakenem di kea ape housin mado. Coudo apo hounsin katakasak, aw awbom di fuk6i. dodo ape aya coudo opo tchikpokpo . Nouctekpe mougbade ouwo, ame ke hona na DUALA (DOUALA) (Cameroon Republic) ameo be afocoume amekele edokesia.

Ne mboil , a loba lam na o weki mba o bia oa na o sesa oa. Na dub~ tatan bgb9 lam ngiilang9, EWE: Watyi (Ouatchi , Waci) dialect (Benin, tue lam mbwan mgng9. Togo) Loba dip~p~ di titi buka t~ oa m~n~ mg Me <{u qase, o Mawuyen, be ye <{6wun ne ma mongwanedi o ndutu nu nye na mgm~n~. jesiye eye ne ma sum::iye. Le gayame a, me yan EFIK: lbibio dialect (Nigeria) wunsenmaqoyen ku wunsenqoqoo, ayayen ku q::ikuo. Mawu <tokpo me gba lei t6vo neo, Ami medi ntiense O! Abasi mi, nte ke Afo kpe<{eamewuntit::i le Xaxame, Ame ke su eqokoi okobot mi, man ndiono Fi , nyun nkpono Fi. ji a. Ami metin iko ntiense kemi ndiwut unana odudu mi, ye odudu Fo , nyun nwut nko ubuene mi ye inyene Fo. FO (FON, DAHOMEEN) (Benin) Abasi efen iduhe ke ebede Fi , Andinyana Ijeri ng Mahu che, dg yewe dami do gbeme kini nanenyin , Akama idem ikpon. b9 wa tu. Mahu che unt dote nou houe do houi we se EKOI: Ejagham dialect (Cameroon Republic, mi do be me bo ni na do tun houe bo na non sin Nigeria) houe. Unt do gbe gni nou troue we do hon Njime ntiese Atta Obasi, bre Weh otureme lonhon Ion che so nou de a gna che kpo do se nding Wah na nyube Wah. dokou mi ton kpo. Meh nwoh otti kah njgime nyih, kah ogong Nou de bou so de bo hou houegna houi me ohome na kah ikonm Effah, kah okpagk de e non houin !in gbe gan bo ka non sous sous ohome nah kah effonome Obah. hoye nou me houin de sous non. 500 THE BAHA'f WORLD

FUL (FULA, FULANI, FULFULDE, PEUL, GBA YA (BA YA) (Central African Empire, TOUCOULEUR) (West Africa) Cameroon Republic, Congo) Mohal berde di labbinta ha dir berde an Allah Mi ne sadako, i So ko' m, Me dee am ha' m me an, a kesuna kala ku mi wadata dir herde an, ding-Me in me gasi Me. Mi to kinii gaa ko'm in wala wadowo bo sai an mo hisintammi . Der ngai ko-Me, tal aka ko'm in pkamo ko-Me. berde ma di labbinde a usatan ko dume ha Ma So bona, Kaa ne Me, Wan ne gbak mo , berde am, ya an mo yidiyam hedi labbinde sai fio, Wan ne duk ne te-A ne te-A. mangol ma, a holliyam gidol ma, de ni an on timitorde ku'a yidi. Defte warol ma di von- GOUNt (Benin) natako waddi beldum ha dir berde an, an mo timminta be bo yokkowo do yukkol. Yin we yi kpajjle, oklu non ton, de da na dg yon in bg na dg sin . Yin wle tg wenin nou do ma do gan tche kpg houhlon tg we kpg wa mon non FUL: Torado dialect (Senegal) gni gni tche pg ado koun tg we kpg. Ye do kpg non we gni ji we ye we, ye me non Mi sedi, Ala , a'tagi lang mi andu mi julane. de me son ahou fiessa me , ye de kg gni nou da Mijabi heh wasude dole ang de heh mounti- hg na de we. nare ma, heh wasude am heh kebal ma ang. Wode Ala godo sina mada, walo wo fowu GURMA (GOURMA, GOURMANTCHE) darani do hore mung. (O'do julde foti halade (Togolese translation) nyarol ma wo nyarolma.) N'tie Seeda O ntienou, kaata gume, Ke min banda Ke ya dona- m'band molane m' bame GA: Accra dialect (Ghana, Togo) yen ayabam, N'tan larem yen aya piam. Furn bare n' ba yaka tien Kiye Kebe guna tipo ti tuo Miiye odase, Oo mi-Ny:>IJm:>, akE Ob:i mini mbire. Wan ye bin loucoul. male Boni madza 0. Mi ye::> he odase IJmEh:tswaa DEE. Miiye migb:idz:im:i IE kE OhewalE IE, mihia kE Oninam:i IE he odase. GURMA (GOURMA, GOURMANTCHE) Ny:iIJm:i kroko ko bE OsEE Dza Bo. Buab YE (Upper Volta translation) fim:i beiaIJ kE m:i ni YE ha Le-dirntsE ehe. n tie siedi, oo n tienu, k'a tagin ni ke min band' a, gi go ya jand'a n tuo moala moala ne ke n bani ke n tadi gaa GAMBA! (NGAMBAI, NGAMBA YE) pia paalu, gi go tuo ken bani k'a pia upaalu , gi (Chad) go tuo ke n luo, k'a pia Tien to gii ye kaa tie fin bebe yua n fa bidi gi Ei Allah !em, mam'too jee naige taree, I ya ram nyandi fala ciamun ni. kam geri !em mba kam mosso kul noin'g !em. yua n fidii ye o yuli po. Mayan missi noin'g basine , ma m'to nje rem I too je singa mon'g, ma m'to nje ndoo I too nje ne kinga. HAUSA (Nigerian dialect)t (Chad, Niger, Allah I ya ge kari ba, I ya too je la ge doje log Nigeria) toobel g I ya too deou doroi. Na shaida, Ya Allah na cewa ka halicce ne domin in yi maka sujada. Ina furci a wannan lokacin cewa ni mara iko ne ta wajen ikon ka olu-GANDA (LUGANDA) (Uganda) domin patara ta ta wurin yalwarka. Babu wani Allah sai kai domin ka yi taimako cikin wahala. Nina obujjulizi, Ai Katonda wange, nti wan- Kai da kake mai riko . tonda okukumanya n'okukusinza. Nkakkasa mu kiseera kino obutesobola bwange, HERERO (Namibia/South West Africa) n'olwobuyinza bwo, mu bwaavu bwange, ne mu bugagga bwo. Ami meri hatoi Jehova kutja ove uendji Tewali Katonda mulala okugyako, Ggwe, utira odu kutjiua noku ku kumbira . Ami Omuyambi mu kabi, Eyemalirira. moruveze nekui meyeta okuhinomasa kuandje BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 501 momasa uoye, ousyona uandje momautumbe KASEM (KASSEME, KASENA, KASSENA) uoy e . (Ghana. Upper Volta) Kapena Mukuru ua rue pendje naove omu- A yi kashetu, o a ko WE, ni mu mu yi teru, mun vatere uo momauzeu nomurikuramene. kia a m u, si a ta she mu. Lele kun t u a ye a bw;:m;i, mu yi dan mama tu .>.. - a n yi yi ni g;i tu, mi yi !JOO m a ma tu . HOA t (Botswana) WE di don da ter;i, ku na da mu, WE din di joIJ Mace. \1111 st 1lGa111a he . ·o c·eo ·a ma tim , WE dim di kati wur;i tim. n [ne ma ct ·a ·u ken [ne st ce\5-su ·u. Ma e-KELE (LOKELE) (Zaire ) qhalce. k'1 [he'e ha kl. kl \1111 s~ kt- [go'oa kl ' ii u-s t ke ·r1 sl kt-11'6 . kl 'i1m st ki-[go'oa kl 0 Mungu wami, isornE mbo okelimi eoka iluweke la iinelek' AE . Iswimela nda eye mbileye Il ka ·a qa ke ·nsi kt-jua bowandu wami la bofoka w'AE; iuw'ami la Ya [gci'oa llGama Oktii ha yi1 n [hM ka lifoka liaE. b ·o. Ki- [nui ox·oe. wA. ki 1·E.e. AngoEnE M un gu wasi sakoloko AE, oyo a tosungaka nda mbile ya tale, oyo ayali laya la ya. HUA (!XO)t (B otswana) NI e Ku-:J:e , ma ll'ha ka gllkqon [i te: Inga r.idi KIKUYU (GIKUYU) (Kenya) Inga i- lga. lyta ll' ha cen kona ll'a : te: Inga ih ll' ha Ndi muira Ngai ati niwanyumbire niguo ka kona Ii te: Inga , !J1 ll' ha cen la t'hani lui te: ngumenye na ngugocage wee Mwathani Ngai. Inga ih ll' ha ka la t'hani ll'ali te: Inga. Ninjui kahinda-ini gaka ni wa unini wakwa hari Ku-:J:e te'e r.i ll'a ka le !'an ti, ah'a: kar.i lgHbi Wee na uthini wakwa ni undu wa utonga waku. uhi: , ah'a: !ngoa ka tam . Gutiri Ngai ungi thengi a Niwe hari uteithio waku mathin a-ini na Uhoti Waku. IGBO (IBO , IGHO) (Nigeria) KIMPIN (KIPINDI) t (Zai're) A bum onye aka-ebe, 0 Chinekem na Kierek, a Nzem a mi, Nze le mandoen umuin ikerem kam mara Gi n'etokwa Gi. E kwuputawo mukukuyebanga ti mukukufukiminanga . Tan kwe m, n' oge dj ugbua, adjghj ike m ma Gj a lia, ekis bumol ba mi ti bungol ba Nze, busui Onwe Gj dj ike; A dim ogbeye ma Gi Onwe G j ba mi ti bunvam ba Nze. Kukitene, lo kufuyini bara uba Odighi C hine ke QZQ ma ewezuga Gi. ti Nzem a mben , kaka Nze mbwes Nzem , u Onye iye aka na mgbe nmek pa a ru, Onye Nwe useresa band mu bigonz, u uzing a mumpil e Onwe ya. nzien mbwes.

KONGO (KIKONGO) : ki-Tuba (Kituba) KABA (SARA KABA) (Central African dialect (Angola, Congo Republic, Zai're) Empire, Chad) Ngienina mbangi, o Nzambi ame, vo wan- Alama! Ma mi-gi ta kundoy ma, ta ki gi m- a i, vanga mu kuzaya ye mu kufukamena . Yisunta koso ma kur kajama nui. Ta yo ton , m-ob gamena mu ntangu yayi kiwayi kiame ye kim - han ma ma te togon nge, bi I a te togon bo, ma fumu kiaku, ki sukami kiame ye kimvuama mate ndon , bi I ate na n ndeyn. kiaku. Ala nge kumboi ndete . Iba i nge kajade, Iba Ngeye mosi kaka i Nzambi, Ngeye i nge ngom roi te njoi. wusadisanga muna sumbula, Ngeye wuzinganga mun a Ngeye masi . KANURI (Chad, N ige r, Nigeria) KONGO: Kimanianga dialectt (Zai're) Wuye shadan gcr na, Ya Ala. nyiga notcrga a batt crga garo wuga alakkamro. Wuye sa allan Ntele kimbangi, 6 Nzambi ami, i Ngeye wa tabatkcrskcrna nem duno ban yiga du no ncrmgaro mvanga mp asi vo yakuzaya ye kuzitisanga ncrm denyiga ncrm qwowa ncrm garo. mpe. Ye buabu , ngieti zaya vo lebakana kuami Nyilan nguron Ala gade ba , banama yim i lulendo luaku , bumputu buami i kimvuama banna 'be, kcrndcrga kcrla ncrmbelan kargam. kiaku. 502 THE BAHA'i WORLD

Kakuena Nzambi ya nkaka ko , ye mu ntangu ko ul ne koul mo Gw6, ne louko mo gwiimbo, a mpasi Ngeye wusadisanga, kadi Ngeye wena ne ikoum mo Gwo. mu Ngeye kibeni. Che fete ne Chambo u f6kou chimio, Mo kamlche o bocho, Mo ndonch nyoutche dje KONGO: ki-Ntaandu (Kintandu) dialect tchitche. (Zaire) oci- KWANYAMA (KUANJAMA, KUANY- 0 Nza mbi a me , ngin a mbangi bonso AMA) (Angola, Namibia/South West Africa) unga nga mu kuzaya ye mu kuzitisa. Yi kuzeyi bungangi mu ngolo za ku ye bumo lo bumunu , Ondi sisi, Kalunga ka nge, no ku ti a ove ua mu kimvuama kiaku ye kimputu ki a mu. Ga sitange ndi ku sive, ndi ku linjongamene. O ha nkatu Mfumu nkaka bonso Ngeye, Yu ukunk- ndi, hokolola , pe fimbo eli , mo ku he na e non o atu la mu kigonsa , Mfumu ya ni mosi ukiga nga. kuange ndelene mo lu eno no Doje, mo luhepo la nge no mo luo upun a Uo je. KONGO: ki-Zombo (Kizombo) dia lect Kape na nande Okalunga va mue ndelene (Angola, Zafre) Ove, Omukuafi, uopo up atekedi , O u mu Ove E Nza mbi 'a ma, nsidi 'e kimbangi vo Ngeye M ue ne. wa mpa nga mukuzaya ye kukunda . Ewau !KWit (Botswana) ntambuluidi 'e nbovok 'ama ye ngolo zaku, kimputu kiama ye kimvu ama kiaku. Tse xo sa khe khoa I ha, II Kama kha khi di be, Kavena Nza mbi 'e nkaka ko vo ka Ngeye ko, kha tsae qxo kh e a ts'ao ta tsa a kh a, ta tsa Ona unanga usadisi muna sum bul a, Ona tsaoama kha. Khe khoa dtkum nlngi lkam, khi unanga mun a Yani kibeni. kha tsaa sa tsa kha kh edi se he, khi kha 1xo m xa tas kha khobe se he. KPELLE (Guinea, Liberia) I Kama hk a lk li be ha be tsa lkwi' e, xwe kxam l)a I maa seri faa kc, 0 IJ a ra lai, a gEE ya gbEt£ tsa se' ua, qx'oe kha tsa lkwidi s kha. IJa bbl) IJa I fi:li. l)a faa ma kp:m::i IJi IJa fii kp EE LOGO (LOGOTI) (Sudan, Zaire) SU da I wala laa da kolo laa da I t::i::i laa i, ra la da kp::ini fe na fEE n::i ya t::in::i, l kp::iIJ maai kukul a 0 Djuka, miba ta ma a mi ni zo mpe mrni kpulu su, I kEtEi I kpil) kpon6i. amiakumbamelizo. A nd ra konidi, mali mivo amitada ma ngufwa yo, am i ngufu lavu lavu KRIO (West Africa) ama tiza mpe ami mosoro. God, a h know say you make me for know Djuka az ia yo paka mi , api mon dia alunguli yo u, e n pray to you. Ah day te ll you new wit all ta mabi a, api adrile ise. me heart say ah can' t do nattin without you becoss you power pass all, en oar you han all tin LOSENGO: Ma ngala (Lingala) dialect day. Nor o rd e r God no r day pass you: oar you (Zafre) day ep way trouble can en day keep life Nazali nze ne ne ke, o Nzambe wa ngai, 'ta together. okeli ngai mpo nayeba Yo mpe natondo Yo; nakondima bebe na bolembo bwa ngai mpe KUSAL (KUSAAL) (Ghana, Upper Volta) bokasi bwa Yo, na bobola bwa ngai mpe Mam nil) F u kaseta, 0 ma m Winam , ye F u bokumi bwa Yo . mal mam ye mbaIJi Fu ka dol-li Fu. Mam nil) Nzambe mosusu lokol a Yo aza li te , ozali oyo yada nanna OE ma m nE bu m::it paIJa nE Fu nE akosalisa otango ya mpasi, oyo akotikala se Ye m::it pal); nE mam nE m::it O:Jl) nE Fu nE m::it naam. moko. Winam hi gal) Fu; Fu s::in it kyE beene; F u pal) kyEi beene. si-LOZI (Zambia) Kina paki mulena mulimu waka, uni bupezi KWAKUM (BAKOUM) (Cameroon kuli ni kuzibe hape ni ku lapele . Na lumela ka Republic) nako ye kuli niya fokola wena ki wena ya ma ta , Ndji mo chenle o Chambou wiimbo, gwe chi na mi shebile we na ufumile. Akuma mulimu me kwa mbe, n'na mben chenlo. Nyi nko usili kwanda ahao , kiwena mutusi mwamatchimio nyi nkache tchin g none , nyi mbek ne nyando aluna, upil a katato yahao. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 503 ki-LUBA-KATANGA (KILUBA) (Zai're ) eni ami nidiku ni ngolu, Ayi Nzambi Pungu, ami nidi musuyi , Ayi mvwama. Na kwabij a , 6 Leza wani , wampangile Nzambi Pungu mweka kadiku , Ayi wokutmwanda wa kukuyuka ne kukutota. Pa kifuko susadisanga mu yigon sa, Ayi Fumu wodifuka . kino , nas a ma ky a kanwa kyami , kukulombola bunkomo-nkomo bobe, kulandapala kwami, LWO (Uganda) ne buipeta babe. I Kutupu Leza mukwabo enka abe , Ai Lubanga, aye ni In icweya me ngeno In ki witabanga mu bya malwa , kudi yewa ukulupie me woro In. Anyutu kombedi ni tekona pe mudi aye mwine. ento diti tye , ni an laca n In lalonyo. Pe tye dok Lubanga mukene kono In , LUBA-LULUA (TSHILUBA , CILUBA) La kony ican , dok Ikwo giri keni. (Zaire ) ci-MAKONDE (SHIMAKONDE) (Mozam- Ndi njadika , Wewe Mvidi-Mukulu wanyi, ne bique, Tanzania) wakamfuta bua kukumanya ne bua kukutendelela. Ndi njadika mu tshitupa tshihi emu, Ninkukupa utestamunya, wako Nnungu bufuba buanyi ne bukole Buebe, bupele wangu, kuchi doni Wako uningumba nangu buanyi ne bubanji Buebe. mwaha nikumanya na nikujugwe. Nink- Kakuena Muidi-Mukulu mukuabo bu ulyaula, mu yola ai Kupo la kwangu na Wewe, M-Muambuluishi wa mu Dikenga , dimongo dyako , umachikini wangu na utaju li Nyeye udi wikalaku anu Yeye-Nkayende. Wako . Pachanya Pakoapali Nnungu unji , ci-LUNDA (Angola , Zaire, Zambia) Wakupochela mu chijoidyo, ulikuluysila wako. Eyi Nzambi yami, eyi inkeni wankeneli i-MAKUA (MAKHUWA)t (Mozambique, kulonda nikiwluki kulonda nikulombeleli. Malawi) Nacheseki, hampinji yinu, ha kubula inovu jami, mukulema kweyi muwuzweni wami Kinniwerelani namona, Kho Mulukwaka, muku heta kweyi. wera wi Nyuwo Mokipatusha wi miyo Nyuwo Kosi Nzambi ji Kwawu ja cheniku china eyi Kosuweleni ni wokokhorani Kinnilapa mwa hohu. Eyi inkwashi inhembi wayuma yejima. chuhu yela ethu yohiwereya mene ikuru sanyu, muthonyero aka ni muhakhwanya. ci-LUNDA: Ndembo dialect (Zaire) Khavovo Muluku Mukina opwaha NYuwo, Nidi kanbaji keyi 0 Nzambi yami , netu yeyi okikhunela mu sawopiha yowo onikhala Mwa wanleneli mulona wakukwiluka ni kuku yowo Mekhaiye . hameka. Nashimuni chalala lelu dinu kuzeya MALAGASY (Malagasy Republic) kwami ni novu jeyi, uzweni wami ni kuheta kweyi. Toviko, Andriamanitro 6 , fa Ianao no Kosi Nzambi mukwau china yeyi hohu, on a namorona ahy , mba ha halala Anao sy ho tia wakulana mu malwa, ona wahaya ny a ka kudi Anao. Tsaroako amin ' izao fotoana izao ny eyi aweni. fahalemeko miolotra amin'ny herinao, sy ny fahantrako mano loana ny harenao. Tsy misy LUO (Kenya, Tanzania) Andriamanitra afa-tsy Ianao, dia Ilay miaro An Janeno Nyasacha ni ichweya mondo amin'ny loza, Ilay misy tokoa amin'ny mahaang'eyi kendo apaki. Awacho sani kuom Andriamanitra Azy. nyawona kendo kuom ekoni kuom dhier na kendo kuo mmwanduni . Onge Nyasaye MANDINKA (MANDINGO) (Upper West machielo ngang' mak mana in, Jakony e ndalo Africa) mag chandruok, Nyasaye manyalo duto. N'sedeya , n'mari ko I'ye n'da le ke !'long aning ka I'batu. ki-LUUWA (KILUW A) (Zaire) N'sonta n'na sembeng tang ya la aning I'te la Nakumbula ha mesu matshu akhima eni ayi bungba ya, N'fua re ya anina I'la bana ya. Ala Nzambi wonguhangidi mu sambu die kuk- koteng mang soto fo I'te, I'dembari la, I'meng wizika ni kukufukimina. Kikitsudi eki, nezika ye !'fang tarandi. 504 THE BAHA'I WORLD

MASA (MASSA) (Chad, Cameroon Wennam ato ka lebe n bee, kal Yamb bala, Republic) Yamb yaa asoaba ninga s'h fiingda se n data fiingere , Yamb yaa asoaba ninga sen bee ne a Nan wi touanou nan sama souloukna Launa meng panga. vanou nang la nou, a nan wangou grivangou. Wili ni nan wala toutga vanou ti denota van- NAMA: Damara dialect (Namibia /South West gou, haouta vanou nan tia tangou. Africa) Lau mara meidi kouta kan nangou samara ma soua meidi. TI TA GE RA tGOM !KHOB !NA, TSl lllB A GURU AO !KAI SA 111 BA TA NI :j:AN TSl MASABA: ulu-Bukusu (Lubukusu) dialect IGORE II SE. TI tKA WU-SA SIB TSI llIB IGAIB , (Kenya , Uganda) TI IGASA SIB TSI llIB !KHUSUB, !KHU I XARE I HA TAMA HA lllB OSE, HUIB TSO !GAB DIB, Esendi ne bung'ali, 0, Wele wase, sikila Ewe TSl +oBAN HOAN !NA. wanonga khumanye ne khu khusikamila Ewe. Nga ndola luno luri, khu mani kase kamakekhe oru-NDANDI (KINANDE) (Zai're) khu bunyali Bwowo, khu butambi bwase, khu lndi kyimisho, 0 Nyamuhanga waghe buhinda Bwowo. Ngoko wanyihangika okwikuminya n'okwik- Saliho Wele okundi nokhali Ewe, Omuyeti wanza n'olwanzo lunene Ngaminya okonmubutinyu , Oliyo yeng'ene. dambi'eno ovolo vwaghe n'ovutoki vwaghe MASHI (Zai're, Zambia) Ovusama vwaghe n'ovungi vwaghu. Sihali wundi Nyamuhanga oyuti'iwe Neci Yagirwa Nnamahanga , manyirire oku Oyukasavula omonavi, oyuliho okwiye musa. wandemire mpu nkumanye na nkuharamye . Bunola nyemire obuzamba bwani n'Obuhashe isi-NDEBELE (SINDEBELE) (Zimbabwebwawe, obukenyi bwani n'Obugale bwawe. Rhodesia) Wene Nnamahanga nta wundi, we burhabale Ngiyafakasa, 0 Nkulunkuly wami, ukuthi omu mbaka, we Nnamubaho. wangidala ukuthi ngikwazi, njalo ki-MBUNDU (KIMBUNDU)t (Angola) ngikukhonze. Ngiyufakaza kathesinje, ngingelamandla kuwe OMkhulu, ebumpofini bami Ngabana umbangi uami u Nzambi iami, lekunothemi kwakho. mukonda eie ua ngi bange pala ku kuijia ni Akakho omunye UNkulunkulu ngaphandle kukubeza. kwakho. UnguMgcini eziNgozini Ungo Ngadifisala mu kitangana kiki o kubuila Ncedayo . kuami ne kutena kue, uadiama uami ni unvuama ue. Kanaku Nzambi iengi kikale Eie ci-NDONDE (KIMAWANDA, KONDE)t ng6, u Mubuludi bu i bidi, u Lenda-dia lenda. (Tanzania) MENDE: Kpa dialect (Liberia, Sierra Leone ) Nilikumanya, wako Nungu wangu, doni Selim:> b a nge. 0 nya Yew:ii kE Bia mia Bi undingumba nikumanye nikupambedye nya gbatcni b:i ngi Bi g:>:> ngi yaa a hEE Bi ma. Wako. Niku-kumanyia kwa wakati hau, Nyaa gayema kiahuna, kE kpaya gbi ii nya WE, kudidimanga kwangu na chakulula Chako, na kE !eke Bia kpaya Maha Wai a Bie; nya umasikini wangu na uhumu Wako. vi::Eling:>e, kE !eke Bia Kpati::i gbi i Bi yeya. Apali Nungu junji ni Wako, Wakupwazela Ngew:i weka gbi ii na aa wie kia Bi na. Mu-mauvilo Muwikala Umwene wa uti. Bia mia Ba gb:i mu ma kpundi:: gbi hu. Bia oci-NDONGA (AMBO, OCHINDONGA) yakpe mia Ndi::vui i Bi hu kunafJ va . (Namibia/South West Africa) MORE (MOSS!) (Ghana , Togo, Upper Volta) Gena okutumbulwa lumwe mootundi Mam yaa kaset soaba, 0 mam Wennam , ti Omilongo mbali na ne, Omutenya. yamb naana ma ti m bange la waoge Yamba. Ongame otandi hempulula Kalunga Kandje, Mam wilga Yamba mam pan-komsem kutya ongoye wa shiti ndje ndi ku tseye ngame morsa, la Yamb panga; mam na6ngo la Yiimb ndi ku longele nokukugalikana. Otandi hemaezegse. pulula mpaka uunjengwi wandje moonkondo BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 505 dhoye noluhepo lwandje mUuyamba woye. ki-NY AMWESI (NY AMWEZI) (Tanzania) Kakuna Kalunga gulwe ponto yoye , Ongoy Ndisanizya, Guku Mulungu wane ati wam- Omukwathi mUudhigu, Ongoye Omuyapuki. bumba kigele nkumanye na kukwisenga B'eb'e. Ndizumilizya, henaha ku vugayiwa NGUNI: isi-Swati (SiSwati, Swazi) dialect nguzu kwane na kuvusondo wako, kubapina (Swaziland, South Africa) wane na kuvusavi wako. Ngiyafakaza, Maye Nkulunkulu Wami, kutsi Kuduhu Mulungu ungi sumbwa B'eb'e wakungidalele kwekuba ngikwati ngikukhonte . isa mumaluduko na wa kuhola kuhanya. Ngiyafakaza, manje, kutsi anginawo emandla Wena unemandla lesabekako, ngimphofu NYANG(KENYANG) (Cameroon Republic) Wena ucebile. Ntei ntise o ta Mandem , be me kewoke Wo, Akekho lomunye Nkulunkulu nguWe ndu bering~ Wo ne besepti Wo, ntei ntise tete kuphela, uMsiti etiNgotini, Wena lotiPhilela ne, ndu bepab ebah ne betang Ebe, bdu nchep ngeKwakho. eya ne kefor Eke, Mandem achek apu ane acha Wo, Mpeme ndu esongeri ane atei chi ndu NGUNI: isi-Xhosa (!Xhosa , Kaffir) dialect metyi. (Botswana, Transkei, South Africa) Ndiyangqina 0 Thixo wan ukuba undidalele ci-NYANJA (CHINYANJA) (Malawi, ukuba ndikwazi ndikunqule . Ngako oko Zambia) ndiyangqinisisa ngalo eli thuba ngokun- Ndicitila umboni , 0 Ambuye, Mulungu gabinamandla kwam, nobungangamsha Bakho, wanga, kuti munandilenga kuziwa Inu ndi ngobuglwenpu barn, nangobutyebi Bakho. kukondani Inu. Ndibvomela panthawi ino Akukho Thixo ngaphandle kwakho Oluncedo kulefuka kwanga ndi kukula kwa mphamvu emngciphekweni Ozimele ngokukokwakhe. zanu, kusauka kwanga ndi kulemela kwanu. Kulibenso Mulungu wina koma Inu nokha NGUNI: Zulu dialect (South Africa) Muchinjilizi, Mwini zonse. Ngi yafakaza, Nkulunkulu wami ukuthi ungidalele ukuba ngi kwazi nokuba ngi Ku ci-NYANJA: ci-Cewa (Chichewa) dialect konze. Ngi ya qinisa, kulo mzuzu, ukuthi angi (Malawi, Zambia) namandla wena u namandla onke, nokuthi Ndicitira umboni, O! Mulungu wanga , kuti ngimpofu mina u cebile Wena. munandirenga ine kuti ndikudziweni ndi Amukho omnye u Nkulunkulu ngaphandle kukupembedzani. Nditsimikiza pa nthawi ino, Kwakho, U wu Msizi e ngozini, U zimele ngo kufooka kwanga ndi kukula kwa mphamvu Kwakho. Zanu, kusauka kwanga ndi kulemera Kwanu. Palibe Mulungu wina koma Inu nokha , eke-NYAKYUSA: Ngonde (Konde) dialect Wothandiza pa tsoka, Wodzithandiza Nokha. (Malawi, Tanzania) oru-NYORO (RUNYORO-RUTORO) Nguyagha nketi wako, E! Kyala wangu, (Uganda) ukuti walimbelile une ukuti ngumanye, nukukwiputa yuyuwe. Ngwitikisya akabililo Nimpayo obukaiso, Ai Ruhanga wange, ngu aka, nensita maka, kangi Mmaka ghako niwe wampangire nkuramye kandi nkumanye , amakulumba, mbutolwe bwangu na mbukabi nindanga omukasumi kanu, mu bugara Bwako. bwange kandi mu buguuda bwawe. Akayako Kyala uyungi Ioli yuyuwe popapo, Busaho Ruhanga ondi , Kwihaho iwe wenka, We ntuli mbutolwe, Uliko kubumi wi Mwene . Omukonyezi omukabi, Anyakwomeera. 506 THE BAHA ' I WORLD

OROMIGNA (GALLA , GALLIGNA , GALLINYA) (Ethiopia , Keny a)

~q 1 :J>t 1 >i•nl'l.O.h·t. >i'111'l.t'l·1P.. .<". ,,.,..,, .... h. ·l·h-t ,,..)nn(llJt,. 11 ff:' h'H: M. ~.4fl·l·h-t 1 kl: ~'"f.\-i.;1· ·H'"!1. >ih'f.1'·1ml' :"1hi":·'"'h.1'1. ., '} 'I '"I ti >d: flt· l llS }'""'# ·1c;1i:ti 'l lf'.:f' J.t:}fl·I : (l.11"/t,'1" h-"7') 11.'1.lr

), h» )( /.. ., ')II .• , II

PHIKAHNi t (submitted from Mo zambique ) Ndzi maha a fakazi, oh Xikuembu xa mina. Lesuaku hambi lesui u ndzi Wumbeke aku ku tiva ni kuku khiza mela. Ndzi maha fakazi hi xikhati xai suosui. Agomeni la mina, mintanwini ya Wen a . Aussiwanini la mina awumpfundzini la wena. Akuna Xikuembu xinwana handlhe ka wena mumpfuni wa tink a rhato ni nwinhi Wamintamu.

RIFF (TARIFIT) (Algeria, Morocco) 0 - ,,. 0 / "- ~;,) ........ -:.""J-""' ,... ·:· ,~~l(rif.;J?~I y; ~~~ o .... i ~ ,.. ~ ~ d% i"..;.; ._::.;:,:~ j__;. t~I • t..i..: ;,;: I ..I - - -; : .....

0 ..... _. 0 ;;; ... 0 - ,,,...

~v- ..C:.);~~ .:y;.~1 ~.; pt]~~.; . Ci,(~.); JJ , D,;{ (~;; \:'.:~ g.; ~J, .z .c.:: a5J. 01;; " 0 j "

/~f ~~fi;p~i(~& j(

shi-RONGA (SHIRONGA) (Mo zambique, South Africa) RUANDA (KINYARWANDA, RUN- y AR WAND A) (Rwanda) Ni hamba bumboni Oh! Sikwembu fanga. Lesaku nambi lesi uni bumbiki akuku tiba niku Ndemera Mungu wanjye, ko wandemeye ku nkhinsamela, ni yentfa bumboni hi nka ma kukumenya no kugusenga. Muli aka kanya, wa §osi agomeni danga ami ntanwini yaku, nemeye amagara make yanjye n'ubushobozi abusiwanini bya nga abu pfundini byaku. Bwawe, ubukene bwanjye n'ubukungu Akuna Sikwembu simbe handle kwaku, Bwawe. Ntayind'Imana ibaho itali wowe, mupfuni wa ntikarato nwinyi wa mintamu. Umufasha mu byago , Ubaho kubwe wenyine. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 507 iki-RUNDI (KIRUNDI) (Burundi) togoum goto ngang Yai o, ndo yam o i yan kingue Yai. Ndi icabone, 6 Mana yanje, ko Wandemye Allah krang ki toi goto, Yi ngue korjiko kem ngo nkumenye kandi ngo nkusenge. Ndemeje yah ki madjal guetio, Yi kba tel roi yi Allah. murak' akanya ubuto bwanje n' ubushobozi bwawe, ubworo bwanje n'itunga ryawe. SHONA (Mo zambique, Zimbabwe-Rhodesia) Ntayind'Imana iriho atari Wewe, Utabara mungorane, Uwibeshejeho . Ndinopupura, 0 Mwari wangu, kuti makandisika kuti ndimuzivei nokukunamatai. Ndine umboo panguva ino, mukushaya simba SANGO (SANGHO) (Central African kwangu nesimba Renyu, kuurombo hwangu Empire, Chad, Congo Republic) nekuupfumi Hwenyu. Mbi yeke temoin, O Nzapa ti mbi, biani Mo Hakuna mumwe Mwari kunze Kwenyu sala mbi , si mbi lingbi ti hinga Mo, ti vuro Mo, Muhatsiri mumatambudziko, Uyo asingade mbi fa sioni ti mbi na ngoi' so na gbele Mo, passi rubatsiro. ti mbi na ndoye ti Mo. Mbeni Nzapa nde ayeke pepe, gui Mo oko SHONA: Kalanga dialectt (Botswana, Mo Jo ti bata ajo na ya ti ngangou, Mo yeke Zimbabwe-Rhodesia) la koue lakoue. Ndo pa malebeswa, mu Ndizmu, kuti makandi e ta kuti ndi mu zibe ne ku Mu shin- SARA: Sara-Majingai (Madingaye) dialect gila. Ndo tendeka mu tjibaka i tjetji, kuti shaya (Central African Empire, Chad) masimba kwangu ne simba Lenyu, Bushayi gwangu ne fumwa Yenyu. A kuna mwe M'Guergo Nuba yam, kade oubum, m'Gueri Ndzimu kuzhe Kwenyu. Ntjidzi mu magwadzi, o, m' ndoi' o. M'Guer rokum, ngolan'to Togum ntjili muli Moga. goto, yi Tog yai', Rondo yam ke yan kinga yai'. Nuba ke rang ke toi' goto, ngue kordje kem SHUA (SHUAKHWE) (Botswana) yam ke madjalgue te, ngue tog. Tse hu sere o ke ta k6 , ti Tora to, tsa ta 'a se nya aha, ti tsa 'a 'a na tsa 'a hyaa ma tia . Take e SARA: Sara Ngama dialect (Central African lkam an ll'a u, ta ci o lhoa tsa kari lhoa ta ye o Empire, Chad) lhoa tsa ll'ai lhoa. Me guer go Allah yam, Kad yi ram Kad Tora ka ny:e h :a tsam se, Tho ke hu 'a kwara m'guerio m'doi o. M'guer go rotam, tam ri wa kwe, lklii se hk'oe kwe.

SID AMO (SIDAMIGNA, SIDAMINY A) (Ethiopia)

'"I ,1 <;'Y >H; >a. ·n 'l"t;' 'l" cf1'· h. ,,. )./,. "'I '°lti&.'J" 11 flr? 1-o <fP '/. 1.1. >"ti; ti. P.. f!W f. t:. "'I. '1° f <; 1 k. P' A 4: 'f IL., 'i It-to mJ.'.·I; "l ·I; :";'a "1 ~ lit. n-m.:t; ...,,. td: P;.t."'/ h·l'\,'I" " J..i: O·if f<; '11\>i1Y. h.ti.f-<J·i'i" "'1.(1.h.>. )!t..f· "7;.Jt O.c\- 9'fto '"1.? >. -'t 'i d 508 THE BAHA'I WORLD

SOMALI (Somalia, Djibouii, Kenya, Ha ho Molima o mong hape haese Uena, Ethiopia) Mothusi litlokotsing, Ea iphelisang-ka- Boeena. Waxaan marag ka a hay, Eebbow , in aad ii abuurtay aqoonsigaaga iyo caabudidaada . Waxaan hadderba marag ka ahay ta bardar- ki-SUKUMA (Tanzania) ridayda iyo karitaankaaga, cayrnimadayda iyo Na linzunya, Bebe Mulugu wane , giki hodanimadaada. ukanisumba nakumane Bebe na kukulemilija . Eebbow, Ilaah kale majiro adiga mooyee, Dmzunya ung'wi ikanza iii, ubusunduhazu dhibkabixiye, weligijire. bone na kunzu jako, mubihabi bone na usabi boko Bebe. lu-SONGE (KISONGE) (Zai"re) Hatiho Mulugu ugi hambunu Bebe Nduhu Ng' wambilija wa Mayaga, Uyokikalaga Nankumina shi, Obe Yaya Efile Mukulu ngi Muweyi Ng'wenikili. bampangile bua kukuiuka na kukuuma. Kano kapindji nambuela bobofule buande na SW AH I LI (Central and East Africa) bukome buobe, bulanda buande na bulolo buobe. Nashuhudia, Ewe Mungu Wangu, kwamba Takui mungi Efi le bu Obe ni nya, anka Obe Wewe Umeniumba mimi kukujua Wewe na apasana ku masaku , Obe namene shi mukit- kuku a budu Wewe. Nahakikisha, katika wakati shibue na mungi. huu, juu ya unyonge wangu na uwezo Wako, juu ya umasikini wangu na utajiri Wako. Hakuna Mungu mwingine ila Wewe , SONGHAI: Zarma (Djerma) dialect (Niger, Msaada katika Mashaka, Aliyepo-Mwenyewe. Nigeria) Al Koy-Bero! Alga salda ni nal taka al mini SWAHILI: Mashingoli dialectt (Somalia) bay-se, a1 mi ni berey di mo. Al tabatandi al hinabana-ga dini gabo-ga, al NA SHAHIDHI MNUNGU YUANGU KAMA tabatandi-mo al djang-a dini dura-ga. WEYE KUNUMBA NI KUMAGNE NA IBAOHA Y AKO NA SH AHIDHI KAMA JERO Koy-si kan nin daru, nin kan tchi faba-ko, KUA UZIVU NA NGUVUZAKO NA BILLA nin kan nini bon taka. NGUVU NA GUDURA YAKO NA UFAGHIRI UANGU NA UTAGIRI UAKO HAKUNA SOTHO, NORTHERN (se-PEDI) (South MNUNGU MTUHU ILLA NI UEYE NA Africa) HUKUMU Y AKO UEYE.

Xore e rapelwe xa tee ka moraxo za masome TEMEN (TEMNE, THEMNE): Northern a mabedi le mentso e mene ya di Iri, Xoba (Sanda) dialect (Guinea, Sierra Leone) mosexare o moxolo. Ke nea bohlatse, 0 Modimo waka , xobane I S::>IJ m::1 seri OKuru kami, mun::>IJ po bEmpa mi 0 mpopile xore ke xo tsebe, Ke xo o t::> k tara mu ; yi bbatho mu r::1m;i lompi. I lanE ka khunamele. Ke ineela mo nakong e, bofokodi abb aIJe. I teba ayEthE mi ka mun::>IJ kaba af:is:i: byaka maatleng a Xaxo, bohumanexing byaka ka am::>n E mami yi mun::>IJ ka rayola ramu. Khumong ya Xaxo. Xaxo Modimo e mong xa e Ukuru ubm :iyi yEs::> thambe mun::>IJ. Ka mar mi se Wena. Mothusi melekong, Wena E o tiileng. ka masibo, mun::>IJ I yi gbora t;ikbatho.

SOTHO, SOUTHERN (se-SOTHO, TESO (ATESO) (Kenya, Uganda) SESOTHO) (Lesotho, South Africa) Arai eog ikajenan , Wu Ekadeke, ebe Ijo ibu Ke paki, U Molimo oa ka, Uena U mpopet- kosub eog aijen ljo kakukonokin Ijo. seng hore ke be le tseho ea Hau, 'me ke U Etogogogit kapak kana, akalogwau ka khumamele. agogong Kon, ikabakor ka amio Kon. Kea itlhatlhoba, motsotsong ona, ho Emamei bobo Edeke ece dimarai Ijo, hlokeng matla hoaka ho Ea matla 'ohle, Ekesigalikinan kotoma Amudiaro, elopetbofumeng ba ka ho ea ruileng tsohle. Aijar. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 509 TIGRINYA (Eritrea) se-TSWANA (CHUANA) (Botswana , South Africa, Zimbabwe-Rhodesia) j ~~~IT~!hltimh1 ~~ITh1: Ke supa bopaki , 0 MOdimo wa me , gore ke h91111&.m ch 'l h91> t'lh c ~n-fi:. :: Wena yo 0 ntlhodileng go Go itse le go Go M1 H h 'f f H)'I h ~ : t'l 1 fi: 'i ~ 1 If) ~ti direla. Ke paka, mo motsotsong o', bokowa ba me go matleng a Gago, khumanego ya me go 'l1: t'lhH~1 'lfH'l1 h.iJ1~ :: khumong ya Gago. <11.H. IWtl i~l\: fl1Hh Cht'lfl hit Ga gona ope o mongwe Modimo ga ese Wena , Mothusi mo Botlhokong. Motshidi ka ~fl c: flVhfl titi h ~~Mi qf'w'1 :: Esi ba Gagwe. TIV * (Nigeria) TUMBUKA (TIMBUKA, CHITUMBUKA) Mo mngugh shiada, Aondo warn, mfa U (Malawi, Tanzania, Zambia) gbam wer mfaugh man shi mchivir We. Me Nkucita wukaboni , A! Ciuta wane , kuti muli fatyo u oron he n shighen ne mer, mo yo mngn a kundilenga ine kuti ndimumanyani imwe, na agee ga kpaa ka We tseegh u lu a Tahav ye, shi kumusopani imwe . Nkupan ikizga panyengo mngu a kwagh mom mom ga kpaa ka We iyi, kwambula nkongono kwane na kwa nkon - tseegh u lu a ha nma kwagh ye. gono zinu zikuru , ku wukavu wane na Ma Aondo ugen je ngu ga saa We, We u lu kuwusambazi Winu. lwasen yam hen sghighen u kwagh atserem Kulive Ciuta munyakhe kweni ndinwe pera , kpaa ye, man ka we stsegh u Ju Ityongh you Muvwiri muvisuzgo, Muliko bamoyo Mwekha. mtswen ye.

TOBOTE (BUSARI, BASSAR)t (Ghana, WOLOF* (JOLOF, OULOF) (Th e Gambia, Togo) Mauritania, Senegal) N'sah sedah danh, 6 N'botou , yi Ahsah Seedenaa ne, yow suma yala ne dangama sos woun' nameh yi m'besseh kn'gnonkisseh . ngir ma xam la, jaamu la, Seedenaa ci jamano N'dakah n'yountineh n'wofiyi ah ponhou ci suma nak katan ak ci sa magaay, ci suma n'sori ah gadjatih. mbaadola a k sa am-am . N' botih oubo catibi ki kouti Apouh, Oun' d- Beneen yale amul ku moy yow , ndimbal gi ci joh im' koumneh, Oune' dibih Oubahpoueh. mu~ba , ki dul daanu.

ci-TONGA, MALAWIAN (KITONGA, ci-Y AO (CHIYAO) (Malawi, Mo zambique, SISKA) (Malawi) Tanzania) Ndichitiya ukaboni , 0 Chiuta wango, kuti Nguwichila umboni 0 Mlungu jwangu! Kuti mukundilenga kuti ndikuziweni ndikumuso- Mwanenjile une, kuti nim'manyilile nikumpani Imwe . Ndikhozga, panyengu yinu, popela. Ngwitichisya pa-je ndawi jino, kulemkufowka kwangu ndikukuwa kwanthazi zinu, buka kwangu niukulu wa machili Genu, kulaga kusawuka kwangu ndikuleme ra kwinu. Palivi kwangu nikupuka Kwenu. Chiuta munyaki kweni Imwi-pe , wakovy a Pangali Mlungu jwine akawe M'mwe Jikape , pasoka, wambura kusowa kanthu. Wakamusya muyakogoya. ci-TONGA, ZAMBIAN (PLATEAU TONGA) (Zambia) YAO URE (Y AH ORE) t (supplied from Ivory Coast) Ndime kamboni mwami Leza wangu , kuti wakandilengela kuti nkuzibe alimwi Bie na ye. E Bali, Bie man gnain ambolah , nkukombe. Ndazumina cino ciindi kuti Biandre yemito gnenmipan. Bian pah lah nah ndimuteteete webo ndiwe singuzu, mebo goo. ndimucete pele webo ulimuvubi. Bie plehble le main pleuble. Kah e kiand Kunyina umbi Leza zunze kwako ndiwe ahngna ya leh tehzan , gnien bre ki fe yezan Bali mugwasyi mumapenzi esu, ulapona peh kah lenah ble. Ouizoude oui pehnon yeh mukuyanda kwako. qui guir re yahe evleeah . 510 THE BAHA'i WORLD

YORUBA (Benin , Nigeria) Meinongo kula Mboli balo 'te, Kuka na hundo a bolo lo lungo yo, K uka nala na a ga la Mo ~e ij (,'.ri i si i, Iw9 Ql9run mi , pe Iw9 da mi nitiko. la ti m9 Q a ti la ti sin Q Mo j(,'.WQ ni akoko yi niti ai lagbara mi , at initi ag ba ra R(,'. , niti a ini at i niti Q la R(,'.. Ko si Q l9run mi ran bi ko ~e Iw9 O lu ra nl 9w9 o lu- ZIBA (olu-HA YA) (Tan zania) ni gba i~oro , J;: ni ti ki i ku , J;: ni ti o le da duro . Ninjuliza lwe Katonda wa nge, okwo N iwe wan tonzi le In ye kukumanya kandi ZAN DE (Central African Empire, Congo noukuabudu lwe. Ni njuli za akanya aka , omb u- Republic, Sudan, Za fre) jege bwange kandi nom um a ni Gawe, no Mi ni gamu bolo, ai Mboli , wa ma vungule omubunaku bwange kandi nomubutun gi tip a hinolo , tipa hili solo . Mi idi, ti ku logobo le Bwawe . gi mi nan ga la na gamu ngulu , gim i lun go n a Taliyo Kato nd a ondijo shana lwe, Omujuni gam u hiliso. omunak u, Nyakuba ho .

B. THE AMERICAS

*Denotes revised translation. t Efforts to obtain exact identification continu e.

ALACALUF (Chile) AMACH , ES'NE'PIO, TARANA PEHUAMEN NANA AMA ES NE'CHENO. PA ATAR PE' C hao quij e na, O Arka K'seles chewe. CHEQU E M AMA' ENALLE POPON YOMPOR C hao illata na chi quijen a, chi afsaksta. ENE PIA NET YEYENPUENE ERA PIAREN C hao quij ena laf, che keap . YE'SEN NET ENALLETETSA NOT. C h ao checha l-eche, che keap , chao ak iai. C hao tarso ak'se nes, chao a la'a i. Che asar. APACHE: Mescale ro dialect (United States) C hao ak'senes. Bik:egui nda n ne na sha ; 13ik'eguindan nibik a' n s hin ~ti, negu sii, ashi ni cHi itedishd9ii binka. ALEUT: Easte rn dial ect (Cyrillic characters) Dak ugu ad ishd i. shi shin dzi,Qeyaedi. Ndi ni (Alaska, A leutian Islands, Siberia) dzileguli , shi te'n si ine. aku ndi ya t'a diyi di~e / nii;'.shi j as h . Na'sh i duh an kat'6 bik'egu dahin- HM H HZ> AH'AC.);"'f H);.O A Ki_ dada, da ndin a nik'egu dahinda, naicKudanne . ~HH.Z> f'lririHz;. Arl\HZ. 'T'HN.O "rHHAX o.KtfxrrxHH.O, 'T'HH:Z. Ha'a duguzh ud a a ag ut'eg u dandi nik'eguinda. "'l':'..b.'T'Ot..A HX b. KM-0X-.b H N\H Hb KO.Mft..KHHZ. 7 tSo.Hz;. l'l\Cb.M:Z. H _ ARAUCANt (subm itted from Panama) -,\b.H.O C~Ne.xb 'fH'bHo.ro.Ctt.HM-1_ b~'6xb L\Kt\'ft\KiKHH:z> KO.K'lX.A Testigo nankue KO.AH MHtt".6 <.\H'~H~)\.b l\Hl'.l..HZ>. Nas Kakaravfco, HBHZ>. KHtns rH'T'b. Ctl.KtSKHHb Ma na n hiz a na KO.t-OXZ>. rriKtSC~Hb.N.Z.., Yuesanguas i nagasanangiiasi. Iva testigo na me m ag u asiri av inaskavf m are Xr°"b.KHMHNb ft.r5r5xb n6masina guneri, b....\b.KO.'(Z>. Bl'Ab..KHMHHZ. b.H'_ Ay ua Zakaravico cu ni maim an i. O.'T'~M.t' ti.Mb. M~-'rt(Kb.HO.H8_ Be maseingunamase gacaca Ab.'(b HAb.Hb 'TH MHHZ. CH _ Berna nenan av ua nkin . CM'11K~XZ>. ~AO.K~);:Z>.. ARHUACOt (Colombia) AMUESHA (Peru) NA' PA NECHMETENEP' NEPARESTSS Matuni gukui naji Gha lag hwasha ma nag h- YOS PACA NEYECHCATE. wama le m a natunanamighzeja (y adorarte) ANEQUEPOCHNECHMETAPNAMAOCH matun i gukwa gha ika gwasu nituku , ma NESHERWIAP. ghamamekwa ya daznada nashi dazna gh awia, BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 511 ayzc nadaki ya Ghalaghwasha y6nagholija CARIB: Galibi (Carina, Karinja) dialect niashi y6nghwapa. (Brazil, French Guiana, Guyana, Surinam, Venezuela) AYMARA (Bolivia, Peru) AOU SOUGOUCA TAMOUCHI, TWUE GASSER 0 OIR OIR A YOU OUCOUTOMER Nayajja uiijtwa Dius Tatay, jumawa lurista MENGAR 0 SE OIRTIOMER. nayaru jumaru uiit'aiiataki, yupaychaiiataki, AOU SOUGOUCA ET LOU MELO, AOU nayajja uiijtwa anchhicha uruna jani PALIPEOIR A YOU ABOROT MENGAR ch'amanita ukama; juma ch'amanitama, naya- QUADAMADOR A YOU OIR BOROT jja uiijaraktwa anchhicha uruna jani kunanita RICHEMINS. ukama, juma taqe kunanitama, janiwa yaqha A MOEIR OUR TE LA P ASMENT TAMOUCHI A OIR LA NO COLAT DANDER Dius Awkijja utjkiti. Juma spakitawa, jumawa DA A YOU PANPAMANOLANT, MANCOLOT yanapt'iritajja taqe jan walinakansa, jumawa COMOMINPOENT OA ASSEQUERO . utjta juma pachapata.

CARIB: Moreno dialectt (submitted from BAURE (Bolivia) Honduras) Di reshit6u, to vekiyir, piti kem shok6vi Au pu'uneauwa . 0 Lloso kl:mt, amoro puaskesko vichipti ash vekiyichip. Di reshir6u canenpo a moro mana adupu'ustoome erome nerekike, doka nase rejen ash piti aserokon, di 6seguachoome. Au pu'uneauwa co'ollene pohour ash piti k6tir6n. eropo, au pioresmaba erome amoro tit Do kat kap6np6u ponshohue piti. Piti as paripiin, au poreauwa erome amoro tu cabalinkor6bi ash chapch6vi doka kanserpou tikuer lero . ti. Lla'aba Lloso amu batuman abiiioscopore, abapune !Japiopunta adasta, amantoto aseque BRIBRI (Costa Rica, Panama) tu cugiientarumue. YERUR BEBIKETSU BERO YE SIBU ECUEKY BETUYEYU EDIRIRSU EBIKETSU CARIB, ISLAND (CARIBE)t (submitted YE W ASCHEN Y YERURET A YE QUE from Honduras) DIRIRCHETA, BERCHE TAIE YE SIORARA Lun nasiianeyaa lidaa ven gaadeirei daan BE BURU TAIE ER KIO QUE SIBU SCA TU BE lidas dimii amiidi Ian maniguaty munilla vaa- IMEKE YISCATU YEI SKIMENE ISURUETA !ERB! IBUBRABA IEBUSCO IBUBRABA. nibey bo ubabey . ! Bungui neigeichy. Bugiellaa agureajaavadinaa. CAKCHIQUEL (Guatemala) Sun nazubu dirunibieu . Sun biciendeiu: Yin nibij riyeht, nu Dias, yin aquiytisan ri chi nugulaa bobabey lindao danlee luagu beere nuguatamaj aguach y gantiguaj6. suma billarianaa. Yin nibij ri jun ti rato re ri nu ban y riyalan ri Luguli luma Birizi. aguachuka, ri nu mebahil y ri abellomal. Uvaaty amu Bungiu. Majun chik jun Dias mas que regui riyet, ri Bubedigisa le Hidajabey lidaan Hinavariny gatohon chere ru queyebal, ri xa ban riret Luagu. Buriguana ru . m1smo. CATfOt (Colombia) CAMPA (Peru) Bfltru mua asia Bflra caira cawabamanea Naka cantacotiriri, nashi nowabani abirota- Bflra zhi biara jaraita . Mlia jaraya j6malia Bfl qui ovettzikaquena, oncantcha niyotantaiymiri ne eaba mlia o be ea. Bflra warinu obeya. Miua nancanenpi. Nocantaco timpi ironaca te zhi supuriata Bflra shi wai b1ta bara b1tta. noshinttzitage pishinttzincaqui Noca Bflra Caragabia tewara ne ea. Shi dai ne nashinonca. Abiroka pashararo. Tekattzi cazhirua cawade ni mi burn ewate Bfl trn pashini pawa. Abiroka pamitacotana ocaven- careba bua Bflra to aba bua tewara wai ea bu cati, ab iroka anincari. ea. 512 THE BAHA'f WORLD

CHEROKEE (United States) CONIBO: Shipibo dialect (Peru) l l!\Y9. .ll Vf' ;)V.1 Enra mia onanque nocon Dios, min ca jonia iqui mia onanti itan rabite, Enra ohuiquen ;)XW ll!\Y9. DlV!' ~V .1 &~ TGGA.1 ramabicon yosma betan min coshi, ea jahue- DlVf';)V.1 bS fRT. TS DCTGE~T. quioma itan mia jahuequiya DB lrSW, lrZ?, hlJ ;)XJ\WOB, Yamaraque huetsa Dios mia quesca, jan noa .;ḥ9.~ DB hE Enf'Y TGf';)V.1~, Do aquinti onsanconia, mia iqui minbish ja. hE E@l Vf';;i!l!\.1~. DB EhfR hEJ\, lrZ?, AE Df'- CREOLE, HAITIAN (Haiti) f'RT. DB e:n: hEEe f RT, M Moin temoin, 0 mon Dieu, que ou cree um CEhEE @hEl. Do DYBiT M pou moin reconnait ou, pou moin Adore ou, YBTG HZ @hEl . iEZ q[,o ~J\W~E 15.Y, hE CREG moin gin conscience ya de impuissance moin .;()Y;;JSf':& Do .;()YG [, o;;dY hS i T Do avec pouvoir, grandeur ou et richesse ou tou . Pa gin lot bon Dieu cancou ou, ce ou qui hM9.T. secouri nan tout mauvais moment ce Ou qui hE C& D!' :2S !' ;;ctY • fort passe tout.

CUNA (KUNA) (Colombia, Panama) CHIP A YA (PUKINA) (Bolivia) Be nuga an nudakedi , Be an Baba, Pe pin- Wertre Yooz distike amchuaweke sadf anudakegala. Pe purba anualicagwa, pachamke paj zapa, amkin Mayziz zapa, anz- pergufnanmala an bendake. Pe purba anse chiruktra tee urake, wuer am azizaricha, wer ogilaegala, neitirpimakar abdaibugua. Pe do di anachullchica, amke thapa chulltakchichmcha, napiraguad tule tumad , percuable per carmadi. mazek yakha Yooz zallzzie, yanapt'icha anawalinakista, amzestra personkistra. DAKOTA (SIOUX): Lakota dialect (Canada, United States)

CHIQUITANOt (Bolivia) Wakan Tonka mitawa slol ceye na ceyo onihau kta ca maya gage . Y quiococa hoy baistuparra tagu na hay samute Mahon ke sni na neye ni waski, onma si he na para suputaru y anauno. Chusa quisrr naye nejinca, lei owape hin el epin kte. napanaucu chacusivica taya acheca. Chanapii Okokipe na ni som onyanki yapi, Wakan tiatarrs bacher un tana naqui baiytuparrs Tonka ni some towa wi sin. bayura ino untanas ugge chusa quirrs DIEGUENO (KUM-YIY) (Mexico, United States) CHOC6, COLOMBIANt (Colombia) Nea mat-e-ken6p, o Myha, Nea-p6w Mi marchi, en bera, ma criabua ma criama we-6w Whee ach-pfe Whee. Nea mat-e-kenop tachi afuni. Mi marchi empera muena, quema nea-p~l splr-mauw Myha quaw-tfe, ti-pulI quinupineabua mu trua, paratani quinu emp- Shin nea WU queen-a-wlich quaw-tfe. era patabarabia. Tachi sese audubua, care facia Nea ma-eye nea mltch ta-pa mauw Myha pea bodota tachi sese ituba bua. Shin, Myha nu-ii( Nlumbe nea wu Ma-lie me-toy-ydm, Yike na Mitch-pashow. CHOC6, PANAMANIANt (Panama) GOAJIRO (GUAJIRO) (Colombia, Venezuela) Milira testigua tayhi Ancore bedea devena bilia odavera injasita bili cavavai carea y bili Tatuja auch, pia Maleiwaa, piain ainjin taya carea triabaya. zupula terrajuin pia ma aijachin tapula pia Milira testigua nahua enda fuerza nee Tatuja auch jolucho, marchin taya ma piainja bilfmina y bilira necua bilfmina, pobre bilfmina katchin, mulieshtaya puma piainja washirin. y bilira nejoma iri bilfmina, Dayhf Ancorera N6joish wane maleiwa makaika pia, ja ababtiiri bili umera neea , Tayhi care bavarira makai jumuin ekai mojuin mukuwaipa, chi porque biliabira pueabirf joma mana bilibera. ekai numUinwa . BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 513 GUAHIBO (GUAJIBO) (Colombia, Ven- INUIT (INUPIAQ): Keewatin dialect ezuela) (Canada) JjanH tanHjH, Oh taja Dios, nejjaname . C-b,..;<l<Y<l>L- JnL ~a.c...t>·· cayapHtajitsietsi pinijiy6mH. JjanH tanHjH l,L bt><L d~l., "Jr'<Jt--rcL~J ajena conoiiae tanHjH paepainajn, jjamH Q_Jda..L L4 Q .AJcrbra..L asaHbejemH; jjanH bijy6bHnH y jjamH /\J<Yd)l.,f\" <J.._Jl,, L <J~\, bf'a.facabecobHyeimH. <lr'cr JncbrL b.f Pr/ L'.16-· Apoejanaimu itsa Dios pecatojjentsinu, ~ n :x, t-. Jn :n~ 6 . bajara-pon\f necayayenena piayai-cujiro, ecarapeju pon\f piyesautja. INUIT (INUPIAQ): Kobuk (Kotzebue) dialect (Alaska) GUA YMi (Panama) Ookauheieah , aungayootmang, eilvich einik· taheima eilichoheilotin sooli pikhaheitcoplo- Ti es gade, Oh Nubu tigiie! Magues ti miga ni tin . Ookauheieach ahkoovuk syaktoiliah tuba Madruga! gade ti-e. Buta tigiie es sungeepnune; nohleiliah oomalholiknune. matarede. Ti-e gade m~uare . Ti tu brai mati1 Autlamik aungayotachuke ahvatipcoon, cribida. Ti tabre riqueza mahiie buta. ekahyokti nuvaynami, engmik pityi. Nubu muda iiacarr. Mabe itibe ma ara de migaga ma ara ni noba INUIT (INUPIAQ): South Baffin Island bidiga. dialect (Eastern Arctic Syllabics) (Canada) ) .... c..t>L, Jnt,<, '-.~c..t>l.4\l. bt>• HAIDA (Alaska, Canada) ~L7~Jjn t>~AM )~~4\t>dj{) t>~A- L~c P'-.c)L ~~L ~r~rA, Hlaa, weiyat suus uu dii dung TI'aahlaany; '-.r~)/nc, ~J/Lc )~~~d eihl uu saa dungeng dii guudengaan. Uhl giisluu wy'aat tlii dii xaagaas k'an uu, is siis dii ALr)L"M ~~~ JnCbrL<- k ' ungis~dygaas k'ang tlii dung iitlaa gadaas. bA~~)Cbc<' A~c~~)J~>n Dung squun nuueitl dung klaaiidunggung. ~L~ 6r~ A~c A~cJ~))~n-

Dung ki l Eihl ging gets sqwaagu saang. JICAQUE (XICAQUE) (Honduras)

INUIT (INUPIAQ): Barren Grounds dialect jO Dios Mand! An timnon ni na maya , si (Canada) suanda was ten iga. Po qui noi es sun. Dios, te qua la ti way, na polra monse sa a ti qui Dios pa Uvanga qauyititsivunga tapsuma Gutip ha Ii cum. Pan u hay Dios, in oy le Dios, un ving sanala ursimamanga imminik qauyimaqupluni baten Dios. tugsiavigiqublunilu. Tukisititsivungalu manamit pitguniqanginimnik tapsuma pitguni- KALISPEL (SALISH): Flathead dialect qaninganut, akslunimnutlu aksluinirnut. (United States) Asingnik Gutitaqangilaq igvit kisiuit, ikay- Quin Kolinstuten, Ju ti! Anawee U ko uqtauyargiaqaniptinit ilingnit ayugaqankolintwhu Ju que ks soohum U que ks gitumit. putenem. Ku yes konkonstinum yetilwha Ju ye ti! eas s.hopt U jasyoyit, U ye ti! eas konquint U INUIT (INUPIAQ): Barrow (North Slope) jas s.koyoleewhu. dialect (Alaska) Tat suewet wes olkosheetums oopen es I!isimarauru1p Godiil), IliIJnun saval)atilaam- olkosheetwhu Ju es yapastenee. Lu ta epl nik IJisimatquvlutin suli nangaquvlutin. Quli- chinaks Kolinstuten, e.chimish Anawee. aqtuagigiga akkupak suaIJl)ataiiiiiiga suli ilvich KOYUKON* (Alaska) sual)l)atiqpaiii, uval)a i!iappauniga suli ilvich umialgunigiii. Ego ninh nit'odeetaaghat.ft'aa' ts' a nits'a Allamik Godaitchuq ilvich avatikkun, hadeenaaghasdaak ts'a haghanee go ninh ikayuiJ!arutin siggagniugnami suli ilimik kkokk'a neeseeneenhaanh ts'a isee hHyif al)alatchumiiiaiqftini iJiruni. asiniyh. Sinh nitfil eent'aanh dahoon see ha!' 514 THE BAHA'I WORLD

eelst-l" ilaa. Doyonh eenlaanh dahoon saahaa nari oca maicca teranagabe pagabeaquena k'its'oh1tdeeh'aa ts'a eesee koon h1tyi-l'asinihy. teranonsanmafte Viro pashe. Ninh yaan' adit'o deenlit'aa ts 'a ninh yaan' Mameri pashiniacpari6shi payoyabisaqui- Dinaah1tto' eenlaanh. viro irirori ymectacutaqueri notsaroganaque, iriori ictfmira por irirori. KUCHIN (KUTCHIN) (Alaska) Nawa ndak shi'ii, shiVit'eegwijyaahcy'aa MAPUCHE (ARAUCANIAN) (Argentina, s h99hts~ii naahashandaii ts' a' na ts'a' khagihih- Chile) jyaa geenjit. Juk geegwaldak shat'aii kwaa , Ng illatun raIJin a ntii men. nat'aii nitsii shigehdan t'oo nchy'aa nidehtee Iflche w;:iJd::i IJun, Eimi Ng;:inec hen , Eimi gwintsii. tremiimen tami kimafiel ta~il)illatuael. Iflche Neeghaii .faa K'eegwaadh at gwanlii kwaa w::ild::iIJun feula tami neweIJen, inche yafiiIJelan; gogw~~jat d~i' gwits'iinyaa. Khik gwandaii gintami iilmenIJen, inche weshacheIJen. Ngelai ka i'jj. Ng::inechen Eimi m::iten, kellukelu kunin men, kishu mol)elnieulu. KUCHIN (KUTCHIN): Fort Yukon dialect (Alaska) MAPUCHE: Chilean dialect t (Chile) Osi vittekueichanchyo, netitinihsha, Nit tsut . Kititihchya tenitenitutul a Kenjit, kuikit Feipiael, iilkantuael, rani antiile zeuma. sidhatsei choog. Tzut-nikueinidhut. Sut tei, Wiil zunun ta inch e, Awem Niinechen , eimi Kkuea ei tzut. Sinersitkwichachyo , nitsi, mi tremumol, tami kimafiel, tami poienael. nichile Kitinichi. Nekhe, vittekwichanchyo Mupi n, feula tani wezakonanen, ka tami Koolikkua, nunrzi, kookontrhi. Tei , kwutsut newen nen , tani kunifall nen ka tami ulmen thitihndul. Kokwadhun. nen. Eka nelai Nii nechen Eimi miiten, Kellukelu ta kuniu meo, Kizu Monen nelu. KUCHIN: Loucheux dialect (Canada) MASCO: Huachipairi (Amaracaeri) dialect Sit ve tte kwut cha chyoo ny a le sen dei ako (Peru) nit tsut ki le ti chya choog. Kwe tha zit te let ti nja. Sit tei kkwa, kwit zit nun nit chi tei, sit ne Do a Waadic apagapi, pecuite Diosta wacrsil kwit cha chyoo kwi zit. Ako nit kwit chilee nopunwate, yadpaunwate wanopunwate chi zyoo kkwa nun zi. wabua nda wayoro queri paida iue un dicnanda Vitte kwit cha chyoo kouko nyoo, kwut tsut inupuene catembet iene nunda apag ewe ue tri chi iii. ununin wambachiwapuere, dacue eete joaeri.

LOKONO (CONTINENTAL ARAWAK) MASCOY: Lengua dialect (Paraguay) (Guyana , French Guiana, Surinam) Acyasamco coo Dios Sivaninquiscama alhta A baa bekotoi gia ka de Wathinathie bie wa !hip yuyan oyicpilcojo quinjan opayicsojo. maritana da de dei thien bia be goe nang da Acyasamco coo Dios janj ay apyimate mlhip sika da-ka-ke-wa gowe babong. Tataa-go acma apquilatam paj poc Dios apasmom najan damo ng ka sjoko dja rong, bee wa tataa abo- ayaso mquilh a avanquilhip Dios emyoc. na, matho damoeneka dja ko mahto baboewa djako. Abathie go sabona , Adajaali bie rong MATACO (Argentina , Bolivia, Paraguay) kie, bie rong kie boeroewata na ma da de Ohap okalethtayajwo, oka Dios, Ta Am ta da moeneka loko de bie rong kie. enekno ya mlek otajwueth amej wet ochaame. Ohap okelethtayajwo hapet atana ta tek okaj- MACHIGUENGA (Peru) nayaj ihi wet Am akajnayaj, hap opathtseyaj Naro noncamantaqueteria , Aparioshi , wet Am aniyatyaj. camictitaqeria Viro pitomidakena Tsi tek iche eth Dios thamet Am, o-eth ta narunocama taqueri narotaqui noneaquitem- lchote ta owitay ihinya, o-eth Tek latunjbira y nungamagitaquembira Viro. Pineaque- wuaihi. BAHA'i BIBLIOGRAPHY 515 MA YA (Belize, Cuarema/a, Mexico ) tumevijch'a, nuti p6vreno ene piti ricovi'i. Nahina ponena Viy31 pkevorichu piti, Ten ile , oh , in Jajal-Dios, tech dzaen yo lal in p'ayudachvok6wi te' to vyatahib6no, ema kajoltquech yola l kulquech. Ten ilae ti jun- make-vorichu kj_6wrik6wri . - zutaj, minaan in muk, teche yan a muk , otzilen; teche ayiklech yetel yacunail. Minaan u laak NAVAJO (United States) Jajal-Dios, chen tech , tech ca antaj can anac Diyin Shitaa' NinfliQi shH' beehozin ef baa! kaz, cu cuxtal chen letf. a-!'hfnahodiilzj!h biniighe ashi!nlaa aad66 Niji' sodiizin do . T'aa k'ad bee haszii', haala shich 'j' MICMAC (Canada) nahwii' na aad66 Ni t'eiya Nidziil, te'e'i shidaa h Oeligtjitjito, 0 NJSGAM , Gil gisiitepotjit ndahkai aad66 Ni t'eiya t'aa aftsoni Ni holq . gisi nenolin a gepmitelmolim . Oelnimito , enge T'aa Ni t'eiya Alaadi Diyin nil{ haala nihich'i' asma, nin mnag6tim ag Gil migign6tim, nahwiihia'igii t':;i:;i' iininsin, Hool'aag66 Honilq . nineolegeagnin ag Gil milsotim. Mo eimog piloei Nisgam pasig Gil tan Apognimasoti OJIBWA (CHIPPEWA): Mississagi dialect metoegigtog ag Gil laptjoei. (Canada) Gi windimon, Nimin Dom geget Geen ogee MISKITO (MOSKITO) (Honduras, ozhi yun odji kenmin nan gaie odji Anamie ton Nicaragua) Nan. Yang witnisna 0 God man yangra paskatma N windima gae nongoom, ezhi bedjee wee man kaikaia bara man mayunaia. Yang nan yan Geen dush epeecheeweeyun, Nigidiwitnisna naha pyua sip apia kapri bara man magiziwin pee dush Geen gwandiziwin . Kawin karnikamra; yang umpira lakasna bara man waia bikan Manido Geen eta, Widokazwin ai lalka. Sinagaziwining, Mindjimnaman Bimadziwin. Bahara God apusa bamansma. Help Patra, ba mita witin Seip rayasa. OJIBWA (CHIPPEWA): Salteaux (Saulteaux) dialect (Canada, United States) MOHAWK (Canada , Unired States) Gee Kayne dah mah zon , Ke shay Manito, Wa-geh-ni-wha-gwa-risi , Ook Niyo, Neh che ke kayn ne me nan , Shegwah che mah wim Ihse da-ka-dis-son ne a-gon-yen-de-rih-hok we to nan , Che mean e go e ze yan. Che ke ta-non da-gon-non-wha-ra-don-sek. wa-geh- kayne ne me nan ke kaye da ma zo n ke zong e ri-wha-ni-rot, nook-non-wa. ji-niah-teh-geh- ze win she quah neen aye pee chee nay sou e ze suts-teh ta-non Ihse , ji-ni-seh-sots-tens-seh- yan , shegwa ka ape chee we note e ze yun. She ro-waneh , ji-ni-wa-ki-d en ta-non ji-ni-sah- gwah neen apee chee ke tee mak e ze anne . gwe-nya-tsa-ro-wa-nen . Ihya-gonega oya ne Keen aye ta go ka Manito win, ka we che tas niyo nfok Ihse, ne-gah-yeh-na-wa-tsera neh- so win , A pee saig e ze an, kah ke kay kah ah ya yo-da-ri-hok, ne-ihse sa-ri-wha-gwa-noh. yin.

OJIBWA (CHIPPEWA): Woodlands dialect MOTILON (Venezuela) (Canada, United States) Aue cut~ Papachf yupune, amo sanuta Neen dibaindaun kikaindamowin 0 neend tacomena centopo yopone, aue cut~ amicha Gitche Manitou, tchi keen ge gezhetod neend yarsna i muquepe, aue camisique i amo tchiway kikaindjigay keen gahyay tchiway apeny6ntaca. Guaneque conipa Papachi, aunamiaytahwah keen, Neen megiway cumarco Papachf agiieyabo a'n'tace anipape debaudjimowin, tchigayi mahndan ningopasguaneque y6ntaca. sangwaubiwin, tchiway neen kawween gashkiyaywisiwin gahyay tchiway ke mash- MOXO: Trinitarios dialect (Bolivia, Brazil, kauwisiwin, tchiway neend kitimaugisiwin Paraguay) gahyay tchiway ke dauniwin. Eemahgay kauw- Nuti nechoy6re, oh Viya, piti pepyakn6'i sen bahkaun Gitche Manitou, anishaydask taye'e nimotviraviyre ene nfiruchviyre. :Necho- keen, widokaugaywin pindje bapinisiwaugan, v6y!e te fuiti naripu-tahina ntumayvina. Ene pi ti tebinahway aupidanisiwin yegibimadis. 516 THE BAHA'I WORLD

OTO MI (M exico) QUECHUA: Ecuadorian dialectt (Ecuador) Ji testfgueska , o h juchiti tata diosi , eskarini Nuca di us tistigu cani nucaman vinachiscant'u kueraska parakini mftini ka k'eri ambe gui Ca nm an sirvin gapa alabaringapa. Tistigu arhinguini. Ji testfgueska ia ias i, juchiti cani cay ratuta nuca, mana ushay cani, Canmi jukaparhakueri ka chiti uiIJ apikueri para tucuy ushay Cangui, nuca pubri cani Quiquin iamindu am be uni, juchiti komu ja l)gue ri ka no chari cangui Mana Tianpash shug Dius ashta ma jatsfkuarhikueri ka chiti kanikua ya li hurmana huraspi yanapang ui Canmandaljakaparhakueri jimbok ari ia mindu ambe jat- latami causangui. siska. No jarhasti materu tata diosi el)ga sanderu QUICHE (Mexico , Guatemala) k'erika eska cha, emaIJga ja rh6ajpka el)ga kanikua uetarh ijka, emal)ga jarhajka mentku In xin wil6 , oh nu Dios, chi ri at xinaq'uisaj isi najkiru no nem a jarh6ataka. rech quin weta'maj awach y quin lok 'o k'ej awach Weta' am quin ri camic ri ' na c'o ta ri nu chok'ab y ru, nimal ak'ij ri at, ri nu meba' li in ri P APIA MENTO (Aruba, Bonaire, Cura~ao) ak'inoma l ri at. Mi ta doena testimonio, o mi Dios, coe Bo a Maj jun chi Dios xew ri at, at ri cat tob pa ri cria mi pa mi conoce Boy pa mi adora Bo. Mi ta jun c'ax , y ri ca c'aslic chi rilic rib. testigo nae momenta aki di mi flaqueza y di Bo poder, di mi pobreza y di Bo rikeza. SALISH, PUGET SOUND (United States) No tin ningun otro Dios, sino Bo, e auxilio '>;ist;ifildxw bd, s;iq si"ab, d;ibad dx""al den Peliger, Esun coe ta subsisti di su mes. kwi t(u)adshuyuc dxw"al kwi gw;ids;is(h)aydubicid . gw;il ";iskw;idicu t k"i gw;id siiwi+. PIRO (Peru) dxw'>al d;igw i". l;ic ut bd "al ti";)" "al ti xwi" Gita testigo goyakalo pixa gira uturu gwddsqw iq " '>j t(i) adsg"a'> adsqw iq"". dxw"al petashatanru nunanu gita gi ixchcota gika gike ti";i('>) ds;is"us;ibabdxwil "i t(i) adsg"a" wanciru, pixa waneru ponikolu maleshnu satu "itqah. xw i'> kwi b;il;ili" ~ s i"ab dxw"al goyakalu. Pixa satu pupxakan nukyo wikolni d;igwi", dxwskwaxw;ixw "al SXa~ il , k"'i '>a pixa pagoone tengogne ck waq id '>;is'>ist;i.

QUECHUA: Bolivian dialectt (Bolivia) SHOSHONI (SHOSHONE) (United States) Noga rikuni, Aa Apu Yaya Diusniy, Qan NEE 00-KOO TI SOOM BADUGH UPEH rikhurichiwasqaykita rejsisunaypaj , yupay- SOOK DA-MEH UH NU-MEH NfP-H UMEH chasunaypaj. Cheqamanta yachani kunan- DA-MEH SOOM BA-DO-H KHANDO-H UMEH pacha mana atiyn iyoj kasqayta, Qan Manchay DA-MEH OIYOS NA-NEH SHOON-Df Jatun atiyniyoj kasqaykita, mana imayoj kas- KHAN-DOH . NEH UGH SOOKA DA-GWATS, qayta jinataj Qan Qhapaj Kasqaykita. Mana NEH Wl-H GA HEENA MA-BA-Nf-Wf-H 0NEH Waj Apu Yaya Dius kanchu Qanmanta Wl-H DA-MEH GOO-PANDH, WI-HU astawan , Pichus mana allimpi yanapakuj , DA-MEH DIH TIH HAUNC UMEH WI-HU Pichus Kaj Payllamanta. DA-MEH OYOI-DEH-WHUP. 0NEH WI-HU DA-MEH UPEH GA-DEAS 00-AH NEESH DA-MEH UPEH Bf-H ONEH WI-DU DA-MEH QUECHUA: Cuzqueno dialect (Peru) BOONIH UPEH , DA-MEH DEH-MA-Zl-DH Noqan yachani, Diosniy, qampaq kanawas- DIH TIH DA-MEH NA KHANC OIYO-GOOS kayquita recsinaypaq, yupaychanaypac . HE-INH GOO-PAS NANA-SOO-WOO GINDH. Yachanitaqui kunan pachapi, nana atiyniyoq qqaskayta, qampaq jatun atiyniyoq kaskayta , SHUARA (JIVARO): Aguaruna dialect waqcha kaskayt, kcapaq cayniquita. (Peru) Manan joc Diosniy kanchu qanmanta as- WIRJAf ETSEGNUNUK, MINA APUJU, tawan nana allinkunamanta yanapaqniykun , EMEMATJITI WAITUKTUSAM NAJATUA- qqanllan Diosniy kausanqui qqanllamanta. W AIT AN DUWI. BAHA'i BIBLIOGRAPHY 517 WITJAI CHICHAGKAGTINUK YA BAISH- TANANA (Alaska) KAM, AME SENCHIJUM SUGUSBA WA DUWI Y ABAIK AGKAN PUJAJAI. Senogh-1-k'okhoodelet, see Bet'odeeh'a, see TIKICHIK AMEA IBA UK ATSA WAI, ISHA- dheehseen na.f esdeney, nek'okhoochedhet. MAINUMY AIJATMAINUK, AMEKETNIE Senoghclk'okhoodelet, k'odeeyeet, seteeya' PUJUT SUKAGTINMEX. ku la, eentl'eth. Tajoo nosoditlt'a, doyon eenlan. SIRIONO (Bolivia) Nen yan' Bet'odeclt'a eenlan. Soghun neeneenneek, dek'onadheelton. EBii aba chee dau chee. Sa dau abatu chee , ima-chee chiian Sande imachee chian Sande. Yasu tata a. De-aygue de-quiran cuantuchii TANANA: Tanacross dialect (Alaska) mbia chii. Tendam nandeiiti taua de-aygue chee chaura nyebe eirachee rache-equia dejera Maghhihhey, Sht'oxt'iht'eh, shihtsi, me'ishdeningue Dios-ra. daey , paghhexnuhdet. Maghnihhey, k'ah du' De-aygeu chee dea-catura. t'ey-;- sht'aey kol, Nt'eay xuntl((h. Shelzaz' kol , Nelzaz' zuntl((h. SRANAN (SRANAN-TONGO, Wut'oxt'iht'eh wukaedh kol. Ts'axunt'eh SURINAMESE, TAKI-TAKI) (Surinam) neghanitandaek. Wut'oxt' iht'eh k'aa nits'- axandaeg'. Mie e kotoigie-o mie Gado-datie Joe mekie mie foe sabie en aanbedjie Joe. Mie e kotoigie na tapoe na momenti diesie, mie zwat- TEW A: Santa Clara Pueblo dialect (United jie en Joe maktie, mie potiefasie en Joe States) goedoe. No wang tra Gado no de lekie Joe, na Naa o toh ne (Nave Taa jo sii) (HaY ti) UU Helpiemang ini notoe , na Wang-Die-De-Na- Ti Te PAA Na wi TAAE UU He-ta wi Jo sii a Hing-Srevie. mi tee (naa o TUUNI) (Naa bo) Navi Ka bi ni gati He ta UUVE (Kaa-in ga ta) Nave CHE SUMO: Musawas dialectt (Honduras, Biin in gata He ta uuvi CHE IN GATA wiaa wi Nicaragua) na aan pi wi Taa jo sii UUT AH; KHA GA TE Yang witninis yang Papahnki yang yamus D i Khun WO DA TE Wi boh gi moi. naman yang matilik man kul makulnini. Aka minit yang witninis yang sip awas sai TLINGIT (Alaska, Canada) yangki man paun makaupak sipki, yang minikun yangkat man yankli mankat. XAT YEEKAXNEEK AX DIKEE ANKOW Papahn ukdiska man waliki, patkaupa ilk YOO XA TYEEKLEEYETK EE KASA- maiataman, witin silp sanka litki. KOOWOO EE YA SCHKAKA WK. XA T YEEKAXNEEK YA YEEDAT KLETH XAT OOTSEEN KA YEE KLITHSEENA, KA XAT SUMO: Twahka dialect (Nicaragua) KANISHKEEDEI, KA YEE ANKA W. WE EE CHEEKLEINAK DIKEE ANKA W Yang witnis yang, yang Godki Man yabina- YEE SITEE KA YEE YEDASHEE, KA man Man ma talyang anik. Yang warakat laik CHEEWEAH-SKEEDANEEK. yultayang yang paraski Man parasnikira Man. God has lapki, Man Kamank ki, ya paras taman dutni Man Kau, A las Sawonki. TOBA (Argentina) Ayem naq'taxananeq, oh yalamxat' Dios, ye TACANA t (Bolivia, Peru) 'am ayem ad'onataq savotaique da 'am He marda mi que testig6, oh mia dada savat'ton qataq' shioqhen. Saq'taxan vetoigui Diushu, mia dada ve peitia Diushu eshenapa nagui da iqalaxa qataq' da ad'anxaq', yachopuji. He marda mi que testig6 ye orashu mi que qyic qataq' da ad'sallxa. poder mi que impotencia, que ma purf que ma Qaica ca lya Dios napacaleq' 'am, Nimaye mi que riqueza. Hay ma ve pia Diushu, mi detaunaxan da souqapoigui ca !chic, Nimaye dabai ejejena, mi dabai Diushu ejejena. qaica ca iben'a. 518 THE BAHA'I WORLD

TUCUNA (TICUNA) (Brazil, Co lombia , Y AQUf (Mexico, Un ited States) Peru) Inapoone testic6 in Dios, e npoone y6t uri ac Llumaen pora tocuchigan paq ue ne e nchita ll ane . Paque te e nchiwatane. Cho ma curi guh e n, C um a pa chori tupan a Inapon e testico en lautipo , caemo beki jume in tac ufa choun cu na goe n iiima na cha cuhan iii uteam cae n utean bequi impovea poovetan a na cugo na charf inin. e mporftoo rico. Cabe intok Dios, ju ll eani ame, E ho hin na curi guh e n ii o mar gun e ngo chori e npo jibap6 be ch ii bo jiapsa . tura y curi pora, chori ta hunma cur i guhinm a. Tauma a nay a tupa na, curin poraqui , toin ri YARURO (Venezuela) guhenqui iiim a ch ie nfa . iiim a por aqui nichata ha n. Dademene kone. Dademene kone kod e uni optea. Mene cua ja no re derrer dabaicreine . Dabaicreine cua j a mene de rrer. Daicre TUPI: Chirigua no (Chahuanco) dial ect udercre uchercre. G uardemercre guamerene (Arg entina, Bolivia) cheregua merenene . Aeme vei optaedi Che a icua ma che Tumpa , de che apoaba kanemedi optaed i. Optaedi da ju a di chi cu a . rocua baera jare romboete baera. Che aicua Optaedi da diu di que juing. m a a 1'i a ve che chep ue rea co ba jare depuere , che cheparabete jare. De denbaeyecou Baetij YUKPA (Colombia, Venezuela) imru T umpa ma De giii ba, Poromborij icabibae peba, jare iyeu guiiio oicoba. A un ene, o l Cf!moco, 01±ncat a uy1±ne 6ope oyenepe , aa pera aya mpo auya t6cshinco. Aunene, j1±arketau, y6 itpai auvia, amorcotip- TUPI: Guarani dialect (Argentina, Brazil, shin, aumerejera'ya amo ri mava re jaapera ma. Paraguay) O loco mak am6roco 61mak , C1±moco t6c- She aiku a'a she Tupa , Nde jap6 ha giie , shinco, 61ok oyeme ruca ne cupetu6coyo, roikua'a hagiia, har6 Tupa'itu hag iia. toapa no pera m. Aik ua'a avef koaga, la she kangy ha, ha Nde, Nde mbareteha , Ha she Mbo ri ahu, ha Nd, Nde YUPIK, CENTRAL ALASKAN: Kuskokrik o ha. wim dialect (Alaska) Nda i pori ambu 'eishagiia, Nandejara, Nde iioite pytyvo hara roime va'f jave, Nde ii o ite Nallrun itua, Agayu tm a Piliaqellru avnga reik6 Nde je heve . Nallunricesqelluten Ciktarvikesqelluten-llu. Watua, Nallrunritua Pingailucimnun Pingirpanun-llu , Arrsaucimnun tukuutevnun- TUPI: G uarayu dia lect (Bolivia) llu. Che dey vyindar chen1 tumpa , de cheapo Allamek agayucetait uq Ta ugaa m e lliirek, heve de cuag iia deli . Che yeroyy augiia aiien- Ikayulaa vkut Aarna rq ellramek, Ca mek e lpet cua vehy de li c6 corintein deli che vae ca usa de Piunrilavet. rec6 pirantaza vein 6 che para izusavein 6 de rec6 yemboe teisa vein6 dipoiri a mbuae tum pa YUPIK, CENTRAL ALASKAN : Yuk dialect de no ite hore pytyinbyin vae, vae yabaete vae (Alaska) sui . Deahe ere ye upivae de recocuer pype. Kahnaryahan aungakaka, Agaeutma. Doyooha bill yakelrhuavoonga, nahtlooskif- YAGUA (Brazil, Co lombia, Peru) kanuk , cha le ookfak ishkatlootin. Wa neheuha Ra a ndiatene , unindano sun, dejano un ra nahtlunre hkaw chaywelujekah etlpet dowghan andiante , ragita hu anta nani Unge R agita dat- ga haywa vit. Chale a hrsowlowa etlpet dowghera Unge tunshonda ne andieta ne datera ne ken chut dummyeta h bektlooghe . Awtlamikttrate n i criquitin . loo owahte n Agaeutche tdownnuneh, cheyun- T ie q ui sauchera U nge uirti qui sauchera a hrbootloo nawtloovghahrngow nakoo aw hurinde n6 Su nu chera uni cho sa nsq uita unich- rnahgeg unn. Keevitl oo ahn ehrtoores htenera ninda. goolootin . BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 519 ZAMUCOAN , NORTHERN (A YORE, ZAPOTECt (Mexico) A YOREO)t (Bolivia, Paraguay) NA QUE TESTIGU SHIOSE, YEB LU BAS LA Urepiseyu, Dupadea, uje je vapesute yu, NAHRE TE GUMBE, CHANE LAZ SE YEBLU. ujetiga yiraja uato ega uj etiga yisi vabay. NAKQUE TESTIGU NAH SHTEN YEL GU , BIH'N , SHTEN YEL NAZAK. Yfgome ua uje que y6 bajopire gotique, uje mataqueyu jeque cuchapeua, que Dupade Ruti steh dad Joh yeb lu, ni rak ne nu re che uneque cusego gusuua. Ua u uje barate yoque, cayac nadzin , ni nabahn shteb tis. ome cucha gajnaregone, uje je ua u cuchadej - nese.

c. ASIA * Denotes revised translation . t Efforts to obtain exact identificat ion continue.

AGT At (Philippine Islands) AKLANON (Philippine Islands) SAKS! AKO, 0 KANA KONG DIYOS , NA May pagtestigo aco, 0 Guino-o, nga·kao ro MINA AKO, KANIMONG LINALANG TAN- nag himo cacon para magquilala kimo cag mag GANING MA MIDBID TAKA SAKA SAM- ampo sa atubang mo . Nagtestigo aco sa sining BAHON KA. SUMASAKSI AKO SA ORAS NA momento, sa aeon buya cag sa imong ng ca ADIE SAKANI MONG PAG KAODA KAN cusog, sa aeon ca pobrehon cag imong mangad. KUSOG SAKA KANIMONG KAPAN- GY ARIHAN , SA KANAKONG KADUKHAAN Owa Ion it ibang imong Dios con indi-lcao, SAKA SA KAN IM ONG KAY AMANAN. mananabang sa tanan capiligrohan cag ang ODA !BANG DIOS KUNDE !KA SANA, mainantuson. NAGTATABANG SA PELIGRO, ANA KANIMO BA SA KANY ANG SADIRI. APA YAOt (Philippine Islands) Apo Kabunian, inuman ko un Sika din AGUSANON (AGUSAN)t (Philippine nangwa kan Sakon tan matagammuak kan Islands) mapadayawak Sika. Testigoak sinsaton, maid Ako motindog nga saksi, oh akong Dios, nga kabkaboolak kan Sika , kamas dan! Bilongno , -lkaw nagb uhat kaniko para magkila kanimo kinakapus ko kan kina Babalin no. hasta magsimba kanimo. Ako mosaksi ini Maid udom si apowok no adi Sika, Katulun- <loon , sa ako pagka wa do-oy ga hum , sa akong gan di makasapul , Sika din Mannakabalin. pagkapobre, hasta sa ako bahandi. Wi nay lain iban Dios kondi -lkaw, ang panabang sa ARABIC ka lisud , ang nagkaugalingon nangabuhi. Seep. 496.

ARMENIAN "flr/ S!; r ' /·cf IJ.umna..w~ II .+r i1+-1i,J nr 'l-na..'h ,,/•u .,_,,.,_ ,...,~ 6u ~lr'I. l.w'ltl1.u11na.. £. ~£'/_ UJW:-"l"'- 1e1UJ11111 1 /I J" rJ.iu11- ft£w~/•M !tr /unnauw/_U1'1.!-J -+-ruL/ilfu."r.u I.. 'f.n1. 'l.ornc../ilfu'lly, J.J wy.pwen,.a.p[u.'l.u '- 'fl,,,_ fowruuonc/I Ju-lly t ~lr'lJ'I; 9u1ur tlJJtn11a.w• l't"'I • fll-1"""1..,i,"'l I. /t"t.'1'hwynJ .,,: 520 THE BAHA'f WORLD

AZERBAIJANI (ADHIRBAYJANi , AZERI) (iran, Soviet Azerbaijan)

-•--.....S....~ ~ •,~__,,.•w,' ~J ..L.J vi..,;___ • ~ ....___ .:,,,..:a-• c.S ,,_ v:w.- .,, _,___.,., ,, /liJ "'..__. ;. _ v...6-;- - - - • ... .._ _ _ _,_,_. Ill ...,. ,..., •'"!---olitlt ~ I I ...lo. ____............

BAGOBO: Gianga (Guianga) dialect (Philip· BAJAU (BADJAO) (Borneo, Celebes, Sulu pine Islands) Archipelago) Manna 0 nama ko, ngo poggali no ogo para Aku makasaksi, Ya Tuha ku, dah bay hinang kohaddon asta nikko. Mallo-a kloni mismo aku ni katoo-nan maka ni duwaahan. Aku ngo hago lomilomit nikko keng kollos, ngo ogo nulay ma kadjapan iti ni kalunaan maka ni keng kaayo-ayo, hikko keng malikoddo anda kamiskinan ku maka dayan. ottad ngo nama, hikko na eng kotawang neng Mahananiya saddi Tuhan suga siga nabang hirap eng boy-yottow neng naw-wo mo. ma kalaatan Kaulluman.

BENGALI (Bangladesh)

C~ ~T~H ~".!~, ~~ ~i~TC<;; "(fil <::f:'iT~ C3!::fE <f~ ~!Tf.T<1nt ~'21 <!!<!~ C~T~~~ ~~rn <f'Bl<!F! ~"!J, C'l'.<: Yi'Tt.;fi ~ '!:!Tf:r ~ <f.fiicef~ I ~ra ~Kt ~rfir ~T"l'Vi lfff2i~l ;r.:.-, .!l~ Z C~ T ~Fl ~'.']'-':~ "ffo ·G \!ifT~rrn ~Tfi'f=:1 c~<f~ CZT~n! ~~C~Ei WTTCT ?[f~~~fa I ~fir ~1 \!?1 \5fFl C<f.TG11 !;f".;Q" 'TT~, Pi?fl1<f.T r:o'f ~ f?r ~ ?j 1<1 :;fT'01,

fu1"H~1 I

BENGALI: Assamese dialect (No rth east India)

~ ~. ~ m! ~uittoi1c't~~~~·~~ ~ elf~ ~(! "fi~ I ~~ 1!_~ ~ ~ <fi~ ~ ~ ~*"'. ~

~. ~ ~~ ~ ~1;. ~ illtM, ~~91_'1'; ~ crt~ ~ ~~l~I BAHA ' I BIBLIOGRAPHY 521 BENGALI: Tripuri (Kok-Borok) tdialect (India)

• ~Ti5 ii~ilTf ~)n~ ~'If, "I 'll\Jl~. '!TJlf"l ;~"1'11, i1 -~ f"fo;011 <lT'ft \!1~ 9JYVi-"11 ~T'I>.: ~:;~Toi ~Tiff~~ GiT>l1 I ~ 1~ tf101-~~~. ~~ ~1;;-.,,\011~. '611~ fi1~1-11rn1, ?i'.'~ <=1~ 11f: '-: ~tltf'T~,-"!1°1• 'el1i; <llH~'f-~ ~tl!C'lll ~T~~ 111'1'11 1'

'11\!l~-oi ~HIT~ '!ii ~~T~H f~1'il0 illG'!'.~ ~11~-f~il : t llT~1C'I~ ~0\-0\l~ ('\! ,.~ 't~~ I

BIHARI: Bhojpuri dialect (India) BISA YA (Sarawak, Borneo, Brunei) Akujadie saksi , 0 Tuhan ku, Ikau nganjadie ~ ~~ {1f iitan{T ~er oo fifi a)~r <t fo/~ di jaie supaya aku ngatuie di !jun, sarata arr a'kt ~ <ti~ lITTITT ~ (1f'lT ~ cl~ !fi"\i~ or~ 1 nyambah di !jun, Tito no aku mara, karana tir ~ tn"t ~,<!! <ti~cr orT;;i fit;' t:ir ihrifcr iifl;ft sangaie-ngaie no di jaie kurang, sangaie-ngaie arr i;i: ~ ~ar u •FtTI orr~ ,ir ~fi.il~~ •n;;rorr ~ no Ikau Yang Bakudarat, sarata ombo saja ontob alap ku , aku akan mamanau perintah mr nfCI' u 11~ 9:~ ll'Tl flf ~ •ri<rr arr ~ Mu. Uiif ~l'T'l'l:~T ~' I Onjop aro lagie Tuhan Yang lain, melainkan ")(~r ~ w.- ~ ii'~~ itR" q<imin ""'-@" 1 Ikau nga no Tuhan, Yang nulu ng musim suat ~T {~ 1!1fTlr.r d~ U 6T{~ I~ or! ~f;i'lf ~ susah, Yang Panakuara.

BUKIDNON (Philippine Islands) Testigosan ko, 0 Magbabaya ko, ha iyan ka nigtul-tul kanak ho pagkilala imo daw pag- BIKOL (BICOL) (Philippine Islands) simba imo. Matun-an ko ha laus taini ha Nagpapatotoo ako, 0 Dias ko, na linalang gutlo-a ha hura ko agkabaloy daw sa gahum no , Mo ako na mamidbid Ika asin sambahon Ika. sa ka pobre ko da sa Bahandi no. Nagpapatotoo ako, sa oras na ini, sa pagka dai Hura un lain ha Magbabaya; kodi Ynaka, ko nin kapangyarihan asin sa Saimong Kusog, magbubulig ho Katalagman; nagkinaugalinsa sakuyang kadukhaan asin sa Saimong gun-ho Pagpanginabuhi. kayamanan. Dai nin ibang Dias kundi Ika, an Tabang sa BURMESE (Burma, Bangladesh) Peligro, an Mismong Nagdadanay. ~:i;i$lCCD'.>OC\::l(C\'.>: OJO>CI :i;i51e.1~~'.)I

rucji"jcfi I :i;> Sl C.n( 'i <><!' 5m <>O"J '.> Cj $ oo~@. <>O"J 5:i;i '.>l

".S;o c: <>00 5 'io.icJin( t\>fu@Jo.icjiu w l <>ru '.> <>ru-:>

BILAAN (Philippine Islands) ;o<.li )' '.) oo~;!i. <>O"J 5c:I •H.!3 c: t e. :g 5l c.r o'i ~I

Fnanglut go 0 Duwata na ge i ftabo deg na <>oo519e: I oo~@.<>005~ ;oC: ~f~I J1 §c1 mimo deg agmade ge na mangamfo de ge. tE. :i;isicci fll<.lio .. 4,p: [3e: 1.;c: I o.S~ OI Gade go de kagkahon ani de klande gnagan go, dee de akgaganam de kablasok go na dee de kalgadom. Lande dame Duwata ko la loghe de <>O"J 5 'i <>OJ'.) :i;> $l C )100 Jl: I :i;i [~p: "'t!iOJ~:J{ Cj '.)l !j lande sen kafyem na tabongam di kat sato de gami. "'~ Ul 522 THE BAHA ' f WORLD

. ~!- fii /~J -1ft- ' a!.J ~-1 j:_

• 'r:ll fl ~J('fj; 1f 5~ ft- ..l. 69 ~ ~ ' -t ' ft- il!J ft- :ll :ll ~ ~ 1ḥ ~t r1FJ ~i 6~ 1t CUYUNON (Philippine Islands) DAY AK, LAND (BIDA YUH): Bau dialect Naga testigo aco Dios co nga icao ang may (Sarawak) buat canaquen, nga ki lala ta cao ig ing Oku mo ogi menyaksi, 0 Topa ku, nang gueguegman. Naga testigo aco sa mga oras nga Ingan mo ogi nai oku dah puan dup Ingan duch dia Dios conga inde sarang macacomparar ang nyomah Ingan. Oku mo pikirien tarah adin itis aqueng keseg sa canimo ig ang aqueng calised dengan doii kuasa ku nudu kuasa Ingan de sa imong manggad. lcaco lamang ang Dios, ig ayuh manah duoh dengan penyusah ku nudu icao lamang ang sarang macabawi canamen sa pongipaguh Ingan. tanang cacorian . Doii loh Topa de bokun pakeh Ingan de DANGit (India) jagin Penu lung daang penyusah duoh de Pingidip. \ll 'tll~ "t•l~ltt, l \Wtl i-'4't W-t o.•u ·it1 Ul ~~ult :utrt Q,..n av ~'-' DAY AK, LAND (BIDA YUH): Bukar Sadong (Tebakang) dialect (Sarawak , Borneo) ~titull ~~ ltteu \~L !4<1,1. ltl ·~~Ult \lL..fi sU\tU\('\I ~"1. ~.{ ~"1.·(' ~llt~'..fi, Aku jaji saksi ndug tanpa aku, akam mbuh ngundah supaya aku empuan akam serta lalu ltl.tl :i1;llofi.{ ('\~l ~~l 'tl~ufi ~·'4-t· nyembah akam. Aku besaksi ndug iti seh, "'..{ 'tll~ ~'tl'l\l. minan semoa pengurang kuasa aku ndug semoa pengagah akam , serta dingan pinyiranta Q.~ r~~(lf.t &_'tl~l 5'1-tlav ~~ct~ aku dengan pingiraja akam. ~,,1. ~~ ~~' 9l~Uot! ~~Uot('\ltl~ot Anyap tanpa da bekun masu akam, pinu lung masa susah, pinulung adup. "'~'~ "~' tctfot'~'t. BAHA ' I BIBLIOGRAPHY 523 DA YAK, SEA (IBAN) (Sarawak, Borneo) GONDI: Bethul dialect (India) Aku nyadi saksi ka Petara Aku , Nuan udah ~ >T'T'«'f-'f'll ~~ if•~ ~e: cr't;;ofl~ <1<ra 3ff"G" f"' ngaga awak ka aku nemu Nuan sereta lalu ;rl~;r "~ irrrr<'frii:;i; 3R <prr '!i't<'!r~"' ,;>fn: 'l"i'a'T'f 1 nyembah Nuan . Aku besaksi ka diatu , ngena 'f'll rt"' "''l';;JT <!ITT!H 3f'f f'rirr ~il' ITT'! f<ra'f'f 'l''aT'f, samoa pengurang kuasa aku, ka samoa penger- q;r t'r!fflfr lf'f S'R"'rrr't '!'ffr q;r 'f'fT 'T<Tif orrm;r 1 ing Nuan, sereta enggau penyeranta aku enggau pengeraja Nuan. f~F a'ml;r ~H~:r >T'l<ITT' ~, f;rm<ft ~ for Nadai bisi Petara kalimpah ari Nuan, 3fFl:'f, 3f'f f;r1nrr Hil!T'ff'!f "'THii:T'l'fITT'1 ! Penulong leboh Tusah, Penulong Diri.

GADDANG (GADDUNG) (Philippine GUJARATI (India, Pakistan) Islands) Pacuruhuan co , 0 Dios co , se pinaratunac ta '~ ~1~ :uu~ ~. ~ lU~t l:Pct~, } <t:::i. quesi maamuan ta Ca e idayadayo ta Ca. Tad- :i>U<11utcu <\~ C\l:fl ...- \<It !J~CU ct" ~:l, ~~ danggan cu, sitoya ya quinacafec e ya pacapanguam , ya diyariyat co e ya quinamayamannu. u. :uu ~~ ~ lll:fl ~--1,)c\l :11\:::i. cU:fl ~ct' ~ Gt lll•fl(Q!t-<l, lU :fl ,R~ C\I :ḥt:::i. (\!:fl Awan a corhuan a Dios nu baccan a Icca , na ~C('>l:! '1('itCU.fi

<\~ lU:fl llll:U&t :11\:::i_ <\lltJ Acquisesalacan si Quetaggacan , na Acquitaronan. 'lxlt~L lt~'..fi ~l~ ~l~ !i.'

GARHWALI (India) ~ "11 lfqf'l' f11 17f iil'T'f'F lfqf~ ~~ f.,; f'!~~ HANTIK (ANTIQUENO) (Philippin e Islands) ~IJ.TilI !!!llTT ah 'fir £t pr n;TJr r:p<r "TT\<' May pag testigo aco , 0 Guino-o co, nga-lcao if 'flt I fll 'fl if!'! •g l1il~ q~ f'<i '): fl'iif'1 .., ' '= 1H ang nag himo canacon para mag quilala ~IM'f<: ~~, fq •HT<r ~;j q)<: ? 'ff'F'l , fq tit;:: canimo, cag mag ampo sa atubang mo. Nag testigo aco sa sining momento , sa aeon caluya ~::..· 'IT 'fTl1 fl'i( '!!~ ~il I cag sa imong ca cusog , sa aeon ca pobrehon cag sa imong manggad. clf l\O ~Ol'T'fT '!_'~ "l1T "l11J'ff'1 'IT"1f I ;q-lfT if;<ror Wa ra ron it iba nga Dios con indi-lcao, manifs r ~OcT l1 'TIT 'f; '{f!T[ q~ ~. ~ '!~T cqf~ft anabang sa tanan capilogrohan cag ang fl'~llHiT ~\!T'[ T 'f 1 '>. ~ I mainantoson.

HEBREW ,';ii?K ,l'J!l? ;"11'YK .o?w J::i?::i iiJy?i 1=>,, nyi? 'lnK,J :inK '=> ,o ' J 1 K , 0 n ' l K i ;i , 1 ::l l ;i 1 ? ., ::> D 1 ' ;i ' J K ;i 1 1 7.J .?::>1 ?~in :inxi 71'JKi 'JK ?i ,a,r.i?iy;i 'D?K ,:i,l ny::i :iJiY ,1'1y?::ir.i :ii?K l'K HINDI (India) HINDI , EASTERN: Chhattisgarhi dialect (India , Nepal) ~ foq-<:: I lf ~Heft ~T ~ f.:t; <_!"il; ~TrR "Af>: it '11)<:: "l1ircrT'f, i?.f~'<"f 'Ill<: 11crr~r ~~ f;r, af~"-"f a--i: r ~r ~ 'f;<::'°1 ifi fun: ?:'°1 ~it ;j(q<'"f f'fi'ln i 1 'lll'fT '!'flit ~ aoo qf~'flif li!Tfo<:: !R';a<: oT<:: 'J_>;tT if ~ 81~ ~T'f>H 'F"1T ~ f~ rt 'A~ ~ ITT<: ?; fl'~~llR t ~ ef<:~ ~ 0-<h?; ~S,:<T ~,if~ "'~ l'!'Tfin: 1 ~ it il'fiffi ii il'ra iir;:ra if~ f<ti' iin 'Ill ~~ ~mn ;:r~ ~ afll:~ ll:T ~~lm;r El:~"' 1 ft ~ ITT ?; ~'111>.f ~ I 'fg"i'l'"f inlor ~)q- ffi!T mit <n:lfin ~ ~;rr ll~ 1 a-'t 1Af1 h'A' 'IA"lT "'1~ 'RllWH il5T ~ I ?: ~T ah ffl'C!Tlf "'T'l'T ~' 'lllTCfT'f '!'~ ~ I o~~ ll:~~ '1'"'Cl1T'fil, ~~Olll''lT ~ I ;;f<l''f ~11-f 'Ill -in<: ~ll:T!fOT lfi?:: "°lfio ll:~ ~<: afll:~ WR ~<: f;r~<: ll:"'~ I 524 THE BAHA'I WORLD

ILOCANO (Philippine Islands) JAHAI (Mala ysia, Thailand) Ipanecnecco , 0 D ios ko, a Sica ti namarsua Yek tanggongk an ley sa-bagai saksi , Mei caniac nga umammo Kenca ken man- Tuhan yek , Pai yei manjad ik-kan yek ney gidaydayaw Kenca. Pa necnecac, iti daytoy a ge long yek kene l Pai dan bersembahyang Pai . canito, ti kinacapuyco ken awan bilegco ke n ti Yek luek saksi bahawa peryam ta'ah , ok lemeh kinabi legmo, ti kinapanglawco ken ti kinabac- yek dan ok et et Pa i maken basat yek dan nangmo. Kayak Pai. A wan ti sabali a Dios no di Sica laeng, ti Berak T uhan peu chan lebah Pai, Tulung Catulong iti tiempo ti peggad , ti puon ken gub- keleng Bahayak , yang He njan Belak. buayan dagiti is u- amin .

ILONGGO (HILIGA YNON) (Philippine JAKUN (Malaysia) Islands) H'ma mena-ngongkan dirik sabagai saksi, 0 Nagasaksi ako, 0 Guino-o ko , nga Tuhan h'ma, bahawak Ajeh telah menjadikan guinahimo Mo ako ag ud makak ilala -kao cag h'ma ontok mengenoo Ajeh dan semayang makaha lad sa Imo . Naga pamatu-od ako sa Ajeh. H'ma naik saksi, pada masa ka , akan subong nga ti-on sang akon kakabus cag sa Imo kelehoman h'ma dan kudrat Ajeh, padah gahum, ang akon kapobre, cag sa Imo nga kepapaan h'ma dan kekayaan Ajeh . mangaranon. Hempak Tuhan lain daripada Aje h, Wala iban nga Guino-o kondi·kao ang bulig Menulung dalam Chelaka, Yang Berdirik Sensa katalagman ang mabinuhaton. dirik .

JAPANESE

l l r:. -" r-.. ~ t '1')

1J )-_, ~~ '"' O")

1(. f) ~. '.i

........

KALIN GA (KALINGGA) (Philippine tu awa-awayya anna y dacal nga pacawayyam; Islands) to quinapobre anna ta quinaricum. Awatta tanacuan nga Dios nu ari laman Sic- Sacan y test igo 0 Diosco nga Sicaw y sicaw; y Cabbag ta tiempo na ziga anna Mannamaravvu ta niacan tape nu ammuattaca anna gyawa ta ngamin nga mawmawag. dayawattaca. Testguaccu ta sangaw y cawaccu BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 525 KANNADA (KANARESE) (India) d,~.,, ;::jtS.s;i<i cloir.1 ! ~~;S' ~!, ~1..;:$~ "O:d>W ~3~ ~~~ tJO'Cl/?;i;:u:> j:)e_~ ~1 ~ ~iicJ~Qeo3.:i; ~~ &.>u~~;:$, ~e~ t.)t.>1:>~~; N<lr::S.> z.>al~, (:)e~ ~eo:s.:io;I. "Qc:S~ ~~en ~o d'~~ ~,;S. ~~ c;;JJ<;dj.:i o:S.:i~o:j de>:ld..<Oi ,..~. r.t~t. t11n~3d, ~~ ~O~e&F' !

BEHDENG SENG AK KATALAU LA' AN MEH UH TENANGAN BIH IKA'TUA , ALENG NYEKANG AKUI, ALENG TE' MURIP NYELIMAN.

KHALKHA (MONGOLIAN) (Mo ngolia, China, Tibet, U.S.S.R.) T3HDp Ta! Ta HaMattr 611tt 6011rocoH Hb 611 TaHhir M3):(3X 6a XYH)J.3TDXl1HH KA YAN (Borneo, Sarawak) Te11ee IOM nnrnttr 611 np'1113he. E11 onoo 11 MHHHH •mna1irvttr, TaHhI lfana11Tattr 6a AKUI NAH !TUNG TAKSI KA ', 0 TUHAN , TENANGAN KU!, !KA' ALENG UH NYELUNG Yr11ttrYYr Ml1Hh, 6a51Jlfblf '111Hb DplfJ13be. AKUI NA! JADI' JAM !KA' DAHIN NYEPIDA Tattaac eep T3HDp 6attxrYH, Ta fopx !KA'. KERA! NIH AKUI BARA LEMA KU! 3osnoHrnHH norop naHnaa aspan Tye KATY AHA DAHIN KUASA KA ', KETAH KU! 6atttta naa. Ta eepee aMh 3yyrq T3HDp DAHIN KAY A' KA ' . USI'TE' KET A LENG HA IOM.

KHMER (CAMBODIAN)(Kampuchea, Thailand, Vietnam)

anlJiui:rn~p~ ~~a11~ru~1rurn Ln:n~rns1:11~n~ 1~aj~J ' I

~ 1nJLO:H~ s~urnnLn:Hw '1 ~im1rurn:~llllt1J1iirnrn B'3J1 Ul ta~~~~ o I

w U'll~ ~ l.Tfl lt1 ~lfl:H~ fi1lUi ru mnrn ~ SM1lll1 IH1.lllJ~aniu(\} []1:H~ '1 1Lfi1tit,n:H~IG ITJ ~1S tn:m~1 (\} ~n 1~Ul Ul rillr\ltUJU~IJG'lSl(iUl '1 tp:H~ ci1~ng witrn:~ ~f\rn 1uh) n.i~ Ln: 1:~ n6 rn Hl1s~ ·1

KOREAN (China, Japan, Korea) .Q. :zi£>J o f ::. ~ . •jJ ,~ ~-o.it ~ %c.-~ t-I. r::J~ l oj .z1 ~ *J-± i; ~..c: I ~ ~ -2._1-~- oi"-12. 2;j~I~~ 7j ~~ ii~5'-~- iiH.1-<H~- 4 o Jr:: ~ xJ-j}- oJ 1:-~~ol J .X. :<i 21 -T-~H !- jl ~ ~ ~1 .9 J 7J- "-1t H! * . i cJ2 :zi£>J 7~ <.J-q )- jl ~ ~ ~.9 J Jf-i> ~ 'd * ij] 7 ~ OJ i-iiH;- 4 oJ r::~.

~J i..,}olJ -'i .L .2~ ? -'I 2 !:.!:..£ .9 J ""d ~ ..£ "IJ -'I ·t- ~~ oJ9JolJ r::~ ~ o f :::. ~o J ~ -< ~%4 o J r:: ~ 526 T H E BAHA'I WORLD

KUI (KHONDI) (India) LAMBADit (In dia) ~IJ~ ~ Q~ >;(J, Qlol:Q, QO>;Q 'l._(,'_'J.I l)>[OQ <JOQI ;SJ.6'4=- 051 tk o~ 1 o-o ~.,. sCJ.,.~;S Q;;>I 1)>1°Q Q I ~ Q!ll&,IQ <lQ QQI 'flG) llG, l;Q\'IQ I !:lli Ql:O 613 N" :J3 se4.1 .;'.)~ 8J.os> cmos£ ~ .,.{; .;S;S.1~ OOIQ 'fl-t i \i>IQ ".} 0 QI QIQ 9 1tl 1'1€/'IQIQ, 001 lll<;(.ql <J0 Qi QIQI \'!~I QIQ q1£11 GQ\'I I ~~.S~ el ~.,.g .:Si§ ;J.s5J~ ., Ef ~.s &< c§!)1 B4 (;> Q Q.\flQI ti>:t <Jq l Q >;Q<l Gil~ 'J(;'f I Q~ ~ I 2.6 s- ~ ;.)):$=' S"6 5i ;;hJ' B4 O'o ~.,. ~ CJ5 ~ Q1,IQI IHI i; (jl "l ~I !:ll;;>l 't-'1 1111\ill~ 91QI 91(;> <li~IQ I '( § :Si~d. ~ c .5 1 ();6i;J" ~a~o tJ>66 13;SJ. D'v-066 a~;::u. ~o-~~. o- 6 L~;::u.b e..o 613 . ..J"

6~6 ~o= sOr>.1 . ;;J.::i8J. ;SJ.Os ti, .:Si§ ;;J.OlJ' S"6 5i s.:;,...1 ;Si;;j.1 · "' KUMAUNI (KOUMANl , KUMAONI) (India , Nepa l)

lf rn1:, ~<:5 -lry,1 O\T"{'!"!T-q?;q'!H f\?~, qfr "{'l"!T ~, q ll~ \I T~ t 31 TIJ.f'ur 'J"IT f\'l~ LAO (LAOTIAN) (Laos, Thailand) li l!im ~r ~~ ~l: M~ <l'ITl:~ q, ~1fbr tg ~s : ~CtJul1'1 2"1~ o : ili lVu1JJ:u1uJ1 1JJ:~ltiull1tc)~'iie'i ' ' air'lfur ~qtf ; q ~f ar'!'i' ~ '1\'!Tfi:rnl ~T\9'f I ws:ilim (( @: e'iw s :il) es'iJi/Jls :il) u@:lii1su~~11>1s:il) e~llO) ... ".n ... ... .... - ' ctJu~us~nn JO ~ J 1UU~OJ1~U 129)21/JJS:Q J lC@ : n~J1UW~ )CC1~ lU1 t !i~- 9't'l"! , lG~<1'1° ~T ~ iH~ a'I" , 1

- - - 'II

wrn29 J~s:9 Jlil' n@ :nlilJrn~n ' oi u~ue 9 JIJJS :g Jlil"

~'~~f'<l''ll J~ws : wctJ-uc1'1il1~u1n ugn11n~ s :~ctJ-uc1'1~s:il1nclJ, w ' i°Jlm~~J1U~ Oo cm@gl UC ~gJl U2itJ9-UOS W , ' wi J'(m.~ J 1UCtJ-Udfl . nn ' ' ' !?00

KURDISH (Afghanistan, Armenian S.S.R., Iran , 'Iraq, Syria, Turkey)

MALAY (Ma laysia, In donesia) Saya me nanggongkan diri sa-bagai saksi, Ya T uhan saya, bahawa Kamu telah me njadika n ~ . . / saya unt ok mengenal Kamu dan bersem- ' C:..,p J o_,.·r ·~ ~ { _). ; ) bahyang Kamu. Saya naik saksi, pada bentar ini, akan kelemahan saya dan kud rat Kam u, u \_,J- l' ,... r.,_, . ,>- -:~· . L ~ • • '..> - 1/ .,.------- r' Ii. ( ,.; ; kapada kemiskinan saya dan kekayaan Kamu. Tiada Tuhan lain da ripada Kam u , Penolong

0 __, r_.;. J./.:;. _; ~ L1; O_.J r_,, . da lam Bahaya, Yang Berdir Sendiri.

' J - • - / J L5_, _, • _y ( ~ L1_,, ) ,_, l! .__,__, .J MALAYALAM (India , including Laccadive JI->? ~'-" ~ r- _} ~ ~L ?_,> Islands) u_; lS' ,_ L 0_..1 _, 0_.) 1· r' f - j , ~ \'......---=--- . r'°' 6l6l'30.J<!.1l, 'lrnlO<!l'.f "{1)6HTn 'W~l~. '1!1l>6lt!UB "G)ml.a& 0 0m~lJ:l.Jod!6lomu, GaaQJB "{l)mld!Q" ..._,.,, "'""'oo. ut; .,_, .B<lonooaru6Tlll. n(J)6lo!>O 12~" Ul).&<l!\lalll~:JO~o, Ill'!> '911l600~Q)S cn101~11tlb UOCND>l~o, "{1)6lnl>o '3ol01(3hC\!o 1 '81llQJB~6l5 lf\l<YlJ<gg/o Ollll:xib

'81001~. .i~o rT\l'°'o'· d1>Q5'9~°'""" lll6lOOO<m 016leru0J<11~-rulru<3l <068:].e.o, ~'\ruc.urno>· BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 527 MALD IVI AN (DIVEHI BAS) Divehi character (Maldive Islands, Minicoy Islan d) o/-'tv,.. D ?/ /O/ _,,, c.o ,../>,,. \xN/ c.o'-/!.'/ -/l//l//f /.?V ..5"/.PJ;/d .>/'-?,.P.,.--'a>--:J -~v !_/'A/ .>"'"i

MALDIVIAN (DIVEHI BAS) Latin character (Maldive Islands, M inicoy Island) ~ \j{fuftcr am:. +ft R~ am: ITT i ~4~1f<ta+11'1 31$f, +ft Htl'l an%: ITT Alhaa hed hdhevi kalakko! Hasuvaameenge dheelathi vaatha ka mua i~crm~! arirm m~ alhaa ufad hdhavaa fai va nee Hasuvaameenge a h alhuk an kusumahttakai kamah a lhu :pfl Cfl I <d'J. hek iva meve. Mihin'dhu alhu he hi vameve . ~<field ~ <fl <011 u ~~ arm A lhaa ge mika methi kamashaai Hasuvaa meenge kulhadhun vantha kamah adhi alhaa ~Q;m~ar$T. ge mika methi kamashaai Hasuvaameenge fudh i- vodigen vaa kameve. Hasuvaameenge fiyav ai Haahaku ne iy kamashaai hunihaa ka maka h eka laa nge dhemivodigen vaa kamah MELANAU: Mukah dialect (Sarawak) hekivaa ieve. Akou menyaksi, 0 Tuhan kou , wak Ka 'a u me nyadin ako u itou bei-lah bak mena'a u Ka'au jegum bak menyembah Ka'au. Ajau itou kawak ako u menyader ji-wak lemah akou MANOBO t (Philippine Islands) jegum ji-wak kuasa nyat Ka 'au, kawak ji-wak Bannala n ko no kadd in nad Langagan na id miskin akou jegum ji-wak kaya raya Ka'au . baballan do siak a mid killa kik aw owayd simba Nda bei Tuhan ke keman Ka'au , un wak kikaw . Kaddin nad pangintowan kaungkay ken a bak Menuluong akou Lian Susah, jegum edda kaddin wara sadda tat kikawn katussan Lian Lubieng Siksa. oway edda kikawn kat ussan tat kaddin kapobri a n oway tat kikawn kayamanan. Warad as-san manama gawas kikaw, eddad ta bang ta kahimpan, oway naa ntay ta sa lili rin. MELANAU: Oya/Dalat dialect (Sarawak) Ako men yaks i, 0 T uhan ko ien Kaau nga manamangun ako ba ta-a u Kaa u jegum ba MARATHI (India) menyebah Kaau. Ako pasadei jaka ito , ji ako nda bei keku asa jad jegum Kaau a-kuasa ~~~r! ~~f;:r temegah , ji ga ko a-sase jegum ga Kaau a-kaya berkuasa. Ien la h nda bei Tuhan ke kida Kaau , ~ m mor i ~ Rfm ~ a Menyapul Mara-bahaya Udipan Kakal. 528 THE BAHA 'I WORLD

NEPALI (NEPALESE) (Nepal, Sikkim)

~ ~~r {~~ ! i:r ~Te-TT f~ fifi fo;fi ~r{ f'<f?T, ~mr ~r~ fa~ c.i:;;rr ~-rr ir;f frri:r) ~ in9'T{ ~~?T if~<r) I if '>l'f~~ lfl Pfr<f\H iT~~ fifi l'.f" if~lffi g, ITT fa;i-') ri- ~f<f~"l'H g), if ~~i:: g, ra~r ~ci «1=~ ~ a~r l'.f" Tg ~· fcr;i-) «cf ~;i-if mI fcrID qfuf~cr ~ ~ 'Hl=f"T~l'.f"T 18~ 1 fcrift ~ ~1 ~<rT~ifi ~ificm i.'l'T~ ~HT ~cf m~ f;r~~ I

ORIYA (India)

W:J(;l'i QISl'QI El lQ 6 GJEJ(;l'l'Q ~819.91 EllQ S~lr;'Q . ~~ QQ\;ilt;;); g~ S~ ! 8'.'. g~l(;l SQG!f>l, -<JQ s:J._~"-~SQ, 8'.'. S~IQ '1§~901 6 GJEJ(;l'l'Q €1§~\Sl, ~IQ sQQ'i 6 CJEJ(;l'l'Q mtQQ g~l(;l ~f>l I QEJQSQ 9.~I~ 6 GJs:J_-g99 ~IQ(;] EllQ 'CJEJ(;]Q> ~I ~9'1 SQQ SQQQI 91~19 1 '

ORIYA: Halbi (Halabi) dialect (India) PANGASINAN * (Philippine Islands)

~ trh! 'llTf 1'T;; I ift"l"T 1Z ~ir 1Z '!lo "fl ~ff f~ SAMBAAN KO, 0 DIOS KO, YA SIKA Y <pft ~ i1tfit; Oflifffl<: lltf~ffl<: ~J;if an;n: i!tf"fl ~Of! AMALSA ED SIAK PIAN KABA TEN T AKA, TAN GALANGEN TAKA. TESTIGUAN KO ED ~<:'fl' ~Ti or.ITll <'fr 3fHf 1 irlit; 1Z '!To fl'ff <'flit# f.t; SAY AN BEKT A SO KAKAPOY AN KO TAN Jl'h) <'fiT iIB fl'ffii~ if~ fiftrrll, 3TT'3"<: <!ll'"fl OllT ~ff~ SAY PAKAPANYARIM, SAY KAPOBRIYAN iIB ITT~ <!?ff ~<f~ ifOl"ifTif 31rn, ift"l"T ~ ~;;;i; KOT AN SAY INKA Y AMAN MO. '!f<:ilT arr#' ITT'3"<: 'J:tf"fl 1''1" ~ff'fi lll_!~ ;;p:i;; arr ii I ~iril; ANGGAPOY AROM A DIOS NO AGSAY ~;; 31T'3""'. ~);;!. "lf'lifT'f ?;~Tif,<J:ll'T f;;;;r ~ ~ ~mr , i!tfl SIKA, MANANULONG ED KAIRAPAN , l'fif-lf<:<Tl-~U l'f~fll';ii" 3ITl1 I ONTALINDEG -ED-KABUKBUKORAN.

PALA WANON (Philippin e Islands) PANJABI (PUNJABI): Gurmukhi character (India, Pakistan) SAKS! AKO 0 DAKEN AMPO NA BLUAL MO AKO AMPANG KUMILALA DIMO AT ~ Ha 11~Hl }!~ ElE'1a ! w' !ER ~ ~1 ~1vl SUMIOM SA DIMO. SUMASAKSI AKO SA DAKEN KAYANG BASAG AT SA DIMONG ~'~· ut r~ 3 AA ~11 ~ ~ ilfl31 5 11' H' ~ l.JC'~l ~ = 3~ ~;:r ~ I H- ~ llii' BASAG, SA DAKEN KALYUTAN AT 11~fllil•a ilia~ ui f};r ~· ~ tll3 j 'llQl:I "R>lau S', )f KODYONG KAKA Y AHAN. KA YA IBA PANG AMPO LIBAN DIMO ANG ~1 "'3 i ~ 5' r 3a ~i iii> iiil ~~a n.ft. 1 TABANG SA MAGKAKLAS, ANG SARIRING i <fl ~S«il llf3 'Ri!13 ~ 5' I HANG ALO. "' BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 529

PANJABI (PUNJABI): Persian character RAJASTHANI: Gujuri dialect (India, Paki- (India, Pakistan) stan)

.(;}*' u; ,IJ,&iv: ~~Lr;.,do/.i, ~.,.::,,,vU:.1 ~~ ~~, '-/.T- ,ZtfJ~Ji \>..:t.>"" L~ ~ 1 U/> lS' 1_! U~ ' ...... .... ' ' u->~0;12-~l_,~1 0 [_,. ~ .f (. - • ' - ., fl '

<£l..vcL:4>f I> i,f,1~(// 4-1'-(I""'.~ 4_, ~IU~ - c.I~\~ ~\_, .Jl['r''-/./f'i.JiLvt ~}V: -vJ 11.1!}11,.,::t(jl L I - -.::___::, u, 0~- ;_ c.5.;..:: ~ 0v I -'-'!1i..1i""vJ~c-/-:J~v~i..-J}!!c..C'~I d\2-1,,.01,; I -- • ~ ~ D L--.>~ L5/ L- <5v5'-.S'' .... ~

PULA (MANGY ANPULA) (Philippine c:_>~\f ~ J,,1~1 ~.2_l5/ ~ ·( Jv- Islands) UJ..,1 . l · .. / /: ~ A/ ../.Y' ~ y - u f.I ~,I Kangko patuhuyan gid , 0 kangko Pan- G.- ' / c ' ... ' ginoong Dios, ako gid kanmo binu' at hampay i,,1\u.JJ...e! v~uL' ~../ ~> kawo ay ki lalanon kag sambahon. Kangko c patuhuyan inda pag udas sa kanme on man may kapangyarihan kag sa kanmo pakusog sa kangko pagkurian kag sa kanmo pag man- RAJASTHANI: Marwari dialect (India, garangon . Pakistan) On man may Panginoong Dios no kontay ~ ~~Cf<: ' ~ ~r~I ~<i q ...... fqm<f ;:i- al( kawo lamang ti umawat sa tanan nga palad kag sa on man may katabuha. cPn ~<:r ~~r ~<:ii' m'{, if ~ifr q;n fifilil ~: 1 it ~ ifl'f(l JfJ!_<: if.~ 1 f'i il f'fi(:f ~ ~h: ';I: ~<f ~l'f~ll'Tif ~: it rr<:'Tif ~ t;rl~ <;i: arg-a- <Hr ~= if?ir PORTUGUESE, MALACCA CREOLE Ji 1,!"~ 1_ <PH ';J: ~TIHl!I' ~: I (PAPIA KRISTANG) (Malaysia) i'r~ qqr<fT r,r1<: if.T! ~ll'WH <lil'fT 'A ~') •Frrrt~ 1f<liC: tj CfHl'lT ~H ~1'l: ~rin'/1 ~= I Jenti ja beng, you-sa Deyu, pra fala Bos ja faze ku yo supaya yo mesti sabe dan reza ku Bos. Agora-agora yo ta testifika yo mulyadu dan Bos forti; yo pobri dan Bos riku. SAMAL (SAMAL BAHASA) (Philippine Nte utu Deyu, teng Bos nsong, keng ta juda Islands) ku nu na tempu di mal fortuna, Bos keng Mu makasaksi, Ya Tuhan ku, dah bay nggere utu jenti pra juda ku Bos. hinang aku ni katoonan maka ni duwaahan. Aku nulay ma kadjapan iti ni kalunaan maka ni kamiskinan ku maka dayah Mahananiya sakki RAJASTHANI (India, Pakistan) Tuhan Suga Siga nabang ma kalaatan kaulluman. w ~qr qprr('qr lj ij'Rf ~\J> i ~ tiR trQi-vtt ~m,, 'irfr ?tT ~l: ~n:a- SANSKRIT fr ~ '1~ \i111J ft;li)' ' I fOT'" ~ 'if ~T{t ~· ~m) 3f:-~ I ~ 11lr ~~) I ~t m:~Ti 'f~T ~ l"ffCT «~T, tiroft. ~iifi:mT 1f ~ Tiffll~· ~ t<J~· ~~(~er: 1 ~r;ftq~f 3flffl' · 'iTtr ~~zf(fT ~ trp:rrf'ara ~ i I t.lTt ~~r?fl:, acr ma irer:n: ~~fuar<Jr: Cfq ~ ~Pl';;m1lfr: ~r~ ~crrfi:r • fc:1;iT ~~ ~)"{ "PfcfH q;f .fr {! ~ ti.. t ~ ~fl:r<fi:, ami:rfi'I'~•:, ~t fOT;rr, <Jilscll~lf: ~·qwrr ;;rf~ 1 530 TH E BAHA'f WORLD

SEBUANO (CEBUANO , VISA YAN) bahyang ha-J un. E ng perhut . saksi, ku-ma (Philippin e Islan ds) seadeh, ha ke le ma ha n e ng ru ha kekuasaa n Jun , ru ha na hajap e ng ru ha keliayak Jun. Saks ih a n ko , 0 Diyos ko , nga fk aw mao a ng Walah Tuhan asik ju pader Jun , Jun Penolok nag lala ng ka nako sa pag-i la Ka nimo ug pagkate Bahaya , ya ng der C huku p Jun Sendiri . simba Kanimo. Matud-a n ko niining gutl oa, sa akong kawa lay ma himo ug sa Imong ga hom , sa SENOI: TEMIAR (NORTHERN SAKAI) ako ng ka ka bus ug sa Imo ng bahandi. (Malaysia) Wala nay laing Diyos kondili lkaw, a ng tabang sa katalagman, a ng Nagk ina uga ling- Yeeq me nanggongkan diri yeeq-de h re o ng- Pag kin ab uhi. saksi, 0 T uhan yeeq , naq Haaq-top me nteqe lkan yeeq untok ne h-ne h Haaq wab bersem- SENOI: SEMAI (CENTRAL SAKAI): bahyang Haaq , Yeeq naik saksi , ma-mentar- (Mala ysia, Indon esia) deh, akan teq bersil yeeq wab bersil Haaq , E ng me na nggo nkan berok ng sa baga i saksi, kapada kemiskinan yeeq wab ke kayaan Haaq. Ya Tuhan eng, aje h-lah Jun te la h perjadikan Hoi Tuhan ya ng moi num Haaq, Pembese h ha e ng untok ha pa nnei ha-Ju n ru ha sem- da ll a m Ba haya, ya ng Ehtet tet tenaq .

SI NDHI (India , Pakistan)

9S::.i r J3 ; '1~ ~ ,; s~ L... cilo dU· ~"'f-4 ~ y.:b I~. .r. U !Jr L-4 l ...;;1 9~·+·1. i:: b~ ~ 9~· ... ~ '~ ~f-'i ~ W1 ) J 9~~-'!. r.:; i.., J o~ . 9~I ': ~~) ~· ': ~lb 9~~ ': ~9) ~ 9~~. .i,=, .1,.... ci ts' .>3" • Ji v l1. Jb /=~~,.... .j 4!) 9~ ~ ~1 } ~ J J.o ~ ...? F '-:rte-S '1 y . ~1 ,i F J ~. I . ~1 j.L~ r.:;L.. ~..}'?= ~'"' ~~·

SINHALESE (SINHALA) (Sri Lanka)

eJGcfi Gc;~c.33), C?lQ) Dunsfod' <fVGaB'w l:llO mz~O~, ail ilwrocl'c)

<ilc?ld'Z5l:>6 zroe>?§ ~toJ a<il tlt!lrod' tlJ az.Q Q)i)c) c?Jc?) e!icl'&l GOO . c}J Gm

G,<3Vez§W om BO)Gcsr oo~rn(Jz:E, c?loGW <fe560JZl)c?) e5W Cki)GCJl' Gf.!l~CSli.sc.5z§

c~~ood'~ <fOWJO lS>O~<ilJt;/~ Wc30d"~~cl'' aQ) wi!Gd' roz6 GV25l Gt;V GZllG<ll~ ~zoi .

TAGALOG (FILIPINO) (Philippine Islands) ang Iyong lakas, sa ak ing karukhaan a t a nd Iyong kayamanan. Ako ay sum asaksi, 0 Diyos ko, na ako ay Walang iba ng Panginoong Diyos malib an sa Iyo ng ni likha up a ng Ik aw ay kilalanin at sam- Iyo, a ng Siyang Tumutulong sa la hat ng panbahin . Aking pin a tutun aya n, sa mga sa nd aling ga nib at ang Walang Kawakasan. ito , and a king kawalan ng kapangyarihan at BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 531 T AGBANU A (Philippin e Islands) ~ru;;:i.)§"'l:O"~§ ~;;i)d._ ~~O~l:O"~§ Taksi ako 0 Dios ko nga pianak manan mo ~eJ~O'\P~~ -Oj.Jc:Q"i:)§ ;j;;i) ;;)-01_~~ a ko nga sumonod Kanimo ba w ikaw e nag buat kanaum. Natandaan ko kayte nga yon kiarotan ~ ~;;i) d;il. N" l!il?I' _..., ~ ( _., § ~ iiJ'> ~6 ko nga sabap, kanimo ba w kat Kakorongan ko 8"S"'~d._ ~ ;Joj6;;i) ~ <S).lllo~ ~ ;:So~s' daasi kat ka doonan ko baw yan Kadoonan mo . Uga nay bakun ng Dios ekaw lamang, nga B~N"d._~· mananabang et Kakorean baw Ka gayonan et usa baw usa. llf"~e:>!!5'd ;;J;;p~ex e!i~~ ;Jo~

TAMIL (India, Malaysia, Sri Lanka) :;S.);:5 j6}~,'\~o ~ ~ ~o ~~.S ~;:)..) f;T fin- 6 L 6lj a 6Y7" , ,si5 t.iJ & 2srr JJ/ ;J Ji; §ii Gil ifJ ~o~;'.)~ ej6}, uG&J~jl Go.rnC1&1 m 6li>~u U6l!lL~fil®$ TEMUANt (Malaysia) Q,r0fr 6TfflU/Jfa(!!J ~IT(Jtilfr .f'trL&J, @ti Akuk menanggongkan dighik sabagai saksi , ft(!!ORIW, "'~ utN,JIQJT %~/i>(!!Jtn &..ii;~eln Yak Tuhan-Kuk , bahawak-lah Ong, telah menjadikan akuk untok mengenal dan memuavGV6Vl!Slwa.~w, 61 tizJ Ql.aJi""w&~w ~,;;~.,;, jik Ong. Akuk nait saksi, padak waketu nin, Q,,,a,61J~ tt.~fi>®Ui #r<L-filu.Jw -s....AJ1iY'tJJ;6i>i. akan kelemah akuk dan kekuasak Ong, kemiskinan akuk dan kekayak Ong. ~u%fi}6'J 6&1Tu.JaD, 8HLJ 2...~&JU.tr611T" Nyap adak Tuhan melainkan Ong, Pelin- /T,I i.J tHY> mp (; 6V JJi lLJ n(!f liJ 6-\l a,, . dong dalam Bahaya, yang Bedighik Sendighik. TAW SUG (JOLOANO SULU) (Philippine THAI (Thailand) Islands, Borneo) Aku , in sa ksi , 0 Allah , ika w in nagpapanjari kak u, umingat kaimu iban magsumba kaimu. Sapahan ku ha way kung ku iban ha gaus mu ha ka miskin ku iban ha daya mu. o 1.- ..... I ..(

Ell'U l 'l'IJ!)J'V l WL 'l lfl!)~YlliL fl 'lf'lltJJ Wayruun dugaing Tuhan hambuuk-buuk da ' I .., a,, I; I ... .:,

ikaw, tabang ha kasusahan , in way nagpapan- W1~!)Jf1 fl !)f11 1lJ'll fl l:'l'U'lJ!)J'lJ1WL 'l lLLft~fl !)f111lJlJJf1J jari. 'lJ!)JW1~!JJf1 '

TELUGU (India) '~~W1~L'll~'U 1fl'U!)n'llnW1~!)J~ W1~!)Jf1t:-l ' . J~1EJ 1-u11EJ~'UflHI LLft~W1~!)J~~mJfil1J!)ci 1f1EJ~lY-l~J ' e.. or' o~. ;;i)~.S ;:S;i)d.. ~ XJ8o ~ m ' ' 532 THE BAHA'f WORLD

TIRURA Y (Philippine Islands) Ge-ti ndego ko T ulus si be-em me'y le-me- ~v~;::s<:o•. n(3e :ir.:;::s<:c:;• w~..ios•o•jci eide, nimbag ge begen inok ge-tuwa ku be-em brab L deo3d ge-datu-o ko be-em. Ge-safa-a ku bene'y enda e ke-ataga ku brab ati'y barakat Mu-we, e ke-meskina ku-we brab keungangen mu-we. Enda e se-giyo Tulus we-e Be-em sa-en , e TURKISH Temabang ngo enok u-wen ni kamarasayan, e IJahi! Senin, beni, Seni tanimak ve Sana tap- Turu n. mak ii;:in yaratmi§ olduguna §ahadet ederim. Su anda kendi ac.z:ime ve Senin Kuvvetine; kendi TULUt (India) .z:aafima ve Senin iktidarina ve kendi fakir- '"' ligim e ve seni n .z:enginligine taniklik ediyorum. ~t;1d ! eidos• ~OOO)d il.:CO' . eidos' ~~ Miiheymin ve Kayyum Ilah a ncak Sen sin. ~:ie.;oJ d mc:i• eio·~~os· ~' ~ o:3:i~o'. OOJ.>OS' z-8-_, ~e.J

mo~~C>OO)? eio• ;?Jt;::fo:!, o:lJC>OS' i..i~j. eio• !iJe~:io~.

TURKMEN (TURKOMAN) (Afghanistan, lriin, Turkmen S.S.R.)

/./ " / - / J:./~j .__;;,; /., ~ if'/ (-0.../~ u J <~ _L/ J4V ;,.J, o.J !:>_y, 0 ~./.__:.,_, i,.;;, , ~_,; ._;fi ,:._,, ~_, c,; Li· Jfcr'~ J(y;,, ;,)_, 6~) J!::/_, ,.;;_;};~ , ~s~ J~ j.i/u.J! ~;_, ib_,01 ~(~' J~~ 0 i:_.::,~ (.;)__,;._,/(.)_}_

VIETNAMESE (Indochina) L1.1y lh1H.r11g-D~ ci1n c·on, con :-.i11 chlrng n!1 ::111 rtu1g :'\l~t.:·6' 1, dU t::io cnn d~ hiC11 IJi l:t ~GL"0' J, d~ tUu tl1U NCC'6'I. Con xi11 th(1. 1il1(rn ngoy !1:c ni1y con thi)l lit h:it-li_ rc· tnrr·rc 1.1~·-lt.rc ci1:i Nl;L'·(n ,.! n~hCo -n irn Lnrt'.tc :>1.r phong-1.l1li ci1a :\Gl'-6°1. Kh Ong cr'i ni ngo:\i ~GU6'I l~1 ThmJng BP, ~Gc·<n J; B~ng Clrn-khU ClrU-L:)n Bang T1_r-Tiin Ti; -Tni.

WARAY (SAMAR-LEYTE, SAMARENO, W ARA YW ARA Y) (Philippine Islands) Testigos ako Nimo, Dios namon, nga Ikaw a n naghimo ha aeon para kilal-on ka ngan tuuron. Natuod ako hini yana nga oras nga waray aco gahom ug ha imo gahom, ha aeon kawarayan ug ha imo caricohan. Waray na iba nga Dios con diri Ikaw, ma naracop han maka-luluoy, ug mga waray na paglaom. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 533

D. AUSTRALASIA AND THE

PACIFIC ISLANDS * Den otes revised translation t Efforts to obtain exact ide ntification continue.

BAINING (New Britain Island, Papua New FIJIAN (Fiji Islands) Guinea) Au sa qai kila , 0 i Kemuni na noqu Kalou, ni Ngo tes nas, aingo gu Kalau. Sana rang na sa i Kemuni ga Koni a vakatuburi au mai me'u nge ivengo taram inge dilotu. Ai langit ingo kilai Kemuni ka dau masu vei Kemuni . Au sa koir kunga kurot dap ai nge di di kurot. Aingo kila tu e na gauna oqo ni'u sa ka malumalumu di ama ralak ka na ngo dap a inge di ama wale Koni sa kaukauwa Ko i Kemuni, ni'u sa hurong bara ka na nge. Ai re Varivat ki di koir ligalala Koni sa vutuniyau Ko i Kemuni. a nga Kalau dokop sokop nge. Katat naramut Sa sega tale ni dua na Kalou au kila sa i na mara ma guvengirong, kosaki koir memar Kemuni duadua ga , 0 i Kemuni Koni sa varung dokop sokop e Lalau. Dauveivukei e na Guana ni Leqa, 0 i Kemuni na Kalou Bula Vakai Koya ga. CHAMORRO (Guam and other Mariana Islands) FUTUNA (Futuna (Hoorn) Islands) Mandeklara yo', si Us'us-hu, na un fatinos Ekau tui maoki loku Atua, na ke faka tupu yo' ya para bai bu tungo' Hao yan para bai hu au ke kau iloa ma atolasio ki Jou agai. adora Hao. Tumestitigu yo' pago' na Ekau tui maoki ile temi nei, iloku gaegae ki Momenta , ni tai nina' sina-hu yan ma acom- Jou puleaga, loku mativa ki Jou kalasia. para gi fuetsa-mu, i pobla-hu yan i Tie kau tui fuai kile Atua etasi, kole pule Abundasia-mu Taya mas ke guaiya na Yu'us i taualuga mo mafimafi. a'ay uda gi pelegro i todo i tiempo layana na Eina saofaki tatou mei le fakasala, mo Yu'us . tuutamaki kesekese ole malama . EASTER ISLAND (P ASCUENSE) (Easter Island) GILBERTESE (Kiribati, Nauru, Ocean Au testigo , o tooku Atua, a au ianga i iaau Island) memahani i atu i a koe . Hanga rahi i te horo nei Atuau, I kaotia ma te koaua ba Ko a tia ni taaku mee hanga rahi tamee itau tetahi mee i karikai ba N na ataiko, N na tangiriko ao N na tau ono. noboiko. Ao I kaotia n te tai aei ba boni moan Ina tetahi Atua ko koe noma, tangata te m'aaka Ngkoe ao ngai boni moan te manmoaina ite ati, tangata mohapao ia ia tangata gori. Moan te korakora Ngkoe ao ngai boni riva riva . moan te kainn ano. Bon akea te Atua temanna ba ti Ngkoo ae Ko maiu i bon Iroum ao te Tia EFATE (EFATESE)t (New Hebrides) Buokiira. A noa pae nalomauana Supe anginau, 0! Nanga ningo ku dawonaki nau nanga anga HAWAIIAN (Hawaiian Islands) ataeko po do lotu kingo. Doko rangi waia a noa KE HI'I NEI AU I KA'U HOIKE, E KUU pae nalomauana nanga kinau a manainai ngo a AKUA, UA HANA MAI OE IA'U EIKE IA OE A dika nakasuana ma ningo ku peani nakasuana E HOOMANA IA OE . KE HOIKE NEI AU , I waina e parua Jiu; a pei tea tika sa ma ningo KEIA MANA WA, I KO'U PALUPALU A I KOU kupei tea songolapa ki sara naleo. IKAIKA I KO'U ILIHUNE A I KOU W AIW Al. Ningo ku masikima pei Supe, ku silae doko AOLE HE AKUA E A ' E 0 OE WALE NO, KE rangi ni nariesokiana ngo ku mariatae dumama KOKUA I KA MANA WA POINNO, KE KOKUA doko pae nakasuana aningo masikima. 0 KEIA KINO NOU NA POMAIKA'l. 534 THE BAHA'f WORLD

KOSRAEAN (KUSAIEAN) (Eastern MARSHALLESE (Marsha ll Islands) Caroline Islands) Ij , kamol , 0 ao A nij , bwe Kwoar koma nmo n Nga fwakak , 0 God luk Korn orey ul a nga in io bwe in je la kin Yuk. Ij kwalok, kio, kin ete ko m a in alu nu Sum , Nga fwakak ingena ke mwojno ko ao, nae Kajur eo Am, kin jeramol munas luk a ke ku Lorn, nu ke sukasrup luk a eo ao, nae maron eo Am. Ejel ok bar A nij ke kasrup Lorn. ij e lokim , Dri jiban ilo ie n ban , Dri binmur ilo Mangin God Sayom, mwe kasre kut in pal in ien ote mjij. fosrgna , a ma ku in sifwana .

MELE: Fil a dialect (Fila and Efate Islands, LAU (Solomon Islands) New Hebrides) Nau ku fa ma mana oe, a God nau , na o, Feuia fok i akoe Atua akoe gani konia a uau hau ngai nau, ur ia kua haitama mu , ma ku a foa sirtaea akoe, go akoe ga ni komaro. hatam u. Nau ku fitoomu asi kada na, kua a lu a Tmaramararaga niau iaro maramana poulapa , makeso la nau gi, i fafo na rigita la oe, na siofa kit te ulia go mujia miefa geia tm o uri raga. Go la na u i fafo na initooa oe, e langi lau ta God, kainugia foki akoe geia nekeke la gani teeni oe na , na fufa kada ana ta'a la, ma a toto mafitlakena toturu a koe A tu a. firi.

MOTU, HIRI (Papua New Guinea) LIFU (LIFOUAN) (Loyalty Islands ) La u hereva momokani, la uegu Dirava e, Oi Akotesie ti fe, nyipici koi ni !aka Cili e la Atre ese lau karaia Oi diba bona Oi tomadiho henia xupi ni matre troni a ad raie Cilie. Ini a ohn e gwa uraia . Lau gwa uraia, harih ari, lauegu hnyawa e nehil a !a ka Atre ka kucakuca ni , nge manoka bona Oiemu goada dekenai, lauegu the i Cilie la egocatr. Atre ka pe mo ni, nge Cilie ogoga mi bona Oiemu ko hu dekenai . la trena mo . Dirava ta be lasi, Oi sibona, Durua-Dika- Nyipici , pe ko ketre Akotesie hui E netilai, Dekenai, Sibona-Noho Diravana. Joxu , la Atre i xatua ngone la ijine hace, la A tre ka ci le huti epineti palua . NENGONE (MAREEN) (Loyalty Islands) Kolo ca Madra run go, uni ci aseseko ni , ko MAORI, COOK ISLANDS (RAROTON- hnei Buango hn a puli nu thu bane carajewe du GAN) (Cook Islands) Buango, ne a hmani Buango, inu ci waamilu du Ko au te kite E ta ku A tu a e Naau a u i anga Buango ri gul a hawa ome, wenore kogo ke inu mai kia kite ia Koe e kia aka mori ia Koe. Te ri tadawaien 'ore nene ni Buango , ka deko ace akapa pu nei au i teia nei i toku puapingakore e ke inu ri tadawaien 'ore aca ace ni Buango, ka i Toou ririnui, ki toku putaua e ki Toou ki e deko se Makaze, ka Buango so 'ore thu thakui manga nui . Kare atu e Atua ke mari ra ko Koe nu ri tadan 'ore tango, ne Buango 'ore ci wien anake, te Tauturu i rota i te tuatau o te kin o, te kani Buango ko. 'l:a uturu o te oraanga.

PALAUAN (Western Caro line Islands, M RI, NEW ZEALAND ' (N'w z,,Jand) Guam) E me inga ana e au, E toku A tua, Nau au i Akmui e l medengei, 0 Dias erngak, el kmo hanga ki a mohio ki a Koe a ki a koropiko ki a kau a milebak el mome dengelkau e meng ull er Kpe. E whaka puak i ana au, i te nei wa , ki toku Kau. Makuuchais er che lechal time e l kirel a ngoikore a ki T6u kaha, ki toku poh ara a ki elitechetuk ma klisichem , ma elebulek , ma Tou oranga. chiltetem. Kahore he Atua i tu a atu ko Koe a nake, te Ngdiak a ngodech e l Dios ngkm al di kau el Awhina i rota i te Mate, te Mana noho tang. E l mesiou ra chelebuul edingar e l mo Motuhake . cherechar. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 535 PIDGIN, NEW HEBRIDES (BISLAMA, TAHITIAN (Society Islands, Tuamotus, Mar- BICHELAMARE) (New Hebrides) quesas Islands, Gambier and Austral Islands) Mi talem stret 0 God blong mi se yu mekem Te ite nei au eta 'u Atua e ua hamani Oe ia'u mi blong save yu mo prei long yu. Long smol Note iteraa ia e te haamuriraa atu hoi ia Oe. taem ia mi save talem tru long wik paoa blong Te ite nei hoi au na roto i teie nei taime i to'u mi mo long strong paoa blong yu; mo mi talem nei paruparu I mua i to Oe na Puai Hope, e, se mi kat nating be yu yu kat planti samting . I to'u nei veve i mua i te rahi 0 ta Oe na Tao' a. no kat nara fala God be yu: yu yu help long Aore roa e Atua e atu maori ra o Oe ana'e , taem blong trabol mo yu yu save stap oltaem yu Oia tei hi'o aroha mai i tae i te mau taime ati, wan no mo. Oia tei tupu mai mai torn mai ia'Na iho .

PIDGIN , PAPUAN (NEO-MELANESIAN) (Papua New Guinea) TANNA: Nupuanmen (Weasisi, Whitesands) dialect (Tanna Island, New Hebrides) 0 God bilong mi. Mi tokaut nau long Yu yet i bin wokim mi baimbai mi nap long save long Iau iakani nuparian, o rahak Iarumanig, in Yu na mi nap long preia long Yu. Nau tasol mi namol iau iakarun ik iakafaki kamik. Iau iakani tokaut, olsem mi no strong na Yu i strong moa. nuparian u roaiu o rahak napauian, ik iatam Na mi tokaut tu olsem mi rabis pinis na Yu i askasik iau iatos takaku. holim olgeta samting. Iarumanig katimun tika matou ik pusin ama, I no gat narapela God. Yu tasol i stap. Na Yu ik nakasiru ia nian raha narahain, ik pusin ama. i halivim ol long taim bagarap i laik kisim ol na Yu tasol i lukautim Yu yet. TONGAN (Tonga Islands) PON A PEAN (Eastern Caroline Islands) Lotu Ho'ata. Ko e fakamo'oni au 'e hoku I wia kadehdeh, Oh ai Koht, me Komwi me ' Otua, kuo Ke ngaohi au, ke u 'ilo koe mo u hu ketin kapikiedahr en esei Komwi oh en kaun- kiate koe, 'Oku ou faka-mo'oni'i 'i he dok ohng Komwi. I patohwanehr, ni ansou momeniti ni ki hoku vaivaf pea ki Ho'o Malohi, kiset, me ngehi me leut oh Komwi me mana- ki hoku masiva pea ki Ho'o Koloa 'ia. 'Oku man, oh sohte ahi mehkot ah Omwi te 'ikai ha toe 'Otua kehe ka ko Koe, ko e tokoni mehkaros. 'i he tu'utamakf, ko e mo' ui pe fate Koe, Sohte pi! emen Koht pwe Komwih te, me Sawasepen ansoun apwal , oh Koamoaur Poatpapoat. TRUKESE (Eastern Caroline Islands)

ROTUMAN (Rotuma Island) Ua puaratta, 0 ai Kot, pun En ka fori inisi pun upwe sile En o fel ngeni En. Ua puer Gou aier'<)k 'otou ' Aitu, ne ' Ae ta fup'<)kim nganuk non ei atun pun ngang use fakkun gou la 'inea 'Ae. Gou aier'ak 'e ao pf!u hete'is, tufich nge En ka atufichi ai, ua osupuang nge ne gou 'af' af ka ' Ae ne ' ne', gou kei<) ka 'Ae'es En ka apiseki ai. koroa. Ese wor eman Kot pun En chok. Ewe Tufich Kat 'es 'A it hoi'<)kit ra, 'Ae 'esea Gagaja , ne Ion feiengau , 0 Ewe-unusan Anuwor. asoa gou 'e ao noanoa. 'Ait se 'es a'ofige.

SAMOAN (Samoa, New Zealand) URIPIV (Malekula Island, New Hebrides) Lo'u Atua e, ou te molimau atu, na faie , e Inti nurai weritun, o Atua suk, ga nik kuloli Lau Afio a'u ina ia ou iloa Oe ma tapuai atu ia inure borong wosi nik ko re bosrove nik. te Oe. Ou te tautino atu i lenei itula , lo'u Inu nurai weritun leligen wolik re inu sete nu augavale ma Lou malosi, o lo' u mativa i le ma teter ko teterin som, re jorok ejki ko re jorom Lou tamaoaiga. elep. E leai lava se tasi Atua na o Oe , o le Atua san ejki ko nik, ku metmet kem re nanu Fesoasoani i Puapuaga, o le Puna-o-le-Ola. ga marsej, nik ga kumaur tetajer. 536 THE BAHA'I WORLD

UVEA, WEST (OUVEAN) (Uvea Island, gn'hi i go me oumo wehn: go tchogn' here neme Loyalty Islands ) Gn'hon venviirii ton ra. Gn'hon bo tonhenran nohu ta vi patou, mon na ta ko'hen me vinnire. Oge me haihnathuu , Khong 16, uje up nya Gn'hon tai, Gn'hon Yova, aya kon, tdha me oge mehe ka oganou. Me hai hnathuu oge mon ari ko a. me haio monu hnyi traem ang hnyi hnyimiikan hniim hna hu, me iinyam hnathu me anyik thedruoc me hniim hna tren. YAPESE (Western Caroline Islands) Ebe ke Khong ae iicii mou, at ae hana je iinyi A Got kemichu wun'ug hia , me he ka hum ota hnyi hwetr ae gan, uthibi Ni kam sunmiyeg at ae tibentenge. Ni ngug mathange-luwol. Nigem mug liyor ngom. V AHO t (New Caledonia) Gum nang ni gage dariy Gotchogn ' here neme Gn'hon Yova. Rogog ma gure gab fala-ab. Gn'hon ro wera me gorowe atche we Gn'hon. Dariy rebe Got ni taareb Gn'hon tai go me noue ka Gn'hon. Aregn'h Rogon ngom mi wod wehn gn'hin gn'hre gn'hiri , ka, iken, mon wehn Fanam mathange luwol.

E. EUROPE • Denotes revised translation. tEffo rts to obtain exact identification continue.

ALBANIAN banaiz neure botererik ezaren lekuko, zure Deshmoj a Zot, i em Perendi! qe ti me ke ahalmenarena, bai eta neure pobrezia eta zure krijue mue per mete njoftun tye dhe per mete aberastasunarena. adhurue tye. Deshmoj kete i;eshtje ne dobsi- Ez dago Zu baino beste jainkorik, arriskuan nen t'ime dhe ne fuqine tate, ne vobeksine laguntzen duena, bere baitan bizi dena. t'eme dhe ne pasunine Tate, S'ka tjeter Perendi per vec se teje, Mbrues, i vet-gjendun!

ARABIC: Maltese dialect BIELORUSSIAN (BYELORUSSIAN, WHITE RUSSIAN) (U.S.S.R., Poland, Nagfiti xhieda, 0 Alla tiegfii, Ii Int fil aqt ni Lithuania) biex nagfiarfek u nagfitik qima. Nistqarr fdan il-waqt kemm jien bla fiila u kemm Int set- .51 ChBe.JJ.'l.y, 0 Eo)l(a, wTo Thi Msrne gfiani; nistqarr il-faqar tiegfii wil-gfiana crnaph1y, Ka6 si na3Hay LI,si6e i LI,si6e cnatiegfiek. M'hemmx Alla iefior gfiajrek, il- siy . .51 ChUhBSIP.JJ.)l(alO y DTYIO xsiniHy MalO Gfiajnuna fit-Tigrib, Inti Ii Tgfiix fik Innifsek. 6e3.JJ.anaMO)l(HaChUh i Tsaio MO~, Maio y6orachUh i Tsaio seni"I. BASQUEt (France) HsiMa iHwara Eora, anpa"!a LI,si6e, LlanaMO)l(Ua y 6si.JJ.3e, CaMaicHyIO'ihI. Seguratzendut oi nere Jainkoa egin na zula zu ezagutuzeko eta adoratuzeko. Seguratzendut orai nere ahalgabetasuna eta zure poderia nere behartasuna eta zure ontasuna. BRETON (Northwestern France) Esta bertze Jainkok zu besik , bera iraun dena Gure lagintza galbitdetan. Test on, o ma Doue, ac'h eus krouet ac'haron evit da anaverout hag azeulin. Anzar a ran d'ar c'houlz-man ma dic'halloud ha da BASQUEt (Spain) galloudegezh ma faourantez ha da binvidigezh. Ene Jainko hori, Zu ezagutzeko eta adorat- N'eus Doue all Eset egedout, an hini a sikour zeko egin nauzula sinesten dut. Une honetan e-barzh an danjer, an hini a zo drezhan e-unan. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 537 CATALAN (Andorra, Balearic Islands, ESTONIAN France, Sardinia, Spain) Tunnistan, oh my Jumal , et Sa oled mind S6c testimoni, jOh Deu meu! que tu m'has loonud Sind tundma ja teenima. Se! hetkel creat per a coneixer-te i adorar-te. S6c testi- tunnistan oma jouetust ja Sinu Vagevust, minu moni en aquest moment, de la meva impoten- vaesust ja Sinu rikkust. cia i del Teu poder, de la meva pobresa i de la Pole muud Jumalat kui Sin a, Abi hadas, Teva riquesa. Iseolev. No existeix altre Deu, mes que Tu , el que Ajuda en el Perill , el que substitueix per Sf FAROESE (Faro e Islands) Mateix. Eg asanni, Gud min , at tu skapaoi meg til at CROATIAN (SERBOCROATIAN, Latin kenna teg og tilbidj a teg . character) (Austria, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Sanneliga kenni eg, i hesu 1¢tu, mitt hjalparloysi og tfna megi, mitt fatrekd¢mi og titt veldi . Italy, Romania, Yugoslavia) Eingin annar Gud er ti! uttan tu, bert tu Ispovedam se, o Gospode, Boze moj! Ti si hjalpur i vanda, bert tu ert um alt annao fer. stvorio mene da spoznam i obofavam Tebe. Ispovedam u trenutku ovom slabost moju a FINNISH moc Tvoju, siromastvo moje a bogatstvo Todistan, oi Jum alani, etta olet luonut minut Tvoje. Nema drugog Boga sem Tebe , Svespafavajuci Samopostojeci! tuntemaan sinut ja palvelemaan sinua. Tuan julki talla hetkella oman voimattomuuteni ja sinun voimasi, oman koyhyyteni ja sinun rik- CZECH * kautesi. Ei ole mitii.an nuuta Jumalaa kuin sin a, Dosvedcuji, 6 mt'.ij Bofo, ze jsi me stvoi'il, apu hadassa, itsestii.an oleva. abych Te poznal(a) a vzyval(a) Te. Doznavam v tomto okamziku svou bezmoc- FRENCH nost a Tvoji moc, svou chudobu a Tve bohat- Je suis temoin, 6 mon Dieu, que Tu m'as cree stvf. pour Te connaitre et pour T'adorer. J'atteste Neni jineho Boha krome Tebe, Pomocnfka v en cet instant mon impuissance et Ton pouvoir, Nebezpetf, Sama v Sobe Existujiciho. ma pauvrete et Ta richesse. II n'est pas d'autre Dieu que Toi , Celui qui DANISH secourt dans le peril, Celui qui subsiste par Lui-meme. leg bevidner, o min Gud, at du har skabt mig, for at jeg ska! kende og tilbede dig. Jeg FRISIAN* (Frisian Islands, Germany, The vidner i denne stund om min afmagt og din. Netherlands) styrke, om min armod og din rigdom. Der er ingen anden Gud end dig, hjrelpen i Ik tsjugje, o myn God, dat Jo my skepen farens stund, den eneradende. hawwe om Jo te kennen en te oanbidden. Ik betsjugje op dit pas myn machteleazens en Jo macht, myn earmoede en Jo rykdom . DUTCH Der is gjin oare God as Jo, de Helper yn need, de Troch-Himsels-Besteande. Ik getuig, o mijn God, dat Gij mij hebt ges chapen om U te kennen en te aanbidden. Ik betuig op dit ogenblik mijn machteloosheid en GAELIC, IRISH (ERSE, IRISH) Uw macht, mijn armoede en Uw rijkdom. Tugaim fianaise, a Dhia, gur chruthaigh tu Er is geen ander God dan Gij, de Helper in me chun thu a aithint agus a adhradh. nood , de Bij-Zich-Bestaande. Dearbhafm san am seo mo neamheifeacht agus do Neart, mo bhochtaineacht agus do Shaibhreas. ENGLISH Nil Dia ar bith eile ann ach tu, an Cunt6ir i Seep. 496. mBaol, an FeinChothaitheach. 538 THE BAHA 'i WORLD

GAELIC, SCOITISH jelen pillanatban gyenges¢gemet es a Te Hatalmadat, szegenysegemet es a Te Gazdag- Tha mi toirt fianuis, 0 mo Thighearna, gun do sagodat. Rajtad kivi.il nines mas Isten csak Te, chruthaich Thu mi gu eolas a chur ort ag us gu a Yedelmea'i, az bnmagaban Letea'i . aoradh a dheanamh Dhuit. Tha mi ag aideachadh, aig an am seo, mo laigse fhln agus ICELANDIC Do chumhachdsa , mo a innis agus T'ionmhaissa. Eg ber pess vitni , 6 Guo minn , ao PU hefir Chan' eil Dia eile ann ach Thu , a r Com- skapao mig til pess ao pekkja Pig og tilbioja hnuidh ri am gabhaidh, an Uile-bheo. Pig. Eg staOfesti a 1>essu augnabliki, vanmatt minn og matt Pinn, tatrekt mfna og auolego GERMAN I:>lna. Enginn er Guo nem a Pu , Hjalpin f Nauoum , lch bezeuge, o mein Gott: Du hast mich hinn Eilifi. erschaffen, Dich zu erkennen und Dich anzubeten. Ich bezeuge in diesem Augenblick INUIT (INUPIAQ): Greenlandic dialect meine Ohnmacht und Deine Macht, meine (Denmark , Greenland) Armut und Deinen Reichtum. Upernarsauvunga, Gutiga a, Ivdlit Es ist kein anderer Gott ausser Dir, dem pfngortfkangma ilisariniasagavkit pat!- Helfer in Gefahr, dem Selbstbestehenden. dorfiginiasagavkitdlo. Manakorpia~ navsuerpunga pigfnauniki- GERMAN: Alsatian dialect (France) ningnut ivdlitdlo pfssaunel'<arnernut, pltsuning- Isch bezel, o min Gott, dass di.i mish erschafft nut ivdlitdlo pissujunernut. hash, disch ze erkenne un anzebette. Avdlamik Guti~angila~ Ivdlit kisivit, Isch bezel en dem Ai.iebleck mini Schwasche navianartune ikiorte~ , tamanut sapiga~angit un dini Macht, mini Armut un din Rischdum. sok. Es get ken Gott i.isser der, dem Beschetzer. dem ewich selende . ITALIAN lo faccio testimonianza , o mio Dio, che Tu GERMAN: Luxembourgian dialect (Luxem- mi hai creato per conoscer Ti e adorar Ti. bourg) Io attesto in questo momento la mia Esh bezeien , 0 mei' God, dass Du mech debolezza e la Tua potenza , la mia poverta e la erschaffen heust Dech ze erkennen an Dech Tua ricchezza. unzeibeden. Esh bezeien an dessem Ableck Non v'e altro Dio all'infuori di Te , l' Aiuto meng Schwachhet an Deng Macht, meng nel pericolo, Colui che Esiste da Se. Armut an Dein Reichtom. Et get ken anere God ausser Dier, dem Hel- IT A LIAN: Corsican dialect (Corsica, Italy) lefer a Gefohr, den <lurch sech selwer beste't. So testimone, u me Diu , chi mi hai fattu per conocedi e per amarti Digu, da stu momentu a GREEK me debuleza e a to forza, a me poereza e a to MapTvpw , w 8ee µov , 6T1 µe 5riµ1ovpyT)aes y1c'x richeza. vc'x LE avayvwpi~w xa vc'x LE AOTpEVW. ' Eml3e- Un ce altro Diu chi tu, l'a uido in u periculu, 1301wvw OVTi'\V Ti'\V aTtyµfiv Ti'\V Cx0Vvaµiav µOV quellu chi e per ellu stessu. µrrp6s aTfiv laxvv Iov, Tfiv rreviav µov µrrp6s aTOV TTAOUTO V LOV. t.Ev vrrapxe1 OAAOS 8e6s ITALIAN: Piedmontese dialect (Northwe:·t- EXTOS CxTTO LEVO, TOV 1301')66 aTOV x ivovvov, em Italy) Tov AvToavvT~OT)TO. Mi faso testimoniansa, o N6sgnor, che Ti 'T !'has creame per conoss Te e adore Te. Mi HUNGARIAN diciaro ant c6st moment mia deb6Iessa e T6a Oh Uram, oh Istenem! Tanusaga vagyok p6tensa , mia p6verta e T6a richessa. annak, hogy Te teremtettel engem, hogy A j'e gnun au tr Signor che Ti, l' Agiut ant el megismerjelek es imadjalak. Beismerem a perfcol , Col ch'a esist dasperchiel. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 539

ITALIAN: Sardinian dialect (Sardinia, Italy ) ROMANSCH: Uppe r Engadine (Puter) dialect (Switzerland) Deo fatto distimonia , Deus meu , chi Tue mi has fattu omine/femina , pro Ti connoscher e Eau fatsch testimoniaunza , o mieu Dieu , cha pro Ti adorare. Tii am hest cre6 per At recugnuoscher e per At In custu momentu, deo attesto sa debilesa adorer. mia e i-sa potenzia Tua, sa poberesa mia e i-sa Eau attest in quaist momaint mia deblezza e ricchesa Tua. Tia potenza , mia poverted e Tia richezza. Non b' hat atteru Deus a in foras de a Tie , I nu do iingiin Dieu oter co Te , quel chi giida Azudu in su pe rigulu, Cussu chi est solu dae Se. nel prievel , quel chi exista in Se stess.

NORWEGIAN: Nynorsk (Landsmal) ROMANY Eg vitnar, o min Gud , at Du har skapa meg Penau, Devla , ke Tute sas ka kerdyan mate sa at eg kan kjenna Deg og tilbe Deg. Eg vitnar ~anau Tut, hai te rudziv Tuke. Penau akana, i denne stund om mi maktesl¢yse og Din ke me siim slabo 'ai Tu san zoral6; ke me siim styrke , om min fattigdom og Din rikdom. cor6 'ai Tu san barwal6. Nai kaver Devel, feri Der er ingen annan Gud enn Deg, Hjelparen Tu hfnka; o afotim6s and'e prikaza. Tu kai i fare , den Evig Sj¢1vstaande. k6rkoro a:Zutis Tu, Ci trubul Tuke avren.

NORWEGIAN: Riksmal (Bokmal) ROMANY: Anglo-Romany dialect (Canada, Jeg bevitner, o min Gud, at Du har skapt United Kingdom, United States) meg for at jeg kan kjenne Deg og ti I be Deg . Jeg vitner i denne stund om min maktes1¢shet og Mandy's acai te sikka as it 'uz Tooty as caired Din styrke , om min fattigdom og Din rikdom. mandy te jin Tooty, ta te del cooshty borra Javs Der er ingen annen Gud enn Deg, Hjelpe- to Tooty sasky Tooty's morra Divvel. Ocknaw ren i fare, den Selvbestaende. mandy's rokkarin trustel mandy's bee-roozlo ta Tooty's tacherly roozlo, ta mandy's chorro POLISH and Tooty's barvallo. There's kakkava Divvel ner Tooty , morra haskipen canna mendy's dray Swiadcz~, 0 Panie, Boze m6j, tzes mnie waffody cherras, Tooty con kakka corns stworzyl, ai:ebym znal Ci~ i wielbil. Swiadcz~ w chommany te ge along. tej chwili mojej slabosci a Twojej mocy, memu ub6stwu a Twemu bogactwu . Nie ma Boga pr6cz Ciebie, Obroitcy, Samoistnego. ROMANY: Sinto dialect (Northern Italy) Me crava zaiga , o Mur Devel, che Tu kerdal PORTUGUESE man Ti pingiarap tut unt camap tut. Me ginava in cava ziro miri schwacha unt tiri zor, miri Dou testemunho, 6 meu Deus, de que Tu me elenta unt tiri barvapen. Na hi vavro Devel har criaste para eu Te conhecer e adorar. Tu vri Tuter, holfa an u ferlocho, cova cai hi Confesso neste memento, minha incapapeske. cidade e Teu poder, minha pobreza e tua riqueza. Nao ha outro Deus alem de Ti , o amparo no RUSSIAN perigo, o que existe por sf pr6prio. 51 CB11)leTeJ1bCTBY10, o MOH Eo)l(e, 1no Tb1 c0Tsop11n MeH.H, 11To6b1 .H noJHaJJ ROMANIAN Te6.H 11 noKJJOH.HJJC.H Te6e. 51 no)lTBep- Stau marturie. 0 Stapane, pentru a Te )l()lalO B :ny Ml1HYTY CBOe 6ecc11J111e 11 cunoa§te §i a Te sllivi. Marturisesc In clipa TsolO MOlllh, CBOIO cKy)lHOCTb 11 Tsoe aceasta sllibiciunea mea §i Puterea Ta, saracia 0611n11e. mea §i Imbel§ugarea Ta. Nu e alt Dumnezeu HeT Eora, KpoMe Te6.H, noM01UH11Ka B decat Tine, Cel Ocrotitor, Ce! de Sine Stlitator! onacHoCT11, Tsop11TeJ1.H caMocy1Uero. 540 THE BAHA'I WORLD

SAME (LAPP): LULESAMISKA (LULE SLOVENE (Austria , Hungary, Italy, Yugo- LAPP) (Swedish Arctic) slavia) Man vattau vihtenastemau, Jupmelam , tan Priznavam , o moj Bog, da si me ustvaril , da pirra, aht Tan !ah sjiunjetam mu , vai man Te spoznavam in molim. Prinznavam v tern taptau Tu ja rahkatalau Tunji . Man taptasta u trenutku svojo ~ibkost in Tvojo moc, svojo talle ietjam famotisvuotau ja Tu famov, mu rev~cino in Tvoje bogastvo. hadjovuotau ja Tu pantavuotau. Ni Boga razen Tebe, Za~Citnika, Vecnobiva- I Jah ietja Jupmel ka Tan, viehkke vata aiken jocega . kuhti !ah ietjanat. SPANISH Soy testigo , oh mi Dios, de que Tu me has SAME (LAPP) : NORDSAMISKA (NORTH- creado para conocerte y adorarte. Atestiguo en ERN LAPP) (Scandinavian Arctic) este momenta mi impotencia y Tu poder, mi Man addan duoaastusa , Ibmilan , dan ala, pobreza y Tu riqueza. atte Dan lret siv'dnidan mu , vai man davdan Du No hay otro Dios masque Tu , el Que Ayuda ja gabmirdan Du. Man duoaa ~ tan dal iecca n en el Peligro , el Que Subsiste por Sf Mismo. haeddjovuoaa ja Du fa.mo, iecean gefudaga ja SWEDISH Du rig'gudaga . Ii lret ieza Ibmil ga Dan , vrek'ki hrec!i aigis, Jag bar vittnesbord om, 0, min Gud, att Du gutte lret ie~-aldad. har skapat mig for att Jara kiinna Dig och for att tillbedja Dig. Jag betygar i detta ogonblick min SAME (LAPP): SYDSAMISKA (SOUTH- svaghet och Din styrka, min fattigdom och Din ERN LAPP) (Norway, Sweden) rikedom. Det finnes ingen annan Gud utom Du, Hjal- Manne vitt'enusteb, 0 muv Jubmeele, dan pen i farans stund, den i sig sjalv Varande. bijre, atte Dadne manneb leah ~ ugniedamme, juktie manne dabdeb Dadneb jih rukkedalleb UKRAINIAN Dadneb. Manne dabdesteb dalie jez'ene vie- 51 e csiL1.KOM , o Mii1 oo)l(e, lUO T11 MeHe siesvuodeb jih Duv famoub, jez'ene giehvies- cornop1rn Ha Te, lU06 H ni3Has(na) Te6e vuodeb jih Duv boadnaavuodeb. i noKJJaHHBCH(nach) To6i. 51 csiLl.'IY B uiil: Ij leah jeazah Jubmeele guh Dadne, gutt'e XBMJJMHi npo MOIO cna6iCTh i TBOIO CMJJy, leah viekkie varan ajgien, gutt'e leah jez'esis- npo MOIO s6oricTh i Tsoe 6araTCTBO. nie arruomienie. HeMa iHiuoro I>ora, n11we T11, TioMi- 'IHHK B Helilacno, CaMo6yTHHi1. SLOVAK (Hungary, Slovakia, Yugoslavia) WELSH (CYMRAEG) SvedCim 6 moj Bo:le: Tyvsi ma stvoril, aby som Tystiaf, 0 fy Nuw, mai Ti a'm creaist i'th Ta spoznal(a) a Teba vzyval(a) . V tomto adnabod ac i' th addoli. Tystiaf, y funud hon , okamihu dosvedeujem svoju bezmocnosf a i'm gwendid fy hun ac i'th nerth Dithau, i' m Tvoju moc, svoju chudobu a Tvoje bohatstvo. tlodi i ac i'th gyfoeth Di. Nid oes Dduw arall Niet ziadneho Boha okrem Teba, Pomaha- ond Tydi, y Cynorthwywr mewn Perygl , yr juceho v nebezpecenstve, Samobytneho. Hunanfodolwr.

F. INVENTED LANGUAGES

ESPERANTO INTERLINGUA Mi atestas, ho Sinjoro, mia Dio , ke Vi kreis Io testimonia, o mie Deo, que tu me ha cremin, por ke mi konu kaj adorn Vin. Mi atestas ate, pro Te cognoscer e adorar. Io testimonia Cimomente pri mia senforteco kaj pri Via in iste instante a mie debilitate ea Tie potentia, Potenco, pri mia malriceco kaj pri Via Riceco. a mie paupertate e a Tie ricchessa. No existe Ne ekzistas alia Dio krom Vi, la Defendanto, la altere Deo salvo Tu, le adjutor en perfculo, le Mem-Ekzistanto. in se mesmoexistente. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 541

.., ., ... -. . ... ... ...... ~

. ... .. ........

Facsimile of the Short Obligatory Prayer in Braille (English), Grade II, courtesy of Ba ha'{ Service for the Blind, a committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of the United States.

Baha'i literature display sponsored by the Bahe/( Publishing Trust of Taiwan during a nation-wide book exhibition held from 17 December 1977 to 8 January 1978 at International House in Taipei. 542 THE BAHA ' i WORLD

8. MAJOR WORKS AND PARTIAL LIST OF LANGUAGES IN WHICH THEY ARE AVAILABLE

Ric;lvan 1979 1 - Arabic 3 - French 5 - Persian 7 - Spanish 2 - English 4- German 6 - Portuguese

A. WORKS OF BAHA'U'LLAH Epistle to the Son of the Wolf: 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 Prayers and Meditations by Baha'u'Llah (Com- Gleanings from the Writings of Bahd'u'llah pilation): 1, 2, 4, 5 (Compilation): 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 The Proclamation of Baha'u'llah (Compila- The Hidden Words: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 tion): 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 Kitab-i-lqan (The Book of Certitude): 1, 2, 3, The Seven Valleys a nd The Four Valleys: 2, 3, 4,5,6, 7 4,5, 7

B. WORKS OF THE BAB Selections from the Writings of the Bab: 2, 6

C. WORKS OF' ABDU'L-BAHA Foundations of World Unity : 2, 7 Tablets of the Divine Plan: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 Paris Talks: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 The Talks of 'Abdu'l-Bahd in America and The Secret of Divine Civilization: 2, 3, 4, 5 Europe, vols. I, II: 1, 5 Some Answered Questions: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 A Traveller's Narrative: 1, 2, 5 Tablet to th e Central Organization for a Dur- Will and Testament: 1, 2, 3, 4 , 5, 6, 7 able Peace, The Hague : 1, 2, 4, 5 Memorials of the Faithful: 2, 5

D. WORKS COMPILED FROM THE WRITINGS OF BAHA'U'LLAH, THE BAB AND' ABDU'L-BAHA Baha'[ Prayers: 1, 2 , 3, 4 , 5, 6, 7 A New Way of Life (What it means to be a The Baha'i Revelation: 2, 6 Bahd'f Youth): 2, 6 Baha'i World Faith: 2, 3 The Pattern of Baha'( Life: 2, 3, 4, 6 The Divine Art of Living: 2, 3, 4, 7 The Reality of Man: 2, 7

E. WORKS OF SHOGHI EFFENDI The Advent of Divine Justice: 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 God Passes By: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 The Dispensation of Baha'u'llah: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, The Promised Day is Come: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Some Compilations from his Writings Baha'i Holy Places at the World Centre: 2, 5 The World Order of Baha'u'llah: 2, 4 Principles of Baha'i Administration: (U .K.): 2, 3,4,6, 7 BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 543

9 . A SELECTION OF INTRODUCTORY AND EXPOSITORY WORKS AND PARTIAL LIST OF LANGUAGES IN WHICH THEY ARE AVAILABLE Ri<;lvan 1979

1 - Arabic 3 - French 5 - Persian 7 - Spanish 2 - English 4- German 6 - Portuguese

A.GENERAL BAL YUZI , H. M. HOFMAN, DA YID Bahd'u'lltih: 2, 6 Commentary on the Will and Testament of Bahti'u'lltih : The King of Glory : 2 'Abdu'l-Baha: 2 Th e Bab : 2 The Renewal of Civilization: 2, 3, 6, 7 'Abdu'l-Bahd: 2 HOLLEY, HORACE Mu/:iammad and the Course of lsltim: 2 Religion for Mankind: 2 Edward Granville Browne and the Baha'i HUDDLESTON , JOHN Faith: 2 The Earth is But One Country : 2 BLOMFIELD , LADY IVES, HOWARD COLBY The Chosen High way : 2 Portals to Freedom: 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 BRAUN , EUNICE MARTINEZ, EMILIO EGEA From Strength to Strength: 2, 3, 7 La Gran Promesa: 7 BROWN , RAMONA ALLEN MAXWELL, MAY Mem ories of'Abdu 'l-Bahd: 2 An Early Pilgrimage: 2, 7 BRUGIROUX, ANDRE MEHRABKHANI , R. La terre n'est qu'un seul pays : 3 Transcendencia del Kitab -i-fqan: 7 COBB, STANWOOD La Aurora de! Dia Prometido: 7 Security for a Failing World: 2, 3, 5, 6 Naches Navidenas: 7 COY, GENEVI E VE MIGETIE , LUCIENNE Co unsels of Perfection: 2 Le Cycle de !' Unite : 3 ESSLEMONT, J.E. MOFFETI, RUTH Bahd'u'llah and the New Era: 1, 2 , 3, 4 , 5, 6, New Keys to the Book of Revelation: 2 7 NAKHJA V ANl, BAHIYYIH FAQL, MIRZA ABU'L When We Grow Up: 2 Baht'i 'i Proofs : 1, 2 NAKHJA V ANi, YIOLETIE FA IZ I, GLORI A Amatu'l-Bahti Visits India: 2 Th e Bahti'f Faith: 2 , 4 , 7 PAVON, RAUL Fire on th e Mountain Top: 2 La Voz de Dias: 7 FATHEAZAM, HUSHMAND RABBANf, RUJ:!IYYIH The New Garden: 2, 3, 6 , 7 The Good Message: 2 FERRABY , JOHN Prescription for Living: 2, 4, 6, 7 All Thin gs Made N ew (rev . ed.): 2 The Priceless Pearl: 2, 3, 5, 7 FOZDAR, JAMSHED ROST, H. T. D. Buddha Maitrya -Amitabha Has Appeared: 2 The Brilliant Stars: 2 GAIL, MARZI E H SABET, HUSCHMAND Dawn Over Mt. Hira, and other essays: 2 Der Gespaltene Himmel: 2, 4 , 7 The Sheltering Branch: 2 SCHAEFER, UDO GIACHERY, UGO Der Baha'i in der modernen Welt: 4 Shoghi Effendi-Recollections : 2 The Light Shineth in Darkness: 2 GROSSMANN , HERMANN SEARS, WILLIAM Der Baha'i und die Baha'i-Gemeinschaft: 4 Release the Sun: 2, 6 544 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Thief in the Night: 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 The Mission of Bahd'u'lldh and Other Liter- The Wine of Astonishment: 2, 3 ary Pieces: 2, 7 The Flame: 2 The Promise of All Ages: l, 2, 3 (with Robert Quigley) WARD, ALLAN L. The Prisoner and the Kings: 2 239 Days: 2 SHOOK, GLENN WHITE, ROGER Mysticism, Science and Revelation: 2 Another Song, Another Season: 2 TAHERZADETH, ADIB WHITEHEAD, 0. Z. The Revelation of Bahd'u'lldh, vol. I: 2; Vol. Some Early Bahd'fs of the West: 2 II: 2 WOOLSON, GAYLE TOWNSHEND, GEORGE Divina Sinfonia: 2, 7 Christ and Bahd'u'lldh: 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 Rumbo Hacia el Futuro: 7 The Glad Tidings of Bahd'u'llah: (A compi- ZARANDf, NABfL-I- lation of Baha'i Writings with notes and The Dawn-Breakers (Translated by Shoghi introduction by George Townshend): 2 Effendi): 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 The Heart of the Gospel: 2, 3 (Note: Baha'i Publishing Trusts and National Spiritual Assemblies throughout the world constantly issue pamphlets and leaflets on various aspects of the Teachings.)

B. FOR CHILDREN CHRISTIAN, ROBERTA K. MEYER, ZOE A Bahd'( Child's ABC: 2, 3, 4 Stories from 'The Dawn-Breakers': l , 2, 3, 4, HOFMAN, DA YID 7 God and His Messengers: 2, 3, 4, 7 REED, BETTY LEE, ANTHONY A. Stories of Bahd'u'lldh as told by Pokka: 2 The Black Rose: 2 TRUE, MARGUERITE The Cornerstone: 2 Living Today for Tomorrow's World: 2, 3 The Proud Helper: 2 Bahd'( Prayers for Children (Compilation): The Unfriendly Governor: 2 2, 4, 6, 7 LINDSTROM, JANET WALCOTT, CYNTHIA K. The Kingdoms of God: 2, 3, 4 The Gift: 2, 7 MEHRABI, JACQUELINE Compilation: 0 God Guide Me (Prayers): 2, 7 Stories for Children: 2, 3 Let Thy Breeze Refresh Them: Prayers and Nine Holy Days: 2 Tablets for Children: 2 Prayers and Tablets for Children: 2, 4

C. PERIODICALS Bahti'( Studies: Monograph Series: 2 World Citizen (Youth Magazine): Published by the Canadian Association for Published by the National Baha'i Youth Studies on the Baha'i Faith. Committee of the United States. Editorial Office: 224 Fourth Ave., Editorial Office: 10110 Margate Drive Ottawa, Ontario KlS 2L8, Houston, Texas 77099 Canada. U.S .A.

Opinioni Baha'(: Italian Child's Way: 2 Published by the National Spiritual Assem- Published by the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of Italy. bly of the Baha'is of the United States. Editorial Office: c/o Centro Baha'i Editorial Office: 6446 Ridge Lake Rd. Via A Stoppani, 10 Hixson, Tn.37343 00197 Roma U.S.A. Italia BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 545 Glory (Youth Magazine) La Pensee Bahd'fe : 3 Published by the National Baha'f Youth Published by the National Spiritual Assem- Committee of India . bly of the Baha'fs of Switzerland. Editorial Office: P.O . Box 19, Editorial Office: P.O . Box 175 Panchgani412805 , 1260 Nyon , Switzerland Maharashtra, India.

World Order Magazine: 2 Published by the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'fs of the United States. Editorial Office: 2011 Yale Station New Haven, Connecticut 06520, U. S. A (Note : There are , in addition, numbers of domestic organs, issued by National Spiritual Assemblies or their Committees, for use by the Baha'f communities.)

D . INTERNATIONAL RECORD

Th e Bahd'f World, vols. I-XVII (1925 - 1979): 2

Some current Baha'[ periodicals. Clockwise, from bottom: Puthia Oli (Malaysia, in Tamil); Baha'f Family Life (Ne w Zealand); Baha'f Vizier (Netherlands, in Dutch); Opinioni Bah:l.'f (Italy, in Italian); Child's Way (United States); World Order (United States); Glory, Baha'i Youth Magazine (India); La Pensee Baha'ie (Switzerland, in French). 546 THE BAHA'I WORLD

10. T H E PUBL ICATI O N AND DISSEMINATION OF B A H A'I LITERATURE IN ENGLISH W I LLIAM P. COLLINS

I testify tha t no sooner had the First Word proceeded, through the potency of Thy will and purpose, out of His mouth ... than the whole creation was revolutionized, and all that are in the heavens and all that are on earth were stirred to the depths. Through that Word the rea lities of all created things were shaken, were divided, separated, scattered, combined and reunited, disclosing in both the contingent world and th e heavenly kingdom, entities of a new creation . ... '

THE desce nt of the e te rn al Wo rd of God, the ity to respo nd. Th is blessed Word, through Logos, and its ex pression in a pe rfect Being which 'the whole creation was revolutionized', and a Revela tio n, a re t he centra l facts of each must by its very nature exercise a transforming of the di vin ely-appo inted re ligious D ispensa- power over all mankind, ind ividua ll y and coltions . Moses and the Tora h, Krishna and the lectively. It is to th is goa l of bringing the heal- Gita, Zoroaste r and the Avesta, Jes us and the ing Message of Baha' u'll ah and the fruits of Gospels, M u~ a mm a d and the Q ur'a n- these spiritual progress to every sou l on the planet are the dual mani fes ta tio ns of God's time less that Ba ha'i pub li cation is dedicated . Uttera nce, inexorably wedded and intertwin ed. O ne is the livin g Mo uthpiece of the I. Early Baha'i literature in England and divine will ; the othe r, a perspicuo us Book, a America. witn ess to all natio ns that God speaks and will not be silent. In our own time, the Creator has A ltho ugh there existed hand-copied ma nuvo uchsafed to the wo rld a fres h measure of His scripts in the original Persian and Arabic, and inexhaustible Word th ro ugh the Twi n Messen- isolated publications in those languages were gers for this era of human history- the Bab made in I ndia du ring the late nineteenth cenand Baha' u'llah, a nd th ro ugh the Scriptures tury, the earliest estab lished agencies for the revealed by T heir untiring pe ns. officia l dissem ination of Baha'i literature were In conjunction with the manifes tation of the located in the West. Logos in the towering Figures of the Bab and During the final decade of the nineteenth Baha' u' ll ah and in T heir inco mparab le Writ- century, Edward Granville Browne, the British ings, God has willed that His holy Speech be orienta list, published translatio ns of two early protect.ed, preserved and interpreted . T he Babi-Baha'i works- ' Abdu'l-Baha'sA Travelstro ng and bi ndin g Covena nt ordained by ler's Narrative Wrillen lo Illustrate the Episode Baha' u'llah established 'A bdu'l-Baha as t he ofthe Bab (Cambridge University Press, 1891) Interpreter a nd Perfect Exe mplar of Baha'i and Mirza I:Iusayn of Hamadan 's Tarfkh-i- Teachings. 'Abdu' l- Baha was fo ll owed by Jadfd (1893). Shoghi Effe ndi , G uardia n of the Cause of God . Dr. Ibrahi m Khay ru ' ll ah, a Syrian convert to T he continued expressio n of that part of God's the Baha'i Faith, who settled in America in good-pleasure no t expressly recorded in the 1892, was the first Baha'i to reach its shores Baha'i Ho ly Texts is assured by Ba ha' u' llah's and begin a systematic teach ing of the precepts pen th ro ugh the powers gra nted to the Univer- of the Faith. The first pub lication in the United sa l Ho use of Justice to legislate upo n all mat- States attempti ng to expound Baha'i principles te rs no t dea lt with in those Texts. was Khay ru 'll ah's Za -ti-et A l-Lah: the Identity T he Baha'i religion has been fo un ded upon and Personality of God (Ch icago: Grant's Prinnea rl y for ty-six yea rs of divine Revelation and tery, 1896) , later en larged into a book entitled sixty-five years of a uthe ntic interpretation of Bab-ed-din: the Door of True Religion . .. the God- given message. T he Will of God for Revelation from the East (Chicago: Charles H. this age has been sta ted ; it is th e t_urn of hum a n- Kerr & Co., 1897). A ltho ugh of interest as the ' Baha' u' lla h. Prayers and Medita tions by Baha'u'l/ah {Wilfi rst books by a Baha'i in English, mette: Baha'i Publishing Trusts, 1969), p. 295. Khayru' llah's works were by i:_io means an BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 547

authoritative statement of Baha'f beliefs. It Most pilgrims' notes record statements and was rather through the prayers and Tablets talks by 'Abdu'l-Baha. Such records of the received from 'Abdu'l-Baha that the early Master's conversations, tho ugh ed ifying to the Western believers received their deepest edu- believers in that early period of the Faith's cation in the verities of the Baha'f Cause. development in the West, do not constitute These few early believers excha nged type- a!1thentic or exact reports of His words. A written copies of communications received major exception to this, however, is Some from ' Abdu'l-Baha, treasuring each new mes- Answered Questions, a book unique in the hissage as a special gift from their beloved Master . tory of religions. It is a compilation of the By 1900-1901 two major centres of Baha' i responses given by 'Abdu' l-Baha to certain publishing emerged in the United questions posed by Laura Clifford Barney dur- States-New York and Chicago. The 'Bahai ing 1904-1906. The Master's replies were Board of Counse l' in New York , and the recorded in Persian with the assista nce of His ' Bahais Supply and Publishing Board' (later secretaries, and were later reviewed, corrected the Baha'i Publishing Society') in Chicago and approved by Him. Some Answered Quesbecame the first ofAcia l age ncies for the publi- tions was translated by La ura Barney and pubcation and dissemination of literature about lished in London in 1908. The answers to Miss the new Revelation. The fou nding of these two Barney's questions, given by' Abd u'l-Baha in publishin g ventures , as well as support from His 'tired moments', contain a wealth of insight individu al Baha'fs and commercial publishers into the nature of God, the Manifestations and in E ngla nd, made it possible for English- man; the powers of soul, mind and spirit; and speaking Baha'fs to receive a greater measure various Christian doctrines. of Baha'u ' ll ah's inspired Works. Within less In 1911-1912 the Master undertook His than a decade, severa l basic Baha ' i Texts were epic missionary tour of Europe and America. ava il ab le , includin g the Suratu 'l-Hay ka/, The During that journey He gave dozens of talks in Hidden Words of Bahd'u'llah, Tablets of churches, univers1t1es a nd philosophical Baha'u'llah , and the Kitab-i-Jqan. societies. Three major antho logies of His addresses appeared in the 1920s-The Wisdom of 'Abdu'l-Baha (now known as Paris 2. Talks and Writings of'Abdu'l-Bahti, Pilgrim Talks), 'Abdu 'l-Bah6 in London, and The Reports Promulgation of Universal Peace. These reveal The first contingent of Western Baha'f pil- the facility and power with which He spoke on grims to visit' Abdu'l-B aha arrived in' Akka in a wide range of topics. 1898 . From that time until the Ascension of During the course of World War I, 'Abdu' l-Baha in 1921, a steady stream of pil- 'Abdu'l-B aha revealed a series of letters to the grims from the Occident attained His presence, American Baha'i community. These Tablets of some of whom later shared the experiences and the Divine Plan are the charter for the worldimpressions of the Master in published wide spread of the Baha'i Faith under the accounts. Among the most significant and mov- mandate give n to the Baha'is of North ing is May Maxwell's An Early Pilgrimage America. The international teaching plans (Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society, 1917) 1 launched under the aegis of the Guardian and which recounts the spirit of the original party ot the Universal House of Justice all derive their Western believers to reach the spiritua l centre inspiration from the guidance given by of their Faith. T hornton Chase 's In Galilee 'Abdu'l-B aha in these Tab lets. (1908), Helen S. Goodall and Ella G. Cooper's As mentioned earlier, the Western Baha'fs Daily Lessons Received at 'Akka (1908), Julia received their best knowledge of the Faith dur- M. Grundy's Ten Days in the Light of 'Akka ing the early twentieth century through letters (1910), and Lady Blomfield's The Chosen from 'Abdu'l-Baha. A large number of such Highway (1940) also provided the early Baha'is letters to Spiritua l Assemblies and individual with insight into the life of' Abdu'l-Baha . believers was brought together and published in three volumes known as Tablets of Abdul ' George Ronald, revised edition 1953; reprinted 1969 with Baha Abbas (Chicago: Bahai Publishing Socinew Foreword. ety, 1909-1916). 548 THE BAHA'I WORLD

The Mysterious Forces of Civilization, vision of that Golden Age of the Baha'i Reve- 'Abdu'l-Baha's appeal for the spiritual trans- lation destined to emerge from its chrysalis in formation of Persia's people and government, the fullne ss of time. The Advent of Divine Juswas first published in 1918 in a translation by tice (1939) a nd The Promised Day Is Come Yuhanna Dawud . In 1957 this remarkable (1941) define the spiritual prerequisites for the treatise on true civilization was republished in American Baha'i community in the prosecua translation by Marzieh Gail en titled Th e Se- tion of its tasks, and describe the sign ifi cance of cret of Divine Civilization. Marzieh Gail , a dis- world-wide cataclysms and wars for the buildtinguished and erudite Baha'i, and an accom- ing up of the new World Order proclaimed by plished poet, essayist and translator, also sup- Baha'u'llah. Other compilations of the Guardplied the Baha'ls with a touching rend ition into ian 's letters have been made under the titles . English of 'Abdu'l-B aha's Memorials of the of Messages to America 1932-1946, Citadel of Faithful (Wilmette: Baha'i Publishing Trust, Faith, Messages to the Baha'i World, Messages 1971). It is a compendi um of 'Abd u'l-B aha's to Canada, Messages to Australia and New Zeamemories of more than seventy of the early land, an dHigh Endeavors: MessagestoAlaska. 1 believers. In add ition to Shoghi Effendi's analysis of The Will and Testament of 'Abdu'l-Baha is the world situation, his contributions to Baha'i the crowning touch to His many years of gui d- historical scho larship are astounding. The only ance to t he Baha'i world. Though a short actual book the Guardian wrote was God Pasdocument , Shoghi Effendi describes the Will as ses By, the history of the first century of the 'supplementary' to the Kitab-i-Aqdas, and 'the Faith . It is such a distillatio n of Baha'i hi s- Charter of a future world civi lization'. In it, tory-both fact ual and interpretative-that 'Abdu' l-B aha establishes the G uardianship, hundreds of other historical works may be the Hands of the Cause of God, the National or inspired by it in the future. Furthermore, Secondary House of Justice , the principles of Shoghi Effendi edited , translated, and sup- Baha'i administration, and defines the method plemented the first part of Nabfl's narrative of election of the Universal House of Justice. The Dawn-Breakers, one of the most important and meticulously-recorded sources on the time of the Bab. 3. Writings and Translations of Shoghi Effendi Shoghi Effendi's major contribution to Baha'i Shoghi Effendi, the Guardian of the Baha'i literature, and the greatest testimony to his Faith from 1921 to 1957, was a master of the brilliant knowledge of Arabic, Persian and English language , with which he sought to English, are his unequalled renditions of interpret for the West, in luminous prose, the Baha' u'llah's Writings into English. Between basic truths a nd social programme of the Baht.'i his accession to the Guardianship in 1921 and movement. In a succession of cogent letters, the beginning of World War II Shoghi Effendi Shoghi Effendi expanded the vision of the translated The Hidden Words of Bahci'u'llah, believers and clearly defined for them the The Kitab-i-Iqan, and The Epistle to the Son of nature of their weighty responsibilities under the Wolf, and compiled Gleanings from the 'Abdu' l-B aha's divine pla n. Wri tings of Baha'u'llah and Prayers and Medi- Shoghi Effendi's early letters to the western tations by Bahci'u'llah. The translations of Baha'ls awakened them to the newly-emerging Shoghi Effendi are not only models of beauty, administrative institutions of the Faith. In but also provide a standard with which subse- 1928, a collection of the Guardian's letters was quent translations of Baha'i Scriptures in Engpublished in the United States under the title lish can be compared. Baha'i Administration. The series of letters penned by the Guardian between 1929 and 4. Introductory Texts 1936, published separately, and then collectively under the title of The World Order of A number of Baha'i authors have given a Baha'u' llcih , provide a treatise on the processes systematic exposition of the history and funshaping the Baha'i community, a mandate for ' At time of writing the National Spiritual Assembly of the United Kingdom has in preparati on a compilation entitled the role of the American believers in raising The Unfolding Destiny of the British Baha'f Community. A Baha'u'llah's World Commonwealth, and a full list of compilations appears on page 488. BAHA ' f BIBLIOGRAPHY 549 damental precepts of the Baha'i Revelation. 5. Children 's Literature The most outstanding example is John E. Esslemont in his Bahli'u'llah and the New Era , In the Five Year Plan , specific goals were set first published in 1923 in Great Bntain. This for activities relating to children. Several of the book had, by 1944, been published in thirty- earliest attempts to produce quality Baha'i seven languages, and is now available in dozens children's books were made in the 1950s and more in its fourth revised edition. Its enduring 1960s: Janet Lindstrom's The Kingdoms of value as the major introductory Baha'i text- God, David Hofman's God and His Messen - book and its place in the vanguard of Baha'i gers and Zoe Meyer's Stories from the Dawnliterature, is attested by Shoghi Effendi in his Breakers deal with the realms of existence , message at the time of Esslemont's death: 'His progressive revelation, and Babl saints and book, however-an abiding monument to his martyrs. Children's p~ayer books have been pure intention-will , alone, inspire genera- published to introduce young Baha'ls to the tions yet unborn to tread the path of truth and Sacred Texts of their Faith; colouring books, service as steadfastly and unostentatiously as puzzles and games have been developed; and was trodden by its beloved author.' 1 several books, including the very successful The foremost expounder of Baha'u'llah's The Gift by Cynthia Walcott, have been pubteachings to the Christian world was George lished along with cassette narration of the Townshend, sometime Canon of St. Patrick's stories. Cathedral Dublin, and Archdeacon of Clonfert. His introduction to God Passes By, and his 6. Scholarly Works, Biographies, Translations three volumes-The Promise of All Ages, The Heart of the Gospel, and Christ and Bahli'u'- From the time of the appearance of tvfirza llah-are an abiding witness to the power Abu'l-Fac.fl's Hujaju'l-Beheyyeh: The Behai of the eternal Word , as revealed in Baha'u'llah, Proofs in 1902, until recently, scholarly Baha'i to seize upon the heart of this ecclesiastical books have appeared at irregular intervals. In figure and enable him to use his extraordinary the current decade , however, the results of powers of expression in the advancement of much fine scholarly research have been pub- God's Cause. lished. The British publisher, George Ronald, Since its appearance in 1957 John Ferraby's has been a major source of this type of work. All Things Made New has established itself as Particularly noteworthy has been the prodigianother classic of Baha'i expository writing. ous output of H. M. Balyuzi, whose Edward Unlike Baha'u'llah and the New Era, this work Granville Browne and the Bahli'( Faith (1970) gives a lengthier and more comprehensive pic- and Muf:iammad and the Course of Islam ture of the history of the Faith and its Adminis- (1976) have provided a wealth of historical trative Order, while preserving a universal and material and analysis on topics of Baha'i intertimeless appeal. A revised edition with est. Mr. Balyuzi is currently working on the updated information was published by the final parts of his trilogy on the Central Figures Baha'i Publishing Trust of the United King- of the Baha'i Faith. His The Bab: The Herald of dom in 1975. the Day of Days and 'Abdu'l-Bahli: the Centre Those who, for various reasons , may find the of the Covenant of Bahli'u'llah have already aforementioned introductory texts too difficult appeared, and in a short time his final work on or lengthy to read, have three other works on the life of Baha'u'llah is expected to be comthe Baha'i teachings which they may consult. pleted. Rul:ilyyih Rabbani's Prescription for Living, Rul:ifyyih Rabbani's The Priceless Pearl Hushmand Fathea'zam's The New Garden and (London: Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1969) and Gloria Faizi's The BahO.'( Faith: an Introduc- Ugo Giachery's Shoghi Effendi: Recollections tion are relatively short and simplified accounts (Oxford: George Ronald, 1973) have afforded of the Baha'i teachings and have been trans- the English-speaking Baha'ls the first coherent lated into many languages. tableau of their Guardian and the many aspects of his dynamic personality. Shoghi Effendi. Baha'f Administration. (Wilmette : Baha'i Adib Taherzadeh, a member of the Conti- Publishing Trusts, 1968), p. 97. nental Board of Counsellors for Europe, has · 550 THE BAHA'I WORLD

emba rked on a four-volume survey of the Writ- for the Christian church. The Light Shineth In ings of Baha'u' llah and so me of the events Darkness is a collection of essays by Udo associated with their revelation. Two volumes Schaefer on the Baha'f Faith and Islam , and on of The Revelation of Bahd 'u'llah appeared in refutations of orthodox Christian criticisms of 1974 and 1977, covering the Baghdad and the Baha'f Faith. Adrianople periods respectively, and unveiling to the Western believers a glimmer of the scope 7. Periodicals and magnitude of Baha'u'llah 's abundant outpouring of divine Utterance. The first Baha'f magazine in English was Star One of the goals of the Five Year Plan was to of the West, 2 issued in Chicago from 1910 'cultivate opportunities for courses on the through 1935. In its presentation of first-hand Faith in Canadian institutions of higher learn- reports abo ut people and events connected ing' . This goal led to the establishment of the with the early development of the Faith, it is an Canadian Association for Studies on the Bah- unparallel ed source of historical information . a'i Faith, I which has produced three issues of Of special importance was its publication of its journal Baha'[ Studies , and is engaged in the Tablets from' Abdu'l-Baha and its coverage of preparation of French and English editions of a 'Abdu'l-Baha's trip to Europe and America. textbook on the Baha'f Faith to be used in The first fourteen years of this periodical were comparative religion courses throughout reprinted in 1978 by George Ronald publisher. Canada . In Australia , Herald of the South published Jamshed Fozdar has been the Baha'i Faith's news of Australasia's Baha'is between 1926 foremost scholar on Buddhism. After finishing and 1960, and in a new series in 1965-1970 a book on the concept of God in Buddhism and 1974-1975. World Order magazine , the (TheGodofBuddha. New York: Asia Publish- successor to Star of the West, was published in ing House, 1973), he embarked on his monu- the period 1935-1949 and in a new series since mental and important work to interpret 1966. It publishes essays on Baha'i philosophy Buddhism a nd the Baha'i Faith to each other. and beliefs in their relation to contemporary Buddha Maitrya-Amitabha Has Appeared was problems. Several other magazines under Baha'i published in 1976 by the Baha'i Publishing auspices are directed to specific audiences, Trust of India. Its scope reflects a thorough such as Child's Way from the United States and knowledge of Hinduism, Buddhism and the Glory: Baha'i Youth Magazine from India. Baha'f Faith , which Mr. Fozdar compares and Some 130 National Spiritual Assemblies now relates doctrine for doctrine. exist, each of which publishes its own internal One of the Baha'f Faith's most talented writ- newsletter; a large number of these is in Eng- · ers and essayists was Horace Holley, a Hand of lish. the Ca use and for many years secretary of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of 8. The Baha'i World the United States. Among hi s writings are The Modern Social Religion (London: Sidgwick & No discussion of Baha'i literature in English Jackson, 1913), Baha'i, the Spirit of the Age would be complete without mention of the (New York: Brentano, 1921), and a selection multi-volume survey of the activities of the of essays, Religion for Mankind (George international Baha'f community, The Baha'i Ronald , 1956). World. Now in its seventeenth volume , and There have also been several translations spanning over half a century, it is a source book into English of scholarly Baha'f works origi- for information on current activities, growth nally published in other languages. The and development of the Baha'f administrative Heavens Are Cleft Asunder by Huschmand order, biographies of deceased Baha'is, poetry Sabet reached high into theological circles in and articles. The contents of this one publica- Germany under its original title Der Gespal- tion bear witness that the Baha'i Faith is a 1ene Himmel where it provoked much discus- well-established, international and indepension of the significance of Baha'u'llah's claim s dent religion, steadily growing and developing ' A report of its activites in the period 1975-1979 appears new institutions and powers. o n p. 197. Published in its first year under the title BahO'( News. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 551

Examples of Bahd'{ literature in English. Clockwise from bottom: Star of the West, Reprint (1978) ; God's Heroes by Laura Barney (191 O); The Priceless Pearl by Rul:zfyyih Rabbani (1969); Baha' u'llah and the New Era by J. E. Esslemonr (1923); The Dawn-breakers by Nab([ (1976 printing); The Mysterious Forces of Civilization by 'Abdu'l-Bahti (1918); The Book of Ighan by Bahd'u'lltih (1915); God Passes By by Shoghi Effendi (1965 printing); Gleanings from the Writings of Baha'u'llah, 2nd rev. ed. (1976).

9. Audio-Visual Materials film on the Baha'i Faith, And His Name Shall Technological innovations in the twentieth Be One, by the American television network century have led the Baha'is to develop a fas- C.B.S., sparked the making offilms among the cinating array of films, filmstrips, slides, cas- Baha'is. A New Wind by the Canadian sette tapes, posters and exhibit materials . The documentary film producer George C. Stoney, official impetus for the full-scale production of was commissioned by the National Spiritual such materials came from the Universal House Assembly of the United States to show the of Justice in 1967 with the establishment of the world-wide diversity of the Baha'i community. International Baha'i Audio-Visual Centre in A number of Baha'i film companies have since Victor, New York, U.S.A.' The Baha'i Pub- produced a diverse selection of films featuring lishing Trust of the United States also became youth conferences, interviews with Hands of an important source of audio-visual produc- the Cause of God, and dedications of Baha'i tion . Houses of Worship . Perhaps the most ambi- Since the midpoint of the last decade, over tious was the two-hour film of The Green Light two dozen filmstrip programmes have been Expedition. 2 It is a priceless glimpse into the produced on such topics as Baha'i history, spiritually-rich lives of South American administration, general introductions to the Indians, accompanied by RuQ.iyyih Khanum's Faith, and international Baha'i conferences. characteristic insights into the meaning of The production and broadcasting of a general. pioneering.

2 The Baha'( World, vol. XVI, 1973-1976. pp. 419-448. ' The Baha'( World, vol. XIV, 1963-1968, pp. 91-92. 552 THE BAHA'I WORLD

versa[ House of Justice, A Synopsis and Codi- 10. Sources of Publications fication of the Laws and Ordinances of the Of the sources of Baha'i publications in Kitab -i-Aqdas, and the three compilations of English, the New York Bahai Board of Coun- Scripture called for in the Five Year Plan. 1 sel and Chicago's Bahai Publishing Society have already been mentioned. Since the time 11. The Five Year Plan and Publishing in of the establishment of these two publishing English institutions in 1900, the Baha'i world has expanded to such a degree that there are now As in previous international teaching plans over twenty Baha'i Publishing Trusts. A of the Guardian and the Universal House of significant number of these publish in English, Justice, the Five Year Plan had a sizeable including the United Kingdom, Australia, the number of goals devoted to the production and United States and India. Even the Baha'i Pub- dissemination of literature in many languages. lishing Trust of Japan has issued landmark Seven new Publishing Trusts were called for; Baha'i books in English. Of the 130 National Baha'i literature has been translated into many Spiritual Assemblies and their subordinate new languages, and enriched in many more, committees, nearly all issue publications in var- including English. ious formats; many of them are in English. Not The major Five Year Plan goal for publicaonly are Baha'i works issued by Publishing tion of Baha'i literature in English was Trusts and National Assemblies, but one other assigned by the Universal House of Justice to publisher, George Ronald in England, has the Baha'i World Centre. The goal-to publish issued only Baha'i books in the past few years. three compilations of Sacred Scripture- The Baha'i World Centre has also produced a significantly increased the range of Baha'i series of outstanding publications: The Pro c- Holy Writings in English. In 1976 the first of lamation of Bahti'u'llah, Bahti'{ Holy Places at the World Centre, The Constitution of the Uni- 1 See section 11 of this article.

Baha'i Literature display featuring literature produced by Editora Baha'i Brasil exhibited during the annual Street Book Fair held in Belo Horizonte, Brazil; October 1977. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 553 the three volumes, Selections from the Writings newly-translated excerpts from the corpus of ofthe Bab, appeared , releasing for the first time Baha'i Scripture and interpretation on such to the Baha'ls of the West the mighty torrent of topics as teaching, education , youth , children, the Bab's utterance. Tablets of Baha'u'llah opposition to the Faith, and consultation . Revealed After the Kitab-i-Aqdas was released This review has not attempted to give a approximately eighteen months later. Included definitive survey of Baha'i literature in Engin this anthology were retranslations of several lish; it has, rather, indicated the broad Tablets which had been translated in the days categories of Baha'i publication. Nevertheless, of the Master, as well as much material previ- the importance of the publication and dissemiously unavailable in English . In late 1978, nation of Baha'i literature in English cannot be Selections from the Writings of 'Abdu'l-Baha over-emphasized. Not only is English a lancompleted the trilogy of newly-translated guage rich in expression, but it is currently one Sacred Texts. The dynamic spirit infused into of the most widely spoken . It is also the tongue the Baha'i community by the appearance of in which a significant portion of Shoghi these volumes has contributed significantly to Effendi's writing was composed, and the lanthe stimulation of the herculean efforts exerted guage into which his authentic translations of to achieve the assigned tasks of the Five Year Baha'u'llah's Writings were made. It is not Plan. from the original Persian and Arabic, but A supplementary achievement of the World rather from the authorized English editions of Centre was the publication in 1977 of excerpts Baha'i Holy Texts, that nearly all translations from various letters of the Guardian under the into other languages of the West are made. title Call to the Nations. Extracts from the four The Word of God for this era of the earth's books just named appear elsewhere in this vol- spiritual history has appeared as the sun in the ume. East in exalted verses of Arabic and Persian; it At the request of the Universal House of has been focused clearly and unambiguously Justice, the Research Department of the for the West in unmatched English prose, from World Centre has from time to time compiled which, as light through a prism, its rich texture appropriate passages from the Baha'i Writings and colour reach the whole of mankind in a on various subjects. These compilations have myriad tongues. brought together previously-translated and 554 THE BAHA'f WORLD

11. BIBLIOGRAPHIES

A. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BAHA'I BOOKS AND BOOKLETS IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE

Compiled by Robert E. Cadwalader

(i) THE WRITINGS OF BAHA'U'LLAH

Abbrevia1ions NSA-Nat io nal Spiritu al Asse mbl y LSA-Local Spiritual Asse mbl y BPS-Baha'i Pu blishing Society ( L902- 1922) BPT-Ba ha'f Publishing Trust BPC-Baha'f Publishing Committee

1. Blessed is the Spot. n.p . n.d. National 1940. Wi lmette: BPC, 1943 , 1952 a nd Teaching Co mmittee. paper. 1954. Wilmette: BPT, 1954, 1963, 1966, 2. Book of Assurance, Th e. tra ns . Ali Kuli 1970, 1971 a nd 1975. London: BPT, Khan. New York: Brenta no's, (1924). 1944, 1949, 1966 a nd 1975. New Delhi: New Yo rk : BPC, 1929. cloth. BPT, 1964 a nd 1973. paper a nd cloth. 3. Book of lghan, The. tra ns. A li Kuli Khan. 11. Hi dden Words from the Arabic, The. Lon- New York: George V . Blackburne Co. , don: Kenneth Mackenzie , 1915. paper. 1904. Ch icago: BPS, 1907 a nd 1915. 12 . Hidden Words from th e Arabic, Th e. fore - cloth. wo rd by Sidney Sprague. London: The 4. Ep istle to th e Son of th e Wolf trans. Julie Priory Press, Mayle 's Penny Series, 1908. Chanler. New York: BPC, 1928. parc h- paper. me nt o n ha rd cover. 13 . Hidde n Words from the Persian- 5. Epistle to the Son ofth e Wolf trans. Shogh i Revealed by th e Blessed Perfection. Effe ndi . Wilmette: BPC, 1941 and 1953. New York: The Board of Co un se l. paper. Wilmette: BPT, 1962, 1969, 1970, 1971 14. Hidden Words-Th e Seven Valleys. two and 1976. cloth. works bound together, the first work has 6. Gleanings from th e Writings of Bahri'u'- no mention of tra nslator (Fareed) , the llrih. comp. and trans. Shoghi Effe ndi. second was translated by Ishteal Ibn New York: BPC, 1935 a nd 1939. Wil- Kalantar (Ali Quli Khan). C hicago: BPS, mette: BPC, 1943 , 1946, 1948, 1951 and n.d. lea th er. 1952. Wilmette : BPT, 1956, 1963 , 1969 15. Hidden Words Translated from the Perand 1976 . London: BPT, 1946 and 1978. sian, The. trans. A ntun F. Haddad. n.p . pape r, fa brikoid and cloth. n.d. paper. 7. Hidden Wo rds . trans . Shoghi Effendi. 16 . Kitrib-El-Ah'd-The Bookofthe Covenant, London: 1923. New York: 1924, 1925 The Will and Testament of the Baha'o' /lah. and 1929. paper and leather. Chicago: BPS, 1913. paper. 8. Hidden Words, The. tra ns. A meen 'U ll a h 17. Kitrib-i-fqan-The Book of Certitude, Fareed. Ch icago: BPS, 1905, 1914 and The. trans. Shoghi Effendi . New York: undated. London: The Unity Press, 1911. BPC , 1931 and 193 7. Wi lmette: BPC, paper and leather. 1943, 1950 and 1954. Wilmette: BPT, 9. Hidden Words, The. (Persian section on ly) 1954, 1960 (this edition has two varieties Chicago: Behais Supply a nd Publishing of dust jacket: the first states erroneously Board, Press of the Hollister Bros. n.d. that the Iqan was revealed in 1858 while pape r. the latter correctly gives the date 1862) , 10. Hidden Words, The. trans . Shoghi 1970 a nd 1974. London: BPT, 1946 a nd Effendi. New York: BPC, 1932, 1939 a nd 1961. cloth. BAHA'i BIBLIOGRAPHY 555 18. Lawh-El-Akdas-The Holy Tablet 27. Source of Spiri1ual Qualifies, The. New Revealed by the Blessed Perfection ( Baha York: BPC, 1924. paper Ullah) al Baghdad. Stuttgart, Germany: 28. Suratu'l-Hykl-Sura of the Temple. Dr. Edwin Fisher, Stitzenburgstrasse, Chicago: The Behais Supply and Publish- 1907. Chicago: BPS, 1913. a lso n.p. n.d. ing Board, 1900. paper. paper. 29. Synopsis and Codification of 1he Kitab -i- 19. Mission of Baha'u'llah, The. Wilmette: Aqdas, The. Haifa: The Universal House BPT, 1952 and 1971. paper. of Justice, 1973. cloth . 20. Prayers and Meditations . comp. and trans. 30. Tablet of lshrakal. trans. Ali Kuli Khan . Shoghi Effendi. New York: BPC, 1938. Chicago: BPS, 1908. paper. Wilmette: BPC, 1954. Wilmette: BPT, 31. Table! of Tarazat, Tablet of the World, 1962, 1969 and 1974. London: BPT, Words of Paradise, Tablet of Tajalleyat, 1978. fabrikoid and cloth. The Clad Tidings Revealed by Baha'u'llah 21. Proclamation of Baha'u'/lah, The. Haifa: at Acea. trans. Ali Kuli Khan. Ch icago: The Universal House of Justice, 1967 and BPS, 1906 and 1913 . cardboard. 1972. paper and cloth. 32. Table! of !he Branch, The. n.p. n.d. (New 22. Selected Writings of Baha 'u'!lah . Wil- York: December, 191 2). paper. mette: BPC, 1942. Wilmette: BPT, 1972 33. Tablels of Baha'u'llah. trans. Ali Kuli and 1975. paper. Khan. Chicago: BPS, 1917 . cloth. 23. Selections from the Hidden Words of 34. Tablets of Baha'u'llah Revealed after the Baha'o'/lah. Chicago: BPS, n.d . paper. Kitab-i-Aqdas. comp. the Research Dept. 24. Seven Valleys, The. trans . lshteal lbn of the Un iversal House of Justice . trans. Kalantar (Ali Quli Khan). Chicago: BPS, Habib Taherzadeh. Haifa: Baha'i World 1906 and n.d. paper and leather. Centre, 1978. cloth. 25 . Seven Valleys and the Four Valleys, The. 35 . Three Obligatory Prayers. trans. Shoghi trans. Ali Quli Khan. New York: BPC, Effendi. New York: BPC, 1937. paper. 1936 and 1937. paper and fabrikoid. 36. Three Tablets of Baha'o'llah. trans. Ali 26 . Seven Valleys and the Four Valleys, The. Kuli Khan. Chicago : BPS, 1918 . paper. trans. Ali Quli Khan and Marzieh Gail. 37. Tokens from the Writings of Baha'u'l/ah . Wilmette: BPC, 1945, 1948, 1952 and comp. Jay and Co nstance Conrader. Wil- 1954. Wilmette: BPT, 1957, 19??, 1967, mette: BPT, 1973 and 1975 . paper and 1968 and 1975. pape r and cloth. cloth.

(ii) THE WRITINGS OF THE BAB

1. Bab's Instructions to the Letlers of the Liv- comp. Research Dept. of the Universal ing, The. Wilmette: BPC, 1944 also n.p. House of Justice. trans. Habib Tahern.d. paper. zadeh. Haifa: Baha'i World Centre, 1976. 2. Selections from the Writings of the Bab . cloth.

(iii) THE WRITINGS OF 'ABDU'L-BAHA

1. 'Abdu'l-Baha in Canada . comp . NSA of 4. Abdul Baha in New York. comp. LSA of Canada. 1962. paper. New York City. New York: 1922. New 2. 'A bdu'l-Baha in Edinburgh . comp. NSA York: BPC, 1931. paper. of the British Isles. London: 1963. paper. 5. Abdul Baha on Divine Philosophy. comp. 3. Abdul-Baha in London . comp. Eric Isabel Fraser Chamberlain. Boston: The Hammond. London: Longmans Green & Tudor Press, 1916 and 1918. paper. see Co., 1912. East Sheen, Eng.: The Unity #6. Press, 1912. Chicago: BPS , 1921. paper. 6. Abdul Baha on Divine Philosophy. comp. 556 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Soraya Chamberlain. New York: BPC, Wilmette: BPC, 1941and1946. paper. (1928). paper. see #5. 24 . Japan Will Turn Ablaze. Japan: BPT, 7. America's Spiritual Mission. (trans. 1974. cloth. Ahmad Sohrab). New York: BPC, 1936. 25. Letter and Tablet from Abdul Baha to the Wilmette: BPC, 1948. paper. see #58 and Central Organization for a Durable Peace, 68. The Hague. Chicago: BPS, 1920. paper. 8. Baha'i Peace Program, The. New York: 26. Letter from Abdul-Baha Abbas to the BPC, 1930. paper and fabrikoid. Friends in Persia. trans. Ameen 'Ullah 9. Christians, Jews and Muhammadans. Fareed. Chicago: BPS, Jan. 21, 1906. Wilmette: BPC, 1945. paper paper. 10. Christ's Promise Fulfilled. Wilmette: BPC, 27. Letter from St. Jean d'Acre. London: The 1954. Wilmette: BPT, 1954, 1959, 1970, Bahai Press, 1906. paper. 1975 and 1978. paper. 28. Letter of 'Love' from ABDUL-BAHA 11. Compilation of Utterances from the Peno f ABBAS to the 'beloved' in America, Abdul Baha Regarding His Station. n.p. Received by Mr. George £. Witte at New November 26, 1906. paper. York, December 7, 1902. Chicago: BPS, 12. Definition of Love by Abdul Baha. New 1902. paper. York: December 7, 1902. paper. 29. Letters to the Friends in Persia. Chicago: 13. Divine Art of Living, The. comp. Mary M. BPS, 1906. paper. Rabb. All but first two #s of Star of the 30. Life Eternal. comp. Mary Rumsey West dealing with Rabb's compilation Movius. East Aurora, N.Y.: The Raycroft bound in ~ leather. Chicago: Bahai News Shops, 1936 and 193 7. fine cloth. Service, 1924. 31. Memorials of the Faithful. trans. Marzieh 14. Divine Art of Living, The. comp. Mary M. Gail. Wilmette: BPT, 1971. cloth. Rabb. New York: Brentano's, 1926. 32. Messages from Abdul Baha to the Honpaper and cloth. olulu Bahais. Honolulu: Advance Press, 15. Divine Common Sense from the World's 1924. Honolulu: NSA of the Hawaiian Greatest Prisoner to His Prison Friends. Islands. Boston: The Tudor Press, 1916. paper see 33. Mysterious Forces of Civilization, The. #20. trans. Johanna Dawud. London: Cope & 16. Faith for Every Man. London: BPT, 1972. Fenwick, 1910. Chicago: BPS, 1910 and paper. 1918. cloth. 17. Foundations of World Unity. comp. 34. Mystery of God, The. comp. Mrs. Iran F. Horace Holley. New York: World Unity Muhajer. New Delhi: BPT, 1971. cloth Publishing Corp., 1927. New York: BPC, and leather. 1936. Wilmette: BPC, 1945. Wilmette: 35. Paris Talks. comp. Beatrice Marion Platt, BPT, 1955, 1968 and 1971. paper and Mary Esther Blomfield, Rose Ellinor cloth. Cecilia Blomfield, and Lady Sara Louisa 18. From Abbas Effendi to a Lady who Visited Blomfield. London: BPT, 1951, 1961, Acre in Feb., 1906. Edinburgh: T & A 1969, 1971and1972. paper and cloth. (see Constable, 1907. paper. see #19. #63 and 73 of this section). 19. From Abdul Baha to a Lady who Visited 36. Prayers and Tablets-Abdul-Baha Abbas. Acre in February, 1906. trans. Monever n.p. 1906. paper. Khanum. London: The Unity Press, 1907. 37. Promulgation of Universal Peace, The. paper. Vol. I. (comp. Howard MacNutt). 20. From the World's Greatest Prisoner to His Chicago: BPC, 1922. (New York): BPC, Prison Friends. Boston: The Tudor Press, 1922 (actually 1925). cloth. 1921. paper. see #15. 38. Promulgation of Universal Peace, The. 21. Garden of the Heart, The. comp. Frances Vol. II. (comp. Howard MacNutt) . New Esty. East Aurora, New York: The Ray- York: BPC, 1925. cloth. croft Press, 1930. fine cloth. 39. Promulgation of Universal Peace, The. 22. He Is God. Chicago: BPS, 1913. paper. combined edition. (comp. Howard Mac- 23. Industrial Justice. New York: BPC, 1940. Nutt). (New York): BPC, 1922 (1939). BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 557 Wilmette: BPC, 1943. cloth. (comp. Albert R . Windust). Chicago: 40. Reality of Religion-Tablet of Abdul BPS, 1915 and 1919. New York: BPC, Baha, The. New York: BPC, 1924. paper. 1940. cloth. (see #41). 56. Tablets of Abdul Baha Abbas. Vol. III. 41. Reality of Religion- Words of Abdul (comp. Albert R. Windust). Chicago: Baha, The. New York: BPC, 1924, paper. BPS, 1916 and 1919 . New York: BPC, (see #40). 1930. cloth. 42. Secret of Divine Civilization, The. trans. 57. Tablets of Abdul Beha Abbas to Some MarziehGail. Wilmette: BPT, 1957, 1970 American Believers in the Year 1900. New and 1975. cloth. York: Board of Counsel, 707-708 Car- 43. Selected Writings of 'Abdu'l-Baha. Wil- negie Hall, April, 1901. paper. mette: BPC, 1942. paper. 58. Tablets of the Divine Plan, The. (trans. 44. Selections from the Writings of 'Abdu'l- Ahmad Sohrab). Wilmette: BPT, 1959, Bahti. comp. the Research Dept. of the 1962, 1965 and 1971. (see also #7, 59 and Universal House of Justice. trans. by a 68). paper. Committee at the Baha'i World Centre 59. Tablets of the Divine Plan, The. trans. varand Marzieh Gail. Haifa: The Baha'i ious scholars. Wilmette: BPT, 1977. cloth. World Centre, 1978. cloth. (see also #7, 58 and 68). 45. Some Answered Questions, comp. Laura 60. Tablets Revealed by Abdul Baha Abbas to Clifford Barney. London: Kegan Paul, the East and the West. trans. Ahmad Trench, Trubner & Co., 1908. Chicago: Esphahani (Sohrab). Washington: Bahai BPS, 1918. New York: BPC, 1930 and Assembly of Washington, D.C., 1908. 1937. Wilmette: BPC, 1943, 1947 and paper. 1954. Wilmette: BPT, 1957, 1964, 1968 61. Tablets Revealed by the Master Abdul and 1971. London: BPT, New Delhi: Beha Abbas to the House of Justice at BPT, 1973. cloth. Chicago, to the Ladies' Assembly of Teach- 46. Some Christian Subjects. London: BPT, ing, to Mirza Assad 'Ullah and to Other 1946.paper. Individuals, also One to the Believers in 47. Tablet to the Beloved of God in America. Persia. Chicago: Press of the Hollister trans. Ali Kuli Khan . Cambridge, Mass.: Bros., 1901. paper. 1906. paper. 62. Tablets to Japan. (comp. Agnes Alexan- 48. Tablet to the Beloved of God of the Occi- der). New York: BPC, 1928. paper. dent. trans. Ahmad Esphahani (Sohrab). 63. Talks by Abdul Baha Given in Paris. Chicago: BPS, 1906. paper. comp. Beatrice Marion Platt, Mary Esther 49. Tablet to the Hague. London: BPT, n.d. Blomfield, Rose Ellinor Cecilia Blomfield, paper. and Lady Sara Louisa Blomfield. London, 50. Tablets Communes and Holy Utterances. East Sheen: The Unity Press, 1912. n.p. (1897). paper. Chicago: BPS, 1912. London: G. Bell and 51. Tablets Containing General Instructions. Sons, Ltd., 1915, 1916 and 1920. paper. trans. M. A. E. (Mirza Ahmad Esphahani (see also #35 and 73). Sohrab). Washington: Bahai Assn. of 64. Traveller's Narrative Written to Illustrate Washington, D.C., 1907. paper. the Episode of the Bab, A. trans. Edward 52. Tablets Containing Instructions. trans. Granville Browne. London: Cambridge Mirza Ahmad Esphahani (Sohrab) and University Press, 1891 (this edition issued Ali Kuli Khan. Washington: Bahai Assn. in two volumes of which the first is the of Washington, D.C., 1906. paper. Persian text). New York: BPC, 1930. 53. Tablets from Abdul Baha to E. E. Wrestl- cloth. ing Brewster. Chicago: BPS, 1902. paper. 65. True Belief-Abdul Baha Abbas. n.p. n.d. 54. Tablets of Abdul Baha Abbas. Vol. I. paper. (comp. Albert R. Windust). Chicago: 66. True Gardener, A Talk Given by Abdul BPS, 1909, 1912 and 1919. New York: Baha, The. comp. L.A.C.B. Rangoon, BPC, 1930. cloth. Burma: Rangoon Standard Press, 1903. 55. Tablets of Abdul Baha Abbas. Vol. II. London: The Unity Press, n.d. paper. 558 THE BAHA'I WORLD

67. Twelve Basic Teachings Compiled from 1950. paper. the Words of Abdul Baha. New York : 72. Will and Testament of 'Abdu'l-Baha, 1926. paper. Selections from the. New York: BPC, 1935 68 . Unveiling of the Divine Plan, The. trans. and 1940. Wilmette: BPC, 1944 and Mirza Ahmad Sohrab. New York: 1919. 1948.paper. paper. see #7 and 58. 73. Wisdom of Abdul Baha, The. comp. Beat- 69. Utterances of Abdul Beha Abbas to Two rice Marion Platt, Mary Esther Blomfield, Young Men, American Pilgrims to Acre, Rose E llinor Cecilia Blomfield and Lady 1901. New York : Board of Counsel, 1901. Sara Louisa Blomfield. New York: BPC, paper. 1924. Wilmette: BPC, n.d. cardboard and 70. Visiting Tablets for Our Recent Martyrs cloth . see #35 and 63. Who Suffered in Persia in 1901 with some 74. Wisdom Talks of Abdul-Baha (Abbas Tablets and Prayers for the American Effendi) at Chicago, Illinois . April 30th to Behais. New York: Behais Board of Coun- May 5th, 1912 . Chicago: Press of Bahai sel, 1902 . paper. News Service, n.d. paper. 71. Will and Testament of'Abdu'l-Bahd, The. 75 . Woman's Great Station in the Bahai Dis- Wilmette: NSA of the USA and Canada , pensation. n.p . 1913. paper. 1942. Wilmette: BPC, 1944. Wilmette: 76 . World Order Through World Faith. Wil- BPT, 1968, 1971 and n .d. London: BPT, mette: BPC, 1946. paper.

(iv) WORKS COMPILED FROM THE WRITINGS OF BAHA'U'LLAH AND 'ABDU' L-BAHA

1. Arise and Serve: A Compilation. New 1957,1962,1967, 19691970,1973 , 1975 Delhi: BPT, 1971. paper and cloth. and 1978. cloth and paper. 2. Baha'i Answers: A Compilation. comp. 11 . Baha'i Prayers. comp. NSA of USA. Wil- Olivia Kelsey. Independence, Mo. : Lam- mette: BPC, 1954. Wilmette: BPT 1954 bert Moon Printers and Publishers, 194 7 and 1970. cloth . (the 'White' Prayer book and 194 7 rev. cardboard and cloth. which includes only the first section of 3. Baha'i Community, The. Wilmette: BPC, #10). 1947 and 1954. Wilmette: BPT, 1963. 12. Bahti'( Prayers. comp. NSA of Malaysia . New Delhi: BPT, 1964. paper. (Kuala Lumpur): BPT, 1970. paper. 4. Baha'( Education: A Compilation. Wil- 13 . Baha'i Prayers: A Selection. comp . NSA of mette: BPT, 1977. paper. the British Isles. London: 1951. cloth. 5. Baha'i Institutions: A Compilation. New 14. Baha'i Prayers: A Selection. comp. NSA of Delhi: BPT, 1973 . paper. the British Isles. London: BPT, 1945 a nd 6. Baha'i Meetings, The Nineteen Day Feast. 1951 . cloth. (this edition contains only the comp. the Universal House of Justice. first section of #13). Wilmette: BPT, 1976. paper. 15. Baha'i Prayers: A Selection . comp. NSA of 7. Bahti'( Prayers. comp. NSA of USA and the British Isles. London : BPT, 1967 and Canada. New York: BPC, 1929 and 1929 1975 . cloth. (1936 with newer translations). cloth . 16. Baha'i Prayers and Meditations - The 8. Baha'i Prayers. comp. NSA of USA and Bab, Baha'u'llah, 'Abdu'l-Baha. paper. Canada. New York: BPC, 1935 and 1937 . (contains two pictures of the Louhelen paper. Baha'i School). n.p. n.d. 9. Baha'i Prayers. comp . NSA of USA and 17 . Baha'i Prayers: An Introductory Selection. Canada. Wilmette: BPC, 1941, 1942, comp. NSA of Malaysia. (Kuala Lumpur): 1944, 1945, 1947, 1949 and 1952. paper BPT, 1973. paper. and cloth. 18 Baha'( Prayers for Special Occasions. Lon- 10. Baha'i Prayers. comp . NSA of USA. Wil- don: BPT, 1945. cloth . mette: BPC, 1954. Wilmette: BPT, 1954, 19. Baha'i Revelation. comp. NSA of the Brit- BAHA ' I BIBLIOGRAPHY 559 ish Isles. London: BPT, 1955 and 1970. 1956. Oxford: George Ronald, 1975. cloth. paper and cloth. 20. Baha'( Scriptures. comp. Horace Holley. 36. God and His Manifestations. comp. Maye New York: Brentano's, 1923. New York: Harvey Gift. New York: BPC, 1925. BPC, 1928. cloth. paper. 21. Baha'( World Faith. comp. NSA of USA 37. Holy Utterances Revealed by Baha' Ullah and Canada. Wilmette: BPC, 1943 and and the Master, Abdul Baha Regarding the 1943 (the second 1943 edition was bound Necessity for Steadfastness and Effort in m red leather and inscribed in gold the Present Time, That Thereby the Believ- 1844-1944 as a special centennial ers May Be Strengthened and Made Ready souvenir-only 500 copies). Wilmette: Under All Conditions, to Stand Firm in the BPT, 1956, 1966, 1969, 1971and1976. Covenant. Compiled 1905. n.p. paper. cloth, fabrikoid and leather. 38. Individual and Teaching, Raising the 22. Bahd'( Writings. (comp. Amelia Collings Divine Call, The. Wilmette: BPT, 1977. and Alice S. Cox). Wilmette: BPC, 1942 paper. and 194 7. paper and cloth. 39. Life After Death. comp. Barbara Mason. 23. Book of Prayers. n.p . n.d. paper and Honolulu: Hawaii Baha'i Press, 1976. leather. p<:1per. 24. Chalice of Immortality, The. comp. 40. Mighty River, A. comp. Audrie Reynolds. Hushidar Mutlagh. New Delhi: BPT, Wilmette: BPT, 1977. paper. (1979). 41. New Day: Prophecies and Precepts from 25. Communion With God. Wilmette: BPC, the Utterances of Baha'o'llah and Abdul 1950. ten subsequent printings. paper. Baha. comp. Isabel F. Chamberlain. New 26. Compilation No. 9 Concerning the Most York: The Fellowship Press Service, 191-. Great Peace. Boston: The Tudor Press, paper. 1918.paper. 42. Pattern of Baha'( Life, The. comp. NSA of 27. Compilation of the Holy Utterances of the British Isles. Manchester: BPT, 1948. Baha'o'llah and Abdul Baha Concerning London: BPT, 1953, 1963, 1968 and the Most Great Peace, War and Duty ofthe 1970. paper. Bahais Toward Their Government. n.p. 43. Peace: A Divine Creation. n.p. 1943. 1918 and 1918 rev. paper. paper. 28. Covenant of Bahd'u'llah, The. Manches- 44. Power of the Covenant, The. comp. NSA ter, Eng.: BPT, 1950. London: BPT, of USA. Wilmette: BPT, 1956 and 1972. 1963. cloth and fabrikoid. paper. 29. Daily Prayers-Bahd'u'llah, Bab, 'Abdu'l- 45. Power of the Covenant Part One, Bahd'u'- Bahd. New York: BPC, n.d. paper. llah's Covenant With Mankind, The. 30. Daily Prayers-Prayers and Meditations. comp. Dr. Jane Faily et al. n.p. NSA of New York: BPC, 1931. paper. Canada, February, 1976. paper. 31. Dawn of World Civilization, The. n.p. 46. Power of the Covenant Part Two, The World Order Magazine, 1945. Problem of Covenant-Breaking, The. 32. Divine Art of living, The. comp. Mabel comp. Dr. Jane Faily et al. n.p. NSA of Hyde Paine. Wilmette: BPC, 1944, 1946, Canada, October, 1976. paper. 1949 and 1953. Wilmette: BPT, 1956, 47. Power the Covenant Part Three, The Face 1960, 1965, 1970, 1972, 1973 and 1974. of Opposition, The. comp. Dr. Jane Faily cloth and fabrikoid. et al. n.p. NSA of Canada, April, 1977. 33. Divine Pearls. comp. Victoria Bedikian. paper. n.p. n.d. paper. 48. Prayer of Bahd'u'llah and Prayers and 34. Divine Wisdom of Bahd'u'llah and Tablets of 'Abdu'l-Baha. trans. Shoghi 'Abdu'l-Bahd. comp. NSA of the British Effendi. Boston: 1923. paper. Isles. Manchester: BPT, 1946. paper. 49. Prayers Revealed by Baha'u'llah, The Bab, 35. Glad Tidings of Bahd'u'llah, The. comp. and 'A bdu'l-Baha. trans. Shoghi Effendi. George Townshend. London: John Mur- New York: BPC, 1939. paper. ray, Wisdom of the East Series, 1949 and 50. Prayers, Tablets, Instructions, and Miscel- 560 THE BAHA'l WORLD

leny Galhered by American Visitors to the 'A bdu'l-Baha . n.p. n.d. paper. Holy City During the Summer of 1900. 57. Some Special Bahd'{ Prayers and Tablets. Chicago: The Adair Press, 1900. paper. London: BPT, 1945. 51. Racial Amity. comp. M. H. and M. M. 58. Spiritual Opportunity of the Bahti'fs of the (Mariam Haney and Mountfort Mills). United States and Canada, The. comp. the n.p. 1924. paper. NSA of the USA and Canada. New York: 52. Reality of Man, The. New York: BPC, BPC, 1926. paper. 1931, 1935 and 1939. Wilmette: BPC, 59. Splendour of God, The. comp. Eric Ham- 1942, 1945 and 1947 . Wilmette: BPT, mond. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1910. 1956, 1962, 1966, 1972 and 1975. New London: John Murray, The Wisdom ofthe Delhi: BPT, 1971. paper and cloth. East Series, 1909 and 1910. cloth. 53. River of Life, A Selection from the Teach- 60 . Tablets Revealed by the Blessed Perfection ings of Baha Ullah and Abdul Baha wilh and Abdul Beha Abbas Brought to this Explanation and Preface by Johanna Country by Haji Mirza Hassan, Mirza Dawud. London: Cope & Fenwick, 1914. Assad' Ullah and Mirza Hussien. New 54. Selections from Bahti'f Scripture. comp. York: Board of Counsel, 1900. paper. David Hofman. Manchester, Eng.: BPT, 61. Tablets Revealed in Honor of the Greatest 1941. cloth. Holy Leaf New York: J. J. Little and Ives 55. Selections from the Holy Utterances on !he Company, 1933. paper. Subject of Unity (i·om Bahti'u'lldh and 62. Victory Promises. Honolulu: NSA of the 'A bdu'l-Bahti. n.p. n.d. paper. Baha'fs of the Hawaiian Islands, 1978. 56. Selections from the Holy Writings on the paper. Subject of Unity from Bahti'u'lldh and

(v) THE WRITINGS OF SHOGHI EFFENDI

1. Advent of Divine Justice, The. New York: 8. Bahti'{ Youth: A Compilation. comp. NSA BPC, 1939 and 1939. Wilmette: BPC, of USA. Wilmette: BPT, 1973. paper. 1940 and 1948. Wilmette: BPT, 1956, 9. Call to the Nations. comp. the Universal 1963 , 1969, 1971 and 1974. New Delhi: House of Justice . Haifa: Baha'i World BPT, n.d. paper, cloth and fabrikoid. Centre, 1977. cloth. 2. America and the Most Great Peace. New 10. Challenging Requirements of the Present York: BPC, 1933. paper. Hour, The. Wilmette: NSA of USA and 3. Bahti'{ Administration. New York: BPC, Canada, 1947.paper. 1928, 1933 and 1936. Wilmette: BPC, 11. Citadel of Faith. Wilmette: BPT, 1965 and 1941 , 1945 and 1953. Wilmette: BPT, 1970. cloth. 1960, 1968 and 1974. paper and cloth. 12 . Citadel of Faith of Bahd'u'lldh, The. Wil- 4. Bahti'{ Faith, Statistical Information mette: NSA of the USA , 1948. paper. 1844-1944, The. Wilmette: BPC, 1944. 13. Continental Boards of Counsellors. comp. paper. the Universal House of Justice. NSA of 5. Bahd'f Faith, Statistical Information Canada, (1970). London: BPT, n.d. 1844-1950, The. Wilmette: BPC, 1950. paper. paper. 14. Covenant and Administration, The. Wil- 6. Bahd'f Faith, Statistical Information mette: BPC, 1950. Wilmette: BPT, 1956 1844-1952, The. Wilmette: BPC, 1953. and 1969. paper. paper. (see also section on Universal 15 . Dawn of a New Day, The. New Delhi: House of Justice #3 and section on 'Writ- BPT, 1970. paper and cloth. ings on the Baha 'i Faith' #24) . 16. Dawn of World Civilization, The. Wil- 7. Bahd'{ Procedure. New York: BPC, 1937. mette: BPC, 1945. paper. Wilmette: BPC, 1942. paper and cloth. 17. Destiny ofAmerica, The. New York: BPC, (the 1937 .e dition is loose-leaf). 1940.paper. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 561 18. Directives from the Guardian. comp. Ger- BPT, 1970. London: BPT, n.d. paper. trude Garrida. New Delhi: BPT, 1973 and 37. Messages from the Guardian 1932 - 1940. n.d. cloth and paper. New York: BPC, 1940. paper. 19. Dispensation of Baha'u'llah , The. New 38. Messages to America 1932-1946. Wil- York: BPC, 1934, 1937 and 1940. Wil- mette : BPC, 194 7. fabrikoid. mette: BPC, 1943 and 1947. Wilmette: 39. Messages to Canada. NSA of Canada, BPT, 1970. London: BPT, 1947. paper 1965. cloth. and cloth. 40. Messages to the Baha'f World 1950- 1957. 20. Earth is God's, The. London: BPT, 1947. Wilmette: BPT, 1958 and 1971. cloth. paper. 41. National Spiritual Assembly, The. comp. 21. Faith of Baha'u'llah, The. Wilmette: BPC, the Universal House of Justice. Wilmette: 1947. paper. BPT, 1972. paper. 22. Future World Commonwealth, The. NSA 42 . Passing of Abdul Baha, The. co-authpr of the USA and Canada, 1936. paper. Lady Blomfield. Haifa: Rosenfeld 23. Goal of a New World Order, The. New Brothers, 1922. London: BPT, n.d. paper. York: BPC, 1931. Wilmette: BPC, 1931 43. Pattern for Future Society, A. Wilmette: (not the true date). Wilmette: BPT, 1971. BPC, 1940, 1946 and 1948. paper. paper. 44. Principles of Baha'f Administration. Lon- 24. God Given Mandate, A. Wilmette: BPC, don: BPT, 1950, 1963 and 1973. paper 1946.paper. and cloth. 25. God Passes By. Wilmette: BPC, 1944, 45. Principles of Mass Teaching. comp . the 1945 and 1950. Wilmette: BPT, 1957, Universal House of Justice. NSA of 1965, 1970 and 1974. paper and cloth. Canada, 1971. see #31. paper. 26. Golden Age of the Cause of Baha'u'llah, 46. Promised Day is Come, The. Wilmette: The. New York: BPC, 1932. paper. BPC, 1941, 1943 and 1951. Wilmette: 27. Guidance for Today and Tomorrow . BPT, 1961 and 1967. New Delhi: BPT, comp. NSA of the British Isles. London: 1976. cloth and paper. BPT, 1953 and 1973. cloth and paper. 47. Religion a Living Organism. New York: 28. Generation of the Half Light: A Compila- BPC, 1940. paper. tion for Baha'f Youth. comp. Arjun Ras- 48. Rising World Commonwealth, The. Lontogi. New Delhi: BPT, 1974. paper. don: BPT, 1945. paper. 29. Guidance for Youth. comp. NSA of the 49. Selected Writings of Shoghi Effendi. Wil- United Kingdom. London: BPT, 1969. mette: BPC, 1942. Wilmette: BPT, 1975 . paper. paper. 30. Guidelines for Local Spiritual Assemblies. 50. Special Measure of Love, A. Wilmette: comp. NSA of USA. Wilmette: BPT, 1975 BPT, 1974. paper. and 1976. paper. 51. Spiritual Potencies of that Consecrated 31. Importance of Teaching Indigenous Spot. n.p. 1939 . paper. People, The. comp. the Universal House 52. Unfoldment of World Civilization, The. of Justice . NSA of Canada, 1968. paper. New York: BPC, 1936. Wilmette: BPC, 32. Letters from Shoghi Effendi. New York: 1945. paper. BPC, 1925. paper. 53. World Government and Collective Sec- 33. Letters from the Guardian to Australia and urity. New Delhi: NSA of India, Pakistan New Zealand I 923-1957. Melbourne: and Burma, 1953. paper. NSA of Australia and New Zealand, 1970 54. World Moves on to Its Destiny, The. Wiland 1971. cloth. mette: BPC, n.d. paper. 34. Lifeblood of the Cause. comp . the Univer- 55 . World Order of Baha'u'llah, The. New sal House of Justice. London: BPT, York: BPC, 1929. paper. (1970). paper. 56. World Order of Baha'u'llah, The. New 35. Living the Life. comp. NSA of the British York: BPC, 1938. Wilmette: BPC, 1944. Isles. London: BPT, 1974. paper. Wilmette: BPT, 1955, 1969 and 1974. 36. Local Spiritual Assembly, The. comp. the cloth fabrikoid and paper. Universal House of Justice. Wilmette: 57. World Order of Baha'u'llah - Further 562 THE BAHA•t WORLD

Considerations, The. New York: BPC; 58. World Order Unfolds. Wilmette: BPC, 1930.paper. 1952.paper.

(vi) MESSAGES AND COMPILATIONS OF THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE

1. Analysis of the Nine Year International 5. Constitution ofthe Universal House ofJus- Teaching Plan 1964 - 1973. Wilmette: tice, The. Haifa: The Universal House of BPT, 1964. paper. Justice, 1972. paper. 2. Analysis of the Five Year International 6. Five Year Plan, The. Wilmette: BPT, Teaching Plan 1974-1979. Welwyn Gar- 1974. paper. den City, Hertfordshire: Broadwater, 7. Five Year Plan, 1974-1979: Statistical 1975. paper. Report, Ridvan 1978, The. Haifa: Baha'i 3. Baha'i Faith, Statistical Information World Centre, 1978. paper. 1844 - 1968, The. Haifa: P. Schaut, 1968. 8. Messages from the Universal House ofJuspaper. (see also section on Shoghi Effendi tice 1968- 1973. Wilmette: BPT, 1976. #4-6 and the section entitled "Writings paper and cloth. on the Baha'i Faith" #24) . 9. Wellspring of Guidance, Messages from 4. Baha'i Holy Places at the World Centre, the Universal House ofJustice 1963-1968. The. Haifa: The Universal House of Jus- Wilmette: 1969 and 1970. paper and tice, 1968. cloth. cloth.

(vii) WRITINGS ON THE BAHA'f FAITH

1. 'Abdu'l-Baha, Fiftieth Anniversary of His 9. Amatu'l-Baha Visits India. Violette Passing. Wilmette: World Order Nakhjavani. New Delhi: BPT, n.d . Magazine, 1971. paper and cloth. paper. 2. Abdul Baha in Egypt. Ahmad Sohrab. 10. Appreciations of the Baha'( Faith. Wil- New York: New History Foundation, mette: BPC, 1941, 1947, and 1948. 1929. London: Ryder & Co., n.d. cloth. paper. 3. 'Abdu'l-Baha the Center of the Covenant. 11. Architectural Compositions in the Indian Juliet Thompson. Wilmette: BPC, 1948. Style. Designs for Temples and Shrines. paper. Charles Mason Remey. Boston: The 4. 'Abdu'l-Baha the Centre of the Covenant Tudor Press, 1923 . paper. of Baha'u'llah. Hasan M. Balyuzi. Lon- 12. Architectural Exhibition of a Series of don: George Ronald, 1971 and 1972. Preliminary Designs by Charles Mason paper and cloth. Remey for the Mashrak El Azkar ( Baha'( 5. Abdul Baha's First Days in America. Temple). n.p. n.d . paper. comp. Juliet Thompson. East Aurora, 13. Auguste Foret and the Bahti'( Faith with N.Y.: The Roycrofte rs, 1924. paper. Commentary by Peter Muhlschlegel. 6. Addresses. Abdel Karim Effendi Tehe- Oxford: George Ronald, 1978. paper. rani. trans. Anton F. Haddad. Chicago: 14. Bab, the Herald of the Day of Days, .The. Behais Supply and Publishing Board, Hasan M. Balyuzi. Oxford: George 1900.paper. Ronald, 1973 and 1973. paper and cloth. 7. Akka Lights. Mr. & Mrs. Joseph H. Han- 15. Bab-Ed-Din, the Door of True Relignen . 1909. paper. ion. Ibrahim George Kheiralla. 8. All Things Made New. John Ferraby. Chicago: Chas. H. Kerr and Company, London: George Allen & Unwin, 1957 1897.paper. and 1960. New York: Macmillan Co., 16. Bahti'( Appeal for Religious Freedom in 1958. Wilmette: BPT, 1960 and 1963. Iran. NSA of USA. Wilmette: BPT, London: BPT, 1975. paper and cloth. 1956.paper. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 563 17. Bahai Attitude Toward War, The. San Mason Remey . Chicago: BPS, 1919. Francisco Baha'i Assembly n.d. paper. cloth. (same as #204). 18 . Bah{/{ Case Against Mrs. Lewis 35. Bahai Manuscripts. Charles Mason Stuyyvesant Chanler and Mirza Ahmad Remey . Newport, R.I.: 1923 . paper. Sohrab-A Statement Prepared for the 36. Bahai Martyrdoms in Persia in the Year Members of the American Baha'i Com- 1903 A.D. Haji Mirza Haydar Ali. trans. munity, The. Wilmette: NSA of the USA Dr. Youness Khan. Chicago: BPS, 1904 and Canada. 1941. paper. and 1917 rev. paper. 19. Bahd'f Centenary 1844-1944, The. 37. Bahai Message, The. comp. Horace Hol- Wilmette: BPC, 1944. fabrikoid. ley. Chicago: BPS, 1920. paper. 20. Bahai Congress. Chicago: 1916 . paper. 38. Bahai Movement, A Series of Nineteen 21. Bahai Faith, The. G. Palgrave Simpson. Papers Upon the Bahai Movement, The. London: 1920. paper. Charles Mason Remey. Washington: J. 22. Bahd'( Faith, An Introduction, The. D. Milans and Sons, 1912 and 1912 Gloria Faizi. Beirut, 1971. Wilmette: (actually printed several years later) . BPT, 1972, 1975 and 1978. paper. cloth. 23. Bahd'( Faith by a Methodist Layman, 39. Bahai Movement for Universal Religion, The. A. J . Truesdell. New York: BPC, Brotherhood, and Peace, A Sketch of Its 1925.paper. History and Teachings, The. Charles 24. Baha'i Faith, Statistical Information Mason Remey . Washington: Persian- 1844-1963, The . comp. the Hands of the American Bulletin, 1912. paper. Cause Residing in the Holy Land. Ramat 40. Baha'i Movement: Aims & Purposes of Gan Israel, Peli-P.E .C. Printing Works the Bahd'f Faith, Outline of History, Prin- Ltd. paper. (see also the section on ciples of Administration, Excerpts from Shoghi Effendi #4-6 and the section on the Sacred Writings, and Reading List, the Universal House of Justice #3) . The . comp. NSA of USA and Canada. 25. Baha'( Faith, The Dawn of a New Day, New York: BPC, 1931. paper. The. Jessyca Russell Gaver. New York; 41. Bahai Movement in Its Social-Economic Hawthorn Books Inc., 1967. cloth. (same Aspect, The. Helen Campbell. Chicago: as #113) . BPS, 1915. paper. (see# 50). 26. Bahd'( Follower ofthe Light. Ray Meyer. 42 . Bahai Movement- Its Spiritual NSA of Australia, 1972 . Wilmette: BPT. Dynamic, The. Albert R. Vail. n.p. n.d. paper. paper. 27. Bahd'( Glossary. Marzieh Gail. Wil- 43. Baha'i Persecutions in Persia. comp. mette: BPT, 1955 and 1969. paper. NSA of USA and Canada. New York: 28. Bahd'( Group, The. comp. NSA of USA. BPC, 1926. paper. Wilmette: BPT, 1958. paper. 44. Bahai Proofs. Mirza Abu! Fazl. trans. 29. Bahai House of Worship, Description of Ishteal Ibn Kalantar (Ali Quli Khan). the Temple with Illustrations, The. Chicago: BPS, 1914. New York: BPC, Charles Mason Remey. Chicago: BPS, 1929. cloth. (see also #78) . 1917.paper. 45. Bahai Religion, The. Horace Holley and 30 . . Bahai Hymns and Poems. Louise R. Ruhi Afnan. New York : BPC, 1925 . Waite . Chicago: BPS, 1904. New York: paper. BPC, 1927 . paper. 46 . Bahai Revelation, The. Thornton Chase. 31. Bahai Hymns of Peace and Praise. L. R. Chicago: BPS, 1909, 1913 and 1919. Waite. n.p. 1908 . paper. New York: BPC, (1928) . paper and 32. Bahai Indexes. Charles Mason Remey. cloth. Newport, R.I.: 1923 . paper. 47. Bahai Revelation, The. Mrs. Scaramucci. 33. Bahai Library Committee. Charles London: The Priory Press, 1911. paper. Mason Remey. Firenze, Italy: 1925. 48. Bahai Revelation and Reconstruction, paper. The. Charles Mason Remey. Chicago: 34. Bahai Library of Constructive Religion, BPS, 1919. paper and cloth. The Peace of the World, The. Charles 49. Bahaism: The Modern Social Religion. 564 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Horace Holley. London: Sidgwick & 1976), The. Haifa: The Baha'i World Jackson Ltd., 1913. New York: Mitchell Centre. 1979. cloth. Kennerly, 1913. cloth. 70. Baha'i Writings, A Concordance. comp. 50. Bahaism in Its Social- Economic Aspect. Hugh Carden. NSA of New Zealand, Helen Campbell. Chicago: BPS, 1910. Feb. 1975, Aug. 1975, Jan. 1976. and paper. (see also #41 of this section). Sep. 1976. paper. 51. Bahaism the Religion of Brotherhood 71. Bahti'{ Year Book Volume 1 (1925 - and Its Place in the Evolution of Creeds. 1926), The. New York: BPC, 1926. Francis Henry Skrine. London: Long- cloth. (see #53-67 of this section). mans Green and Company, 1912. cloth. 72. Baha'u'llah. Hasan M. Balyuzi. London: 52. Bahai Teachings, The. Charles Mason BPT, 1938 and n.p. 1938, paper. Remey. Washington: J. D. Milans & 73. Bahti'u'llah. Hasan M. Balyuzi. London: Sons, 1917. cloth. George Ronald, 1963, 1968, 1970, 53. Bahai Temple: Press Comments, Symbol- 1972, 1973, 1974 and 1976. paper and ism, The. comp. Louis Bourgeois. cloth. Chicago: 1921. paper. 74. Bahli'u'llah and the New Era. John 54. Bahai the Spirit of the Age. Horace Hol- Ebenezer Esslemont. London: George ley. London: Kegan Paul Trench Allen & Unwin Ltd., 1923 and 1940. Trubner & Co., 1921. New York: Bren- New York: Brentano's, (1924) and tano's, 1921. cloth . (1925). New York: BPC, 1927, 1930, 55. Bahli'( World Volume II (1926-1928), 1931, 1932, 1937, 1938 and 1940. Wil- The. New York: BPC, 1928. cloth. mette: BPC, 1942, 1944, 1946, 1948, 56. Bahli'( World Volume 1Il (1928 - 1930), 1950 and 1953. Wilmette: BPT, 1956, The. New York: BPC, 1930. cloth. 1960, 1966, 1970, 1975, 1976 and 1978. 57. Bahli'[ World Volume JV (1930 - 1932), London: BPT, 1952 and 1974. cloth , The. New York: BPC, 1933 . cloth. fabrikoid and paper. 58. Bahli'{ World Volume V (1932-1934), 75. Bahti'u'llah and His Message. J. E. The. New York: BPC, 1936. cloth. Esslemont. n.p. 1938. paper. 59. Bahli'( World Volume VJ (1934-1936) , 76. Bahti'u'llah's Ground Plan of World Fel- The. New York: BPC, 1937. cloth. lowship. George Townshend. London: 60. Bahli'( World Volume VII (1936-1938), World Congress of Faiths, 1936 and The. New York: BPC, 1939. cloth. 1938. paper. (see The Bahti'{ World, vol. 61. Bahli'f World Volume VIII (1938- VI, p. 614). 1940), The. Wilmette: BPC, 1942. 77. Before Abraham Was I Am. Thornton cloth. Chase. Chicago: 1902. paper. 62. Bahli'( World Volume IX (1940-1944), 78. Behai Proofs, The. Mirza Abu! Faze!. The. Wilmette: BPC, 1945. cloth. trans. Ishteal Ibn Kalantar (Ali Quli 63. Bahli'( World Volume X (1944-1946), Khan). New York: J. W. Pratt Co., 1902. The. Wilmette: BPC, 1949. cloth. cloth. (see also #42 of this section). 64. Bahli'( World Volume XI (1946-1950), 79. Bounties of the Kingdom - A Fairy Play, The. Wilmette: BPC, 1952. cloth. The. Evangeline Elizabeth Crowell Dun- 65. Baho.'{ World Volume XII (1950 - 1954), lop. Riverton, N.J.: The New Era Press, The. Wilmette: BPT, 1956. cloth. 1916.paper. 66. Bahti'( World Volume XIII (1954- 80. Brief Accountofthe Bahai Movement, A. 1963), The. Haifa: The Universal House G. Palgrave Simpson and Ethel J. of Justice, 1970 and 1971. cloth. Rosenberg. West Kensington, Eng.: 67. Bahti'( World Volume XIV (1963- Burnside Ltd. n.d. London: The Priory 1968), The. Haifa : The Baha'i World Press, J.M. Watkins, 1911. paper. Centre, 1975 . cloth. 81. Brief Account of My Visit to Acea, A. 68. Baho.'{ World Volume XV (1968 - 1973), Mary L Lucas . Chicago: BPS, 1905. The. Haifa: The Baha'i World Centre, paper. 1976. cloth. 82. Brief Sketch of Behaism, A. Ethel J. 69. Bahti'{ World Volume XVI (1968- Rosenberg. London: R . F. Hunger, 310 BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 565 Euston Rd., N.W., 1905. paper. Mu~ammad - i-Zarandi. trans. Shoghi 83. Brilliant Proof, The. Mirza Abu! Faz!. Effendi . New York: BPC, 1932 (a Chicago: Bahai News Service, 1912. limited edition specially bound number- Wilmette: BPC, 1949. paper. ing 150 copies autographed by the trans- 84. Buddha and Amitabha. Shirin Fozdar. lator) and 1932 (the regular edition) . Calcutta: Daw Sen & Co ., printed at the Wilmette: BPC, 1953. Wilmette: BPT, Anna Art Press Private Ltd. paper. 1962, 1970 and 1974. London: BPT, 85. Buddha Maitraya Amitabha Has 1953 and 1975 . leather, cloth and paper. Appeared. Jamshid Fozdar. New Delhi: 99. Dawn of Knowledge and the Most Great BPT, 1976. cloth and paper. Peace, The. Paul Kingston Dealy. 86. Call of God, The. George Orr Latimer. Chicago: BPS, 1903, 1905 and 1908. Chicago: BPS , n.d . paper. paper. 87. Character, A Sequence in Spiritual 100. Dawn Over Mount Hira and Other Psychology. Stanwood Cobb. Washing- Essays. Marzieh Gail. Oxford: George ton: The Avalon Press, 1938 and 1971. Ronald, 1976. cloth. paper and cloth. 101. Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of a 88. Chosen Highway, The. Lady Blomfield. Local Spiritual Assembly. New York: London: BPT, n.d. Wilmette: BPC, n.d . BPC, 1933. Wilmette: NSA of the USA Wilmette: BPT, 1967 and 1970 . paper and Canada, 1945. Wilmette: BPC, and cloth. 1949. Wilmette: BPT, 1965 , 1969 and 89. Christ and Bahd'u'llah. George Towns- 1975.paper. hend. London: George Ronald, 1957, 102. Diary Letters of Mirza Ahmad Sohrab . 1957,1966,1967, 1971 , 1972and1976. Chicago: Mrs. Fanny G. Lesch. (various Wilmette: BPT, 1967 and 1970. paper volumes) cardboard. and cloth. 103 . Divine Revelation the Basis of All Civil- 90. Christianity of Jesus, The. Richard ization . Anton F. Haddad. New York: Backwell. Portlaw, Ireland: Volturna Boa rd of Counsel, 1902. paper. Press, 1972. cloth. 104. Divine Secret for Human Civilization, 91. Closer Than Your Lije V ein. Henry A . The. n.p. n.d. paper. Weil. NSA of Alaska, 1978. paper. 105. Divine Secret for Human Civilization, 92 . Coming of the Glory. The. Florence E . The. Josephine D. Storey. Geneva, Pinchon. London: Simpkin Marshall Switz.: Quo Vadis, 1928. paper. Ltd., 1928. cloth . 106. Divine Springtime. Daniel Nelson 93. Commentary on the Will and Testament Wegener. Tegucigalpa, Honduras: of 'Abdu'l-Baha. David Hofman . Lon- Union Press, 1977. paper. don: George Ronald, 1943, 1947 and 107. Divine Symphony. Gayle Woolson. New 1955.paper. Delhi: BPT, 1971and1977. paper. 94. Constructive Principles of the Bahai 108 . Do' a: The Call to Prayer. Ruth Ellis Mof- Movement. Charles Mason Remey. fett. Chicago: 1933 , 1938 and 1953. Washington: J. D. Milans & Sons, 1917 . paper. Chicago: BPS, 1917. paper and cloth. 109. Do' a: On the Wings of Prayer. Ruth Ellis 95. Continuity of the Prophets, The. Myrtle Moffett. Des Moines, Ia.: Wallace W. Campbell. New York: The Pageant Homestead Co ., 1974. paper. Press, 1952. cloth. 110. Dr. J. E. Esslemont. Moojan Momen . 96 . Covenant, The. Charles Mason Remey. London: BPT, 1975.paper. Washington: Bahai Assembly of 111. Drama of the Kingdom, The. Mrs. Basil Washington D.C., 1912. paper and card- Hall. London: The Weardale Press, board. 1933. cloth. 97. Daily Lessons Received at Acea, January 112. Dream of God, The. Albert Durant Wat- 1908. Helen S. Goodall and Ella Goodall son. Chicago: BPS, 1922. paper. .cooper. Chicago: BPS, 1908 and 1917. 113. Dynamic New Religion Bahti'[ Faith, cardboard. The. Jessyca Russell Gaver. New York: 98. Dawn-Breakers, The. Nabfl-i-A'pm Award Books, 1968 and 1968. paper. 566 THE BAHA'I WORLD

(see also #25 of this section). a Continent. Commemorating the Fiftieth 114. Early Pilgrimage, An. May Maxwell. n.p. Anniversary of the Arrival of the Baha'i 1917. London: George Ronald, 1953, Faith in Australia 18 April 1970. Pad- 1969, 1974 and 1976. paper. dington, New South Wales: NSA of 115. Earth is but One Country, The. John Australia, 1970. paper. Huddleston. London: BPT, 1976. cloth. 131. Freedom of Religion on Trial in 116. Edward Gran ville Browne and the Baha'i Morocco-The Nador Case. New York: Faith. Hasan M. Balyuzi. London: Baha'i Information Center, 1963. paper. George Ronald, 1970. cloth. 132. From Strength to Strength. Eunice Braun. 117. Episodes in the Life of Moneereh Wilmette: BPT, 1978. paper. Khanum. trans. Ahmad Sohrab. Los 133. Glimpses of Abdul Baha. 'Roy' Angeles: Persian-American Publishing (Wilhelm) and M. J. M. (Mountfort J. Co., 1924. paper. Mills). n.p. n.d. paper. 118. Epistle to the Bahai World, An. Mirza 134. Glorious Kingdom of the Father Fore- Badi'Ullah. trans. Dr. Ameen'Ullah told, The. Virgie V. Vail. New York: Fareed. Chicago: BPS, 1908. paper. BPC, 1940. fabrikoid. 119. Essential Mysticism, The. Stanwood 135. God, His Mediator and Man-A Study in Cobb . Boston: The Four Seas Company, Comparative Religion. Pritan Singh and 1918. cloth. Doris McKay. Wilmette: BPT, 1958. 120. Eternal Voice, The. Cornelia A. Norder. paper. Rhinelander, Wis.: Legacy Press, 1972 136. God Loves Laughter. William Sears. and 197 5. paper. London: George Ronald, 1960, 1961, 121. Explanations Concerning Sacred Mys- 1964, 1968, 1970 and 197 4. paper and teries. Mirza Assad'Ullah. trans. Dr. cloth. Fareed. Chicago: Behais Supply and 137. God's Heroes. Laura Clifford Barney. Publishing Board, 1902. cloth. London: Kegan Paul Trench Trubner & 122. Fallacy of Ancestor Worship, The. Co ., 1910. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Jamshed Fozdar. Bombay, 1965. paper. 1910. cloth. 123. 52 Baha'i Talks for Every Occasion. S. I. 138. Great Themes of Life. Eric Bowes. Wil- Dean. NSA of Malaysia, (1965) and mette: BPT, 1958. cloth. 1977. paper. 139. Heart of the Gospel, The. George Towns- 124. Fire on the Mountaintop. Gloria Faizi. hend. London: Lindsay Drummond, London: BPT, 1973. paper. 1939. New York: BPC, 1940. London: 125. Firmness in the Covenant. Charles Mason George Ronald, 1951, 1955 and 1960. Remey. 1918. n.p. paper. Wilmette: BPT, 1972. paper and cloth. 126. Five Preliminary Architectural Sketches 140. Heralds of Peace. Beatrice Irwin. n.p. for the Temple of the Mashrak-El-Azkar, 1938.paper. which the Followers of the Bahai Move- 141. Heavenly Feast, Some Utterances of ment are to Build Upon the Shore of Lake Abdul-Baha to Two American Pilgrims Michigan at Chicago. Washington: 1916. (Charles and Mariam Haney) in Acea, paper. Syria, February 1909-lnterpreted by 127. Flame of Fire, A. A. Q. Faizi. New Delhi: Dr. Fareed and Taken Down in Steno- BPT, 1969 and 1973. paper. graphic Notes by Mariam Haney During 9 128. Flame-The Story of Lua, The. William Days in Acea, A. n.p. n.d. paper. Sears and Robert Quigley. London: 142. Heavenly Vista, A. Louis Gregory. George Ronald, 1972. paper and Washington: R. L. Pendleton, 1911. encased. paper. 129 . Flowers Culled from the Rose Garden of 143. Heavens are Cleft Asunder, The. Husch- Akka. Ida A. Finch, Fanny A . Knobloch mand Sabet. Oxford: George Ronald, and Alma S. Knobloch. n.p. (1910). 1975. paper and cloth. paper. 144. History of the Bahti'( Faith in Japan 130. Follow a Dream Time, Father and 1914-1938. Agnes Baldwin Alexander. Mother Dunn the Spiritual Conquerors of Japan: BPT, 1977. paper. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 567 145. Illustrated Description of a Design in the Center, n.d. paper. Persian-Indian Style of Architecture for 157. Lectures Giving the Solution of the the First Mashrak El Azkar ( Bahai Tem- World's Problems from a Universal ple) to Be Erected in America. Humbly Standpoint Series No. 4, Man is the Col- Offered to the Center of the Covenant lective Center of All Phenomena, etc. through the Bahai Temple Unity by Mirza Jenabe Faze!. trans. Mirza Ahmad C.M.R. April 26-28, 1920. Washington: Sohrab. Seattle: The Bahai Literature C.M.R., 1920. paper. Center. paper. 146. In Galilee and In Spirit and In Truth. 158. Lectures Giving the Solution of the Thornton Chase and Arthur S. Agnew. World's Problems from a Universal Chicago: BPS, 1908. paper. (see #147). Standpoint Series No. 5, The New Vision 147 . In Galilee and In Wonderland. Thornton of Immortality, etc. Mirza Jenabe Faze!. Chase and Arthur S. Agnew. Chicago: trans. Mirza Ahmad Sohrab. Seattle: The BPS, 1921. paper. (see #146). Bahai Literature Center, n.d. paper. 148. Indian Style ofArchitecture, The. Charles 159. Lesson in Religion. Mohammed Ali Mason Remey. Boston: 1925. paper. Alkany. trans. Edith Roohie Sanderson. 149. Instruction Given by Mirza Assad Ullah Boston: The Tudor Press, 1923. paper. to Isabella D. Brittingham in Johnstown, 160. Lessons on the Beha Revelation, in sepa- New York November, 1900, and Taken rate parts. W. Hooper Harris. Bayonne, Down in Notes from His Lips as He N.J.: Charles E. Sprague, (1901). paper. Spoke, An . n.d. n.p. paper. 161. Letter from Honolulu, A. Charles Mason 150. Instructions Concerning Genesis and the Remey. Honolulu: Charles Mason Mystery of Baptism. Mirza Assad 'Ullah. Remey, Feb. 17, 1917. paper. trans. Alla Khuli Khan. n.p. n.d. paper. 162. Letter Written by Mirza Abu/ Hussein on 151. Karma and the Fallacy of Reincarnation. Behalf of the 'Friends' of Isfahan Persia, Jamshed Fozdar. Malaysia: BPT, 1977. to the American Believers. trans . Mirza paper. Ameen 'Ullah (Fareed). April 25, 1902. 152. Knock and It Shall Be Opened to You. n.p. paper. 'Roy' (Wilhelm) and M. J.M. (Mountfort 163. Life and Teachings of Abbas Effendi, J. Mills). n.p. n.d. paper. The. Myron H. Phelps. New York: G. P. 153. Knowing God Through Love and Putnam's Sons, 1903, 1904 and 1912. Farewell Address of Mirza Abu! Faz/. cloth. Washington: Bahai Assembly of 164. Life Plan, A. Peter Esslemont. London: Washington D.C., 1904. paper. George Ronald, 1953. cloth. 154. Lectures Giving the Solution of the 165 . Life with Nayan. Stanwood Cobb. World's Problems from a Universal Washington: Avalon Press, 1969. paper. Standpoint Series No. 1, Fulfillment in 166. Light of the World, The. by a group of this Age of the Old and New Testament pilgrims. Boston: George Orr Latimer, Prophecies etc. Mirza Jenabe Faze!. 1920.paper. trans, Mirza Ahmad Sohrab. Seattle: The 167. Light Shineth in Darkness, The. Udo Bahai Literature Center, n.d. paper. Schaefer. Oxford: George Ronald, 1977. 155. Lectures Giving the Solution of the paper. World's Problems from a Universal 168. Martinist's Report, An Investigation of Standpoint Series No. 2, The Ideals of the Bahaism. Gabriel Sassi. trans. Honore J. New Age etc. Mirza Jenabe Faze!. trans. Jaxon. Chicago: Behais Supply and Pub- Mirza Ahmad Sohrab. Seattle: The lishing Board, 1901. paper. Bahai Literature Center, n.d. paper. 169. Mashrak-El-Azkar. Charles Mason 156. Lectures Giving the Solution of the Remey. n.p. 1916. paper. World's Problems from a Universal 170. Mashrak-El-Azkar, Descriptive of the Standpoint Series No. 3, The Universal Bahai Temple and Illustrative of an Consciousness of Christ, etc. Mirza Exhibition of Preliminary Designs for the Jenabe Faze!. Trans. Mirza Ahmad First Mashrak-El-Azkar to be Built in Sohrab. Seattle: The Bahai Literature America, Showing Nine Varying Treat- 568 THE BAHA'I WORLD

ments in Different Styles of Architecture. 187. Nabfl's Narrative Abridged. Zena Sorab- Charles Mason Remey. Washington: J. jee . New Delhi: BPT, 1974 and 1976. D. Milans & Sons, 1917 . cloth. cloth and paper. 171. Mashriqul Adhkar and the Bahai Move- 188. NarcissustoAkka, The. A.Q.Faizi.New ment. Jean Masson. Chicago: Executive Delhi: BPT, n.d . paper. Board of the Bahai Temple Unity, 1921. 189. National Spiritual Assembly o fthe Bahd'(s paper. of the United States. Wilmette: NSA of 172. Maxim of Bahaism, The. Anton F. Had- USA, 1975. paper. dad. New York: Board of Counsel. n.d. 190. New Day, The. Charles Mason Remey. paper. Chicago: BPS, 1919. paper and card- 173. Meditations of a Bahai Christian. E . T. board. Hall. Manchester: C. E. Bennet and 191. New Garden , The. Hooshmand Company, 1912. paper. Fathea'zam . New Delhi: BPT, 1958, 174. Memories of 'Abdu'l-Bahd. Stanwood 1963 and 1971. paper. Cobb. Washington: The Avalon Press, 192. New Holy City, The. Arthur Pillsbury n.d. paper. Dodge. New York: Mutual Publishing 175. Memorial Services of Abdul Saha on Company, 1901. cloth. Mount Carmel, Palestine. comp. Dr. Zia 193. New Keys to the Book of Revelation. Bagdadi. n.p. 1922. paper. Ruth J. Moffett. New Delhi: BPT, 1977. 176. Message from Acea, A. Anton F. Had- cloth and paper. dad. Board of Counsel (New York), n.d . 194. New Light on the Spirit Path, The. Ted paper . Claus. Wilmette: BPT, 1971. paper. 177. Message of the Kingdom of God, The. 195. New Revelation: Its Marvelous Message, James F. Brittingham. Chicago: BPS, The. Col. Nathan Ward Fitzgerald. 1907 and 1909. paper. Tacoma, Wash.: 1905. paper and cloth. 178. Message of Unity-The Bahai Move- 196. Nonagonal Temple in the Indian Style of ment, The. Charles Mason Remey. Architecture, A. Charles Mason Remey. Washington: Oct. 19, 1908. paper. Italy: 1927. paper. 179. Milly, A. Tribute to Amelia E. Collins. 197. Notes Taken at Acea. Corinne True. Abu'l-Qasim Faizi. Oxford: George Chicago: BPS, 1907. paper. Ronald, 1977. paper. 198. Not Every Sea Hath Pearls. Loulie Albee 180. Mission of Bahd'u'llah and Other Liter- Mathews. Milford, N.H.: The Cabinet ary Pieces, The. George Townshend. Press, 1951. paper (earlier printings have London: George Ronald, 1952. Wil- the title imprinted on the spine). mette: BPT, 1967 and 1971. cloth. 199. Observations of a Bahai Traveller. 181. Most Great Peace, The. Boston: The Charles Mason Remey. Washington: Tudor Press, 1916. Shanghai, China: Ta Carnahan Press, (1909). Washington: J. Tung She, 1932. paper. D. Milans and Sons, 1915. paper and 182. MU.Ila /:fusayn. L. Johnson . n.p. n.d. cloth. Toronto: NSA of Canada, n.d. paper. 200. Oneness of Mankind, The. comp. 183. My Pilgrimage to the Land of Desire. Mariam Haney and Louis Gregory. New Marie A. Watson. New York: BPC, York: BPC, 1927. paper. 1932.paper. 201. Open Letter to the Bahais of America, 184 . Mysticism and the Baha'i Revelation. An. Charles Mason Remey. n.p. 1918. Ruhi Afnan. New York: BPC, 1934. paper. paper. 202. Oriental Rose or the Teachings of Abdul 185. Mysticism, Science and Revelation. Saha, The. Mary Hanford Ford. New Glenn A. Shook. London: George York: Broadway Publishing Company, Ronald, 1953, 1954 and 1964. Wilmette: 1910 (of the two printings of the New BPT, 1967, 1970, 1974 and 1976. cloth . York edition the first has a seriffed mono- 186. My Visit to Abbas Effendi in 1899. Mar- gram on the spine, the second a 'bullsgaret Bloodgood Peeke. Chicago: The eye' monogram). Chicago: BPS, 1910 Grier Press, 1911. cloth. (actually printed at a later date). cloth. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 569 203. Passing of Shoghi Effendi, The. Ruf:ifyyih 215. Protection of the Cause of God, The. Khanum and John Ferraby. London: Charles Mason Remey. n.p. 1918. paper. BPT, 1958. paper. 216 . Quddus. L. Johnson. n.d. n.p. Toronto: 204. Peace of the World, The. Charles Mason NSA of Canada , n.d. paper. Remey. Chicago: BPS, 1919. paper. (see 217. Quest for Eden, The. Elena Maria Maralso #34). sella . New York: The Philosophical Lib- 205. Personal Recollections of a Ba ha'{ Life in rary, 1966 . paper and cloth. the Hawaiian Islands, Forty Years of the 218. Race and Man. Maye Harvey Gift and Baha'i Cause in Hawaii, 1902 - 1942 . Alice Simmons Cox. Wilmette: BPC, Miss Agnes Alexander. NSA of the Bah- 1943 and 1945. paper. a'is of the Hawaiian Islands, 1974. paper. 219 . Radiant Living. Stanwood Cobb. 206. Persian-American Educational Society Washington: Avalon Press , 1970. paper. Incorporated Statement and Constitution 220. Rays from the Sun of Truth. Ida Finch . and By-Laws. Washington: 1910. paper. n.p. n.d. paper. 207. Pilgrimage to Thonon, A. Horace Hol- 221. Reconciliation of Races and Religions, ley. Letchworth, Herts .: Garden City The. Thomas Kelly Cheyne. London: Press, Ltd., 1911. paper. Adam and Charles Black, 1914. cloth. 208. Portals to Freedom. Howard Colby Ives. 222. Release the Sun. William Sears. New New York: E. P. Dutton & Co ., 1937. Delhi: BPT, 1957. Wilmette: BPT, 1960, Cynthiana , Kentucky: The Hobson 1964, 1970 and 197 5 . cloth and paper. Press, 1943. London: George Ronald , 223. Religion for Mankind. Horace Holley. 1943, 1946, 1948, 1953, 1962and1969. London: George Ronald, 1956 and Wi lmette: BPT, 1967 and 1972. paper 1963. Wilmette: BPT, 1966 and 1976. and cloth. paper and cloth. 209. Prescription for Living. Ruhiyyih Rab- 224. Religious Unity. Charles Mason Remey. bani. London: George Ronald, 1950 (an June. 1906. n.p. paper. edition of 300 copies i'n dark blue cloth 225. Renewal of Civilization, The. David serial numbered and autographed by the Hofman. London: George Ronald, author), 1950 (regular edition), 1960 1945,1946,1947,1949,1953,1960and and 1969. paper and cloth. 1969. New Dehli: BPT, 1969 . Wilmette: 210. Priceless Pearl, The. Ruhiyyih Rabbani. BPT, 1970 and 1972. paper and cloth . London: BPT, 1969 (an edition of 1500 226. Report of the Bahai Committee of Incopies in red cloth serial numbered and vestigation 1917-1918. Charles Mason autographed by the author) and 1969 Remey, H. Emogene Hoagg, George 0. (regular edition). cloth and paper. Latimer and Louis Gregory. n.p. n.d. 211. Prisoner and the Kings, The. William paper. Sears. Toronto: General Publishing 227. Report to Abdul Baha of the Bahai Company, Ltd., 1971. paper. Activities in the States of North Carolina, 212. Promise of All Ages, The. Christophil South Carolina, Georgia and Florida (George Townshend) . London: Simpkin U.S.A Charles Mason Remey. n.p. Marshall Ltd., 1934. New York: BPC, March-April, 1919. paper. 1935. cloth. (see #210). 228. RevelationofBaha Ullah, The. Isabella D. 213. Promise of All Ages, The. George Brittingham. Chicago: BPS, 1902 and Townshend. New York: BPC, 1938 . 9th ed. 1920. paper. London: Lindsay Drummond, (1940). 229. Revelation of Bahti'u'lltih Volume I Wilmette: BPC, 1944. London: George (1853-1863). Adib Taherzadeh. Ronald, 1948 and 1961. Wilmette: BPT, Oxford: George Ronald, 1974 and 1975. 1972. paper and cloth. paper and cloth. 214. Prospectus: A Series of Five Lectures 230. Revelation of Bahti'u'lltih Volume II Upon the Universal Religious and Social (1863-1868). Adib Taherzadeh. Principles of the Bahai Movement, A. Oxford: George Ronald, 1977. cloth. Charles Mason Remey. Washington: 231. School of the Prophets, The. Mirza 1919.paper. Assad'u'llah. trans. Dr. Fareed. Chicago: 570 THE BAHA'f WORLD

BPS, 1907. cloth. Board of Counsel, 1901. paper. 232. Secret of Life, The. Mary Hanford Ford. 247. Story of the Bahti'( Movement, A Univer- San Francisco: Press of A. Carlisle and sal Religion, The. Sidney Sprague. Lon- Co., Upham and Rutledge Inc., 1933 . don: The Priory Press, Mayle's Penny paper. Series, 1907, 1908 and 1912. paper. 233. Security for a Failing World. Stanwood 248. Story of Louis G. Gregory, The. Elsie Cobb. Washington: Avalon Press, 1934 Austin. Wilmette: BPT, 1955. paper. and 1940. New York: BPC, 1934 and 249. Studies in Jewish Mysticism. Loulie 1940. Wilmette: BPC, 1947. New Delhi: Mathews et al. n.p. n.d. paper. BPT, 1971and1977. paper and cloth. 250. Success in Teaching. Rul)iyyih Khanum. 234. Series of Twelve Articles Introductory to Wilmette: BPT, 1965. paper. the Study of the Bahti'( Teachings, A. 251. Sunburst. Loral Schopflocher. London: Charles Mason Remey. Florence, Italy: Ryder & Co., 1938. cloth. 1925. cloth. 252. Table Talks by Abdul Baha Taken Down 235. Seven Articles Upon the Bahti'( Religious in Persian by Mirza Hadi at Acea, Feb. Movement. Riverton, N.J., 1919. paper. 1907. Trans. A. U. Fareed at Chicago Jul. 236. Sheltering Branch, The. Marzieh Gail. 1907, Also Notes Taken by C. True. London: BP!, 1941. London: George Chicago: BPS, 1907. paper. Ronald, 1959. Wilmette: BPT, 1968 and 253. Tab le Talks at Acea. Arthur S. Agnew. 1970. London: George Ronald, 197 4. Chicago: BPS, Nov. 1907. paper. cloth. 254. Table Talks with Abdul Baha in Febru- 237. Shoghi Effendi Recollections. Ugo ary, 1904. Mr. and Mrs. George T . Win- Giachery. Oxford: George Ronald, terburn. trans. Mirza Youness Khan. 1973. cloth . Chicago: BPS, 1908 and 1915. paper. 238. So Great a Cause. Kenneth D. Stephens. 255. I)ihirih. Clara A. Edge. Grand Rapids, Healdsburg, Calif.: Naturegraph Pub- Mich .: Edgeway Publishing Company, lishers, 1973. paper and cloth. 1964. cloth. 239. Social Principle, The. Horace Holley. 256. Ttihirih. L. Johnson. n.p. n.d. Toronto: New York: L. J. Gomme, 1915 . encased. NSA of Canada, n.d. 240. Some Early Bahti'(s of the West. 0. Z. 257. Ttihirih the Pure: Iran's Greatest Woman. Whitehead. Oxford: George Ronald, Martha Root. n .p. 1938. paper, cloth and 1976 and 1977. cloth. cloth with gold lettering. 241. Song Celestial, The. Howard Colby Ives. 258. Tarikh-i-Jadid, The. Mirza Husayn of Portland, Ore.: Shankle Printing, 1938. Hamadan. trans. Edward Granville Chicago: The Landon Press, 1938 . Browne. Cambridge, Eng.: Cambridge (reprints of the Shankle printing-with University Press, 1893. cloth. frontispiece 1962 and in reduced size 259. Ten Days in the Light of Acea. Julia M. 1973). fabrikoid and cloth . Grundy. Chicago: BPS, 1907 and n.d. 242. Songs of Prayer and Praise. comp. Louise Wilmette: BPT, 1979. paper and cloth. R. Waite. Chicago: 1912 . paper. 260. Thief in the Night. William Sears. Lon- 243. Spell of the Temple, The. Allen Boyer don: George Ronald, 1961, 1964, 1968, McDaniel. New York: The Vantage 1969, 1972, 1977 and 1978. paper. Press, 1953. cloth. 261. This Earth One Country. Emeric Sala. 244 . Spiritua l Assembly's Growing Pains, A. Boston: Bruce Humpheries Inc., 1945. Amatu'I-Baha Ru~yyih Khanum. New cloth. Delhi: BPT, n.d. Sydney: NSA of 262. Three Meditations on the Eve of Australia, 1976. paper. November the Fourth. Abu! Qasim Faizi. 245. Statement on the Will and Testament of London:BPT,1970and1972.cloili. 'Abdu'l-Bahti, Charter of a Divine Civil- 263. Through Warring Countries to the Mounization. Wilmette: NSA of USA and tain of God. Charles Mason Remey. Canada, 1942.paper. Washington: Charles Mason Remey, 246. Station of the Manifestation and the 1915. cloth. Greatness of the Day, The. New York: 264. Tomorrow and Tomorrow. Stanwood BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 571 Cobb. Washington: Avalon Press, 1951. 270. Trustees of the Merciful. NSA of the Wilmette: BPC, 1951. Wilmette: BPT, USA. Wilmette: BPT, 1958, paper. 1960 and 1970. paper. 271. Trustees of the Merciful. Adib Taher- 265. Translation of a Letter Written by the zadeh. London: BPT, 1972. paper. Hebrew Assembly of the Bahais of Tehe- 272 . Truth of It, The. Arthur Pillsbury Dodge . ran Persia to the House of Spirituality New York: The Mutual Publishing Com- Chicago Ill. for the Perusal of all Ameri- pany, 1901. cloth. can Friends. New York: Baha'i Board of 273. Twenty-Five Years of the Guardianship. Counsel, n.d. paper. RuJ:i.iyyih Khanum. Wilmette: BPC, 266. Translation ofthe French Footnotes ofthe 1948. paper. Dawn-Breakers. Emily McBride 274. 239 Days, 'Abdu'l-Baha's Journey in Perigord. New York: BPC, 1939. Wil- America. Allan L. Ward. Wilmette: BPT, mette: BPT, 1970. paper. 1979. cloth. 267. Treasures of the East. Dr. Zia M. Bag- 275. Two Shall Appear. Olivia Kelsey. n.p. dadi. Chicago: (1929). cloth. 1943. Independence, Mo.: Lambert 268. Tribute to Shoghi Effendi, A. Amelia Moon, 1943. paper. Collins. Wilmette: BPT, n.d. paper. 276. Unity-The Revelation of Baha' Ullah. 269. Trouble, How to Meet It-Better Still Charles Mason Remey. n.p. 1905. paper. How to Avoid It. Stanwood Cobb. 277. Unity Through Love. Howard MacNutt. Washington: Avalon Press, 1970. paper. from notes of Hooper Harris. Chicago:

Bahli'( literature display sponsored by the Bahli'f Publishing Trust of Italy during the annual Milan Trade Fair held on I 4-23 April I 978. Bahli'f books in ten languages and in Braille were exhibited. 572 THE BAHA'I WORLD

BPS, 1906 nd 1908. paper. Mathews. New York: BPC, 1929. paper. 278. Unity Triumphant. Elizabeth Herrick. 287. Whence? Why? Whither? Man! Things! London: Kegan Paul Trench Trubner & Other Things! Arthur Pillsbury Dodge. Company, 1923. cloth. Westwood, Mass.: The Arie l Press, G. E. 279. Universal Consciousness of the Bahti'( Littlefield, 1907. cloth . Religion, The. Charles Mason Remey. 288. Whoso Readeth Let Him Understand. Firenze, Italy: Tipografia Sordamoti, David. New York: n.d. paper. 1925 . paper and cloth. 289. Wine of Astonishment, The. William 280. Universal Principles of the Bahti'f Move- Sears. London: George Ronald, 1963, ment, Social, Economic, Governmental, 1970 and 1974. paper. The. Washington: The Persian-Ameri- 290. Wise Man From the East, A. Felicia R. can Bulletin, 1912. paper. Scratchard. The Unity Press, 1912. 281. Universal Religion, The. E . T. Hall. NSA paper. of the British Isles, 1927. paper. 291. World Faith, A. New York: BPC, 1936. 282. Universal Religion: Bahaism, The. Hip- paper. polyte Dreyfus. London: Cope & Fen- 292. World of Abdul Baha, The. Mary Hanwick, 1909. Chicago: BPS, 1909. cloth. ford. New York: Reality Publishing Cor- 283. Views of Acea, Haifa , Mount Carmel and poration, 1921. New York: J. J. Little & Other Holy Places. Chicago: Behais Sup- Ives, 1935 and n.d. also n.p. n.d. ply and Publishing Board, n.d. Chicago: 293. Year With the Ba ha is ofIndia and Burma, BPS, 1918. paper, cloth and leather. A. Sidney Sprague. London: The Priory 284. What is a Bahai? J. E. Esslemont. Burn- Press, 1908 and 1908. paper and cloth. side Ltd., n.d. Chicago: Louis Bourgeois, 294. Za-Ti-Et Al-Lah; The Identity and the 1921. paper. Personality of God. Ibrahim George 285. What Went Ye Out For to See? Thornton Kheiralla. Chicago: Grant's Printery, Chase. n.p. n.d. paper. 1896.paper. 286. Whence Comes the Light? Loulie

B . AN ALPHABETICAL LISTING OF AUTHORS, COMPILERS AND TRANS LA TORS OF BAHA'I BOOKS AND BOOKLETS IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE

Compiled by Robert E. Cadwalader

Abbreviations A-'Abdu'l-Baha B -Baha'u'llah C -Compilat ions of the Writings of the Central Figures of the Faith S -Shoghi Effendi W-Writings on the Baha'f Faith

Abu'l-Fac;ll, Abul Fazl, or Abul Fazel see Gul- Ameen'Ullah (Aminu'llah Farid) see Fareed, paygani, Mirza Abu'l-Fac;ll Mirza Ameen 'Ullah Abu'I Hussein, Mfrza-W- 159 Assad'Ullah, Mirza (Asadu'llah)-W-121, Afnan, Ruhi-W-45, 184 150,231 Afrukhtih, Dr. Youness Khan (Dr. Yunis Austin, Elsie-W-248 Khan Afrukhtih)- W-36, 254 Backwell, Richard-W-90 Agnew, Arthur S.- W- 146, 147, 250 Badf'Ullah, Mirza (Badf'u'llah)-W-118 Alexander, Agnes-A-62; W-144, 205 Bagdadi, Zia (:Qfya Baghdadf)-W-175, 267 Alkany, Muhammed Ali Mu~ammad-'Ali Balyuzi, Hasan M.-W-4, 14, 72, 73, 116 Alkany-W-159 Barney, Laura Clifford-A-45, 66; W-137 BAHA'i BIBLIOGRAPHY 573 Bedikian, Victoria- C-33 Fozdar, Shirin- W-84 Blomfield, Mary Esther-A- 35, 63 , 73 Gail , Marzieh-B-26; A- 31 , 42 , 44; W-27, Blomfield, Rose Ellinor Cecilia-A-35 , 63 , 100, 236 73 Garrida, Gertrude-S-18 Blomfield, Lady Sara Louisa- A - 35 , 63 , 73; Gaver, Jessyca Russell- W-25 , 113 S-43; W- 88 Giachery, Ugo-W-237 Bourgeois, Louis-W-53 Gift, Maye Harvey-C- 36; W- 218 Bowes, Eric- W-138 Goodall , Helen S.- W-97 Braun, Eunice-W-132 Gregory Louis-W-142 , 200, 225 Brittingham, Isabella D .- W-149 , 228 Grundy , Julia M.- W-259 Brittingham, James F.-W- 177 Gulpayganf) Mirza Abu'l-Fadl- W-44, 78 , Browne, Edward Granville-A-64; W-258 83, 153 Campbell, Helen W.-W-41 , 50 Haddad , Anton F. (Ant(m Haddad)-B- 15; Campbell, Myrtle W.- W-95 W-103 , 172, 176 Carden, Hugh_:_ W-70 Hadi, Mirza-W-252 Chamberlain, Isabel Fraser or Soraya- A - 5, Hall , Mrs. Basil- W-111 6; C- 41 Hall, E. T. - W-173, 281 Chanler, Julie-B- 4 Hamadanf, Mirza l;lusayn-i-- W-258 Chase, Thornton-W-46, 77, 143 , 146, 285 Hammond, Eric- A-3; C-59 Cheyne, Thomas Kelly-W-221 Haney, Mariam-C- 51; W-141, 200 Christophil see Townshend, George Hannen , Mr. & Mrs. Joseph H .- W-7 Claus, Ted- W- 194 Harris, W. Hooper-W- 160, 277 Cobb, Stanwood-W-87, 119, 165, 174, 219, Haydar Ali, Haji Mirza (l;lajf Mirza l;laydar 233,264,269 'Alf)-W- 36 Collins, Amelia- C-22; W-268 Herrick, Elizabeth-W- 278 Conrader, Jay and Constance- B- 37 Hoagg, H. Emogene- W-226 Cooper, Ella Goodall- W-97 Hofman, David-C- 54; W-93, 225 Cox, Alice Simmons-C-22; W-218 Holley, Horace-A-17 ; C-20; W-37 , 45 , 49 , David- W- 288 54, 207 , 223 , 239 Dawud, Johanna- A - 33; C- 53 Huddleston, John- W- 115 Dealy, Paul Kingston- W-99 Irwin , Beatrice-W- 140 Dean , S. I.-W-123 Ishteal Ibn Kalan tar see Khan, ' Alf Qulf Dodge , Arthur Pillsbury- W-192, 272 , 287 Ives, Howard Colby-W- 208, 241 Dreyfus, Hippolyte- W-282 Jaxon , Honore J.- W-168 Dunlop, Evangeline Elizabeth Crowell Jenabe Faze! (Jinab-i-Fac;lil-Mirza Asadu'llah - W- 79 Fac;lil) see Mazindarani , Mirza Jenabe Faze! Edge, Clara A.- W- 255 Johnson, L.-W-182, 216, 256 Esphahani, Mirza Al:imad see Sohrab , Al:imad Kelsey, Olivia- C-2; W- 275 Esslemont, John Ebenezer-W- 74, 75 , 284 Khan , ' Alf Qulf or Ali Kuli- B-2, 3, 14, 24 , Esslemont, Peter-W- 164 25 , 26, 30, 31 , 33 , 26; A - 47 , 52 ; W- 44 , 78, Esty, Frances-A-21 150 Faily, Dr. Jane et al-C-45 , 46, 47 Kheiralla, Ibrahim George (Ibrahim George Faizi, Abu'l-Qasfm- W-127 , 179, 185, 262 Khayru'llah)-W- 15, 294 Faizi, Gloria- W- 22, 124 Knobloch, Alma S.-W- 129 Fareed, Ameen'Ullah-B- 8, 14; A- 26; Knobloch , Fanny A.- W- 129 W- 118, 121, 162, 231, 252 Latimer, George Orr- W- 86, 226 Fathea'zam, Hooshmand (Hushmand Lucas, Mary L.-W-81 Fatheazam)-W- 191 McDaniel, Allen Boyer- W- 243 Ferraby, John- W- 8, 203 McKay, Doris-W-135 Finch, Ida A.-W-129, 220 MacNutt, Howard- A - 37, 38, 39 ; W- 277 Fitzgerald, Col. Nathan Ward- W- 195 Marsella , Elena Maria-W- 217 Ford, Mary Hanford- W-202 , 232, 292 Mason, Barbara-C-39 Fozdar, Jamshid- W-85 , 122, 151 Masson, Jean-W-171 574 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Mathews, Loulie Albee-W-198, 249, 286 Scaramucci, Mrs.-W-47 Maxwell, May-W-114 Schaefer, Udo-W-167 Mazindarani) Mirza Jenabe Faze!- W-154, Schopftocher, Lorol- W-251 155, 156, 157, 158 Scratchard, Felicia R.-W-290 Meyer, Ray- W-26 Sears, William-W-128, 136, 211, 222, 260, Mills, Mountfort-C-51; W-133, 152 289 Moffett, Ruth Ellis-W-108, 109, 193 Shoghi Effendi-B-5, 6, 7, 10, 17, 20, 35; Momen, Moojan-W-110 Bab-I; S-passim; C-48, 49; W-98, 187 Moneereh Khanum (Munfrih Khanum) Shook, Glenn A.-W-185 -W-117 Simpson, G. Palgrave-W-21, 80 Monever Khanum (Munavvar Khanum) Singh, Pritam-W-135 -A-19 Skrine, Francis Henry- W-51 Movius, Mary Rumsey-A-30 Sohrab, AQmad-A-7, 48, 51, 52, 58, 60, 68; Muhajer, Mrs. Iran F.-A-34 W-2, 102, 117, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158 Miihlschlegel, Peter- W-13 Sorabjee, Zena-W-187 Mutlagh, Hushidar-C-24 Sprague, Sidney-B-12; W-247, 293 Nabil-i-A'~am (Mulla MuQammad-i- Stephens, Kenneth D.- W-238 Zarandf)- W-98, 187 Storey, Josephine D.-W-104, 105 Nakhjavanf) Violette-W-9 Taherzadeh, Adib-W-229, 230, 270 Norder, Cornelia A.-W-120 Taherzadeh, Habib-B-34; Bab-2 Paine, Mabel Hyde-C-32 Teherani, Abdel Karim Effendi (Abdu'I- Peeke, Margaret Bloodgood- W-186 Karfm-i-Tihranf)- W-6 Perigord, Emily McBride- W-266 Thompson, Juliet-W-3, 5 Phelps, Myron H.-W-163 Townshend, George-C-35; W-89, 139, 180, Pinchon, Florence E.- W-92 212,213 Platt, Beatrice Marion-A-35, 63, 73 True, Corinne-W-197, 252 Quigley, Robert-W-128 Truesdell, A. J.-W-23 Rabb, Mary M.-A-13, 14 Vail, Albert R.-W-42 Rabbani, RuQfyyih Khanum- W-203, 209, Vail, Virgie V.-W-134 210,244,250,273 Waite, Louise R.-W-30, 31, 242 Rabbani, Shoghi Effendi-see Shoghi Effendi Ward, Allan L.-W-274 Rastogi, Arjun-S-28 Watson, Albert Durant-W-112 Remey, Charles Mason-W-11, 19, 29, 32, Watson, Marie A.-W-183 33,34,35,38,39,48,52,94,96, 125, 126, Wegener, Daniel Nelson- W-106 145,148,161,169,173,178,190,196,199, Weil, Henry A.-W-91 201,204,214,215,224,226,227,234,263, Whitehead, 0 . Z.- W-240 276,279 Wilhelm, Roy-W-133, 152 Reynolds, Audrie-C-40 Windust, Albert R .-A-54, 55, 56 Root, Martha- W-257 Winterburn, Mr. & Mrs. George T .- W-254 Rosenberg, Ethel J. - W-80, 82 Woolson, Gayle-W-107 RuQfyyih Khanum see Rabbani, RuQfyyih Youness Khan see Afrukhtih, Dr. Youness Khan um Khan (Dr. Yunis Khan Afrukhtih) Sabet, Huschmand-W-143 Zarandi, Muhammad-i- see Nabil-i-Azam Sala, Emeric-W-261 (Nabil-i-A'~am; Mulla MuQammad-i- Sanderson, Edith Roohie- W-159 Zarandf) Sassi, Gabriel- W-168 BAHA'i BIBLIOGRAPHY 575 C. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BAHA'I CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE - 1917-1979

Compiled by Robert E. Cadwalader

1. Bad!'. Kamal Ma'ani. NSA of Thailand, 14. Baha'i Lesson Plans Grade 7: History, 1977. paper and boards. Religions etc. ed. Advisory Committee on 2. Baha'i Child's ABC, A. Roberta K. Chris- Education: Wilmette: BPT, 1968 and tian. ii. Rochelle Boonshaft. Wilmette: 1976.paper. BPC, 1944. 6th ptg. Wilmette: BPT, 1965. 15. Baha'i Lesson Plans Grade 8: History, paper . Heroic Age of the Faith, etc. ed. Advisory 3. Baha'i Child's Song Book, A. verses Committee on Education. Wilmette: BPT, Roberta K. Christian. music Eugene Bab- 1968 and 1976. paper. cock. ii. E . Butler McHenry. 16. Baha'i Lesson Plans Grade 9: History, 4. Baha'i Founders. Child Education Com- Formative Age of the Baha'i Faith, etc. ed. mittee. New York: BPC, 1939. paper. Advisory Committee on Education. Wil- (based on Baha'u'llah and the New Era). mette: BPT, 1968 and 1976. paper. 5. Baha'i Holy Days, Grades 1 - 9. ed. Advis- 17. Bahai Prayers for Children. n.p. n.d. ory Committee on Education. Wilmette: (prayers from the 1929 USA prayer BPT, 1968 and 1976. paper. book). paper. 6. Baha'i Lesson Outline for Children. comp. 18. Baha'i Prayers for Children. ii. Jean Committee on Training and Teaching Hutchinson. Children. 4 parts. New York: BPC, 1935. 19. Baha'i Principles. comp. Child Education paper. Committee. Wilmette: BPC, 1946. paper. 7. Baha'i Lesson Plans Grade K: History, 20. Baha'i Puzzle Book for Young People Progressive Revelation etc. ed. Advisory from 8 to 80. National Child Education Committee on Education. Wilmette: BPT, Committee of the NSA of the Hawaiian 1968 and 1976. paper. !~ands, 1974. paper. 8. Baha'i Lesson Plans Grade 1: History, 21. Baha'i Quotations on Education. National Baha'i Heroes etc. ed. Advisory Commit- Child Education Committee of the NSA of tee on Education. Wilmette: BPT, 1968 the Hawaiian Islands. and 1976. paper. 22. Baha'is Around the World Grade K, Social 9. Baha'i Lesson Plans Grade 2: History, the Teachings, Baha'i School Lessons Plans. Bab etc. ed. Advisory Committee on Edu- Katherine Patton et al. Advisory Commitcation. Wilmette: BPT, 1968 and 1976. tee on Education. n.p. n.d . paper. paper. 23. Baha'i Teacher's Handbook, Baha'i 10. Baha'i Lesson Plans Grade 3: History, School Lesson Plans Grade K. ed. Advis- Baha'u'llah etc. ed. Advisory Committee ory Committee on Education. Wilmette: on Education. Wilmette: BPT, 1968 and BPT, 1963. paper. 1976 . paper. 24. Baha'i Teaching Guide for Children, 11. Baha'i Lesson Plans Grade 4: History, Primary. comp. Alice Cox and Evelyn 'Abdu'l-Baha etc. ed. Advisory Commit- Musacchia. ii. Lynn Hutchinson. Wiltee on Education. Wilmette: BPT, 1968 mette: BPT, 1966. paper. and 1976. paper. 25. Baha'( Teaching Guide for Children, 12. Baha'i Lesson Plans Grade 5: History, Pre-Primary. comp. Alice Cox and Evelyn Shoghi Effendi etc. ed. Advisory Commit- Musacchia. ii. Lynn Hutchinson. Wiltee on Education . Wilmette: BPT, 1968 mette: BPT, 1966. paper. and 1976. paper. 26. Bahti'( Teaching Guide for Children, 13. Baha'( Lesson Plans Grade 6: History, Intermediate. comp. Alice Cox and Evelyn Hands of the Cause etc. ed. Advisory Musacchia. ii. Lynn Hutchinson. Wil- Committee on Education. Wilmette: BPT, mette: BPT, 1966. paper. 1968 and 1976. paper. 27. Baha'i Teaching Guide for Children, 576 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Teacher's Manual, Pre-Primary and Pri- 43. Kingdoms of God, The. Janet Lindstrom. mary. comp. Alice Cox and Evelyn Musac- ii. Anna Stevenson. Wilmette: BPT, 1961. chia. ii. Lynn Hutchinson. Wilmette: BPT, cloth. 1966. paper. 44 . Lessons in Religion. Mohammad Ali 28. Bahti'[ Teaching Guide for Children, Alkany . trans. Edith Roohie Sanderson. Teacher's Manual, Intermediate. comp. Boston: The Tudor Press, 1923. paper. Alice Cox and Evelyn Musacchia. ii. Lynn 45 . Let Thy Breeze Refresh Them, Baha'[ Hutchinson . Wilmette: BPT, 1966. paper. Prayers and Tablets for Children. London: 29 . Blessed is the Spot. Baha'u'llah. ii. Anna BPT, 1976. cloth . Stevenson . Wilmette: BPT, 1958. hard- 46 . Living Today for Tomorrow's World. cover. Marguerite True. ii. Jean Hutchinson. 30. Children's Course in Bahti'[ Principles Wilmette: BPT, 1956. with Pictures to Color. Child Education 4 7. Magazine of the Children of the Kingdom, Committee. New York: BPC, 1939. The. quarterly. Dec. 1919 through the mid paper. 1920's. 31. Children's Stories from the Dawn- 48. Magnified Be Thy Name. London: BPT, Breakers. Zoe Meyer. i( Carl Scheffler. 1963. cloth. Wilmette: BPT, 1955 and 1964. cloth. 49. Manual of Suggestions for Organizing a 32. Child's Prayer Book, A. Wilmette: BPC, Bahti'[ Children's Hour. Child Education 1942 and 1943. paper. Committee. ca. 1945. 33. Child's Way. Child Education Committee. 50. Manual of Suggestions for Organizing a quarterly and bi-monthly. 1949 to date. Children's Class. American Indian Service 34. Coloring Book, Bahti'[ Places Around the Committee. (1964). (Beatrice Bechtold). World. comp. Evelyn Musacchia. ii. Dor- 51. 0 God Guide Me (A selection of Baha'i rine Sadilek. National Child Education Prayers). Wilmette: BPT, 1974. hard- Committee of NSA of Hawaii, 1975 . cover. paper. 52. Principles of Child Education in the Bah(;/[ 35. Comprehensive Study Outline for Chil- Faith, The. Wilmette: BPT. dren. Child Education Committee. New 53. Reading Supplement to a Baha'( Picture- York: BPC, 1940. Wilmette: BPC. paper. Coloring Book. NCEC of the NSA of the 36. Creation. illustrated. Child Education Hawaiian Islands, 1971. by Evelyn Committee. New York: BPC, 1940. Musacchia. paper. paper. 54. Sing a New Song. ii. Anna Stevenson. 37. Creative Plan of God, The. Child Educa- comp. Baha'i Committee on Music. tion Committee. Wilmette: BPC, 1940. 55. Stories for Children. Jacqueline Mehrabi. Wilmette: BPT, 1958. paper. London: BPT, 1970. paper. 38 . Gift, The. Cynthia K. Walcott. ii. Lynn 56 . Stories from the Dawn-Breakers. Zoe Hutchinson Reynolds. Wilmette: BPT, Meyer. ii. Carl Scheffler. Wilmette: BPT. 1976 . cloth. cloth. 39. God and His Messengers. David Hofman. 57. Stories of Bahti'u'llah as Told by Pokka. ii. Geoffrey Rideout. Oxford: George Betty Reed. ii. John Hollins. London: Ronald, 1953 , 1958 and 1967. ii. Zohreh BPT, paper. Zahra'i. Wilmette: BPT, 1973. cloth and 58 . Stories of the Master. National Child Edupaper. cation Committee of Alaska. Eileen Lit- 40. Heroic Lives. Albert R. and Emily terel & Katy Main. ii. Katy Main. ed. McClellan Vail. Boston: The Beacon Eugene B. Van Zanten. n.d. paper. Press, 1917. cloth. 59. Study Course for Baha'u'llah and the New 41. Heroic Lives in Universal Religion, Era. Child Education Committee. Wil- Teacher's Manual. Albert R. and Emily mette: BPC, 1942. paper. McClellan Vail. Boston: The Beacon 60. Suggested Materials for Teaching Child- Press, 1917 and 1928. cloth. ren's Classes. comp. (Beatrice Bechtold). 42 . Junior's Book of Religion, A. Marguerite American Indian Service Committee, True. Wilmette: BPC, 1945. paper. 1964.paper. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 577

61. Teacher's Handbook Volumes V and VI, 64. World Fellowship, A Universal Bahai Children's Classes; Crafts and Games, News Letter of Consultation - Service for combined. ed. Advisory Committee on Orphans-Education of Destitute and Education. Helpless Children . Montclair, N. J. Vol. I, 62. To Live the Life. Child Education Com- 1923-. mittee. New York: BPC, 1938. paper. 65. Nine Holy Days. Jackie Mehrabi. London: 63. Wonder Lamp, The. A. Q. Faizi. New BPT, 1975. paper. Delhi: BPT, 1972. paper.

D. A PARTIAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ENGLISH-LANGUAGE BOOKS BY NON-BAHA'fS IN WHICH MENTION IS MADE OF THE BAHA'I FAITH Compiled by Maureen Thur

1. Abbott, Evlyn and Campbell, Lewis. 14. - - . Seven Years That Changed the Life of Benjamin Jowett. London: Mur- World, 1941-1948. Los Angeles: Kosray, 1897. Vol. 2: p. 466. man Press, 1940. p. 15. 2. Adams, Rev. Isaac. Persia By a Persian. 15. Andrews, Fannie Fern. The Holy Land n.p., 1900. pp. 453- 490. Under Mandate. 2 vols. Boston: Hough- 3. Addison, James Thayer. The Christian ton Mifflin Co., 1931. Vol I: pp. Approach to the Moslem. New York: 200-201. Columbia University Press, 1942. 16. Anthony, A. P. , ed. Year Book and 4. Algar, Hamid. Mfrzii Malkum Khiin: a Almanac of the Holy Land. Chicago: study in the history of Iranian modernism. Holy Land Almanac, 1936. Berkeley: University of California Press, 17. Arberry, Arthur John. Oriental Essays: 1973.pp.11,46,58- 68,213-16,221-5, Portraits of Seven Scholars. London: 227, 306. George Allen & Unwin, 1960. pp. 5. - - . Religion and state in Iran, 168- 171. 1785 - 1906: the role of the Ulama in the 18. - - . Shiraz, Persian City of Saints and Qajar period. Berkeley: University of Poets. Centers of Civilization Series, California Press, 1969. pp. 136, 138-44, Book 2. Norman, Okla.: University of 146-51. Oklahoma Press, 1960. pp. xii, 25- 28. 6. Allen, Cady H. The Message of the Book 19. Arguments with a Non-Catholic. Pulaski, of Revelation. Nashville: Cokesbury Wis.: Franciscan Printer, 1959. Press, 1939. p. 188n. 20. Armajani, Yahya. Iran. Englewood 7. Allen, Devere. The Fight for Peace. New Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1972. pp. York: Macmillan Co., 1930. pp. 619, 115- 117. 628. 21. - -. Middle East Past and Present. 8. Ali, Ameer. The Spirit of Islam. London: New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1970. pp. 10, Christophers, 1922. pp. 357-359, 482. 42, 224, 252-254. 9. A lter, S. Neale. Studies in Bahaism. 22. Armisadeghi, Hossein, ed. Twentieth Beirut: American Press, 1923. Century Iran. New York: Holmes & 10. Anderson, Norman. Christianity and Meier, 1977. pp. 2, 5, 80, 186, 187. comparative religion. Leicester: Inter- 23. Arnold, Arthur. Through Persia by var~ty, 1970.pp. ~ 14,48-9. Caravan. New York: Harper & Bros., 11. - - . The World's religions. Leicester: 1877. pp. 278-280 . In tervarsity, 19 5 0. 24. Arnold, Matthew. Essays in Criticism. 12. Anderson, Wing. Prophetic Years Chap. 7: A Persian Passion Play. Lon- 1947-1953. Los Angeles: Kosmon don: Macmillan & Co., 1893. pp. Press, 1946. p. 103 . 226- 227; New York: A. L. Burt Co., 13. - - . Prophetic Years 1948- 1954. Los n.d. pp. 166-167. Angeles: Kosmon Press, 194 7. 25. Aschner, Ernest and Server, Zachery. 578 THE BAHA'l WORLD

Journal to Israel, a Pictorial Guide. New Qajars, 1858-1896. London: Ithaca York: Monde, 1956. Press, 1978. pp. 24, 324. 26. Ashbee, Charles Robert. A Palestine 42 . Ballou, Robert 0. The Viking Portable Notebook I918-1923. Garden City, Library World Bible. New York: 1944. N.Y: Doubleday, Page & Co., 1923. pp. pp. 448-449. 116-120. 43. Barrows, John Henry. Christianity the Chap. 10: 'Abbas, the Bahai' World Religion. Chicago: A. C. McClurg 27. Atherton, Gertrude. Julia France and & Co., 1897. pp. 38-39. Her Times. New York: Macmillan 44. Barrows, Rev. John Henry, ed. The Co., 1912.pp. 277-278,280,298.331. World's Parliament of Religions. 2 vols. 28. Atkins, Gaius Glenn. Modern Religious Chicago: Parliament Publishing Co., Cults and Movements. New York: Flem- 1893. Vol. 2: pp. 1125-1126. ing Revell, 1923. pp. 328-335. 45. Barton, George A. The Religions of the 29. Atkins, Gaius Glenn and Braden, C. S. World. 4th ed. Chicago: University of Procession of the Gods. New York: Chicago Press, 1937. p. 111. Richard R. Smith, 1930. p. 451; London: 46. Barton, James L. The Christian Constable, 1931. New York: Harper & Approach to Islam . Boston: Pilgrim Bros. , 1936. Press, 1918, pp . 197-200. 30. Avery, Peter. Modern Iran. London: 47. Baudouin, Charles. Contemporary Ernest Benn, 1965 & 1967. pp. 44, Studies. Trans. E. and C. Paul. New 52-67,76,80,81,91,97,llO,ll4-115, York: E. P. Dutton, 1925. pp. 131-146. 121, 132,276,277, 279,469. Chap.: 'Bahaism. A Movement 31. Ayres, Lew. Altars of the East. Garden Toward the Community of Mankind'. City, N.Y.: Doubleday & Co., 1956. pp. 48. Bayne, E. A. Persian Kingship in Transi- 258-259. tion. New York: American Universities 32. Bach, Marcus. The Circle of Faith. New Field Staff, 1968. pp. 45-46, 247. York: Hawthorn Books, 1957. pp. 49. Bell, Archie. The Spell ofthe Holy Land. 47-83, 186, mention on dust cover. Boston: Page Co., 1915. pp. 258. 33. - - . Let Life Be Like This! New 304-321. Jersey: Prentice-Hall, 1963 . p. 195. Full page photo: Abbas Effendi, p. 304 34. - - . Report to the Protestants. facing page. Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1948. 50. Bell, Lady, ed. The Letters of Gertrude pp. 180, 181, 184-185 , 187, 191-192, Bell. London: Ernest Benn, 1927: New 193, 199-200,205,212,217,218,219, York: Boni & Liveright, 1927. Vol I: pp. 231. 131-132. 35. - - . Shoghi Effendi, An Apprecia- 51. Bell, Gertrude Lowthian . Syria the tion. New York: Hawthorn Books, 1958. Desert and the Sown. London: W. Reprint of chap. 3, The Circle ofFaith. Heinemann, 1907; New York: E. P. Dut- 36. - - . Strangers at the Door. Nashville: ton, 1907.pp. 148, 150, 193. Abingdon Press, 1971. pp. 74-95. Picture of Mishkin-Qalam, p. 149. 37. - - . They Have Found a Faith. 52. Ben-Horen, Eliahu. The Middle East: Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1948. Crossroads to History. New York: W.W. pp.189-221, 229, mention on dustcover. Norton & Co., 1943. 38. Baedekar, Karl. Baedekar's Palestine 53. Benjamin, S. G. W. Persia and the Perand Syria. London: Unwin , 1912. sians. Boston: Ticknor & Co., 1887. p. 39. Baha'ism. St. Louis, Mo.: Concordia 353-355. Tract Mission, n.d. 54. Bentwich, Norman. The Religious Foun- Pamphlet, 16 pp. dations of Internationalism . London: 40. Bahm, Archie J. The World's Living George Allen & Unwin, 1933. pp. 178, Religions. New York: Dell Publishing 179. Co., 1964.pp. 333-334,356,368. 55. - -. A Wanderer in the Promised 41. Bakhash, Shaul. Iran: monarchy, Land. New York: Charles Scribner's bureaucracy and reform under the Sons. 1933.p. 78-80. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 579 56. Bercorize, Zion. For Immediate Release. 72. Bowen, William C. The Church at Work Sheridan House, 1936 . in the Moslem World. University of 57. Berry, G. L. Religions of the World. New Chicago Press, 1936. York: Harper & Row, Barnes & Noble 73. Braden, Charles Samuel. Jesus Com - Books, 1947and1956; reprinted., 1968. pared. Englewood Cliffs, N .J.: p. 126. Prentice-Hall, 1957. p. 86. 58. Bethmann, Erich W. Bridge to Islam. 74. - - . Scriptures of Mankind. New London: George Allen & Unwin, 1953 . York: Macmillan Co., 1952. pp. p. 162. 472-473 . 59. Bevington, Colin. New light from the 75. - - . These Also Believe. New York: East. London: Falcon Booklets, 1974. Macmillan Co., 1949. p. 464. pp. 19-23. 76. - - . The World's Religions. Nashville: 60. Bibesco, Princess George V. (Marthe) . Cokesbury Press, 1939 . p. 232. The Eight Paradises. Trans. from French. 77. Bradshaw, Jane. Eight major religions in New York: E . P. Dutton & Co., 1923. pp. Britain. London: Edward Arnold, 1979. 31-36. pp. 155-70. 61. Binder, Leonard. Iran. Berkeley, Calif.: 78. Brandow, S. G. F., ed . Dictionary of University of California Press, 1962. pp . Comparative Religion. New York: 74, 161-163,243,296. Charles Scribner's Sons, 1970. pp. 62. Binning, Robert B. M. A Journal of Two 124-126. Years' Travel in Persia, Ceylon, etc. 2 79. Brick, Daniel and Riwkin-Brick, Anna. vols. London: W. H. Allen & Co., 1857. Palestine. Cleveland: World Publishing Vol. I: pp. 403-408. Co., 1949. 63. Bishop, Mrs. (Isabella L. Bird) .Journeys Reference: photo Shrine of Greatest in Persia and Kurdistan . 2 vols. New Holy Leaf, Haifa; pages not num- York: G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1891. Vol. I: bered. p. 273. 80. Brockelmann, Carl. History of the 64. Bishop, Peter D. Words in world reli- Islamic Peoples. Trans. Joel Carmichael gions. London: SCM Press, 1949. p. 120. and Moshe Perlmann. New York: Put- 65. Bliss, Frederick Jones. Religions of Mod- man's, 1947 . pp. 326, 424-427. ern Syria and Palestine. New York: 81. Broderick, Robert C. Historic Churches Charles Scribner's Sons, 1912. pp. of the United States. New York: Wilfred 19- 20 . Funk, 1958.pp. 186-190. 66. Blunt, Wilfred. A Persian Spring. Lon- Photos Baha'i House of Worship, don: James Barrie Brooks, 1957. Wilmette, pp. 187, 189, 190. 67. Boeckel, Florence Brewer. Between War 82. Browne, Edward Granville. 'Bahaism' in and Peace. New York: Macmillan Co., Religious Systems of the World. London: 1928 . pp. 102- 103. Swan, Sonnerschein & Co., 1905. pp. 68. Bolitho, Hector. A Biographer's Note- 333-355. book. New York: Macmillan Co., 1950. 83. - - . A History of Persian Literature p. 22. 1500-1924. Cambridge University 69. Bouiton, Marjorie. Zamenhof, Creator Press, 1924. of Esperanto. London: Routledge and This is Vol. 4 of A Literary History of Paul Kegan. pp. 211-212. Persia, same author. 70. Bouquet, Alan Coates. Comparative 84. - - . A History of Persian Literature Religion. Middlesex, England: • Har- Under Tartar Dominion (A.D. mondsworth. Penguin Books, 1941. p. 1265-1502). Cambridge University 283. Press, 1920. pp. 432, 452, 470. 71. - - . Sacred Books of the World. This is Vol 3. of A Literary History of Middlesex, England: Harmondsworth, Persia, same author. 1941. Penguin Books, 1954. pp. 310- 312. 85. - - . A Literary History of Persia. 4 Companion source-book to Compara- vols. Cambridge: Cambridge University tive Religion. Press, 1924. passim . 580 THE BAHA'I WORLD

86. - - . Materials for the Study of the Bab{ 103. Cheyne , Thomas Kelly. The Reconcilia- Religion. Cambridge: Cambridge Uni- lion of races and religions. London: versity Press, 1918. passim. Adam and Charles Black, 1941. 87. - - . A Persian Anlhology. London : 104. Chirol , Sir Valentine. Th e Middle East- Methuen & Co., 1927. pp. 26 , 38-40, ern Question . London: J. Murray, 1903. 59-60, 68-73. 105. Christofferson , Gerda. From the Dusty 88. Th e Persian Revolution of Haunts of Man . Christofferson Enter- 1905-1909. Cambridge: Cambridge prises. chap . 7. University Press, 1910. pp. xvi- xvii, xx ii , 106. Christopher, John B . Th e Islamic Tradi- 45,60-62 , 106-107, 148, 424-429 . tion. New York: Harper & Rowe , 1972 . 89. - -. Press and Poelry in Modern Per- pp. 83-85. sia. Cambridge: Cambridge University 107. Clark , Elmer T. Th e Small Sects in Press , 1914. pp. 18, 59, 235- 236 , 294 , America. Nashville: Cokesbury Press, 310. 1937. pp. 29, 183. 90. - - . A Y ear Amongst the Persians. 108 . Clawson, Mary. L e11ers from Jerusalem. London: A. & C. Black, 1893. passim. London: Abelard-Schuman , 1957. p. 95. 91. Butler, Donald G. Man y ligh1s. London: 109. Clemen, Prof. Carl. Religions of the Geoffrey Chapman, 1975. pp . 157-161. World. Tra ns. Rev. A. K. Dallas. New 92. Byng, Edward J. The World ofth e Arabs. York: Harcourt, Brace & Co., 1931. pp. Boston: Little , Brown & Co ., 1944. pp . 469-470. 270, 307. 110. Coke, Richard. The Heart of the Middle 93 . Canney , Maurice . An Encyclop edia of East. London: Thornton Butterworth, Religions. London: Routledge, 1921. pp . 1925. p. 211. 48-50. 111. Comay, John. Israel: An Uncommon 94 . Canney, J. E. Comparalive Religions. Guide. New York: Random House, 1969. London: Routledge, 1921. pp. 257-258, 270-271. 95. Carpenter, Edward. Pagan and Chrislian 112. Cotta m, Richard W. Nationalism in Iran. Creeds: Th eir Origin and Meaning. New Pittsburgh, Pa.: University of Pittsburgh York: Blue Ribbon Books, 1920. pp. Press, 1979. pp. 87-89, 342, 357 . 153. 214-217; New York: Harcourt , 113. Cousins, Norman. Who Speaks for Man? Brace & Co., 1920. New York: Macmillan Co., 1953. pp. 96 .Carpenter, Joseph Estlin. Comparali ve 232 , 234 , 236-237, 239 , 241. Religion . New York: Henry Holt & Co ., 114 . Cowles, Alton House. The Conquering (1913). pp. 70- 71, 188. Horseman. Boston: Christopher Publish- 97. Carty, James W., Jr. Nashville as a World ing House, 1923. Religious Center. 115 . Cragg, Kenneth. The Call of the Minaret. 98. Carns, Paul. Philosophy as a Science. New York: Oxford University Press, Chicago: Open Court Publishing Co ., 1956. p. 133. 1909. p 98. 116. - - . The House of Islam. Encino, 99. Cash, W. Wilson. Christiandom and Calif.: Dickenson Publishing Co., 1975. Islam. New York: Harper& Bros., 1937. p. 81. pp. 68. 133. 117. Curtis, William Eleroy. To -Day in Syria 100. - - . The Expansionoflslam. London : and Palestin e. Fleming Revell Co., 1903. Church Missionary Society, 1928. pp. 8,' 118 . Curzon, George N. Persia and the Per- 117-121. sian Question. 2 vols. London: Long- 101. Cave, Sydney. An Introduction to th e mans, Green & Co., 1892. Vol 1: pp. 43, Study of Some Living Religions of the 269 , 414, 417, 496-504: Vol. 2: pp. 43, East. London: Duckworth & Co ., 1921 ; 103. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, 119. Cannavarro, Marie De S. Insight into the 1923. pp . 234- 235. Far East. Los Angeles: Wetzel Publish- 102. Cavendish, Richard, ed. Man, Myth, & ing Co., 1925 . pp. 156-157, 165, 168. Magic. New York: Marshall Cavendish , 120. Daniel , Rabbi Mooshie G. Modern Per- 1970. Vol. 2: pp. 208-209. sia. Wheaton : Wheaton College Press, BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 581 1897. pp. 145-152. 164-166. Chapter titled 'BOBEISM'. 138. Dutcher, George M. Modern Persia, Vol. 121. Das Gupta, Kedarneth. Essence of Reli- 5 in The History of Nations. 25 vols. gions. New York: World Fellowship of Henry Cabot Lodge, gen. ed. New York: Faiths, 1941. pp. 10, 135-139. P. F. Collier & Son Co., 1928. pp. 122. Davidson, Abraham A. The Story of 362- 363, 401. American Paintings. New York: Harry 139. Eddy, (George) Sherwood. God in His- N. Abrams Publishers, 1974. p. 140. tory. New York: Association Press, 123. Davis, Rev. John Tyssul. A League of 1947. p. 169. Religions. London: Lindsay Press, 1926. 140. - - . A Portrait of Jesus. New York: chap. 10. Harper & Bros., 1943. 124. De Lorey, Eustache and Sladen, Doug- 141. Edelman, Li ly. Israel. Edinburgh: las. Queer Things about Persia. Philadel- Thomas Nelson & Sons, 1958. p. 42. phia: Lippencott, 1907. pp . 268 , 142. - - . New People in a New Land. New 307-317. York: Thomas Nelson & Sons, n.d. p. 42. 125. Dennis, James S. The New Horoscope of 143. Edwards, Arthur Cecil. A Persian Cara- Missions. New York: Fleming H . Revell, van. New York: Harper & Bros., 1928 . 1908. p. 94. pp. 14-23. 126. Dexter, Harriet Harmon . What's Right 144. Ehrenpreis, Marcus. The Soul of the with Race Relations. New York: Harper East. New York: Viking Press, 1928. p. Bros., 1958.pp. 195- 196. 206. 127. Dilling, Elizabeth. The Red Network. 145. Ellis, Harry B. Heritage of the Desert. Kenilworth, Ill.: By the Author, 1934. p. New York: Ronald Press, 1956. 128. 146 . Ellwood, Charles A. The Reconstruction 128. Dodd, Edward M. and Fose, Wilson of Religion. New York: Macmillan Co., Dodd . Mecca and Beyond. Committee 1922. on United Study of Foreign Missions. 147. Ellwood, Robert S. Religious and 129. Donaldson, Dwight M. The Shi'ite Relig- spiritual groups in modern America. ion. London: Luzac Co., 1933. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 130. Dooley, Dr. Tom . Dr. Tom Dooley's 1973. pp. 275-81. Three Great Books: Deliver Us from Evil, 148. Elwell-Sutton, Laurence Paul. Modern The Edge of Tomorrow, The Night They Iran. London: George Rutledge Sons, Burned the Mountain. New York: Farrar, 1941; reprint 1942. Straus & Cudahy, n.d. pp. 308-309. 149. Emanuel, W. V. The Wild Asses, a Jour- 131. - - . The Night They Burned the ney Through Persia. London: Jonathan Mountain. New York: Farrar, Straus & Cape, 1939.pp. 88, 109. Cudahy, 1960.pp. 87- 88. 150. Emerson, Edwin, Jr. A History of the 132. Dos Passos, John. Journeys between Nineteenth Century Year by Year. 3 vols . Wars. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1939 . New York: P. F. Collier & Son, 1900. 133. Douglas, William 0. Strange Lands and Vol. 2: p. 1131. Friendly People. New York: Harper & 151. Eskelund, Karl. Behind the Peacock Bros., 1951. p. 51. Throne . London: Alvin Redman, 1965. 134. - - . West of the Indus. New York: pp. 75-85. Doubleday & Co., 1958. pp. 254, 272, 152. Farah, Caesar E. Islam Beliefs and 279-280,417-418,427. Observances. Woodbury, N.Y.: Barron's 135. Drake, Durant. Problems of Religion. Educational Series, 1970. pp. 220, Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1916 . pp. 243-248 . 211,231. 153. Ferguson, Charles W. The Confusion of 136. Dubin, Joseph W. The Green Star. Tongues. Garden City, N.Y.: Double- Philadelphia: National Institute of day, Doran & Co., 1928. pp. 13, Esperanto, 1944. 231-250,450-451 . 137 . Dunning, H. W. To-Day in Palestine. 154. - -. The New Books of Revelation. New York: James Pott & Co., 1907. pp. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, Doran & 582 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Co., 1929.pp. 13,231-250,450-451. Mohammedanism: An Historical Survey. Same as above, retitled . London: Oxford University Press, 1949. 155. Ferguson, John. War and Peace in the pp. 164, 186. World's Religions. New York: Oxford 170. Gibran, Kahlil and Jean. Kahlil Gibran. University Press, 1978 . pp . 149-155. Boston: New York Graphic Society, 156. Ferre, Nels Frederick Solomon. Know 1947 . pp. 273,287-288. Your Faith. New York: Harper Bros., Pencil drawing of 'Abdu'l-Baha done 1959. p. 34. by Kahlil Gibran in 1912, p. 288. 157. Filmer, Henry (pseud. for James Rives 171. Gibbons, Herbert Adams. et al. Great Childs). The Pageant of Persia. Religions of the World. New York: Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1936. Harper & Bros., 1901. pp. 187-215; rev . pp . 28, 196-200,202-203. ed., 1912. pp. 187-215. 158. Fitch, Florence Mary. Allah, the God of Pages cited: BABISM by E. Dennison Islam. New York: Lothrop, Lee & Ross. New preface in 1912, revised Shepard Co., 1950. p. 136. edition. 159. Forbes, Murray. Hollow Triumph. 172. Gordon, General Sir Thomas Edward. Chicago: Ziff-Davis Publishing Co., Persia Revisited. London: E. Arnold, 1947.pp.215,233-234,267. 1896. pp. 81-91. 160. Forlong, Major General J. G. R. Faiths 173. Grabbe, Paul. The Story of Orchestral of Man, A Cyclopaedia of Religions. 3 Music and Its Times. New York: Grosset vols. London: Bernard Quaritch, 1906. & Dunlop, 1942. p. 68. Vol 1: pp. 223-224. 174. Gratus, Jack. The False Messiahs. New 161. Forman, Henry James and Gammon, York: Tarplinger Publishing Co., 1976. Roland. Truth is One. New York: Harper pp. 209-211. &Bros., 1954.pp. 218-222. 175. Green, Gerald. The Stones of Zion. New Photographs: Baha'i House of Wor- York: Hawthorn Books, 1971. pp. ship, Wilmette, p. 218; Dr. Hushang 305-307, 318. Javid and Horace Holley, p. 218. 176. Green, Phillip Leonard. Pan-American 162. Fradenburgh, J. N. Living Religions; or Progress. New York: Hastings House, the Great Religions of th e Orient. Cincin- 1942 . nati: Cranston & Stowe, 1888. pp. 177. Groseclose, Elgin. Introduction to Iran. 476-477. New York: Oxford University Press, 163. Frye, Richard N. The Heritage of Persia. 1947 . p. 14. Cleveland, 0 .: World Publishing Co., 178. Gruber, Ruth. Israel Today, Land of n.d. p. 212. Many Nations . New York: Hill & Wang, 164. - - . Iran. New York: Henry Holt & 1958. p. 17. Co., 1953. pp. 11, 66. 179. Guerard, Dr. Albert Leon. Education of 165. Gairdner, W. H. T. The Reproach of a Humanist. Cambridge: Harvard Uni- Islam . London: Student Volunteer Mis- versity Press, 1949. p. 250. sionary Union, 1909. p. 351. 180. Haas , William S. Iran . New York: Co l- 166. Gartler, Marion; Laikin, Judith; and umbia University Press, 1946. pp . Hall, George. Understanding Israel. Sac- 90-91. remento, Calif.: California State Series, 181. Hadley, Earl J. Magic Powder. New 1964. York: Putnam, 1945. pp. 200-201. Colour photo, Shrine of the Bab, on Frontis: Photo of Baha'i House of cover. Worship, Wilmette; facing page 197, 167. Geden, Alfred S. Studies in Comparative photo House of Worship detail. Religion. London: Charles H. Kelly, 182. Haines, Charles Regin ald. Islam as a 1898. pp. 291 - 300. Missionary Religion. London: Society for 168. Gellhorn, Eleanor Cowles. McKay's Promoting Christian Knowledge, 1889. Guide to the Middle East. New York: 183. Hall, William H. The Near East: Cross- David McKay Co., 1965. pp. 160-161. roads of the World. New York: Inter- 169. Gibb, Hamilton Alexander Rosskeen. church Press, 1920. p. 66. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 583 184. Hamilton, Elizabeth. Put Off Thy Shoes. Textbook. New York: Macmillan Co., New York : Scribner's, 1957. p. 86. 1947. p. 399. 185. Handley-Taylor, Geoffrey, comp. Bib- 200. Hodgson, Marshall G. The Order of the liography of Iran. Chicago: St. James Assassins. The Hague, Netheriands: Press, 1969. pp. 107, 108, 109. Mouton & Co., 1955. pp. 276, 291. 186. Harris, Warren G. Gable and Lombard. 201. Hoffman, Daniel P. India's Social Mira- New York: Simon & Schuster, 1974. pp. cle. Healdsburg, Calif.: Naturegraph 137, 153. Co., 1961. pp . 39, 68, 95. 187. Harrison, Marguerite Elton (Baker). 202. Holiday Magazine Travel Guide, Israel. There's A lways Tomorrow. New York: New York: Random House, 1973. pp. 91, Farrar & Rhinehart, 1935. p. 644. 94. 188. Harry, Myriam. A Springtide in Pales- Photo of Shrine of the Bab and Intertine. Boston: Houghton Miffin, 1924. national Archives Building, page, 91. pp. 25-26. 203. Holisher, Dersider. The House of God. 189. Hart, Walter C. First Course in Algebra. New York: Crown Publishers, 1946. p. Boston: D. C. Heath, 1947. p. 76. 171. 190. Hartman, William C., comp. and ed. Photo of Baha'i House of Worship, Hartman's Who's Who in Occult, Psychic Wilmette, page 171. and Spiritual Realms. New York: Occult 204. Holmes, John Haynes. Palestine To-Day Press,1925.pp. 17,33,85-87,165,187. and To-Morrow. New York: Macmillan 191. - - . Who's Who in Occultism, New Co., 1929. pp. 33-36. Thought, Psychism and Spiritualism. 205. Hoople, Ross E. et al. Preface to Jamaica, N.Y.: Occult Press, 1927. pp. Philosophy: Book of Readings. New iv, vi-viii, 1-2, 7, 11, 13 , 16, 18, 39, York: Macmillan Co., 1946. pp. 308, 51-52, 58, 60, 77, 177, 226, 230, 235, 312, 379-384. 241, 251-253. 206. Hoover, W. I. T. Religionisms and Christ- 192. Hasan-E-Fasa-i. History of Persia under ianity. Boston: Stratford Co., 1924. pp. v, Qajar Rule-Farsnama- Ye Naseri. Trans. 165-178. Heribert Busse. New York: Columbia 207. Hopkins, E. Washburn. The History of University Press, 1972. pp. 277, 290- Religions. New York: Macmillan Co., 294, 302-304. 1918. pp. 479, 482. 193. Hayes, Carlton Joseph Huntley. A Polit- 208. Houghton, Walter R. ed. Neely's History ical and Cultural History of Modern of the Parliament of Religions and Religi- Europe. 2 vols. New York: Macmillan ous Congresses at the World's Columbian Co., 1939. Vol. 2: p. 450. Exposition. Chicago: F. T. Neely, 1893. 194. Hertz, Rabbi Richard C. Jewish Life pp. 640-641. Today. Detroit: Temple Beth El, 1962. 209. Howe, Mark Anthony De Wolfe, comp. 195. Higgins, Harold H. Shadows to the Holmes-Pollack Letters, 1874-1932. 2 Unseen . Montpelier, Vt.: Driftwood vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1937. Press, 1941. Vol. 1: p. 206. 196. Hilu, Virginia. Beloved Prophet-The 210. - -. John Jay Chapman and His Let- Love Letters of Kahlil Gibran and Mary ters., Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1937. p. Haskell and Her Private Journal. New 260. York: Alfred Knopf, 1972. pp. 74, 77. 211. Howells, Rulon S. Do Men Believe What 197. Hitti, Phillip K. The Near East in History. Their Church Prescribes. Salt Lake City, Princeton, N.J.: D. Van Nostrand Co ., Utah: Desert Book Co., 1932. p. 160. 1961.pp.391,403-407. 212. Howen, Herbert H.Asia, a Short History 198. Hocking, William Ernest. Living Reli- from Earliest Times to the Present. Bosgions and a World Faith . New York: ton: Little, Brown & Co., 1936. Macmillan Co., 1940. pp. 180, 212. 213. Huart, Clement.A History ofArabic Lit- 199. Hocking, William Ernest; Blanshard, erature. London: W. Heinemann, 1903; Brand; Hendel, Charles W.; and Ran- New York: D. Appleton & Co., 1903. p. dall, John H., Jr. Preface to Philosophy 212. 584 THE BAHA'f WORLD

214. Hubbard, Elbert. Hollyhocks and Gol- World of Today. 1929. den Glow. East Aurora, N.Y.: Roycrof- 232. Kahn, E. J., Jr. Who, Me? New York: ters, 1912. pp. 21-40. Harper, 1949. p. 179. 215. - -. Selected Writings. Vol. 10: 233. Kamshad, Hassan. Modern Persian Prose Hundred-Point Men . East Aurora, N.Y.: Literature. Cambridge: University Press, Roycrofters, 1922. pp. 320- 332 . 1966. pp.48, 51, 194. Photo of 'Abdu'l-Baha, page 320. 234. Keddie, Nikki R. An Islamic Response to 216. Hughes, Thomas Patrick . Dictionary of Imperialism. Berkeley, Calif.: University Islam. London: W. H. Allen & Co., of Ca lifornia, 1968. pp. 10-11, 30, 43 , 1865. 158. 217. Hume, Robert Ernest. The World's Liv- 235. - - . Religion and Rebellion in Iran . ing Religions. New York: Charles London: Frank Cass & Co., 1966. pp. 56, Scribner's Sons, 1924. p. 212. 71, 72, 102, 107-109, lB, 132, 136, 218. Hume-Griffith, M. E. Behind the Veil in 143, 144. Persia and Turkish Arabia. London: 236. - - . Sayyid Jamal Ad-Din 'A/- Seeley & Co., 1909. Afghani'. Berkeley, Calif.: University of 219. Hunter, Stanley Armstrong. Temple of California, 1972. pp. 19-22. Religion and Tower of Peace. San Fran- 237. Kellett, E. E. A Short History of Relicisco: Temple of Religion and Tower of gions. London: Victor Gollancz, 1948. Peace, 1940. pp. 10,54, 85. 238. Kennedy, J. M. The Religions and 220. Hurgronje, C. Snouck. Mohammedan- Philosophies of the East. London: ism. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons. Werner Laurie, 1911. 221. Iqbal, Sir Mohammad. The Reconstruc- 239. Keyserling, Hermann. The Travel Diary tion of Religious Thought in Islam. Lah- of a Philosopher. 2 vols. New York: ore: Muhammad Ashraf, 1958. p. 152. Harcourt,Brace&Co ., 1925. Vol.1: pp. 222. Israel Ministry for Foreign Affairs, 160, 178; Vol. 2: p. 273. Information Department. The Arabs in 240. Kohn, Hans. A History of Nationalism in Israel. Jerusalem, April 1961. the East. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 223. Jackson, A. V. Williams. Persia, Past and 1929.pp.31-36,430. Present. London: Macmillan & Co., 241. Kolarz, Walter. Religion in the Soviet 1906.pp . 28,48-50,119,273,328,376. Union. London: Macmillan & Co., 1966. 224. Jackson, Stanley. pseud. (Samuel). The pp. 470-473, 497; New York: St. Mar- Sassoons. London: William Heinemann , tin's Press, 1961. 1968. Mention on dust cover, back. 225. Jacobsen, Ernst Ludwig Harthern. 242. Kirkland, Winifred. As Far as I Can See. Going Home. London: Jarrolds, 1938. New York: Scribner's, 1936. 226. Jacoby, F. J., ed . The Anglo-Palestine 243. Kirkpatrick, Clifford. Religion in Human Year Book I947-I948. London: Affairs. London: John Wiley & Sons, Anglo-Palestine Publications. 1929. pp. 212,291,307,487. 227. Jessup, Henry Harris. Fifty-three Years in 244. Kisch. Col. Frederick Hermann. Pale- Syria. 2 vols. New York: Fleming Revell, stine Diary. London: V. Gollancz, 1938. 1910. Vol. 1: p. 329; Vol. 2: pp. 605, 245. Kohn, Hans. A History of nationalism in 636-638. the east. Grosse Point, Mich.: Scholarly 228. Jewett, Mary. Reminiscences of My Life Press, 1969. pp. 15, 20, 31-34, 320, 328. in Persia. Cedar Rapids, la.: Torch Press, 246. Kuwaldo, Boris and Fyuel, T. R . This is 1909. Israel. North Dakota: Bruno Cassirer. 229. Jiggetts, J. Ida. Israel to Me, a Negro 247. Lammens, Henri. Islam Beliefs and Social Worker, Inside Israel. New York: Institutions. Trans. E. Dennison Ross fr. Bloch Publishing Co., 1957. pp. 90, 92. the French. London: Methuen & Co., 230. Jones, L. Bevan. The People of the 1929; New York: E. P. Dutton & Co., Mosque. Calcutta, India: Association 1929. pp. 189-196; New York: Stokes, Press, Y.M.C.A., 1932. pp. 141-146. 1930. 231. Jordan, Rev. F. M. The Muhammadan 248. Landor, A. Henry Savage. Across BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 585 Coveted Lands. 2 vols. New York: Palestine. London: Macmillan & Co., Charles Scribner's Sons, 1903. Vol. 1: p. 1922. pp. 33,58-59, 105, 107. 391. 264 . Lumby , Christopher. Cook's Traveller's 249. Landis, Benson Y. Religion in the United Handbook to Palestine, Syria and Iraq. States. New York: Barnes & Noble, London: Simpkin Marshall, 1934. pp. 1965. pp. 3-4, 104. 248 , 254. 250. - - . World Religions. New York: E. P. 265. Lytton, Noel Anthony Scawen Wilfred. Dutton & Co., 1957. pp . 24- 25. Scawen Blunt, a Memoir. London: Mac- 251. Lavan, Spencer. The Ahmadiyah Move- donald & Co., 1961. ment. New Delhi: Manonar Book Ser- 266. McDaniel , Robert A. The Shuster Mis - vice. sion and the Persian Constitutional 252. Lenczowski, George. The Middle East in Revolution. Minneapolis, Minn.: Bib- World Affairs. New York: Cornell Uni- liotheca Islamica, 1974. p. 54. versity Press, 1956 . pp. 205 , 374. 267. Macintosh , Douglas Clyde. The Pilgrim- 253. Levi, Avraham . Bazak Guide to Israel, age of Faith. Calcutta, India: University 1977- 1978. New York: Harper & Row, of Calcutta, 1931. p. 33 . 1977. pp. 285, 299, 307, 311, 322, 327. 268. McKibben-Harper, Mary, M.D. The Colour photo of Shrine of the Bab, page Doctor Takes a Holiday. Cedar Rapids, 314; colour photo of Shrine, pages Ia.: Torch Press, 1941. 296-297; drawing of Shrine of the 269. MacMunn, Lt. Gen. Sir George . The Bab, page 302. Religions and Hidden Cultsoflndia. New 254. Levy, Reuben. The Sor;ial Structure of York: Macmillan Co., 1932. p. 200. Islam. London: Cambridge University 270. Mahmud, Sayyid Fayyaz. The Story of Press, 1957. p. 39. Islam . London: Oxford University Press, 255. Lewis, John . The Religions of the World 1959. p. 290. Made Simple. New York : Doubleday & 271. Malcolm, Napier. Five Years in a Persian Co., 1958 . p. 90. Town. New York: E . P. Dutton, 1907. 256. Ling, Trevor. A History of Religion East 272. Markham, Clements Robert. A General and West. London: Macmillan & Co., Sketch of the History of Persia. London: 1968. pp. 388-389. Longmans, Green & Co., 1874. 257. Linkl ater, Eric. The Man on My Back. 273. Marlowe, John. Iran a Short Political London: Macmillan & Co., 1941. pp. Guide. New York: Praeger, 1963. pp. 9, 137- 138. 104. 258. Linton, Bishop J. H. Persian Sketches. 274. Martin, A lfred (Wilhelm) . Comparative London: Church Missionary Society, Religion and the Religion of the Future. 1923. New York: Appleton & Co ., 1926. pp . 259. Longrigg, Stephen H. The Middle East. 81-91. London: G. Duckworth , 1963; Chicago: 275. Martin, Walter R. The Kingdom of the Aldine Publishing Co., 1963; rev. ed., Cults. Minneapolis: Bethany Fellowship, 1970. p. 95. 1965; rev. ed., July 1968 . pp. 252- 258, 260. Lorimer, John Gordon. Gazetteer of the 351 , 438. Persian Gulf, 'Oman, and Central 276. Mason, Myra . Wh ere Do You Belong? Arabia. 6 vols. Vol. 1 Historical, part 2: Philadelphia: Fellowship of Divine pp. 2350, 2356, 2384- 2385. Truth , 1939. 261. Luk ach, Harry Charles. The Fringe ofthe 277. Masse, Henri. Islam . Trans. Halide Edib East. London: Macmillan & Co., 1913. fr. the French. New York: G. P. Putnam's See: Luke, Harry Charles Joseph . Sons, 1938.pp. 217,248,255 - 259. 262. Luke, Sir Harry (Charles Joseph). A Por- 278. Mathews, Shailer and Smith, Gerald trait and an Appreciation, Cyprus. Lon- Birney. A Dictionary of Religion and Ethdon: George G. Harrap & Co., 1957. pp . ics. Chicago: Christian Century Press, 122-123. 1922. p. 46. 263. Luke, Harry Charles (Joseph) and 279. Mathison , Richard R. Faiths, Cults and Keith-Roach , Edward. The Handbook of Sects in America. New York : Bobbs- 586 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Merrill, 1960. pp. 104-106. 296. Mounsey, Augustus H. A Journey 280. Matthews, Joseph Brown and Duvall, through the Caucasus and the Interior of Sylvanus M. Conflict or Cooperation. Persia. London: Smith, Elder & Co., New York: American Committee, World 1872 . pp. 103-107 . Youth Congress, 1928. 297. Mumford, Lewis. The Conduct of Life. 281. Maud , Constance E. Sparks among the New York: Harcourt, Brace & Co., Stubble. London: P. Allen & Co., 1924. 1951. p. 117. pp. 26-27,81 - 112. 298. Nakosteen, Mehdi and Kragh, Agnes. In Portrait of 'Abdu'l-Baha facing page the Land of the Lion and the Sun. The 83. Country, Customs and Cultures of My 282. Mead, Frank S. Handbook of Denomina- People. Denver: World Press, 1937. pp. tions in the United States. New York: 79-80. Abingdon-Cokesbury Press, 1951. pp . 299. Nariman , G. K. Persia and Parsis. Bom- 24-25, 185; 5th ed.: Nashville: Abing- bay, 1925. don Press, 1970. pp . 29-31, 221, 237. 300. Nasr, Seyyed Hossein. Iran (Persia). 283. Means, I. and L. E. Creative Energy. Tehran: Offset Press, 1973. London: John Murray, 1931. 301. - - . Islam and the Plight of Modern 284. Melton, J. Gordon. The Encyclopedia of Man. London: Longman, 1975. pp. 118, American religions. Wilmington , N.C.: 119. McGrath, 1978. vol. 2: pp. 351-354. 302. Newman, Edward M. Seeing Egypt and 285 . Miller, Herbert A. The Beginning of the Holy Land. New York: Funk & Wag- Tomorrow. New York: F. A. Stokes, nalls Co., 1928. pp. 164-165 , 204. 1932. Photo of 'Abdu'l-Baha, page 204. 286. Miller, Janet. Camel Bells of Baghdad. 303. Nicholson, Reynold A. The Mystics of Boston: Houghton Mifflin , 1934. pp. Islam. Beirut, Lebanon: Khayats, 1966. 218, 220, 264. p. 89. 287. Miller, Milton G. and Schwartzman, Syl- 304. Norden, Herman . Under Persian Skies. van D. Our Religion and Our Neigh- Philadelphia: Macrae, Smith Co., n.d. bors. New York : Union of American pp. 51-52, 127, 208,226-227,243. Hebrew Congregations, 1963. pp. 6, 305. Noss, John B. Man's religions. New 209-210, 273 . York: Macmillan, 1949. p. 556. 288. Miller, William McElwee. The Baha'i 306. Nweeya, Samuel Kasha. Persia and the Faith: its history and teachings. South Mos/ems. St. Louis: Press of Von Hoff- Pasadena: William Carey Library, 1974. mann, 1924. pp. 148-170. 289. - - . Bahaism: Its Origin, History and Pages cited, 'BABISM' . Teachings. New York: Fleming Revell 307. - - . Persia the Land of the Magi. Co., 1931. Indianapolis: S. K. Nweeya, 1904. pp. 290. - - . What is the Baha'i Faith? Grand 81-96 (chap. 11: 'The Kurds and Bobs'); Rapids: Eerdmans, 1977 . Philadelphia: S. K. Nweeya, 1907. pp. 291. Mills, Lady Dorothy. Beyond the Bos- 110-115 (chap. 11: 'The Kurds and phorus. Boston : Little, Brown & Co., Bobs'); Philadelphia: S. K, Nweeya, 1926. pp. 97- 100. 1916. pp. 226-248 (chap. 12: 'Babism, 292. Modern Art in the U.S.A. New York: Its Relation to Mohammedism and Knopf, 1956. p. 263. Christianity'). 293. Montagu, Edwin Samuel. An Indian 308. Official Guide (Panama-Pacific Interna- Diary. Edited By V. Montagu. London: tional Exposition, San Francisco, 1915). Heinemann, 1930. Wahlgreen Co., 1915. p. 61. 294. Moore, George Foot. History of Reli- 309. O'Leary, DeLacy Evans. Islam at the gions . 2 vols. New York: Scribner's Sons, Crossroads. London: Kegan Paul, 1919. Vol. 2: pp . 509-519. Trench, Trubner & Co., 1923; New 295. Mott, Francis John. Christ th e Seed. Bos- York: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1923 . ton: A. A. Beauchamp, 1939; London: 310. Oliphant, Laurence. Haifa, or Life in Gate Publishing Co. , 1939. Modern Palestine. Edinburgh: William BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 587 Blackwood, 1887; New York: Harper & Meridian Books, 1958. pp. 42-43. Bros., 1887.pp. 103- 107. 326. - - . Ethics of the Great Religions. Pages cited titled: 'The Babs and Their London: Watts & Co., 1948. pp. Prophet'. 212-213. 311. Orizu, Akweke Abyssinia Nwafor. 327. Pole, Wellesey Tudor. Private Dowding. Without Bitterness. New York: Creative New York: Dodd, Mead & Co., 1919. Age Press, 1944. pp. 74-75. 312. Orni, Ephraim and Efrat, Elisha. Geo- 328 . - - . The Silent Road. London: Neville graphy of Israel. Jerusalem: Israel Pro- Spearman, 1960. pp. 24-26, 75 - 80,90. gram for Scientific Translations, 1966. 329. - - . Some Deeper Aspects of the War. pp. 217-218. Bristol, England: Taylor Bros., 1914. Photo of Shrine of the Bab, page 218. 330. - - . Writing on the Ground. London: 313 . Ovington, Mary White. The Walls Came Neville Spearman, 1968. pp. 135-165, Tumbling Down. New York: Harcourt, 172, mention on flap of dust cover. Brace & Co., 1947. pp. 125-127. Photo 'Abdu'l-Baha, facing page 135. 314. Palestine. London: Ernest Benn, 1934. 331. Pole, Wellesey Tudor and Lehmann, 315. Palmer, Edward Henry. Oriental Mysti- Rosamond. A Man Seen from Afar. Loncism. London: Luzac& Co., 1938. p. 44. don: Neville Spearman, 1965. pp. 53, 77. 316 . Parrinder, E. Geoffrey.A BookofWorld 332. Port, Weimer. Chicago the Pagan. Religions. Amersham: Hulton Educa- Chicago: Judy Publishing Co., 1953. pp. tional, 1965. 167-168. 317. - - . Comparative Religion. New 333. Potter, Charles Francis. The Faiths Men York: Macmillan Co., 1962. pp. 23, 82, Live By. New York: Prentice-Hall, 1954. 108. pp. 307-308. 318. - - . A Dictionary of non-Christian 334. Prather, Nelson, ed. Who's Who in religions. Philadelphia: Westminster Hawaii. Honolulu, T.H.: Midpac Pub- Press, 1971. pp. 7, 38-39. lishers, 1947. p. 10. 319. - - . What World Religions Teach. 335. Price, Willard. Adventures in Paradise. London: George G. Harrap, 1968. pp. New York: John Day, 1955. pp . 107- 109, 140, 190. 180-181. 320. Parrish, Maude. Nine Pounds of Lug- 336. Radford, Ruby L. Many Paths to Cod. gage. Philadelphia: J.B. Lippincott Co., Wheaton, III.: Theosophical Publishing 1939. pp. 368-373. House, 1970.pp.2, 122-125, 127,. 321. Pemberton, Lovell Bearse. A Modern Photo of Baha'i House of Worship, Pilgrimage to Palestine. Philadelphia: Wilmette, page 23. Dorrance & Co., 1925. pp. 67, 73 , chaps, 337. Radhakrishnan, Sir Sarvepalli. Eastern 9, 10 & 11 (pp. 74- 104), 149, 156, 189 Religions and Western Thought. New chap. 26 (pp. 190-197), 263-264. York: Oxford University Press, 1959. p. Illustrations: drawing of Baha'i House 340. of Worship, Wilmette, Louis 338. Rand. Abby. The American Traveller's Bourgeois' model, dust cover and fron- Guide to Israel. New York: Charles tispiece; Garden of 'Rizwan, Near Scribne~sSons, 1972.pp. 13,74, 199 . Haifa', p. 92; 'Abdu'l-Baha, p. 100. Photo of Shrine of the Bab, page 196. 322. Petersen, William J. Those Curious 339. Rasooli, Jay M. and Allen, Cady H. The Cults. New Canaan, Conn.: Keats Pub- Life Story of Dr. Sa'eed of Iran. Grand lishing, pp. 181-190, 213. Rapids: Grand Rapids International 323. Phelps, Vivian. Concerning Progressive Publications, 1958. pp. 90. 92, 103, 115. Revelation. London: Watts & Co., 1936. 340. Reeder, Paul A. Introduction to Philosop. 105. phy. Lucas Bros., 1960. 324. Piggot, John . Persia - Ancient and Mod- 341. Reinach, Salomon. A History of Reliern. London, 1874. gions. Trans, fr . the French, London: G. 325. Pike, E. Royston . Encyclopaedia of P. Putnam Sons, 1909. Religion and Religions. New York: 342. Religious Bodies 1916. 2 vols. Washing- 588 THE BAHA ' l WORLD

ton , D.C.: Department of Commerce London: Society for the Promotion of Bureau of Census, 1919. Vol. 1: pp . 36, Christian Knowledge, 1932. 74 , 78 , 142, 154-155 , 164-165 , 351. Robertson, John M. Pagan Christs. Lon- 182-183,184- 185 , 198- 199,202-203 , don: Watt & Co., 1911. pp . xvi-xviii . 208-209,214- 215,228- 229,232-233 , 352 . Rodford , Ruby L. Many Paths to God. 358-359,378- 379, 380-381,430-431, Wheaton : Theosophical Publishing 448-449,478- 479, 490- 491 , 494- 495 , House, 1970. pp . 122-125. 512-513, 526- 527; Vol, 2: pp. 43-45. 353. Ross, Sir Edward Dennison. Both Ends 343. Religious Bodies 1926. 2 vols, Washing- of the Candle. London: Faber & Faber, ton, D.C.: Department of Commerce 1943 . Bureau of Census, 1930. Vol. 1: pp. 10, 354. - - . The Persians. Oxford: Clarendon 82-83,92,97, 102, 112, 117, 122-123, Press, 1931. pp. 67-69, 75, 76. 148-149, 166- 167,192- 193 ,194-195 , 355 . Ross, Emory and Myrta. Africa Dis- 216-217 , 220- 221,230-231 , 270-271, turb ed. New York: Friendship Press, 276-277,296- 297 , 360,369,374 ,378, 1959 . 381, 389,392, 394,406,408, 446 , 451 , 356. Rowley, Peter. New Gods in America. 457,468 , 470,472,475,477 , 482 , 486, New York: David McKay Co., 1971. pp . 490,496,502 , 507,510,515 , 521 , 536, 3, 8, 12-17, 205. 540, 548, 563,572,573; Vol. 2: pp. 70-76. 357. Rudhyar, Dane. Astrological Timing. 344. Religious Bodies 1936. 3 vols . Washing- New York: Harper & Row, Harpe ton , D.C.: Department of Commerce Calophon Books, 1972, pp. 42, 53, Bureau of Census, 1941. Vol. 1: pp. 12, 63 - 64, 109, 114, 139- 140, 141, 86-87,98,104,110,116,126,136-137, 142- 143 , 151. 146-147, 176- 177 , 190- 191 , 198-199, 358. - - . The Astrology of Personality. 224-225,226- 227,232-233,248-249, New York: Lucis Publishing Co., 1936; 254-255,264- 265 , 300-301 , 306-307 , reprint ed. , Garden City, N.Y.: Double- 314-315,316- 317,350- 351 ,440, 442 , day & Co., 1970. pp. 209- 210 , 233, 238, 448,455,461,464, 466,470,472 , 480 , 246, 272, 322, 421. 483,485,488,490,497,499, 502, 505, 359. - -. Birthpatternsfor anewhumanity: 515,520, 528, 542,546, 553 , 555, 560, a study of astrological cycles structuring 564, 565, 566, 568 574, 581, 584, 585, the present world crisis. The Netherlands: 589, 592,594,595 , 600,605 ,6 10,617, Servire-Wassenar, 1969. pp. 42, 53 , 102, 621,623,626,630,632 , 634,63 5,640, 114, p9, 142-4, 151, 191 , 211. 646,652,653 , 655 , 659 , 666,669 ,673 , 360. - -. Cycle of Culture and Sacrifice . 678 , 679,681 , 686, 691,692, 700, 713 , Carmel, Calif: Hamsa Publications, 1929. 715; Vol. 2, pt. 1: pp. 76- 82. 361. - -. Gifts of the Spirit. Los Angeles: 345 . Rice, C. Colliver. Persian Women and New Age Publishi ng Co., 1946. p. 128. Their Ways. London : Seeley Service, 362. - -. New Mansions for New Men . New 1923 . pp. 21,24, 155-156,275- 276. York: Lucis Publishing Co., 1938. p. 236. 346. Rice, Clara C. Mary Bird in Persia. Lon- 363. - -. Rania, an Epic Na rrative. San Frandon : Church Missionary Society, 1916. cisco: Unity Press, 1973. pp. 176- 178. pp . 37-40, 71, 102, 107 , 143, 191. 364. - -. The Sun ls A lso a Star. New York: 34 7. Rice, Edward. Eastern definitions: a E. P. Dutton, 1975. p. 97. short encyclopedia of religions of the 365 . - - . The Sun Is Also Astral. New Orient. Garden City: Doubleday, 1978. York: E. P. Dutton , 1975. p. 97. pp . 45 - 46 . 366. - -. Synthetic Drama As a Seed of 348 . - -. Ten Religions of the East. New Civilization. Oceano, Calif.: Harbinson York : Four Winds Press, 1978 . pp. 2-3, & Harbinson . 127, 133- 141. 367. Rumble, Rev. Dr. Leslie and Carty, Rev. 349. Richards, Fred. A Persian Journey. New Charles Mortimer. Radio Replies. 3 vols. York: Jonathon Cape & Harrison Smith, St. Paul, Minn.: Radio Replies Press, 1932 . 1942. Vol. 3: p. 42. 3 50. Richa rds, J. R. The Religion ofthe Baha'is. 368. Rutland, Jonathan . Looking at Israel. BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 589 London: Adam & Charles Black; 382. Sharma, Rosha n Lal. Holy Men and Philadelphia: J.B . Lippencott Co. , 1970. Holy Cows. New York: Exposition Press, 369. Rypka, J. History of Iranian Literature. 1968. pp . 163-164. Dordrecht, Holland: D. Reidel Publish- 383. Shedd , W. A. 'Second Study' . The Vital ing Co., 1968. p. 374. Forces of Christianity and Islam. J. H. 370. Saghaphi, Mirza Mahmoud Khan. Jn the Golden , ed. London : Humphrey Mil- Imperial Shadow. Garden City, N.Y.: ford , 1915.pp. 51-52, 57, 62,63 , 74. Doubleday, Doran & Co., 1926. p. 400. 384. Shephard, Judy and Rosenfeld, Alvin. 371. St. John , Robert and editors of Life. Ticket to Israel. New York: Rhinehart & Israel. New York: Time, 1962. pp. Co., 1952 . pp . 202 , 218 , 230 . 129-130, 131. 385. Sheil, Lady. Glimpses of Life and Man - 372. Samuel, Viscount Herbert Louis. Belief ners in Persia. London: John Murray, and Action. London: Cassel & Co., 1937 . 1856. pp . 176-181 , 272-282. 373. Sasek , Miroslav. This is Israel. Italy: 386 . Shimoni, Yaacov and Levine, Evyatar. Printed by Fratelli Fabbri editori, 1962; Political Dictionary of the Middle East in reprint ed. , 1966. 27, 33. the 20th Century. Jerusalem: Jerusalem Children's book of drawings with cap- Publishing House, 1972. p. 63. tions: Shrine of the Bab, page 27; view Photo of Shrine of the Bab, page 63. of Bay of Haifa from Mt. Carmel show- 387. Shuster, W. Morgan. The Strangling of ing Shrine of the Bab and Baha'i Ar- Persia. New York: Century Co., 1912. chives building which are not identified. pp . 21-22 . 374. Savage, Minot J . The Passing and the 388 . Siddiqi, Aslam. Modernization Menaces Permanent in Religion. New York: G. P. Muslims. Lahore: E. Muhammad Putnam's Sons, 1901. p. 147. Ashraf, 1974. pp. 63 , 277. 375. Schnapper, Edith B. , comp. One in All. 389. Sinclair, Upton . The Profits of Religion. Wisdom of the East series . London: John Pasadena, Calif.: Upton Sinclair, 1918; Murray, 1952. pp. xv, 15-16, 30-31, New York: Vanguard Press, 1927. p. 45-46 , 62- 63, 78, 92- 93, 109- 110, 254. 126- 127, 142-143, 149. 390. Singer, Caroline and Baldridge, Cyrus 376. Searight, Sarah. The British in the Middle LeRoy . Half the World is Isfahan. New East. London : Wiedenfeld & Nicholson, York: Oxford University Press, 1936. p. 1969; New York: Athenum, 1969. pp. 36. 81-82, 142. 391. Skinner , Clarence R. A Religion for 377. Sedych, Andrei. This Land is Israel. New Greatness. Boston: Murray Press, 1945 . York: Macmillan Co., 1967. pp. 68-7 1. 392. Smart, Ninian. The Religious Experience. Photo of Shrine of the Bab, pages 69 New York: Charles Scribner's Sons, and 86. 1976 . pp.22 , 435-436. 378. Seitz, William C. Mark Tobey. New 393. - - . The Religious Experience of York: Museum of Modern Art, 1962. pp . Mankind. New York: Charles Scribner's 10, 12-15,44,45,47,50,90, 91. Sons, 1969.pp.417-418 . 379. Sell, Edward. Bahaism. Islam series. 394. Smith, R. Bosworth. Mohammed and London: Madras & Colombo: Christian Mohammedanism . London: Smith Elder Literature Society for India, 1912. & Co., 1874; New York: Harper & 380. - - . The Faith ofIslam. London: Soci- Bros., 1875 . ety for the Promotion of Christian Knowl- 395 . Smith, Wilfred Cantwell. Islam in Modedge, 1920. pp. 184-209. ern History. Princeton University Press, 381. Shabaz, Absalom D. La.nd of the Lion 1957. pp. 135, 153. and the Sun . Madison, Wis.: by the 396. Solomon, Victor. A Handbook of Con - author, 1901 and n.d. pp. 49-51. versions to the Religions of the World. 1901 edition has photo of 'Abdu'l- New York: Stravon Educational Press, Baha, page 51. Undated edition has an 1965. pp. 362-367. illustration of 'Mohammed and the Photo of Baha'i International Arc- Koran' on page 51 in its place. hives and Shrine of the Bab, page 364 590 THE BAHA'I WORLD

and House of Worship , Wilmette, page 1937. pp .67, 322 ,332 . 366. American title of above 'Orientations'. 397 . Soper, Edmund Davison. The Religions 413. Strachan, Francoise, ed. The Aquarian of Mankind. New York: Abingdon- Guide to Occult, Mystical, Religious, Cokesbury, 1938. pp. 311-312; 3d rev. Magical London and Around. London: ed., 1951. p. 223. Aquarian Press, 1970. pp. 5-6. 398. Speer, Robert Elliott. The Finality of 414. Sweet, William Warren. The Story of Jesus Christ. Westwood, N. J.: Fleming Religion in America. New York: Harper H. Revell Co., 1933. & Bros., 1930, 1939. p. 626. 399. - - . The Light of the World . West 415. Swift, A. C. Religion Today. New York: Medford , Mass.: Central Committee on McGraw-Hill, 1933. the United Study of Missions, 1911. pp . 416. Sykes, Percy Molsworth. A History of 214-216. Persia. 2 vols. London: Macmillan & Co., 400. - -. Missionary Principles and Prac- 1915. Vol. 2: pp. 443-447; rev. ed., tices. New York: Fleming H. Revell Co., 1930. Vol. 2: pp. 341-345. 1902 . 417. - - . Persia. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 401. - -. Missions and Modern History. 1922. pp. 127-129. New York: Fleming H. Revell Co., 1904. 418. - -. Ten Thousand Miles in Persia or Vol. I: pp . 121 - 182. Eight Years in Iran. London: John Mur- 402 . - - . The Unfinished Task of Foreign ray, 1902. Missions. New York: Fleming H. Revell 419 . Thielman, Baron Max von. Journey in Co., 1926. the Caucasus, Persia and Turkey in Asia. 403. Spengler, Oswald. The Decline of the 2 vols. London: n.p., 1875 . Vol. 1: p. West-Perspectives of World History. 2 262; Vol. 2: pp. 52, 90-91. vols. New York: Alfred Knopf, 1928 . p. 420. Thompson, Ernest. Spiritualism and the 228. Evolution of Religion. London: Psychic The abridged edtion has no Baha'i Book Club, 1953. mention. 421. Tillyard. Aelfrida . Spiritual Exercises 404. Spiegelberg, Frederic. Living Religions and Their Results. New York: Macmillan of the World. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Co., 1927; London: Society for Promot- Prentioe-Hall, 1956 . pp. 419-421. ing Christian Knowledge , 1927. 405. Stark, Freya. Baghdad Sketches. Lon- 422. Titus, Murray T. The Young Moslem don: E. P. Dutton & Co., 1938 and J. Looks at Life. New York: Friendship Murray, 1939. Press, 1937. pp. 61-62 . 406. Steiner, M. J . Inside Pan-Arabia. 423. Todd, A. J. Theories of Social Progress. Chicago: Packart, 194 7 . p. 211. New York: Macmillan Co., 1924. 407. Stevenson, Dwight Eshelman. Faiths 424. Tolstoi , Leo Nikolaevich.- Kingdom of That Compete for My Loyalty. St. Louis, God, What is Art? What is Religion? New Mo.: Christian Board of Publication, York: Thomas Y. Crowell, 1899. p. 353 . 1948 . pp. 71-72. 425. - - . What is Religion? And Other New 408. Stewart, George Rippey. American Way Articles and Letters. Trans. V. Tchertkoff of Life. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, and A. C. Fifield. London: Free Age 1954. pp. 67, 69 . Press, 1902. p. 174. 409. Stoddard, Lothrop. The New World of 426. Toynbee, Arnold J. Christianity among Islam. New York: Charles Scribner's the Religions of the World. New York : Sons, 1922. p. 324. Charles Scribner's Sons, 1957. p. 104. 410. Storer, Rev. J. Thoughts That Build. New 427. - -. Civilization on Trial. New York: York: Macmillan Co., 1924. Oxford University Press, 1948. p. 204 . 411. Storrs, Sir Ronald. Orientations. Lon- 428. - - . A Study of History. London: don: Nicholson & Watson, 1939. pp. 67, Oxford University Press, 1939. Vol. 5: p. 322, 332. 174. 412. - - . The Memories of Sir Ronald 429. Tritton, Arthur Stanley. Islam; Beliefs Storrs. New York: G . P. Putnam's Sons, and Practices. London: Hutchinson Uni- BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 591 versity Library, 1954. pp. 157-158. lishing Corp., 1970. pp. 79-90. 430. Trout, David M. Religious Behavior. 444. Vitzetelly, Frank H. Who? When? New York: Ma,cmillan Co., 1931. pp. Where? What? New York: Funk & Wag- 281-282. nalls Co., 1920 and 1925. 431. Tweedie, Ethel Brilliana ('Mrs. Alec- Dictionary: 'Baha'i', page 8. Tweedie'). Mainly East. New York: E. P. 445. Voss, Carl Hermann. In Search of Mean- Dutton, 1922. pp. 252-253; London: ing. Cleve land, 0.: World Publishing Hutchinson & Co., 1922. Co., 1968. pp . 158-159 . 432. Underhill, Evelyn. The Life of the Spirit 446. - - . The Universal God. Cleveland, and the Life Today . London: Wetheren 0.: World Publishing Co., 1953. p. 269. & Co., 1925. 447. Vreeland, Herbert H. Iran. New Haven, 433. Upton, Joseph M. The History of Mod- Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, ern Iran, an Interpretation. Cambridge, 1957. pp. 101 , 254,296,297. Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1965. 448 . Waamani, Israel T. Israel: A Profile. New pp . 10-11. York: Praeger, 1972. pp. 9, 78. 434. Uris, Leon. Exodus Revisited. New 449. Wadia, Ardaser Sorabjee N. The Mes - York: Doubleday, 1960. sage of Mohammed. London: J.M. Dent Photo of Baha'i International Ar- & Sons, 1923. p. 141. chives building, page 32. 450. Wagar, W. Warren. The City of Man: 435. Ussher, John. Journey from London to Prophecies of a World Civilization in Persepolis. London: n.p., 1865. pp. 120, Twentieth-Century Thought. Boston: 627--629. Houghton Mifflin Co., 1963 . pp. 7, 436. Van Baalen, Jan Karl. The Chaos of 117-120, 300. cults: a study in present-day isms. 4th rev. 451. - - . Building the City of Man. New & en!. ed. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, York: Grossman Publishers, 1971. p. 56. 1973. pp. 146-61. 452. Wallis, Wilson D. Messiahs: Christian 437. Vanderbilt, Cornelius, Jr. Man of the and Pagan. Boston: Richard G. Badger, World, My Life on Five Continents. New 1918. pp. 111-116,228- 229. York: Crown Publishers, 1959. pp. 453. Walstrum, Mary Price. The Nineteenth 311-312,317-318,320- 321 . and Twentieth Centuries: Reminiscences. 438. Van Passen, Pierre. Days of Our Years. Philadelphia: Dorrance & Co ., 1935: New York: Hillman-Curl, 1939. p. 30. 454 . Warren, Edith, comp. Important Ameri- 439. Van Sommers, Tess. Religions in can Poets and Songwriters. 194 7. p. 141 . Australia. PIX Series Extended to 41 455. Watson, Robert Grant. A History of Bel iefs. Adelaide, Australia: Rigby, Persia. London: Smith Elder & Co., 1866. 1966. pp. 17-23. pp. 347-352, 360-362, 385-395,407- Photo of interior of Baha'i House of 410. Worship, Sydney, Australia, page 17 . 456. Watt, W. Montgomery. Islamic Surveys. 440. Vaughan, George. Temple and Towers Vol. 1: Islamic Philosophy and Theology. (A Survey of the World's Moral Out- Edinburgh: University Press, 1962. pp. look). Boston: Meador Publishing Co., 171, 188. 1941.pp.429- 431,551 - 552. 457. Watts, Harold H. The Modern Reader's Photo of Horace Holley facing page Guide to Religion. New York: Barnes & 336 . Noble, 1964. pp. 501, 584. 441. Vaughan, John Gaines. Religion, a 458 . Welch, Anthony. Calligraphy in the arts Comparati"JJC Study. Cincinnati, 0.: of the Muslim world. Austin: University Abingdon Press, 1919. of Texas Press, 1979. pp. 168-9. 442. Vilnay, Zev. The Guide to Israel. 459 . Whalen, William J. Faiths for the Few. Jerusalem: By the author, 3d rev. ed., Milwaukee, Wis.: Bruce Publishing Co., 1958; 3d rev. ed., 1960. pp. 28, 1963. pp. v, vii, 36- 41; mention on dust 346- 347, 359. cover. 443. Vines, Ernest M. Gems of the East, or 460. White, Lyman Cromwell. International God in every nation. Sydney: West Pub- Non-Governmental Organizations. New 592 THE BAHA'f WORLD

Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Whitman and His Times. New York: Press, 1951. Harper, 1941. 461. Whittingham, George Napier. Th e 477. Wismer, Don. The Islamic Jesus. New Home of Fadeless Splendour. New York: Garland Publishing Co., 1977 . p. York: E.P. Dutton & Co. , (1921). pp. 254. 234-236. 4 78. Wolcott, Leonard and Carolyn. Reli- Photo of 'Abdu'l-Baha being knigh- gions around th e World. Nashville: ted, facing page 234. Abingdon Press, 1967. pp . 171, 462. Widgery, Alban G. Living Religions and 174-175 , 182. Modern Thought. London: Williams & Children 's book illustrated by Gordon Norgate, 1936. pp. 212-200. Laite. 463. Wiedyke, Robert G. and Hurd, Mary K. , 479. Wollaston, Arthur N. The Sword of comps. American Concrete Institute 55 Islam. London: John Murray, 1905. Year Index 1905-1959. Detroit, Mich. : 480 . Wons, Anthony . Tony's Scrap Book. American Concrete Institute , 1960 . pp. Chicago: Reilly & Lee , 1932. p. 41. 15, 234 , 236. 481. Wood , Clement. The Outline of Man's 464. Wilber, Donald N. Iran-Past and Pres- Knowledge. New York: Grosset & Dunent. Princeton, N.J .: Princeton Univer- lap, 1927. p. 517. sity Press, 1948. pp. 79-80. 482. Wright, Denis. The English amongst the 465. Williams, David Rhys . World Religions Persians. London: Heinemann, 1977. and the Hop e for Peace. Boston: Beacon pp.44, 120, 164. Press, 1951. pp. 142-151, 203, 218, 483. Wysner, Gloria M. Near East Panorama. mention on dust cover. New York: Friendship Press, 1950 . pp. 466 . Williams, Henry Smith, ed. The His- 59-60. torians' History of the World. 25 vols. 484. Young, Barbara. This Man from Leba- London: Hooper & Jackson , 1904. Vol. non. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1945; 24: pp. 493-494,499. 1961, pp. 68- 69. 467. Williams, John Alden, ed. Themes of 485. Younghusband, Sir Francis. The Gleam. Islamic Civilization . Berkeley, Calif.: London: John Murray, 1923. pp. University of California, 1974. pp. 182-214. 242-243. 486. - - . Modern Mystics. London: John 468. Williamson, George Hunt. Road in the Murray, 1935; New Hyde Park, N.Y.: E. Sky. London: Neville Spearman, 1959. P. Dutton& Co., 1935. pp. 97 - 142, 252, 469. - - . The Saucers Speak. London: 253. Neville Spearman, 1963. p. 110. 487. - -. A Venture of Faith Being a 470. Wills, C. J. In the Land of the Lion and Description of the World Congress of the Sun, or Modern Persia. London: Ward Faiths Held in London, 1936. London: Lock & Co ., 1891. pp. 144, 153-156, Michael Joseph, 1937. pp. 50, 152-156. 164, 201,272,317, 339. 488 . Yonan, Isaac Malek. The Beloved Physi- 471. - - . Persia as It Is. London: Sampson, cian of Teheran . Nashville: Cokesbury Low, Marston, Searle & Rivington, Press, 1934. pp. 88-90. 1887. pp. 7-8. 489. Zwemer, Samuel M. Heirs of the 472. Wilson, Sir Arnold Talbot . The Modem Prophets. Chicago: Moody Press, 1946. World. London: Ernest Benn, 1932. p. 118. 473. - - . Persia. London: Ernest Benn, 490. - - . Islam, a Challenge to Faith. New 1932. York: Student Volunteer Movement for 474. Wilson, Rev. Samuel Graham. Bahaism Foreign Missions, 1907. pp. 147-149, and Its Claims. New York: Fleming 248. Revell Co., 1915. 491. - - . The Moslem World. Cleveland, 475. - - . Persian Life and Customs . New 0.: J. H. Lamb, 1908. p. 200; Boston: York: Fleming H. Revell Co., 1895. pp. United Society of Christian Endeavor, 12,62, 146, 185- 186,221. 1908. p. 200. 4 76. Win war, Frances. American Giant: Walt 492 . Zwemer, Samuel M. and Brown, Arthur BAHA'I BIBLIOGRAPHY 593 J. The Nearer and Farther Eas1. New ference on Behalf of the Mohammedan York: Macmillan Co., 1908. p. 98. World Held at Cairo, April 4th - 9th, 493. Zwemer, Samuel M. et al, ed. The 1906. New York: Young People's Mis- Mohammedan World of To-Day being sionary Movement, 1906. pp. 17, 115, Papers Read at the First Missionary Con- 116, 117-118, 121, 129-130.

E. A PARTIAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ENGLISH-LANGUAGE ITEMS BY BAHA'IS IN WHICH MENTION IS MADE OF THE BAHA'I FAITH

(published under non-Baha'i auspices)

Baker, Richard St. Barbe. I Planted Trees. Gillespie, Dizzy. To Be or Not .. . to Bop. London: Lutterworth, 1944. Garden City: Doubleday, 1979. - - . My Life My Trees. London: Lutter- Hayden, Robert. Angle of Ascent. New York: worth , 1970. Liveright, 1975. Banani, Amin. The Modernization of Iran , - - . The Night-Blooming Cereus. London: 1921-1941. Stanford: Stanford University Paul Breman, 1973. Press, 1961. Kazemzadeh, Firuz. Russia and Britain in Per- Bausani, Alessandro. The Persians from the sia, 1864 - 1914. New Haven: Yale Univer- Earliest Days to the Twentieth Century . Lon- sity Press, 1968. don: Elek , 1971. Leach, Bernard. Beyond East and West. Lon- Cobb, Stanwood. The Real Turk. Boston: Pil- don: Faber and Faber, 1978. grim Press , 1914. - -. Drawings, Verse and Belief London: Cole, W. Owen, ed. World Religions: a Hand- Jupiter Books, 1973. book for Teachers. London: Commission for Murchie , Guy. The Seven Mysteries of Life. Racial Equality, 1977. Article by Philip Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1978. Hainsworth. - -. Song of the Sky. Cambridge: Riverside Danner, Ma rgaret Esse. The Down ofa Thistle. Press, 1954. Waukesha : Country Beautiful, 1976. Prickett, John, ed. Initiation Rites. London: Dunne, Finley P., ed. World Religions Speak Lutterworth Educational, 1978. Article by on the 'Relevance of Religion to the Modern Philip Hainsworth. World.' The Hague: Dr. W. Junk, 1970. Scrutton, Robert. The Other Atlantis. Jersey: Article by Dr. H . M. Munje. Neville Spearman, 1977. Fozdar, Jamshed. The God of Buddha. New Vail , Albert R. and Vail, Emily McClellan. York: Asia Publishing House, 1973. Heroic Lives. Boston: Beacon Press, 1917.

F. A PARTIAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THESES RELATING TO THE BAHA'I FAITH

Asander, Margit. (1974) Baha'[-Jsmen. Stock- Berger, Peter L. (1954) From Sect to Church: holms Universitet, Religionshistoriska A Sociological Interpretation of the Baha'i Institutionen. Movement. Ph.D., New York: New School Baghdadi, Guita. (1977) Religion, Sante et of Social Research. Medecine: Place de la Foi Baha'i. M.D. , Beveridge, Kent. (1977) Die gesellschaft- Universite de Grenoble. spolitische Rolle der Baha'i-Verwaltung- Behroozi, Shahla B. (1971) The Role of Balza'{ sordnung innerhalb der Gemeinschaft der Faith in the Social Development of Baha'i Baha'i, unter besondere Betrachtung der zwei Youth in Los Banos Laguna. Masters of leitenden lnstitutionen (The sociopolitical Social Work, University of the Philippines. role of the Baha'f administrative order inside 594 THE BAHA'i WORLD

the Baha'i community, with special refer- Shi'i Islam. Ph.D. , Cambridge University. ence to its two leading institutions). Docto- Murthi, R . Ganesa. (1969) The Growth of the rate, Vienna. Bahti'( Faith in Malaysia. University of Garrigues, Steve L. (1976) The Bahft'fs of Malaya. Malwa: Identity and change among the Ong, Henry. (1978) Yan Kee Leong: a Biogra- Urban Bahft'[s of Malwa. Ph.D., Lucknow phy of a Malaysian Cartoonist. M.S., Iowa University . State University. Hakim, Christine. (1971) Naissance de la Foi Parnian, Shahnaz. (1974) A Study of the Bahft'(e, et Son Processus Social. M.A. , Uni- Methods of Communication Used by Bahti'(s versite de Nanterre. in Educating Persons to Adopt Bahti'{ Faith. Hakim-Samandari, Christine. (1979) Etude B.A. University of Rajasthan. d'une Institution Religieuse: 'l'Ordre Philipp, Mango! Bayat. (1971) Mirza Aqii Administratif Baha'i et la communaute des Khiin Kirmiini: 19thC Persian Revolutionary fideles. Ph.D., Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Thinker. Ph.D., University of California at Sciences Sociales. Los Angeles. Izadinia, Foad. (1977) Centro de £studios de Rafati, Vahid. (1979) The Development of Post Grado para Panama. M.A., Univer- Shaykhf Thought in Shtf Islam. Ph.D., sidad de Panama, Facultad de Arquitectura. University of California at Los Angeles . Jackel, Rudolf. (1951) Die Glaubenslehren der Ross, Margaret J. (1979) Some Aspects of the Bahti't-Religion. Ph.D., University of Bahti'( Faith in New Zealand. M.A. , Univer- Ti.ibingen. sity of Auckland. Johnson, Vernon Elvin. (1974) An Historical Rost, Harry. (1969) The Possible Nature and Analysis of Critical Transformations in the Establishment of Bahti'( Universities and Col- Evolution of the Bahti'{ World Faith. Ph.D., leges Based Upon a Study of Bahti'( Litera- Baylor University, Texas. ture. D .Ed., University of South Dakota. Kahn, Sandra Santolucito. (1977) Encounter Schaefer, Udo. (1957) Die Grundlagen der of Two Myths: Bahti'( and Christian in the Verwaltungsordnung der Bahti'( (The foun- Rural American South-A Study in Trans- dations of the Baha'i administrative order). mythicization. Ph.D ., University of Califor- Doctorate, Heidelberg. nia at Santa Barbara. Schmitz, Anke. (1973) Das Prophetenver- Khazei, S. (1963) Finanzpolitische·Probleme in stiindnis der Baha'(-Religion aus der Sicht der 'Neuen Weltordnung' auf Grund der ihrer Grunder. M.A., Millheim-Ruhr. Bahti't-Lehre (Finance-political problems Scholl, Steven D. (1980) Imiimi Shi'ism and in the 'New World Order' based on the Baha'i the Bahti'( Faith: a Preliminary Study. B.A., teachings). Doctorate, Innsbruck. University of Oregon. Loi, Luciano. (1974) Alcuni Aspetti delta Fede Szepesi, Angela. (1968) A Proposed World di Bahti'u'lltih (Some aspects of the faith of Order: Bahti'( Teachings and Institutions. Baha'u'llah). Universita degli Studi di Cagli- M.A., Laval University, Quebec. ari Facolta di Scienze Politiche. Ward, Allan Lucius. (1960) An Historical Mahmoudi, Jalil. (1966) A Sociological Study of the North American Speaking Tour Analysis of the Bahti'( Movement. Ph.D., of'Abdu'l-Baha and a Rhetorical Analysis of University of Utah. His Addresses. Ph.D ., Ohio University. Martin, James Douglas. (1967) The Life and Yazdani, Farhan. (1976) Les Deux Ailes d'un Work of Sarah Jane Farmer, 1847-1916. Oiseau, ou: une introduction ii la Conception M.A. University of Waterloo, Ontario. Baha'ie de la Sante. M.D., Universite de McEoin, Denis. (1977)A Revised Surveyofthe Lyon. Sources for Early Bab( Doctrine and History. Zabih, M. (1949) Die Losung der sozialen Fellowship Dissertation, King's College, Frage auf Grund der Bahti't-Lehren (The Cambridge. solution to the social question according to McEoin, Denis. (1979) From Shaykhism to the Baha'i teachings). Doctorate, Stuttgart. Babism: a Study in Charismatic Renewal in ORIENT AL TERMS 595

III ORIENT AL TERMS

1. TRANSLITERATION OF ORIENTAL WORDS FREQUENTLY USED IN BAHA'I LITERATURE

'Aba 'Aziz Fars I~fahan Abadih Farsakh 'Iwqabad 'Abbas Bab Fat9-'Ali Iwraqat 'Abdu'l-Baha Babi Firdaws Ifil}tihard 'Abdu'l-I:Iamid Babu'I-Bab Firdawsi Islam 'Abdu'l-I:Iusayn Baghdad Isma'iliyyih 'Abdu'llah Baha Ganjih 'Izzat Abha Baha'i Gflan Abu'l-Fa<;ll Baha'u'llah Gui Jal al 'Adasiyyih Bahiyyih Gulistan Jamadiyu'l-Avval Adhan Bahji Gurgin Jamal Adhirbayjan Baluchistan Jamal-i-Mubarak Afnan Bandar-' Abbas I:Iabib Jamal-i-Qidam Agh~an Baqir I:Iadilh Jasb 'Ahd Baqiyyatu'llah I:Ia<;trat Jubbih A9mad Barfurush I:Ia ji A9sa'i Ba~rih I:Iaji Mirza Aqasi Ka'bih Ahvaz Ba turn I:Iajj Kad-Khuda Akbar Bay an Hamadan Kalan tar 'Akka Bayt I:Iaram Kali mat 'Ala' Big I:Iasan Kamal 'Ali Birjand Hawdaj Karand 'Ali-Mu9ammad Bifil}arat I:Iaydar-' Ali Karbila Allah-u-Abha Bismi'llah Haykal Kaw an Alva9 Bukhara I:Ia?iratu'l-Quds Kawkul Alva9-i-Salatin Burujird l:lijaz Kawmu'~-~a'ayidih Amatu' l-Baha Bushihr Hijrat Kawlhar Amin Bufil}ru'i Himmat-Abad Ka?im Amir Buwruyih I:Iujjat Ka?imayn Arnir-Ni?am I:Iusayn Khalkhal Amru'llah Chihriq Khan Amul Ibrahim Khaniqayn Anzali Dala'il-i-Sab'ih fl Khayli Khub Aqa Darughih 'Ilm Khurasan Aqdas Dawlat-Abad Imam Khuy 'Arabistan DhabiQ Imam-Jum'ih Kirman Asma' Duzdab Imam-Zadih Kirmanshah Astarabad fqan Kitab-i-' Ahd 'Avashiq Fara'id fr an Kitab-i-Aqdas Ayadi Fa ran 'Iraq Kitab-i-Asma' Azal Farman 'Iraqi Kitab-i-Badi' 'A?amat Farrash-Bashi 'Iraq-i-' A jam Kitab-i-fqan 596 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Kulah Mu~!afa Rafsanjan Sul!fou'sh-Shuhada' Kurdistan Mustagha!.!:! Ral)Jm Sunni Mu?affari'd-Din Ra!) man Suratu'l-Haykal Lahijan Ral)mat Surih Lar Ra'is Suriy-i-Damm Nabfl Law!) Ramac;Ian Suriy-i-Ghu~n Nabfl-i-A'?am Luristan Ras ht Suriy-i-Ra'is Najaf Najaf-Abad Rawl)ani Suriy-i-Sabr Madrisih Ric;Ivan Naqic;Iin MaJ:ibubu'sh-Shuhada Ruhu'llah Na~ir Tabarsi Mahd-i-'Ulya Na~iri'd-Dfn Tabriz Mah-Ku Sabzivar Navvab Tahirih MaJ:imud Naw-Ruz Sadratu'l-Muntaha Tajalliyat Malayir SaJ:iibu'z-Zaman Nayriz Takur Man- Yu?hiruhu'llah SaJ:iffatu'l-J:Iaramayn Taqf Nishapur Maqam Sa'id Nuq!ih Tarazat Maraghih Salsa bf! Nur Tarbiyat MarJ:iaba Samarqand Tashkand Marv Sangsar Pahlavi Tawl)fd Masa'il Sari Pa ran Thurayya Mashhad Saysan Tihran Mashiyyat Sha'ban Tuman Ma~riqu'l-A@kar Qac;Ii Shah Turkistan Masjid Qadiyan Shahid Maydan Qahqahih Shahmfrzad 'U la ma Mazindaran Qa'im Shahrud UrumJyyih Mihdi Qajar Sharaf 'U!.!:! ma n MiJ:irab Qalyan Shari' ah Milan Qam~ar Shaylgl Mi' raj Qa~r-i-Shfrin Shaykh-Tabarsf VaJ:iid Mirza Qawl Shaykhu'l-Islam Vali Mishk.in-Qalam Qayyum Shi'ah (Shi'ih) Vali-'Ahd Mu'adhdhin Qayyumu'l-Asma' Shiraz Varqa Mufti Qazvfn Shuilitar Vazfr (also Vizfr) MuJ:iammad Qiblih Sim nan MuJ:iammad-' Ali Qu£han Sis tan Ya-Baha'u'l-Abha MuJ:iammarih Quddus Siyah-Chal YaJ:iya MuJ:iarram Qudrat Siyyid Yazd Mujtahid Qum Sllfi Mulk Qur'an Sulayman Zanjan Mull a Qurban Sul!an Zarand Munirih Qurratu'l-' Ayn Sul!an-Abad Zaynu'l-Muqarrabin ORIENTAL TERMS 597

2. GUIDE TO TRANSLITERATION AND PRO NUN CIA TION OF THE PERSIAN ALPHABET

t . . ... a L • .. .. kh uD ...... ~ ~ ..... k

'--' J' :;.( .... . g • . .. .. b i>. ..... d ..... <;I

- ' -• ' .. . .. p ::;, .... dh ~ . . .... ! J ...... 1

~ . .... m "-..::J ...... t _). ... . .. r E •... . ?- • ~ ..... !.h ~ - .. . .. z .E .. . ... ' _,, <..:) ... . . n

-c ...... j _.) ····~ ~ .. . . gh ~ . . ... v

.....h

~ . ... ch ....r.- ...... s ~ ...... f ~ .. .. . . , . .... y

L.. ... .. I) ~ .... fill 0 ..... q s

a ... as in i ... as (e) in u . . . as ( o) in aw ... as m account best short mown a . . . as in I ... as(ee)in u . . . as (oo) in arm meet moon

The 'I' added to the name of a town signifies 'belonging to' . Thus Shfrazf means native of Shiraz.

3. NOTES ON THE PRONUNCIATION OF PERSIAN WORDS The emphasis in Persian words is more or and the second syllable to rhyme with on. less evenly distributed, each syllable being Americans are apt to pronounce short 'a' plus equally stressed as in French . For example, do 'r' like the verb form a re; this is a mistake; 'ar' not say Tabriz or Tabarsf ; stay as long on one should be pronounced as in the word syllable as on the next; Tabriz; Tabarsf. (While hurry- cf. Tarblyat. there are many exceptions to this rule, it is the The same differentia tion should be observed most generally correct method of treating the in the case of long and short 'i' and long and question of stress.) short 'u'. As the guide to the transliteration A frequent mistake is the failure to distin- indicates, short ' i' is like 'e' in best, and long 'f' guish between broad and ft at 'a's.' This differen- like 'ee' in meet; for example, Ibrahim is protiation makes the language especially musical nounced Eb-raheem; Islam is Ess-lahm. Short and should be observed: in the word Afnan, for 'u' being like 'o' in short, and long 'u' like 'oo' example, pronounce the first 'a' as in account. in moon, the following would be pronounced: 598 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Quddus- Qod-dooss; Barfurufil}- Bar- In the case of double letters pronounce each foroosh. separately: 'Ab-bas. Pronounce 'aw' to rhyme with low , or mown; The character transliterated (') represents a Naw-Ruz is No-Rooz. pause; it is not unlike the initi al so und made in The following consonants may be pro- pronouncing such a word as every. The word nounced like z: dh, z, '.?, <;!. Baha'i is phonetically as follows: 'a' as in T he following consonants may be pro- account; 'a' as in hall; ('), pause; 'i'as ee in nounced like ss: !_h, s, ~- meet. Zh is pronounced like the 's' in pleasure. K!J The character transliterated (') may also be is pronounced like 'ch' in Scottish lo ch or Ger- treated as a pause . man nacht. Do not pronoun ce it as ' k'. Western- N.B. As Persian often indicates no vowel ers often experience difficulty pronouncing sounds and as its pronunciation differs in dif- 'gh' and 'q'; a guttural French ' r' will serve ferent localities throughout Persia and the here; otherwise use hard 'g' as in good. Near East as well as among individuals in any H and ~, approximately like the English given locality, a uniform system of transliteraaspirate 'h' , should never be dropped. Tihran is tion such as the above, which is in use by Baha'i Teh-ron; madrisih is mad-res-seh; Mi~rab is communities all over the world, is indispe ns- Meh-rob . able to the student.

Calligraphic arrangement ofpart ofthe opening sentence ofthe Will and Testament of'Abdu' l- Bahti: 'All Praise to Him Who, by the Shield of His Covenant, hath guarded the Temple of His Cause.' ORIENTAL TERMS 599

4. DEFINITIONS OF SOME OF THE ORIENT AL TERMS USED IN BAHA'I LITERATURE Ab: Father. Badf' calendar. Aba, Abu, Abi: Father of. Bab: 'Gate'. Title ass umed by Mirza 'Ali- 'Aba: Cloak or mantle . MuJ:iammad, after the declaration of His 'Abdu'l-Baha: Servant of Baha. Mission in Shiraz in May 1844 A .D . Abha: Most Glorious . Babi: Follower of the Bab. Adhan: Muslim call to prayer. Babu'l-Bab: 'The Gate of the Gate'. Title of Adib: literally 'the learned'. Mulla I:Iusayn, the first Letter of the Living. Afnan: literally 'twigs'. Denotes the relations of Badi': literally 'the wonderful'. the Bab. Baha: 'Glory', 'splendour', 'light'. Title by Agh~an: literally 'branches'. Denotes sons and which Baha'u'llah (Mirza I:Iusayn-' Ali) is male descendants of Baha'u'llah. designated. First month of the Badi' calen- A.H.: 'Anno Hejirae'. Year of MuJ:iammad's dar. migration from Mecca to Medina, and the Baha'i: Follower of Baha'u'llah. beginning of the Muslim era. Baha'u'l-Abha: 'The Glory of the Most Glori- 'Ahd: Covenant. ous'. AJ:isanu'l-Qi~a~: One of the commentaries on Baha'u'llah: 'The Glory of God'. Title of Mirza the Qur'an revealed by the Bab, on the I:Iusayn-'Ali; born Tihran, Persia, 12 Nov. Surih of Joseph, translated by Tahirih. 1817; ascended Bahjf, Palestine (now Akbar: 'Greater', 'greatest'. (See 'Kabir'.) Israel), 29 May 1892 . A'la: 'The Most Exalted One', a title of the Bahji: literally 'delight'. Denotes that part of Bab. the Plain of 'Akka (Israel) where the Shrine 'Ala': 'Loftiness'. Nineteenth month of the and the Mansion of Baha'u'llah are situated. Badi' calendar. Bani-Hashim: The family from which 'Ali: The first Imam, the rightful successor of MuJ:iammad was descended. MuJ:iammad; also the fourth Caliph. Baqiyyatu'llah: 'Remnant of God'; title Allah: 'God'. applied both to the Bab and to Baha'u'llah. Allah-u-Abha: 'God is All-Glorious'. The Bayan: 'Exposition', 'explanation'. Title given Greatest Name, adopted during the period by the Bab to His Revelation, and to two of of Baha'u'llah's exile in Adrianople as a His Writings, one in Persian the other in greeting among Baha'is. 1 Arabic. Allah-u-Akbar: 'God is the Most Great'. Baytu'l-'Adl-i-A'~am: The Universal House of Superseded by 'Allah-u-Abha' during the Justice. Adrianople period .2 Big: Honorary title; lower title than Khan. Al-Madinah: The city to which MuJ:iammad Bisharat: literally 'Glad tidings'. Title of one of migrated. (See 'A.H.') the Tablets of Baha'u'llah. Amin: literally 'the trusted' . Trustee. Caravansary (also 'caravanserai', 'caravan- Amir: 'Prince', 'ruler', 'commander', 'gover- sera'): An inn for caravans. nor' . Darughih: 'High constable' . Aqa: 'Master'. Title given by Baha'u'llah to Dawlih: 'State', 'government'. 'Abdu'l-Baha . Also 'Mister' when preceding Dhi'b: 'The Wolf, an appellation applied by a name . Baha'u'llah to Shaykh MuJ:iammad-Baqir. Aqdas: 'The Most Holy'. Dhikr: 'Remembrance', 'commemoration', Asma: 'Names'. Ninth month of the Badi' 'mention'; praise or glorification of God; calendar. recital of His Names; religious exercise or Ayyam: (See Ha). ceremony; (plural adhkar) . A'~am: 'The greatest'. EI-Abha: Properly, al-Abha, 'The Most 'A~amat: 'Grandeur'. Fourth month of the Glorious'. ' God Passes By, p. 176. Farman: 'Order', 'command', 'royal decree'. ibid ., p. 18. Farrash: 'Footman', 'lictor', 'attendant'. 600 THE BAHA'l WORLD

Farrash-Bashi: The head-farrash. Imam-Zadih: Descendant of an Imam or his Farsakh: Unit of measurement. Approxi- shrine. mately three miles or five kilometres. Insha'allah: 'If God wills it'. Fatva: Sentence or judgement by Muslim fqan: literally 'certitude'. The title of Baha'u'- mufti. llah's Epistle to one of the uncles of the Ghu~an: 'Branch'. Son or male descendant of Bab. Baha'u'llah. Ishraqat: literally 'splendours'. Title of one of Ha, (Days of): Ayyam-i-Ha. The Intercalary the Tablets of Baha'u'llah. Days, so named by Baha'u'llah in the Kitab- Israfil: The angel whose function is to sound i-Aqdas, where He also ordained that they the trumpet on the Day of Judgement. should immediately precede the month of 'Izzat: 'Might'. Tenth month of the Badf' 'Ala', i.e. the month of fasting which closes calendar. the Baha'i year. Every fourth year the Jahiliyyih: The dark age of ignorance among number of the Intercalary Days is raised the Arabs before the appearance of from four to five. MuQammad. l;ladi!h: Tradition. The whole body of the sa- Jalal: 'Glory' . Second month of the Badi' cred tradition of the Muslims is called the calendar. Qadi!h. (Plural aQadi!h.) Jamal: ' Beauty'. Third month of the Badi' l;lac;lrat: literally 'threshold'. Courtesy title calendar. sometimes translated as 'His Holiness'. Jamal-i-Mubarak: literally 'the Blessed l;laji: A Muslim who has performed the pil- Beauty', applied to Baha'u'llah. grimage to Mecca. Jamal-i-Qidam: literally 'the Ancient Beauty', l;laram-i-Aqdas: The Most Holy Sanctuary, a applied to Baha'u'llah. designation given by the Guardian to the Jihad: Holy war, as specified in Qur'an . north-western quadrant of the garden sur- Jinab: Courtesy title sometimes translated 'His rounding the Shrine of Baha'u'llah. Honour'. Hawdaj (Howdah): A litter carried by a camel, Jubbih: An outer coat. mule, horse or elephant for travelling pur- Ka'bih: Ancient shrine at Mecca. Now recogposes. nized as the most holy shrine of Islam. l;la~iratu'l-Quds: 'The Sacred Fold', official Kabir: literally 'great'. (See 'Akbar'.) title designating headquarters of Baha'i Kad-khuda: Chief of a ward or parish in a administrative activity. town; headman of a village. Hijrat (also 'Hijra', 'Hegira'.): literally 'Migra- Kalantar: 'Mayor'. tion'. The basis of Islamic chronology. The Kalim: 'One who discourses'. date of MuQammad's migration from Mecca Kalimu'llah: 'One Who converses with God'. to Medina. Title given to Moses in the Islamic dispensal;luququ'llah: 'Right of God'; payment by tion. believers instituted in the Kitab -i-Aqdas. Kalimat: 'Words'. Seventh month of the Badi' l;lusayniyyih: Place where martyrdom of calendar. J:Iusayn is mourned, or where Muslim pas- Kamal: 'Perfection'. Eight month of the Badi' sion plays may be presented. Designation calendar. given by Shf'ahs to Baha'u'llah's Most Great Karbila'f: A Muslim who has performed the House in Baghdad, forcibly occupied by pilgrimage to Karbila. them. Kaw!har: A river in Paradise, whence all the Ibn: 'Son'. other rivers derive their source. 11: 'Clan'. Khadimu'llah: 'Servant of God'. Title of Mirza 'flm: 'Knowledge'. Twelfth month of the Badi' Aqa Jan. 1 calendar. Khan: 'Prince', ' lord', 'nobleman', 'chieftain'. Imam: Title of the twelve Shf'ah successors of Khan: similar to a caravansary. MuQammad. Also applied to Muslim religi- Khic;lr: literally 'The Green One'. Said to have ous leaders. lived at the time of Abraham, drank from the Imam-Jum'ih: Chief of the mullas, who recites the Friday prayers for the sovereign. 1 God Passes By, p. 115. ORIENTAL TERMS 601 fountain of life , and is called its custodian. day of the martyrdom of I:Jusayn. He is also said to symbolize the true guide. Mulk: 'Dominion'. Eighteenth month of the His name does not occur in the Qur'an, but Badi' calendar. some commentators identify him with the Mujtahid: Muslim doctor-of-law. Most of the mysterious personage referred to in Qur' an mujtahids of Persia have received their dip- 18:59-81. lomas from the most eminent jurists of Kar- Khutbih: Sermon delivered on Fridays at noon bila and Najaf. in Islamic religion. Mulla: Muslim priest. Kitab: ' Book' . Mustagha!h: 'He Who is invoked', the numeri- Kitab-i-Aqdas: literally 'The Most Holy cal value of which has been assigned by the Book' . Title of Baha' u'llah's Book of Laws. Bab as the limit of the time fixed for the Kulah: The Persian lambskin hat worn by advent of the promised Manifestation. government employees and civilians. Muti~arrif: ' Governor'. Madrisih: ' Seminary', 'school ', 'religious col- Nabfl: ' Learned ', ' noble'. lege'. Naw-Ruz: 'New Day' . Name applied to the Man- Yu~hiruhu'llah: 'He Whom God will Baha'i New Year's Day; according to the make manifest'. The title given by the Bab to Persian calendar the day on which the sun the Promised One. enters Aries . Mar!)aba: 'Bravo! Well done!' N uqtih : 'Point'. Masa'il: 'Questions'. Fifteenth month of the Nur: 'Light'. Fifth month of the Badi' calendar. Badi' calendar. Pahlavan: 'Athlete', 'champion'; term applied Mashhadi: A Muslim who has performed the to brave and muscular men. pilgrimage to Mashhad. Pasha: Honorary title formerly given to Mashiyyat: 'Will'. Eleventh month of the Badi' officers of high rank in Turkey. calendar. Pi§hki§h: 'Present', 'tip', 'douceur'. Mashriqu'l-Adhkar: literally 'the dawning Qa<;li: 'Judge'; civil , criminal and ecclesiastical. place of the praise of God'. Title designating Qa'im: 'He Who shall arise' . Title designating Baha'i Houses of Worship. the Promised One of Islam. Masjid: Mosque; Muslim place of worship. Qalyan: A pipe for smoking through water. Maydan : A square or open place. Qawl: 'Speech'. Fourteenth month of the Badi' Mih<;li: Title of the Manifestation expected by calendar. Muslims. Qiblih: 'Point of Adoration'; prayer-direction Mi!)rab: The principal place in a mosque where toward which the faithful turn in prayer. The the Imam prays with his face turned towards Most Holy Tomb of Baha'u'llah at Bahji is Mecca . 'the Heart and Qiblih of the Baha'i world'.' Mi'raj: 'Ascent'. Used with reference Qurban: 'Sacrifice'. Mu!)ammad's ascension to heaven. Qudrat: ' Power'. Thirteenth month of the Mirza: A contraction of 'Amir-Zadih', mean- Badi' calendar. ing son of Amir. When affixed to a name it Qur'an: 'The Reading'; 'that which ought to be signifies prince; when prefixed, simply mis- read'. The Book revealed to MuQ.ammad. ter. Rabbi-i-A'la: ' Exalted Lord'. One of the Mishkin-Qalam: literally 'the musk-scented designations of the Bab. pen'. Title applied to a famed Baha'i callig- RaJ:imat: 'Mercy' . Sixth month of the Badi' raphist. calendar. Mu'adhdhin: The one who sounds the Adhan , Ra'is: 'President', 'head' . LawJ:i-i-Ra'is, a Tabthe Muslim call to prayer. let addressed to the Prime Minister of Tur- Mufti: Expounder of Muslim law; gives a fatva key by Baha'u'llah. or sentence on a point of religious jurispru- Ri<;lvan: 'Paradise'; also the name of the custodence . dian of Paradise. The holiest and most Mu!)arram: First month of the Muslim year, significant of all Baha'i festivals comthe first ten days o_f which are observed by memorating Baha'u'llah's Declaration of Shi'ahs as part of their mourning period for the Imams. The tenth day, 'Ashura', is the 1 God Passes By , pp. 110, 277. 602 THE BAHA'I WORLD

His Mission to His companions in 1863, a Siyyid: Descendant of the Prophet MuJ:iamtwelve-day period beginning on 21 April and mad. celebrated annually. $Ufi: Mystics or mystical doctrine in Islam. Sadratu'l-Muntaha: The Divine Lote Tree; the Sul!an: 'Sovereignty'. Seventeenth month of Tree beyond which there is no passing. the Badf' calendar. $adr-i-A''.?am: 'Prime Minister'. Sunni, Sunnite: From 'Sunna' (the Way or $aJ:iibu'z-Zaman: 'Lord of the Age'; one of the Practice of the Prophet, as reported in the titles of the promised Qa'im. J:iadf!h.) By far the largest sect of Islam, this Salam: 'Peace', 'salutation'. Muslim greeting. includes the four so-called orthodox sects: Word used to end a thesis. Hanbalites, Hanafites, Malikites, Shafiites. Salsabil: A fountain of Paradise. Surih: Name of the chapters of the Qur'an. Samandar: literally 'the phoenix'. Suriy-i-Muluk: 'Surih of Kings'; Tablet Sarkar-Aqa: literally 'The Honourable Mas- revealed by Baha'u'llah in Adrianople. ter', applied to 'Abdu'l-Baha. Ta: Letter 'T' standing for Tihran. Shah: 'King', especially of Persia. Taj: literally 'crown'; tall felt headdress Shah-Bahram: World Saviour and Promised adopted by Baha'u'llah in 1863, on the day One of the Zoroastrians. Fulfilled by Baha'u' - of His departure from His Most Holy House . llah. Tajalliyat: literally 'effulgences'. Title ofone of Shahid: 'Martyr'. Plural of martyr is 'Shuhada'. the Tablets of Baha'u'llah. Sharaf: 'Honour' . Sixteenth month of the Ba di' Takyih: Religious establishment; usual place calendar. of observance of the martyrdom of Imam Shari'ah, Sharf'at: Muslim canonical law. The I:Iusayn. law. Tarazat: literally 'ornaments'. Title of one of Shaykh: Venerable old man; man of authority; · the Tablets of Baha'u'llah. elder, chief, professor, superior of a dervish Tuman: Unit of Iranian currency. order, etc. 'Ulama: Plural of 'one who knows' ; 'learned' , Shaykhf: School founded by Shaykh-AJ:imad- 'a scholar'. i-AJ:isa'f. Among his doctrines, in addition to 'Urvatu'l-Vuthqa: literally 'the strongest the imminent dual Advent, was that the handle'; symbolic of the Faith of God. Prophet MuJ:iammad's material body did not VaJ:iid: 1. A 'unity' or section of the Bayan. The ascend on the night of the Mi'raj. Persian Bayan consists of nine VaJ:iids of Shaykhu'l-Islam: Head of religious court, nineteen chapters each , except the last, appointed to every large city by the Shah. which has only ten chapters. 2. The eighteen Shi' ah, Shi'ih, Shi'ite: Party (of' Ali). Partisan Letters of the Living (constituting the Bab's of 'Ali and of his descendants as the sole first disciples) and the Bab Himself. 3. Each lawful 'Vicars of the Prophet', The Shi'ahs cycle of nineteen years in the Badf' calendar. reject the first three Caliphs, believing that The word, signifying unity, symbolizes the the successorship in Islam belonged right- unity of God. The numerical values of the fully to 'Ali (first Imam and fourth Caliph) letters of this word total nineteen. and to his descendants by divine right. Orig- VaJ:iid: 'Unique'. inally, the successorship was the vital point Vall: 'Governor'. of difference, and Islam was divided because Vall: 'Guardian'. MuJ:iammad's (albeit verbal) appointment of Vall-' Ahd: 'heir to the throne'. 'Ali was disregarded. Varaqiy-i-'Ulya: literally 'the Most Exalted $irat: literally 'bridge' or 'path'; denotes the Lear , applied to Baha'fyyih (Bahiyyih) religion of God. Khan um, sister of' Abdu'l-Baha. 1 Sfyah-Chal: Black Pit in Tihran where, in Varga: literally 'the dove'. August 1852, Baha'u'llah was chained in the Vazfr (Vizir, Vizier): Minister of State. Grand darkness three flights of stairs underground, Vazir; Prime Minister. with some 150 thieves and assassins. Here Vilayat: 'Guardianship'. He received the first intimations of His world Mission. Ho liest place in Persia's 1 The Bahti'( World, Vol. V, p. 205; 'Genealogy of Bah:\'- capital. u'llah'. ORIENTAL TERMS 603 Waqf: Muslim endowments; in Persia, the Zaynu'l-Muqarrabfn: literally 'the Orna ment landed property of the expected Imam. of the favoured'. Ya: 'O'-e.g., Ya Baha'u' l-Abha (0 Thou the Zamzam : Sacred well within the precincts of Glory of the Most Glorious!) the Great Mosque at Mecca . Though salty, Zadih: 'Son'. its water is much esteemed for pious uses, Zawra': A term sign ifying Baghdad. such as ab lutions, and drinking after a fast. Calligraphic arrangement by Mishkfn-Qalam of the invocation : 'Praise be to God, the Exalted, the Beloved!' PART SEVEN LITERARY AND MUSICAL WORKS I ESSAYS AND REVIEWS

1. THE UNITY OF RELIGION AND SCIENCE

WILLIAMS . HATCHER

0 F all the conflicts which exist in contem- edge gives greater mastery and, at the same porary society none is more destructive both time, greater humility before the everfor individual and social life than the conflict increasing vastness of the unknown which lies between religion and science. For the indi- before us. vidual, religion is the expression of a need for Basically, then, the religious urge and the self-transcendence, a need to feel a purpose scientific urge are complementary, as each which is God-given and not self-created. For reinforces the other. society, religion represents the need for unity, Of course , the thrill of first mastery which love, harmony, and co-operation. Science, by the adolescent experiences gives him a sense of contrast, represents the need to know, to omnipotence and an exaggerated pride in his understand, to gain mastery over ourselves and knowledge. Some people never outgrow this our environment. This is true both for the indi- immature response to knowledge and, therevidual who needs knowledge in order to func- fore , become blind or insensitive to the vasttion in his own life and for society which needs ness of their ignorance. This is the state of an organized knowledge in order to progress. individual or a society in which the scientific Returning for the moment to the individual's urge prevails while the religious urge is viewpoint, we might say that the religious urge excluded. is an urge to be encompassed. It is an urge to In such a case people have a sense of being in feel oneself a part of something greater. The . absolute control when, in reality, their control scientific urge is an urge to encompass. It is an is very limited and relative. This is the situation urge to manipulate, control, direct, and domi- which largely characterizes modern Western nate. There is no contradiction in these two technological society. Western man has given urges since it is clearly possible for us to be in in almost totally to the scientific urge, the urge control on one level of our functioning while, at to dominate, manipulate, control, and direct. the same time, being controlled or encompas- Because he has lost his humility before his sed on another level. Indeed, since our knowl- ignorance, he has gradually overproduced, edge is always relative, we are in fact con- overdirected, and overcontrolled. The results stantly in the position of having a relative mas- of this immoderation are to be seen everytery over part of our environment (including where. It has led to pollution and destruction of the selt) while being encompassed by that part the natural cycle, as we begin to discover, which we do not know. Moreover, the further perhaps too late, just how much damage we we make progress in knowledge, the more we may have unwittingly done. It has led to marealize just how great our ignorance is. There is nipulation of the public through mass media. It an increasing realization of being encompassed has produced engines of war of unimaginable by the unknown which accompanies the exten- destructive power. sion of the boundaries of the known, for new On the personal level, the use of the social knowledge also reveals the existence of science of psychology, without the counterbalhitherto unsuspected unknowns. Greater know I- ance of religion, has resulted in a painful self- Author's note: This essay, revised for inclusion in the international record, originally appeared in World Order, Spring 1975, <!:! 1975 by the National Spiritual Assembly of the BaM'is of the United States. It was reprinted in slightly altered form in Bahd'f Studies, vol. 2, September 1977, a publication of the Canadian Association for Studies on the Baha'i Faith. 608 THE BAHA'I WORLD

consciousness for the individual as he enters an we call childhood. increasingly vicious circle of self-analysis and Maturity or adulthood in the life of the indiintrospection in a futile attempt to encompass vidual comes with the integration and balance himself with his own mind. of these two urges. It does not come by remain- We might say, then , that modern society is ing continually adolescent. The adolescent, adolescent in that it is characterized by the false because he is unsure of himself, needs, in his sense of omnipotence that comes from having typical Western manifestation, continually to abandoned itself to the scientific urge to the prove hi s independence by rebellious and exclusion of the religious urge. Let anyone who exaggerated gestures. The adult, however, feels that science alone can provide the basis knows how to accept a mature and conscious for human progress ask himself whether, at this dependence. The adult knows, for example, moment, the future of society stands in greater that he is dependent on society, and so he danger from science and its fruits or from relig- obeys its laws. The extreme form of adolescent ion and its fruits. independence is lawlessness. What happens when society abando ns itself To be sure, the dependence of the adult is no to the religious urge to the exclusion of the longer the absolute dependence of childhood. scientific urge? Since there will be a common It is a dependence based on the relative masfeeling of humility before the unknown , there tery of the adolescent. It is a dependence which will be a strong sense of unity within such a is conscious because the adult is aware of his society. People will be drawn together by the limitations as well as of his mastery. He thus shared awareness of being encompassed by abandons his adolescent sense of omnipotence and submitted to unknown (generally non- for a more realistic give and take. The giving human) forces. The feeling or sense of unity will results from the degree of mastery, and the be strong, but if the scientific urge is neglected , taking from an intelligent realization of need. the concrete realization of that sense of unity It is the foolish person who thinks that, because will be very limited. he is ad ult, he has no genuine needs and, there- For example, without the means of organiza- fore, does not have to take. It is the immature tion, education, communication, and transpor- adult who remains in a childish state of exagtation, which come only from a certain mastery gerated dependence and crippled mastery. of the environment, the gathering of large The Baha'i principle of the unity of religion groups of people will be difficult as will be the and science applies this same principle of comcommunication between the physically sepa- plementarity, so clearly true for individuals , to rate groups. It will, therefore, be difficult for human society as a whole. 'Abdu'l-Baha has people to share ideas, languages, history, and said: the like. Society will remain organized in small Religion and science are the two wings upon villages, each with its particular expression of which man's intelligence can soar into the the intuitively-perceived unity and with its parheights, with which the human soul can proticular history. There will be many different gress. It is not possible to fly with one wing dialects and religious experiences. Because of alone! Should a man try to fly with the wing of the relative lack of mastery of the environreligion alone he would quickly fall into the ment, inhabitants of different villages will be quagmire of superstition, whilst on the other limited in the degree to which they can share hand, with the wing ofscience alone he would their experiences. This will make it difficult for also make no progress, but fall into the them to go beyond superficial differences and despairing slough of materialism. 1 realize the basic similarity underlying various types of experience. Concerning the state of religion without sci- The dominant feature of such a society will ence, 'Abdu'l-Baha has further stated: be its dependence on the unknown forces. We Any religion that contradicts science or that is might say, then, that such a society is childlike opposed to it, is only ignorance-for ignorbecause the lack of mastery, the dependence, ance is the opposite of knowledge . and the passivity with respect to the environ- 1 'Abdu' I-Bah:I, Paris Talks: Addresses Given by 'A bdu'/- ment are all characteristics of the stage of Bahtl in Paris in 1911-1912, 11th ed. (London: Baha'i development in the life of an individual which Publishing Trust, 1969), p. 143. ESSAYS AND R EV IEW S 609 Religion which consists only of rites and set your faces towards the Most Sublime ceremonies of prejudice is not the truth. 1 Word through which the Scriptures and the Books and this lucid Tablet have been dis- And again: tinctly set forth. 6 All religions of th e present day have fallen Since it is the adolescen t excess of the sciinto superstitious practices out of harmony entific urge th at characterizes the modern alike with the true principles of the teaching world, the move to maturity can only come by they represent and with the scientific disthe rebirth of religion on a mature, ad ult level. coveries of the time. 2 Man must acquire again a genuine humility a nd Concerning the positive effects of the unity deep respect for God, the creati ve force of the of religion and science, He says: universe. He must realize that it is only by this force, and this force alone, that all of his dis- When religion, shorn of its superstitions, tracoveries and technological adva nces have bee n ditions, and unintelligent dogmas, shows its made. In this regard, Baha'u'llah says: conformity with science, then will there be a great unifying, cleansing force in the world Every word that proceedeth out of the mouth which will sw.eep before it all wars, disagree- of God is endowed with such potency as can ments, discords and struggles - and then will instil new life into every human frame, if ye mankind be united in the power of the Love be of them that comprehend this truth. A ll the ofGod. 3 wondrous works ye behold in this world have been manifested through the operation of His Concerning the result of science without supreme and most exalted Will, His wonreligion, Baha'u'llah has written: drous and inflexible Purpose. 7 The civilization, so often vaunted by the learned exponents of arts and sciences, will, if Obstacles to the Unity of Science and Religion allowed to overleap the bounds of moder- A half century ago, the prime obstacle to the ation, bring great evil upon men. Thus warneth unity of science and religion was probably you He Who is the A ll-Knowing. If carried to religion. In 1911, 'Abdu'l-B aha affirmed as excess, civilization will prove as prolific a much when He described the results of prevailsourceofevil as it had been ofgoodness when ing religious dissension and discord: kept within the restraints of moderation. 4 The outcome of all this dissension is the belief Concerning the attempt of man to find ha p- of many cultured men that religion and scipiness through purely material pursuits, He has ence are contradictory terms, that religion also written: needs no powers of reflection, and should in no wise be regulated by science, but must of Say: 0 people! Let not this life and its deceits necessity be opposed, the one to the other. deceive you, for the world and all that is The unfortunate effect of this is that science therein is held firmly in the grasp of His Will has drifted apart from religion, and religion . . . Are ye rejoicing in the things which, has becom e a mere blind and more or less according to the estimate of God, are conapathetic following of the precepts of certain temptible and worthless, things wherewith He religious teachers, who insist on their own proveth the hearts of the doubtful? 5 favourite dogmas being accepted even when In another passage He states flatly: they are contrary to science. 8 Your sciences shall not profit you in this day, Thus it was the outmoded and narrow views nor your arts, nor your treasure, nor your of religionists which initially created the oppoglory. Cast them all behind your backs, and sition between religion and science. This opposition has, if anything, worsened in Iibid ., pp. 130-131. ibid. , p. 143. ibid., p. 146. 6 Baha'u'llah, Epistle to the Son of the Wolf, trans, Shoghi 'BaM' u'lla h, Gleanings from th e Writings of Baha'u'l/ah . Effendi, rev . ed. (Wilmette, Ill.: Baha'i Publishing Trust, trans . Shoghi Effendi , rev. ed. (Wilmette, Ill.: Baha'i Pub- 1953), pp. 97- 98. lishing Trust, 1952), pp. 342-343. 7 Baha' u' llah , Gleanings, p. 141. ' ibid. , p. 209 . 8 'Abdu' l-Baha, Pa ris Talks, pp. 143-144. 610 THE BAHA'I WORLD

the years since 'Abdu'l-Baha made the above decide whether, in their eyes, I am within statement. Religious dogmatism and dissen- their pale or am beyond it . But it lies with sion have continued, giving rise to open relig- me, not with them , to feel the.feelings I, too, ious conflict in such places as the Middle East, feel towards those sublime figures that are India, and Northern Ireland. Each of the tradi- revered and adored by me as well as by their tional religious orthodoxies has continued to orthodox followers or worshippers. No press, harder and harder, its claims to possess human writ of excommunication can come an absolute or final truth, excluding the possi- between those saviours and me. 1 bility of reconciliation with other orthodoxies. One senses a strong integrity in a position Even such a movement as Christian Ecumen- such as that taken by Toynbee. Yet such a ism is severely limited in that its goal is only an position , though helpful for the individual himinstitutional unity of certain Christian denomi- self, does not solve the social problems resultnations rather than a genuine move towards ing from the religion-science opposition. For universal religious reconciliation. there is no identifiable community of the vari- Moreover, to the voices of traditional ous individuals who may have arrived at a view orthodoxy have been added a host of newer like Toynbee's. Indeed , Toynbee himself movements, each with its own claim to possess makes a similar remark in a footnote to the a unique or absolute path to the truth. Various above-quoted passage: cults , various forms of meditation , of spiritual and physical discipline have been put forth as In any case, whatever light my critics may or the answer to man's religious quest. At the may not have thrown on my position, they same time, a rebirth of interest in astrology, in have thrown much light, I should say, on a occultism, in satanism, in witchcraft, and in far more interesting point. They have other forms of supernatural experience has brought out the truth that, at the present taken place. time, the Western World is a house divided Since it is clearly impossible to reconcile the against itself on the fundamental issue of absolute and exclusive claim of each of the vari- religious attitude and belief.2 ous sects, movements, and orthodoxies in the We may summarize, then, by saying that the world today, what is the rational seeker after first major obstacle to the unity of science and religious truth to do? One common-sense an- religion is the widespread feeling that there is swer, and one which many individuals have no religious voice which recognizes the relativundoubtedly adopted as a solution, is to con- ity of religious truth and which, at the same sider that there is some truth in each of these time, speaks with deep wisdom and authority movements and that their basic fault lies pre- on the spiritual questions of life which every cisely in the arrogant attempt of each one to man sooner or later must face and ask himself. erect a partial and relative vision of truth into There is widespread confusion in the realm of an absolute. The historian and religious religion, and this confusion has been made thinker Arnold Toynbee has described worse, rather than being helped, by the multipoignantly his own reaction to this dilemma: plication of claims to absolute authority and absolute truth which are now heard from all It is, of course, impossible that each of the directions. higher religions can be right in believing that Another major obstacle to the unity of religit has a monopoly of truth and salvation, but ion and science derives from the fact that a it is not impossible that all of them should complex of science and technology, divorced have found alternative roads to salvation from all moral and ethical influence, has now and should have seen truth, 'through a glass, become the dominant force in society. This darkly', in one or other of truth's different all-pervasiveness of science and technology has facets ... A belief in the relative truth and led many to a feeling of hopelessness. People relative saving-power of all the higher relig- often feel that science has shown religion to be ions alike will seem tantamount to unbelief a farce, and yet they recognize that science and in the eyes of an orthodox believer in any 1 Arnold Toynbee, A Study of History: Reconsiderations one of them. (London: Oxford Univ. Press, 1961), XII, 99-100, 102 . . . . It lies with the orthodox, not with me, to 2 ibid ., XII , lOln. ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 611 technology have not made us deeply happy. In meditates on problems . This is reflection (the fact, widespread unhappiness-unhappiness conscious use of intuition). 1 on a scale never before seen-is one of the The practice of this method is not linked to most striking features of the contemporary the study of any particular phenomenon. It can scene. be applied to the study of unseen forces and In spite of this dissatisfaction with the steril- mysterious phenomen a as well as everyday, ity of modern technological existence, many common occurrences. Failure to appreciate still feel that they cannot turn with integrity to this universality of scientific method has led religion since, they believe, science has proved many people to feel that science is really only that God does not exist and that religious the study of matter and purely material experience is a sham . Because religious experi- phenomena. This narrow philosophical outence is much more intensely subjective than look, plus the historical fact that physics was technology, people are led to mistrust their the first science to develop a high degree of own deepest emotions and their profoundest mathematical objectivity, has led to a common religious and spiritual longings. In this way misconception that scientific knowledge is does the misguided belief about technology inherently limited only to physical reality and lead to a certain self-alienation-people are material phenomena. 2 Such a misconception led to deny the validity of their own truest naturally retards the unity of science and religneeds and deepest longings. These longings are ion since religion definitely claims to have relegated to the domain of childish and imma- knowledge of nonmaterial aspects of reality. ture emotions (perhaps to be 'cured' by Once we see that the basis of science is its psychoanalysis). method and not any particular object of study, This second major obstacle to the unity of we can discard this misconception. religion and science is, then, the feeling that Physics and chemistry result when we turn science has somehow proved the non-existence scientific method to the study of the of God or at least invalidated spiritual and phenomena of nonliving matter. But if, keepreligious experience and longings. ing the same method, we turn to the study of We now want to discuss certain aspects of living matter, the result is biology. Ifwe turn to some of these obstacles. human beings as the objects of our study, we obtain psychology, sociology, and the other The Obstacle of Scientistic Materialism 'human sciences'. Baha'u'llah has referred to The characteristic feature of science, and the religion as the 'science of the love of God.' 3 basis of its unity, is scientific method. Scientific Thus religion results when we turn scientific method consists in the systematic and organ- method to the study of the unseen creative ized use of our various mental faculties in an force of the universe which we call God. effort to arrive at a coherent understanding of It might be objected by some that the unity whatever phenomenon is being investigated. of science lies not in its method but in its goal, Of course, every human being on earth which is to know. However, there are other knows things and uses his mental faculties in disciplines such as magic and occultism, both order to attain this knowledge. What distin- contemporary and historical, which claim guishes the method of science is the systematic, knowledge as their objective. Yet these disciorganized, and conscious nature of the process. plines are not compatible with science and are Science is self-conscious common sense. Instead of relying on chance experiences, one ' For a more detailed and exhaustive discussion of the scientific method, see my essay 'Science and Religion' first systematically invokes certain types of experi- printed in World Order , Spring 1969, and subsequently in ences. This is experimentation (the conscious revised form in Baha'i Studies, vol. 2, September 1977. use of experience). Instead of relying on ' This is why we have used the neologism 'scientistic' in the title of this section. The current materialism is scientistic in common-sense reasoning, one formalizes that it is generally attributed to science, but it is not scihypotheses explicitly and formalizes the entific since it is not really in harmony with the principles of reasoning leading from hypothesis to conclu- science. We might say that this materialism is the result of an unscientific use of the results of science. sion. This is mathematics and logic (the con- 3 Baha'u'llah, The Seven Valleys and the Four Valleys, trans. scious use of reason). Instead of relying on 'Alf-Kuli Khan and Marzieh Gail, rev. ed. (Wilmette, Ill.: occasional fl ashes of insight, one systematically Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1952), p. 49 . 612 THE BAHA 'I WORLD

rejected by science because their method is fa lse uses of religion , as for example when unscientific. Thus to be scientific it is not religious institutions in the past have Jent supsufficient to desire knowledge or to proclaim port to oppressive and immoral persecution of knowledge as one's goal. minorities . Another feature of scientific knowledge is its It is heartening to note that , in recent years, relativity. Because science is the self- increasing numbers of scientists have become conscious use of our faculties, we become sensitive to such false uses of science and have aware that man has no absolute measure of begun to raise their voices in public to point truth . The conclusions of scientific investiga- them out. Over the years there has been a small tions are always more or less probable. They but persistent intellect ual tradition of intelliare never absolute proofs. Of course, if a con- gent criticism of the false uses of science. The clusion is highly probable and its negation writings of Lewis Mumford are a strong conhighly improbable , we may feel very confident temporary example of this tradition. The closin the results, especially if we have been very ing paragraphs of his cogent The Pentagon of thorough in our investigation. But realization Power are virtually poetic in their appeal: and acceptance of this essential uncertainty Reformers who would treat the campaign and relativity of our knowledge is important, against environmental and human degradafor the exigencies of human existence are often tion solely in terms of improved technologisuch that we are forced to act in some instances cal facilities, like the reduction of gasoline before we have had time to make such a exhaust in motor cars, see only a small part thorough investigation. It therefore behooves of the problem. Nothing less than a profound us to remain constantly alert to the possibility re-orientation of our vaunted technological that we may, in fact, be wrong. 'way of life' will save this planet from becom- Such a realization is also important for the ing a lifeless desert . .. For its effective salvaunity of science and religion, for there are tion mankind will need to undergo somemany who take the materialistic personal thing like a spontaneous religious converphilosophy of some scientists as indication that sion: one that will replace the mechanical science has proved that God does not exist. world picture with an organic world picture, There are even some scientists who claim that and give to the hum an personality , as the science has proved that God does not exist. highest known manifestation of life, the pre- Such claims are foolish and ridiculous in the cedence it now gives to its machines and light of the universally recognized relativity of computers ... Of only one thing we may be scientific conclusions, and especially as no sciconfident. If mankind is to escape its proentist or scientific discipline has ever claimed to grammed self-extinction the God who saves have undertaken a systematic, scientific study us will not descend from the machine: he will of the question of God's existence and come up rise up again in the human soul. 1 with the carefully validated conclusion that there is no God. Toynbee states a similar conclusion in more We should not be overly surprised at such general terms: contradictions in behaviour, however, since Religion is Man's attempt to get into touch scientists are human and are subject to some of with an absolute spiritual Reality behind the the same disastrous prejudices which afflict the phenomena of the Universe, and, having generality of mankind. made contact with It, to Jive in harmony with There are, in fact, those who have con- It. This activity is all-pervading. It comsciously attempted to use science as a 'cover' or prehends all the others. Moreover, it is support to buttress some particular social or Man's lifeline. When once a creature has philosophical prejudice, or to justify some acquired, as Man has, a conscious intellect desired {but not necessarily justifiable) course and a free will, this creature must either seek of action. We must be constantly on our guard and find God or destroy itself. 2 against such false uses of science; for they corrupt science, and they block effective attempts 1 Lewis Mumford, The Pentagon of Power: The Myth of the to establish the unity of science and religion. Machine (New York: Harcourt, 1970), p. 413. Such false uses of science are comparable to 2 Toynbee, Study of History , XII, 663. ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 613 Scientistic Atheism see everything as a configuration of this one Even though science has not disproved the force. existence of God, there still persists a feeling The most striking fe ature of this energy, this that the success of science and technology, ultimate mysterious force whose existence has independent of any religious orientation , has been so strongly confirmed by science, is its undermined the credibility of such belief. ability to organize itself in ever more subtle Be lief in God is often seen as a hangover from forms and configurations. It is easy, for examprimitivism . Primitive man saw God, the ple, to characterize the direction of biological unseen creative force, in everything. He was in evolution. Biological evolution represents the awe of the forces of nature. This sense of awe of organization of matter (thus energy) in ever primitive man is commonly attributed to his more complex units, involving greater and greatignorance of the basis of natural phenomena. er complexity and specialization , and greater To many, our modern scientific understanding interdependence a mong the component parts. of these phenomena seems to have taken all Man is 'higher' than other mammals precisely the 'mystery' out of reality. Modern man feels because of his relatively greater complexity of guilty or childish about such feelings of physiological organization. awe-about his need to be encompassed. Sci- Let us compare man with, say, a colony of ence seems to have gradually reduced the pos- one-celled organisms of comparable size. On sible domain of God's existence to a vanishing the one hand, there is man with his cells specialpoint. Physics has removed God from nature, ized to form tissues which combine to make and psychology has removed Him from the organs which combine to form systems which human heart. combine to form the human organism. This Again, further analysis reveals such an hierarchical structure enables man to function attitude as a misconception. For science has in an incredibly multifaceted way. Moreover, revealed to man not only 'facts' and 'things' but the continued, moment-to-moment existence also a fascinating world of energy and unseen of man is dependent on a host of favourable forces. Consider, for example, the view of mat- conditions. On the other hand, we have the ter and the material world which physics so- colony of, let us say, bacteria which are capable berly presents to us for our consideration as the of functioning only individually on the crudest rational explanation for natural phenomena. level, each individual being virtually immortal The astonishing diversity of matter which we (some bacteria can remain dormant for cendaily encounter is really due , we are told , only turies without dying). to different combinations of a small number of In particular, the human brain is the most basic elements. Moreover, these elemental complex physical structure known to us in the substances are themselves just different universe. Even the galaxies of stars and the configurations of certain basic elementary par- movements of the planets cannot begin to ticles which , in themselves, have no individual- compare in complexity to the subtle and highly ity. Furthermore, these basic particles are organized human brain. The most complex really just relatively stable forms of energy, computers invented to date are roughly equivaand each of them is convertible, under suitable lent to the brain of an ant when compared with conditions, into energy. Thus all the stuff of the structure and complexity of the human everyday experience is ultimately just different brain. configurations of energy. Now, one well-known feature of the human And what, we ask, is energy? We may be organism is its self-awareness. Furthermore, successful in describing some of the ways scientific investigation has confirmed what man energy works-some of the effects it produces. has always suspected: he did not create him- But when we ask what energy is, we come up self. It is not man who has organized himself in against a mystery. And if we are humble this subtle and complex way. Rather man enough, we realize that this is the same mystery awoke to his self-awareness and his subjectivprimitive man intuitively perceived. Our sci- ity which he owes rather to the energy of which ence has served only to render our ultimate he is but a configuration . ignorance more explicit by showing how truly We can thus pose the following clear quesuniversal is this mysterious force, for now we tion: Is it more reasonable to assume that a 614 THE BAHA'I WORLD

force capable of producing an effect (man) all move perversely in a downward direction. which is endowed with subjectivity and intel- We infer the existence of an unseen force, ligence has also such characteristics, or is it called gravity, which produces this effect. The more reasonable to assume that this force is effect is, in a word, a consistent deviation from deprived of such features? It is clearly more presumed equiprobability. We do not call gravreasonable to suppose that such a force is at ity God because the effect produced by this least as subtle as the effect it has produced. In force (the downward falling of objects) is not fact, we know that energy is capable of subjec- so marvelous as the effect we call man. Notice tivity and intelligence because we have self- also that in space, when one is outside the awareness and intelligence and we are reaches of the earth's gravity, randomly dropconfigurations of this energy. Moreover, this ped objects do move in a random direction. force has produced other effects which man In scientific investigations of phenomena it cannot produce (namely, it has produced man therefore becomes important to decide what as well as the universe). Man has discovered events are probable and what events are himself and the universe, but he has not pro- improbable. In this way we can have some idea duced these phenomena. Thus we are inevit- when a phenomenon is due to an unseen force ably led to hypothesize that this force is, in fact , and when it is due to chance. Science has discoveven more subtle than himself. Following a ered such a principle. It is called the second long-established tradition, we call this force law of thermodynamics or Carnot's principle. God. This principle says, simply stated, that order is Thus an unprejudiced application of sci- improbable and disorder is probable. This is so entific method to the facts of human existence because order represents a limited number of leads to the probable conclusion that God stable configurations whereas any possible exists and that He has consciousness and intel- configuration represents disorder. ligence. Notice, however, that although Let us compare, for example, a brick house reasoning and logic can lead us to the existence and a pile of bricks. I can transform a brick of God, they cannot give to us the experience of house into a pile of bricks by moving the bricks God . This is the role of religion, of which more one by one in any possible sequence. I am free will be said later on. to take a top brick or a bottom brick or a It is as if we had arrived at the conclusion, by middle brick first. But to build the house, it is scientific investigation, that there must be physically impossible to put in a top brick humanoid creatures on a planet which we before putting in any bottom brick. Only a lacked the technical means of visiting. The certain limited number of possible sequences knowledge of the existence of these creatures will produce the house. The house represents would not in itself give us the intersubjective order, and the pile of bricks disorder (relative ' experience of their personalities. to each other) . There are several objections which are often Thus Carnot's principle is nothing more than raised against the otherwise clear conclusions a precise statement of what we all intuitively we have drawn in 1the preceding. It is often feel about chance phenomena. The nonobjected that the process which has produced scientist would be just as shocked as the scientist man is due to chance and not to any force. Let to find that the wind or a thurlderstorm had us examine briefly this contention. transformed a pile of bricks into a well-built In scientific observation, a phenomenon is house (even if we had left the pile of bricks to / said to be due to chance when all logical pos- itself for many years). But we are not at all sibilites occur with equal relative frequency. shocked if such a .storm transforms a house into When such is not the case, and more especially a pile of bricks. when such deviations occur in some consistent Now we have earlier on remarked that man, way, we infer the existence of a force which is in particular man's brain, is the most highly said to 'cause' the deviation from random ordered structure in the universe. Thus, by behaviour. For example, it is logically possible Carnot's principle, it is also the least probable. for a dropped object to move in any direction It is, therefore, the least likely to have been (or not to move at all). But we observe that produced by a purely random process . dropped objects do not move at random . They Biolog.ists point out that the fundamental ESSAYS ANO REVIEWS 615 mechanisms of evolution are mutation, by in Australia and the next one in Europe there which is meant spontaneous genetic change, cannot be any process of evolution). Nor did and natural selection , by which is meant the evolution take place in an 'unlimited' amount superior survival rate over successive genera- of time. Rather, the whole process occurred in tions, and within a given population , of those a period of no greater than three billion years, genotypes whose phenotypical (physically and the major part of it (from small, primitive observable or behavioural) characteristics animals to man) in about one-half billion years. better suit them to function within the natural Thus there was not time for an 'infinite' or milieu in question.' Natural selection elimi- unlimited 'experimentation' to take place. nates forms and organisms which are less well In other words, the phenomenon of biologiadapted , and thus tends to decrease variation cal evolution presents us precisely with a clear, (diversity) within a population. Mutation, consistent deviation from randomness of the however, has the opposite effect, that of sort discussed above . We must therefore conincreasing the genetic diversity. Evolution is a clude the existence of a force which is the cause process of moving from lower (less complex) to of biological evolution. Anyone for whom this higher (more complex) forms. Such a process conclusion is unacceptable must decide for necessarily involves periodic (though not himself why he feels such an inference to be necessarily regular) significant increases in var- unacceptable here while being generally and iation and thus cannot depend on natural selec- universally acceptable elsewhere in science. tion alone. In other words, the contribution of It is obviously impossible in a short article natural selection to the evolutionary process such as this to enter into extended detailed depends ultimately on the occurrence of muta- discussion of these points on which scores of tions since if there are no mutations there will books have been written. The reader who is ultimately be an insufficient diversity of forms interested in pursuing the technical side of the from which nature can select. But since, as we question can do so on his own. have already stressed, the direction of evolu- In closing this discussion, let us treat one last tion is precisely from lower (that is, less point, however. Recent advances in biology ordered and thus more probable) to higher have led to speculation that man may one day (that is, more ordered and thus less probable) be able to reproduce life in a test tube. Such forms, it is unreasonable to suppose that the knowledge or control over the vital process occurrence in the evolutionary process of would, it is sometimes said, show that ·God mutations favourable to an increase in com- does not exist after all because man would have plexity was wholly or primarily due to chance. discovered the secret of life. But no such con- We cannot reason from the fact of mutation to clusion is logically forthcoming. After all , man the conclusion that the cause of mutations in already knows how to reproduce life. Babies evolution is chance alone. We must be careful are born every day. What man clearly did not to distinguish between the known facts of the create is the process by which life is reproduced. evolutionary process and the possible theoreti- Thus, even if the human brain finally succeeds cal models used to explain and interpret the in discovering the secret of life, this will facts. not change the fact that man did not create Moreover, what is needed to explain biolog- the vital process which he would then underical evolution is not just an occasional favour- stand. Moreover, man's brain which does the able mutation (almost all observed mutations understanding would itself owe its existence to are unfavourable) but a consistent sequence of this vital process which it did not create. Disfavourable mutations in the right place and at covery is not creation. the right time intervals (if the first one happens Indeed, no discoveries that man can ever The somewhat technical, though nonetheless important, make in the fut ure can change the eternal fact point is that the genetic configuration of an organism is that man is not responsible for bringing into determined at conception and does not interact directly with the environment. It is rather the physical and being the process which has produced his brain behavioural characteristics of the organism which interact and its understanding. Man is not responsible directly wit h the environment. Thus, natural selection can for his own existence; and he depends, thereonly operate on the phenotypic level , but this affects genetic diversity indirectly to the degree that such physical and fore, on something other than himself to which behavioural characteristics are genetically based. he owes his existence. 616 THE BAHA'I WORLD

A Solution to Religious Dissension reveal His most personal and subjective attri- False concepts and false uses of science are butes to man through an instrument such as a only one-half of the problem. For even if one is rock or a tree which does not itself possess quite willing and desires to turn to religion , the consciousness. Baha'is believe that this act of question remains: where to turn? For the Self-Revelation through a chosen human author of this article, and for many others on instrument has occurred periodically in history this planet, the answer to this question has (our collective experience). This is clearly turned out to be: the Baha'i Faith. Rather than necessary if the intersubjective knowledge of engaging in any abstract dissertation on the God is to remain constantly accessible to us, for details of Baha'i doctrine-which are already with the passage of time the immediacy and adequately available in other sources-we force of such a revelation tends to be lost and have thought better to describe in a straight- dissipated. forward manner those features of the Baha'i Baha'is call these chosen human instruments experience which have led so many to feel that Manifestations of God. The Manifestations are it furnishes a deeply satisfying answer to their none other than the great religious founders of religious quest. history, some of whose names we know: First, and most important, the Baha'i Faith Abraham, Moses, Jesus, Mu~ammad, Buddha, renders accessible to the individual that Zoroaster, and most recently Baha' u'llah, the experience of self-transcendence and mystic Founder of the Baha'i Faith. Concerning the communion with the Spirit of God which is the revelation of God through these Manifestaheart of religion. We have previously tions, Baha'u'llah has said: remarked that logic and reason can prove to us .. . all things, in their inmost reality, testify to the existence of God but cannot give us the the revelation of the names and attributes of experience of communion with God. Concern- God within them ... Man, the noblest and ing proofs of the existence of God , 'Abdu'lmost perfect of all created things, excelleth Baha has said: them all in the intensity of this revelation, and ... apply thyself to rational and authoritative is a fuller expression of its glory. And of all arguments. For arguments are a guide to the men, the most accomplished, the most distinpath and by this the heart will be turned unto guished, and the most excellent are the Man - the Sun of Truth. And when the heart is ifestations of the Sun of Truth. Nay, all else turned unto the Sun, then the eye will be besides these Manifestations, live by the operopened and will recognize the Sun through ation of their Will, and move and have their the Sun itself Then (man) will be in no need being through the outpourings oftheir grace. 2 of arguments (or proofs), for the Sun is altogether independent, ... 1 It is, therefore, as a result of the comings of these Manifestations that man has the possibil- In other words, the reality of the experience of ity of communion with God. 'Abdu'l-Baha communion with God carries with it a deeper puts it simply: conviction and sense of the reality of God than the purely intellectual acknowledgement of The knowledge of the Reality of the Divinity God's existence which comes from logic and is impossible and unattainable, but the knowlreasoning. edge of the Manifestations of God is the How, we might well ask, is this communion knowledge of God, for the bounties, splenobtained? How does God reveal to us some- dours, and divine attributes are apparent in thing of His personal and subjective nature in a them. Therefore if man attains to the knowlway that is accessible to us? Since, as we have edge of the Manifestations of God, he will already observed, man is the most highly attain to the knowledge of God; and if he be ordered and refined phenomenon accessible to neglectful of the knowledge ofthe Holy Man - us, it would be only logical that God might ifestation, he will be bereft of the knowledge choose precisely this instrument for his Self- of God. 3 Revelation. It is clearly impossible for God to 2 Baha'u'llah, Gleanings , pp. 178-179. 1 3 'Abdu' l-BaM, Tablets of 'Abdu'l-Baha 'Abbas , 3 vols. 'Abdu'l-BaM, Some Answered Questions, comp. and (New York : Baha'i Publishing Society, 1909-1916), I, trans. Laura Clifford Barney, rev. ed. {Wilmette, Ill.: 168. Baha'i Publishing Trust, 1964), pp. 257-258. ESSAYS AND REVIEW S 617 The primary key to maintaining this com- needs sooner or later exercise its influence munion of consciousness with God is the daily upon his soul. 2 discipline of prayer and meditation on the Second, the experience is general or uniwords of the Manifestation. Baha'u'llah states : versal. It is not reserved for some elite and Say: The first and fo remost testimony estab- withheld from others. It is not vague or lishing His truth is His own Self Next to this uncommunicab le. A ll Baha'ls experience it testimony is His Revelation. For whoso and find that they can discuss it and share it faileth to recognize either the one or the other with others with the same feeling of clarity and He hath established the words He hath coherence that one naturally has about any revealed as proof of His reality and truth. other multi-subjective experience such as This is, verily, an evidence of His tender seeing a red object or eating a delicious meal. m ercy unto men. He hath endowed every soul Another important feature of Baha'i experiwith the capacity to recognize the signs of ence is the ex plicit acce ptance by the Baha'i God. How could He, otherwise, have fulfilled Faith of the principle of the relativity of relig- His testimony unto men ... 1 ious truth. Shoghi Effe ndi has said: These words are the instrument which creates The Revelation proclaimed by Baha' u'll ah, the consciousness of the presence of God; for His followers believe, is divine in origin , allmeditation , to be successful, must have s~ me embracing in scope, broad in its outlook, object or focus. scientific in its method, huma nitarian in its Although the experience of communion principles a nd dynamic in the influence it with God is an individual , subjective one, there exerts on the hearts and minds of men. T he are two things in the Baha'i ex~erience which mission of the Founder of their Faith, they tend to give it a sense of universality and objec- conceive it to be to procl aim that religious tivity. First, it is repeatab le for the individual. truth is not abso lute but relative, that Divine If one had only an occasionill 'fl-a-sh' oLajstic Revelation is continuous and progressive feeling, one could well doubt whether such experience was valid a nd was not, rather, so me Such tota l and explicit recognition of the prinform of autosuggestion. But Baha'ls find that ciple of the relativity of religious truth is a when they practice the daily discipline of hallmark of the Baha 'i Faith and an important prayer and meditation on the words of Baha'u'- element in permitting its followers to reconcile llah, the experience of communion is conscientific method with religious and spiritual stantly renewed, accessible, and repeatable. needs. In a striking statement, Baha'u'llah boldly The Baha'i Faith is not excl usive a nd creates promises that the experience of communion unity rather than dissension. This aspect of with God will always be accessible through this Baha'i experience naturally derives from the discipline: fundamenta l principle of the relativity and Intone, 0 My servant, the verses of God that progressive nature of truth mentioned above. have been received by thee, as intoned by Baha'u'llah has said that the fundamental purthem who have drawn nigh unto Him, that the pose of religion is to create love a nd unity and sweetness of thy melody may kindle thine that whenever it happens that a religion ceases own soul, and attract the hearts of all men. to perform this function and creates division Whoso recite th, in the privacy ofhis chamber, and opposition, then it is better for such a the verses revealed by God, the scattering religion not to exist. angels of the A lmighty shall scatter abroad Some people who are otherwise attracted to the fragrance of the words uttered by his Baha'i teachings and principles sometimes mouth, and shall cause th e heart of every hesitate to ide ntify themselves with the moverighteous man to throb. Though he may, at ment for fear that such identification will first, remain unaware of its effect, yet the vir- somehow cut them off from other people. tue of the grace vouchsafed unto him must 'ibid ., p. 295. Shoghi Effe ndi, The World Order of Bahti'u'/ltih (New Baha'u'llah, Gleanings , pp. 105-106. York: Baha'i Publishing Committee, 1938), p. xi. 618 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Because the Baha'i Faith is numerically smal- as a clarifying and ordering force which enables ler than some other religious groups, or them to 'see' the truth in other movements, because the Baha'i Faith is new and therefore perhaps even truths which orthodox followers sometimes unknown to or misinterpreted by of these movements may have missed. In ta lkthe public, individuals perhaps fear that ing about their Faith, Baha'is often find themidentification with it will subject them to simi- selves in the position of defending or explainlar attitudes of mistrust on the part of others. ing the validity of certain teachings of past However apparently reasonable such fears Prophets which the followers themselves have may seem, this is not the experience which abandoned or rejected. The dedication which Baha'is have. Genuine human relations are Baha'is feel to such founders of religions as based on truth, honesty, love, and the ability to Christ, Mul).ammad, Moses, and Buddha, is communicate deeply with others. Baha'is find very real. It often surprises and amazes the that their Faith gives them new inner resources followers of these religions , for it has even and tools which permit them to approach happened that Baha'is have vigorously human relationships in the light of these prin- defended the rights and doctrines of religious ciples. Rather than feeling 'cut off', Baha'is communities who have actively persecuted the experience a feeling of vastly increased ability Baha'is themselves. to communicate and indeed commune with Another important aspect of Baha'i experiothers, be they Baha'i or non-Baha'i. These ence is that it does not tend to extremes in any new personal resources compensate a hun- form. At the basis of the Baha'i Faith is a dredfold for any superficial and ignorant criti- principle of moderation . This principle means cism which may, from time to time, be forthcom- that the individual feels continually pulled ing. Moreover, both psychologists and towards greater balance, calm, and integration philosophers have pointed out that the crowd in his life. He does not feel torn between togetherness and superficial conformities of extreme desires or called upon to become modern life are only a poor substitute for fanatical or unbalanced in his dealings with genuine human relationships. Such genuine others or with himself. This sense of moderarelationships are seen to be largely absent from tion does not imply a static or passive state or modern life due to the 'self-alienation' created an indifference. It means rather the integration in part by the illusion of easy togetherness and balance among the deep emotions one which leads the individual to suppose that satis- feels. fying human relationships can be attained A final and extremely important aspect of without a strong and conscious effort of will on the Baha'i experience is its focus on society his part. Once the individual pierces the veil of and its goal of establishing world unity. We this illusion and accepts the fact that effort and have seen religion as an answer to man's need suffering are necessary to attain deep friend-' to be encompassed by something greater than ship and lasting love, he will naturally seek that himself. Quite clearly the individual is already which will give him the resources necessary for encompassed by society as a whole. Therefore, the task. It is the experience of Baha'is that there can be no ultimate answer to man's their Faith gives them these resources. religious quest and his religious needs unless Moreover, because the Baha'i Faith is a liv- and until society itself is spiritualized. The ing community, and not just an abstract idea, individual cells of a body cannot long remain the striving for love and unity can take place in healthy if the body itself is sick. Society's a new context not otherwise available. It is the influence on the individual is too great and too context of a community in which each indi- pervasive to be neglected. Indeed, the focus on vidual member has a similar commitment to the social aspects of religion and the goal of this new quality of human relationship based establishing world unity constitute the most on communion with God, Who is the ultimate fundamental contribution of the Baha'i Faith source of man's ability to Jove in the first place. to man's collective religious consciousness. The Baha'i Faith illuminates our history and Shoghi Effendi states: our personal experience. The inclusiveness of the Baha'i Faith is not just a passive principle Unification of the whole of mankind is the of tolerance. It is experienced by Baha'is rather hallmark of the stage which human society is ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 619 now approaching. Unity of family , of tribe, the life of each individual in the Baha'i comof city-state, and nation have been succes- munity, while the experience within the comsively attempted and fully established. munity itself furnishes practical opportunities World unity is the goal towards which a for growth and for the practice of this oneness. harassed humanity is striving .... To anyone seriously seeking a solution to the The unity of the human race, as envisaged by current disunity and opposition between relig- Baha'u'llah, implies the establishment of a ion and science, the answer given by the Baha'i world commonwealth in which all nations, Faith merits deep investigation. races, creeds and classes are closely and Who, contemplating the helplessness, the permanently united, and in which the auton- fears and miseries of humanity in this day, omy of its state membe rs and the personal can any longer question the necessity for a freedom and initiative of the individuals that fresh revelation of the quickening power of compose them are definitely and completely God's redemptive love and guidance? Who, safeguarded. 1 witnessing on one hand the stupendous Moreover, this consummation of human so- advance achieved in the realm of human ciety can only be accomplished on the basis of knowledge, of power, of skill and inventivereligion: ness, and viewing on the other the unprecedented character of the sufferings that The principle of the Oneness of Mankind, as afflict, and the dangers that beset, presentproclaimed by Baha'u'llah, carries with it no day society, can be so blind as to doubt that more and no less than a solemn assertion the hour has at last struck for the advent of a that attainment to this final stage in this new Revelation, for a re-statement of the stupendous evolution is not only necessary Divine Purpose, a nd for the consequent but inevitable, that its realization is fast revival of those spiritual forces that have, at approaching, and that nothing short of a fixed intervals, rehabilitated the fortunes of power that is born of God can succeed in human society? Does not the very operation establishing it. 2 of the world-unifying forces that are at work The Writings of Baha'u'llah contain a veri- in this age necessitate that He Who is the table blueprint for the establishment of this new Bearer of the Message of God in this day planetary society, involving, among others, should not only reaffirm that self-same such principles as the establishment of a uni- exalted standard of individual conduct inculversal auxiliary language, a world court, a world cated by the Prophets gone before Him, but legislature, a world police force, and universal embody in His appeal, to all governments education . The Baha'i community is viewed as, and peoples, the essentials of that social in some sense, the spiritual embryo of this code, that Divine Economy, which must future society. Thus the common goal of work- guide humanity's concerted efforts in estabing to achieve unity gives a sense of purpose to lishing that all-embracing federation which is Shoghi Effendi, The World Order of Bahti'u'l/tih: Selected to signalize the advent of the Kingdom of Letters, 2d rev. ed. (Wilmette , Ill .: Baha'i Publishing Trust , God on this earth? 3 1974),pp. 202-203 . 2 3 ibid., p. 43. ibid., pp. 60- 61. 620 THE BAHA'f WORLD

2. CAN THERE BE A BAHA'I POETRY? 1 GEOFFREY P. NASH

THE high station ascribed in Baha'i scripture the Baha'i community, natural and inevitable. to art has led a number of Baha'i artists to We are as yet in the early Springtime of the new predicate and even to seek Baha'i forms and World Order when the golden harvest of Baha'i artistic conventions. Shoghi Effendi, Guardian civilization is but a vision, though an assured of the Baha'i Faith, made the following com- one, of the future. Baha'is anticipate-it is a ments on this: hallmark of their faith-a great world civilization in the fullness of time. At present, conso- Music, as one of the arts, is a natural culnant with the metaphor of natural cycles so ubitural development, and the Guardian does quitously used in the Baha'i Holy Writings, not feel that there should be any cultivation Baha'is recognize the barrenness of the times of 'Baha'i Music' any more than we are trywe live in as symptomatic of the season for ing to develop a Baha'i school of painting or planting the seeds. Hastening the advent of the writing. The believers are free to paint, write oneness of mankind is the surest way to expeand compose as their talents may guide dite the appearance of a world civilization them ... As long as they have music for its unparalleled in recorded annals. own sake it is all right, but they should not Must we then neglect the arts now, as of consider it Bahd'f music. 2 secondary importance at this stage of our his- This is augmented by the following statement: tory? I incline to believe such a course would prove unsupportable for Baha'is. I believe As regards producing a book of Baha'i great enterprises have never proceeded withsongs, your understanding that there is no out a sense of poetry on the part of their cultural expression which could be called executors. If empires are built upon valour, Baha'i at this time (distinctive music, literaupon physical prowess, do they not require ture, art, architecture, etc ., being the flower exertion of an energetic, even an imaginative of the civilization and not coming at the will? Much more must this be so for the promobeginning of a new Revelation) , is correct. tion and establishment of the great religions. However, that does not mean that we Indeed the present activities of the Baha'is are haven't Baha'i songs, in other words, songs saturated with poetry; their past equally, if not written by Baha'is on Baha'i subjects. 3 more so. Does not Baha'i Holy Writing-the In considering poetry, the divinest of the Word of God we believe- exude poetry? The arts, it is essential to differentiate between the writings of Shoghi Effendi abound in evocative true poet and the mere versifier. A true poet turns of phrase. Presumably Baha'is respond to must have poetic vision, be attuned to great this beauty. Can it be that they will continue to themes and ultimate mysteries, be impelled by do so but half consciously? If they do, it will be his Muse to express his perceptions in poetic against the experience of the early years of the form. Such a soul can be born into any age. But Baha'i movement. the above intimations from the Guardian are We recall how so many of the Babi martyrs unmistakable in their import. Great art is the died with poetry on their lips, be it a couplet or flower of civilization, and its development in more from J:Iafi~ or verses of their own composition, for many were themselves poets. One of the greatest jewels of the Babi dispensation ' This essay appears here in its original form. At the request of the Canadian Association for Studies on the Baha'i Faith was that eloquent, ethereal poetess Tahirih- a it was subsequently revised for inclusion in vol. 7 of BahG'f woman renowned in the East for her poetry as Studies. See also 'The Heroic Soul and the Ordinary Self- a for her unique stature among women. Study in the Religious Poetry of Roger White,' by Geoffrey Nash . Baha'u'llah, the Author of Arabic and Persian The Universal House of Justice, compilation 'Baha'i Writ- odes which are held to be so exquisitely ings on Music', Baha'i Publishing Trust, Oakham, Engbeautiful as to be untranslatable, liked to have land, p. II. J ibid. about Him believers who, at His bidding, ESSAYS AN D REVIEWS 621 would recite to Him their poetry. Nabfl-i- ation from society, could not live without A''.?am, companion of Baha'u'llah and res- believing in supern atural agencies. pected historian of the early years of the Babl We have to remember this situation because and Bah a'i Faiths, was an inspired poet. no poetry of lasting significance is written 'Abd u'l-Baha would have Baha'i poets recite independently of civilization and tradition. their works in the Holy Shrines. The poet is individual and subj ective, but he is If we consider the lovers of 'Abdu' l-Baha mankind's conscience. Mystically initi ated to who came from the Occident, we find that Lua the divine order of things, he registers man's Getsinger wrote verses imploring His favour. departure from his nobler nature and his And thanks to a living Baha'i poet, Roger higher idea ls. As Schiller said , the poet keeps White, the prose poetry of Juliet Thompson's alive in man aims that are higher than the diaries has emerged in blank verse that tunes material. No wonder he has no place in a world once again the strings of the proverbial given over to the most vulgar technological Aeolian harp. George Townshend wrote devo- hunger, the crudest behaviouristic philotion al poetry and meditations of high quality. sophies, and the most soulless social engin- Shall not the Baha'ls go on? Assuredly, they eering. will continue to be inspired by Baha'i ideals to The depe nde nce of the poet, in spite of his write poetry of Baha'i character. subjective nature , is very real. He requires not But it is true as well that what Yeats once only an audience but a ground-work of shared called 'The Muses' sterner laws' require of the values with those among whom he dwells. Cut poet a single-minded devotion which is off from this audie nce, above a ll cut off from a perhaps at present incompatible with the time sustaining adherence to a genera ll y-held social required to be spent on the active establish- vision, the poet has no mooring and floats ment of the Baha'i Faith in the world. adrift in an amorphous, frightening ocean. Moreover, a great poet works within a tradi- Matthew Arnold expressed the dilemma of the tion , and the tradition of great poetry has detached nineteen th century poet: declined if not virtually died out. In the modern world the poet is perforce a n Still bent to make some port he knows not embittered outsider. By 1850, it was beginning where , to become apparent that the poet, the sensitive Still sta nding for some false, impossible shore. man , fe lt himself adrift in an alien world . The nineteenth century helped to fix the alienation The Anglo-Saxon poet who composed of the poet in modern times, and also fixed iri Beowulf never knew such alienation when he the minds of men in general an erroneous con- sang before the assemb led warriors the limited ception of poets as bizarre, extravagant indi- philosophy of valour and heroic death. The viduals, invariably at war with received values. poet was in his place. So, one must suppose, The century which had begun with Shelley's was Petrarch in his medieval world and Tasso claim that poets were the ' unacknowledged in his renaissance o ne . Neither did Shakelegislators of the world' and Carlyle's predic- speare lack a patron or Milton a livelihood. tion that Literature would become the new , Goethe too was estee med at Weimar, and if green branch of religion , ended with Nietzsche Byron was a self-exile he still felt a link with the declaring that the man of genius was outside of, tradition of Pope, and Keats with that of a nd must necessarily contemn, estab lished Spenser. Arnold's desolation in isolation pressocial values. The claim of the poets, if it had aged the tragic ends of the poets of the fin de grown more shrill a nd unbalanced , had done so siecle, of whom Yeats wrote: because society had turned away from noble values. The best poets have always dealt with What portion in the world can the poet intangibles, with spiritual values. The modern have age is grossly materialistic and utilitarian , and Who has awakened from the common dream above all atheistic; poets, if the evidence of the But dissipation and despair. last century's poetry is to be trusted, cannot do without God . Baudelaire, the arch-defiant There is thus a Church for the poet, as for the among nineteenth century poets in their a lie n- composer of music, and an apostolic succession 622 THE BAHA'I WORLD

of great ones to whom he feels indebted. And tions, though its pure poetic value fail to match great epochs might consist of a handful of that of the great practitioners. For the poetic major talents: Marlowe, Jonson, Shakespeare, impulse, coming from the soul of men , is of Webster, Fletcher and Middleton; Goethe, universal interest to all men for all time. It is Schiller, Holderlin, Novalis, Heine; Haydn, thus that we may still read today fragments Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, Schumann, from ancient poets and know that the pulse of Mendelssohn and Brahms. But in a barren age poetry was yet alive in those times. we can scarce name one master, let alone a We can therefore best advise the Baha'i poet succession of heirs. of today to hold to the great themes. The eter- Must the Baha'i poet be disconsolate then, nal themes in poetry pertain to the perpetual alo ng with other contemporary poets? Cer- themes of life. Above all, the greatest is Love: tainly he will make no idle claims, knowing the Love for God, as it is to be found in, for examlow cultural standards of his time. But Baha'ls ple, Indian literature , and in $6ff poetry ; Love perhaps may partially escape the sense of vac- for na ture , and Love between human uum most artists now feel. Baha'ls live with beings-how ubiquitous are these themes in that, but also maintain a transcendental vision . the world's poetry . They are truly the heirs of the Romantic artists By keeping poetry alive, we bear witness to who sensed the dawning of the new age around the divine impulse within and also enrich soci- 1800. They know what Richter was speaking of ety by increasing other men's perception. when he proclaimed: Poetry is akin to the revealed Word, albeit infinitely lower in rank, being as all else de- Infinite Providence, Thou wilt cause the day pendent upon that; yet the poet also testifies to dawn. that in the beginning was the Word, that man's We are aware that the sun has risen, yet still speech is also a mark of his divine descent, and know ourselves to be ' children of the half- poetry the utterance of his deepest nature. Little light'. Such a vision, though circumscribed, still wonder that poetry is so closely associated with looks to a future (a glorious one!) and, being religion, and that the Word of God is often transcendental, bears witness to an eternity. sublime poetry. Baha'ls once more have found man's place in Surely, therefore, in the Baha'i community, endless time, regaining the organic awareness poetry shall be accorded a very high place of of the succession of epochs which Herder knew distinction, far above any mean assessment of of. Moreover, whereas Herder and Fichte had utility. Even in this era of committees, the procaught a glimpse of God in the ever-unfolding vince of the poet remains individual and inviorevelation of history, Baha'ls believe they are late. There shall be no danger of official party to a knowledge of the Greater Revela- demands for realism, or even quasi-romantion, the key to the whole progression. Baha'- ticism. Plato's antagonism and the Prophet u'llah, the Greater Revelation, the Manifes- MuQ.ammad's qualified consent that there tation of God for this age, confirmed this know- was some truth in poetry are to be forgotledge of man's destiny when He said: All men ten in the age of man's maturity. The Baha'i have been created to carry forward an ever- poet is freed from restraint by virtue of the advancing civilization. ideals to which his Faith calls him to aspire. The transcendentalist sees across time and Borne up by the moral vision of the Baha'i into eternity; for him the present is part of the Faith, we will not need to look for an evident whole. A Baha'i poet may write poetry today didacticism , conscious moralizing or theologizknowing that it will be far surpassed by great ing. There need be no pressure for adherence Baha'i poets to come, poets supported by a to the puritanical strain. For it remains true, in fully-developed philosophy and a world civiliz- Yeats's words' ... that life is greater than the ation rooted in a religious culture. But he cause ... and we artists ... are the servants not who writes today, writing in humility, may still of any cause but of mere naked life, and above know he contributed his part to keeping the all of that life in its nobler forms, where joy and vision of poetry alive. If what he writes comes sorrow are one .. .' 1 We do not associate the from an inspired heart it may still be of human ' W. B. Yeats, Essays and lmroductions, New York, 1961 p. value, and highly regarded by later genera- 260. ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 623 'cause' referred to with God's Cause, the Baha'i found in the tradition of his Faith. He has both Cause, but perhaps only that cause with a a tradition which is yet a new one, and a vision small 'c' that men may make out of the Baha'i which is faced to the future. He may recall the Faith. Causes, movements of ideas, have in the potent influence of religion on previous literapast not infrequently become sterile in their tures. In Hebrew literature poetry and religadherence to abstractions; that is, ideas not ious inspiration are synonymous; the Indian lived and experienced. Ideas and beliefs are languages have contributed a vital and varied not worthy until they become part of life itself. literature to Hindu culture; and perhaps the Life in its mere naked form is what human most powerful example of religion wedded to beings actually experience, and poetry addres- literature is Islam and Arabic, which in turn ses itself essentially to personal experience. If fertilized the fields of Persian, Turkish and the poet is to sing of life in its nobler forms he Urdu literature. must have experienced or compassed imagina- These thoughts only underline the inevitabiltively such realities. He must know the joy and ity of an unimaginably resplendent range of suffering that are one, through his own sor- literature in the mature Baha'i civilization. rows. It is as though he is articulating the What an inheritance does the Baha'i poet spiritual battles of Everyman. In these matters share! We may be present at the beginning, but there can be no abstraction, no dogma. It was the prospect is vast. Here is not the place to Milton who insisted that poets who wished to prophesy as to the possible images future poets write heroic poems should first make of their will invoke, poets who have immersed themlives heroic poems. Baha'ls, following the selves in the ocean of the Baha'i Writings. But advice of 'Abdu'l-Baha, do not merely recite lest it seem that I am content only with generalverses but strive to make their lives beautiful ization, I would like to quote briefly from a prayers . Poets must express what they believe living Baha'i poet whose work possesses, in my not in theory but in the way they themselves, estimation, a distinctive character. and others, have actually lived such belief. Roger White's poetry contains, as far as I can Belief is in continual need of revitalization tell, many echoes from the tradition of English through the influx of spiritual sensibility and literature. He moves from the meditative, the infusion of real experience touched by sometimes self-dissecting introspection of the imagination. The poet is one who can advance seventeenth century Metaphysicals, through this aim, alongside the efforts of others, and the light-hearted jeux d'esprits of the eighthus we reiterate his importance to the Baha'i teenth, to the apparent disenchantment of the community. For fully accepted and approved, modern mind. in this role he does become servant of the We have a modern echo of John Donne: cause, which is life itself, the higher life that is Come, let me fete you, beloved foe, to be, which man must have more abundantly. for I tire of this old-born war. Profane imagery has been handled by the greatest poets, including J:Iafi'.? and Goethe; it In stark contrast, we find the completely sechas influenced the sacred, as in the case of the ular voice of the japing eighteenth century poet medieval lyric. The two English Puritan poets, ostensibly berating a gourmand mistress: Spenser and Milton, the most serious of poets My deeper need you blithely slight, both, were alive to the sensuous. Hatred of the Love-not food-my appetite. world is not the poet's way; he must have water and clay as well as nightingales and roses. The And yet another volte-face reveals the scep- Qur'anic paradise and the beloved's hair are tical conscience of the modern: natural images that the most Sacred of Voices When you heard that God had died, you have not disdained to use. wondered At present then, the Baha'i who writes whether it was from sheer boredompoetry may find solace in the golden mines all that joyless music and our impudent which have been worked by the great poets of prayers. the past. Like most literate poets he will read widely. His particular advantage is the inspira- I find in Roger White's variety of styles, tion of the themes, symbols and images to be moods and themes the unity of a distinctive 624 THE BAHA'f WORLD

poetic mind. His use of secular image and idiom sainthood by an exonerating intolerance is unabashed and unrepentant: and his need for us, but still a holy man. Named by her past suitors' Akka, Ptolemais, St. Jean d' Acre, That these lines suggest so much about she is no beauty, this aged courtesan , meanly ourselves as well as Fujita , as well as the poet's rouged by sun. seeing, sensitive eye, is perhaps a mark of Roger White's range . On the surface eschew- Why did you do it, Keith? ing didacticism like a pl ague, th is poetry has And you a looker. 'much to say' because it requires the reader to look into himself. Do we confine to cruel isola- Freddie, you walked in tion those we ostensibly canonize as living with eyes as open as your heart, saints? Roger White sees the predicament of knew it to be the deal beyond compromise; the real man but his poet's lens also captures in survived the imagery a flash something of his subject's character: accommodated to nightingales and roses. mikado of mirth , Here is the use of colloquial phrase and the the Servant's servant. profane conceit , but not merely for effect. We This is real poetry then. It is not accomsense there is an ulterior purpose behind the modating; it is often sardonic, questioning, not use of bawdy image, accusatory line a nd easily satisfied. But it carries a note of wisdom worldly wit. This sense of controlling wisdom and acceptance too. We see a practising poet behind the open technical faci lity is in fact the writing, not as a single-minded poet-laureate secret to the appreciation of Roger White's for the Baha'i Cause, but a sensitized human intention as poet. His is a deeply human eye; being. hiding beneath the layers of burlesque and But at a more obvious ' Baha'i' level , Roger modernist world-weariness is a sorrowful and White's poetry suggests further points of joyous delicacy of feeling. The heart of the departure . The heroes, heroines and history of quintessential pioneer-the grey-haired Baha'i the Baha'i Faith are not invoked si mplistica lly lady inveigling an innocent 'contact' into her or meretriciously, nor do quotations from Faith through her kindness and conviction-is Scripture do the poet's work for him . When penetrated. She would: there is a quotation (he loves to borrow Shoghi Effendi's or the Universal House of Justice's . .. have shielded the hapless epithets to crown remembered Baha'i figures) of Nagasaki , Warsaw, Buchenwald, it is to build a n aura of pageant: with he r own body, if she could . Long ago she wept and worked for causes Brilliant Keith! immortal Lua! steadfast not then named . Thornton! courageous Marion! incomparable Martha! But if he can celebrate the unknown Baha 'i, constant Juliet! he can also give a jolting insight into the predicament of known sa ints . The much-loved What is the purpose in this? Fujita, renowned Japanese Baha'i, loving and I fashion a paean; to vanquish dread, invoke devoted servant of 'Abdu' l-Baha, emerges as the victors. a vulnerable, isolated man as opposed to the walking institution or sentimental relic: It is an answer, then , to personal need, as well as to celebrate past souls and the spirit that Acquitted of triviality by a pain and loneli- moved them. Roger White's poetry, while ness that might instruct us , retaining the poet's individuality , yet leads us rescued a halo's-breadth from isolating to hope for a Baha'i tradition of poetry. ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 625 3. HIGHLIGHTS IN THE LIFE OF MIRZA ABU'L-FAQL (BASED ON AN ARTICLE BY R. MEHRABKHANI)

... lea m ed apologist . .. (one of the) successive messengers despatched by 'Abdu'l-Bahti (who) succeeded in rapidly dispelling th e doubts, and in deepening the understanding of th e believers, in holding the community together, and in forming th e nucleus of those administrative insitutions which, two decades later, were to be formally inaugurated through the explicit provisions of'Abdu'l-Bahti's Will and Testament. Shoghi Effendi'

Mirza Abu'l-Fac;ll was born in Gulpaygan , tember 1876. His first letter to Baha' u'llah was Iran in 1844 into a family distinguished for its only a few lines from the Qur'an: ' O our Lord! scholarship. His father, Mirza Ric;la , was a we have indeed heard the voice of one that noted Shi'ih cleric. Even as a youth , Mirza called. He called us to the faith-"Believe ye Abu'l-Fac;ll displayed remarkable intelligence on your Lord"-and we have believed. 0 our and had a phenomenal memory. He received Lord! forgive us then our sin, and hide away his ·education in various centres in Iran includ- from us our evil deeds , and cause us to die with ing I~fahan and also studied in 'Iraq, mastering the righteous.' 5 all branches of Islamic theology , Persian and He immediately began , in his straightfor- Arabic literature, and philosophy. Upon com- ward way , to propound the teachings ofBaha'- pletion of his studies in October 1873 he u'llah in his classroom. This provided an accepted appointment as a lecturer at I:Iakim opportunity to his jealous enemies who Hashim , an important and long-established denounced him to the clergy and prominent theological college in Tihran. Far from being a public figures in Tihran . In December 1876 he narrow-m inded priest, he had a broad outlook was dismissed from his teaching post and and an inquisitive mind and established contact imprisoned by order of the Prince Regent , with Zoroastrians, Jews, Christians and even Kamran-Mfrza, the Governor of Tihran, a son the few Buddhists who could then be found in of Na~iri'd-Din Shah. This imprisonment fran. In 1875 he became acquainted with a lasted about five months during which time merchant of good character, Aqa 'Abdu'l- Mirza Abu'l-Fac;ll 's brothers seized the pro- Karfm , who had embraced the Baha'i Faith. perty which he had inherited from his father , Although Aqa 'Abdu'l-Karfm had no school- valued at more than one million tumans; one of ing, he possessed a shrewd, acute mind. He them even robbed him of the few furnishings introduced Mirza Abu'l-Fac;ll to the Baha'i he had in his room. It was as though through teachings and arranged interviews for him with these hardships God was preparing Mirza learned Baha'is including Aqa Mul).ammad- Abu'l-Fac;ll for the life of dedicated service he i-Qa' ini (Nabfl-i-Akbar) 2 who was known as was to lead and remou lding his heart, mind and 'the Learned One of Qa'in', I:Iaji spirit. 'Abdu'l-Baha was to refer to him later as Mul).ammad-lsma'fl of Kashan (surnamed 'an angel of heave n' and encouraged the Dhabih 'sacrificed') ,3 I:Iaji Mirza I:Iaydar-'Alf friends to 'follow his example'. Mirza Abu'lof Ardistan, 4 and others. For many months Fac;ll gave himself wholeheartedly to the Faith. Mirza Abu'l-Fac;ll debated with the Baha'is Years later when the friends would ask him to contemptuously and eventually finding him- tell something about his life he was wont to self, to his astonishment, unable to refute the answer: 'What can I say? Before becoming a proofs they adduced , became a convert in Sep- believer I was a dead man and the dead have no story to tell. And after becoming a believer, God Passes By, p. 195, 260. one is like a shadow which has no existence in Memorials ofthe Fai1hful , p. 1; A. Taherzadeh, The Revela- the light of the Faith.' tion of Baha'u'llah, vol. II, p. 42 , 341. J ibid., p. 137, 411 - 413.

' ibid. , pp. 68- 73 , passim. ' Qur'an 3: 190-192. 626 THE BAHA'I WORLD

After his release from prison the clergy of T ihran attempted to persuade him to continue to verbally acknowledge allegiance to Islam and not to openly uphold the truth of the Baha'i Cause but he would not accede to their request. He then devoted himself to writing as a means of earning a livelihood and laboured diligently in spreading the Baha'i teachings . By 1882 the Faith had won a considerable number of converts throughout f ra n and the Caucasus, among whom were many prominent citizens. In Tihran , Rasht and Mazindaran the clergy and civil authorities were again inflamed with envy and hatred. In the wave of persecution that broke out Mirza Abu'l-Fa<;ll and a number of other believers were accused of sedition and plotting against the government and were imprisoned for twenty-two months. They suffered rigorous distress and hardship and during most of this time no one was allowed to visit them. Twenty-four of the prisoners, including Mirza Abu'l-Fa<;ll , were for fourteen days chained together with long, heavy chains a nd confined in a dark underground dungeon. He related that for about six months they received daily news of the plots and intrigues of Mirza Abu'l-Fa<j.l their enemies and expected death at any 1844-1914 moment. The falseness of the accusations was eventually proven to the Shah who com- prayer Baha'u' llah revealed for him in a Tabmanded that the prisoners should be set free. let1-he also broadened his own knowledge in Mirza Abu'l-Fa<;ll then took up residence in a way that would not have been possible withthe village of Qulhak, a delightful summer out undertaking those extensive and freresort of Tihran, where he remained about quently arduous journeys. He was an exemseven months, engaged in lecturing and writ- plary travelling teacher. On his trips in Iran he ing. He was imprisoned again-this time for lived modestly and subsisted on a simple diet. about six months-and released on 5 February His clothing, too, was very simple. In order not 1886. In that year he received a Tablet addres- to inconvenience the Baha'i friends he would sed to him by Baha'u'llah in which he was stay at inexpensive caravansaries rather than instructed to travel for the purpose of spread- accept hospitality from the believers. He ing the Baha'i message. Thus began his jour- earned enough to cover his few expenses by neys which over the course of thirty years took copying books for the friends. He continued him northward through Persia, Turkey, the travelling and teaching the Faith in fran for Caucasus and as far as Moscow; eastward as far some years, and despite the uncertain health as China and Kashgaria (Chinese Turkistan); from which he suffered all his life, he knew to Syria and Egypt; and to Western Europe neither rest nor leisure. and America. In his travels he held discussions In 1887, encouraged by the renowned Baha'i with learned men of various religions, teacher and poet (later martyred) Mirza nationalities and schools of thought. In addi- 'Ali-Mu~ammad , surnamed Varga ('Dove') by tion to inspiring them with his own particular Baha'u'llah, Mirza Abu'l-Fa<;ll began to write gift for explaining subtle philosophical for the Cause . He had felt it was an impertipoints-a skill which in the view of many of his nence in the Day of God for the believers to contemporaries amounted to genius and one 1 Tablet to J:laji Mul)ammad K~im of I~faban; see The which he felt he had received as a result of a Baha'( Proofs, introductory matter to 2nd ed ., p. 12. ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 627 take up their pens when the Supreme Pen boundless. Such was his humility that he never was in motion. However, Mirza 'Ali- felt worthy of addressing Baha'u' llah directly Mul)ammad who had attained the presence of but wrote many letters and asked many ques- Baha' u'llah in ' Akka, relayed the command of tions through His amanuensis or sons. At the the Blessed Beauty that the believers should beginning of these letters he wrote long fervent write books demonstrating the truth of the prayers and supplications expressing his love. Cause. 'When I heard this statement from The receipt by Mirza Abu' l-Fa<;ll of a Tablet Varqa,' Mirza Abu'l-Fa<;ll records, 'I ventured from 'Abdu'l-Baha asking him to arise and to undertake writing.Other believers from all serve the Covenant vivified his grieving heart parts were urging me both verbally and by and in 1894, at the invitation of the Master, he letters to write books of explanation and visited the Holy Land where he remained for proofs.' 1 There streamed from his pen, from several months, basking in the presence of 1888 until the time of his death, a flood of 'Abdu'l-B aha and deepening in knowledge of treatises and books. Two of his works have the Faith. His humility before the Master and been translated into English, The Baha'i his obedience to Him were of a degree Proofs 2 and The Brilliant Proof 3 • The former unknown. Some of his distinguished contemwas written in America, originally in Arabic, poraries have stated that they had never seen with the purpose of its being translated into any Baha'i more conscious of the greatness of English for the use of the friends and was not the Covenant and more humble before the completed when he left America . A first edi- Centre of the Covenant. The loving manner in tion was published in 1902; a second was pub- which 'Abdu'l-Baha treated him only lished shortly after his death in 1914 and con- increased his humility and his desire to obey . tained an account of his life and tributes and His services springing from his understanding eulogies by ' Abdu'l-Baha. The Brilliant Proof of the Covenant constitute a brilliant chapter in is a small book written during Mirza Abu'l- the early history of the Faith. Fa<;Il's stay in Beirut in December 1911 at the At the request of 'Abdu'l-Baha he visited request of' Abdu'l-B aha in refutation of a criti- Egypt, an important centre of Islamic studies cal article of Peter Z. Easton, a Protestant mis- where he was soon acclaimed by a number of sionary, in which he misrepresented the aims theologians for his depth of knowledge . and purposes of the Faith. 'Abdu'l-Baha Him- Indeed, some thirty advanced students of self, while in America in 1912, directed that Al-Azhar, the greatest university of the Islamic The Brilliant Proof be published and in one of world, expressed their belief in Baha'u'llah. His discourses in Washington said of it: 'Each Some of the divines and professors of Alone of you should have a copy. Read , memo- Azhar then turned against Mirza Abu'l-Fa<;ll rize and reflect upon it. Then when accusations and forbade their students to visit him or read and criticisms are advanced by those unfavour- his books. He was then confined to his house, able to the Cause, you will be well armed.' 4 writing books and answering questions Mirza Abu'l-Fa<;il's Farti'id, a work of more brought to him from Baha'is and inquirers. than 700 pages written in refutation of a Much could be said of the effect of his teachmulla's attack on Baha'u'llah's Kitab -i-lqan, is ing among the friends of the West, who were deperhaps his best-known book in the East and prived of Baha'i literature, and some of whom an outstanding example of the logic and power had but a slight knowledge of the significance of his argument. of the Cause which had attracted their hearts. The passing of Bahii'u'llah in 1892 had an Of his visit to Paris in 1901 it was written: 'What almost paralyzing effect upon Mirza Abu'l- a bounty to receive in 1901 the extended visit of Fa<;ll whose devotion to the Blessed Beauty was Mirza Abu'l-Fa<;Il, sent by the Master to strengthen His Western children. For perhaps a The Baha'f Proofs, introductory matter to 2nd ed. , p. 14. month he taught them almost daily, through the Trans. by Mimi ' Ali-Kuli Khan; New York : J. W. Pratt Co., 1902. Chicago: Baha'i Publishing Society, 1914. New translations of Anton I:Iaddad and 'Alf-Kuli York , Baha'i Publishing Committee, 1929. Khan. Of those memorable hours Agnes Alex- Chicago: Baha'i News Service, 1912. Wilmette, Baha'i ander has written: "An atmosphere of pure Publishing Committee, 1949. 'Abdu' l-Bah:i, The Promulgation of Universal Peace, p. light pervaded the Paris meetings, so much so 425. that one was transported, as it were, from the 628 THE BAHA'i WORLD

world of man to that of God;" to which Juliet they gave public lectures in halls rented by the Thompson 's testimony is added: "That Paris believers for Sunday meetings only, as all other group was so deeply united in love and faith; activities were held at the headquarters. May, Lua , Laura 1 and Khan, these four espe- ' Mfrza Abu'l-Fac_il spent much time in New cially so inspired, so carried away, so intoxi- York, Green Acre , and Washington , returning cated with love for the beloved Master; our there after his visit in Chicago. His explanagreat teacher, Mirza Abu'l-Fac_il , so heavenly tions of the Bible were wonderful, giving from wise-that those days were the days of miracle, Genesis to Revelation the most voluminous of all but incredible confirmations.'" 2 To this and the most explicit interpretations we have may be added the tribute of May Maxwell: 'We ever received.' must first touch the heart to awaken it; if it The transcription of the stenographic record opens and responds we must sow the priceless made of his talks and lectures, the account seed ... Prepare the soil with the warmth of concludes, has been 'carefully preserved' and your love just as the sun prepares the soil in the this, together with a large number of his letters spring or the seed will not grow. Remove the to believers and inquirers served 'as a basis for stones and weeds .. that is to say, in a kind way giving the Message, especially to Christians.' try to remove prejudices . . Uproot narrow On 29 November 1904 Mirza Abu' l-Fac_il superstitions by suggesting broader, deeper took leave of the American friends. He was ideas. Never oppose people's ideas and state- now old and his health, never robust, was ments, but give them a little nobler way of deteriorating . The climate, the food, the seeing life. Such words and thoughts will take demands on his time, had not benefitted him. effect because they come from a Baha'i whose After returning to the East he spent his time in life flows from the source of all life on earth Haifa, Beirut, Alexandria and Cairo. The Mastoday ... My great and wise teacher, Mfrza ter took special care of him and he lived some Abu'l-Fac_il, laid down these divine principles years more, devoting much time to his writing. of teaching in my soul . . and they have On 21January1914, in Cairo , his earthly life changed all my attitude . He showed me that it ended. His attending nurse said that as he is the Spirit of God that is doing the work ; we expired she heard him exclaim : 'God! God!' 5 must wait upon the Spirit and do Its bidding An eyewitness has left this account of the only.' 3 effect upon 'Abdu'l-Baha of the news of the The American Baha'i community's appreci- passing of Mfrza Abu'l-Fac_il: ation of the visit of Mirza Abu'l-Fac_il is 'The telegram arrived last night (21 January recorded in The Bahri'( Centenary: 1914); it was delivered this morning, and the 1844-1944 4 in an article entitled 'Teachers heart-breaking news conveyed to ' Abdu' l- Sent to America by 'Abdu'l-Baha': 'Also Baha just as He sat down to partake of His 'Abdu'l-Baha sent to America in 1902 the lunch. The news saddened and grieved Him. revered Mirza Abu'l-Fac_il ... He was accom- He did not say a word, but arose from His seat panied by Mfrza 'Ali-Kuli Khan, later an without eating. He remained alone in His room attache of the Persian Embassy in Washington, till late in the afternoon. Then He went with D.C., who acted as his interpreter and trans- Mirza Hadl to the telegraph office to send a lator. The Baha'ls had already rented a message of consolation to the friends in Cairo. house . . . for a headquarters where the The Pilgrims' House was a house of mourning; activities of the Cause were carried on. Here many eyes were weeping and many hearts bur- I:Iajl Mfrza I:Iasan and party, Mfrza Abu'l-Fac_il dened with sorrow. and all the translators lived at the same time. 'In the evening all the believers gathered in This was a glorious experience for the friends 'Abdu'l-Baha's house. Under breath everyone who gathered there to receive the teachings was discussing the death of our venerable from these marvelous teachers. Every Sunday teacher, when Mfrza Hadl brought us the word that 'Abdu'l-Baha would receive us . We all May (Bolles) Maxwell, Lua Getsinger, Laura (Clifford) Dreyfus-Barney. ascended to the upper floor , and after a few 2 May Maxwell, 'In Memoriam'. The Balza'{ World, vol. minutes He came in. At first He was silent, then VIII, p. 634. ibid., p. 636. while His eyes were shut He started to speak. Baha'i Publishing Committee, Wilmette, Ill., 1944. 'Star oftlze West, No. 19, vol. IV. ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 629 He would speak a few phrases, then a Hood of pedantic expressions or circumlocution-in emotions sweeping over Him, He would stop a order to bear upon the mind of the reader the few seconds and continue.' 1 whole weight of his learning and scholarship In a series of moving eulogies the Master paid tribute to one who He said was, from ' How learned was he! How wise was he! every standpoint, 'peerless': How well informed was he! His understanding ' . . . he was in a state of the utmost sever- was marvellous and his wisdom beyond comance, and adorned with the highest virtues of parison ... All the learned men and scholars of firmness and steadfastness. He was absolute,ly the Islamic world, especiall y those who reside detached from everything. From the day that in Egypt, and had conversed with Mirza he became a believer up to the last moment of Abu'l -Fac;Il , have testified that he was a genius, his life , ·he was occupied in the service of the a truly wise man . Notwithstanding this, his Cause of God; either he conveyed the Message character was never tinged with any vanity or or wrote books proving the validity of the self-conceit.' 2 Cause. He had not the slightest attachment to In words such as these ' Abdu'l-Baha honth is mortal world . oured a servant whose passing He said was 'an 'How erudite and learned he was! ... He ... irretrievable loss for the people of Baha" .3 was a standard-bearer of the oneness of the Perhaps we glimpse in some small measure world of humanity. In the servitude of the Holy the personal loss experienced by the Master Threshold of Baha'u'llah he was my partner when we read: 'While I was living in Ramleh, a nd associate. During the hours of grief he was whenever I felt depressed or sad, I ca lled on the source of my consolation. From every him , and soon afterwa rds I was in a happier standpoint I trusted him , and had in him the frame of mind.' 4 greatest amount of confidence. Whenever Now , on the Mediterranean coast of Spain , anyone wrote books and articles against this my memory goes back to a period twenty-eight Cause, I referred them to him for irrefutable years ago when I was putting the last touches a nswer. on my work on the life of Mirza Abu ' l-Fac;Il5 'How humb le and meek he was! We tried written during years of eager investigation , our best to persuade him to keep a servant, but having travel led to Gulpaygan, his birthplace, he wo ul d always gently decline. He desired to to get my last inspiration for it. I wa lked for serve the believers personally . . . hours and hours along the streets gazing at the 'During all the days of his life I never heard one-storey sun-dried brick buildings, the from him the use of the word "I" - " I said so ," orchards of fruit trees, the fields of wheat and or "I wrote so and so." .. . He never made a barley with clumps of ta ll willow and poplar display of his knowledge , nor wished to here and there. In this unprepossessing setting impress upon the mind of any person that he was born a man of a kind of whom an Arab knew such and such a subject. He was evanes- proverb says 'he could count for a thousand cent and lived in the station of nothingness .. . men'. And, I thought , in the case of Mirza No one inhaled from him the odor of superior- Abu'l-Fac;Il , whose name means literall y 'the ity . .. father of learn ing', for many more! 'Were one to read all his writings and works, he does not find "I-ness" and "egoism" stalk- 2 ibid., pp. 19-27. ing between the lines, nor does he observe any ibid ., p. 23. 'ibid ., p. 21. ' Th e Bah ti ' ( Proofs, introductory matter to 2nd ed. , p. 19. ' Published in Persian ; 1975. 630 THE BAHA'I WORLD

4. A PORTION OF RADIANCE: A REMINISCENCE 1 BERTHALIN ALLIEN

I first heard of the Baha'i Cause a little before New York. In her apartment, where Anton 1900, while I was in school in Paris. There I Haddad gave the lessons of the Cause, the met a small group of people, a few American wonder of it, the hol y words, entranced me. st udents, like myself, who seemed to be The holy words, life-giving fountains, revealinvolved in a new religion stemming from Per- ing, ever new, to this very day since 1900. I sia. I can' t say that I was especially impressed believe I am thus the oldest living Baha'i, who by what they said. Rather I was attracted by was living in New York City at that time. these people as unusual people-one in par- Soon after that I returned to school in Paris ticular, a very beautiful girl who seemed to and joined that first Baha'i group of E urope. 5 radiate a specia l magnetic charm. I was com- The Guardian many years later wrote telling me pletely captivated by her and not understand- how blessed I was to have been a member of ing what she was saying, I just silentl y sat in that group. A small group but there was wonder, somehow feeling her special station . radiance, the spirit of Baha'u'llah so strong, a Her name was May Bolles,2 who later became tightly united group; it made me speechless; all the mother of RuJ:iiyyfh Khanum. I wanted was to be with them; my whole life I was leavin g for home, New York City, and was changed. There were no books ... the before leaving May gave me a letter to a friend teachings of the Manifestation of God were who she said would explain things to me .... I spread by word of mouth and from heart to found her to be a beautiful woman, beautiful heart! How powerful the Spirit that radiated and on fire with the religion she had embraced . from this group, out into the far-reach ing cor- Her name was Elfrida Martin. With her was a ners of this earth, until from that small begin- Persian, Anton Haddad ,3 who I found out ning the radiance of the Cause of God is now later was the translator of the famous felt by people, remote and far away. Suratu'l-Haykal. 4 'Abdu'l-Baha had sent him There were no books, just a few words brought to America to teach and it was listening to him back to us from pilgrims who had gone to that I caught the first impact of something far 'Akka to see the prisoner, ' Abdu'l-Baha. They greater than I could grasp at the moment. It all had seen Him, they had felt the magnetic seemed too big, too incomprehensible for my power of the 'Servant of God,' the only title He understanding, too fantastic for my mind to wanted; they told us about Him and brought grasp, but my heart seemed to know what my back the first teachings, His love, His hopes for mind was un ab le to take in . those who believed in Him . Anton's theme was that the Spirit of Christ In those days we in Paris wrote to 'Abdu'lwas on earth again to bring the people back to Baha to confirm our love and devotion to Him God. This thrilled me as ever since childhood I and those letters were always answered by had in my heart a love for Jesus. I longed for Him. After my schooling I returned to New Him always. Now was that divine Spirit here York City having lived in Paris four years. The again? It must be so, I wanted it to be so. It Tablets I received, thirteen of them, made a flooded my heart with hope until I came to strange impact upon me. I was unable to believe even before I knew anything about 'digest' them-that's not the best word-it was what I was to learn later, the greatness, the simply I could not believe that they were majesty of Baha'u'llah . So it was that Mrs. Mar- addressed to me. It was as if I should look over tin and I were the first Baha'is at that time in my shoulder to see the person for whom they were meant. To this day this one sentence still Published under the title 'The Luminous Hour' in Baha'i makes me stop short: ' Praise be to God, thou News, February 1965; © the National Spiritual Assembly of the Baha'is of the United States. hast been accepted at the threshold of the Later Mrs. William Sutherland Maxwell. ' Antun Haddad. 'Surih of the Temple , an important Tablet revealed by ' A photograph of the first Baha'i gro up of E urope appea rs Baha'u'llah in •Akka. on p. 132. ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 631 Almighty and are mentioned in the Supreme 1817-November 12, when at the hour of Concourse! ' These Tablets are now safe in the dawn a child was born in the city ofTihran. To Arch ives. I no longer remember dates, years, me that hour must have stirred the very atoms what happened in such and such a year. My life of the earth, making the earth tremble with joy, was a simple one, sometimes hard , many for on it would walk the spirit of God and in heartbreaks, but over the long span of life since another city a little known disciple' of 1900, now 1964 and close to ninety, I at last Al)mad-i-Ahsa'f2 (the forerunner of the Bab) have made the words in the Tablets my bowed to the ground in an act of wonderment, own-everything 'Abdu'l-Baha had predicted testifying that 'At this hour the light of the for me has come true. Promised One has broken and is shedding illumination upon the whole world.' How shin- Year 1905: ' O thou who art advanced to ing was that hour! And as the believers multi- God! ply, their army marching into the far-off coun- Be assured and content with the great bounty tries of the earth, exiles from home and kin, and generosity of God, and be cheerful they carry the torch held high to tell the people because all that which is absolutely good will of that luminous hour-November 12, 1817. become possible for thee. In this day all that As to the moment of my actual meeting which is conducive to the eternal happiness is 'Abdu'l-Baha this was at the house of Ed Kinattainable by thee. Be not grieved at allney.3 As He entered the room there was a neither sit down dispirited. Every difficulty strange stillness; we were awed by His preswill be changed to enlargement, and every ence; majestic yet very human, He looked at us affliction will be transformed to the mercy with compassion. He strode about the room, of omnipotence.' some of us were sitting on the floor and every 'Upon thee be greeting and praise.' time He passed me I touched His garment. He (signed) 'Abdu'l-Baha 'Abbas spoke at length and each sentence was trans- Years passed with just living until , unexpect- lated but what these words were I have no idea, edly, I had a chance to go to Haifa. Years for I like others was completely engulfed in an before' Abdu'l-Baha had given me permission exalted consciousness in which the mind had in one of His Tablets, but I had to wait all those no place. I don't believe those words were years and by then 'Abdu'l-Baha had passed, in taken down at that time, tape recording was 1921. Four unforgettable weeks were spent in still half a century away. Many of those present the Holy Places, surrounded by so much love, have described this scene and it can be found in the hours spent in the shrines, in prayer and several books. For me the words were lost-we meditation , the precious time spent with the were all caught up in an intensely vibrant Greatest Holy Leaf-a pure spirit-as well as atmosphere. As we gazed at the beautiful face several visits with the Guardian . .. by his bed- of 'Abdu'l-Baha, we were not in this world. A side, as he was ailing and depressed. The bur- few who were there then are still alive, carrying den of responsibility thrust upon him so sud- the spirit of that moment out into the fardenly almost crushed him. Looking back now, reaching corners of the earth and all who hear since he has passed away, I have felt that he too them too are given a portion of radiance was a martyr, for the responsibilities became emanating from 'Abdu' l-Baha. ever more heavy. However, under it all he gained in strength and spirituality which helped 1 Mirza Mal)mud-i-Qam~ari ; see Nabil-i-A'~am. (Mulla him to become a brilliant leader. ... Mul)ammad-i-Zaranc!i) , The Dawn Breakers pp. 8-9. Much time has passed since 1900 when I first ' fillaytI.i Al)mad-i-Al)sa'i, (1743-1826) founder of the .fil)aykl!f school. caught a glimpse of what was to come, but to 3 Edward B. Kinney ($afa), see 'In Memoriam', The Baha' f me the year to be remembered is World, vol. XII. p. 677. 632 THE BAH A' i WORLD

5. FRAGMENTS FROM A DIARY JONATHA N RI S HW ORTH

(Impressions of a Baha'i yo uth of his vis it to Kenya as a trave llin g teacher) 10 D ece mber 1978- 25 January 1979

H aifa 10 February 1979 So ME days have passed since my return from Kilifi, a nd ove r the eight days the experiences the beautiful country of Kenya. During a brief share d by the twenty-five or more Baha'fs presix-wee k sojourn I was privilege d to trave l wi th sent will a lways remain deeply deposited friend s into the Central Province as well as to within each pe rso n, as gems ready to be the Coast Province . In both places, precious brought forth and given to others when the hea rts ab ide , waiting for people to bring the oppo rtunity presents itse lf to speak forth Message of Baha' u' ll ah into their lives. Baha'u' ll ah's Teachings. To have time to give our Lord , howeve r T he days were spent in a n atmosp here of short the days must be , however inadequate we love a nd learning, prayer fillin g o ur soul s, Holy each must feel , is such a wondrous gift, th at as I Words stirring hearts and laughte r re leas ing a look back over the days spe nt teaching in sp irit of joy that touched all in the warm glow Kenya the gratitude in my heart knows no way of His Presence. Any previous doubts fled from of true expression; save to bend a little more my mind , now instilled with greater insight into each day to try, to strive, to ta ke up the respon- the myriad possibilities open to each of us when sibility given each of us to serve the world of praye r is offered up and the teaching of His humanity forthe sake of the Blessed Perfection. Message is carried out in accordance with the A pleasant flight from Israel , a brief delay in directions given us in the Writings . customs, then , immediate contrast when I Afte r: the return to Nairobi , waiting fo r stepped through the outer door and was frie nds as they prepared for the days ahead, greeted by a welcoming group of Baha'fs from then the exciting mom ent of departure. Nairobi. A drive to the Nation al Centre which Mehraz, Samuel, Ernie and myself drove into was to be my base. Staying there also were the Cent ra l Province, and he ld a rendezvous so me travelling teachers awaiting furth er with James, Moriuki and Mwangi. The joy of instructions from the National Spiritual those moments is beyond my power of descrip- Assembly before journeying to various parts of tion. Prayers were offered by us all th at our the country to teach the village people, so hearts be e mptied, our spirits become magnets many of whose hearts a re yearning to hear the of the love of God, and our feet be directed Message of God. Among those at the Centre un fa ilingly to souls who might be receptive to was Jenabe Caldwell , a n A las kan, who was the Message of Baha'u'llah that would e nrich organizing teaching institutes throughout the their lives both in this world and in the spiritual Ke nyan Provinces . After talking with him and worlds beyond. some National Spiritual Assembly members I T he seq ue nce of days, the innum erable indidecided to travel to one of the institutes prior vidual eve nts that occurred are not relevant to to any teaching activity. this sketch, but the freedom of those moments Before attending the institute I felt slightly might be thus described: perturbed as to how I cou ld ensure that my time Dawn ho urs found us praying together; in Kenya would not be frittered away on spas- late r, as individ ual e ntities, o ur hearts, minds modic, ineffectual teaching caused by my pos- and sou ls turn to the Creator supplicating sib le in ability to seize a nd promote to the full est, stren gth , guidance, love, wisdom; praising any God-given opportunity. I wanted desperately Him, magnifying His Na me , invok ing His ai d to be as a fine instrument, freed fr o m the impedi- in recognizing the divine reality in the hearts ments of self, so His Spirit would fl ow swift ly and minds of all we might meet. and deeply into the he arts of the people. · Suns ri se, suns set, and a gree n-robed river The institute took place on the Coast, in valley witnesses a small band of the followers ESSAYS AN D REVIEWS 633 of the Blessed Beauty being welcomed by chil- short respite with friends in town- time to dren runnin g onto a wide, open grass field , reflect on the days that have passed. One realbright shining faces , each chil d calling A llah - ization is overpowe rin g: that it is Baha'u'll ah u-Abhd! T hose days wi ll be remembered: the Who knows what is to take place, what do es many waiting hearts, the precious individuals , take place, and the reality of what took place. one of the teachers smilin g rad iantl y with On the road o nce more. Goda, Mwombegu God's love shining in him , the quiet David who and myse lf were left in Malindi where a spoke such sweet words. Miracles see med to warm-hearted Baha'i fa mily welcomed us into happe n dai ly, and all are reme mbered: those their home inviting us to make it our home who liste ned , those who accepted, the sm il es , during our visit. T he days merged together. the prayers, the e lection as we wit nessed the Goda, Samuel , Godo na, Mwombegu, Patrick birth of an Assembly. and I travelled to Pendukiani , Mijomboni , Leaving that va lley paradise , with two of o ur walking over shadowed sa nd paths which wound new-found fami ly remaining behind , we jour- past the homes of ma ny people who , ye t so phyneyed to a flat green countryside where tea sica ll y close to western influe nce, see m re mote plantations lined the dust roads. There in one from th at world . The la nd is still an integral part small village we sat for two evenings: women, of th eir lives. As we travelled from one village me n and children relaxed on the grass listening to anothe r, the pote nti alities of the area became as God's Message was offered. (Please, touch increasingly appare nt; o ur minds stagge red their hearts, dear Lord!) Another Asse mbl y un der the weight and beauty of the concept. was formed and thus was spun the unseen mys- We envisio ned many Assemblies being tical web that binds and draws together, in for med , the Message being quickly spread ways too subtl e to ever comprehend , those who amon g a nd acce pted by great numbers of peorespond to His call. Circumsta nces call ed us ple . A ll too qui ck ly my brief sojourn the re away. T hose who are able to return promise to ended. Leaving the others behind teaching the do so; we ho ld them in our hearts and prayers , receptive villagers I returned to Mombasa, lost supplicati ng that those who have been deeply in reminiscences of those pure-hearted villagtouched by the Ca use of God will talk often e rs who declared their be lief, praying that with their Lo rd and lead all they meet to new o th er teachers would soon arise and visit these spiritual insights. people , teaching them , explainin g in detail the Again we reached the river valley, returning significance of the Revelation of Baha' u' - wit h a ' fami ly' diminished in number because ll ah- for the possibilities are limitless. some were required to attend to other matters, (Please, Cod, we will achieve it!) each of us regretting the separation . There we Nairobi o nce again , and a last glance at those see o ur brothers and sisters, so new to the Fa ith hearts I had co me to know so well. Wonderful of Baha'u'llah, forgi ng spiritual awareness into news! Many people a re accepting His Message daily rea lity as they teach those they encou nte r; in the area surrounding that first magical valley in a brief time another Asse mbly is for med, where He directed that pitifully sma ll band of cemented with love . T hat valley of red dust followers. roads and verdant, fe rtile banks where He has At home, e nriched by memories of my vi sit raised up lov ing souls eager to participate in the to Kenya, I expe rience a wave of gratitude and greatest challenge ever given by God to man, the tender love toward all those I met in Nairobi , unificat io n of mankind-that valley is blessed. Ta mbaya , Mo mbasa , Kilifi, Malindi, Pen- With the arriva l of a friend who suggested dukiani , Mijomboni- and for all the people of that we must trave l onwards, events cha nged Kenya. Innumerab le o pportunities lie ahead swiftly a nd my course was alte red. A fami liar for those who take up the ir lives and cast the m destination awaited me: perhaps I owed it at the feet of the Beloved: 'To assist Me , is to something. A telephone conversation with a teach My Cause.' (Baha 'u'l!ah) member of the National Spiritual Asse mbl y, a How ma ny prayers will be spoken from the trip to Nairobi by motorbike, preparation for a heart? What lessons will be given? How often flight to th e coast and, God willing, a n oppor- will we liste n? tunity to offer assistance to the Province in 'O God, my God, my Beloved, my heart's which th e teaching institute had bee n he ld. A Desire .' (Th e Bab) 634 THE BAHA'I WORLD

6. REGINALD TURVEY: AN APPRECIATION OF THE MAN AND HIS ART 1 LOW ELL JOH NSON

REGINALD Ernest George Turvey was born He painted a number of portraits, including in 1882 in Ladybrand , South Africa on the one of Sir Thomas Fuller, but he excelled in border of the little country known today as landscapes. The secret of his skill was his inti- Lesotho. His family descended from pioneer macy with the landscape; he was the landscape. Englishmen who came to South Africa in the He virtually walked into the painting which first wave of settlers in 1820. His great- came to represent his feelings as he stood on grandfather, Edward Ford Turvey , also an Yorkshire downs or the banks of the canals of artist, had headed one of the parties in the Amsterdam , Ghent or Bruges, or the shores settlement. Life was difficult for these and mountains of the Italian Riviera and pioneers, but by the time of Reg's birth, the southern Africa. Much of his early work was Turvey brothers owned many of the farms inspired by Constable and Cezanne whose encircling Ladybrand and t)le central square paintings he greatly admired. block of the town itself where his father ran a We have very few clues to Turvey's thinking trading store and collected rents. in this period except those to be found in a few Reg's first contact with art was the aboriginal letters written to Bernard Leach between 1909 Bushman paintings discovered while playing and 1920 when Reg was in England and Africa in caves in the foothills around Ladybrand and Leach was in Japan. The letters reveal a and the Drakensberg mountains of Lesotho. lonely man. He loved England but close com- He never completed his schooling because panionship meant more to him, so with a gift his teacher discovered his talent for drawing from his father, he joined Leach in Japan in and convinced his father to send him abroad 1910. He had hoped to give art lessons there to art school. Reg entered the Slade School but the Eastern way of life and the Japanese of Art in London in 1903 with the grudg- weather did not agree with him and reluctantly ing support of his family who felt that he would he agreed to return to his family in South do better to pursue a more lucrative profes- Africa to assist on the farm. A letter written to sion. his family at this time survives: ' ... but I shall, On the first day of school he met fellow of course, in such spare time as I may have , try student Bernard Leach , in from another colony to keep up my art-of course, not interfering (Hong Kong) , and they became lifelong with the farm work. But, still you must never be friends. Leach says that he does not think he sorry that your son is somewhat of an artist and had any influence upon Turvey as an artist. 'I has the true feeling for art, for it is not a thing to was interested in line,' he said, 'and Reggie in be ashamed of. People may scorn it as they will. colour texture. He loved painting in itself and I shall always be proud of having done what I was a born colourist. What we used to call have done, though it is little. My work has "tone" in our student days was almost always given pleasure to some few ... it would be clearly to be found in his strong brushwork . rather hard for me to lose touch with every- Touch sang to touch, tone to tone, tension to thing that has concerned my life in the pursuit tension.' In the sphere of their personal lives, of art, so while I am farming I would like just however, they influenced each other greatly. now and then to smell a paint brush.' One year after entering Slade where he The letter contains all the seeds of Turvey's studied under Henry Tonks and won the W. future frustrations: his family of farmers and Steer prize for portrait painting, Reg moved to businessmen did not understand him, and art the London School of Art where he spent four made little impression in the South Africa of years becoming essentially a landscape painter. that day. Also, his father who moved to Kenya and established a farm there with Reg as his ' Excerpted from a forthcoming biography by Lowell trainee, died within a year of the move leaving Johnson. his bereft son in sole charge of the farm. ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 635 The outbreak of war in 1914 deeply affected paintings and his at-one-ment with nature from Reg's sensitive nature. In a letter written on 8 which they sprang. A few months later he November 1915 from Nakuru , Kenya he reveals wrote to Leach saying that he had been reading his abhorrence of war, intuitively reflecting the Theosophical books, deriving satisfaction from teachings of the Baha 'i Faith which he had not the writings of those 'able to see the inner truth yet encountered: ' Oh, when will this wretched of things.' war be over? It is truly a barbarous thing: the In 1924 Reg married Frances Waddell G unn worst thing that could have happened in this in Ladybrand and not long after returned to supposed-to-be civilized era. Real civilization England with his wife. Rejoining his friend, has not touched the souls of many; yet this war Leach, he set up a studio in St. Ives, Cornwall is the indication of an evil thing which must be and later built a house and studio opposite rooted out forever if possible. The cry of civi- Leach's home. The next sixteen years were lization is Peace, or ought to be. But when will fulfilling for Reg. He had compan ionship, real civilization be so universal and ingrained painted full-time , and had a relatively happy as to make such a thing as war impossible? If family life although his first son died of diphwars are to continue on into the ages and sci- theria. When Leach moved to Dartington as ence continues to make the vast progress that it resident potter the Turveys followed. has within the last sixty years or so, then, ulti- A lthough Reg was not on the staff he lived mately the destruction of life will be so great close to Dartington Hall and here entered into that there will be plenty of room on the earth a new phase of art education. The bulk of his for the devil to walk to and fro in ... Tell me, work in this period which had been stored in a what is the finest aim in life, and why?' shed was destroyed by mischance after he Twice Reg tried to enlist in the army, once in returned to South Africa in 1940. Kenya and a second time after selling the farm In 1932 Turvey met the American Baha'i and returning to South Africa , but on both painter Mark Tobey who taught the artist to occasions was told he had a weak heart, a fact work less from the mind than the heart and proven not long after when he suddenly col- broadened Turvey's outlook on contemporary lapsed in pain while climbing a hill on the Natal art. Tobey's approach to painting was not coast to do some painting. He spent a year immediately reflected in Turvey's work , but recovering during which he lived at sea level; the ideas that Mark expressed about a gradual slowly he began to paint again. withdrawal from direct observational painting His letters to Bernard Leach during this of nature and a movement toward abstraction period reveal his questing nature. After his influenced the paintings Turvey produced heart attack, he wrote: 'I did fight for life any- toward the end of his life . Bernard Leach, too, way, and the mind is a tremendous force when was attracted to Tobey's teaching. He guided no adverse suggestion comes to bother it. I both men into the many developments of modtried to impress this from the very first upon the ern painting and introduced them to the Baha'i few people around me. What a mystery life is! Faith. Within three years Reg became a Baha'i; And yet sometimes, like you, I feel I under- Leach followed five years later. stand things . Anyway, as far as they matter to The effect of the Baha'i Faith on Reg's life us. The rest we leave to God ... I think if one's was not immediately manifested. He was to mind goes off searching in the right direction it return to South Africa to his roots, experiencdoes eventually take one into a calm placid ing occasional poverty and the pain and loneliregion. I am vague, but as I say, I do sometimes ness of divorce before the universal teachings feel things rightly without having much actual of the Faith of Baha'u'llah brought him the knowledge. Metaphysics, and all the rest of it; I peace he had always sought. haven't the mind to go floundering about Soon after his return to South Africa a critic amongst all the thoughts of all the lauded Turvey's paintings for their echo of 'the philosophies. But to reach this calm region suggestion of movement and the perfection of from which to regard life, to be "at-one-with" line seen in many of the magnificent rock paintnature in its calm evolutionary progress seems ings at Modderpoort and in the exposed caves to me the greatest attainment.' Here are clues of the mountains of Ladybrand and Basutoto the calm placidity of Turvey's landscape land ... He has developed a personal tech- 636 THE BAHA'i WORLD

nique whi ch in the result is very ori gin al. ' As early as 1937 whe n he exh ibited at the Bloomsbury Ga ll eries, London, his work was pra ised for ' its qua lities rooted in ancient art.' In 1961, when Reg was seventy-n ine, a perceptive reviewer wrote: 'Regin ald Turvey is a painter who has evo lved a sty le, through his long years of devotion to hi s art, which refuses to be classified under any arty " ism" . His malleable talent has co ntinued to expand and renew itse lf at a stage when most painters have become set in their hab its.' Reg never entered the realm of pure abstraction. His work ge nerally evolved toward a simplification in which im ages from nature, birds and anima ls, were recognizable but imaginatively transformed. He drew close r to the world of pure imagination, and spoke from within of the life he had experienced through hi s senses, now reflected from a mature perspective. A restrospective exhibition in 1966 drew this com ment: 'You need not to have known Reg T urvey to realize that this is an exh ibition in a class by itself ... Turvey himself, courte- Reginald Turvey ous, gentle and serene, has always firml y fol- 1882-1968 lowed his own path (illumin ated for him by certain masters) and this path can be traced again by the beholder at this retrospective almost indifferent attitude to success. Perhaps exhibitio n. T here are some touchingly lovely it was th at self-denial was a feature of the myslandscapes from this (earlier) phase of the tic Oriental religion he embraced.' A no th er artist's career. His "Drakensberg", painted commented: 'This lack of recognition would with reverence and awe, makes o ne forget a ll not have worried this most modest a nd lovable the purple-and-green tra vesties of the same of painters, but ... it is o nl y right th at those su bject. Here ... can be found the tran sition who neglected him should be ab le to go and from mere know-how to the spiritual percep- worsh ip at his shrine before it is too late.' tion . . . Throug hout his a lmost unacclaimed Those who knew Reg wel l in his later years career, Turvey's painting was slowly approach- found him to be totally devoted to his painting ing a new mysticism as well as a mastery of a and his fa ith. He often combined the two intertechniq ue he had made his own, resulting ests by transporting African Baha'is to a n area finally in those elusive and imaginative canvas- where they could teach. Having performed this ses in which silvery tones meet and dissolve in simple service Reg would then take out his closely-woven brushstrokes . . . At eighty- brushes and paint until they returned from three , with his brushes stacked away, Reg Tur- their mission. He spoke about the Baha'i Faith vey has at las t become a "coll ector's painter".' only when someone showed a kee n interest. A T his last sentence was wishful thinking on frie nd a nd benefactor relates: 'He explained the reviewer's part. To the e nd , Reg was what his religion stands for, how he be lieves, admired by fe ll ow artists and informed critics, what he believes, what it meant to him. It was but he was not recognized by the general personal. He was so excited abo ut his pilgrimpublic. Many critics have tried to analyze the age. He was in his seventies. He was happy . It reasons: 'Somehow, during his lifetime, Reg gave him a new lease on life. In our fam il y he Turvey failed to receive the recognition which was always classified as a saint who didn't his wo rk deserved. Perhaps it was because of expect anything from the world ; we a lways an extraordinarily retiring nature and an compared him with the tsadik of the Jewish ESSAYS AND REVIEWS 637

Untitled painting by Reginald Turvey

religion, one of the thirty-six righteous men in exhibited them. For example , the painting in each generation whose holiness and humble oi ls inspired by the story ofTahirih was entitled blameless lives merit for the world the divine by the exhibitor 'Rima' and thereafter Reg grace that prevents its destruction. ' And again: always referred to the picture by that name. 'Reg is the nearest to a saintl y man I have ever Only in rare cases did he date his paintings and known. The only two saintly men I remember then usually at the request of the owner or in my life are Reg and my father. When you buyer. It is from his few paintings that bear told me that he is called the Father of the dates that we are able to estimate the dates of Baha'is of South Africa, 1 I wouldn't have other works. Many of his paintings are thought of such a thing, but it sums it up abso- unsigned. An even greater number would bear lutely, a sp iritual father.' no signature had I not, towards the end of his On several occasions I asked Reg what life, urged him to sign them . Reg was without influence the Baha'i Faith had on his life. He ego. He was like the unknown craftsman writsaid it gave him contentment. His paintings ten of by Soetsu Yanagi, the philosopherreflect it. leader of the Japanese craft movement: Turvey's works are not sentimental and he ' Where does beauty lie if not in these qualalmost never painted Baha'i themes. He was ities?-the plain and unagitated , the uncalcunot strongly attached to his p aintings and lated , the harmless, the straightforward , the rarely gave them titles, leaving it to those who natural, the innocent, the humble, the modest, the meek, the austere, the unornate; they are An appellation given to him by Shoghi Effendi during the natural characteristics that gain man's Reginald Turvey's pilgrimage to the Holy Land in 1956; see 'In Memoriam', The Baha'i World , vol. XIV, pp. affection and respect.' Turvey had these vir- 385-387. tues. 638 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Even in physical pain Reg never com- themes. The closest he came to social commenplained. When his painting hand was afflicted tary was in a painting depicting a black a nd a with arthritis he did not mention it. When his wh ite horse and an African family looking into firs t finger wo uld no longer function he held the a typical South African veld landscape an ticibrush between his thumb and second finger; pating a better tomorrow. 1 later, his second fi nger and thumb also gave Turvey' s versatility and technical fac ility are o ut . His last works, semi-abst ract with the ir much acclaimed. Increasingly it is recognized thin silvery mosaic lines, were done with this that in his work extend ing over a period of disability. But he did not finally give up until his approximate ly six decades he forged a eyesight fa iled. When he could no longer paint significant link between South African a nd or drive his car to provide transportation for international art. In 1977 a professor of art at Baha'i teaching work he lost interest in life and Witwatersrand University , Johannesburg entered a nursing home. His former wife, analyzed Turvey's retrospective exhibitio n at members of the Baha'i community and other the Gertrude Pose! Ga llery and hinted at the friends visited him as he faded grad uall y into permanent importance of his work. the next world . He died on 2 March 1968 in But the words of his oldest friend, Bernard Durban. Leach , who knew him best, should close this His sa les to art gall eries during his lifetime tribute to Reginald T urvey: were few: o ne to the Durban gallery in 1928 'All his life Reg went on trusting people. He a nd two to the National Gallery in Cape Town never lost integrity, and bitterness never in 1964. Since his death all the majo r gall eries showed in his face . Sadness, yes. T hat a man, so in South Africa have acquired his paintings. A persistent an artist and so honest a painter, recent definitive history of art in So uth Africa should be neglected until the last chapter of his devotes two full pages and two plates to him. life when his painting years were over, has been The National Council for Human Sciences a sorrow to me . It is hard to wait sixty years for Research , which publishes the Dictionary of the assurance from the informed and percep- South African Biography, the South African tive that all those years of search were not Who's Who, has since 1978 included a two- meaningless . It implies great modesty and page su mm ary of his life. steadfast loyalty to an inner vocation.' 2 Turvey's pai ntin gs do not reflect the time in ' Owned by Phillip Hinton, Sydney, Australi a. which he lived. A lthough he was fully aware of 2 Beyond East and West, Bernard Leach, Fabe r a nd Faber, the problems of society he did not use them as Londo n and Boston, p. 291. VERSE 639

VERSE LINES FROM PERSIAN POETS

BY MARZIEH GAIL

From Nli#r-i-Khusraw I here appea l Against both heart and eyes, The mischief's thine , if I may have my say, For what the eye doth see And o nl y terror hushes my lament. The heart doth prize. Thou criest to the hunted deer, 'Away! ' Thus it seems good to me T hen loosest the swift hound upo n his sce nt. To make a dagger with a tip of steel- And why hast Thou-I ask it by T hy leave- And with it blind my eyes, A woman's lips and teeth such bea uty lent? And set my sad hea rt free. If Thou, 0 Lord, hadst no thing up Thy sleeve, By fas hioning the Devil what was meant?

From Sana'{ Na~ ir was show ing Of reaso n no sign; If to the foo l my lore you' d bring, Straying and drunken Or think my secrets ca n be told (Not like drinkers of wine)- To him who is not wise- And he came to a graveya rd Then to th e deaf go harp and sing, Beside a latrine, Or stand before th e blind and hold And he shouted: 'Ye people A mirror to his eyes. Who gaze on th is sce ne, See the feasts of thi s wo rld , And the people th at dine! Here: the feasts of this world, Here: the gues ts come to dine!' How can feeble reason encompass th e Qur'an, Or the spi der snare a phoenix in his web? Wouldst thou th at the mind should not entrap thee? Teach it the science of the love of God! From Shay!!J 'Abdu'lltih An$1iri

Ca nst thou on water walk, aga inst the law? So can a straw. Canst rise up in the air so high? So ca n a fly . From Sa'di If thou wouldst play a re al man's part , Subdue thy heart. It is all one, if it be a throne Or the ba re gro und under the open sky, Where the pure so ul lays him Down to die.

From Babli 'rlihir The Gulistan, 'O n th e Conduct of Kings'

Let me quit this abode. Let me rise, let me go Past th e Antipode, Past Indo-Chin a, where the ways extend ; I do as bidden, and I bring the message, And let me ask the pilgrims on the road: Whether it give thee counsel or offense. Is my way farther, or is this the end? 640 THE BAHA'I WOR LD

Tell us not th e ta le of Layli or of Majniin's 1 woe- Since God Himself is never to be see n, Thy love hath made the world forget th e loves of lo ng These Messengers a re but His go-between. ago . Nay-I misspoke, When once T hy name was o n th e to ngue, the lovers For He Who's deputi zed ca ught it Is one with Him th a t se nt Him , A nd it se t th e speakers and the hea rers danci ng to If we be we ll apprised. and fro .

Our desert has no end, o ur heart no bed . The sto ry of T hy bea uty reached the hermit' s de ll ; World with in wo rl d is with Form's image sea led; Crazed , he so ught the Tavern whe re the win e they W hich of the im ages to us is wed? buy and se ll . If on the road ye see a seve red head, The love of T hee hath leve led dow n the fort o f Rolling alo ng its way to o ur wide fi e ld, patience, Ask it, 0 ask it wh at we neve r sa id, The pain of T hee hath firmly barred the ga te o f hope And hea r from it the secret we concealed . as well.

T he fl ower-faced may sulk or pl ay th e flirt , From Jalti/u ' d-Di11 -i-R1imi The cruel fa ir may bridle and coquet; But coyness in the ugly is ill- met , At one time , Baha' u' llah had written down an ode And pain in a blind eye's a double hurt. of Riimf' s for him (Ustad Isma'fl) and had told him to T he Maf.hnavf, ! , 1906-7. turn his face toward the Bab and sin g the wo rd s, set to a melody: (See Memorials of the Faithful , by 'Abdu ' l-B ah:l , p. 29)

I a m lost, 0 Love, possessed and dazed , Thou, broth e r, art th y thought alone, Love's foo l am I, in all the earth. T he rest is only thew and bone. T hey call me fi rst among the crazed, A garde n close, if th at thought be a rose Though I once came first fo r wit and worth . But if it be a thorn , th e n o nl y fit to burn . 0 Love, who sellest me this win e,' The Maf.hnav{, If, 2:277 0 Love, for whom I burn and bleed, Love, for whom I cry and pine- Thou the Piper, I the reed.

If Thou wishest me to live , T hrough me blow Thy ho ly breath. The Sage of G hazna 3 to ld the mystic story The touch of Jesus Thou wilt give To his vei led hearers, in an all egory : To me , who 've lain an age in dea th. If those who err see naught in the Qur'an But onl y words , it's not to wonder on; Thou, both E nd and Origin , Of all the sun's fire , lighting up the sky T hou without and Thou within- Only the wa rmth ca n reach a blind man' s eye. Fro m eve ry eye Thou hidest well , The Ma!.!:J.navf, lll, 4229-3 1. A nd ye t in every eye dost dwe ll.

' Literally, Majnun me ans ' insane'. T his is the title of the In thy so ul of love build thou a fire celebrated lover of ancient Persian and Arabian lore, A nd burn all thoughts a nd words entire . whose beloved was Laylf, daughter of an Arabian prince. Symbolizing true hum an love bordering on the divine, the story has been made the theme of many Persian romantic poems. This wine, Rumi says elsewhere, comes from the ja r of If I speak fo rth , many a mind will shatter, 'Yea verily.' That is, it symbolizes the Primal Cove nant established between God and man on the day of' Am I not A nd if I wri te, many a pen will break your Lord?' On that day, the Creator summoned posterity out of the loins of Adam and said to the generati ons unbo rn,' Am I not yo ur Lord?' Whereupon the y answe red, 'Yea, verily, Thou art .' Cf. Qur'an 7: 171. ' The poet Sana'i. VERSE 641 From lftifii From Ttihirih

There'll be no end to lon ging till I find my hea rt' s If mine eyes co uld ever see T hee, desire Light o n brow and lips a nd cheek, E ither I'll win my ow n Heart's Life or lose my life I would te ll Thee of my yearn ingentire. Of Jove's lon ging I would speak . But thi s I know , th ough I be dead, my body will burn on: Open my grave wh en I am gone From house to house, a nd door to door And see my shroud on fire . Lonely as the wind I go, Past every lane and every turning, Ever do Thy prese nce seek .

To our King though we bow the knee , We are lo rds of the morning star. Neve r think it's tears I'm shedd in g No changeable colors have we- Since our separation-no, Red lions, black dragons we are! Like a raging river burnin g, Lifeblood 's slippin g down my cheek.

Of Thy love my sad hea rt weaves Come Jet us scatter these roses, My soul' s fabric , to a nd fr o. Let us pour out this wine , Through the warp and we ft re turning , Let us split the roof of Heaven Shuttled strands thi s Jove bespeak. And draw a new design.

Within her soul gazed Tahirih , The chambers of her hea rt to know; How shall a curtain pa rt the lover and th e loved one? Through eve ry mem brane Thee discerning, No t AJ"exander's wall ca n separate the m! No ne other in the wo rld co uld seek.

Notes on the poets

Nti$ir-i-Khusraw Babti Tahir Na~ir-i-Khusraw was a celebrated poet , Baba Tahir, called ' Uryan (The Naked), traveller and Isma'fli missionary. A native of saintly dialect poet of Hamadan , was a famed Khurasan, he was born in 1003-04 and died in writer of quatrains . Little is known of his life 1088. He was called by his fellow-religionists but the name 'Uryan suggests that he was a I:Jujjat (The Proof) . wandering dervish ; he apparently still flourished in 1055-58. He is most famous for Shayf0 'Abdu'lltih An$tiri his double distichs, exhibiting in melodious and flowing language a sincerity and spirituality Shaykh 'Abdu'llah An~arf of Harat was born with profound philosophical overtones. at Kuhandiz on 4 May 1005 and died on 8 March 1089. His biographers are una nimous in Santi'i praising his piety and the breadth of his knowledge in all branches of the religious sciences. Sana'f was the pen name of Abu'l-Majd He expressed his devotion in the Munajat Majdud who was born circa 1050 in Ghaznf, (prayers or supplications, highly stylize d a nd now a province of Afghanistan; he died in epigrammatic) and other writings in saj' 1131. He is considered by some to be the (rhymed prose) as well as in verse which are author of the first great mystical poem in the considered to be among the masterpieces of Persian language and his verse has greatly Persian literature . influenced Persian literature. As a young man 642 THE BAHA'I WORLD

he was poet at the court of the G haznavid and famo us of Persian lyric poets. His principal sultans but at some point he underwent a verse form, one that he brought to a perfection spiritual conversion a nd , abandoning the neve r achieved before, was the ghaza l, a lyric court, re tired to pursue a contemplative life. poem of six to fifteen couplets linked by unit y The Enclosed Garden of Truth, o ne of his best of subj ect and symbolism rather than by a logical known works, is composed of 10,000 couplets sequence of ideas. His achievement was to give in ten separa te section s. existing poetic convention s and motifs a fre shness and subtlety free fr o m ar tificial virtuosity. Sa'di His poetry is above all characterized by love of humanity, contempt for hypocrisy a nd med ioc- Sa'df, a lso known as Mu~ li9u 'd -Dfn Sa'df, rity, and an ability to unive rsalise eve ryday was born in Shiraz circa 1213 and died in th at experie nce and to relate it to the mystic's city o n 9 December 1292. Foll owing the Monunending sea rch for union with God. gol invasion of Persia he wandered abroad through A nato lia, Syria , Egypt and ' Iraq . One of the greatest figures in cl ass ical Persian litera- Ttihirih ture, the peculiar blend of human kindness a nd cynicism, humour and resignation displayed in Tahirih, impass ioned follower of the Bab his work make him, to many , the most typical and Baha'u' ll ah, was the daughter of a lea ding and lovable writer in the world of Iranian cul- mujtahid of Qazvfn, and was ca lled by her ture. mentor, Siyyid Ka'.?im , 'Solace of the Eyes' (Qurratu' l-'Ayn). She was the o nl y woman Rumi a mong the Bab's first d isciples, the Eighteen Letters of the Living. Famed for her beauty , Jalalu'd-Dfn-i-Rumf lived much of his life in poetic gifts and scho larship, she attracted many Rum (Asia Mino r). Persia's greatest ~uff mysso uls to Persia's new Faith . A fearless advotic poet, his Ma!h_navf (rhymed couplets o n cate of sex equality, she was put to deat h in spiritual themes) has been called ' the Persian Tihran at the age of thirty-six, a nd became the Qur'an.' His spiritual director was the poet first woman suffrage martyr (August 1852). Shams-i-Tabrfzf ( d. 1246) in whose memory he wrote so me 30,000 verses ex pressing deep love for his master. Born at Balkh , in the autumn of 1207, Rumf died in 1273 and was buried at Qonya. Roger White

lfafii Sources: E.G. Browne, A Literary History of Persia, II , s.v.; Encyclopaedia Britannica; £11cyc/opaedia of Islam; Nabfl-i- Mu9ammad-S hams u' d-Dfn f:lafi'.? (born A'~am, The Daw11-Breakers; Shoghi Effendi , God Passes 1325-26, died 1389-90) , is the most eminent By . VERSE 643 Farewell (To 'Abdu ' l-Baha) by Lua Getsinger'

Accompany me in this journey, 0 my Lord , that my impatie nt hea rt may not be shatt ered by sorrow.

I have le ft the wo rld fo r th e sake of Thy good-pleasure; if Thou acce pteth my li fe as a sacrifice , it wi ll be my honour.

I tread this path by myself, yet I yearn to be hold T hee a t my sid e .

In thi s world, th e rea lm of sin and the feast of so rrow, I have no refuge save Thee.

0 faithful Friend, do not forsake me : behold how my days pass in solitude!

In leaving Thee, I leave my hea rt and soul ; Thou art my purpose a nd Thy re membrance is my so lace .

Thy Word has ever been the living water and the so urce of all mercy fo r this bewildered hea rt of min e .

Do not stay afar fro m this se rvant of Thy Threshold. This is my ple a ; fu lfi l it, 0 my Lord!

I am not deserving of Thy bestowals; neve rtheless, I am T hy serva nt and Thou art my Lord.

Look Thou upon me with th e eyes of Thy mercy and witness with compassion my waywardness a nd he lplessness.

Hear Thou with the ea rs of Thy favour, 0 my Lord, this supplication, this imp lo ring of my morns a nd eves.

Thou art my refuge and my succo urer wherever I may go In my solitude, in my lo ne lin ess, in my distress. (Translation by Mahntiz Afititunt)

' Re-translated from the Persian of Dr. Yunis Khan. The origin al English text is not available. See 'Abdu'l-Baht! by H. M. Balyuzi, pp. 96-97 (passim); and Th e Flam e-The Story of Lua by Willi am Sears and Robert Quigley; publications of George Ronald (Oxford). 644 THE BAHA'I WORLD

Le Signe de Dieu Toi qui attend s qu ' II te fasse sign e, R ega rde ou le Soleil se leve II etait un je une hom me II te fera le rencontrer Qui parlait d'amour , de justice. Ce lui qui dit la Verite. II etait beau, e t so n regard Avait le feu qui brGle l'ame. Aux po rtes de la liberte C'es t Lui qui brisera les chaines Le signe de Dieu, disaient les uns, Qui te retiennent pri so nnier II fa ut qu'il me ure, disaient les autres. De ton enfa nce , de ton passe.

C'etai t un beau jeune homme. Tourne les ye ux vers le Soleil C'est a l'est qu' II se leve, II ai mai t tant ses freres En E la m, com me ii es t dit Qu'il partit leur donner Dans les Livres du Paradis. La parole de Dieu M. Lafaille (Belgium) Quiles re ndra it he ureux.

Le Signe de Dieu, disaient les un s, II fa ut qu' il meure , disaient les autres.

C'etait un beau jeune homme .

Partout sur so n passage De ge ns de toutes hum e urs Jaillissaient !'amour et la hain e Se retrouve nt dans la no irceur Mais Bab e tait un sage du contact et de la connaissance. II co nnaissait deja sa peine Chacun venant du droit chemin, le ur but devient la bienfaisance . Le signe de Dieu, disaient les uns. II faut qu ' il meure, disaient les autres. 2 Chercha nt a trouver la Verite II accomplissa it son destin il s font reco urs a leur parole D'eveiller le coeur des hommes puis, harmo nisan t leurs destins A ux rayons de l'astre divin : ils developpent e nfin l'am itie. C'e tait un beau je une ho mm e. II allait dans la lumi ere La nuit devient jour, Annoncer le jour no uvea u, la joie circule a uto ur. II portait ha ut la banniere Chacun tend la main Qui le conduisait au tom beau. remplie de Bonheur puis le porte a un autre coeur. Le signe de Dieu, disaient les uns , II faut qu'il meure, di sa ie nt les autres 4 Le so leil se !eve Et les autres furent les plus forts, en ces nouvea ux visages Mais les uns surent qu'a jamais puis, en ce nouvel in stant II vivait pour l'ete rnite l' hive r cede pl ace a u printemps. Dans le coeur de tous les hommes. Pa1rick Gorman (Canada) C'etait un beau jeune hom me . M. Lafai//e (Belgium)

Tourne Jes yeux vers le Soleil Devant moi 0 toi qui cherches et qui appelles repose ce visage Toi qui as so if de Verite , jo uissa nt de toutes joies Tourn e les yeux vers le Sole il formant ce fa me ux paysage. Et va sans te retourner. Laisse la po ussiere de ton vetement L' harm o nie de sa voix Loin derriere toi , aux ignora nts, balladant au gre du vent Tourne les ye ux vers le Soleil eclaire mon chez-moi Sans te lasser va de !'avant. en cette approche du printemps. VERSE 645

3 4 L'amitie par sa prese nce Le chagrin e n mes soupirs le so urire de so n appa rence !ors de ses adie ux stimul e mes pensees l'ecl at de ses ye ux en ces moments si gais. e n form era mon so uve nir. Patrick Gorman (Canada)

-La perso nn e hum a ine ve ut s'e panouir et e pano uir !es autres, ii fa ut e n prendre soin et bien la traite r.

-L'a miti e des humains e n forme leurs epan o ui sse me nts. A idons ceux dan s la misere et dan s la pa uvrete. Biitissons un no uvea u mo nd e.

- Une pe rso nn e humain e est cent mill e fo is pl us bell e qu ' un e rose. Si nous adorons Jes roses, pourqu oi detruison s-nous la perso nne. Pa1rick Gorman (Canada)

Bjc:elker I Br0dres 0jne 1 D e er det pureste so m find es, fordi- Der find es venskaber i verden , og hvilke venskabe r! De bygge r pi hj e rterne s frell es rytm e ! De bygge r pi hjerte rnes fre ll es rytme. Kommer der kl udd er i rytmen, D e har sa mkl ang i e t alto mfatte nd e mi\!! si h -- ! De bygger pi kre rli ghede n! Der find es venskaber i partier, og hvil ke venska ber! Men st0rst af alt- De har sa mkl ang i et mi\!. sa mmen ren ses og vederkvreges vi V i ska! vinde vor kamp! i Baha' u' ll ah s Ords Ocean .

Men ni\r kampen er vunde t Men, besm ittes dette va nd eller mi\ske-tabt, af stoltheden s, se lvretfrerdighedens og egoe ts sa h - - ! gift , si h- - s i smertes Den Ve lsignede Sk0nne Der findes venskaber i familier , og Hans Sag forb l0der og hvilke venskaber' mens vi med balsam i hand uvirksomme se r pi . De bygge r pi krerlighed, men dens vresen er fl yg tigt D er find es et ve nskab i ve rdne rn e, og beh0ver en omsorgsfuld plej e. og hvilket venskab! Hvis plej en ogsi e r flygti g, si h- - ! 'A bdu ' l- Bahas!

Der finde s ve nskaber i verden , E r du svigtet, forri\dt og si re t? og hvilke venska ber! H ans e kse mpe l e r G uds he lbredende kraft. 'Reprinted from Baha'i Nyhedsbrev, No. 12, Nov. 1978. Steffen Rasmussen, Denma rk 646 T H E B AHA'I W ORLD

E in er ka n e ii mare da nza de n e ure Blicke di ora in o ra . ni cht sa he n E l' uomo? in de r Dii rnrne rung L' uomo ti ignora! des erste n T ages Maria Cervoni (Ita ly) E R kam vo n nirge ndwo un d imm e r un d ga b e uch se in e Wo rte Le hera ut in die H and G loire et maj este , Spate r gin ger Gra nde ur et Saintete, wisse nd Te l es t le Hera ut de !'E re No uve ll e, um Ye rstand ni s Te l es t not re Heraut so lennel. manche r Gra nde ur in comparable, I h r muBt je tzt Co ura ge inl assa ble, T el es t le He raut de !'E re No uve ll e , e rh ebe n e ure Te l est notre Hera ut so le nn el. Stimm e n und ii ffn e n Ou est sa grande ur? di e Fa uste Ou est sa gloire? e ure r He rze n Pa rmi no us po ur vo ir E t dans un coin d u coe ur. Gerald Jatzek, Ger111 a11y Precurse ur de la Fo i Baha' fe, Ma rtyre des ire po ur le Pro rnis, Porte de la Bon ne No uve ll e, Votre Gra nde ur est imm orte ll e . So rinnt d ie Ze it den Stro m hinab. Chiraz, vill e Be nie pa r Sa naissa nce, De r Que ll ist we it Tab riz, vill e Be ni e pa r So n ma rtyre , und na h das G ra b, T o ut !' Ira n e n souffrance doch nahe r E r, de r all es len kt Fut sa uve q uand ii vin t dire: und in un s lebt und liebt un d de nkt. Je suis le Precurseur, ecoutez-moi, Das ist de r Sinn Priez Dieu et ayez Jo i. de r E rde nze it: Q ue de so uffra nce ap res Sa declara tio n, vo n T ra umbeginn E t to ut !'Ira n fut e n revo lution. zu E wigke it. Ei n A te mzug vo ll Leid un d G liick Ses pas on t ben i !' Iran, - und so d urch Ihn zu Ihm zuriick. Que de baise rs do nn ere nt, Q ue de ple urs verse re nt Ein A temzug Les Lettres d u Yiva nt. allhie r zu zwe in zugleich de r Flug Que l martyre ! Q ue l malhe ur ! zu ne ue m Sein . Que ll e actio n sa ns honn eur ! Was hier sich e int in Geist und Ta t, A rretez m a/h eureux, arretez, bl eibt ewig eins, mein Ka mera d . Ne tirez pas sans penser. Adelbert Muh/sch legel, Greece Le pe upl e parl ait avec e mphase. Q ui osa it pro nonce r cette ph rase? Qui po uvait murmure r cette pe nsee? Aucun n'avait de liberte, II canto degli inconsape voli Personn e ne po uva it a rre ter Les ball es de Tabriz La te rra dice de ll a Sans e tre prise. tu a es iste nza Pe rsonne ne po uva it ge mir ii sol e spl e nde Deva nt un di sciple martyrise. la tu a luce d'o ro T o us all aie nt mo urir. le stelle cantan tutte in a rmonia Mahboubeh Hielscher- Ma her (Switzerland) VERSE 647 Epopee tragique du XIXe siecl e This stately temple, rightl y held In hi gh esteem ( extrait) By all of those who come to view The tranquil scene- II quitta Baghdad, la vi lle merve ill e U nto uch ecl by cares with which the ea rth abo unds-- qui vit l'aurored u num e n ce lestial s'o uvrir sur le Temps des te mps, Is cleclicatecl to a Ca use, de no uvea u l'ex il du Ross ignol e n fl a mm es A heave nl y sc he me a pein e a vait-il com me nce a e nto nn e r To bring mankind into one Faith, o h! l' extraorcl in aire Me lodie Divin e, Wh e re reigns supreme (parclonne Parole e nchanteresse que Son no m T he Lord of a ll , and King of wo rld s re nowned. mu sica l tu ne peux transcrire , a uc un e cith are ni de Rumi) ni de l:lafiz Adrienne Morgan (Chad) jamais ne reussiront la note in concevab le!)) )) et le Cent re du moncle se mit en marche de par le de sert, la caravane , sur le C heva l blanc, de par les montagnes turquoises . The Sfyah-Chal que de pleurs derriere quelle clouleur le moncle le Tigre e nfa nt a ce clesastre et le cri 0 dreaded place! Shame a nd ignominy be th y lot! les roses fani: re nt parfum clechu pour toujours The cries of anguished me n have filled thine ears; (Hommes hommes vo us comprenclrez plu s ta rcl , Their curses burned th y na me in dying te a rs retenez: la Sa inte Beaule Be ni e Universelle On Hi story's shi eld-a blood-sca rred spot! passa si pres, sur ces rives , si pres e t par la !) Pa rmi les dunes clorees se parse mere nt les pas Th y filth y walls a nd fet id brea th , de Gloire cl'ou revo lutionnaient les siecles des siecles Kn ew not th e G lo ry in their mid st ; terre consacree espace eternise temps imm o rta li se ! Thou didst no t see th e heave nly gleam Jean -Christophe Casu (Zai're) Shine through thy stygia n mi st; Nor did th e chai n and co ll ar rud e Restrain Hi s glory midst thy brood.

Vision' Those chain s stayed not the mighty flood Of truth which filled that dungeon hold , Are yo u then one to whom I dare relate As men hea rd no t from Ca lvary's Cross The grea t white dreams that beat upon my sig ht ? The sacred love fo retold! Have yo u been lifted high above the night But by Hi s Self a nd by His Pen With its dim sta rs, to the fair shinin g gate Has He regained the hea rts of me n. Of dawn; beheld the sombre face of Fate In its ete rnal beauty ; and been free 0 ha teful pl ace ! Shame a nd de feat shall be thy lot! From the world's long hea rtache a nd its misery Whi le joyous sounds shall Ca rm el raise! Of fear , despair, of weari ness, a nd hate? Kings bow clown a nd cha nt He r Pra ise, You a nswer not, a nd all unheed ing go And Victory wipe away th y blo t. Along the highway. I may neve r know Eric S. C Bowes (Australia) If yo u have rid den o n the wings of light- But as yo u pass, yo ur face is very bright, As if, in th e clear mirrors of yo ur eyes Were caug ht so me straying gleams of paradise. I saw ideal beauty o nce. Garrern H. Busey (U.S.A.) You didn't have to paste it toge the r From gnarled trees a nd nimbu s ski es Forged out of im age and mood . African Temple Nature is wi ld a nd untuto red And deli vers secrets of the d ivin e Set hi gh upo n Kikaaya Hill In variant degrees of perfection You'll find a queen; H er sk irts adorned with diverse flowers, On ly this was perfect. H e r crow n of green As blue as you could have wished, Is visible for many miles around. As many co lo ured and irriclescent As yo u had a right to ex pect. The beauty of her grace a nd fo rm , Id ea l because the Spirit of God The luminous sheen Breathed into th e mind Of moo nligh t shining on her head Of one who knew th e bea uty of the Ages, Is lik e a clream- And he bodied beauty forth , A sacred vision hallowing the gro und . Pure and restrained, Ca lm a nd a t peace, balm to the eye Reprinted from Star of the West , vol. 13, No. 7, Oct. 1922 . And bo unteous help to th e half-beli eving heart, 648 THE BAHA'i WORLD

Say ing: ' You asked for a proo f: T ha t groa nin g. Man with hi s bell y slashed, Here is Bea ut y, aro un d it two-timin g love r. Dying? T he still g rea t ocean Truth - The nightnurse ru st les by. Blessed are th ose who never co me St rugg les in th e pit. I have come back But st ill be li eve .' to te ll th ee of strugg les in the pit. Pe rhaps is dy in g. C eofji"ey P. Nash (Unit ed Kingdom) Free o f pain , my ow n dea th st ill a theo re m to be proved. A ll {t h' u' Ab ha. 0 Hea ling Spirit, Thy nea rn ess o ur fo rgivi ng cure. Too lo ng have I as ked Th e me rcha nt of ru bies Robert Ha y den (U.S.A.) About the price of stra w, With my eyes a bout my feet so lo ng And the stubbl e brea kin g my sa ndal. There is no law Aga in st wa iting a t th e blu e a rchway The Year of the Child 1 A nd ask in g all I wish. (for my g ran dso n) I will pri ce the pale ruby A nd th e red , a nd more-fo r He who kn ows And you have come, This subtl e sto ne will know Michael A hman , to share T he leap of ligh t in o th e rs, yo ur life with us. T heir sizes, se ttings, circlets, We have give n you New-fashi oned a nd o ld; a n a rcha ngel' s name- T heir st udded Ma li faces , a nd a great poet ' s; Yemen ite-gold ; we ho nor too Co ld -ivo ri ed inl ay; tu ske d ebo ny, Abyss ini a n A hm a n, Sandal-sweet linin gs for t he se nses; hero of peace . Di a mo nd-brow for testi ng true detac hm e nt; Vei n- pear led purity. He knows it. May these na mes Such a me rcha nt knows we ll be tali sma ns; The price of straw, feath e rs, May th ey invoke divine T hin gs that fa ll easil y to ea rth , magic to protect A ll birth s, th e costs of livin g, yo u, as we cannot, T he tas te of the sweet cup take n from our lips , in a world that is T he cost of givi ng of a ruby, no place for a child- And the cost of givin g a Book of Law. tha t had no shelter for th e childre n in Guyana Audrie R eynolds (U11alak/ee1, Alaska) slain by hands th ey trusted ; no succo r fo r th e Biafran child with swollen bell y The Broken D ark 1 a nd empty beggi ng-bow l; no refuge for the child Sleep less, I sta re of th e Warsaw ghe tto. from th e dark hosp ital roo m at shadow s of a flo we r a nd its leaves Wh a t we yea rn ed t he ni ghtlight fixe s like a blotto but were powerless to do o n th e corr idor wall. Shadow-plays for t hem, o h we of Bali -demo ns move to th e left , will dare, Mich ael, for yo u, gods , in their fr ang ipan i crow ns knowing o ur need and go ld, to t he ri ght. of unea rn ed increments Ah and my life of grace. in th e shadow of God 's laser lightshadow of deformed ho mun culus? I look into yo ur A foo l's e rrand give n by foo ls. brilliant eyes, whose gaze So n, go fe tch a pint of pi geo n's milk re news, transforms fro m t he drugstore a nd be qui ck. each common thing, a nd hope De mon s o n the left. Death o n e ithe r side, that inner vision the Rabbi sa id , the way of li fe be twee n. will inte ns,ify their see ing. I a m ' The Broke n Dark' is reprinted from Angle of Ascent, New and Selected Poe ms, by Ro be rt Hayde n, with th e pe rmis- Reprinted from World Order , Vol. 13, No. 4, Spring 1979. sion of Live ri ght Publishing Corpo rati o n. Copyri ght © Copyright © 1980 by the National Spiritual Asse mb ly of 1975 , 1972 , 1970, 1966, by Robert Hayde n. th e Baha'fs of the Un ited Sta tes. VERSE 649 co nte nt mea nwhil e to have Now he, ret urnin g after many yea rs yo u gla nce at me sta nds o n t he massive sto nes so metimes , as t ho ugh , if yo u with pale mist sw irling co uld ta lk, yo u'd le t a nd so unds o f the no rth ern ri ver us in o n a subtle joke. co ntinu o usly fa lling in the pu re a ir, May Huck a nd J im cries o ut t he Na me he'd new ly learned, a tte nd yo u. May yo u wa lk Baha'u'//ah' Baha'u'llah! with bea uty befo re yo u, hea ri ng his echoi ng voice bea uty be hind yo u, all repeated in the deep rav in e, aro un d yo u a nd Baha'u'llah- Th e Most G reat Bea uty kee p Baha 'u'llah . you Hi s co nce rn. Larry Rawdon (Canada) Robert Hayden ( U.S.A.) No . 5 in th e seri es, 'Ot he r Fa ces.'

The Coven ant- Keepers (A Vespe r Song) SONG CYCLE W he n all is go ne but a n awesome light Th a t shows th e sun was he re, Wh o li ghts th e la nte rn s in th e night By o ur very li ving , we praise To wa rd away th e fea r? Yo ur ha ndiwo rk , a nd circl e Who chase d th e fire whil e the timi d hid In Yo ur da nce, A nd wished th e wa rmth was go ne? To eyes acc ursed with heavy lids For at Yo ur be hest bu ds pa rt The e mbers te ll of daw n. T heir in fa nt fi sts, trees surge th ro ugh R. Gregory Shaw (Puerto Rico ) The fou ntaini ng earth a nd res t;

D oves nest cl ose A nd fl ed glin gs gape with confi de nce; Ninth Morning Ski n sli des, fur hack ling

It was th e ni nt h mo rnin g Ove r sho ulde r- blade , sin ce he'd le ft th e city, Mu scl es co ntract a nd stre tch, each day rea li zing U nthinking skill places each step; th e re was so me thin g mo re th a n ge ntle As blood o r d ust we cha nt a desca nt in th e sple nd o rous bea uty To Yo ur so ng, and wit h eve ry ca ress of created of a dyin g a utu mn , things dying so pea cefull y, P raye r to uches praye r, by blessin g, blessed. so gracefull y in a natural way, ii decayi ng a nd resto ri ng wh at was tak en fr o m th e ea rth - In spite o f ev id e nce for a utumn seldo m ca me to city slum s. Jn crea ti on ma ni fes t Wo ke the n to th e cold cl ean mo rning I have fo rgo tte n Yo ur re me mb ra nce with fros t a mong the seed ing grasses , lit no fire, having fas ted A nd have no remedy. a ll the previo us day , Becalm ed , how can I move, le ft his pack against th e logs A nd seek a wind to save me? wa lkin g uphill all th e way alon g th e ri sing go rge Th e n J must to greet th e loo ming sun . Risk a te mpest W hich wo uld whip the sea The re was a tim e when he was yo un g his fa th e r's fa the r stoo d u po n the rocks U ntil , e nrage d, rending my sa il s, it swa llows a bove th e plunging fa ll s, Me , a nd spues me fro m it s mo uth . More to ngue less called to the Spirit God fo r help. T han sto nes , my th roat so thirsty His peo pl e, t rave lling far had always k nown this pl ace I ca nn o t ask for d rin k, I am a wil de rn ess as o ne of peace and na med it A nd need Yo ur cry in me, lest I perish in the ir C ree, 'The point of dawn'. In th e midst of prayer, un bles t! 650 THE BAHA'f WORLD

iii Thoughts on seeing a vision of 'Abdu'l-Baha' So, beat agai nst faithlessness, Die in a tantrum Beyond the consciousness of dreams, I slept, As a fly against a windowpane A human body, coffined by fatigue, Away from heartbeat, and the circling blood, Beats without perceiving. Deeply alone with myself, and yet I went beyond A foetus, fo lded The touch of friendly hands, Pink and privat.e in the womb And saw no mortal face. But as I stretched to wake Dares more upheaval, it was as though Breaks forth like Jonah My who le self breathed ce lestia l verities. To embrace the sea- I found no depth that was not deeper sti ll, No height that could be ca ll ed the peak of time, I'll sunder fears No width that was not wider than the wide. Spread sails, quickening, Where had I drifted in the where of space? To grasp the hem of Your robe- Whose love had brought me certainty again? Through the tight wrapp ings of the days' swift pass- Your power's manifest, so's my deserving. Then crystal clear-I kn ew! I'll trust Your mercy, then, My Lord had seen my need-no ch iding word! And, as I trust, be blessed. The total love of Baha' u' llah for all the world! Shirin Podger (Ausrralia) He took-and shared with me. For one bright flash , unknowingly , yet known I had ascended with Him into Light. Florence Altass (United Kingdom) Best Provision I will take the Master with me where I go, Robed a nd sweet and shining. I will go where He bids me go And wear a silver lining. Divine Alchemy

I will ta ke the Master with me where I go May we be willing to receive And love where hatred's burning. His Spirit's chastening fire , I will let His loving flow Exalting, quickening all within And kindle holy yearn in g. To spiritua l desire.

I will take the Master with me where I go The mind's great wealth of attributes And go where He bids me go. In His alembic cast That they , refined and pure, may know I will take the Master with me where I go True lowlin ess at last. And go with armies marching To where the blood runs thick and slow, The heart's emotions must pass through And kindle holy sea rching. God 's crucible within Ti ll they emerge as burnished go ld I will take the Master with me where I go, Through love' s own discipline. Stern and sweet and daring, And learn what He bids me know Yet such distilled quintessence needs Of my brothers' saddened faring. Re-transmutation still That we, thus willing and empowered I will take the Master with me where I go May do His holy will . And go where He bids me go. Florence Altass (United Kingdom)

I will take the Master with me where I go For I have no way of seeing And I have no way to know Without my Master's Being. ' Miss A ltass met' Abdu' l-B aha in Edinburgh in 1913. Writ- I will take the Master with me where I go ing of this in 1978 she said, 'I felt so unworthy and could And go where He bids me go. never reach the heights expected of me as a Baha'i. The gentle voice of ' Abdu'l-Baha still rings in my ears and His To His love I am fleeing. lovely blues eyes have followed me all my long life- now in my 95th year. Pardon this reference to myself-it is not to Bret Breneman (Japan) my credit!' VERSE 651

La Huerta, Cochimi Indian Village 1 An Irish Air2 with the gent le 'Twas not some woman's yellow hair face of love Did carefree hea rts of lads impair yo ur land receives us, As she might ease were they to kiss. lays a path A Beauty passed exceed ing this. beneath its tender ski n to ca tch our steps in, 'Twas not the envy of a lass draws our breath Which drew each woman from her glass into its coo l swee t air To test her worth by suitor's whim . and washes o ut A Lover passed. They fo llowed Him. the sy ll ables of self then gives it back 'Twas not a young girl's la ughing ai r into o ur mouths Which stopped the husb and on the stair to utter marvels: To curse time's theft a nd death's rank haste. you are the orchard A Cup was passed . He pa used to taste. of the joy of God, your blossoms 'Twas not swords glinting in the sun are the fragrant signs Which mad dened every mother's son and your fruit is fi ll ed To prove the valorous blood e ngaged. with the treasured wi ne, They looked within where Battle raged. th e praise of ancient psalms sp rings from you r crystal tongue 'Twas not a minstrel's tinkling air fresh and bold Which called the childre n from the fa ir as the kiss of dawn . To caper gleefull y in the street That Life and Song should be so sweet. Ken Haley (Mexico) 'Twas not spring's leaf-sce nt on the breeze Which drew the o ld priest from his knees To wonder Whose light footfa ll brings Prayer is a globe of light Such glad renewal to all things. in the night. Praise be to God! He is Through the half-light, tow ards the Dawn, my moment, and my love. Whose gleam ing sandal leads us on? 'Twas not some woman's ye llow hair Daniel Augur Reed (aged 5) Did lilting Irish hearts ensnare! St. John's, Antigua Roger White

Pilgrim Song Swift would I be, Lord, swift; on dancing feet Hastening would come, if ca lled , nor brook delay , Gleefully come-tho ugh lone the perilous way And stern and starless- still would my step be fl eet; And singi ng would come a nd , with song, entreat Angels to cha rt my path. Though Thou might slay Me, still would I come a nd rejoicing stay Quick or faint or slain at T hy welcoming feet. Gifts would I bring-choice, my gifts, and ma ny- Laden with gifts, and laughing, would I come; Or pauperized come-ha nds cupped, bereft of any But hoarded hot tears- to stand befo re Thee, dum b. Swift would I be, Lord, if Thou wouldst but call- My aim, my hope, my home, my love, my all. Roger White

The poem pays tribute to the Hand of the Cause George ' One of the indigenous Local Spiritual Asse mblies in Mex- Townshend who at the invitation of Shoghi Effendi gave ico, located forty-five miles northeast of E nsenada. The God Passes By its title. Some will recognize the salute to name means 'orchard'. two lines from 'September 1913' by W. B. Yeats. 652 THE BAHA ' i WORLD

No The incidem described occurred in 1979 when a hostile mob entered the hom e of an old shepherd and his wife, Bahti'{s of a small village in iron , demanding under threat of dea th by fire that they reca111 their fa i1h. Th e poem is based on lhe husband's reply which turned th e mob away. On 19 May 1980 the old sheph erd was found dead, having been s/Oned lo dea th while len ding his flock . To reveal th e names al this lime m ight further endanger lives.

Yo u may have o ur li ves. It is no grea t feat To slay us, we are simpl y fl es h and bone . He re is my wife, my ch ild re n, our home ; He re too the kind lin g, there the ready fl a me. With yo ur contempt to fee d and fan the heat We wi ll qu ickly fall to ash a nd o ur name Soon va nish from the vi ll age . But to buy brea th With de ni a l wou ld be shabbie r death. Strike th e match, then , if th at is your desire. What sha ll we fear who know Undy in g Fi re?

II Make room in so me slim volume for his rustic wo rd s which unlik e the po litici an' s pious ex ho rtations did not grace the hea dlines of o ur tabloid day. No: it is litt le e no ugh to say but literature a nd legends will grow from thi s and our true , o ur o th e r history give it pl ace. Salute th e mystery: his No-e mpowe red to d is maydi sso lves o ur rese rvations to rese rve us heave n, survives to e rase the impude nt smirk fr o m Dea th 's irre leva nt face. Roger Whit e TABLET OF 'ABDU'L - BAHA Selections from the writings of 'Abdu 'I - Baha, no. 52 NORWAY Lasse T horesen J = MM. ~ 50 ' , j ,. J J J J 3 - j ,. J tp 0 ser-vant of the One True God! The Lord be praised, the loved ones of

God are fo u nd in e - ve-ry land, and are, o ne and all, neath the sha-dow

of the Tree of Life and un - der the pro- tec-tion of His good pro-vidence.

His care and lov -ing kind-ness surge e - ven as the e- t er-nal

bi! - lows of the sea, and His ble - ssings are con - tin - u - al - ly show -ered

,---3----,

ḥJ a~Jl!btlJJ from His e - ter - nal King - dom. Ours shdu ld be the pray-er that His

i. ,, .-3--, r-31 , 3-, ,3--,

~~ ' &l J v11 J :J &J )&J1wFJJ J]&IO)J' 1 ḥJJ1JW ' ~ . bles-sings may be vouch - safed in still grea - ter a - bund-ance and ours and a great-er mea - sure of His di-vine as - s~tance.

One of the great-est of these means is the spi- rit of true fel-low-ship and loving com-

i-_ l1 ,-3-, r-3-, r-3-. r-3-, .. C-~ r--;3----; ~ ~ ,, J J J J@J E F } J. ~ #J #1,fl· F ḥ } r r i JJ1H~1 mun-ion a-mong the friends. Re-mem-ber the say-ing: 'of all pi!- grim -ag- es the

,-3--,

great - est is 'in w to re-lieve the sor - row- la &J."---'J\l....__, den heart. '

. . - - . r-3 I -- I' I , I , . I

- - - -- - :; u - - - .-. . _.o........__,,'-' Of all pi! - grim- ag - es the great - est IS -ll I

- . .- I I ~

- - , - - - =- - ---- - -· -- '-/r ~ r ~ " A

u - e - e O f all pl! - grim-ag- es r------3-----, ~ e

-u" I

- . .- I . . ~

"" :; " - " r - - -- - - r

- - -- - •...._____., Of all p1l - gnm-ag- es the great-est IS

e heart.

u to re - lieve the sor - row - la - den heart. (The choir section is optional) IF IT BE THY PLEASURE Prayers and Meditations of Bahii'u'll!ih

UNITED STATES Abe Tobis

r ~ p I bf [' ~ If it be Thy plea - sure, make me to grow as a ten -

j J J j IJ J J ~ b r r;; j ,, ~ I "I der herb in the mea- dows of Thy grace, that the gen - tie

f r ::= r winds ~ ~ of Thy will 'I F r f; I Ji F v may stir me up and bend me 'I LJ I~ in - to

~s 0 r D ,J er I~ j A r F r fl con - form i - ty with Thy plea - sure, in such wise that

~ p r r FJ I r v J J my move - ment and my still ness may be

~ r who! r ly f dir f ect r ed Ip by Thee. v M I II SOME DAY Music by Yrjo Mikkonen to words of FINLAND Teilhard de Chardin © Editions du Seuil

af - ter mas - ter - ing _ __ __ _ __

af - ter mas - ter - ing _ _ __ _ __

wind the waves

the ness for God _ _ the mp we shall har-ness_ the

I1 J f 11' the gra vi ty the

the e - ner-gy of love, Some

e - ner-gy day _ _ mas-ter-ing the the

mas- ter - ing the the

f Jj day _ _ mas- ter-ing the

tide and gra- vi - ty and then for the se - cond time in the

and jn

gra vi ty and then _ _ _ se - cond time

his to - ry of the world man shall have

'-----' man1 shall have

J J J his - to ry of world man shall have

dis COY ered fi re. ll ' ' I ~ ·~. ~ - ~

- ~ ~

- ~·

- . : r- r r· ~~

e.J I dk - COY ered '1ffi - I re. j J. ~J -J J J J - .. . -- - , .. I I I I dis COY ered fi re. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ FLOWERS OF THE GARDEN Submitted to UNICEF by the Baha'i International Community, this song was included in the UNICEF Universal Children's Day kit for 1977 UNITED ST ATES Mrs. Jerald Day

We are the flow - ers one gar - den , Bright as the mom - ing,

dawn. Love - ly in diff - ' ren - ces, ar - ied in Jove - li - ness.

--" - r--1 I I

- -- - - -- - -. I I

f.) ~

v ~

We are the flow - ers of hu - ma - - .. ~

ni - ty. (

-.. - ._ - - .- ... - ... . I ~

v - ~

- - ~ ~

- - - I I I I I I rI I I i I I

2. I am a black rose, dark, exotic, 5. I am a white rose, gleaming, shilling, Poignant in beauty, fragrant as Sparkling like snow on the the night. mountainside, God has entrusted me with joy and Restless as whitecaps flun g by mystery. the ocean's breeze. We are the flowers of humanity . We are the flo wers of humanity. (All together) 6. Brown is my color, rich and glowing, 3. I am a red rose, sweet and lovely , FuII of the warmth of God's sweet Jove, Gay as a bird on a bright summer day, Heir to all nations, grandeur my Singing the song of God, where'er I destiny. wander. We are the flowers of humanity. We are the flowers of humanity. 7. We are the flowers of God's gard en 4. My color's golden, bright as sunshine Bright as the morning, fresh as Gilding the ocean and the morning sky, the daw n, Soft as a summer mist, sweet in Lovely in differences, varied in the valley. loveliness. We are the flowers of humanity. We are the flowers of humanity. BAHA 'U 'LLAH UNITED STATES Russell Garcia

Ba - M 'u - 'llah I -. I ,~ - - :. :; ' r : r

- ~r ,. u

p f r Ya i Ba &

11a ah 1' .. t ...... ~ ~kJ. - - .......-·------ ~ ' - -· -I' ~

,_,_·· :; ~ - I : ~ ~ ~

I ~

I' - ~

I ~~

I Ya Ba - ha - 'u -'llah Ba -

Ba - ha 'u - 'llah ,., I I I - :; I

- -, ,

u ~

~ - - - c-r- . :. I Ia ha - h~ ~

ah I . -- I 1 - r----0 ~. -. f - n& ~

I :; "" ~

- ~ ;: -· ~ - ~-

l ha _ _ _ __ _ _ Y3. Ba - ha - 'u - '113.h _ _ _ _ Ba -

Ba - ha 'u - ' 113.h Ba - ,., I I I I - - I

- :. ;; r - - ~ ~.

:: - .. r •

I u t ~a - ha '-....__ .!!.--

' - .. ah ah Ba - ha - 'u - 'll3.h l- -~ • J. -..- . -=-. Ji 1~ J- J. -I .0. I. - - - ~

h{i _ _ __ _ _ Ya Ba - ha - 'u - 'llah _ __ Ba - ha 'u - ' llah Ba - ha - 'u- 'llfill, Ba - ha - 'u - 'llah, Ba -

llah - u - ab -

ha - 'u - '113.h Ba - ha 'u cresc. _ _ _

ha - 'u - 'llfo _ _ __ A - llah - u-ab - ha _ _ __

r A - - ha _ _--+-_

ua.11 u-ab - ha A - ua11 - u-ab - ha - - - -

.....___.... r A - llah - u-ab - r 11a i i Ba - ha - 'u - r r 'llah >

J l J J J ,...---.....

> > ha f

Ba - ha - 'u 'na.11.